Skip to main content

Full text of "The Annals and magazine of natural history"

See other formats 


^ UNIVERSITY 
•N*  or  ILLINOIS 


■o: 


SOS 

AN 


sem.  5 

A(^?Sbr  ARY 


BIOLOGY 


Return  this  book  on  or  before  the 
Latest  Date  stamped  below. 

Theft,  mutilation,  and  underlining  of  books 
are  reasons  for  disciplinary  action  and  may 
result  in  dismissal  from  the  University. 
University  of  Illinois  Library 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2016 


https://archive.org/details/annalsmagazineof2018unse 


THE  ANNALS 


AND 

MAGAZINE  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY, 

INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY,  BOTANY,  and  GEOLOGY. 

(UEINQ  A CONTINUATION  OP  THE  ‘ANNALS  ’ COMBINED  WITH  LOUDON  AND 
CHARLESWOETh’s  ‘ MAGAZINE  OP  NATURAL  HISTORY.’) 


CONDUCTED  BY 

ALBERT  C.  L.  G.  GUNTHER,  M.A.,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S., 
WILLIAM  S.  DALLAS,  F.L.S., 

WILLIAM  CARRUTHERS,  F.R.S.,  P.L.S.,  F.G.S., 

AND 

WILLIAM  FRANCIS,  Ph.D.,  F.L.S. 


VOL.  XX.— FIFTH  SERIES. 


o 


LONDON: 

PRINTED  AND  PUBLISHED  BY  TAYLOR  AND  FRANCIS. 

SOLD  BY  LONGMANS,  GREEN,  AND  CO.  | SIMPKIN,  MARSHALL,  AND  CO.; 
KENT  AND  CO.J  WHITTAKER  AND  CO.:  BAlLLIERE,  PARIS: 
MACLACHLAN  AND  STEWART,  EDINBURGH  : 

HODGES,  FOSTER,  AND  CO.,  DUBLIN  : AND  ASHER,  BERLIN. 

1887. 


“ Omnes  res  creatse  sunt  divinse  sapientice  et  potentite  testes,  divitise  felicitatis 
humanae : — ex  barum  usu  honitas  Creatoris ; ex  pulcbritudine  sapientia  Domini ; 
ex  oeconomia  in  conservatione,  proportione,  renovatione,  potcntia  majestatis 
elucet.  Earum  itaque  indagatio  ab  bominibus  sibi  relictis  semper  aestimata ; 
a Tere  eruditis  et  sapientibus  semper  excidta ; male  doctis  et  barbaris  semper 
inimica  fuit.” — Lixn^us. 

“Quel  que  soit  le  principe  de  la  vie  animale,  il  ne  faut  qu’ouvrir  les  yeux  pour 
voir  qu’elle  est  le  cbef-d’oeuvre  de  la  Toute-puissance,  et  le  but  auquel  se  rappor- 
tent  toutes  ses  operations.” — Bruckner,  Theorie  du  Si/steme  Animal,  Leyden, 
1767. 

Tbe  sylvan  powers 

Obey  our  summons ; from  tbeir  deepest  dells 
Tbe  Dryads  come,  and  throw  tbeir ‘garlands  wild 
And  odorous  branches  at  our  feet ; tbe  Nymphs 
That  press  with  nimble  step  tbe  mountain-thyme 
And  purple  heath-flower  come  not  empty-handed. 

But  scatter  round  ten  thousand  forms  minute 

Of  velvet  moss  or  lichen,  torn  from  rock 

Or  rifted  oak  or  cavern  deep : the  Naiads  too 

Quit  tbeir  loved  native  stream,  from  whose  smooth  face 

They  crop  the  lily,  and  each  sedge  and  rush 

That  drinks  the  rippling  tide : the  frozen  poles, 

WTiere  peril  waits  the  bold  adventm*er’s  tread, 

The  burning  sands  of  Borneo  and  Cayenne, 

All,  all  to  us  unlock  their  secret  stores 
And  pay  their  cheerful  tribute. 

J.  Taylor,  Norwich,  1818. 


aces  library 


'/ 


COiNTENTS  VOL.  XX. 

[FIFTH  SERIES.] 


NUMBER  CXV. 

Page 

I.  The  Significance  of  the  Yolk  in  the  Eggs  of  Osseous  Fishes. 

By  Edward  E.  Prince,  St.  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory. 
(Plate  II.)  1 

II.  Notes  on  Coleoptera,  with  Descriptions  of  new  Genera  and 

Species. — Part  VI.  By  Francis  P.  Pascoe,  F.L.S.  &c.  (Plate  I.)  8 

III.  Catalogue  of  Ceylon  Algae  in  the  Herbarium  of  the  British 

Museum.  By  George  Murray,  F.L.S. , Assistant,  British  Museum, 
and  Examiner  in  Botany,  Glasgow  University  21 

IV.  Contribution  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Land-Planariae.  By 

Dr.  G.  Bercendal  44 

V.  Descriptions  of  new  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  in  the  British 

Museum  (Natural  History). — Part  III.  By  G.  A.  Boulenger  ....  50 

VI.  A List  of  fifty  Erotylid(^  from  Japan,  including  thirty-five 

new  Species  and  four  new  Genera.  By  George  Lewis,  F.L.S.  . . 63 


New  Book : — The  Agricultural  Pests  of  India,  and  of  Eastern  and 
Southern  Asia,  Vegetable  and  Animal,  injurious  to  Man  and  his 
Products.  By  Surgeon-General  Edward  Balfour 74 


On  the  Phytogeny  of  the  Bopyrinae,  by  MM.  A.  Giard  and  J.  Bon- 
nier ; On  Parasitic  Castration  in  Eupagurus  Bernhardus,  Linn6, 
and  in  Gehia  stellata,  Montagu,  by  M.  A.  Giard 70 — 78 


10  S 


IV 


CONTENTS. 


NUMBER  CXyi. 

Page 

VII.  Bryozoa  from  New  South  Wales,  North  Australia,  &c.  By. 

Arthur  VVm.  Waters,  (Plate  IV.) 81 

VIII.  On  new  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  from  North  Borneo.  By 

G.  A.  Boulexger 95 

IX.  Notes  from  the  St.  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory  (under  the 

Fishery  Board  for  Scotland). — No.  VII.  By  Prof.  McIntosh,  M.D., 
LL.D.;  F.R.S.,  &c 97 

X.  Some  new  Hypotrichous  Infusoria  from  American  Fresh 

Waters.  By  Alfred  C.  Stokes,  M.D.  (Plate  III.) 104 

XI.  Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  Heterocerous  Lepidoptera 

(Pvralites)  from  the  Solomon  Islands.  By  Arthur  G,  Butler, 
F.L.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c 114 

XII.  Description  of  a new  Species  of  Kucholites,  with  Remarks 

on  the  Subdiyisions  of  the  Genus,  By  Prof,  F.  Jeffrey  Bell,  M.A., 
Sec.R.M.S 125 


XITl.  Description  of  two  new  Squirrels  from  North  Borneo.  By 


Oldfield  Thomas *.  127 

XIV.  Descriptions  of  two  new  Species  of  Butterflies  from  South 

Afghanistan.  By  H.  Grose  Smith  129 

XV.  Descriptions  of  some  new  Species  of  Land-Shells  from 

Sumatra,  Jaya,  and  Borneo.  By  Edgar  A.  Smith 130 


Proceedings  of  the  Geological  Society 


134—143 


On  the  Races  of  the  Honey-Bee,  by  the  Rey.  H.  W.  Lett,  M.A., 
T.C.D;  On  the  Organization  of  Chcetopterus,  by  M.  Joyeux- 
Latfuie  ; Further  Note  on  the  Generic  Name  Muelleria,  by  F. 
Jeffrey  Bell ; On  a Copepod  {Cancerilla  tuhulata,  Dalyell)  para- 
sitic upon  Amphiura  squamata,  Delle  Chiaje,  by  M,  A.  Giard ; 

On  some  Points  in  the  Anatomy  of  the  Rhynchobdellean  Hiru- 
dinea,  by  M.  Georges  Dutilleul;  Note  on  some  Reptiles  from 
Sumatra  described  bvBleekerin  1860,  by  G.  A.  Boulenger  143 — 152 


NUMBER  CXVIL 

XVI.  The  Sponge-fauna  of  Madras.  A Report  on  a Collection  of 

Sponges  obtained  in  the  Neighbourhood  of  Madras  by  Edgar  Thurs- 
ton, Esq.  By  Arthur  Dexdy,  B.Sc,,  F.L.S,,  Assistant  in  the  Zoolo- 
gical Department  of  the  British  Museum,  (Plates  IX.-XII.) 153 

XVII.  On  the  of  Japan,  By  George  Lewis,  F.L.S.  165 


CONTENTS. 


V 


Page 

XVIII.  On  a new  Species  of  Semionotus  from  the  Lower  Oolite 
of  Brora,  Sutherlandshire.  By  A.  Smith  Woodward,  F.G.S., 
F.Z.S.,  of  the  British  Museum  (Natural  History).  (Plate  VIII.)  . . 175 


XIX.  Description  of  a new  Genus  of  Chalcosiid  Moths  allied  to 

Pedoptila.  By  Arthur  G.  Butler,  F.L.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c 180 

XX.  Bryozoa  from  New  South  Wales,  North  Australia,  &c.  By 

Arthur  Wm,  Waters. — Part  II.  (Plates  V.  & VI.)  181 

XXI.  Polyparium  amhulans,  a new  Coelenterate.  By  Dr.  A. 

Korotneff.  (Plate  XIII.) 203 

XXII.  Description  of  a new  Genus  and  Species  of  Polyzonidce. 

By  R.  Innes  Pocock.  (Plate  XIV.) 222 

XXIII.  Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  Cicadidce.  By  W.  L. 
Distant  226 

XXIV.  On  the  Blood-corpuscles  of  the  Cyclostomata.  By  Prof. 

D’Arcy  W.  Thompson,  Dundee 231 

XXV.  Note  on  a new  Type  of  Compound  Eye.  By  F.  E. 

Beddard,  M.A.,  F.Z.S 233 

XXVI.  Note  on  the  Hapuku  of  New  Zealand  {Polyprion  pro-  < 

gnathus).  By  Dr.  A.  Gunther,  F.R.S 236 

XXVII.  On  Australian  Fishes  of  the  Genus  Beryx.  By  Dr.  A.x 
Gunther,  F.R.S ^237 

XXVIII.  Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  Lepidoptera  from  the 
Solomon  Islands,  collected  by  C.  M.  Woodford,  Esq.  By  A.  G. 
Butler,  F.L.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c 240 


On  the  Structure  of  the  Branchia  of  the  Prosobranchiate  Gastero- 
pods,  by  M.  Felix  Bernard ; Description  of  a newly-excluded 
Young  of  the  Ornithorhynchus  paradoxus,  by  Sir  Richard  Owen, 
K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  &c. ; Aulax  hypochceridis,  a new  Gall-fly,  by  J. 

J.  Kiefler ; Anatomy  and  Histology  of  the  Salivary  Glands  in 
the  Cephalopoda,  by  M.  L.  Joubin;  Habitat  of  Pet'ipatus 
Leuckarti,  by  Prof.  F.  Jeftrey  Bell 247 — 252 


NUMBER  CXVIII. 


XXIX.  Bryozoa  from  New  South  Wales,  North  Australia,  &c. 

By  Arthur  Wm.  Waters. — Part  III.  (Plate  VII.) 253 

XXX.  Descriptions  of  eight  new  Species  of  Asiatic  Butterflies. 

By  II.  Grose  Smith 265 

XXXI.  Description  of  a new  Rat  from  North  Borneo,  By  Oi.d- 

FiELD  Thomas  266 


VI 


CONTENTS. 


Page 

XXXII.  Notes  on  SpJiingidce  from  the  Malay  Peninsula,  and 
Description  of  a new  Species  of  Amhulyx  from  North  Borneo.  By 
W.  L.  Distant  270 

XXXIII.  On  the  Interpretation  of  Polyparium  ambulans,  Korot- 
netF.  By  Prof  E.  Ehlers  273 

XXXIV.  On  a remarkable  new  Species  of  Cladorhiza  obtained  by 
H.M.S.  ‘ Challenger.’  By  Arthur  Dendy,  B.Sc.,  F.L.S.,  Assistant 
in  the  Zoological  Department  of  the  British  Museum.  (Plate  XV.)  279 

XXXV.  On  the  Classification  of  the  Diplopoda.  By  R.  Innes 
PococK,  Assistant  Naturalist  British  Museum  283 

XXXVI.  Descriptions  of  new  or  little-known  South-American 
Frogs  of  the  Oenera  Paludicola  and  Hyla.  By  G.  A.  Boulenger.  . 295 

XXX^’II.  Notes  from  the  St,  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory  (under 
the  Fishery  Board  for  Scotland). — No.  VIII.  By  Prof.  M‘Intosh, 


M.D.,  LL.b.,  F.Pt.S.,  &c 300 

XXXVIll.  A new  Species  of  Zyycena  from  the  KuiTachee  Har- 
bour. By  Jahes  a.  Murray,  Viet.  Nat.  Hist.  Inst 304 

XXXIX.  Scent-organs  in  Phryqanidce.  By  Dr.  Wilhelm 
Muller  305 

XL.  On  the  Sense-organs  of  the  Turbellaria.  By  Dr.  L.  Bohmig  308 

XLI.  Notes  on  Batrachians  from  Perak.  By  Dr.  A.  Gunther, 
F.R.S.  (Plate  XVI.) 312 


Observation  on  Multiplication  in  Amoehce,  by  Lillie  E.  Holman ; On 
the  Byssal  Organ  of  the  Lamellibranchiata,  by  M.  Ludwig 
Reichel ; Ovo-viviparous  Generation  in  Tropidonotus ; Litera- 
ture of  the  Fossil  Ganoid,  Se?7iwnotus,  by  A.  Smith  Wood- 
ward   310 — 320 


NUMBER  CXIX. 

XLH.  The  True  Nature  of  the  “ Madreporic  System  ” of  Echiuo- 
dermata,  with  Remarks  on  Nephridia.  By  Prof.  Marcus  M.  Har- 
TOG,  D.Sc.,  M.A.,  F.R.U.1 321 

XLHI.  I'he  New  System  of  C/mlimncs,  with  some  Brief  Observa- 
tions upon  Zoological  Nomenclature.  By  Arthur  Dendy,  B.Sc., 
F.L.S.,  Assistant  in  the  Zoological  Department  of  the  British 
Museum  326 

XLIV.  A List  of  the  Japanese  Silphidce,  with  Descriptions  of  new 
Species.  By  George  Lewis,  F.L.S 338 

XLV.  On  the  so-called  Microdon  nuchalis^  Dixon,  from  the  Chalk 
of  Sussex,  a new  Species  of  Platax.  By  A.  Smith  Woodward, 
F.G.S.,  F.Z.S.,  of  the  British  Museum  (Natural  History) 342 


CONTENTS. 


\n 


Page 


XLVI.  List  of  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  from  Cyprus.  By  G.  A. 
Boulenger 344 

XLVI  I.  On  the  Affinity  of  the  North- American  Lizard-Fauna. 

By  G.  A.  Boulenger  345 

XLVIII.  Notes  on  Volutharpa  Perryi.  By  Edgar  A.  Smith  . . 347 

XLIX.  Descriptions  of  some  new  Genera  and  Species  of  Curculio- 
nidae,  mostly  Asiatic. — Part  IV.  B}^  Francis  P.  Pascoe,  F.L.S. 

&c 348 

L.  On  the  Phylogeny  and  Anatomy  of  the  Echinodermata.  By 
Dr.  Otto  Hamann 3G1 

LI.  On  the  Mammals  collected  by  Captain  C.  E.  Yate,  C.S.I.,  of 
the  Afghan  Boundary  Commission.  By  J.  Scully 378 


On  the  Affinities  of  the  so-called  Torpedo  ( Cydohatis,  Egerton)  from 
the  Cretaceous  of  Mount  Lebanon,  by  A.  Smith  Woodward, 
F.G.S.,  F.Z.S  ; Zyycena  dissimilis,  Murray,  by  Francis  Day, 
F.Z.S.  &c. ; On  the  Sexual  Generation  of  Chermes  ahietis,  Linn,, 
by  Dr,  F.  Blochmann  389 — 390 


NUMBER  CXX. 


LII.  On  “ Orthoceras  \^Endoceras~\  duplex"  Wahlenberg  et  auctt., 
with  Descriptions  of  three  new  Species  of  Endoceras  from  the  Ordo- 
vician of  Sweden  and  Russia  contained  in  the  British  Museum 
(Natural  History).  By  Arthur  H.  Foord,  F.G.S 393 

LIII.  Description  of  a new  Species  of  Evechinus.  By  F.  J effrey 
Bell,  M,x\.  (Plate  XVII.  figs.  7 & 8.) 403 

LIV.  On  a rare  Himalayan  Toad,  Cophophryne  sikkhnensis,  Blyth. 

By  G.  A.  Boulenger  405 

LV.  A List  of  the  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  obtained  near  Mus- 
cat, Arabia,  and  presented  to  the  British  Museum  by  Surgeon-Major 
A.  S.  G.  Jayakar.  By  G.  A.  Boulenger 407 

LVI.  Notes  on  Argonauta  Bottgeri.  By  Edgar  A.  Smith. 
(Plate  XVII.  figs.  1-6.) 409 

LVH.  Note  on  the  Variations  of  Amphiura  Chiajii,  Forbes.  By 
F.  Jeffrey  Bell,  M.A 411 

LVHI.  Description  of  a new  Snake  from  Afghanistan.  By  G.  A. 
Boulenger 413 

LIX.  Descriptions  of  two  new  Species  of  Hyponomeutidce  from 
the  Solomon  Islands.  By  A.  G.  Butler,  F.L.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c 414 

LX.  Descriptions  of  two  new  Species  of  Cicadidce.  By  W.  L. 
Distant  415 

LXI.  Studies  on  the  Enchxftrmdxe.  By  Dr.  W.  Michaelsen. 
(Plate  XVm.)  ' ‘ 417 


Vlll 


CONTENTS. 


Page 

LXII.  Mr.  Dendy  on  the  Chalinince.  By  R.  von  Lendenfeld  428 

LXIII.  Descriptions  of  six  new  Species  of  Butterflies  captured  by 
Mr.  John  Whitehead  at  Kina  Balu  Mountain,  North  Borneo.  By 
H.  Grose  Smith  432 

LXIV.  On  the  Development  of  the  Sexual  Products  in  Spongilla. 

By  Karl  Fiedler 435 

LXV.  Diagnoses  of  two  new  Central-African  Mammalia.  By 
Oldfield  Thomas 440 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain  441 

Proceedings  of  the  Geological  Society 443 

jEga  crenulata  (Liitken),  by  J.  Duncan  Matthews,  F.R.S.E. ; Sebas- 
tes  no7'vegicus,  by  J.  Duncan  Matthews,  F.R.S.E. ; On  a new 
Genus  of  Phosphorescent  Lumbricidae,  and  on  the  Type-species 
of  that  Genus,  Photodi'llus  phosphoreus,  Duges,  by  M.  A.  Giard ; 

Note  on  a new  Species  of  Cei'copithecus  from  Kaffa,  in  Central 
Africa,  by  Dr.  Enrico  H.  Giglioli  ; On  the  Formation  of  the 
Calcareous  Corpuscles  in  Holothuria,  by  M.  Edgard  H^rouard 

444_450 

Index  451 


Plate  I. 


II. 

III. 

IV. 
V. 

VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 

IX. 

X. 

XI. 

XII. 

XIII. 

XIV. 


i 

( 

I 


XV. 


XVI. 

xvir. 

XVIIl. 


PLATES  IN  VOL.  XX. 

New  Genera  and  Species  of  Coleoptera. 
Eggs  of  Osseous  Fishes. 

Freshwater  Infusoria. 


Australian  Bryozoa. 


Semionotus  .Toassi. 


Madras  Sponges. 


Polyparium  ambulans. 

Pseudodesmus  verrucosus. 

Cladorhiza  pentacrinus. 

Batrachians  from  Perak. 

Argonauta  Bottgeri.— E vechinus  rarituberculatus. 
New  Enchytraeidfe. 


MAGAZINE  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

[FIFTH  SERIES.] 


“ per  litora  spargite  museum. 

Naiades,  et  circiim  vitreos  considite  fontes: 

Pollice  virgineo  teneros  hie  carpite  flores : 

Floribus  et  pictum,  divse,  replete  canistrum. 

At  VOS,  o Nymphae  Craterides,  ite  sub  undas  ; 

Ite,  recurvato  variata  corallia  trunco 
Vellite  muscosis  e rupibus,  et  mihi  conchas 
Ferte,  Deae  pelagi,  et  pingui  conchylia  succo.” 

N.  Parthenii  Giannettasii  Eel.  1 . 


No.  115.  JULY  1887. 


I. — The  Significance  of  the  Yolk  in  the  Eggs  of  Osseous 
Fishes,  By  Edward  E.  Prince,  St.  Andrews  Marine 
Laboratory. 

[Plate  II.] 

Much  has  been  recently  written  upon  the  relation  of  the  food- 
yolk  and  the  germ  in  Teleostean  eggs,  yet  little  unanimity 
seems  to  characterize  the  conclusions  reached  by  various 
observers.  It  is  generally  allowed  that  the  free  margin  of 
the  thickened  blastodermic  ring  is  really  the  lip  of  the  blasto- 
pore— the  entire  periphery  being  so,  and  not  merely,  as  Mr. 
Cunningham  has  ably  shown  *,  an  invaginated  arc,  as  in  the 
Elasmobranchs.  The  difference  of  opinion  that  exists  arises, 
however,  from  the  various  views  held  as  to  the  nature  of  the 
yolk  and  its  function  during  development.  Hackel,  from  his 
study  of  a pelagic  ovum,  concluded  that  the  yolk  in  Tele- 
ostean eggs  was  emphatically  distinct  from  the  germ  a con- 
trast in  the  main  constituents  of  the  egg  that  M.  Coste  seems 
to  have  first  truly  signalized  Later  investigators  (Klein, 

* Quart.  Journ.  Microsc.  Sci.,  Nov.  1885. 
t Jenaische  Zeitschr.  vol.  ix.  1875. 
i Gazette  mMic.  de  Paris/  No.  17,  1855,  p.  257. 

Ann.  d'  Mag,  N.  Hist,  Ser.  5.  Vol,  xx.  1 


2 


E.  E.  Prince  on  the  Significance  ofi the 

Kingsley  and  Conn,  and  others)  have  adopted  this  view, 
according  to  which  the  egg  of  an  osseous  fish  is,  perliaps,  one 
of  the  most  marked  examples  of  the  meroblastic  type. 

In  the  Mammalian  ovum  we  know  that  there  is  no  such 
broad  distinction  ; but,  as  in  Amphioxus^  the  yolk  that  is 
present  and  the  active  protoplasm  are  so  intermingled  that 
segmentation  is  complete^  The  Amphibian  ovum — Rana^  for 
example,  is  also  holoblastic ; but  the  yolk  so  preponderates 
towards  the  vegetal  pole  that  the  cleavage-furrows,  beginning 
at  the  opposite  or  animal  pole,  progress  with  increasing  diffi- 
culty as  they  approach  the  former  region.  The  animal  pole 
in  the  Amphibian  egg  is  distinguished  by  the  great  abun- 
dance of  active  protoplasm  and  the  minute  size  of  the  sus- 
pended yolk-spherules,  as  well  as  its  more  rapid  cleavage. 
Still  more  marked  is  this  bipolar  segregation  in  the  Sauropsidan 
and  Elasmobranch  ovum  ; but  in  the  Teleostean  egg  it  is 
most  complete — a distinctly  marked  germinal  disk,  composed 
almost  entirely  of  clear  protoplasm,  being  formed  by  the  with- 
drawal of  germinal  matter  from  the  granular  yolk.  The 
separation  may  be  very  apparent,  even  before  fertilization,  in 
certain  Teleosteans — a discus  proliger us  collecting,  similar  to 
the  superficial  protoplasmic  disk  seen  lying  upon  the  yellow 
food-yolk  in  the  mature  Selachian  ovum. 

Usually  both  constituents  are  so  intermingled  as  to  be  undis- 
tinguishable  in  the  living  egg  until  a period  of  one  or  two 
hours  has  elapsed  after  the  entrance  of  the  spermatozoon, 
when  the  translucent  homogeneous  blastodisk  is  rapidly  out- 
lined at  the  animal  pole,  either  at  the  upper  or  the  lower  side 
of  the  egg,  according  to  the  species  *.  The  separation  of 
germinal  matter  from  the  food-yolk  is  carried  to  such  a degree 
in  the  Teleostean  ovum  that  it  presents  a marked  contrast  to 
the  type  of  egg  seen  in  the  bird  or  shark,  and  still  more  in 
the  frog  or  lamprey  (compare  figs.  1 and  2,  PI.  II.).  E.  van 
Beneden,  in  his  classical  memoir  Sur  la  composition  et  la 
signification  de  I’ceuf^’f?  speaks  of  the  nutritive  part  as 
deutoplasm,  and  lays  stress  on  its  non-integral  or  accessory 
nature,  on  its  purely  passive  function,  and  on  the  fact  that  in 
some  eggs  it  is  absent,  though  when  it  is  present  it  serves  to 
nourish  the  blastoderm  and  embryo.  This  contrast  between 
the  deutoplasm  and  the  germinal  protoplasm  is  illustrated  in  a 
marked  degree  in  the  Teleostean  ovum,  yet  the  existence  in  it 

* In  the  Salmonidae  the  germ  surmoimts  the  upper  pole  of  the  egg, 
wherejis  in  the  ova  of  the  Pleuronectidae  and  Gadidae  it  is  formed  at  the 
inferior  pole. 

t E.  van  Beneden,  Mem.  Coot.  I’Acad.  Roj.  de  Belgique,  tome  xxxiv. 
1870. 


3 


Yolk  in  the  Eggs  of  Osseous  Fishes, 

of  an  extra-blastodermic  layer  of  protoplasm  (figs.  1,  9,  and 
10,  c.p.  and  perib.^  PI.  II.)  must  not  be  ignored.  The  very 
fact,  however,  that  such  an  area  or  periblastic  ring  exists 
supports  the  view  here  propounded.  If  the  protoplasm  inter- 
fused amongst  the  yolk  becomes,  by  a physical  process  of 
separation  and  superficial  transference,  concentrated  at  the 
animal  pole,  as  represented  in  the  diagram  fig.  9,  PI.  II.,  it  is 
easy  to  see  that  some  of  it  may  be  left  at  the  margin  as  a 
peripheral  ring.  The  process  is  slow,  and  much  protoplasm 
may  continue  to  pass  towards  the  animal  pole,  even  after  the 
germinal  disk  is  defined  and  segmentation  is  in  progress. 
Such,  in  fact,  is  the  case,  and  this  is  the  explanation  of  the 
extra-germinal  area,  appropriately  called  periblast.  Mr.  G. 
Brook  aptly  expressed  the  condition  of  this  area  when  he  said  * * * § 
that  the  germinal  protoplasm  is  for  the  most  part  included 
in  the  first  two  cells  of  the  blastodisk,  and,  “ as  if  not  to  waste 
any  material,  the  remainder  collects  around  this  disk  and  is 
afterwards  developed  into  the  periblast.”  Further  away 
from  the  disk  the  periblast  (figs.  9 and  10,  perih.^  PI.  II.) 
thins  out  and  gradually  passes  into  a filmy  protoplasmic 
layer,  uniformly  investing  the  remaining  surface  of  the 
yolk  and  known  as  the  cortical  layer  (PI.  II.  figs.  9 and  10, 
perib.), 

Kingsley  and  Conn  affirm  t that  in  the  earliest  stages 
the  periblast  is  not  present ; and,  paradoxical  as  it  may  seem, 
they  are  right,  for  the  periblast,  as  such,  does  not  exist  until  a 
later  period — until,  in  fact,  the  limits  of  the  disk  are  indicated 
with  some  precision  by  the  progress  of  segmentation  (compare 
figs.  1 and  9,  PL  II.).  The  protoplasmic  cortex,  of  which 
the  periblast  forms  merely  a thickened  annular  portion,  is 
really  present  from  the  moment  that  superficial  segregation 
begins,  and  so  long  as  the  process  continues  the  cortical  layer 
persists,  and  even  in  advanced  embryos  it  is  distinguishable, 
passing  beneath  the  embryonic  trunk,  between  the  hypoblast 
and  the  remnant  of  the  yolk  (PI.  II.  fig.  11,  cp.).  Segrega- 
tion is  not  only  superficial  but,  as  stated  elsewhere  J,  there  is 
also  a subgerminal  transference,  and  Mr.  Brook  has  shown  § 
that  in  Clupea  these  deep-seated  tracts  form  definite  ramifica- 
tions amongst  the  yolk.  The  periblast  is  simply  germinal 
matter  which  has  not  yet  entered  the  disk,  and  that  it  gradu- 

* Quart.  Journ.  Microsc.  Sci.,  Jan.  1885,  p.  4. 

t Mem.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  April  1883,  p.  202. 

X ‘‘ Develop,  of  the  Food-Fishes,”  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  1886,  vol. 
xvii.  p 447. 

§ ‘ Fourth  Annual  Report  of  Fishery  Board  for  Scotland,’  1885,  App.  F, 
no.  i.  pp.  34,  35. 


1* 


4 


Mr.  E.  E.  Prince  on  the  Significance  of  the 

ates  into  tlie  yolk  below  is  not  surprising,  for  its  protoplasm  is 
continually  in  transits. 

Now  the  yolk  in  the  Amphibian  ovum  becomes  divided  by 
cleavage  into  large  nucleated  yolk-cells,  just  as  in  the  egg  of 
Petromyzon  (PL  II.  fig.  2,  i/),  and  enters  more  or  less  inti- 
mately into  the  formation  of  the  embryo.  The  ventral  lining 
of  the  mesenteron  is  really  yolk-hypoblast,  and  arises  directly 
from  the  yolk-cells  proper,  as  Mr.  Shipley  shows  in  Petro- 
myzon : the  dorsal  wall  is  composed  of  columnar  cells  re- 
sembling those  of  the  general  epiblast ; the  cells  forming  the 
floor  have  the  same  cliaracters  as  the  yolk-cells  ” * * * § (PI.  II. 
fig.  l^y).  Nothing  like  this  is  seen  in  the  Teleostean  egg, 
though  Mr.  Brook,  relinquishing  the  view  referred  to  on  a 
prior  page,  has  adopted  the  conception  tha{  Teleostean  and 
Amphibian  ova  are  similar  even  in  the  details  of  their  deve- 
lopment “ the  derivatives  of  the  animal  and  vegetative  poles 
are  in  both  cases  practically  identical.”  If  the  mesenteron 
in  Osseous  Fishes  does  not  arise  as  a slit  in  the  thickened 
median  hypoblast,  as  the  greater  part  of  it  really  seems  to  do, 
but  is  largely  built  up  out  of  nucleated  periblast,  as  Mr.  Cun- 
ningham has  suggested  +,  the  yolk  is  still  not  directly  con- 
cerned in  the  process,  the  periblast  being,  as  Klein  says,  a 
continuation  of  the  germ,  both  are  one  and  the  same  sub- 
stance ” J.  Kupffer^s  vesicle,  which  arises  as  a sub-embryonic 
chamber,  is  not  ventrally  limited  by  the  yolk,  but  by  the 
periblast.  Throughout  the  embryonic  period  in  Teleosteans 
the  periblast  intervenes  as  a continuous  layer  between  the 
yolk  and  the  germ  (as  shown  in  PI.  II.  figs.  7 and  11,  c.p.), 
Oellacher  speaks  of  the  germ  as  feeding  on  the  yolk  §,  and 
Kingsley  and  Conn  say  that  particles  of  yolk  seem  to  be  taken 
in  after  segmentation  has  begun  |1,  while  Klein  expresses  the 
view,  which  Mr.  Brook  adopts,  that  the  periblast  performs  the 
digestive  function,  so  that,  as  the  last-named  author  says, 
large  masses  of  yolk  are  incorporated  within  its  substance 
and  assimilated  ”11.  The  formation  of  the  disk  and  early  pro- 
toplasmic cortex  is  due,  it  is  granted,  to  a kind  of  physical 
transference,  mainly  superficial  segregation : At  what  point, 
it  may  be  asked,  does  such  segregation  cease  and  digestion 
begin  ? No  such  point  can  be  determined.  The  yolk,  in  fact, 
does  not  diminish  to  such  an  extent  as  the  theory  of  digestion 
j)Jus  segregation  would  imply,  as  we  see  by  comparing  the 

* Quart.  Journ.  Microsc.  Sci.,  Jan.  1887,  p.  329. 

t Ibid.,  Jan.  1885,  p.  7,  and  Nov.  1885,  pp.  20,  21. 

X Ibid.  vol.  xvi.  1870,  p.  118. 

§ Zeilschr.  f.  Wiss.  ZloI.  Bd.  xxii.  p.  4.  (j  Loe.  cit,  p.  127. 

% ‘ Report  of  Fishery  Board  for  Scotland,’  1885,  p.  35. 


5 


Yolk  in  the  Eggs  of  Osseous  Fishes. 

bulk  of  the  yolk  in  the  early  ovum  (PL  II.  fig.  1,  g)  and  in  a 
later  stage  when  the  embryo  is  fairly  advanced,  as  in  PI.  II. 
fig.  3,y,  and  the  very  slight  diminution  that  does  occur  {vide 
PI.  II.  fig.  4,  g)  can  be  accounted  for  by  the  continued  sepa- 
ration of  the  interfused  protoplasm.  The  large  size  of  the 
yolk-mass,  in  the  emerged  embryos  of  pelagic  and  demersal 
forms  alike,  indicates  that  any  very  active  process  of  digestion 
is  doubtful.  That  the  globular  ball  of  yolk  is  not  an  integral 
part  of  the  germ  or  embryo  is  sufficiently  sliown  by  the  ease 
with  which  it  can  be  removed  from  its  periblastic  and  embry- 
onic envelopes  in  hardened  specimens.  The  yolk  seems  to  be 
chiefly  utilized  during  the  early  stages  of  the  active  liberated 
embryo,  diminishing  greatly  during  the  first  fortnight  after 
hatching  (compare  figs.  4 and  6,  y,  PL  II.),  and  in  those 
species  which  develop  a vitelline  circulation  the  rapid 
removal  of  the  yolk-granules  can  be  readily  understood.  In 
pelagic  forms,  without  such  vascular  provision,  the  yolk  is 
less  rapidly  used  up  ; and,  doubtless,  in  these  the  coeliac  and 
hepatic  blood-vessels,  being  in  close  proximity  to  the  yolk- 
surface,  effect  the  absorption. 

All  this  evidences  the  accessory  nature  of  the  yolk  in 
Teleosteans.  It  is  an  appendage — a casnogenetic  addition  or 
adaptation,  as  Hackel  regarded  it — not  directly  contributing 
to  the  building  up  of  the  tissues,  but  mainly  serving  to  fur- 
nish pabulum  to  the  delicate  and  rudimentary  embryo  on 
emerging  from  the  egg  It  is  not  more  essentially  connected 
with  the  development  of  the  germ  than  the  egg-envelope  *. 
In  hardened  preparations  it  shows  a granular  structure,  and 
when  physically  manipulated  often  has  the  texture  of  dense 
cork  ; and  in  the  young  salmon,  as  Professor  MTntosh  long  ago 
described,  the  yolk  becomes  less  fluid,  and  by-and-by  springs 
from  the  touch  of  a glass  rod  like  a rounded  and  smooth  bit 
of  cartilage  on  simply  transferring  the  embryo  from  fresh  to 
salt  water  f.  In  the  living  egg  it  is  a clear  albuminoid 
matrix  of  the  consistency  of  syrup,  readily  issuing  from  a 
puncture  in  the  yolk-sac  (PL  II.  fig.  5,  g)j  and  containing 
minute  vesicles  and  refrangible  particles,  with  the  addi- 
tion, in  certain  species,  of  large  oleaginous  spheres.  The 
presence  of  these  spheres  in  the  yolk  adds  strength  to  the 
view  that  it  is  a nutritive  appendix,  for,  as  shown  in  a pre- 

* Vide  Quart.  Journ.  Microsc.  Sci.  yoI.  xvi.  1876. — Note  on  p.  56,  where 
Prof.  Kay  Lankester  distinguishes  the  added  food-material  and  egg-enve- 
lopes as  matrificial  ” and  not  “ ovificial  ” elements,  like  the  protoplasm 
of  the  egg-cell  proper. 

t Quart.  Journ.  Microsc.  Sci.  vol.  viii.  1868,  p.  ]6o. 


6 


Mr.  E.  E.  Prince  on  the  Significance  of  the 

vioiis  paper  the  globules  in  question  seem  to  have  no  inti- 
mate connexion  with  development,  and  are  best  regarded  as 
redundant  and  probably  ancestral  elements,  still  persisting, 
but  not  immediately  utilized  by  the  germ. 

If  this  view  be  correct,  that  the  yolk  is  a trophic  appen- 
dage, consibting  in  the  later  stages  almost  purely  of  inert 
nutritive  matter,  that  the  germ  is  discoblastic  and  becomes  a 
discogastrula  when  the  germinal  cavity  appears  beneath  it 
(PI.  II.  fig.  10,  ^.c.),  and  hence  that  the  invaginated  rim 
represents  the  primitive  enteric  involution,  like  the  inflected 
arc  in  Elasrnobranchs  and  Amphibians,  then  the  interpreta- 
tion of  the  features  presented  by  the  Teleostean  ovum  becomes 
greatly  simplified.  Balfour  speaks  of  such  a mass  of  unseg- 
mented yolk  as  corresponding  to  the  large  cells  of  the  vegetal 
pole  in  a blastosphere  ; and  E.  van  Beneden  similarly  regarded 
the  deutoplasmic  globe  in  a pelagic  Teleostean  ovum  as  a 
large  endodermic  cell,  with  a constitution  analogous  to  a fat- 
cell tj  a view  shared  by  Hoffman  and  others.  But  the  Tele- 
ostean germ  never  forms  a blastosphere,  with  a more  or  less 
centrally  situated  segmentation-cavity  or  blastocoel,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  large  subgerminal  chamber,  wdiich  is  always 
present  at  some  stage.  Van  Bambeke  alone  amongst 
observers  really  describes  a blastocoel  in  the  egg  of  an  osseous 
fish  ; but  Oellacher,  Kingsley  and  Conn,  and  other  authors 
regard  such  an  intrablastodermic  cavity  as  an  artificial 
product,  and  not  a normal  feature.  The  sub-blastodermic 
cavity  present  in  the  Teleostean  ovum  (PI.  II.  fig.  10,  g.c.) 
must  be  the  homologue  not  of  the  Amphibian  and  Selachian 
segmentation-cavity,  so-called,  but  of  the  enteric  cavity,  whose 
external  opening  is  the  blastopore.  The  germ,  thus  separated 
by  a germinal  cavity  from  the  yolk,  consists  of  two  lamellae, 
ectoderm  and  primitive  endoderm,  like  a two-layered  gastrula ; 
the  external  layer  or  epiblast  appears  to  be  one  cell  in  thick- 
ness; but  the  endoderm,  or  ^Hower  layer,”  consists  of  several 
layers  of  cells  (PI.  II.  fig.  10,  g).  From  its  mouth  or  blasto- 
pore the  yolk  forms  an  enormous  protruding  mass,  an  exag- 
geration of  the  yolk-plug  which  fills  up  the  anus  of  Busconi 
in  Rana  (PL  II  fig.  10,  y). 

The  important  feature  in  the  Teleostean  egg  is  not  the  fact 
that  the  yolk  is  stored  away  at  one  pole  of  the  egg,  for  the 
egg  of  the  Amphibian  or  Cyclostome  may  be  described  as 
simply  the  ovum  of  Amphioxus  witli  a large  amount  of  trophic 
matter  stored  away  in  its  lower  part,  nor  that  the  yolk-cells 

* “ On  the  Presence  of  Oleaginous  Spheres  in  the  Yolk  of  Teleostean 
Ova,”  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  Aug.  1886. 

t Quart.  Journ.  Microsc.  Sci.  vol.  xviii.  1878,  p.  52. 


7 


Yolk  in  the  Eggs  of  Osseous  Fishes, 

are  broken  down  and  form  a syncytium,  but  that  the  germinal 
matter  is  so  concentrated  at  one  pole  as  to  have  little  more 
connexion  with  the  yolk  than  that  of  juxtaposition.  The 
yolk  seems  to  have  no  essential  role  in  segmentation,  but  is 
an  appendage  to  the  early  germ  as  to  the  later  embryo.  The 
nature  and  function  of  the  periblast  and  eortical  protoplasm 
need  not  be  dwelt  upon ; they  are  continuous  with  and  form 
part  and  parcel  of  the  germ.  The  origin  and  fate  of  the 
nuclei  which  appear  in  them  is  by  no  means  decided.  As 
Klein  declared,  they  are  not  identical  with  the  yolk  nuclei  of 
the  Elasrnobranch  egg  and  they  probably  originate,  as 
Agassiz  and  Whitman  hold,  and  as  Wenckebach’s  recent 
researches  tend  to  show  f,  in  the  segmented  blastoderm  itself. 
We  know  how  greatly  the  food-yolk,  when  it  crowds  seg- 
menting eells,  alters  their  character  and  disposition  ; and  the 
possibility  seems  naturally  to  follow  that  when,  as  in  the 
Teleostean  egg,  the  yolk  becomes  almost  wholly  separated 
from  the  germ,  a less  distorted  and  more  primitive  eondition 
may  be  resumed.  We  can  thus  understand  how,  notwith- 
standing the  great  bulk  of  the  yolk,  the  blastopore  in  Osseous 
Fishes  is  symmetrical,  and  coincides  with  the  entire  inflected 
margin  of  the  germ,  while  the  germ  itself  forms,  not  a blasto- 
sphere  with  a transient  segmentation-cavity,  as  well  as  a 
permanent  enteric  invagination,  but  a concave  two-layered 
gastrula,  enclosing  or  rather  arching  over  a primitive  gastric 
chamber  (PI.  II.  flg.  10,  g.c.).  In  this  enteric  chamber, 
roofed  over  by  invaginated  hypoblast  and  with  a floor  of  peri- 
blast (PL  II.  fig.  lOj  peribf  the  globe  of  passive  yolk-matter 
(PL  II.  fig.  10,  y)  is  seated,  and  projects  from  the  blastopore 
until  the  free  margin  of  the  latter  has  so  far  progressed  over 
its  surface  as  to  entirely  envelop  it.  It  persists  in  the  peri- 
visceral cavity  as  a ventral  protuberance  for  some  time  after 
the  embryo  has  emerged  (PL  II.  fig.  6,  y)  until  it  is  com- 
pletely disintegrated  and  absorbed. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  II. 

Fig.  1.  Ovum  of  Gadus  (sglejinus,  fifth  hour;  four  blastomeres  nearly 
completed,  bl.,  blastomeres  ; c.p.,  cortical  protoplasm  passing 
to  the  animal  pole  ; y,  yolk. 

Fig.  2.  Ovum  of  Petromyzonfiuviatilis,  about  same  stage  as  fig.  1 (after 
Shipley),  showing  the  yolk  included  in  the  segmentation  pro- 
cess. bl.,  blastomeres ; y,  yolk. 


* Quart.  Journ.  Microsc.  Sci.  vol.  xvi.  1870,  p.  128. 
t Archiv  f.  mikr.  Anat.  Bd.  xxviii.  1886. 


8 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  Genera 


Fig.  3.  Ovum  of  G.  cBglefinus.^  some  time  after  closure  of  the  blastopore  ; 

the  embryo  fairly  advanced,  but  the  yolk  (y)  shows  very  slight 
diminution. 

Fig.  4.  Ovum  of  G.  ceglejinus ; embryo  about  to  emerge  from  the  egg- 
capsule,  which  is  ruptured.  The  yolk  (y)  has  diminished  to 
some  extent,  and  a perivitelline  chamber  intervenes  between  the 
yolk-surface  and  the  embryonic  membrane  (e.m.). 

Fig.  5.  Emerged  embryo  of  a Pleuronectid,  species  not  known.  Portion 
of  the  yolk  seen  protruding  from  an  accidental  rupture  in  the 
embryonic  membrane  (e.m.). 

Fig.  6.  Embryo  of  Gadus  ceglefinus,  six  days  after  hatching ; yolk  (y)  still 
persisting,  but  showing  very  evident  diminution. 

Fig.  7,  Transverse  section  through  embryo  of  Petromyzon  (after  Shipley). 

Yolk-cells  (y)  entering  actively  into  the  formation  of  the  embry- 
onic tissues,  especially  the  gut  (g)  : n,  notochord ; mes.,  meso- 
blast. 

Fig.  8.  Transverse  section  of  Gadus  (Bglejinus,  about  same  stage  as  fig.  7. 

The  yolk  (y)  is  separated  from  the  embryo  by  the  cortical 
protoplasm  ( and  the  hypoblast  {hyp.),  and  does  not  directly 
form  embryonic  tissue,  n,  notochord  ; mes.,  mesoblast. 

Fig.  9.  Diagram  of  Teleostean  ovum  when  the  periblast  (perihi)  is  first 
clearly  distinguishable.  The  radial  arrows  indicate  the  passage 
towards  the  surface  of  the  protoplasm  mingled  with  the  yolk 
(y),  and  forming  the  cortical  protoplasm  {c.p.).  g,  germ. 

Fig.  10.  Diagram  of  Teleostean  ovum  at  a later  stage.  No  intra-blasto- 
dermic  segmentation-cavity  exists;  but  a germinal  cavity  {g.c.) 
exists,  roofed  over  by  the  germ  and  floored  by  periblast  {perih.). 

Fig.  11.  Transverse  section  of  G.  mjlejinus  on  second  day  after  hatching. 
The  cortical  protoplasm  {c.  p.)  still  separates  the  embryo  from 
the  yolk  (?/).  The  hypoblastic  gut  (g)  is  now  fully  formed  and 
invested  hj  a layer  of  mesoblast;  its  lumen  is  ciliated,  e.m., 
embryonic  membrane  formed  of  two  layers,  epiblast  and  hypo- 
blast. 


II. — Notes  on  Coleopteraj  with  Descriptions  of  new  Genera 
and  Species, — Part  VI.  By  Feancis  P.  Pascoe,  F.L.S., 
&c. 


[Plate  I.] 


List  of  Genera  and  Species. 


COLYDIID^. 
Bothrideres  impressus. 

PTINID^.. 

Anobiinje. 

Clada  {n.  g.)  Waterhousei. 


TELEPHORID^. 

Drilin^. 

Eugeusis  nigripennis. 

Selasia  pulchra. 

laticeps. 


and  Species  of  Coleoptera. 


9 


TENEBRIONlDiE. 
Opatrin^. 
Doryagus  {n.  g.)  talpa. 

Tentyrhnje. 
Carcliares  {n.  macer. 


Immedia  Integra. 

Euphloeus  in.  g.)  verrucosus. 


Cnodaloninje. 


Pimplema  ampliata. 
Chariotlieca  violacea. 


LAGKIID.dS. 


COSSYPHINiE. 


Barsenis  (w.  g.)  fulvipes. 


Cossyphus  limbatus. 
pusillus. 


KHIPIDnDJE. 


Eutelinje. 
Cyrtotyche  quadra. 

Helopin^. 
Immedia  erosa. 


Aporrbipis  {n.  g.)  flexilis. 


BKENTHIDJE. 

Ithystenin^ 


Dilirus  sphacelatus. 
Cediocera  {n.  g.)  longicornis. 


BotJirideres  impressus. 


B.  elongatus,  niger,  subopacus  ; prothorace  disco  reticulatim  punc- 
tate, in  medio  postico  oblongo-excavato,  tuberculis  duobus  in 
cavitate  inclusis ; tibiis  anticis  subtriangularibus.  Long.  4|  lin. 

Hah,  Graharastown. 

Oblong,  black,  nearly  opaque  ; prothorax  not  broader  than 
long,  gradually  narrowing  from  near  the  apex  to  the  base, 
the  anterior  angles  rounded,  disk  reticulately  punctured,  with 
a deep  oblong  excavation  beginning  from  towards  the  apex 
and  continued  to  the  base,  and  having  two  flat  tubercles  in 
the  cavity  ; scutellum  conspicuous  ; elytra  broadest  at  the 
base,  produced  at  the  shoulders,  each  with  five  raised  carinse, 
the  one  bordering  the  suture  flat,  all  minutely  punctured,  the 
interstices  with  a double  row  of  large  punctures  ; body  be- 
neath with  scattered  punctures  ; tibiae  stout,  the  outer  edge 
toothed,  the  anterior  subtriangular. 

A well-marked  species  whose  nearest  affinity  is  perhaps 
with  the  Gabon  B.  ruhricollis.  In  no  other  species,  except 
B.  nocturnuSj  are  the  anterior  tibiae  so  short  and  so  broadly 
dilated. 


Caput  breve,  deflexum ; palpi  maxillares  articulo  ultimo  ovali. 

* In  1862  I proposed  to  change  Guerin’s  name  of  Leptorhynchus  into 
Ithystenus,  it  having  been  used  twice  previously.  Adopted  by  Lacor- 
daire  it  became  the  type  of  his  ‘^groupe  Ithystenides.”  Since  Gu(5rin’s 
time  the  same  name  has  heen  taken  up  by  five  different  authors  for  as 
many  genera.  In  the  Munich  Catalogue  the  authors,  scorning  to  go  out- 
side the  Coleoptera,  adhere  to  Guerin’s  name. 


Clada. 


10 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  Genera 


OcuU  prominentes,  pilosi.  Antennce  flabellatse,  articulo  basali 
brevi,  arcuato,  apicem  versus  incrassato,  secundo  breviusculo, 
tertio  ad  decimum  ramulos  lineares  emittentibus,  ultimo  elongate. 
Prothorax  transversus,  modice  convexus,  apice  truncatus.  Elytra 
latiuscula,  ad  latera  parallela.  Pedes  mediocres ; tarsi  articulo 
basali  incrassato ; unguiculi  graciles,  divaricati.  Coxce  anticae  efc 
iutermediae  contiguae.  Corpus  pilosum. 

The  characters  of  this  genus  are  much  the  same  as  those  of 
Ptilinus^  but  the  broad  and  less  convex  form  and  the  hairy 
body  are  sufficiently  distinctive.  The  tarsi  stouter  at  the  base 
and  gradually  narrower  to  the  last  joint,  maybe  contrasted 
with  the  linear  tarsi  of  Ptilinus.  I have  named  the  species 
after  Mr.  C.  O.  Waterhouse,  to  whom  I am  indebted  for  many 
valuable  hints. 

Clada  Waterhousei,  (PL  I.  fig.  4.) 

C.  latiuscula,  subconvexa,  rufo-ferruginea,  supra  pilis  numerosis 
erectis  vestita.  Long.  3 lin. 

Hah.  Cape  (Grahamstown). 

Rather  broad,  moderately  convex,  reddish  ferruginous, 
darker  on  the  prothorax ; eyes,  body  above,  and  legs  clothed 
with  erect  long  hairs ; antennas  with  the  first  two  joints 
luteous,  the  remainder  dark  brown,  the  first  only  hairy ; head 
and  prothorax  closely  punctured ; scutellum  covered  with  decurn- 
bent  hairs  ; elytra  not  broader  than  the  pro  thorax,  somewhat 
glossy,  coarsely  and  closely  punctured  ; body  beneath  slightly 
glossy,  sparingly  pubescent,  dark  brown,  abdomen  paler ; 
basal  joint  of  the  tarsi  not  longer  than  two  next  together. 

Eugeusis  nigripennis.  (PI.  I.  fig.  7.) 

E.  breviuscula,  pubescens,  rufo-fulva elytris  subnitide  nigris ; an- 
tennis,  articulo  basali  excepto,  fuscis,  pilosis.  Long.  4 lin. 

Hah.  Bur m ah. 

Eatlier  short,  pubescent,  reddish  fulvous, the  elytra  blackish, 
but  a little  lighter  at  the  base  ; head  large,  broad  ; eyes  small, 
black,  distant  from  the  prothorax ; antennae  blackish,  except 
the  basal  joint,  and  covered  with  short  hairs,  third  joint 
longest,  the  rest  gradually  shorter  and  slighter ; prothorax 
transverse,  finely  punctured,  a broad  concavity  on  each  side 
at  the  base ; scutellum  triangular  ; elytra  about  two  thirds 
longer  than  broad,  closely  and  minutely  punctured,  each  with 
three  faintly  raised  lines ; abdomen  with  seven  segments. 

This  description  is  from  a female  ; the  male  has  probably 
flabellate  antenna,  as  in  E.  palpator.  Prof.  Westwood  seems 
inclined  to  place  the  genus  with  the  Telephorinae ; Lacordaire 


and  Species  of  Coleoptera, 


11 


refers  it  to  the  Drilinae  It  is  a most  remarkable  form, 
owing  to  its  very  large  palpi,  by  which  it  is  principally 
differentiated  from  Selasia.  Judging  from  Westwood’s 
figure,  the  eyes  are  close  to  the  prothorax,  in  which  respect  it 
differs  widely  from  the  above. 

Selasia  'pulchr a,  (PI.  I.  fig.  8.) 

S.  hreviuscula,  modice  convexa,  fulva,  pilis  dispersis  aureis  vestita  ; 

elytris  in  medio  fusco-nebulosis ; capite  parvulo.  Long.  lin. 

Hah.  Delagoa  Bay. 

Bather  short  and  broad,  the  sides  subparallel,  fulvous, 
somewhat  glossy,  the  elytra  with  a tinge  of  brown,  except  at 
the  margins,  and  clothed  with  numerous  (but  not  to  the  naked 
eye)  conspicuous  golden  hairs,  each  arising  from  a minute 
puncture  ; head  slightly  exserted,  much  narrower  than  the 
prothorax ; last  joint  of  the  maxillary  palpi  subsecuriform ; 
eyes  black  ; antennae  not  extending  to  the  base  of  the  prothorax, 
the  latter  transverse,  the  base  slightly  emarginate  in  the 
middle ; scutellum  long,  triangular ; elytra  substriate-punc- 
tate;  body  beneath  and  legs  paler,  hairy. 

Only  the  males  of  this  genus  are  knowm,  but  it  only  con- 
tained two  West- African  species,  and  one  (doubtfully  con- 
generic) from  India.  They  are  all  exceedingly  scarce  in 
collections ; of  one  species  only  a single  example  is  known  ac- 
cording to  Lacordaire. 

Selasia  laticeps, 

S.  latiuscula,  paulo  convexa,  pilosa,  testacea ; elytris  pone  basin 

gradatim  infuscatis ; capite  prothorace  latitudine  aequali.  Long. 

2|  lin. 

Hah.  Bombay. 

Moderately  broad,  slightly  convex,  clothed  with  long 
slender  hairs,  generally  testaceous,  but  gradually  deepening 
into  brown  behind  the  base  of  the  elytra  ; head  short,  as  broad 
as  the  prothorax ; antennae  extending  to  the  elytra,  brownish, 
except  the  two  basal  joints,  and  furnished  with  stiff  hairs  ; 
eyes  large  and  close  to  the  prothorax,  the  latter  transverse, 
the  base  slightly  rounded,  the  disk  sparsely  punctured  ; scutel- 
lum rather  large,  triangular ; elytra  broader  than  the  prothorax 
at  the  base,  the  sides  nearly  parallel ; irregularly  and  minutely 
punctured ; legs  slender  ; tarsi  filiform. 

I,  at  first,  thought  this  species  was  generically  differentiated 
from  Selasia  on  account,  inter  alia^  of  its  broad  head,  deeply 
immersed  in  the  prothorax,  and  purposed  calling  it  Blastesis  j 

* Prof.  Westwood  (Modern  Class,  of  Insects)  ranks  them  as  families. 
Telephoridse  is  now  strictly  equivalent  to  the  older  Malacodermata. 


12 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  Genera 


but  for  the  present,  as  I have  not  cared  to  risk  injury  by 
examining  the  mouth,  I leave  it  in  Selasia. 

Doryagus. 

Caput  exsertum,  transversum  ; dypeiis  baud  discretus,  apice  emar- 
ginatus ; mentum  breve,  antice  rotundatum  ; palpi  maxillares 
securiformes.  Ocwh*  transversi.  claviformes.  Prothorax 

convexus,  basi  sinuatiis.  Elytra  subconvexa,  ovata,  humeris 
dentato-productis.  Femora  valida ; tihice  anticae  in  medio  late 
angulataB,  apice  sulcatae ; tarsi  breves. 

The  sterna  and  abdomen  are  mainly  as  in  Anomalipus^  to 
which  this  genus  is  allied.  Its  chief  differential  characters 
are  its  prothorax  very  convex  and  not  dilated  at  the  sides, 
and  its  short  tarsi  in  part  received  into  a groove  in  the  tibiae. 
Perhaps  the  comparative  shortness  of  the  third  antennal  joint 
may  be  a good  generic  character. 

Doryagus  taJpa.  (PI.  I.  fig.  9.) 

D.  oblongo-ovalis,  niger,  subnitidus  ; antennis  articulo  tertio  quam 
primus  baud  longiore.  Long.  5 lin. 

Hah,  Natal. 

Oblong-oval,  black,  somewhat  glossy  ; head  closely  granu- 
late ; antennae  pitchy,  rather  short,  the  third  joint  not  longer 
than  the  first,  the  rest  transverse  and  gradually  thicker  to  the 
tenth,  the  last  smaller,  rounded  ; prothorax  semicircularly 
emarginate  anteriorly,  the  sides  rounded  and  bounded  by  a 
fine  raised  line,  disk  finely  and  closely  punctured,  the  spaces 
between  the  posterior  punctures  forming  narrow  irregular  lines ; 
scutellum  very  transverse  ; elytra  moderately  convex,  rounded 
at  the  sides  and  apex,  narrower  at  the  base,  the  shoulders  with 
a marked  tooth-like  process  ; striatg-punctate,  punctures  small, 
the  fourth  stria  not  attaining  the  base ; fore  tibia?  strongly 
angulated  in  the  middle,  the  apex,  and  also  of  the  other  tibiie, 
grooved  for  the  reception  of  the  basal  joints  of  the  tarsi,  these 
furnished  with  a few  short  spinous  hairs  beneatli. 

Carchares. 

Caput  exsertum,  postice  constrictum ; clypeus  a capite  baud  discre- 
tus ; labrum  transversum  ; labium  leviter  emarginatum ; palpi 
maxillares  articulo  ultimo  subtriangulari.  Oculi  reniformes. 
AntenncE  normales,  articulo  secundo  brevi,  tertio  elongato,  quarto 
ad  septimum  sequalibus,  cseteris  leviter  iucrassatis,  ultimo  longiore. 
Prothorax  transversus,  convexus,  lateraliter  rolundatus,  margine 
anguste  cariuato.  Elytra  ovalia,  convexa  ; epipleura  angusta. 
Prosternum  elevatum  ; mesosternum  subdepressum  ; processus  inter- 
coxalis  latus,  antice  subangulatus.  Abdomen  segmento  quarto 


and  Species  of  Coleoptera, 


13 


brevi.  Pedes  graciles  ; femora  antica  crassiora,  dente  acuto 
armata  ; tihice,  posticae  elongatae;  tarsi  filiformes,  postici  articulis 
primo  et  ultimo  aequalibus  ; miguiculis  longis,  divaricatis. 

With  the  facies  of  Mesostena  angusfa  this  genus,  according 
to  Lacordaire’s  arrangement,  is  more  allied  to  the  North- 
American  Triorophiis^  but  the  mandibles  are  not  uncovered 
by  the  labrum  to  the  same  extent  as  in  T.  Icevis^  for  example. 
The  most  striking  peculiarity  is  the  well-developed  tooth  on 
the  anterior  thickened  femora. 

Carchares  macer.  (PL  I.  fig.  3.) 

C,  oblongo-ovatus,  nitide  niger  ; labro,  antennis  tarsisque  ferrugineis. 
Long.  5 lin. 

Hah,  Ngami, 

Oblong-ovate,  black,  shining  ; labrum,  palpi,  antennae,  and 
tarsi  pale  ferruginous  ; head  rather  narrow,  finely  punctured, 
more  closely  on  the  constricted  portion,  between  the  antennary 
orbils  a semicircular  impression  ; prothorax  rather  broader 
than  long,  with  minute  scattered  punctures ; elytra  with 
larger  punctures  and  faintly  striated ; body  beneath  smooth 
and  finely  punctured  ; intermediate  and  posterior  femora  mo- 
derately clavate,  their  tibim  moderately  curved. 

CossypJius  limhaius. 

C.  latiusculus,  testaceo-piceus,  late  marginatus,  marginibus  leviter 
reticulatis ; elytris  subseriatim  punctatis ; scutello  transversim 
triangular!.  Long.  3 lin. 

Hah,  Cochin-China. 

Rather  broadly  ovate,  not  narrowed  behind,  testaceous 
pitchy,  the  body  not  broader  than  the  pale  diaphanous  margin  ; 
prothorax  finely  punctured  ; scutellum  transversely  triangular  ; 
elytra  irregularly  punctured,  the  punctures  larger  than  those 
on  the  prothorax  ; legs  slender. 

Cossyphus  * is  one  of  the  most  isolated  forms  among  the 
Coleoptera.  A foliaceous  margin  surrounds  the  thorax  and 
elytra  as  well  as  the  head,  which  is  imbedded  under  it.  The 
species  are  all  very  similar  in  form  and  colour,  but  vary  in 
size ; they  have  no  wings  or  they  are  useless  for  flight, 
yet  are  found  in  Africa,  north  and  south,  India,  Java,  and 
South  Australia.  G.  Hoffmanseggii  is  a common  species 
under  stones  around  Lisbon.  The  species  here  described 
is  remarkable  for  its  broad  diaphanous  margin,  apparently 
indistinctly  reticulated  owing  to  its  uniform  coloration. 

* Cossyphus,  Fabr.  1792  ; id.  Lam.  1802  (Birds)  j id.  Val.  1839  (Fishes). 


14 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  Genera 


Cossyphus  pusillus. 

C.  sublatiusculus,  testaceo-piceus,  modice  marginatus,  margiuibus 
conspicue  reticulatis ; scutello  valde  transverse,  postice  rotun- 
dato ; elytris  sat  rude  seriatim  punctatis.  Long.  2 lin. 

Hah.  Rangoon. 

Less  broadly  ovate,  not  narrowed  behind,  testaceous  pitchy, 
the  margins  of  the  normal  breadth  and  very  obviously  reticu- 
late ; prothorax  finely  punctured ; scutellum  very  transverse, 
rounded  behind ; elytra  rather  coarsely  punctured  in  somewhat 
irregular  rows  ; legs  slender. 

About  the  size  of  G.  pygmeeus^  but  more  broadly  rounded 
in  front,  and  the  margins  very  distinctly  reticulated.  As  in 
the  preceding  species,  the  elytra  are  without  raised  lines, 
except  at  the  suture. 

Cyrtotyche  quadra. 

C.  fulvo-picea ; prothorace  vix  transverse,  tuberculis  quatuor,  duo 
apice  minora,  duo  fere  in  medio  majora,  instructo ; tibiis  sub- 
rectis.  Long.  4 lin. 

Hah.  Delagoa  Bay. 

Ovate,  fulvous  pitchy  ; front  of  the  head  and  clypeus  coarsely 
and  densely  punctured  ; antennae  blackish,  last  four  joints 
forming  the  club ; prothorax  not  broader  than  the  elytra,  con- 
vex above,  narrowed  at  the  base,  four  glossy  tubercles  on  the 
disk,  the  two  smaller  near  the  apex,  the  two  larger  in  the 
middle,  one  opaque  tubercle  on  each  side,  and  another  (carini- 
form)  below,  the  intervals  coarsely  and  irregularly  foveate  ; 
elytra  broadest  behind  the  middle,  closely  tuberculate,  the 
larger  tubercles  in  two  rows  on  each  elytron,  close  to  and 
nearly  confined  to  the  sutural  region  a row  of  punctures 
with  smaller  tubercles  accompanying  them ; body  beneath 
and  legs  brownish,  not  glossy,  abdomen  punctured;  femora 
and  tibisB  roughly  punctured,  the  latter  nearly  straight ; 
anterior  tarsal  joints,  except  the  last,  very  short. 

Very  distinct  from  C.  satanas^  the  only  other  species,  but 
unmistakably  congeneric,  although  the  character  of  curved 
tibiae  must  now  be  dropped.  C.  satanas  is  a darker  and  much 
larger  species,  and  has  four  oblong  tubercles  disposed  trans- 
versely across  the  middle  of  the  prothorax ; the  tubercles  on 
the  elytra  are  conical  and  more  irregularly  distributed,  and 
the  tibiae  are  remarkably  curved,  but  only  towards  the  apex. 
Lacordaire  has  figured  the  species  in  his  ^ Atlas  ’ (pi.  Iv.  fig.  5), 
but  has  erroneously  applied  to  it  the  name  of  a species  of  an 
allied  genus — Eutelus  nodosus. 


15 


and  Species  of  Coleoptera. 

Immedia  erosa. 

I.  rotundata,  valde  convexa,  cuprea;  prothorace  utrinque  apicem 
versus  incurvato ; elytris  seriatim  ampliato-punctatis.  Long.  4 
lin. 

Hah.  Bahia. 

Hounded,  very  convex,  copper-brown,  beneath  darker ; head 
with  small,  somewhat  scattered,  punctures ; antennae  ferru- 
ginous, eighth  and  ninth  joints  rounded,  the  tenth  nearly  as 
long  as  broad ; prothorax  very  short,  the  sides  towards  the 
apex  incurved,  disk  irregularly  punctured,  each  puncture  with 
a bright  green  scale  at  the  base ; scutellum  black,  glossy,  tri- 
angular ; elytra  with  row's  of  largely  impressed  close-set 
punctures  or  fovean,  each  having  a greenish  or  bluish  tint  at 
the  base ; palpi  and  legs  glossy  ferruginous,  the  latter  dotted 
with  minute  white  scales. 

A much  larger  species  than  1.  occulta  and  at  once  differ- 
entiated by  the  incurvature  of  the  sides  of  the  prothorax  ; the 
clypeus  also  is  better  marked  off  from  the  head,  and  the 
terminal  joints  of  the  antennae  have  a somewhat  different 
form.  The  genus  is  more  allied  to  Sphcerotus  than  to  Gyrto- 
soma,  but  the  metasternum  in  both  is  much  shorter  than  in 
the  typical  Cnodalonin^  and  Helopinae. 

Immedia  Integra. 

I.  rotundata,  valde  convexa,  cuprea  ; prothorace  utrinque  rotun- 
dato  ; elytris  sparse  seriatim  punctatis,  punctis  majusculis,  viridi- 
annulatis.  Long.  3|  lin. 

Hah.  Hio  Janeiro. 

Hounded,  very  convex,  copper-brown  ; head  finely  punc- 
tured ; antennas  ferruginous,  eighth  to  tenth  joints  obconic  ; 
prothorax  very  short,  the  sides  rounded,  disk  finely  punc- 
tured ; scutellum  black,  triangular  ; elytra  with  rows  of  rather 
large  distant  punctures,  each  surrounded  w'ith  a greenish  ring  ; 
legs  copper-brown. 

Very  like  the  preceding,  but  with  the  sides  of  the  pro  th  orax 
entire  and  the  terminal  joints  of  the  antennas,  except  tlie  last, 
obconic  and  longer  than  broad.  If  the  three  species  are  held 
to  be  congeneric,  then  the  character  derived  from  the  antennas 
will  be  seen  to  be  only  of  specific  value. 

Euphloeus. 

Mentum  quadratum  ; palpi  maxillares  securiformes ; mandihulm 
acutse ; lahrum  breve.  Antennce  articulis  8,  9,  10  transversis. 

* ^ Aimals,’  Jan.  1882,  p.  33.  This  species  is  represented  in  ^ Aid,’ 
vol.  ii,  pi,  clviii.  fig.  2. 


16 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  Genera 


Prothorax  transversus,  basi  truncatus.  Scutellum  conspicuum. 
Elytra  leviter  convexa,  bumeris  rotundatis ; tihice  rnutica^ ; tarsi 
cxigui,  angusti. 

In  Zophius  the  ninth  and  tenth  joints  of  the  antennge  only 
are  slightly  transverse,  and  with  the  terminal  joint  scarcely 
forming  a club  ; in  Euphloeus  there  is  a very  marked  club  of 
four  joints;  this  character  and  the  small  tarsi  are  the  only 
technical  ones  differentiating  the  two  genera.  In  Osdara  the 
clypeus  is  distinctly  limited,  the  mentum  trapeziform,  and  the 
tarsi  dilated.  Lacordaire,  in  his  key,  separates  these  and 
allied  genera  by  the  “ moderately  broad  ” and  broad  ” inter- 
coxal  processes  ; but  the  difference  is  scarcely  perceptible. 


Euphloeus  verrucosus. 

E.  ovatus,  modice  convexus,  fusco-niger,  supra  rugosus ; prothorace 
margine  crenato  ; tibiis  fere  rectis.  Long.  4 lin. 

Hah.  Malabar. 

Ovate,  moderately  convex,  brownish  black  ; head  slightly 
exserted,  tuberculate,  the  clypeus  marked  off  from  the  head 
by  a shallow  depression ; antennae  pitchy,  slightly  pubes- 
cent ; prothorax  rounded  and  crenated  at  the  sides,  its  poste- 
rior angles  pointed,  the  disk  closely  covered  with  tubercles 
varying  in  size  ; scutellum  smooth,  glossy,  transversely  trian- 
gular ; elytra  shortly  ovate,  not  broader  than  the  prothorax, 
with  rows  of  small  mammiform  tubercles  along  the  striae  and 
much  larger  ones  between  them,  the  latter  dotted  with  minute 
white  scales  ; body  beneath  and  femora  rugose  ; tibiae  minutely 
tuberculate ; tarsi  ferruginous. 

PlMPLEMA. 

Caput  parvum,  ad  oculos  retractum ; clypeus  a capite  baud  discre- 
tus  ; palpi  maxillares  validi,  cylindrici.  Antennae  modice  elongatae, 
articulis  sexto  ad  undecimum  crassioribus,  hoc  multo  longiore. 
Prothorax  valde  transversus,  lateribus  subplanatis.  Mytra  latis- 
sima,  convexa;  epipleurce  postice  obsoletae.  -Fgmom infra canalicu- 
lata;  tihice  rectae  ; tarsi  lineares.  Ooxce  anticae  globosae.  Prosternum 
clavatum  ; mesosternum  latum,  antice  leviter  emarginatum ; pro- 
cessus intercoxalis  antice  rotundatus. 

Mr.  C.  Waterhouse  tells  me  that  he  thinks  this  genus  is  iden- 
tical with  Hades ^ Thoms.,  which  that  author  placed  in  Nilio- 
nidse,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  globose  and  non-contiguity 
of  the  anterior  coxae.  Hades^  however,  is  not  available,  having 
been  previously  employed  for  a genus  of  Lepidoptera.  The 


17 


and  /Species  of  Coleoptera. 

species  liere  described  has  the  peculiarity  of  being  rather 
broader  than  long,  and  is  allied  to  ArtacteSj  but  it  has  not,  as 
in  that  genus,  the  anterior  tarsi  dilated,  a narrow  mesosternum, 
nor  the  process  between  the  posterior  coxae  triangular.  Hemi^ 
cyclus  has  the  anterior  coxae  transverse,  a character  of  only 
generic  importance  in  this  group. 

Pimplema  ampliata, 

P.  latissima,  valde  convexa,  nigra,  nitida,  infra  picea;  pedibus  tes- 

taceis.  Long.  2 lin. 

Hah,  Penang. 

Very  broad  and  very  convex,  glossy  black ; head  minutely 
punctured,  scarcely  produced  beyond  the  edge  of  the  pro- 
thorax ; antennae  pitchy,  slightly  hairy,  third  joint  longest ; 
prothorax  nearly  twice  as  broad  as  long,  impunctate,  strongly 
incurved  anteriorly ; scutellum  broadly  triangular ; elytra 
finely  punctured  in  rows  widely  apart ; body  beneath  pitchy, 
sparsely  punctured  ; legs  testaceous,  hairy. 

ChariotJieca  violacea. 

C.  sat  breviter  ovalis,  violacea  vel  cyanea,  nitida ; antennis,  scii- 

tello,  corpore  infra  pedibusque  nitide  nigro-fnscis.  Long.  3 lin. 

Hah,  Dorey. 

Rather  short,  ovate,  violet  or  bluish,  shining ; antenna3, 
scutellum,  body  beneath,  and  legs  dark  or  blackish  brown; 
antennge  with  the  seventh  to  the  tenth  joints  transverse  ; head 
and  prothorax  with  minute  scattered  punctures ; scutellum 
transversely  triangular;  elytra  seriate-punctate,  punctures 
small,  distant,  the  rows  widely  apart ; prosternum  coarsely, 
abdomen  finely  punctured ; metasternum,  except  anteriorly, 
impunctate. 

A smaller  and  shorter  species  than  any  of  its  congeners, 
and  almost  uniformly  coloured  above.  G.  amaroides,  from 
Lizard  Island,  from  its  short  metasternum  can  hardly  be 
retained  in  this  genus. 


Barsenis. 

Caput  parvum,  collo  angusto  protensum.  Oculi  supra  contigui,  infra 
conjuDcti.  Ayitennce  flabellataB,  articulo  ultimo  longiore.  Palpi 
maxillares  securiform es.  ProtTioraoc  cylindricus.  Elytra  ovata. 
Pedes  mediocres ; tihice  lineares ; tarsi  articulo  penultimo  sub- 
bilobo,  postici  et  intermedii  articulo  basali  elongato  ; unguiculi 
simplices.  Prosternum  inter  coxas  elevatum.  Coxce  anticse  et 
intermedise  subglobosse. 

Arm.  (L  Mag,  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx. 


2 


18 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  neio  Genera 


The  head,  except  the  neck,  clypeus,  and  the  organs  com- 
posing the  mouth,  is  entirely  enveloped  by  the  eyes,  which  are 
largely  faceted.  The  anterior  cotyloid  cav^ities  being  closed  in 
behind  places  this  genus  with  the  Lagriidm ; the  pectinate 
antennm  give  it  the  facies  of  a Pyrochroid.  Emydodes  is 
another  genus  of  this  family,  but  with  the  antennas  only  par- 
tially pectinate. 

Barsenis  fulvipes.  (PL  I.  fig.  6.) 

B.  ovata,  rufo-brunnea,  fere  glabra  ; antennis  fiiliginosis,  pubescen- 
tibus  ; corpore  infra  pedibusque  fulvis.  Long.  3 lin. 

Hah.  Ega  (Brazil). 

Ovate,  rufous  brown,  nearly  smooth,  except  for  a few  long, 
slender,  erect  hairs  ; antennae  pubescent,  as  long  as  the  elytra, 
the  basal  joint  rather  short,  stout,  second  very  short,  third  to 
the  tenth  emitting  a moderately  long  and  slender  branch  from 
the  apex,  the  last  joint  as  long  as  the  two  preceding  together ; 
prothorax  longer  than  broad,  with  scattered  punctures  unequal 
in  size  ; scutellum  large,  rounded  behind  ; elytra  much  broader 
than  the  prothorax,  striate-punctate,  punctures  approximate  ; 
body  beneatli  and  legs  fulvous ; tarsi  hairy. 

Aporehipis. 

Caput  transversum.  Ocidi  prominuli,  laterales,  subrotundati.  An~ 
tennce  flabellatse,  ante  oculos  inserta3.  Pi'otTiorax  transversus, 
utrinque  reflexo-marginatus.  Elytra  elongata,  dehiscentia.  Coxce 
anticsB  separatse  ; tihice  muticae  : tarsi  lineares  ; unguiculi  minuti. 
Abdomen  5-segmentatnm. 

Allied  to  RMpidiuSj  in  which  the  eyes  are  contiguous  both 
above  and  beneath.  The  unique  specimen  here  described, 
although  perfect,  is  an  extremely  delicate  form,  and  it  is  not 
easy  to  examine  satisfactorily.  The  mouth,  except  the  labial 
palpi,  appears  to  be  atrophied,  as  in  Rhipidius^  and,  like  which, 
the  insect  is  probably  parasitic.  The  antennae,  which  are 
inserted  in  a cavity  on  each  side  of  a knob-like  protuberance 
in  front,  appear  to  be  only  six-jointed,  but  there  may  be  ten, 
their  long  processes  being  so  involved  as  to  make  certainty 
impossible. 


Aporrliipis  ftexilis.  (PI.  I.  fig.  1.) 

A.  fusca,  rufo-tiiicta,  subtiliter  pilosa ; prothorace  disco  depresso, 
angulis  posticis  acutis.  Long.  2 lin. 

Hah.  Para. 

Brown,  with  a rufous  tint  in  part,  clothed  with  minute  hairs  ; 


19 


and  Species  of  Coleoptera. 

head  depressed  ; eyes  blaek,  finely  granulate  ; palpi  filiform  ; 
antennae  five-  or  six-jointed?,  the  basal  joint  stout,  the  second 
very  short,  third  with  a short  branch  at  the  apex,  a longer 
branch  on  the  fourth,  followed  by  five  of  still  greater  length, 
and  all  sprinkled  with  numerous  hairs ; pro  thorax  transverse, 
narrow  in  front,  rapidly  broader  to  the  base,  its  posterior 
angles  acute,  the  disk  slightly  concave  on  each  side ; scu- 
tellum  narrowly  elongate ; elytra  rounded  at  the  shoulder  and 
apex,  the  disk  flat,  with  three  slender  raised  lines ; legs  pale, 
tibiae  dilated  towards  and  obliquely  truncate  at  the  apex. 

Diurus  spJiacelatus,  * 

D.  raodice  elongatus,  parallelus,  fuscus,  squamis  obscure  griseis  valde 
dispersis,  sed  ad  apicem  elytrorum  magis  approximatis  ; antennis 
novem-articulatis,  articulis  basalibus  crassiusculis.  Long.  13-14 
lin.  ( d ),  5-10  ( $ ). 

Hob.  Andaman. 

Moderately  elongate,  with  the  sides  parallel,  dark  brown,  with 
here  and  there  a few  oval  dull  greyish  scales  sunk  in  the 
punctures,  more  crowded  at  the  apex,  the  tailed  portion  with 
long  slender  scales ; head  and  rostrum,  as  far  as  the  insertion 
of  the  antennse,  with  tuberculiform  close-set  scales  ; antennas 
nine-jointed,  stoutish,  especially  the  basal  joints,  clothed  with 
long  accumbent  scales,  the  first  four  joints  dark  brown,  the  fifth 
and  three  following  whitish,  the  latter  very  short,  the  fifth  as 
long  as  the  fourth  and  much  curved,  the  last  or  ninth  black, 
cylindrical ; prothorax  slightly  grooved ; elytra  seriate-punc- 
tate, interstices  raised ; body  beneath  brown,  greyish  scales  on 
the  abdomen  and  a stripe  of  the  same  kind  along  the  side : 
legs  brown,  dotted  with  elliptic  and  elongate  grey  scales. 

M.  Ritsema  has  described  two  species  (Notes  Leyden  Mus. 
iv.  p.  214)  with  nine-jointed  antennae,  one,  D.  antennatus^ 
from  Java,  also  with  the  fifth  joint  curved,  “ strongly  resem- 
bling D.  furcillatusf  differentiated,  besides  the  antennge,  by 
the  elongate  tails  of  the  elytra.”  In  D.  sphacelatus  the  tails 
are  scarcely  half  the  length  of  the  elytra,  while  they  are  as 
long  or  longer  in  D,  furcillatus.  When  there  is  a departure 
from  a normal  character  some  amount  of  variability  may  be 
expected  to  occur  even  in  the  same  species. 

1 may  mention  here  that  what  I considered  was  the  female  of 
my  Diurus  dispar ^ Lacordaire  was  of  opinion  was  an  undeve- 
loped male.  Gemminger  and  von  Harold,  however,  give  it  a 
place  in  their  ‘ Catalogus  ’ as  a distinct  species.  I am  now 
inclined  to  regard  it  as  a dimorphic  male  of  D.  furcillatus^ 
such  as  we  find  in  many  Anthribidae ; its  normal  male  com- 

2* 


20 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  neio  Coleoptera. 

panion  in  my  collection  has  eleven -jointed  antennas,  as  also 
has  one  specimen  in  the  British  Museum. 

Cediocera. 

Diuro  affinis,  sed  corpus  esquamosum,  prothorax  sulcatus,  antennas 
ll-articulatae,  longiores,  lineares,  et  coxae  anticae  separatae.  nos- 
trum apice  angustum.  Elytra  canaliculata.  Femora  basi  at- 
tenuata. 

To  these  it  may  be  added  that  the  last  three  joints  of  the 
antennae  are  much  the  longest ; but  I am  not  disposed  to 
place  much  reliance  on  their  relative  length  as  a generic 
character.  The  females  have  the  apical  half  of  the  rostrum 
much  more  slender  than  in  Diiirus. 

Cediocera  longicorms.  (PI.  I.  fig.  5.) 

C.  anguste  elongata,  fusoo-ferruginea,  regione  suturali  nigro-fusca  ; 
antennis  in  mare  ad  apicem  abdominis  extensis.  Long.  13  lin. 

Hah.  Andaman. 

Long  and  narrow,  ferruginous  brown,  the  sutural  region 
dark  brown ; head  with  a shallow  groove  in  the  middle 
extending  to  the  apex  of  the  rostrum  ; antennae  extending  to 
the  apex  of  the  abdomen,  the  basal  joint  pyriform,  the  second 
to  the  seventh  of  equal  length,  the  last  three  much,  and 
gradually,  longer ; prothorax  reticulate-punctate  at  the  sides, 
especially  near  the  base ; elytra  striate-punctate,  the  inter- 
stices raised ; the  tail  very  slender  and  nearly  as  long  as  the 
rest  of  the  elytra ; body  beneath  pitchy,  smooth  ; legs  slender  ; 
first  joint  of  the  tarsi  nearly  as  long  as  the  rest  together. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  I. 

Fig.  1.  AporrhipisJlea'iUs,  and  first  four  joints  of  antenna. 

Fig.  2.  Taphroderes  JiUformis,  and  fore  tibia  and  tarsus  Q Annals/  Nov. 

1872,  ser.  4,  vol.  x,  p.  319). 

Fig.  3.  Car  chares  mace)'. 

Fig.  4.  Clada  Waterhousei,  and  first  three  joints  of  antenna. 

Fig.  5.  Cediocera  longicornis  (the  antennae  are  too  short). 

Fig.  6.  Farsenis  fulmpes,  and  first  three  joints  of  antenna. 

Fig.  7.  Fugensis  iiigi'iperuiis,  and  maxillary  and  labial  palpi. 

Fig.  8.  Selasia  pidchra,  and  three  joints  of  antenna. 

Fig.  9.  Foi'yagus  tcdpa,  and  fore  tibia  and  tarsus. 

Fig.  10.  Teleth'us  eheninus,  distal  part  of  fore  tibia  and  the  tarsus  (‘Annals,’ 
Jan.  1882,  ser.  5,  vol.  ix.  p.  29). 

Fig.  11.  Fxapinceus  politus,  and  distal  part  of  fore  tibia  and  the  tarsus 
(loc.  cit.  p.  34). 


On  Ceylon  Algoe  in  the  British  Museum. 


21 


III. — Catalogue  of  Ceylon  Algm  in  the  llerharium  of  the 

British  Museum.  By  George  Murray,  F.L.S.,  Assistant, 

British  Museum,  and  Examiner  in  Botany,  Glasgow  Uni- 
versity. 

When  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum  acquired  the 
collection  of  Alg^  formed  by  the  late  Prof.  Dickie  of  Aber- 
deen, it  was  found  that  it  contained  a partly-named  series 
collected  by  Mr.  Ferguson  in  Ceylon.  I have  revised  and 
completed  the  naming  of  this  series  so  far  as  I judged  it  pos- 
sible from  the  material.  There  are  a fair  number  of  specimens 
(as  in  all  collections  of  Algge)  to  which  it  is  not  possible  to 
give  more  than  a generic  name.  I have  withheld  these,  and 
among  them  a species  of  Gallophyllis  and  one  of  Bryopsis^ 
which  Prof.  Dickie  believed  to  be  new.  On  most  of  these  fur- 
ther material  may,  it  is  to  be  hoped,  throw  light.  One  species 
of  Spirogyra^  one  Zygnema,  one  Birogonium^  one  Gladophora^ 
one  Frasiola^  and  one  Lynghya  have  also  received  MS.  names 
from  Prof.  Dickie.  Mr.  A.  W.  Bennett  has  kindly  promised 
to  deal  with  these  in  a paper  on  new  freshwater  Alg^e  in  the 
British  Museum  Herbarium. 

Prof.  Harvey’s  list  of  Duplicate  Ceylon  Algm  extends  to 
105  numbers,  not  106  as  numbered.  Nos.  48  and  87  are 
wanting,  and  no.  30  occurs  twice.  I have  quoted  all  those 
named  by  him  in  full,  or  that  I have  found  named  since  by 
Agardh,  though  a few  of  them  are  not  in  the  British  Museum. 
I have  omitted  the  one  Diatom  Biddulphia  pulchella^  Grev., 
in  the  list.  It  was  not  distributed  by  Harvey,  and  we  have 
no  specimen  of  it  from  Ceylon.  Harvey’s  list  as  quoted 
numbers  87.  Ten  are  quoted  as  collected  by  Kjellman  only. 
Mr.  Ferguson,  in  addition  to  those  collected  by  Harvey  and 
by  himself,  has  added  126  to  the  list,  which  in  all  numbers 
223. 

I make  this  Catalogue  public  now  with  the  hope  that  by 
this  means  its  extension  may  be  more  rapidly  effected.  Other 
collectors  have  been  at  work  and,  so  far  as  the  result  of  their 
labours  supplements  this  list,  it  is  to  be  hoped  it  will  be 
made  known. 

An  examination  of  the  Algal  Herbarium  at  Kew  may  be 
expected  to  yield  additions,  and  the  total  would  be  consider- 
ably augmented  by  the  citation  of  the  Diatoms  in  the  ^ Cata- 
logue des  Diatomees  de  I’lle  Ceylan,’  by  Dr.  G.  Leuduger- 
Fortmorel.  The  British  Museum  Herbarium  contains  cer- 
tain unpublished  series  of  Algse,  which  I have  quoted  in 
giving  the  distribution,  e.  g.  “ Bombay,  Hobson  ! ” and 


22  Mr.  G.  Murray  on  Ceylon  AJgoe  in  the 

“ Kurracliee,  Murray  ! ” In  those  cases  where  no  distribution 
is  given  the  species  is  recorded  for  Ceylon  only,  so  far  as  I 
can  ascertain.  Taking  only  the  marine  Algas  of  the  list  it  is 
found  that  there  are  118  Florideas,  33  Phgeophycese,  and  57 
Chlorophycese.  Of  these  17  Floridege,  2 Phgeophyceae,  and  7 
Chlorophycem  are,  so  far  as  is  known,  peculiar  to  Ceylon. 
Of  the  rest,  60  Floridese,  21  Phgeophycese,  and  27  Chloro- 
phyceas  have  been  previously  recorded  for  the  Indian  Ocean 
(including  in  it  the  Red  Sea),  many  of  these  being  species 
widely  distributed  throughout  the  shores  of  tropical,  subtro- 
pical, and  temperate  seas.  8 Floride90,  2 Ph^eophyceae,  and 
1 green  alga,  hitherto  known  only  from  the  Cape,  are  now 
recorded  from  Ceylon  as  well.  Of  Atlantic  forms,  17  Flori- 
dea0,  5 Phaeophyceae,  and  15  ChlorophyceaB,  some  of  them 
known  from  Australia  and  from  the  Pacific  as  well,  may  be 
said  to  have  now  doubled  the  Cape.  Of  species  hitherto  re- 
corded from  Australia  alone,  7 Floridea3  and  1 green  alga 
are  added  to  the  Ceylon  list,  while  of  Pacific  species  (includ- 
ing some  common  to  Australia)  5 Florideae,  3 Phasophyceae, 
and  5 Chlorophyceaa  are  now  known  to  extend  to  the  Indian 
Ocean.  Lastly,  and  this  is  an  unsatisfactory  record,  4 Flori- 
deae  and  1 green  alga,  hitherto  recorded  from  the  Mediter- 
ranean or  Adriatic  only,  go  to  compose  the  following  list. 

Speculation  on  this  record  would  be  worthless  in  the  pre- 
sent state  of  our  knowledge ; but  I may  venture  to  point  out 
that  ships’  bottoms  traversing  the  Suez  Canal  may  be  expected 
in  time  to  affect  the  distribution  of  Mediterranean  and  Red 
Sea  and  Indian  Ocean  species. 

I.  Floride^. 

Ceramie^. 

Ca llitham  n ion  pygmce um^  Kii  tz . 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mauritius,  Adriatic. 

Callithamnion  yurpuidferum ^ J.  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Callithamnion  thyrsigerum^  Thw. 

Harvey!  No.  47.  Ferguson  ! 

Griffithsia  corallina  ?,  J.  Ag.,  var. 

Harvey ! No.  46. 

Geogr.  distr.  Atlantic  Ocean  (from  Scotland  to  the  Cana- 
ries), Mediterranean. 


Herbarium  of  the  British  Museum.  23 

Griffithsia  nea^olitana^  Nag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Naples. 

Ceramium  miniatum^  Suhr. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Pacific,  Australia  (St.  Vincent,  Cape  Verds?). 

Centroceras  clavulatum^  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  43. 

Geogr.  distr.  Througliout  all  warm  and  temperate  oceans. 
Centroceras  macracantlium^  Kiitz. 

F erguson  I 

Geogr.  distr.  Coast  of  Brazil. 

Centroceras  hyalacanthum,  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Antilles,  St.  Vincent,  Cape  Verds. 

Centroceras  bracliyacanihum^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Antilles. 

Carpohlepharis  ceylanica^  Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  42.  Ferguson  ! 

Cryptonemiace^. 

Halymenia  platycarpa^  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  52  (sub  Sarcodia).  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr.  Pacific  (Friendly  Islands). 

Halymenia  for  esia^  Clem. 

. F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Bed  Sea,  Australia,  Mediterranean,  Atlantic. 

Halymenia  imhricata^  Dickie,  n.  sp. 

“ Peltate,  palmately  lobed,  lobes  imbricate  ; apices  convex, 
laciniate.” — Dickie^  M8. 

Ferguson  ! 

Tutucorin,  April  1875.  Found  in  dense,  soft,  flabby 
masses.” — Ferguson. 

Halymenia  amoena^  Bory. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Cape  Comorin. 


24 


Mr.  G.  Murray  on  Ceylon  Algce  in  the 
Halymenia  duhia^  Bory. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Cape  Comorin. 

Grateloupia  jilicina^  W ulf. 

Harvey ! No.  40.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr,  Indian  Ocean,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Pacific, 
throughout  Atlantic,  Mediterranean. 

Cryptonemia  rigida^  Harv. 

Harvey ! No.  51. 


GlGARTINEiE.^ 

Gigartina  acicularis^  J.  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr,  Kurrachee  {Murray  \)^  Mediterranean,  At- 
lantic, Cuba. 

Gymnogongrus  pygmceusj  Grev. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr,  Indian  Ocean. 

Gymnogongrus  glomeratus^  J.  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mauritius,  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Gymnogongrus  vermicularisj  Turn. 

F erguson  I 

Geogr,  distr.  Mauritius,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Chili  and 
Peru,  New  Caledonia. 

Gymnogongrus  ligulatus^  Harv. 

Harvey!  No.  50.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr,  Japan?  [J.  G.  Agardh,  Spec.  Gen.  et  Ord. 
Alg.  vol.  hi.  p.  214,  says,  G,  ligulatus^  Harv.,  Alg.  Ceyl. 
mihi  est  Cryptonemiae  sp.”] 

Fliyllophora  Maillardij  Mont,  et  M. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr,  Indian  Ocean.  [J.  G.  Agardh,  he.  cit, 
p.  682,  states,  “ Fide  iconis  datae  haec  mihi  nulla  species 
Phyllophorce  videtur,  sed  Cryptunemice  species  e sectione 
Acrodisci,  ad  Cr.  rigidam  accedens,  si  cum  hac  non  omnino 
identica  sit.”  The  specimen  so  named  by  Prof.  Dickie  has 
not  the  least  resemblance  to  Cryptonemia  rigida.  It  is  dis- 
tinctly a Phyllophora.  I am  inclined  to  regard  it  as  P.  ruhenSj 
var.] 


25 


Herharium  of  the  British  Museum. 

KaUymenia  perforata.,  J.  Ag. 

Hb.  J.  E.  Gray  ! Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  [Agardh  describes  the  species  from  a Ceylon 
specimen  in  Herb.  J.  E.  Gray,  now  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit.] 

Spyridie^. 

Spyridia  insignis^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  44.  Ferguson. 

Geogr.  distr,  Indian  Ocean. 

CHAMPIEiE. 

Champia  pai'vuJa^  Ag. 

Ferguson  I 

Geogr,  distr.  Mediterranean,  Atlantic,  Pacific,  Australia. 
Champia  affinis.,  Hook,  et  Harv. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Australia,  Tasmania,  and  New  Zealand. 

Champia  ceylanica^  Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  92. 

Champia  compressaj  Harv. 

Harvey!  No.  16. 

Geogr.  distr.  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Australia  ? 

Ehodymeniace^. 

Chrysymenia  uvariaj  Wulf. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Tropical  and  subtropical  Atlantic  (Europe 
and  America)  and  Australia. 

Chrysymenia  ohovata^  Sond. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr,  Australia. 

Desmia  tripinnata^  J.  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Desmia  Hornemanni^  J.  Ag. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 


26 


Mr.  Gr.  Murray  on  Ceylon  Algoe  in  the 

Desmia  amhigua^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey  ! No.  21,  and  yax.  pulvinata^  Harv.  No.  91. 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  from  Ceylon  to  Australia. 

Squamaeie^. 

Peyssonnelia  ruhra^  Grev. 

Harvey  ! No.  41.  (No  specimen  from  Harvey  in  Herb. 
Mus.  Brit.) . Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr,  Adriatic.  [Agardh  criticises  Harvey’s  naming 
of  P.  ruhra  from  the  Friendly  Islands,  and  states  that  the 
Australian  specimens  are  P.  Gunniana.  He  further  states 
that  he  has  not  seen  Harvey’s  Ceylon  specimen.  While  I 
therefore  quote  Harvey’s  No.  41  with  hesitation,  having  seen 
no  specimen,  I give  Ferguson’s  specimen  as  P.  ruhra  on  Prof. 
Dickie’s  authority.  They  are  certainly  quite  distinct  from 
Harvey’s  Friendly-Island  specimens  and  the  Australian 
specimens  referred  by  Agardh  to  P.  Gunniana.  On  the  other 
hand,  they  are  more  like  P.  Duhyi^  Crn.,  as  named  by  Dickie 
himself,  than  the  Mediterranean  P.  ruhra  that  I have  seen.] 

PORPHYEACE^. 

Porphyra  laciniata^  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  all  warm  and  temperate  oceans. 

Porphyra  vulgaris.^  Ag. 

Harvey  ! No.  82. 

Geogr,  distr.  Throughout  all  warm  and  temperate  oceans. 

Sph^rococcoide^. 

Corallopsis  cacalia^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey  ! No.  30. 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea. 

Gracilaria  lichenoides.^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  95.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr,  Indian  Ocean,  Persian  Gulf,  Bombay  [Hoh- 
son  !) . 

Gracilaria  confervoides ^ J.  Ag. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian,  Southern,  Pacific,  and  Atlantic 
Oceans. 

Gracilaria  crassa^  Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  29. 


Herharium  of  the  British  Museum. 
Gracilaria  multipartita j Clem. 


27 


Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  Atlantic,  Mediterranean,  and 
Gulf  of  Mexico  ; New  Zealand. 

Gracilaria  corticata^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey ! No.  96,  sub  Rhodymenia  purpurascensj  Harv. 
Harvey  1 No.  28.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr,  Red  Sea,  Persian  Gulf,  and  Indian  Ocean ; 
Kurrachee  {Murray  !). 

Gracilaria  ohtusa^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey ! No.  30  his.  (No  specimen  from  Harvey  in  Herb. 
Mus.  Brit.) 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean. 

{Cfr.  Agardh,  Sp.  Gen.  et  Ord.  Alg.  vol.  ii.  pars  ii.  p.  590, 
and  vol.  iii.  p.  426.) 

Sarcodia  ceylanica^  Harv. 

Harvey!  No.  27.  Ferguson! 

Helesserie^. 

Nitophyllum  marginale.,  Harv. 

Harvey ! No.  26. 

Nitophyllum  maculatum^  Sond. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Caloglossa  Leprieuriij  J.  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  Australia,  and  New  Zealand, 
Atlantic. 

Helminthocladiace^. 

Nemalion  ? attenuatum^  J.  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr,  Indian  Ocean. 

Scinaia  furcellataj  J.  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean  (Kurrachee,  Murray  !,  Bom- 
bay, Hobson  !),  Australia,  Japan,  Atlantic,  and  Mediterranean. 

Scinaia  carnosa^  Harv. 

Harvey!  No.  38.  Ferguson! 


28 


Mr.  G.  Murray  on  Ceylon  Algce  in  the 
Liagora  yulverulenta^  Ag. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mauritius,  Atlantic  (trop.  Amer.). 

Liagora  viscida^  Forsk. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Australia,  Pacific,  tropical  and  subtropical 
Atlantic,  Mediterranean. 

Galaxaura fragilis,  Lam. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Fed  Sea,  Indian  Ocean,  Japan,  Madeira. 
Galaxaura  rugosa^  Sol. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Tropical  Atlantic,  Mauritius,  S.  Andamans, 
China,  Tahiti.  [Agardh  does  not  accept  the  Indian  and 
Pacific  specimens  he  has  seen  as  G.  rugosa.  Having  com- 
pared them  witli  Atlantic  specimens  I cannot  regard  Agardh’s 
reasons  for  separating  them  as  sufficiently  strong.] 

Galaxaura  layidescens^  Lam. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  tropical  and  subtropical  oceans. 
Galaxaura  Pikeana^  Dickie. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mauritius. 

Ch^tangie^. 

Zanardinia  marginata^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  36  (sub  Galaxaura).  Ferguson  I 
Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  tropical  and  subtropical  oceans. 

Gelidiea^. 

Pterocladia  lucida^  F.  Br. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Lord  Howe’s  Island, 
St.  Helena. 

Gelidium  variahile^  Grev. 

Harvey  ! No.  33.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean. 

Gelidium  corneum^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  31,  y2ly.  proliferum.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian,  Pacific,  and  Atlantic  Oceans. 

Gelidium  acrocarpum^  Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  34.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Friendly  Islands. 


Herbarium  of  the  British  Museum,  29 

Gelidium  intricatum^  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  Pacific. 

Gelidium  rigidum^  Vahl. 

Harvey!  No.  32.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr.  Tropical  and  subtropical  Atlantic,  Pacific, 
and  Indian  Oceans. 


Hypneace^. 

Hypnea  hamulosa^  J.  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea,  Persian  Gulf,  Indian  Ocean  (Kur- 
rachee,  Murray  !)  ; Formosa,  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Doubtful 
specimen  from  Martinique. 

Hypnea  spinellaj  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  West  Indies,  Philippines. 

Hypnea  pannosa^  J.  Ag.  ? 

Harvey  ! No.  94.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Agardh  is  doubtful  of  the 
Indian-Ocean  specimens ; Ferguson’s  Ceylon,  Harvey’s  Cey- 
lon and  Friendly-Island,  and  Pike’s  Mauritius  specimens 
certainly  hardly  agree  with  a Barbadoes  specimen  named  by 
Dickie,  but  I have  not  seen  the  type. 

SOLIERIE^. 

Meristotheca  papulosa y Mont. 

Harvey!  No.  39,  sub  Halymenia  ceylanica^  Harv.  Fer- 
guson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea  and  Indian  Ocean.’ 

Rhabdonia  tenera^  J.  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Atlantic  (West  Indies  and  North  America). 

Rhabdonia  robusta^  Grev.,  var.  Wightii^  J.  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean.  [The  other  variety,  ^.flagelli- 
formisj  is  Australian.] 

Chondrie^. 

Laurencia  heteroclada^  Harv. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Australia. 


30 


Mr.  G.  Murray  on  Ceylon  Algre  in  the 

Laurencia  perforatOj  Mont. 

Harvey  ! No.  19.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  In  tropical  and  subtropical  seas. 

Laurencia  ohtusa^  Huds. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  all  warm  and  temperate  oceans. 

Laurencia  hyhrida^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey ! No.  18. 

Geogr.  distr.  Mediterranean  and  Atlantic  (Europe). 

Laurencia  ceylanica^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  17. 

Laurencia  concinna^  Mont. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Australia,  Philippines. 

Laurencia  fastigiata^  Mont. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mediterranean. 

Rhodomele^. 

Acanthojphora  Delilei^  Lam. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea,  Mediterranean. 

Acariihophora  dendroides^  Harv. 

Harvey ! No.  10. 

Geogr.  distr.  Australia,  Indian  Ocean  (Bombay,  Hohsonl) 

Acanthopliora  Tliierii^  Lam. 

Harvey!  No.  9.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  warm  and  temperate  Atlantic, 
Pacific  (Friendly  Islands). 

Martensia  fragilis^  Harv. 

Harvey ! No.  5. 

Bryothamnion  Seaforthii^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  West  Indies,  Florida,  Mexico,  Brazil. 

Bostrychia  tenella^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  11  (sub  B.  calamistrata^  Mont.). 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  warmer  Atlantic,  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  Pacific  (Friendly  Islands). 


31 


Herharium  of  the  British  Museum, 

Rhodomela  (?)  crassicauUs^  Harv 

Harvey  ! No.  8. 

[Agardh  places  this  speeies  among  “ species  exclusa3,” 
without  giving  it  another  resting-place.] 

Poly  sip  honia  secunda^  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Mauritius,  Atlantie,  and  Mediterranean. 
Polysiphonia  ohscura^  J.  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geofjr,  distr.  Throughout  Atlantie,  Mediterranean. 

Polysiphonia  Thwaitesii^  Harv. 

Harvey!  No.  15.  Ferguson! 

Polysiphonia  utricularis^  Zanard. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea,  Indian  Ocean  (Kurrachee,  Mur- 
ray  !).’ 

Polysiphonia  mollis^  Hook,  et  Harv. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Australia. 

Polysiphonia  corymhosa^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  12.  Ferguson! 

Geogr,  distr.  Mauritius,  Bombay  {Hohsonl), 

Polysiphonia  fei'ulacea^  Suhr. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Atlantic,  Australia,  Pacific. 

Polysiphonia  glomerulata^  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  13.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  Pacific,  Australia. 

Spec,  inquir. 

Polysiphonia  rigidula^  Kiitz. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr,  distr.  West  Indies. 

Neurymenia  fraxinifolia^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  49  (sub  Dictymenid) . 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  Madagascar,  Western  Aus- 
tralia. 


32 


Mr.  G.  Murray  on  Ceylon  Algce  in  the 

PolyzomajungermannioideSj  J.  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  6 LeveilUa  gracilis^  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea,  Indian  Ocean,  Australia. 

Dasya  strutMopennaj  J.  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr,  distr,  Australia. 

Dasya  stuposa^  J.  Ag. 

Harvey  ! No.  7 (sub  D,  crassipesj  Harv.).  Ferguson  ! 
Dasya  Hussoniana^  Mont. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea. 

Dasya  villosa^  Harv. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Australia. 

Dasya  naccarioides j Harv. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr,  Australia. 

Dasya  Lallemandi,  Mont. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Red  Sea,  Persian  Gulf,  Kurracliee  {Murray  !), 
Australia. 

Dictyurus  purpurascens^  Bory. 

Harvey!  No.  1.  Ferguson! 

Geogr,  distr,  Indian  Ocean. 

Vanvoorstia  spectabilisj  Harv. 

Harvey!  No.  3.  Ferguson! 

Geogr,  distr,  Mauritius. 

Vanvoorstia  coccinea^  Harv. 

Harvey!  No.  4.  Ferguson! 

Olaudea  multifida^  Harv, 

Harvey  ! No.  2. 


COEALLINE^. 
Hapalidium  roseum^  Kiitz. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Adriatic. 


Ilerharium  of  the  British  Museum.  33 

Melobesia  verrucataj  Lam, 

F erguson ! 

Geogr,  distr,  Mauritius,  throughout  Atlantic,  Mediter- 
ranean. 

Amphiroa  fragilissimaj  Lam . 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Bermuda,  West  Indies,  St.  Vincent  (Cape 
Verds),  St.  Helena,  Admiralty  Island,  Indian  Ocean  (South 
Andamans) . 

Amphiroa  rigida^  Lam. 

Harvey ! No.  22. 

Geogr.  distr.  Mediterranean. 

Amphiroa  dilatata^  Lam. 

Harvey  ! No.  23.  No  speeimen  from  Harvey  in  Hb.  Mus. 
Brit.  Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean  (Kurrachee,  Murray  \)j  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  Japan. 

Amphiroa  anceps^  Lam. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mauritius,  West  Indies. 

Amphiroa  Bowerhankii,  Harv. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Cheilosporum  cultratum^  Aresch. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mauritius,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Brazil,  West 
Indies. 

Cheilosporum,  pulchellum^  Harv. 

Harvey ! No.  24. 

Arthrocardia  capensis^  Leach. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Jania  micr arthrodia^  Lam. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mauritius,  Australia,  New  Zealand. 

Jania  natalensisj  Harv.,  var.  tenuior^  Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  25.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr.  Natal. 

Ann.  dc  Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx. 


3 


34 


Mr.  G.  Murray  on  Ceylon  Algce  in  the 

II.  Pn^OPHYCEiE. 
FuCACEuE. 


Cystoseira  triquetra^  J.  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Cape  of  Good  Hope^  Red  Sea. 

Cystoseira  articulata^  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Red  Sea,  (China  Sea?). 

Cystophyllum  muricatum^  J.  Ag.,  var.  virgatOj  J.  Ag. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Australia,  New  Caledonia,  Sunda  Islands, 
Persian  Gulf. 

[The  above  variety  occurs  both  in  the  Persian  Gulf  and 
Australia.] 

Sargassum  piluliferumj  Ag. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Pacific  (Japanese  waters). 

Sargassum polycystum^  Ag.? 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean. 

Sargassum  ilicifoliumj  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  103.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  Red  Sea,  Pacific. 

Sargassum  Wightii^  Grev. 

Harvey  ! No.  106.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  (Australia?). 

Sargassum  asperifolium^  Her.  et  Mart. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea,  Socotra  {Balfour !) . 

Turh inaria  vulgaris^  Ag. 

Harvey  ! No.  102.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  Australia,  China  seas. 

J.  G.  Agardh  (Spec.  Gen.  et  Ord.  Alg.  vol.  i.  p.  267)  notes 
ad  Zeylonam  Mus.  Paris.” 


35 


Herbarium  of  the  British  Museum. 

D1CTYOTACE.E. 

JDictyota  fasciola j Lam. 

Harvey  ! No.  57.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mediterranean,  West  Indies. 

Dictyota  dichotoma^  Lam. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  all  warm  and  temperate  oceans. 
Dictyota  crenulataj  J.  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Pacific  Ocean  (coast  of  Mexico). 

Dictyota  Kunthiij  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  South  Pacific. 

Dictyota  acuminata.^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea,  Socotra  {Balfour  \)j  Bombay 
{Hobson !). 

Taonia  Schroederi^  J.  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Atlantic  (Brazil)  and  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Padina  pavoniaj  Gaill. 

Harvey  ! No.  55.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  all  warm  and  temperate  oceans. 

Halyseris  delicatula^  Lam. 

Harvey!  No.  54.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr.  Atlantic  (Mexico,  West  Indies,  Brazil). 

J.  G.  Agardh  (Spec.  Gen.  et  Ord.  Alg.  vol.  i.  p.  116) 
notes  that  he  possesses  an  aberrant  form  from  Pernambuco, 
but  doubts  its  claims  to  be  regarded  as  a distinct  species. 
The  ‘ Challenger  ’ specimens  from  Fernando  Noronha  also 
differ  from  the  typical  H.  delicatula^  and  in  some  respects 
only,  not  in  all,  agree  with  Agardh’s. 

Halyseris  polypodioides^  Ag. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mediterranean,  Atlantic,  Southern  Ocean 
(Tasmania). 


36 


Mr.  Gr.  Murray  on  Ceylon  Algce  in  the 
Zonaria  lobata^  Ag. 

• Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr,  Atlantic,  from  Canaries,  Bermuda,  West 
Indies,  and  Brazil,  to  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Stoechospermum  patens j Hering. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Bed  Sea,  Kurracliee  {Murray  \). 

Stoechospermum  marginatum^  Ag. 

Harvey ! No.  53. 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea. 

Stoechospermum  maculatumj  J.  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  viz.  Mauritius,  Bombay  [Hob- 
son \)^  Kurracliee  [Murray  \). 

Stoechospermum  Suhrii^  Kiitz. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  South  Africa. 

Ectocarpace^. 

Ectocarpus  arahicus.^  Kiitz. 

On  Chnoospora  fastigiata.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea  (on  Sargassum). 

Ectocarpus  indicus^  Sond. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean. 

Ectocarpus  macrocarpus , Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  101.  Ferguson  ! 

Sphacelaria  JurcigerUj  Kiitz. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Island  of  Karak,  Persian  Gulf. 

Mesogl(eace^. 

Dermonema  dichotomum ^ Grev.  Alg.  Wgt.  ined.  in 
Harv.  List  Dup.  Ceyl.  Alg. 

Harvey  ! No.  93.  Ferguson  I 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  viz.  Malabar  [Law  \ Alg.  Wgt.)^ 
Madras  [Hb.  Hooh.)^  Mauritius,*  Pacific  (Spruce  1).  This 
last  locality  presumably  extends  the  distribution  to  South- 
American  shores. 


Herbarium  of  the  British  Museum.  37 

Cladosiphon  eryihrceum^  J.  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Red  Sea. 

Arthrocladiace^. 

Ghnoospora  fastigiata^  J.  x\g. 

Harvey  ! No.  60.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Atlantic,  Pacific,  and  Indian  Oceans. 

SPOROCHNACEAi:. 

Asperococcus  sinuosusj  Roth. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea,  Kurrachee  [Murray  !),  Mauritius, 
Australia,  throughout  Atlantic,  Mediterranean,  &c. 

Asperococcus  orientalis^  J.  Ag. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean. 

Ralfsiacea^:. 

Ralfsia  ceylanicaj  Harv. 

Harvey ! No.  59.  This  Alga  was  not  distributed  with 
Harvey’s  numbered  set ; but  the  British  Museum  possesses  a 
specimen  which  had  been  sent  to  Prof.  Dickie  from  the 
Trinity  College  herbarium.  Ferguson! 

III.  Chlorophyce^e. 

SiPPIONACEiE. 

C aider  pa  asplenioides  j Grrev. 

Harvey  ! No.  65.  [Published  in  Harvey’s  list ; no  speci- 
men in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit.] 

Geogr.  distr.  St.  Thomas,  Jamaica  [Chitty  I),  Australia. 

Caulerpa  clavifera^  Ag. 

Harvey  ! No.  62.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  tropical  and  subtropical  seas. 
Caulerpa  fissidentoidesj  Grev. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Indian  Ocean. 

Caulerpa  imhricata. 

Kjellman  ! Sub  Chauvinia^  Wittr.  etNordst.  Alg.  Exsicc. 
No.  346. 


38 


Mr.  G.  Murray  on  Ceylon  Alyce  in  the 

The  above  form  is  not  to  be  confused  with  Chauvinia 
imhricata^  Harv.  Phycol.  Austr.,  an  Alga  allied  to  Delesseria. 
Chauvinia  of  Harvey  was  established  since  ‘‘  the  genus  Chau- 
vinia ^ Bory,  founded  on  a part  of  the  older  genus  Caulerpa^ 
has  not  been  generally  adopted  by  botanists.”  Kutzing,  who 
maintained  the  Chauvinia  of  Bory,  quotes  Chauvinia  imbri- 
cataj  Harv.,  as  Delesseria  rigida^  Harv.  (Harv.  A\g.  Exsicc. 
Austr.  No.  276).  Dr.  Kjellman,  following  Kutzing  in 
maintaining  Bory’s  Chauvinia^  has  since  published,  as  above, 
G.  imbricata^  Kjellm. 

Caulerpa  laxa^  Grev. 

Harvey  ! No.  64. 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean. 

Caulerpa  macrophysa^  Sond. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Atlantic,  coast  of  Central  America. 

Caulerpa  mexicana^  Sond. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mexico,  West  Indies,  Bermuda,  Florida,  St. 
Vincent,  Cape  Verds. 

Caulerpa  plumarisj  Ag. 

Harvey!  No.  61.  Ferguson  ! Kjellman!  Wittr.  et  Nordst. 
Alg.  Exsicc.  No.  344. 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  Red  Sea,  Pacific,  Australia, 
Venezuela,  West  Indies,  Florida. 

Caiderpa  scalpelliformis^  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Kurrachee  {Murray  Bombay  {Hobson  l)y 
Mauritius,  Australia,  Brazil,  Angola. 

Caulerpa  sedoidesj  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Kurrachee  {Murray !) , Australia,  Pacific, 
West  Indies. 

Caulerpa  taxifolia^  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  tropical  seas. 

Stephanocoelium  verticillatum^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson ! Kjellman ! Wittr.  et  Nordst.  Alg.  Exsicc. 
No.  347. 

Geogr.  distr.  Torres  Straits,  Central  America. 


39 


Herbarium  of  the  British  Museum. 

Ualimeda  gracilis^  Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  72. 

Halimeda  maeroloha^  Dne. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Red  Sea,  Indian  Ocean,  Pacific,  Australia. 

Halimeda  opuntia^  Lam. 

Harvey!  No.  71.  Ferguson! 

Geogr,  distr,  Tliroughout  tropical  seas. 

Halimeda  triloba^  Dne. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea,  Indian  Ocean,  South  Pacific,  West 
Indies. 

Halimeda  tuna^  Lam. 

Ferguson!  Harvey!  No.  70.  [Harvey  did  not  distribute 
this  species,  and  there  is  no  Ceylon  specimen  of  his  collecting 
in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit.] 

Geogr,  distr.  Mediterranean,  Florida,  West  Indies,  Brazil, 
St.  Vincent,  Cape  Verds. 


Udotea  Jlabellata^  Lam. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Torres  Straits,  Friendly  Islands,  Bermuda, 
West  Indies. 

Codium  adhcerenSj  Ag. 

Harvey ! No.  69. 

Geogr,  distr.  Red  Sea,  Mauritius,  Friendly  Islands,  Medi- 
terranean, British  Channel,  Bermuda,  West  Indies. 


Codium  tomentosumj  J.  Ag. 

Harvey ! No.  68.  Ferguson ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Throughout  all  warm  and  temperate  seas. 
Bryopsis  hypnoideSj  Lam. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr,  distr.  British  Channel. 


Bryopsis  pachynema^  G.  v.  Mart. 

Kjellrnan ! Wittr.  et  Nordst.  Alg.  Exsicc.  No.  349. 
Geogr.  distr.  Sumatra. 

Bryopsis  plumosa,  Ag. 

Harvey  ! No.  66,  and  B.  plumosa^  Ag.  var..  No.  67.  Fer- 
guson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  all  warm  and  temperate  seas. 


40 


Mr.  G.  Murray  on  Ceylon  Algae  in  the 

Bryopsis  thuyoides^  Kiitz. 

Kjellman ! Wittr.  et  Nordst.  Alg.  Exsicc.  No.  348. 

Geogr,  distr.  Mediterranean,  Guadaloupe. 

Valoniace^. 

Valonia  confervoides^  Harv. 

Harvey ! No.  73.  Ferguson! 

Geogr,  distr.  Friendly  Islands. 

Valonia  fastigiata^  Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  74. 

Geogr.  distr.  Mauritius,  Paeific. 

Valonia  Forhesiij  Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  75. 

Geogr.  distr.  Friendly  Islands. 

Valonia  utricularis^  Ag. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mediterranean,  Atlantie  (eoast  of  Spain  and 
Madeira),  Friendly  Islands. 

Ascothamnion  intricatum^  Kiitz. 

Hb.  S.  0.  Gray  ! No  eollector’s  name. 

Geogr.  distr.  Friendly  Islands,  Mediterranean,  Guadeloupe 
(West  Indies). 

Microdictyon  Agardhianunij  Dne. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  Pacific. 

Anadyomene  flahellata^  Lam. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mediterranean,  Bermuda,  West  Indies. 

Dictyosg>hceria  favulosaj  Dne. 

Harvey  ! No.  77.  Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Bed  Sea,  Indian  Ocean,  Pacific  West  Indies. 
Ulvace^. 

Enter omorpha  comyressa^  L. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  all  oceans. 

Enteromorpha  complanata^  Kiitz. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  European  coasts,  Indian,  Pacific,  and  Ant- 
arctic oceans. 


41 


Herbarium  of  the  British  Museum. 

Enter omorp ha  africana^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Ulva  fasciata^  Delile. 

Harvey ! No.  100.  Ferguson ! Kjellinan ! Wittr.  et 
Nordst.  Alg.  Esicc.  No.  432. 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean  (Kurrachee,  Mui'ray  !,  Bombay, 
Hobson  !),  Mediterranean,  tropical  Atlantic,  and  Pacific 
(Chili). 

Ulva  fenestrata,  Post,  et  Rupr. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Kamtschatka. 

Ulva  latissimaj  L. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  all  oceans. 

Ulva  reticulatay  Forsk. 

Harvey  ! No.  83. 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean  (Kurrachee,  Murray  !),  Philip- 
pines. 


Batrachospermej^. 

Batrachospermum  moniliforme^  Roth. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Europe,  North  and  South  America,  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  New  Zealand,  Falkland  Islands. 

Batrachospermum  Thwaitesiij  Dickie,  n.  sp. 

Main  branches  numerous,  flagelliform,  pinnated  below, 
with  numerous,  alternate,  flagelliform,  simple  ramuli ; apices 
of  rami  naked.  Whorls  of  ramelli  crowded  at  base  of  rami, 
more  distant  toward  the  upper  part,  interstices  with  numerous 
moniliform  simple  ramelli.” — Dickie^  M8. 

Thwaites  ! Herb.  Per.  C.  Province,  No.  17,  Feb.  1870. 

CONFEEVACEAi:. 

Gladophora  anastomosansj  Harv. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Australia,  Tongatabu. 

Gladophora  heteropsis^  Kiitz. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Algeria,  south  of  France. 


42 


Mr.  G.  Murray  on  Ceylon  Algve,  in  the 
Cladophora  mauritiana^  Kiltz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr,  Mauritius. 

Cladophora  valonioideSj  Sorid. 

F erguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Australia. 

Cladophora  Thwaitesiij  Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  78. 

Cladophora  prolifer  a ^ Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Mediterranean,  Madeira,  Barbadoes. 
Rhizoclonium  fontinaUj  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr,  Europe. 

Chcetomorpha  cerea^  Dillw. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  all  warm  and  temperate  oceans. 

Chcetomorpha  antenninaj  Kiitz. 

Kjellman  ! Wittr.  et  Nordst.  Alg.  Exsicc.  No.  318. 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian,  Pacific,  and  Atlantic  oceans. 

Chcetomorpha  clavata^  Kiitz. 

Harvey!  No.  79.  Ferguson! 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  West 
Indies. 

Chcetomorpha  implexa^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Atlantic  (English  Channel),  Mediterranean, 
Cuba. 

Chcetomorpha  indica^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Indian  Ocean,  Persian  Gulf. 

Chcetomorpha  ohscura^  Kjellm. 

Kjellman ! Wittr.  et  Nordst.  Alg.  Exsicc.  No.  320. 

Chcetomorpha  media ^ Kiitz. 

Harvey  ! No.  98  (sub  Conferva  media,  Ag.). 

Geogr.  distr.  Indian  Ocean. 


Herbarium  of  the  British  Museum  . 43 

Conferva  affinis^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr,  Europe,  Anamallay,  Neilgherries  [Falconer  !). 

Conferva  lucenSj  Harv. 

Harvey  ! No.  97.  Ferguson  ! 

Conferva  utriculosaj  Kiitz.  ; ceylanica^  Wille. 
Kjellman ! Wittr.  et  Nordst.  Alg.  Exsicc.  No.  430. 
(Edogonium  gracile^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson ! 

Geogr,  distr.  Europe. 

(Edogonium  ochroleucuniy  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Europe. 

Zygnemace^. 

Spirogyra  Brairnii^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr,  Germany. 

Spirogyra  decimina^  Muller. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr,  Europe,  Asia,  and  America. 

Spirogyra  laxa^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr,  Germany. 

Spirogyra  majuscula.  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr,  distr,  Europe. 

Spirogyra  tropica^  Kiitz. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  West  Indies,  Amazon. 

Sirogonium  ceylanicum^  Wittr. 

Kjellman!  Wittr.  et  Nordst.  Alg.  Exsicc.  No.  358. 

IV.  SCHIZOPH  YCEiE. 

Scytonema  tomentosum^  Kiitz. 

F erguson  I 

Geogr.  distr.  Europe. 


44 


Dr.  D.  Bergendal  on  the  Land- Planar  ice. 
Scytonema  yenicillaium^  Ag. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Blekiugia. 

Lynghya  majuscula^  Hook. 

Harvey  ! No.  84. 

Geogr.  distr.  Mauritius,  Socotra  {Balfour  !),  Europe,  North 
America,  Bermuda,  Martinique. 

Trichodesmium  erythrceum^  Ehrenb. 

F erguson ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Red  Sea,  Indian  Ocean,  Chinese  Sea. 
Hyphceothrix  confervcBj  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Germany. 

Cylindrospermum  macrospermum^  Kiitz. 

Ferguson  ! 

Geogr.  distr.  Throughout  Europe. 


IV. — Contribution  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Land-Planar im. 
By  Dr.  D.  Bergendal*. 

In  the  orchid-house  of  the  Botanic  Garden  in  Berlin  some 
Bipalia  were  observed  last  autumn.  These  have  since  greatly 
multiplied  there,  and  I have  made  a careful  investigation 
of  them  in  the  Berlin  Zoological  Institute.  In  1878  Moseley 
described  f Bipalium  hewense  from  the  hothouses  of  Kew 
Gardens.  The  form  here  observed  seems  to  be  identical  with 
this,  although  the  ground-colour  of  the  back  is  usually  more 
of  an  olive- green  and  the  streaks  are  almost  quite  black. 
The  head  is  comparatively  small,  with  a dark  crescent  upon 
the  upper  surface.  The  mouth  is  situated  further  forward 
than  in  most  other  Bipalia^  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  second 
third  of  the  body.  The  animals  found  are  all  without  any 
developed  sexual  organs.  Only  in  one  animal  have  I been 
able  to  interpret  some  small  aggregations  of  cells  in  the  sec- 
tions as  the  rudiments  of  testes.  Of  the  oviducts  and  vasa 
deferentia  I have  never  observed  any  traces.  In  other  Bi- 

* Translated  from  the  ‘ Zoologischer  Anzeiger,’  No.  249,  April  18, 
1887,  pp.  218-224. 

t Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  i.  p.  238. 


45 


Dr.  D.  Bergendal  on  the  Land- Planar loe. 

palia  an  external  sexual  orifice  can  be  easily  detected  even  in 
small  individuals  ; but  in  this  case  I have  never  succeeded  in 
doing  so  even  in  larger  animals.  About  1 centim.  behind  the 
mouth  one  sometimes  sees  a slight  impression,  which  perhaps 
might  be  regarded  as  an  indication  of  this  aperture. 

The  creeping  movement  of  the  worms  is  effected  almost 
exclusively  by  the  long  and  strong  cilia  which  clothe  the  sides 
of  the  creeping-sole.  The  middle  of  the  margin  of  this  is  set 
with  short  strong  cilia,  which,  however,  move  very  feebly. 
When  creeping  t-he  worms  are  almost  cylindrical ; in  fact  the 
dorso-ventral  axis  is  even  longer  than  the  transverse  axis. 

Multiplication  hy  Transverse  Division. 

The  number  of  sexually  immature  animals  has  greatly 
increased  in  the  conservatory.  Even  in  the  autumn  a great 
number  of  small  worms  were  to  be  observed.  Close  exam- 
ination showed  that  many  of  these  presented  no  heads,  and 
that  in  others  the  development  of  the  heads  was  very  unequal. 
Animals  which  were  cut  with  a pair  of  scissors  into  several 
pieces  did  not  die,  but  each  piece  formed  a new  head  and 
mouth.  In  the  renewal  of  the  head  a white  point  is  first  of 
all  developed,  and  this  gradually  enlarges.  At  first  the 
streaks  of  the  body  can  usually  be  traced  on  to  the  young 
head-lobe.  With  the  development  of  the  papillae  and  eyes 
the  typical  pigmentation  also  makes  its  appearance.  The 
renewal  of  the  pharynx  can  be  noted  from  without  during  its 
progress  by  the  fact  that  the  middle  dorsal  streak  becomes 
widened  over  the  spot  where  the  mouth  is  being  formed. 

I have  also  observed  spontaneous  transverse  division. 
Three  times  animals  from  which  I had  cut  away  cephalic 
portions  of  considerable  size  constricted  off  corresponding 
pieces  from  the  posterior  extremity,  and  all  the  three  pieces 
afterwards  became  regenerated.  Once,  under  such  circum- 
stances, two  posterior  pieces  were  thrown  off.  On  separating 
a smaller  anterior  portion  I have  observed  no  posterior  ab- 
striction  ; nor  does  such  a thing  always  occur  when  larger 
pieces  are  cut  off.  It  would  seem  that  this  depended  upon 
whether  the  animals  had  been  previously  well  nourished. 
These  worms  also  divide  without  having  received  any  external 
injury.  ^ ^ 

These  Bipalia  are  generally  found  in  the  reversed  pots 
upon  which  the  pots  with  plants  stand ; and  I once  found  in 
such  a pot  three  pieces  which  had  been  produced  from  one 
worm  by  transverse  division.  The  plants  had  not  been 
moved  for  a fortnight  or  three  weeks,  and  the  fissional  cica- 


46 


Dr.  D.  Bergendal  on  the  Land- Planar  ice. 

trices  and  the  course  of  the  streaks  showed  that  the  divisions 
had  taken  place  at  the  utmost  two  days  before.  That  all 
the  three  pieces  were  together  in  the  same  pot  also  makes  it 
quite  certain  that  the  divisions  had  occurred  recently  and 
spontaneously.  The  cephalic  and  posterior  portions  were  of 
equal  length.  In  these  divisions  therefore  the  definite  posi- 
tion of  the  mouth  must  be  of  great  importance.  When  pos- 
terior pieces  are  cut  away,  however,  no  anterior  abstrictions 
occur.  The  histological  phenomena  of  regeneration  cannot 
here  be  discussed. 

The  great  quantity  of  small  portions  of  worms  which 
have  been  observed  in  the  conservatories,  although  some  of 
these,  of  course,  are  formed  by  injuries,  show  that  these  phe- 
nomena are  by  no  means  of  rare  occurrence,  and  therefore  we 
find  among  the  Land-Planarite  the  same  asexual  mode  of 
increase  which  has  recently  been  demonstrated  in  the  case  of 
the  freshwater  forms. 

The  Excretory  Vascular  Apparatus. 

Metschnikoff  has  already  described  two  longitudinal  trunks 
in  Geodesmus.  On  the  other  hand,  von  Kennel  has  since 
investigated  the  same  animal,  and  believes  that  the  excretory 
canals  are  only  vacuities  in  the  parenchyma,  and  hence  he 
regards  it  as  a matter  of  course  that  in  sections  nothing  can 
be  seen  of  the  few  flagelliferous  cells.  Von  Kennel’s  obser- 
vations, however,  seem  chiefly  to  relate  to  the  freshwater 
Planarise  ,*  in  these  Lang  and  lijinia  have  since  found  regu- 
lar excretory  ducts. 

The  pigmentation  and  the  numerous  bacilli  of  the  Land- 
Planarim  have  hitherto  hindered  the  study  of  this  apparatus 
in  the  living  animal.  The  heads  in  course  of  regeneration 
and  still  unpigmented,  however,  furnish  a pretty  good  oppor- 
tunity for  such  observations,  which  may  also  be  made  on  the 
ventral  surfaces  of  worms  which  have  been  divided  by  a hori- 
zontal cut  with  a pair  of  sharp  scissors.  Crushed  preparations, 
which  may  be  observed  in  weak  solutions  of  chloride  of 
sodium,  also  furnish  very  good  results  in  favourable  cases. 

Hitherto  I have  been  able  to  establish  the  following  facts. 
The  apparatus  presents : — (1)  ciliated  funnels  with  a very 
strong  flicker ; (2)  irregular  but  reticulated  canals;  and  (3) 
longitudinal  trunks.  The  last-mentioned  are  slightly  undu- 
lated and  are  situated  to  the  number  of  two  or  more  on  each 
side,  dorsal  and  lateral  to  the  ramifications  of  the  intestine. 
Ventral  longitudinal  trunks  have  also  been  observed.  The 
longitudinal  trunks  consist  of  large  perforated  cells  and 


47 


Dr.  D.  Bergendal  on  the  Land- Planar i(v. 

exhibit  thick  cilia,  the  tuberculiform  basal  parts  of  which 
give  the  walls  a reticulate  appearance.  From  the  longitu- 
dinal trunks  issue  straight  transverse  canals,  which  may  be 
in  part  discharging  and  in  part  collecting  canals.  From  the 
conditions  found  by  Lang  in  Gunda  we  should  expect  a regular 
arrangement  of  these  ; but  hitherto  I have  been  unable  to 
recognize  it,  although  the  small  number  of  such  transverse 
canals  is  decidedly  in  favour  of  it. 

The  longitudinal  trunks  are  so  deeply  seated  in  the  paren- 
chyma  that  they  can  scarcely  be  observed  except  in  sections. 
The  reticular  canals  and  the  ciliated  funnels,  on  the  other 
hand,  must  be  studied  in  the  living  tissue.  In  the  head  we 
see,  both  on  the  dorsal  and  the  ventral  side,  a great  number 
of  canals  situated  near  the  surface,  which  run  in  curves  or 
reticulately,  and  sometimes  form  nearly  coil-like  loops.  In 
these  canals  I have  frequently  seen  structures  which  I must 
for  the  present  interpret  as  strong  ciliations.  They  resemble 
the  “ flammes  vibratiles  ” which  Francotte  has  described  in 
Derostomum  and  Monocelis,  Metschnikoff  also  states  some- 
thing of  the  same  kind  with  regard  to  the  longitudinal  canals 
of  Geodesmus,  I cannot  regard  them  as  phantasms  produced 
by  ciliary  movement,  because  they  are  only  to  be  seen  here 
and  there  and  because  in  crushed  preparations  I believe  I have 
seen  in  exposed  aquiferous  vessels  very  long  protoplasmic 
tongues  pointed  at  both  ends.  They  sometimes  appear  more 
membrane-like,  and  are  then  attached  to  the  wall  of  the  vessel 
by  one  margin.  However,  they  can  hardly  represent  those 
described  by  Francotte  in  Poly  celts. 

With  the  reticular  canals  the  ciliated  funnels  are  connected 
by  very  narrow  longer  or  shorter  canals,  in  which  usually  no 
phenomena  of  movement  occur.  The  ciliated  funnels  are 
often  placed  in  pits  in  groups  of  three  or  four  together,  and 
they  present  a large  rounded  excretory  cell  in  which  I have 
repeatedly  observed  vacuoles  which  emptied  themselves  into 
the  funnel.  Almost  always  there  are  ciliated  funnels  in  the 
marginal  papillae  of  the  head.  I hope  to  be  able  hereafter  to 
complete  these  exceedingly  troublesome  observations. 

The  Nervous  System  and  Sense-organs. 

Moseley  regarded  the  nerve-trunks  as  a primitive  vas- 
cular system,”  but  nevertheless  believed  that  the  nerves  tra- 
verse them.  Graflf,  von  Kennel,  Lang,  and  lijima  have  shown 
that  they  are  true  nervous  cords.  In  our  Btpaltum  the  sections 
of  the  nerve-trunks  situated  beneath  the  ramifications  of  the 
intestine  are  oval  in  transverse  slices,  and  show  a difference 


48  Dr.  D.  Bergendal  on  the  Land-Planarice. 

of  structure  in  different  parts.  In  some  places  we  see  the  septal 
{Balkenbildung)  formation  which  is  so  much  referred  to ; in 
others,  the  longitudinally  running  nerve-fibrils,  cut  across, 
are  very  distinct.  Between  these  longitudinal  trunks  there 
are  transverse  commissures,  which  are  very  thin  and  often 
branched,  which  is  probably  the  reason  why  Moseley  and  von 
Kennel  did  not  see  them.  In  older  specimens,  preserved  in 
alcohol,  of  Bipalium  diana^  from  the  Zoological  Museum  in 
Berlin,  I have  also  found  these  commissures.  Near  the  head 
such  commissures  are  particularly  numerous.  F urther,  strong 
arched  nerves  are  emitted  outwards,  and  these  form  a plexus 
under  the  skin.  This  plexus  cannot  be  found  everywhere  ; 
it  is  particularly  well  developed  in  the  head  and  the  fore  part 
of  the  body.  Such  peripheral  branches  often  start  from  the 
same  spots  as  the  transverse  commissures,  and  at  some  of 
these  points  of  ramification  the  dotted  substance  and  the 
ganglion-cells  become  so  numerous  that  one  might  almost 
describe  it  as  a ganglion-formation  *.  No  thickening  of  the 
longitudinal  trunks  was,  however,  observed.  The  ganglion- 
cells  are  large,  have  very  large  nuclei  which  stain  rather 
faintly,  and  show  two  or  three  processes.  The  longitudinal 
nerves  decrease  very  much  in  size  in  the  caudal  extremity ; 
they  curve  towards  one  another  and  unite.  In  the  cephalic 
portion  is  situated  the  flat  and  greatly  extended  brain,  the 
formation  of  which  by  the  union  and  thickening  of  two  longi- 
tudinal trunks  is  to  be  recognized  particularly  distinctly  in 
the  hinder  part  of  the  brain.  In  the  lateral  portions  of  the 
brain  we  see  great  masses  of  dotted  substance  in  transverse 
sections.  Numerous  ganglion-cells  also  occur  in  the  brain, 
but  their  arrangement  in  the  different  parts  cannot  be  described 
without  figures. 

Moseley  has  already  stated  that  there  are  on  the  anterior 
margin  of  the  head  some  papillse,  between  which  there  occur 
little  pits  furnished  with  cilia.  These  papillae,  which  are 
situated  in  a groove,  are  square  in  transverse  section  in  B, 
kewense^  and  show  an  epithelium  of  rather  small  cells. 
The  anterior  surface  of  the  papillae  is  not  beset  with  mov- 
able cilia  ; the  lateral  surfaces  bound  the  passages  leading 
to  the  pits  and  exhibit  very  strong  cilia.  The  tissue  of 
the  papillae  consists  in  great  part  of  muscular  fibres, 
which  give  the  papillm  great  mobility.  It  is  remarkable 
that  we  see  in  the  papillae  no  large  nerve-trunks,  nor  is 
there  any  structure  of  the  epithelium  which  would  seem  to 
indicate  that  they  are  sense-organs.  The  epithelial  cells 

* lijima  states  that  he  found  ganglia  in  the  freshwater  Planariae,  but 
that  they  possess  but  few  ganglion-cells. 


49 


Dr.  D.  Bergendal  on  the  Land-Planance, 

usually  stain  very  strongly,  and  hence  they  cannot  be  well 
investigated.  The  observation  of  the  living  animal,  however, 
fully  establishes  the  interpretation  of  these  papillse  as  tactile 
organs. 

In  the  above-mentioned  pits,  which  are  nearly  spherical, 
the  epithelial  cells  are  much  smaller,  but  they  also  stain 
strongly  and  can  scarcely  be  washed  out.  From  the  anterior 
part  of  the  brain,  which  rather  forms  a nervous  plexus,  strong 
nerve-branches  run  to  the  pits.  The  nerve-fibrils  become 
thicker,  and  immediately  beneath  the  pit  we  see  a club- 
shaped  bundle  of  long  spindle-shaped  and  bacillar  terminations 
of  fibres.  From  these,  small  prolongations,  which  are  of 
capillary  fineness  even  under  very  high  powers,  run  outwards 
between  the  cells  of  the  epidermis.  How  they  behave  when 
there  I cannot  yet  say.  They  are  not  connected  with  the 
rather  strongly  vibrating  cilia  which  occupy  the  bottoms  of 
the  pits.  Around  this  nerve-mass  are  placed  larger,  curved, 
fibriform  granular  structures,  which  pass  to  the  lateral  epithe- 
lial cells  of  the  passages  leading  to  the  pits  and  agree  in  their 
appearance  and  reactions  with  the  secretion-products  of  the 
glands.  Motile  cilia  can  hardly  perhaps  be  interpreted  as 
nerve-terminations,  and  therefore  it  seems  probable  that  there 
are  sense-hairs  in  the  bottom  of  the  pits  among  the  cilia.  The 
groups  of  strongly  motile  cilia  of  the  freshwater  Planarise 
discovered  by  von  Kennel  have  been  regarded  by  lijima  as 
tactile  organs,  which  can  hardly  be  correct.  They  seem, 
however,  to  agree  with  these  pits  in  Bipaliunij  and  ought, 
perhaps,  to  be  interpreted  as  olfactory  organs  or  organs  of 
taste. 

Eyes  occur  in  this  species  in  enormous  numbers.  They 
form  a zone  of  three  or  four  rows  near  the  margin  of  the  head, 
and  are  also  placed  on  the  sides  (not  on  the  back)  of  the 
whole  body,  even  to  the  hindermost  end.  The  largest  eyes 
are  situated  just  behind  the  head.  The  eyes  nearly  agree  in 
structure  with  those  of  the  other  Triclades.  The  crystalline 
cone  is  formed  in  the  same  way  of  several  nucleated  clavate 
cells.  The  nucleus  seen  by  Moseley  in  the  hindmost  part  of 
the  eye  belongs  to  the  pigmentiferous  cell.  Nerves  run  to  the 
eyes  from  the  superficial  nerve-plexus.  Sometimes  I have 
observed  a gangliniform  enlargement  beside  or  in  front  of 
the  eyes. 

As  regards  other  organs  and  structural  conditions,  I give 
here  only  the  following  remarks : — The  whole  body  is  pro- 
vided with  cilia.  Between  the  ordinary  epithelial  cells  we 
see  here  and  there  groups  of  slenderer  bacilliform  cells  which 
may  possibly  be  sense-organs.  The  rhabdites  are  of  two 

Ann.  & Mag,  N,  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol,  xx.  4 


50 


Mr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  on  new 

kinds,  as  I may  remark  in  opposition  to  lijima.  Most  of 
them  are  small  and  fusiform,  but  a good  many  are  filiform, 
and  more  or  less  rolled  up  together.  The  two  kinds  are  found 
together  in  the  same  cells,  and  both  are  also  thrown  off, 
for  which  reason  I cannot  regard  them  as  developmental  stages. 
As  already  stated,  the  bacilli  are  expelled  under  strong  irri- 
tation, as,  for  example,  when  the  animals  are  placed  in 
Muller’s  solution,  picric  acid,  picro-sulphuric  acid,  or  chromic 
acid.  In  hardening  them  in  corrosive  sublimate,  hot  alcohol, 
or  osmic  acid,  only  the  tips  of  a few  bacilli  usually  make 
their  appearance. 

The  musculature  consists  of  an  external  layer  of  ring- 
muscles,  external  bundles  of  longitudinal  muscles,  and  a great 
many  internal  longitudinal  muscular  fibres,  to  which  are  added 
dorso-ventral  and  transverse  fibres. 

In  passing,  I may  state  here  that  in  BipoUum  diana  I 
have  observed  an  encysted  Nematode.  In  the  unpaired  limb 
of  the  intestine  there  was  far  forward  the  radula  of  a Gaste- 
ropod.  I can  confirm  von  Kennel’s  statements  as  to  the 
occurrence  and  the  mode  of  opening  of  the  vitelline  glands. 

I hope  in  the  course  of  the  year  to  publish  a more  detailed 
memoir,  furnished  with  figures,  upon  the  points  here  noticed, 
and  in  this  I shall  furnish  more  complete  statements  as  to  the 
histological  characters  of  the  nervous  system  and  the  sense- 
organs,  which  cannot  well  be  done  here  without  figures.  I 
will  also  give  the  necessary  notices  of  the  literature  and  com- 
parisons with  other  forms.  I have  lately  received  well-pre- 
served material  of  some  other  Land-Planarige. 


V. — Descriptions  of  new  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  in  the 
British  Museum  [Natural  History). — Part  III.  By  G.  A. 
Boulenger. 


Anniella  texana. 

Head  less  depressed,  snout  more  rounded  than  in  A. 
pulchra.  Nasal  shield  semidivided,  a horizontal  suture 
extending  from  the  nostril  to  the  second  labial ; frontal  twice 
as  broad  as  long  ; anterior  supraocular  nearly  as  broad  as 
the  distance  which  separates  it  from  its  fellow ; interparietal 
and  occipital  divided  (anomalously  ?)  by  a longitudinal  suture ; 
six  upper  labials — first  very  small,  below  the  nasal,  second 
largest  and  in  contact  with  the  praefrontal  and  a loreal,  third 


51 


Reptiles  and  Batrachians. 

and  fourth  entering  the  eye  ; a narrow  shield  separates  the 
third  labial  from  the  loreal ; five  lower  labials.  Twenty- 
eight  scales  round  the  middle  of  the  body.  No  enlarged 
praeanal  scales.  Tail  ending  obtusely,  three  eighths  of  the 
total  length.  Dark  grey  above,  with  three  fine  black  longi- 
tudinal lines  ; sides  and  lower  surfaces  whitish. 

From  snout  to  vent  145  millim. ; tail  85. 

A single  specimen  from  El  Paso,  Texas. 


Eremias  guineensis. 

Snout  moderate,  obtusely  pointed.  Lower  eyelid  scaly. 
First  upper  labial  in  contact  with  the  lower  and  posterior 
nasals  and  the  anterior  loreal ; frontonasal  separated  from 
the  rostral  by  the  upper  nasals  ; two  praGfrontals  ; two  supra- 
oculars  ; two  series  of  small  scales  between  the  loreal  and  the 
anterior  supraocular ; a series  of  granules  between  the  supra- 
oculars  and  the  supraciliaries ; no  occipital ; no  auricular 
denticulation ; subocular  bordering  the  lip,  between  the 
fourth  and  fifth  upper  labials  ; the  three  anterior  pairs  of 
chin-shields  in  contact.  No  gular  fold ; collar  attached, 
distinct  only  at  the  sides.  Scales  granular,  oval,  sixty  across 
the  middle  of  the  body.  Ventral  plates  broader  than  long,  in 
straight  longitudinal  and  transverse  series ; ten  longitudinal 
series,  outer  composed  of  smaller  plates.  Two  consecutive 
enlarged  pr^anals.  The  hind  limb  reaches  the  ear.  One 
series  of  large  and  two  of  small  subtibial  plates.  Twenty-one 
femoral  pores  on  each  side.  Upper  caudal  scales  strongly 
keeled.  Head  pale  brownish  above ; three  black  bands,  sepa- 
rated by  narrower  white  ones,  on  each  side  along  the  temple 
and  body  to  the  groin,  the  two  upper  continued  on  the  tail ; 
the  lower  black  band  crosses  the  ear  j a greyish,  white-dotted 
vertebral  band,  edged  on  each  side  by  a black  line,  which  is 
separated  from  the  broader  black  lateral  band  by  a white 
line  ; limbs  black  above,  with  round  white  spots. 

A single  young  specimen,  from  Brass,  mouths  of  the  Niger : 
from  snout  to  vent  24  millim. ; tail  36. 

The  origin  of  this  specimen  is  of  particular  interest  as  filling 
up  a gap  in  the  distribution  of  the  genus  to  which  it  belongs ; 
no  Eremias  had  yet  been  found  on  the  west  coast  of  Africa 
between  the  Sahara  and  the  Congo. 

Cacosternum,  g.  n.  (Engystomatidarum). 

Pupil  horizontal.  Tongue  pyriform,  free  and  notched 
behind.  Palate  toothless,  without  dermal  ridges.  Tympa- 

4* 


52  On  new  Reptiles  and  BatracMans. 

num  hidden.  Fingers  and  toes  free,  tips  not  dilated.  Outer 
metatarsals  united.  No  prgecoracoids ; coracoids  slender  ; 
sternum  extremely  small,  cartilaginous.  Diapophysis  of  sacral 
vertebra  strongly  dilated. 

Cacosternum  nanum. 

Habit  ranoid.  Head  of  moderate  size ; snout  rounded, 
without  canthus  rostralis ; loreal  region  slightly  concave  ; 
interorbital  space  broader  than  the  upper  eyelid.  Fingers 
and  toes  slender,  with  obtuse  tips  and  strong  subarticular 
tubercles  ; first  finger  shorter  than  second  ; a rudiment  of 
web  between  the  toes  ; a round  inner  metatarsal  tubercle ; no 
tarsal  fold.  Tarso-metatarsal  articulation  reaching  the  tip 
of  the  snout.  Skin  smooth ; a strong  fold  from  the  eye  to 
the  shoulder.  Pale  olive  or  greyish  above,  with  darker  spots, 
forming  more  or  less  distinct  cross-bands  on  the  limbs  ,*  a dark 
temporal  spot,  edged  with  whitish  inferiorly;  throat  and 
lower  surface  of  legs  grey,  with  a whitish  network ; belly 
whitish,  with  a few  large  grey  spots,  and  on  each  side  a few 
smaller  black  ones.  Male  with  a subgular  vocal  sac. 

Two  male  specimens,  measuring  19  millim.  from  snout  to 
vent,  from  Vleis,  Kaffraria ; presented  by  F.  P.  M.  Weale, 
Esq. 

Bufo  Muelleri, 

Closely  allied  to  B,  pulcJier^  Blgr.  Crown  without  bony 
ridges ; snout  short,  obliquely  truncate,  with  perpendicular 
lores  ; interorbital  space  broader  than  the  upper  eyelid  ; tym- 
panum very  indistinct.  Fingers  rather  long,  somewhat 
widening  and  truncate  at  the  end,  first  much  shorter  than 
second;  toes  rather  short,  webbed  to  the  tips,  which  are 
slightly  swollen ; metatarsal  tubercles  two,  fiat  and  very 
indistinct ; the  membrane  bordering  the  inner  toe  extends  as 
a fine  fold  along  the  tarsus.  The  tibio-tarsal  articulation 
reaches  the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit.  Skin  nearly  smooth 
above,  granular  inferiorly ; no  parotoids.  Black  above,  with 
lighter  wavy  lines  or  marblings,  and  with  round  white  dots 
on  the  sides  and  limbs ; throat  and  belly  marbled  with  brown. 
Male  with  a subgular  vocal  sac. 

From  snout  to  vent  30  millim. 

A single  male  specimen  from  Mindanao,  Philippine  Islands. 
Keceived  from  the  Natural  History  Museum  of  Basle.  I 
have  named  the  species  in  honour  of  my  friend  Dr.  F.  Muller, 
the  learned  curator  to  whose  efforts  is  due  the  prominent  posi- 
tion now  held  by  the  Herpetological  Collection  of  the  Basle 
Museum. 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidsey^OTw  Japan, 


53 


Hyla  Copii, 

Tongue  circular,  nicked  and  free  behind.  Vomerine  teeth 
in  two  short  transverse  groups  in  the  middle  between  the 
choanas.  Head  broader  than  long,  rather  strongly  depressed  ; 
snout  rounded,  as  long  as  the  diameter  of  the  orbit ; canthus 
rostralis  very  feebly  marked ; loreal  region  concave  ; inter- 
orbital space  as  broad  as  the  upper  eyelid ; tympanum  very 
distinct,  half  the  diameter  of  the  eye.  Fingers  free,  toes 
three-fourths  webbed ; disks  smaller  than  the  tympanum  ; 
subarticular  tubercles  moderate;  a very  distinct  fold  along 
the  inner  side  of  the  tarsus.  The  tibio-tarsal  articulation 
reaches  the  eye.  Upper  surfaces  with  small  smooth  warts  ; 
lower  surfaces  (gular  sac  included)  closely  granulate ; a 
strong  fold  across  the  chest.  Greyish  olive  above,  with  more 
or  less  distinct  darker  spots  or  marblings  on  the  head  and 
body,  and  cross-bands  on  the  limbs  ; hinder  side  of  thighs 
with  small  brown  mottlings  ; front  half  of  throat  brown.  Male 
with  a large  external  gular  vocal  sac. 

From  snout  to  vent  42  millim. 

Two  male  specimens  from  El  Paso,  Texas. 

This  species,  which  I have  pleasure  in  dedicating  to  the 
celebrated  American  herpetologist,  resembles  H,  versicolor^ 
from  which  it  is  at  once  distinguished  by  the  absence  of  web 
between  the  fingers. 


VI. — A List  of  fifty  Erotylidas^om  Japan  y including  thirty^ 
five  new  Species  and  four  new  Genera,  By  Geoege  Lewis, 

F.L.S. 

The  first  descriptions  of  Japanese  Erotylidas  were  published 
by  Mr.  G.  E.  Crotch  in  1873 ; and  since  then,  as  the  country 
has  been  gradually  opened  for  inland  travel,  species  have  been 
added  from  time  to  time  until  the  present  day,  when  the  list 
contains  fifty  species.  MarseuPs  Catalogue  for  Europe  gives 
twenty- three  species,  and  Heyden’s  for  Siberia  twenty-four; 
but  the  last  and  the  present  list  can  have  no  pretention  to 
completeness.  The  majority  of  the  known  Erotylidse  are 
from  the  New  World. 

Japan  is  a country  which  is  in  many  ways  favourable  to 
the  group,  as  the  damp  elevated  forests  which  occupy  large 
areas  in  the  mountainous  districts  produce  quantities  of  fungi 
from  the  early  days  of  spring  to  the  last  days  of  autumn. 


54  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidse /rom  Japan. 

Edible  mushrooms  are  an  article  of  commerce,  and  are  largely 
exported  to  China,  being  at  the  same  time  one  of  the  sources 
of  revenue  to  the  government,  which  in  many  districts  has 
the  monopoly  of  the  forests  where  they  grow.  In  May  1880, 
when  I first  went  into  the  forests  in  the  Hakone  district,  I 
found  large  oaks  felled  for  the  purpose  of  mushroom-culture  ; 
the  horizontal  trunks  were  covered  with  mushrooms  through- 
out their  length  from  spawn  sown,  purposely  I believe,  in  the 
summer  previous.  I had  filled  several  large  sheets  and  cap- 
tured as  many  new  species  before  I was  warned  that  govern- 
ment property  was  being  destroyed  and  the  penalties  for  such 
conduct  severe.  But  in  the  wilder  forests,  w’hich  are  rarely 
trodden  even  by  the  native  peasants,  fungi  are  equally  plen- 
tiful, and  there  is  no  lack  of  hunting-ground  for  the  ento- 
mologist. 

Most  of  the  Erotylidse  in  Japan  are  imagos  before  the 
middle  of  June,  and  very  few  survive  at  the  end  of  the  year 
to  hybernate.  An  exception  is  Dame  picta^  which  may  be 
found  under  P/«nem-bark  any  day  in  January  close  to  the 
bund  at  Yokohama.  In  the  second  and  fourth  stages  they  are 
all  fungivorous,  and  during  pupation  are  dependent  on  the 
moisture  in  the  plants  in  which  they  remain  imbedded  for 
their  preservation.  In  temperate  climates  the  Erotylidse  often 
appear  to  be  of  periodical  occurrence ; but  if  this  is  not  strictly 
true  the  collector  is  at  any  rate  greatly  dependent  on  fortui- 
tous circumstances,  such  as  season  and  place,  for  the  capture 
of  the  rarer  species,  and  these  contingencies  sometimes  occur 
only  at  long  intervals.  In  Kioto,  within  the  temple  compound 
of  the  Nishi  Honwanji,  I found  on  the  17th  June,  1881, 
Aulacochilus  japonicus  in  the  greatest  profusion  on  fungi  on 
some  upright  cherry-poles,  and  numerous  specimens  were 
crushed  on  the  pathways,*  and  this  was  not  a remarkable 
phenomenon  considering  the  habits  of  the  family. 

There  is  one  character  in  the  family  to  which  it  is  neces- 
sary specially  to  allude.  In  a long  series  of  specimens  the 
largest  examples  are  invariably  males.  I have  one  example 
of  Encaustes  preenohilis  which  measures  35  millim.,  and  the 
smallest  male  measures  30  millim.  The  first  is  perhaps  the 
largest  Erotylian  in  any  cabinet,  and  I can  still  remember 
the  muscular  sensation  its  weight  caused  as  it  feigned  death 
in  my  hand  when  I took  it  off  an  old  beech  at  Nikko.  The 
largest  female  measures  31  millim,,  and  there  are  several 
only  16.  In  Eudcemonius  tubercuUfrons  and  Neotriplax 
atrata  the  larger  size  of  the  males  is  conspicuous,  and  it  is 
evident  from  the  material  in  hand  that  this  characteristic  is  a 
family  trait.  In  the  Languridae  the  females  are  the  larger, 


55 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  ErotylidaB  Japan, 

and  this  is  the  rule  also  in  the  Chrysomelidas.  In  the  wood- 
feeding Lucanidae  the  males  again  are  the  largest,  and  this 
character  is  a family  one ; it  is  not  generic  or  specific.  In 
the  Cerambycidae  it  is  not  constant  either  way,  the  female  is 
smallest  in  Monohammus  grandis^  Waterhouse,  but  the  males 
are  more  usually  so. 

I have  placed  Microsternus  and  Megalodacne  among  the 
Dacnini  because  the  tarsi  are  visibly  five-jointed.  The  species 
placed  under  Encaustini  have  no  true  prosternal  keel. 

There  is  only  one  synonym  to  record,  which  is  very  satis- 


List  of  Species,  arranged  ge 
specific 

Dacnini. 

Dacne  japonica,  Crotch. 

picta,  Crotch. 

zonaria. 

fungorum. 

Microsternus  perforatus,  Leivis. 

Crotchi. 

tricolor. 

higonius. 

Megalodacne  bellula,  Lewis. 

Encaustini. 

Encaustes  prsenobilis,  Lewis. 
Episcapha  Fortunei,  Crotch. 

Gorhami,  Lewis. 

taishoensis,  Leivis. 

hauiata,  Leivis. 

Renania  atrocyanea. 

Triplacini. 

Neotriplax  atrata. 

Lewisii,  Crotch. 

biplagiata. 

pallidicincta. 

Cyrtotriplax  sobrina. 

centralis. 

pantherina. 

latifasciata. 

The  three  following  gene 
joints : — 


nerically  and  according  to  their 
similitude. 

Cyrtotriplax  nigropunctata. 

pallidiventris. 

cenchris. 

maciilifrons. 

discalis. 

rufipennis. 

niponensis,  Lewis. 

solivaga. 

circiimcincta. 

tripartiaria. 

basalis. 

similis. 

ruficornis. 

connect  en  3. 

Triplax  gracilenta,  Solsky 
\sihirica,  Crotchi. 

devia. 

ainonia. 

sufflava. 

laetabilis. 

canalicollis. 

discicoUis. 

japonica,  Crotch. 

atricapilla. 

Eudaemonius  tiiberculifrons. 

Erotylini. 

Aulacochilus  Bedell,  Harold. 

japonicus,  Crotch. 

Satelia  scitula. 

ra  have  tarsi  with  live  distinct 


Dacne  japonica. 

Dacne  japonica,  Crotch,  Eut.  Mon.  Mag.  ix.  p.  188  (1873). 

This  species  is  not  very  common,-  it  has  been  taken  at 


56  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  ErotylidaB  from  Japan. 

Nagasaki,  Nikko,  and  Sapporo.  It  varies  in  size  from  3 to 
4^  millim. 

Dacne  picta, 

Dacnepicta,  Crotch,  1.  c.  p.  188  (1873). 

Common  at  Nagasaki  and  near  Yokohama.  Found  under 
the  bark  of  Planera  in  winter. 

Dacne  zonaria. 

Elongato-ovalis,  nigra,  nitida ; elytris  macula  humerali  tarsisque 

rufis.  L.  3|  mill. 

Densely  black  and  shining ; head  and  thorax  sparsely  and 
somewhat  coarsely  punctate,  the  latter  strongly  marginate 
laterally ; elytra  punctate-striate,  with  punctures  in  lines 
down  the  interstices,  punctures  rather  finer  than  those  of 
thorax,  one  red  belt,  oblique,  touching  the  edge  only  at  the 
humeral  prominence  at  the  base,  leaving  a black  margin  both 
at  external  and  sutural  edges ; the  hamate  pattern,  so  com- 
mon in  the  family,  is  rather  broad  at  the  scutellum.  The 
antennae,  sometimes  obscurely  reddish  at  the  base,  are  some- 
what long  and  the  club  somewhat  free  ; the  tarsi  and  knees 
are  reddish.  Beneath,  the  head  and  prosternum  are  coarsely 
and  rather  rugosely  punctured  ; the  intercoxal  lines  reach 
the  base  of  the  prosternum  ; the  mesosternum  is  rather  finely 
punctured. 

The  colour  separates  this  species  from  the  other  Japanese 
species,  and  the  antennae  are  proportionally  longer,  with  the 
club  lax.  It  is  also  unlike  any  other  species  I know. 

Found  at  Kiga,  Miyanoshita,  and  Nikko  abundantly; 
Konose,  Fukushima,  and  Sapporo  are  other  localities  for  it. 

Dacne  fun gorum. 

Oblonga,  nigra,  nitida ; elytris  macula  humerali,  capite,  antennis 

pedibusque  rufis.  L.  3 mill. 

Oblong,  black  and  shining  ; head  and  thorax  sparsely  and 
rather  coarsely  punctate,  the  first  red,  the  latter  black,  with 
lateral  margin  obscurely  piceous  and  anteriorly  narrowly  con- 
colorous  with  head  ; elytra  punctate-striate,  interstices  some- 
wdiat  similarly  punctured,  with  a red  irregular  blotch  at  the 
humeral  angle  which  touches  the  edge  only  at  the  base; 
antennae,  legs,  and  tarsi  wholly  red.  Beneath,  the  prosternum 
is  very  minutely  rugose  and  punctured  somewhat  similarly  to 
the  metasternum  ; the  intercoxal  or' prosternal  striae  advance 
anteriorly  a little  beyond  the  coxae,  and  posteriorly  touch 


57 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidgey/’om  Japan. 

the  base  of  the  prosternum  ; the  mesosternum  is  more 
coarsely  punctured,  and  the  abdomen  is  piceous.  One  speci- 
men, evidently  a variety,  is  obscurely  4-maculate. 

This  insect  is  relatively  much  broader  than  D.  zonaria  ; the 
humeral  spot  agrees  fairly  well  with  that  of  D.  hipustulata^ 
Thunb.,  from  Europe  and  Siberia,  but  it  is  larger  and 
broader. 

I have  only  six  specimens  of  this  species — five  (including 
the  variety)  from  Nikko,  the  other  from  Horobetzu,  in  Yezo. 

Microsternus. 

Microsternusj  Lewis,  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  xxiv.  p.  3 (1887). 

F orm  rather  elongate,  convex ; eyes  granulate,  moderately 
prominent ; thorax  with  large  punctures,  leaving  a space  in 
front  of  the  scutellum  smooth  ; elytra  finely  punctate-striate, 
pattern  varied  ; antennse  rather  robust,  second  and  third  joints 
nearly  same  length,  fourth  to  eighth  moniliform,  all  same 
length,  eighth  rather  thicker,  the  club  is  compressed  and 
oval ; last  joint  of  maxillary  palpus  but  little  enlarged  ; pro- 
sternum coarsely  sculptured  at  sides,  with  the  central  process 
raised,  marginate  and  triangular,  the  median  area  more  or 
less  smooth  ; the  mesosternum  is  very  transverse,  and,  except 
under  a high  power,  looks  like  a margin  to  the  metasternum ; 
tarsi  distinctly  five-jointed,  the  fourth  smaller  than  the 
third,  and  not  padded.  In  two  species,  M.  Ulkei  and  higonius^ 
the  thorax  is  laterally  sulcate,  the  furrow  being  deepest 
anteriorly. 

Microsternus  perforatus^  Lewis. 

Microsternus  perforatus,  Lewis,  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  xxiv.  p.  3 (1887). 

Episcaplia  perforata,  Lewis,  1.  c.  p.  140  (1883). 

Very  similar  to  M.  Crotchi ; it  is  larger  and  darker  in 
colour,  and  the  fasciae  are  more  defined,  with  the  branch  that 
spreads  upwards  round  the  hamate  pattern  narrower,  and  the 
humeral  spot  is  larger  and  more  rotundate.  As  in  M.  tricolor 
and  Crotchi  the  thorax  is  simply  marginate  at  the  sides,  not 
sulcate. 

Taken  on  Oyayama  and  at  Yuyama,  in  Higo.  Two 
specimens. 

Microsternus  Crotchi, 

Elongato-ovatus,  piceo-hrunneus,  capite  tenui  et  parce  pimctato; 

thorace  utrinque  parum  grosse  punctato,  ante  scutellum  Isevi ; 

elytris  tenuiter  punctato-striatis,  transversim  bifasciatis ; antennis 

pcdibusque  obscure  nigris.  L.  5 mill. 


58  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidaeyro^w  Japan, 

Head  irregularly  punctate,  with  two  oblique  impressions 
between  the  antennae ; thorax  marginate  laterally,  coarsely 
punctate,  somewhat  densely  at  the  sides,  sparsely  in  the 
middle,  with  a transverse  space  before  the  scutellum  smooth  ; 
the  elytra  are  finely  punctate-striate,  the  interstices  with 
smaller  punctures  scattered  irregularly  ; at  the  base  there 
is  a broad  yellowish  fascia,  which  leaves  a humeral  spot,  and 
the  usual  hamate  pattern  beliind  the  scutellum,  black,  and 
another  before  the  apex,  which  leaves  the  suture  and  outer- 
edge  black.  Beneath,  the  sternal  plates  are  similar  to  those 
of  M.  tricolor^  as  noted  below. 

Two  specimens,  from  Nishimura  in  Yamato,  are  all  I 
obtained. 


Microsternus  tricolor. 

Elongato-ovatiis,  obscure  rufo-brunneus,  capite  thoraceque  parce 
puuctatis;  elytris  tenuiter  piinctato-striatis,  interstitiis  inconspicue 
puncticulatis,  luteo-fasciatis ; pedibus  brumieis ; anteimis  infus- 
catis.  L.  4 mill. 

Head  and  thorax  irregularly  and  sparsely  punctate,  reddish 
brown  above,  but  darker  beneath,  marginate  at  the  sides ; 
elytra  with  a black  humeral  spot  surrounded  by  a yellow 
band,  which  is  narrow  at  the  outer  edge,  but  posteriorly  about 
as  broad  as  the  black  spot ; in  the  middle  of  the  elytra  is  a 
broad  irregular  black  band  which,  on  reaching  the  fourth 
'Stria,  becomes  concolorous  with  the  head  and  thorax,  and  at 
the  second  stria  extends  up  to  the  scutellum  ; before  the  apex 
is  a second  black  band  with  even  edges,  and  it  is  separated 
from  the  central  band  by  a yellow  fascia,  broadest  at  fourth 
stria ; apex  reddish  yellow.  The  prosternal  process  is  trian- 
gular, marginate  and  impunctate ; the  sides  of  the  pro- 
sternum are  thickly  and  coarsely  granulate;  mesosternum 
inconspicuous. 

I obtained  five  examples  at  Yuyama,  in  Higo,  in  May 
1881. 


Microsternus  Mgonius, 

Oblongo-ovatus,  piceus ; thorace  rufo  maculate ; elytris  punctato- 
striatis,  rufis,  nigro  6-maculatis ; antennis  pedibusque  rufo- 
brunneis.  L.  2|  mill. 

Head  and  thorax  with  large  scattered  punctures,  first  wholly 
piceous,  second  with  a longitudinal  reddish  mark  on  each  side 
on  the  disk  in  a line  behind  the  eyes  ; the  thorax  has  a 
broad,  raised,  lateral  margin,  parallel  to  which  is  a somewhat 
deep  furrow ; in  front  of  the  scutellum  is  a crenulate  arched 
line  (corresponding  a little  to  the  lines  common  in  Abrcei)^ 


59 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidge/rom  Japan. 

which  divides  the  smooth  space  from  the  punctate  portion  ; 
the  elytra  are  red,  with  a black  spot,  not  well  defined,  at  the 
humeral  angle,  a second  larger  and  formed  as  a band  near  the 
middle,  commencing  in  the  interstice  of  the  second  and  third 
striae  and  touching  the  outer  edge,  a third,  the  size  of  the 
humeral  one,  on  the  disk  before  the  apex,  covering  the  space 
from  the  second  to  the  fifth  stria,  the  interstices  are  incon- 
spicuously punctured  and  the  scutellum  is  semicircular  and 
smooth. 

The  smooth  space  before  the  scutellum  has  been  given 
as  a generic  character,  and  in  the  present  insect  the  punc- 
tures bordering  it  are  obliterated  posteriorly,  which  gives 
an  appearance  as  of  a crenulate  arch  ; the  sides  of  the  thorax 
are  more  deeply  sulcate  than  in  Microsternus  Ulkei^  Crotch. 

This  very  peculiar  insect  is  unfortunately  unique.  It  was 
taken  at  Yuyama,  in  Higo,  June  1881. 

Megalodacne  hellulaj  Lewis. 

Megalodacne  hellula,  Lewis,  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  xx.  p.  139  (1883),  xxiv. 
p.  3 (1887)  (sterna  figured). 

In  fungi  on  the  beech. 

The  following  genus  has  the  prosternal  keel  broad  and  ill- 
defined,  and  only  visible  between  the  coxm  : — 

Encaustes  prcenohiliSj  Lewis. 

Encaustes  prcBnohilis,  Lewis,  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  xx.  p.  139  (1883). 

Found  in  the  beech-forests  of  all  the  islands. 

In  the  two  following  genera  there  is  no  prosternal  keel : — 

Episcapha  Fortunei,  Crotch. 

Episcapha  Fortunei,  Crotch,  1.  c.  p.  188  (1873),  p.  140  (1883). 

On  fungi  on  Abies  only ; fairly  common. 

Episcapha  Gorhami^  Lewis. 

Episcapha  Gorhami,  Lewis,  1.  c.  p.  140  (1883). 

Abundant  in  the  elevated  forests. 

Episcapha  taishoensis^  Lewis. 

Episcapha  taishoensis,  Lewis,  1.  c.  p.  79  (1874),  p.  140  (1883). 

Found  in  Yezo  in  1880  and  in  Higo  in  1881  ,*  it  is  not 
rare. 


60 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidasyrow  Japan, 


Episcapha  liamata^  Lewis. 

Episcapha  hamata,  Lewis,  1.  c.  p.  140  (1883). 

Not  found  by  myself. 

Kenania. 

Antennse  as  long  as  the  head  and  thorax ; first  joint  stout  and 
short,  second  and  fourth  to  seventh  moniliform  and  equal  in 
length,  third  one  half  longer  than  fourth,  eighth  very  slightly 
triangular,  ninth  and  tenth  compressed  and  transversely  trian- 
gular, eleventh  rotundate,  the  last  three  forming  a rather 
lax  club;  maxillary  palpi  short  and  not  dilated;  head 
moderate,  with  eyes  slightly  prominent,  and  rather  coarsely 
granulate ; thorax  about  one  third  wider  than  long,  with 
anterior  angles  a little  produced  ; elytra  about  four  times  as 
long  as  the  thorax,  subparallel ; scutellum  transverse ; legs 
rather  long  ; fourth  joint  of  tarsus  very  small.  Prosternum 
marginate  at  the  cox86  only,  widening  out  anteriorly  without 
a keel  or  raised  portion.  I do  not  see  any  sexual  differences ; 
the  mesosternum  is  rather  large,  and  is,  with  the  prosternum, 
formed  much  as  in  Episcapha^  near  to  which  genus  Renania 
may  be  placed.  The  name  of  the  brilliant  French  litterateur 
has  been  adopted. 


Renania  atrocyanea. 

Subelongata,  atro-cyanea ; capito  thoraceque  sat  parce  punctulatis  ; 

elytris  punctato-striatis.  L.  6-6^  mill. 

Rather  elongate,  above  dark  cyaneous,  beneath  more 
obscure;  head  feebly  biimpressed  between  the  antennas, 
rather  more  thickly  punctured  before  than  behind ; thorax 
somewhat  similarly  punctured,  with  two  shallow  foveas  at  the 
base,  near  the  middle  of  each  elytron ; the  margin  has  a 
fine  stria  behind,  and  is  strongly  marginate  at  the  sides  ; the 
anterior  angles  are  a little  produced,  with  a small  and  very 
distinct  fovea  in  the  centre  of  the  interstice ; the  legs  are 
rather  elongate  and  simple  in  both  sexes. 

I obtained  eleven  examples  of  this  species  incidentally 
while  beating  brushwood  in  June,  but  could  not  trace  it  to 
any  fungus.  One  example  was  found  under  bark  on  Oyama 
in  December  1880;  Chiuzenji  and  Kashi wagi  are  the  other 
localities  for  it. 

Neoteiplax  (type  atrata^  Lewis). 

Antennse  about  the  length  of  the  thorax,  first  and  second 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  YiX0ty\\^2d  from  Japan,  61 

joints  short  and  stout,,  third  as  long  as  fourth  and  fifth 
together  and  more  slender,  fourth  to  eighth  moniliform, 
seventh  and  eighth  enlarging,  ninth  to  eleventh  transverse, 
compressed,  and  together  forming  an  oval  club  ; last  joint  of 
the  maxillary  palpus  triangularly  dilated  and  rather  robust ; 
head  robust ; eyes  very  moderately  prominent,  rather  coarsely 
granulate ; thorax  as  broad  again  as  the  length,  with  narrow 
reflexed  margins;  legs  in  male  rather  robust,  with  tarsi 
dilated,  first  and  second  joints  transversely  triangulate ; 
female,  legs  and  tarsi  slender.  Prosternum  marginate  before 
and  behind,  without  true  striae,  and  distinctly  constricted 
between  the  coxae ; mesosternum  wide  and  moderately 
transverse. 

Neotriplax  atrata, 

Oblongo-ovata,  convexiuscula,  nigra,  nitida,  parce  punctulata ; 
elytris  punctato-striatis,  interstitiis  punctulatis ; antennis  pedi- 
busque  nigris.  L.  mill. 

This  species  is  congeneric  with  and  very  similar  to  Cyrtotri- 
plax  Lewisiij  Crotch  ; but  it  is  larger  and  broader  and  wholly 
black.  Both  species  have  a semicircular  line  between  the 
antennae,  which  divides  the  epistoma  from  the  forehead.  The 
general  facies,  distinct  foliation  of  the  club  of  the  antennae, 
the  dilated  tarsi,  and  the  absence  of  true  prosternal  lines  are 
sufficient  to  remove  it  from  CyrtotriplaXj  of  which  genus 
hipustulataj  F.,  is  the  type. 

This  insect  was  found  not  uncommonly  in  localities  where 
the  beech  and  oak  grow  in  elevated  forests ; and  I obtained  it 
in  all  the  islands.  It  varies  much  in  size. 

Neotriplax  Lewisii, 

Cyrtotriplax  Lewisii,  Crotch,  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  ix.  p.  189  (1873). 

I once  found  this  in  great  profusion  at  Nagasaki  in  fungoid 
growth  on  rails,  as  recorded  by  Crotch.  In  1880  I found  it 
not  uncommonly  in  the  environs  of  Yokohama,  and  in  the 
autumn,  about  October  29th,  I saw  a large  assemblage  of  it 
near  Nikko. 

Neotriplax  hiplagiata, 

Ovata,  nigra,  nitida,  macula  hiimerali  sanguinea ; elytris  punctato- 
striatis,  interstitiis  puncticulatis.  L.  3|  mill. 

Densely  black,  except  the  antennae,  palpi,  and  humeral 
spot,  which  occupies  the  interstices  of  the  fifth,  sixth,  and 
seventh  striae,  but  does  not  touch  the  edge ; the  antennm  are 
piceous  and  the  palpi  flavous.  The  prosternum  is  rather 


62  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidsey/'om  Japan, 

broad  posteriorly,  narrowed  at  the  coxae,  the  striae  turn  out- 
wards at  the  coxae,  nearly  touching  the  sides  of  the  thorax  ; 
the  anterior  edge  of  the  prosternum  is  marginate.  The  antennae 
have  the  two  basal  joints  rather  large,  the  third  to  eighth 
small,  and  the  club  is  compressed  and  oblong-ovate. 

I took  an  example  at  Miyanoshita  and  a second  on  Oyama 
in  May  1880,  and  both  appear  from  the  tarsi  to  be  females. 

Neotriplax  palUdicincta, 

Ovata,  obscure  nigra,  nitida ; elytris  pallidicinctis ; antennis  pedi- 
busque  infuscatis.  L.  3^  mill. 

Head  rather  sparsely,  evenly  punctured,  thorax  with  fine 
punctures  on  the  disk  and  before  the  scutellum,  more  coarsely 
punctate  on  each  side  of  base ; elytra  punctate-striate,  inter- 
stices irregularly  puncticulate,  the  outer  edge  rather  broadly 
yellow,  the  band  being  double  the  breadth  at  the  humeral 
angle,  where  it  includes  the  fifth  stria,  and  the  band  widens 
again  before  the  apex  ; the  abdomen  is  pitchy  brown. 

This  and  the  preceding  species,  if  the  males  are  known  to 
me,  are  without  the  conspicuously  dilated  tarsi  seen  in  N,  atrata 
and  Lewisii]  but  1 do  not  consider  the  material  at  hand 
sufficient  to  decide  the  question.  The  prosternum  is  formed 
on  the  same  plan  in  the  four  species. 

Fukushima,  two  specimens,  July  1881,  also  probably 
females. 


Cyrtotriplax  sohrina. 

C.  consohrincB  proximo  affinis,  sed  paulo  major;  nigra,  nitida; 

antennis  pedibusque  nigris;  elytrorum  macula  sanguinea  tripartita. 

L.  4|-5miU. 

This  is  the  Japanese  representative  of  C.  consobrina  and  hi- 
pustulata.  The  punctuation  is  the  same,  but  the  red  elytral 
fascia  is  divided  into  three  parts;  a broad  sinuate  band, 
touching  the  outer  edge,  extends  inwards  to  the  second  stria, 
leaving  the  suture  black,  and  then  passes  upwards  to  the  base 
of  each  elytron,  occupying  the  space  of  the  interstices  between 
the  third  and  fifth  striae.  The  legs  and  tarsi  are  longer,  and 
the  tibiae,  especially  the  middle  pair,  more  dilated.  The 
prosternal  striae  are  hamate  anteriorly,  and  terminate  at  a 
point  distant  from  one  another.  In  C.  consobrina  the  pro- 
sternal  striae  tend  throughout  their  length  to  converge,  and  do 
nearly  meet  in  front. 

Cyrtotriplax  centralis. 

Ovata,  uigra,  nitida ; ore,  antennarum  funiculo  tarsisque  rufis  ; 


63 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidgej^^om  Japan. 

capite  parum  grosse  punctato,  utrinque  rufo ; scutello  nigro  ; 
elyfcris  basi  rufis,  apice  nigris,  in  medio  nigro-punctatis.  L.  4| 
mill. 

This  species  is  a true  Cyrtotriplax^  and  in  many  characters 
is  similar  to  G.  sohrina : the  thorax  is  much  less  wide,  the 
lateral  margin  more  robust ; the  club  of  the  antennse  alone  is 
black,  the  head  is  triangularly  black  in  front,  red  at  the  sides  ; 
the  elytra  are  red  at  the  base,  and  in  the  central  region  this 
colour  extends  halfway  down,  enclosing  a round  black  spot 
immediately  below  the  scutellum  ; at  the  sides  of  the  elytra 
the  black  colour  encroaches  on  the  red  to  the  middle  of  the 
fourth  interstice.  The  prosternum  is  rugosely  punctate,  with 
striaB  widely  separate  and  not  hamate  ; the  mesosternum  is 
red  at  base. 

Captured  between  Nikaido  and  Kashiwagi,  June  15,  1881. 

Cyrtotriplax  pantheriaa, 

Ovata,  rufo-testacea,  nigro  maculata  ; antennis  pedibusque  testaceis. 
L.  4i  miU. 

Eed ; head  and  thorax  somewhat  densely  punctate ; head 
with  a black  oblong  spot  between  the  eyes,  two  larger  spots  on 
thorax,  touching  its  base  at  centre  of  each  elytron ; scutellum 
black  ; elytra  with  two  large  black  transverse  spots  at  the  edge 
below  the  humeral  angle  and  two  spots  behind  the  scutellum, 
confluent  at  the  suture;  the  apical  portion  has  a very  wide 
irvegular  band  which  leaves  the  ends  of  the  elytra  alone  red. 
The  prosternal  lines  are  anteriorly  hooked  and  nearly  con- 
verge ; the  fore  part  of  the  prosternum  and  the  metasternum 
are  dark-coloured. 

A good  series  was  brought  from  Oyayama,  near  Kuma- 
moto, in  Higo,  June  1881,  by  a native  collector. 

Cyrtotriplax  latifasciata. 

Ovata,  nigra,  nitida,  capite  basi  rufo,  scutello  nigro ; elytris  late 
bifasciatis ; antennis  (basi  excepta)  pedibusque  nigris.  L.  3| 
mill. 

Black  and  shining  ; head  and  thorax  rather  finely  punctu- 
late,  former  transversely  red  at  base,  latter  wholly  black  ; the 
elytra  are  black,  with  a broad  fascia  at  the  base,  apically 
irregular,  broadest  between  fifth  and  sixth  striae,  narrowest  at 
third;  the  second  band  is  broadest  at  the  same  point,  the 
anterior  one  is  slightly  the  wider,  and  the  extremities  of  the 
elytra  are  reddish  ; the  posterior  line  of  the  posterior  red 
band  is  not  irregular ; the  legs  are  black,  with  the  tarsi  red. 


64  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylid^/ro?7i  Japan. 

The  prosternal  strias  are  turned  inwards  anteriorly,  but  are 
not  hamate,  and  are  widely  separate. 

Taken  in  Higo. 

Cyrtotriplax  nigropunctata, 

Ovata,  nigra,  nitida,  punctata ; ore,  antennarum  funiculo  tarsisque 

piceis;  elytris  rufis,  apice,  punctis  regioneque  scutellari  nigris. 

L.  3|  mill. 

Black  ; head  rather  more  coarsely  punctured  than  thorax ; 
elytra  red,  with  a large  semicircular  spot  round  the  scutellum 
and  two  small  spots  transversely  placed  to  each  other  before 
the  middle  of  each  elytron,  one  on  the  elytral  edge,  the  other 
on  the  fifth  and  sixth  stride,  black ; the  apices  of  the  elytra 
for  about  one  third  of  their  length  are  also  black,  the  pattern 
ending  in  two  semicircular  edges,  divided  into  two  parts  at 
the  fifth  stria.  The  prosternal  striae  curve  inwards  anteriorly, 
but  are  widely  separate  from  each  other. 

I took  this  at  Miyanoshita  in  May  1880. 

Cyrtotriplax  palUdiventris, 

Ovata,  nigra,  nitida,  ore  abdomineque  rufo-testaceis.  L.  4 mill. 

Ovate,  black  and  shining ; head  and  thorax  rather  thickly 
punctured,  and  seen  under  the  microscope  to  be  minutely 
strigose ; base  of  the  head  obscurely  pitchy  red ; the  elytra 
very  distinctly  punctate-striate,  with  the  interstices  nearly 
smooth ; the  legs  are  rather  robust.  Beneath,  the  pro-  and 
mesosternum  are  rugosely  punctate,  the  fourth  posterior  seg- 
ment of  the  abdomen  reddish  yellow ; the  prosternal  lines 
continue  narrowly  round  the  base,  and  gradually  approach 
each  other  anteriorly,  but  owing  to  the  rugose  surface  it  is 
difficult  to  see  whether  they  meet  or  not. 

I ca])tured  three  examples  near  the  waterfall  at  Chiuzenji, 
Aug.  22,  1881. 

Cyrtotriplax  cencJiris, 

Late  ovata,  rufa ; elytris  apice  infuscatis,  antice  nigro  4-maculatis. 

L.  2|-3  mill. 

Bather  broadly  ovate,  red  ; head  punctate,  thoracic  punc- 
tures finer  and  more  scattered ; elytra  wholly  punctate,  the 
strige  being  indistinct  owing  to  a similar  sculpture  of  the 
interstices ; each  elytron  has  two  black  spots  (smaller  and 
larger  in  different  specimens),  one  below  the  humeral  angle, 
with  the  second  posterior  to  it,  the  apex  being  infuscate,  as 
though  a third  spot  were  obsolete ; round  the  two  black  spots 
the  colour  is  sometimes  yellowish,  giving  a tricolour  appear- 


65 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotjlidseyrom  Japan, 

ance  to  the  specimens  but  this  is  not  always  the  case  ; the 
club  of  the  antennas  is  infuscate.  Beneath  the  body  is  wholly 
red,  and  anteriorly  the  prosternal  lines  are  widely  separate 
and  very  slightly  bent  inwards.  Legs  red  and  not  robust. 

I took  a small  series  at  Fukushima,  July  28,  1881,  one  at 
Kashiwagi  in  June,  and  later  I received  it  from  Higo. 

Cyrtotriplax  macuUfrons, 

Late  ovata,  nigra,  nitida  ; capite  basi  transversim  riifo ; elytris 
distincte  puncfcato-striatis,  interstitiis  sparsim  punctulatis,  rufis, 
antice  bimaculatis,  postice  fasciis  duabus  latis  communibus ; 
antennarum  funiculo  tarsisque  rufis.  L.  3-3|  mill. 

Bather  broadly  ovate,  black ; head  and  thorax  equally 
punctured,  the  first  red  between  the  eyes,  the  second  wholly 
black ; scutellum  and  elytra  red,  latter  with  two  large,  rather 
transverse,  black  spots  before  the  middle  and  beginning 
inwardly  in  the  centre  of  the  second  interstice,  and  covering 
five  strias,  before  the  apex  is  a large  black  spot  common  to 
both  elytra,  being  joined  at  the  suture,  which  leaves  the  apex 
and  a narrow  marginal  space  red.  Beneath,  all  the  abdominal 
segments  are  red  ; the  prosternum  is  broad  at  the  base,  the 
striae  leaving  a triangular  space,  widest  at  base  ; anteriorly  the 
striae  are  incurved,  but  terminate  moderately  apart. 

Found  on  Oyama,  May  25,  1880,  and  two  others  came 
from  Higo  in  the  spring  of  the  following  year. 

Cyrtotriplax  discalis. 

Ovata,  nigra,  nitida  ; antennis  tarsisque  piceis,  scutello  rufo ; elytris 
punctate- striatis,  interstitiis  subtiliter  punctulatis,  rufis,  posticis 
disci  late  nigris.  L.  3-3|  mill. 

Ovate,  black ; head  more  coarsely  punctured  than  thorax, 
the  latter  with  punctures  much  scattered,  and  under  the  micro- 
scope the  surface  is  seen  to  possess  a minute  mosaic-like 
sculpture  ; the  elytra  are  red  at  the  base  for  nearly  one  third 
of  their  length,  when  the  disk  posteriorly  becomes  black, 
leaving  only  a narrow  margin  red.  Beneath,  the  surface  is 
sculptured  minutely,  like  the  thorax;  the  last  segments  of 
the  abdomen  have  reddish  margins ; the  mesosternum  more 
transverse  than  usual  in  the  genus ; prosternal  striae  straight 
at  sides  and  anteriorly  slightly  turned  inwards. 

Taken  at  Nikko  and  Kashiwagi.  Two  examples  only. 

Cyrtotriplax  rujlpennis, 

Ovata,  nigra,  nitida;  elytris  rufis,  distincte  punctato-striatis, 
interstitiis  subtiliter  punctulatis  ; subtus  abdomine  marginal!  tes- 
taceo.  L.  4 mill. 

Black ; head  and  thorax  sparsely  and  not  coarsely  punc- 
Ann.  & Mag,  N,  Hist,  Ser.  5.  Vol,  xx.  5 


66  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidseyrom  Japan. 

fate,  tlie  first  narrowly  red  at  base,  both  very  minutely  strigose 
under  a high  power,  the  second  with  lateral  margins  piceous  ; 
scutellum  and  elytra  red,  the  latter  distinctly  punctate-striate  ; 
interstices  with  fine,  somewhat  irregular  punctures,  although 
sometimes  appearing  to  be  set  in  rows  ; first  three  joints  of 
antennm  and  club  piceous,  intermediate  joints  sometimes 
and  tarsi  always  reddish.  Prosternum  rather  rugose,  strigs 
straight,  turned  inwards  anteriorly,  but  fairly  wide  apart ; 
abdominal  segments  two  to  five  margined  with  yellow 
posteriorly. 

Three  examples,  on  Kakuwayama,  near  Hitoyoshi,  May  3, 
1881. 

Cyrtotriplax  niponensiSj  Lewis. 

Cyrtotriplax  niponemis^  Lewis,  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  xi.  p.  78  (1874). 

This  species  is  wholly  black,  except  the  base  of  the  an- 
tennae, the  palpi,  and  coxae,  which  are  pitchy  red.  The  pro- 
sternal  lines  are  slightly  curved  at  the  tips.  It  varies  in  size 
from  3 to  4 millim.,  and  occurs  commonly  at  Nikko  and 
Miyanoshita;  and  I obtained  it  also  sparingly  in  all  the 
islands,  including  Sado.  Reitter  records  it  from  Siberia. 

Cyrtotriplax  soUvaga. 

Ovata,  nigra,  nitida,  ore  antennisque  piceis ; elytris  in  medio 

obscure  rufo-punctatis.  L.  4|  mill. 

Black  ; head  and  thorax  evenly  and  somewhat  sparsely 
punctured  (minutely  strigose  under  microscope) ; elytra  rather 
strongly  punctate-striate,  with  interstices  very  finely  and 
sparsely  puncticulate.  Below  the  humeral  angle  on  the  sixth 
stria  there  is  an  obscure  reddish  spot.  Prosternal  process 
raised  and  triangular,  the  stria  meeting  at  the  anterior  edge, 
thus  A,  completely  enclosing  the  space  between  ; and  this 
last  character  will  distinguish  it  from  any  other  Japanese 
species  at  present  known. 

I obtained  this  in  the  beech-forest  to  the  south  of  the  lake 
at  Hakone,  April  23,  1880. 

Cyrtotriplax  circumeincta. 

Late  ovata,  nigra,  nitida,  punctata ; elytris  parum  latis,  flavo-rufis ; 

antennis  pedibusque  nigris.  L.  4 mill. 

Black  and  shining  ; head  and  thorax  somewhat  densely 
but  not  coarsely  punctate,  minutely  strigose  (very  distinctly 
so  under  microscope)  ; elytra  punctate-striate,  interstices 
wholly  punctulate,  at  the  base,  outside  the  fourth  stria,  red, 
after  the  middle  this  red  margin  narrows  to  the  seventh  stria. 
Beneath,  the  anterior  portion  of  the  metasternum  and  first 
segment  of  abdomen  are  transversely  red;  the  four  poste- 


67 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotjlidse/rom  Japan, 

rior  segments  of  the  latter  are  also  red  ; the  prosternal  pro- 
cess is  rather  raised  in  front,  and  the  striae  resemble  those  of 
C.  niponensis. 

Three  specimens,  taken  at  Miyanoshita,  May  1880. 

Cyrtotriplax  tripartiaria. 

Ovata,  nigra,  nitida,  ore  antennisque  piceo-rufis  ; capito  thoraceque 
parum  dense  punctatis ; scutello  rnfo ; elytris  antice  rufis, 
postice  nigris.  L.  4 mill. 

Black,  shining ; thorax  evenly  and  somewhat  densely 
punctate ; scutellum  smooth  and  red ; elytra,  base  wholly 
red,  apex  wholly  black,  each  colour  occupying  about  half  the 
elytra!  area  ; behind  the  scutellum  the  black  encroaches  on 
the  red,  at  the  fifth  stria  and  outer  edge  the  red  encroaches  on 
the  black.  Beneath,  the  sides  of  the  abdomen  are  broadly  red, 
also  the  tarsi ; the  prosternal  lines  are  anteriorly  hamate. 

I possess  four  specimens  from  Higo. 

Cyrtotriplax  basalts. 

Breviterovata,  nigra,  nitida;  antennis  pedihusque  dilutioribus,  capito 
basi  rnfo  thoraceque  parum  dense  punctatis ; scutello  nigro  ; 
elytris  basalibus  rufis,  punctato-striatis,  interstitiis  obscure  punc- 
ticulatis;  tibiis  robustis.  L.  3|  mill. 

Black  and  shining  ; head  and  thorax  evenly  and  somewhat 
densely  punctured ; neck  reddish  ; elytra  punctate-striate, 
punctures  rather  fine,  interstices  very  finely  puncticulate ; the 
region  behind  the  scutellum  is  piceous  to  the  breadth  of  one 
interstice ; after  the  first  stria  a red  band  begins,  which 
widens  out  on  the  interstices  on  each  side  of  the  fifth  stria 
and  touches  the  outer  edge.  Beneath,  the  elytral  fold  is  red 
at  the  humeral  angle,  and  the  anterior  edge  of  the  prosternum 
is  transversely  obscure  yellow ; the  prosternum  is  minutely 
rugosely  strigose,  the  sculpture  assuming  the  mosaic  form  on 
the  metasternum  ; the  prosternal  lines  are  bent  inward  at  their 
apex. 

I swept  one  example  of  this  very  distinct  species  onOyama, 
May  24,  1880. 

The  following  species  have  black  or  blue- black  elytra  and 
the  thorax  wholly  red  or  nearly  so,  and  superficially  appear 
to  be  like  an  ordinary  Triplax  except  in  being  convex  : — 

Cyrtotriplax  similis, 

Oblongo-ovata,  rufa,  nitida ; elytris  nigris,  punctato-striatis ; anten- 
nis  basi  pedibusque  rufis.  L.  5 mill. 

Bed  ; head  and  thorax  sparsely  and  rather  evenly  punctured, 
the  punctures  at  the  base  of  the  head  being  relatively  large  ; 
the  scutellum  is  obscurely  red,  broadly  margined  at  the  sides 
with  black ; the  elytra  are  somewhat  finely  punctate-striate, 

5* 


68  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidae /rom  Japan. 

with  interstices  finely  and  sparsely  punctulate ; the  antennae 
have  the  basal  joints  red,  five  to  eight  darker  and  the  club 
blackish  ; legs  red,  with  the  tibiae  rather  robust,  the  middle 
pair  angulated  at  the  base.  Beneath  wholly  red  ; prosternum 
with  six  or  seven  punctures,  with  the  stria  slightly  curved 
anteriorly. 

I took  only  five  examples  at  Nikko  and  Kashi wagi. 

Cyrtotriplax  rujtcorms. 

Oblongo-ovata,  capite  elytrisque  nigris  ; antennis  pedihusque  rufis. 

L.  4|  mill. 

Head  and  thorax  evenly  and  sparsely  punctured,  punctures  at 
the  base  of  the  head  not  large,  as  they  are  in  C.  similis ; head, 
elytra,  meso-  and  metasterna  black,  the  rest  red  ; the  prosternal 
lines  are  very  long  and  nearly  touch  the  anterior  edge ; the  pro- 
sternal  process  is  somewhat  raised  and  truncate  in  front ; the 
tibise  are  not  robust  or  angulate,  as  in  the  last  species. 

One  example  taken  at  Nikko  and  another  at  Kashiwagi. 

Cyrtotriplax  connectens. 

Oblongo-ovata,  capite  elytrisque  nigris,  pedibus  flavis.  L.  3|  mill.' 

Head  and  thorax  sparsely  and  evenly  punctate,  head  black, 
antennae  red  with  club  infuscate ; thorax  red,  narrowly  black 
behind  the  neck  and  in  front  of  the  scutellum ; scutellum  and 
elytra  black,  latter  punctate-striate,  the  interstices  with  well- 
marked  punctures,  often  in  rows.  Beneath,  the  thorax  is  red 
with  infuscate  base ; abdomen  bro'adly  margined  with  obscure 
yellow,  the  rest  black  ; prosternal  lines  anteriorly  very  fine  and 
disappearing  gradually  in  front  of  the  coxge ; the  mesosternum 
has  a few  large  punctures ; metasternum  with  finer  and  more 
numerous  punctures ; legs  and  palpi  yellow,  former  not  ro- 
bust. 

Ikenchaiya,  June  22,  1881. 

The  specific  name  is  chosen  because  the  species  leads  out  of 
Cyrtotriplax  into  Triplax.  Triplax  gracilenta  is  a very  similar 
species  to  this,  and  I am  not  sure,  when  a fair  revision  of  the 
family  is  made,  the  two  genera  will  be  declared  distinct. 

Thus  it  appears  from  the  material  now  at  hand  that  Cyrto- 
triplax has  species  which  link  it  very  closely  with  Triplax ; 
in  other  words,  it  may  be  said  that  the  convexity  of  the  forms 
in  the  first  genus  is  not  always  pronounced. 

Triplax  gracilenta. 

Triplax  gracilenta^  Solsky,  Deutsche  ent.  Zeit.  p,  23  (1879). 

Triplax  sihirica^  Crotch,  Revis.  p.  90. 

Oblongo-ovata ; thorace  flavo,  antice  et  postice  anguste  infuscato  ; 

antennis  pedibusque  flavis.  L.  3|  mill. 

Head  black,  punctate  ; thorax  flavous,  with  a narrow  band 


69 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidge/row  Japan, 

before  tlie  scutellum  and  another  behind  the  neck,  infuscate ; 
punctures  of  thorax  finer  on  the  disk  than  on  the  sides  ; scutel- 
lum black,  with  a very  few  minute  punctures  ; elytra  punctate- 
striate,  interstices  irregularly  punctate,  punctures  most  visible 
between  the  suture  and  the  first  stria. 

Monsieur  Hiller  obtained  this  at  Hagi,  near  Shimonoseki, 
and  I took  six  specimens  from  a fungus  on  Salix,  at  Nowata, 
June  22,  1880. 

Triplax  devia. 

Oblongo-ovata,  nigra ; thorace  rufo,  antice  et  postice  rotunde  nigro 
maculato ; antennis  tarsisque  infuscatis.  L.  3|-4  mill. 

Head  red,  with  clypeus  and  spot  before  the  neck  (often 
covered  by  thorax)  infuscate;  punctures  rather  large  and 
sometimes  ocellate,  surface  very  minutely  strigose ; thorax 
rather  evenly  punctate,  but  punctures  largest  at  the  sides  ; 
behind  the  neck  and  in  front  of  tlie  scutellum  are  two  large 
round  black  spots ; elytra  punctate-striate,  interstices  irre- 
gularly and  finely  punctate.  Beneath,  the  prosternum  is  rugose 
and  punctate,  black  between  the  coxae,  raised  in  the  middle 
and  slightly  acute  in  front,  lines  incurved  anteriorly  or  bent, 
being  difficult  to  see  owing  to  the  rugosity  of  the  surface;  meso- 
sternum  with  a variolous  sculpture  ; abdomen,  segments  very 
minutely  sculptured  throughout,  with  fair-sized  punctures 
interspersed,  and  in  the  three  median  segments  the  punctures 
are  arranged  in  transverse  bands. 

Abundant  at  Hitoyoshi,  May  3,  1881.  Taken  also  at 
Nikko  and  Miyanoshita  not  uncommonly. 

Triplax  ainonia, 

Oblongo-ovata,  subopaca,  dense  punctata ; thorace  flavo,  antice  et 
postice  in  medio  infuscato ; antennis  (clava  excepta)  pedibusque 
flavis.  L.  3-3|  mill. 

Above  a little  opaque  and  densely  punctate ; head  and 
elytra  obscurely,  not  intensely,  black ; the  thorax  is  yellow, 
with  a transverse  antescutellar  spot  fuscous,  and  a similarly 
coloured  maculation  behind  the  head,  which  is  characteristic 
because  posteriorly  much  narrowed  in  the  middle  ; the  scutel- 
lum is  blackish  with  seven  or  eight  punctures  ; the  elytra  are 
punctate-striate,  and  all  the  interstices  distinctly  punctate,  the 
punctures  composing  the  strise  not  varying  much  in  size  from 
those  of  the  interstices.  Beneath,  the  prosternal  process  is  a little 
raised,  but  the  strise  do  not  go  much  beyond  the  coxae  and 
terminate  gradually.  On  the  pro-  and  mesosternum  the 
punctuation  is  rather  large ; the  metasternum  is  minutely 
strigose  (when  seen  under  a high  power)  and  sparsely  punc- 
tate ; the  abdominal  segments  are  also  densely  punctate . 


70  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylid8e/Vo??i  Japan. 

The  coloration  is  very  similar  indeed  to  that  of  the  last 
species,  but  it  is  readily  known  by  the  punctuation. 

1 took  some  specimens  from  a fungus  growing  out  of  the 
lintel  of  an  Aino  hut  near  Shiraoi,  and  I have  other  examples 
from  Sapporo  and  various  places  in  South  Yezo,  and  I think 
it  is  common  in  that  district ; but  my  visit  to  this  Japanese 
Ultima  Thule  was  of  short  duration. 

Triplax  suffiava. 

Oblonga,  pallide  testacea ; antennis  pedibusque  subinfuscatis.  L. 

4|  mill. 

Pale  yellow,  head  sparsely  but  coarsely  punctured ; thorax 
with  coarse  punctures  at  the  base  on  each  side,  with  fine  o nes 
in  front  of  the  scutellum.  The  punctures  forming  the  elytral 
strise  are  also  large,  interstices  less  coarsely  punctate,  punc- 
tures placed  in  irregular  rows,  the  apical  disk  of  the  elytra  is 
suffused  with  a brownish  colour;  the  scutellum  is  smooth.  The 
last  nine  joints  of  the  antenna  are  brownish,  and  the  apical 
joint  of  the  palpus  is  so  transverse  that  its  breadth  equals 
the  length  of  the  first  eight  joints  of  the  antenna.  The  pro- 
sternum has  no  proper  lateral  lines  or  strige,  but  the  coxai  are 
marginate. 

Three  examples,  taken  variously  at  Nikko,  Ghiuzenji,  and 
on  the  road  to  Shingu  in  Yamato. 

Triplax  Icetahilis. 

Oblonga,  nigra,  nitida ; elytris  punctato-striatis,  interstitiis  teniiiter 

punctatis  ; antennis  pedibusque  in  totum  testaceis.  L.  3^  mill. 

Black  and  very  shining ; elytra  punctate-striate,  interstices 
faintly  punctured;  legs,  palpi,  and  antennse  testaceous,  the 
latter  somewhat  abbreviated  and  robust,  six  to  eight  joints 
being  slightly  transverse.  Beneath,  the  prosternum  is  almost 
impunctate,  the  prosternal  process  is  raised,  widest  at  base 
and  terminating  anteriorly  acutely,  the  lateral  lines  meet  in 
front  at  the  edge  of  the  prosternum.  The  mesosternum  is 
transverse,  almost  impunctate,  the  metasternum  is  angulate 
on  each  side  near  the  coxm  and  sparsely  puncticulate.  The 
abdominal  segments  are  microscopically  strigose  and  obscurely 
red,  except  the  basal  ones,  which  are  dark  at  the  sides. 

I obtained  one  example  by  a fortuitous  stroke  of  the 
sweeping-net  near  the  Ikenchaiya  in  Yamato,  June  22,  1881. 

Triplax  canalicollis, 

Oblongo-ovata,  nigra,  nitida,  punctata ; thorace  lateraliter  canalicu- 
late ; capite,  antennis  pedibusque  rufis.  L.  3|  mill. 

Black,  shining ; head,  legs,  palpi,  antennse  (which  are  very 
small)  and  four  apical  segments  of  abdomen  red ; the  thorax 


71 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidae /rom  Japan. 

is  fairly  punctured,  with  sides  distinctly  canaliculate.  The 
punctures  are  large  on  the  prosternum  and  the  surface  rather 
rugose  ; the  lateral  striae  do  not  pass  anteriorly  beyond  the 
coxae,  where  they  are  a little  incurved  at  right  angles.  The 
abdomen  is  microscopically  strigose,  with  some  scattered  punc- 
tures. 

Four  specimens,  from  Hakodate,  Hitoyoshi,  and  Kashiwagi, 
localities  showing  a wide  distribution  for  the  species. 

Triplax  discicolUs. 

Elongato-oblonga,  nigra,  nitida ; thorace  flavo,  disco  infuscato  pedi- 

busque  flavis  ; antennis  basi  mfis.  L.  5 mill. 

Head  and  thorax  sparsely  but  rather  coarsely  punctured, 
the  first  black,  the  second  yellow  with  disk  largely  and  some- 
what irregularly  infuscate  (in  one  specimen  the  dark  disk  is 
longitudinal  only)  ; scutellum  impunctate  ; elytra  finely 
punctate- striate,  interstices  irregularly  and  somewliat  indis- 
tinctly puncticulate ; legs  pale ; antennae,  first  three  or 
four  joints  reddish,  the  rest  infuscate.  The  prosternum  has 
scattered  and  rather  coarse  punctures,  the  prosternal  lines 
terminating  immediately  before  the  coxae. 

In  general  coloration  this  species  is  similar  to  T.  amoena^ 
Solsky,  with  the  exception  of  the  elytra  and  abdomen,  which 
are  black.  In  T.  amoena  the  elytra  are  subcyaneous  and  the 
abdomen  red,  and  the  outline  is  somewhat  broadly  ovate. 

I obtained  only  five  examples  at  Miyanoshita  and  Kashi- 
wagi. 

Trip  lax  j apo  nica. 

Triplax  japonica,  Crotch,  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  ix.  1873,  p.  189. 

Oblonga,  laete  ferruginea,  antennis  (basi  excepta),  pectore  elytrisque 

nigris.” 

Additional  localities  for  this  species  are  Junsai,  Hakodate, 
Sendai,  Miyanoshita,  Kiga,  and  Hitoyoshi.  It  resembles 
rufipesJ' 

Triplax  atricapilla. 

Oblonga,  subparallela,  laete  rufa  ; capite,  antennis,  pedibus  elytrisque 

dimidio  apicali  nigris.  L.  6|  mill. 

This  fine  species  is  almost  the  same  in  colour  and  structure 
as  T.  apicata^  Crotch,  from  Assam.  The  only  differences  I see 
are  that  the  head  is  wholly  black  and  the  prosternal  lines  more 
parallel  in  T.  atricapilla. 

I found  one  at  Nara,  June  30,  1881,  and  afterwards  re- 
ceived four  specimens  from  Higo.  All  are  exactly  alike. 


72 


Mr.  Gr.  Lewis  on  Erotylidse  from  Japan. 


Eudj^monius. 

AntennsB  fine  and  slender,  the  length  of  the  thorax,  first 
joint  relatively  stout  and  short,  second  short  and  much  con- 
stricted before  the  middle,  third  somewhat  small  at  the  base  and 
not  so  long  as  fourth  and  fifth  together,  fourth  to  eighth 
moniliform,  sixth  to  eighth  smaller  than  two  preceding,  ninth 
to  eleventh  equal  in  length,  feebly  (they  are  almost  moniliform) 
dilated  and  not  closely  pressed  ; last  joint  of  maxillary  palpus 
very  transverse ; head  with  eyes  prominent,  not  coarsely 
granulate ; thorax  broader  than  long,  the  middle  of  the  base 
encroaching  on  the  region  of  the  scutellum ; elytra  sub- 
parallel, rather  convex,  with  eight  stride  ; a sutural  stria  ; legs 
rather  short,  tarsal  joints  one  to  three  equal  in  length  and 
breadth.  Prosternum  striate  between  the  coxse,  striae  touching 
the  base  ; mesosternum  moderately  large. 

^ . Epistoma  tuberculate  anteriorly  ; tibiae  robust,  anterior 
pair  strongly  rugose  on  the  inner  surface  ; tarsi  moderately 
dilated. 

$ . Epistoma  subconvex  ; head  smaller  than  in  male,  with 
the  eyes  more  prominent  ; the  legs  and  tarsi  also  are  more 
slender.  This  sex  is  much  smaller  than  the  male. 

The  genus  is  allied  to  Amhlyopus. 

Eudcemonius  tuherculifrons. 

Oblongo-ovatus,  parum  convexus  ; capite  nigro ; thorace  flavo,  ante 
scutellum  punctisque  quatuor  disci  nigris  ; elytris  punctato-striatis, 
pedibusque  nigris.  L.  5-8  mill. 

Oblong-ovate,  rather  convex  ,*  head,  antennse  (except  second 
joint,  which  is  pitchy  red) , elytra,  legs,  meso-  and  metasterna, 
and  base  of  prosternum  narrowly  black  ; thorax  flavous,  with 
four  black  spots  in  a transverse  line  and  a large  black  spot 
before  the  scutellum  ; head  and  thorax  somewhat  closely 
punctured,  the  latter  with  marginal  stride  on  all  sides  fine ; 
elytra  punctate-striate,  with  an  additional  sutural  stria  which 
does  not  touch  the  base ; the  interstitial  punctuation  is  fine  and 
scattered.  The  prosternum  is  somewhat  raised  in  the  centre, 
with  two  short  coxal  stride  ; the  mesosternum  is  proportioned 
much  as  in  Amhlyopus^  to  which  genus  Eudcemonius  is  appa- 
rently allied.  The  sexual  characters  as  given  above  are  very 
remarkable  and  conspicuous. 

I took  it  at  Miyanoshita  and  at  Chiuzenji,  abundantly  in 
fungi  on  old  cherry-trees,  in  May  and  June,  and  in  August  a 
few  specimens  at  Sapporo,  in  Yezo. 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Erotylidge/ro^TZ  Japan. 


73 


Aulacochilus  Bedell^  Harold. 

Aulacochihis  Bedeli,  Harold,  MT.  Miinclin.  ent.  Ver.  iv.  p.  170. 

This  species  was  first  taken  by  Hilgendorf  at  Nikko  ; I ob- 
tained it  in  Higo  early  in  June,  and  at  the  end  of  the  month 
not  uncommonly  at  Nara  and  Bukenji. 

Aulacochilus  japonicus^  Crotch. 

Aulacochilus  japonicus,  Crotch,  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  1873,  p.  189. 

On  my  second  visit  to  Japan  I found  this  insect,  as  above 
stated  (p.  54),  in  Kioto,  June  17,  1881,  and  other  examples 
at  Yokohama  and  Mayebashi. 

In  both  the  Japanese  species  of  this  genus,  the  prosternal 
stria3  terminate  before  the  coxae,  and  the  mesosternum  is  very 
widely  marginate  anteriorly. 

Satelia. 

Antennae  as  long  as  the  thorax,  first  joint  rather  large,  second 
smaller  and  round,  third  slightly  longer  than  fourth  and  fifth 
together,  third  to  eighth  of  nearly  the  same  thickness,  ninth  to 
eleventh  forming  an  oblong-ovate  club;  last  joint  of  maxil- 
lary palpus  robust  and  not  angular ; head  moderate  ; eyes  not 
prominent;  scutellum  cordate  ; prosternal  process  as  \w  Aulaco- 
chilus violaceus  (fig.  2,  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  xxiv.  p.  3,  1887)  ; 
the  mesosternum  has  a crenulate  arched  line  beginning  at  the 
base  and  anteriorly  crossing  the  centre.  The  general  facies 
of  this  genus  is  that  of  a small  Dacne^  but  the  tarsi  and  pro- 
sternum are  similar  to  those  of  Aulacochilus, 

Satelia  scitula. 

Oblongo-ovata,  subaeneo-nigra,  nitida,  capite  obscure  rufo ; elytris 

anticis  oblique,  apice  transversim  flavo-maculatis  ; antenuis  ob- 
scure rufis,  pedibus  rufo-testaceis.  L.  2|-2j  mill. 

Head  and  thorax  evenly  and  rather  finely  punctured,  the 
first  usually  red,  sometimes  piceous,  second  black  or  obscure 
aeneous  black  with  distinct  lateral  margins  ; the  elytra  are 
punctate-striate  with  the  interstices  vaguely  puncticulate,  the 
anterior  yellow  fascia  begins  before  the  middle  of  the  elytron 
between  the  first  and  second  stria  and  after  the  fourth  stria 
passes  up  to  the  humeral  angle,  the  posterior  band  is  trans- 
verse, leaving  the  suture  and  apex  black  ; the  arched  crenu- 
late stria  of  the  mesosternum  is  a very  striking  character ; the 
prosternum  in  front  of  the  anterior  coxse  has  large  subocellate 
punctures,  within  the  prosternal  lines  the  sculpture  is  rather 
rugose. 

I took  about  a dozen  examples  in  Higo  and  a few  in 
Yamato.  The  species  is  a little  variable  in  regard  to  the  size 
of  the  fasciae. 


74 


Bihliograpliical  Notice. 

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL  jS^OTICE. 

The  Agricultural  Pests  of  India,  and  of  Eastern  and  Southern  Asia, 
Vegetable  and  Animal,  injurious  to  Man  and  his  Products.  By 
Surgeon-General  Edwaed  Balfour.  Sm.  8vo.  London : B. 
Quaritch,  1887. 

When  a book  is  published  with  a benevolent  object  in  view  it 
becomes  a most  ungrateful  task  to  find  fault  with  it ; and  this 
unfortunately  is  what  we  have  to  do  in  the  case  of  the  little  volume 
whose  title  stands  at  the  head  of  this  notice.  Some  knowledge  of 
natural  history,  and  especially  of  entomology,  would  seem  to  be 
necessary  for  the  production  of  such  a book ; but  this  qualification 
apparently  is  not  possessed  by  the  author,  or  he  could  not  have 
committed  such  a series  of  blunders  as  he  is  here  guilty  of.  Thus, 
in  a list  of  enemies  of  the  coffee-plant  taken  from  Nietner,  he  has 
substituted  Coleoptera  for  Hemiptera  and  included  under  the  former 
head  three  Coccidse,  an  Aphis,  and  a Bug,  together  with  a Fungus 
(but  as  regards  the  last  Nietner  must  bear  a part  of  the  blame),  and 
then  converted  Kietner’s  Coleoptera  into  Orthoptera : Ancylonycha 
is  said  to  belong  to  the  Orthoptera,  although  it  produces  the 
“AVhiteGrub”  of  the  coffee-planters;  and  Heliothis  armigera  is 
referred  to  repeatedly  as  Orthopterous,  and  definitely  said  to  be 
“ one  of  the  Gryllidac,”  although  it  is  immediately  afterwards  said 
to  have  “ caterpillars  ” belonging  to  it,  which  “ pass  into  the  pupa 
and  perfect  form  ” within  the  capsules  of  the  poppy,  the  perfect 
form  being  a “ moth.” 

These  are  small  matters ; but  a better  idea  of  the  peculiar  fitness 
of  the  author  for  his  undertaking  may  be  formed  from  the  following 
account  of  animal  parasites  : — “ Animal  parasites,”  we  are  told, 
“ attack  man  and  other  animals.  Among  them  may  be  named 
Acari,  sp.,  the  Argas,  Ascarides,  Ancylostomum,  Bothriocephalus, 
Cysticerci,  Echinococci,  Filaria,  Fistularia,  flea,  flukes,  harvest-bug, 
Helmintha,  louse,  (Estridea,  Oxyurus,  Sarcoptus,  Spiroptera,  Stron- 
gylus.  Taenia,  Thecosoma,  tick,  Tricocephalus.  The  bites  of  all  are 
painful,  many  of  them  dangerous.^’  (The  italics  are  ours  ; fancy  the 
bite  of  an  Echinococcus  or  Cysticercus  !)  And  then  we  are  told  that 
“ there  are  at  least  other  six  orders  of  noxious  animals  which, 
though  so  called,  are  not  parasites,  but  which  have  a special  interest 
to  stock-owners  and  veterinary  practitioners,  \dz.  Nematoda,  Tre- 
matoda,  Cestoda,  Acanthocephala,  Diptera,  and  Trachearia.” 

Mr.  Balfour  mentions  two  entomologists  of  note  who  assisted  him 
in  the  preparation  of  his  book,  and  one  of  whom,  he  says,  “ revised 
nearly  the  whole  in  manuscript  and  the  proofs  as  they  passed  through 
the  press ; ” we  can  only  say  that  the  latter  gentleman  must  have 
contented  himself  with  a very  perfunctory  execution  of  the  task  he 
undertook. 

^Ye  should  hardly  have  devoted  so  much  space  to  the  considera- 
tion of  such  a work  as  this  but  for  the  fact  that  the  author  has  un- 
doubtedly hit  upon  a serious  want,  and  we  cordially  agree  with  Miss 
Ormerod  in  the  sentiments  she  expresses  in  a letter  to  the  author 
which  he  prints  in  his  “ Prefatory  Remarks.”  In  fact  no  one  can 


75 


Bibliographical  Notice. 

doubt  the  immense  importance  of  obtaining  a clear  and  definite 
knowledge  of  those  enemies  of  the  agriculturist  whose  ravages  are 
so  often  fatal  to  his  hopes,  and  by  calling  attention  to  the  want  of 
any  satisfactory  body  of  information  upon  the  injurious  organisms  of 
our  Indian  possessions  the  author  certainly  merits  the  thanks  of 
all  who  have  an  interest  in  such  matters.  In  the  few  opening 
pages  of  his  work  he  has  referred  to  several  exceedingly  interesting 
points  and  given  some  valuable  advice ; but  in  attempting  to  carry 
out  his  scheme  in  detail  he  has,  we  think,  entirely  mistaken  the 
course  to  be  pursued.  The  body  of  the  work  consists  of  a series  of 
articles,  many  of  them  very  short,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order, 
and  as  the  subjects  treated  of  are  generally  indicated  by  their  scien- 
tific names,  the  book  is  evidently  not  well  adapted  for  readers 
unacquainted  with  natural  history.  To  a certain  extent  this  diffi- 
culty is  got  over  by  means  of  a rather  copious  index  ; but  this  does 
not  seem  to  be  quite  complete,  and  a much  more  judicious  course 
with  regard  to  the  native  names  of  the  pests  described  would  have 
been  to  insert  them  in  their  places  with  cross-references  to  the 
articles  in  which  the  species  are  noticed.  Further,  we  are  told  in 
many  articles  that  the  creatures  referred  to  belong  to  this  or  that 
class  or  order,  but  without  any  indications  of  the  characters  by 
which  such  groups  are  distinguished,  although,  in  the  great  majority 
of  cases,  a rough  notion  of  these  distinctions  might  be  intelligibly 
given  in  very  few  words. 

In  fact  the  broad  defects  of  the  book  might  easily  be  remedied 
without  adding  seriously,  if  at  all,  to  its  bulk,  if  only  certain  per- 
fectly unnecessary  articles  were  omitted.  What  possible  ground 
there  can  be  for  introducing  into  a treatise  on  “ Agricultural 
Pests  ” a notice  on  “ Actiniae  and  Medusae  ” (chiefly  dealing  with 
Physalia)  one  is  at  a loss  to  understand  ; crocodiles  also  seem  rather 
out  of  place ; and  the  article  on  Fish,  relating  chiefly  to  such  species 
as  are  poisonous  when  eaten,  or  furnished  with  spines  with  which 
they  can  inflict  wounds,  seems  equally  supererogatory.  Cannabis 
sativa  is  mentioned  solely  on  account  of  the  intoxicating  properties  of 
some  of  its  products ; the  Tse-tse  fly  has  certainly  nothing  to  do 
with  India ; gnats  or  mosquitos  are  not  agricultural  pests  ; so  also 
leeches  and  fleas.  With  regard  to  the  latter  insects  our  author 
quotes,  apparently  with  approval,  the  statement  of  a writer  that 
“ he  had  found  fleas  in  limestone  caverns,  where  their  only  possible 
supply  of  food  was  the  animal  matter  that  may  have  remained  in 
the  fossils,  of  which  the  limestone  was  chiefly  composed  !”  Many 
creatures  are  mentioned  as  pests  because  they  attack  men,  such  as 
bees  and  wasps,  scorpions,  centipedes,  &c.,  but  they  can  hardly  be 
said  to  confine  their  attentions  to  agriculturists  any  more  than  the 
land-leeches  and  fleas  above  mentioned.  A species  of  Epdra  is 
noticed  on  account  of  its  gigantic  webs,  which  may  be  inconvenient 
to  travellers.  In  certain  articles  frost,  heavy  rain,  continuous  wet 
weather,  and  hot  winds  are  mentioned  as  if  they  were  pests,  but  no 
remedial  or  preventive  measures  are  suggested. 

But  it  is  needless  to  multiply  examples  of  faults  of  omission  and 
commission.  There  is  not  a page  of  the  book,  except  perhaps  in  the 


76 


'Miscellaneous , 


introductory  portion,  that  is  not  open  to  serious  criticism,  and  it  is 
much  to  be  regretted  that,  having  taken  up  so  important  a task, 
the  author  has  not  performed  it  more  satisfactorily.  He  may,  per- 
haps, urge  that  it  is  a first  attempt ; but  while  this  would  be  an 
excuse  for  much  imperfection  of  special  knowledge,  it  will  not  justify 
the  peculiar  faults  which  it  has  been  our  unwelcome  duty  to  point 
out. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

On  the  Phylogeny  of  the  Bopyrince, 

By  MM.  A.  Giaed  and  J.  Bonniee. 

The  Bopyrinae  are  comparatively  rare  animals,  and  parasitic 
upon  a restricted  number  of  genera  of  Crustacea  belonging  to 
the  groups  Cirripedia,  Ostracoda,  Schizopoda,  and  Decapoda.  Con- 
fining ourselves  for  the  present  to  the  species  parasitic  upon 
Decapoda  and  especially  on  the  Decapoda  of  European  seas, 
we  may  remark  this  first  interesting  fact,  that  every  species  of 
Decapod  infested  by  Bopyrinse  is  so  generally  by  two  or  more 
different  species,  and  that  very  often  in  the  same  locality  and 
sometimes  even  on  the  same  individual.  Thus,  we  find  on  Xantho 
iloridus,  Cepon  pilula^  G.  & B.,  and  Cancrion  floridus,  G.  & B.  ; 
on  Pilumnus  hirtellus^  Cepon  elegans,  G.  & B.,  and  Cancrion  miser, 
G.  & B.  ; on  Portunus  arcuatus,  Cepon  Portuni,  Kossm.,  and 
Portunion  salvatoils,  Kossm. ; on  Pagurus  Bernhardus,  Phryxus 
Paguri,  Rathke,  and  Pleuroerypta  Hyndmanni,  Sp.  B.  & W. ; on 
Oalathea  squamifera,  Pleuroerypta  Oalathece,  Hesse,  and  Oyge 
Galatheoe,  Sp.  B.  & W. ; on  Porcellana  longicornis,  Pleuroerypta  Por- 
cellance,  Hesse,  and  Entoniscus  Muelleri,  G.  & B.  ; on  Callianassa 
suhterranea,  lone  thoraeiea,  Mont.,  and  Pseudione  sp.,  Kossm.  ; on 
the  species  of  the  genus  Hippolyte,  Bopyrinse  of  ih.Q  gewem  Phryxus, 
Gyge,  Bopyroides,  and  Bopyrina,  &c. 

All  these  Bopyrinae,  even  the  Entoniscidae,  are  in  reality  external 
parasites.  Nevertheless,  according  to  the  position  which  they 
occupy  upon  their  host,  the  Bopyrinae  of  the  Decapoda  may  be 
divided  into  three  distinct  ethological  groups  : — 1,  abdominal  para- 
sites ; 2,  branchial  parasites  ; 3,  visceral  parasites.  Now  the  diffe- 
rent species  infesting  the  same  Decapod  generally  belong  to  different 
ethological  groups.  If  we  seek  for  analogous  examples  in  other  fami- 
lies we  may  cite  the  Branchiobdellae,  three  species  of  which  infest 
Astacus  Jluviatilis,  each  in  a particular  region  of  the  body ; and 
three  species,  parallel  to  our  European  types,  have  likewise  been 
indicated  in  the  Japanese  crayfish.  Another  example  is  furnished 
by  the  Diptera  of  the  family  CEstridae,  several  species  of  which, 
some  cuticolar,  others  cavicolar  or  gastricolar,  infest  at  the  same 
time  certain  types  of  Cervidae  or  Equidae.  Pacts  of  this  kind, 
absolutely  incomprehensible  under  the  old  hypothesis  of  the  fixity 
of  species,  become  exceedingly  instructive  if  we  accept  the  theory 


Miscellaneous. 


77 


of  descent  with  modification.  They  indicate,  in  fact,  that  several 
states  of  symbiotic  equilibrium  have  been  successively  established 
between  the  phylum  of  the  parasites  and  that  of  their  hosts.  Still 
more,  in  the  particular  case  of  the  Bopyringe,  we  can,  by  a careful 
study  of  the  embryogeny,  determine  the  order  in  which  these  various 
states  of  equilibrium  have  been  produced,  follow  step  by  step  the 
modifications  caused  in  the  organism  by  a parasitism  gradually 
becoming  more  and  more  complete,  and  thus  give  a truly  natural 
classification  of  these  animals. 

The  first  larva  of  the  Bopyringe  is  very  uniform  throughout  the 
group.  By  the  long  duration  of  its  pelagic  existence  it  teaches  us 
that  the  ancestors  of  the  Bopyringe  were  for  a long  time  free  forms. 
By  its  general  organization  it  shows  us  that  this  ancestral  form 
must  have  approached  the  .ZEgidge,  and  more  especially  Euryclice. 
The  differential  peculiarities  which  these  first  larvge  present  are 
furnished  chiefly  by  the  sixth  pair  of  thoracic  feet,  and  are  in 
relation  with  the  emergence  of  the  embryo  from  the  host  which 
harboured  the  parent,  and  not,  as  has  been  supposed,  with  its  en- 
trance into  a new  host ; from  this  it  results  that  the  modifications 
are  numerous,  especially  in  the  group  in  which  the  parasitism  is 
most  decided,  that  is  to  say  the  Entoniscidge. 

The  second  free  larval  form  has  been  called  by  us  the  Cryptoniscian 
embryo  or  Cryptoniscus-stage,  because  the  males  of  the  Cryptonis- 
cidge  represent  in  a more  complete  fashion  this  transitory  phase  in 
the  development  of  the  other  Bopyringe.  It  is  under  this  form  that 
the  fixation  of  the  Bopyrian  upon  its  host  is  effected  at  the  com- 
mencement of  its  parasitic  life.  In  several  Entoniscians  {Portunion 
Mijenadis  and  P.  Kossmanni),  and  in  Phryccus  Paguri^  we  have 
ascertained  the  presence  of  several  Cryptoniscian  embryos,  attached 
to  adult  females  provided  with  males.  In  some  of  them  we  have 
even  observed  spermatozoids  apparently  mature  and  normal.  We 
may  inquire  whether,  when  the  place  upon  the  host  is  thus  preoccu- 
pied, the  Cryptoniscian  larvge  do  not,  at  least  temporarily,  play  the 
part  of  complemental  males.  The  attached  larva  speedily  under- 
goes a series  of  transformations  which,  in  the  female  Cryptoniscidge, 
are  accomplished  in  very  different  fashion  from  that  which  occurs 
in  the  other  Bopyringe. 

Further,  while  in  the  Cryptoniscidge  the  male  stops  in  its  deve- 
lopment at  the  second  larval  form,  in  the  other  Bopyringe  it  con- 
tinues its  evolution,  and  acquires  a more  or  less  Idotheiform  aspect. 
We  notice  also  that  there  exists  an  astonishing  superposition  of 
parasites  and  a triple  parallelism  between  the  genera  Cryptoniscus, 
Zeuxo,  and  Danalia  of  the  family  Cryptoniscidge,  and  the  genera 
Peltogaster^  Lernceocliscus^  and  Sacculina  of  the  group  Bhizocephala, 
and  the  genera  Pagurus,  Porcellana,  and  Cancer  of  the  infested 
Decapoda. 

Lastly,  the  singular  coexistence  of  parasitic  Cirripedes  in  all  the 
types  of  Decapoda  infested  by  Bopyringe,  and  the  existence  of  forms 
such  as  Pliryocus  resupinatus^  which,  although  no  longer  belonging 
to  the  group  Cryptoniscidge  are  still  nevertheless  indireet  parasites 
of  the  Decapoda,  lead  us  to  the  hypothesis  that  the  Bopyringe  were 


78 


Miscellaneous, 


introduced  among  the  Dacapoda  by  the  Rhizocephalan  Cirripedes. 
While  one  branch  of  the  Cryptoniscidae  has  remained  faithful  to  its 
first  hosts,  another  has  become  adapted  to  direct  parasitism  upon  the 
Decapods,  and  has  given  origin  to  the  group  of  Phryxus,  Bopynis^ 
and  the  Entoniscidae. 

Thus,  by  a fact  of  ethological  atavism,  would  be  explained  the 
simultaneous  presence,  so  often  ascertained,  in  the  same  Decapod,  of 
a E/hizoceiDhalan  and  a Bopyrian  parasite  (Saceulina  Oarcini  and 
Fortunion  Mcenadis^  Entoniscus  Porcellance  and  Lernoeodiscus  Por- 
cellance^  &c.). 

The  existence  of  a Phryxoid  stage  in  the  evolution  of  the  females 
of  most  Bopyrinae  shows  that  the  genus  Phryxus  may  be  regarded 
as  the  stock  from  which  there  have  issued,  on  the  one  hand,  the 
loninae,  which  are  in  a manner  an  exaggeration  of  it ; and,  on  the 
other,  the  asymmetrical  branchial  Bopyrinae.  This  Phryxoid  stage 
is  observed  in  Pleurocrypta^  Bopyrus,  Cepon^  lone,  &c.  It  has 
caused  many  errors  on  the  part  of  the  zoologists  who  first  studied 
these  animals.  The  Phryxus-^tdugQ  of  Cepon  typus  was  taken  by 
Duvernoy  for  the  male  of  that  Bopyrian.  Phryxus  fusticaiidatus, 
Sp.  B.  & W.,  is  the  Phn/xus-stage  of  Pleurocrypta  Hyndmanni,  Sp. 
B.  & W.  ; Phryxus  longihrmichiatus,  Sp.  B.  & W.,  corresponds 
in  part  to  the  Phryxas-stage  of  Pleurocrypta  Galathece,  Hesse  {non 
Sp.  B.  & W.  t).  In  the  Entoniscidae  the  Pliryxus-siage  appears 
less  distinctly,  and  it  is  possible  that  this  group  may  have  diverged 
from  the  stock  at  a very  ancient  period,  which  would  be  in  accord- 
ance with  its  more  decided  parasitism. — Comptes  Rendus,  May  9, 
1887,  p.  1309. 

On  Parasitic  Oastration  in  Eupagurus  Bernhardus,  Linne,  and  in 
Gebia  stellata,  Montagu.  By  M.  A.  Giakd. 

In  a recent  memoir  t I made  known  the  curious  morphological 
effects  produced  in  several  Decapod  Crustacea  by  the  castration  pro- 
duced by  the  presence  of  Rhizocephalan  or  Bopyrid  parasites.  Eur- 
ther  and  very  remarkable  examples  of  these  phenomena  are  presented 
by  the  hermit-crabs  infested  by  Phryxus  Paguri,  Rathke,  and  by 
the  Gebice  infested* by  Gyge  branchialis,  Corn.  & Pane.  Although 
Phiyxus  Paguri  is  an  absolutely  external  parasite,  the  modifications 
which  it  occasions  are  as  extensive  as  those  observed  in  certain 
Brachyura  in  consequence  of  their  infestation  by  Rhizocephalans. 

It  is  well  known  what  are  the  external  sexual  characters  of  the 
Eupaguri.  In  the  female  the  genital  aperture  is  situated  upon  the 
basal  joint  of  the  third  pair  of  thoracic  feet ; in  the  male  this 
orifice  is  placed  upon  the  base  of  the  fifth  pair  of  feet,  which  bears 

* We  have  met  with  this  Bopyrian  of  the  branchial  cavity  of  Pagurus 
Bernhardus  at  RoscofF,  and  at  Equihen,  near  Boulogne -sur-Mer. 

t We  have  studied  this  parasite  of  Galathea  squamifera  at  RoscofF  and 
at  Fecamp. 

X Bull.  Sci.  du  Nord,  tome  xviii.  (1887),  pp.  1-28.  Translated  in 
‘ Annals/  May  1887,  pp.  325-345. 


Miscellaneous, 


79 


a small  papilla ; the  large  chela  of  the  first  pair  of  thoracic  feet  is 
rather  stronger  in  the  male  than  in  the  female.  As  regards  the 
abdomen,  the  first  segment  is  destitute  of  limbs  in  both  sexes.  In 
the  female  segments  2,  3,  4,  and  5 bear,  on  the  left  side,  appendages 
formed  of  a basal  joint  terminated  by  two  branches.  On  the  second 
segment  the  outer  branch  is  shorter  than  the  inner  one ; on  the 
third,  the  two  branches  are  nearly  of  the  same  length  ; on  the 
fourth,  the  outer  branch  is  a little  longer,  and  on  the  fifth  segment 
it  is  much  longer  than  the  inner  one.  The  appendages  2,  3,  4 are 
constructed  to  retain  the  eggs.  For  this  purpose  their  basal  joints 
bear  two  tufts  of  hairs ; the  inner  branch  also  presents  two  tufts  of 
hairs,  one  at  its  extremity,  the  other  on  a highly  developed  posterior 
swelling. 

In  the  male  segment  2 is  destitute  of  appendages,  segments  3,  4, 
and  5 bear  on  the  left  side  biramose  feet,  of  which  the  inner  branch, 
which  is  always  without  a posterior  enlargement,  is  much  smaller 
than  the  outer  one.  The  appendages  of  the  fifth  segment  are  very 
similar  in  the  two  sexes. 

The  male  hermit-crabs  infested  by  Pliryxus  Paguri  are  scarcely 
altered  in  the  thoracic  region,  except  that  the  large  chela  may  be  a 
little  smaller  than  usual.  But  the  abdomen  presents  appendages  in 
equal  number  to  those  of  the  female^  and  constructed  absolutely  as  in 
the  female^  although  of  rather  smaller  dimensions. 

On  opening  one  of  these  males  with  female  abdominal  feet  we  find 
the  testis  containing  spermatophores  of  much  less  than  the  normal 
size  (about  one  half),  and  very  imperfect  spermatozoids. 

I expected  to  meet  with  the  same  phenomena,  perhaps  even  more 
accentuated,  in  male  hermit-crabs  infested  by  Peltogaster  Paguri ; 
but,  astonishing  to  say,  there  is  nothing  of  the  kind ; and  notwith- 
standing the  more  profound  action  which  we  should  be  inclined,  d 
priori,  to  ascribe  to  the  Peltogaster,  that  Rhizocephalan  produces  no 
apparent  modification  of  the  external  characters  of  the  male  sex, 
although  it  causes  the  sterility  of  its  host. 

The  female  hermit-crabs  infested  by  Peltogaster,  on  the  other 
hand,  are  frequently  modified,  and  the  modifications  of  course  affect 
the  abdominal  feet.  The  tufts  of  hairs  on  the  basal  joint  and  the 
posterior  ovigerous  projection  of  the  branch  disappear  more  or  less 
completely ; further,  the  inner  branch  is  generally  smaller  than 
the  outer  one,  even  in  the  appendages  2 and  3 ; in  one  word,  the 
abdominal  feet  of  these  castrated  females  clearly  approach  those  of 
the  male  sex. 

From  what  precedes  we  are  led  to  conclude  either  that  certain 
Peltogasters  attach  themselves  to  the  hermit-crabs  at  a later  period 
than  the  Phryxi  or  that  the  Peltogasters  exert  a slower  action  than 
the  Phryxi,  and  do  not  prevent  the  sexual  differentiation  from 
being  produced,  at  least  in  the  male  sex.  The  former  interpreta- 
tion, in  our  opinion,  is  the  more  probable. 

Further,  the  facts  just  noted  seem  to  indicate  that  the  Phryxi  in 
general  attach  themselves  to  the  hermit-crabs  at  an  age  when  the 
sexual  differentiation  has  not  been  effected,  and  while  the  Decapod 
crustacean  still  presents  the  embryonic  abdominal  feet.  Now  Fritz 


80 


Miscellaneous, 


Miiller  has  made  known  a Phryocus  of  the  Brazilian  coast  {Phryoous 
resupinatus)  which  constantly  attaches  itself  to  hermit-crabs  infested 
by  Peltogaster  purpureus,  and  often  upon  the  very  peduncle  of  that 
Bhizocephalan.  If  we  accept  the  hypothesis  of  the  inoculation  of 
the  larvae  of  Ehizocephala  put  forward  by  M.  Y.  Del  age,  it  would 
therefore  be  necessary  to  suppose  that  the  larva  of  Pliryxus  resupi- 
natus divines  which  are  the  hermit-crabs  inoculated  with  an  embryo 
Peltogaster,  and  the  precise  place  at  which  this  embryo  will  emerge 
from  the  abdomen  of  the  hermit-crab.  We  can  escape  from  this 
curious  conclusion  only  by  assuming,  upon  a still  more  curious 
hypothesis,  that  the  embryos  of  Phryxus  themselves  are  also  inocu- 
lated and  follow  the  larvae  of  Peltogaster  in  their  internal  migration. 
"Who  would  accept  such  a complication  ? On  the  other  hand,  all 
becomes  simple  on  the  theory  of  direct  fixation,  and  we  may  find  in 
the  new  facts  above  described  a confirmation  of  the  opinion  expressed 
by  us,  that  in  the  phylogenetic  series  the  Cirripedes  have  been  the 
introducers  of  the  Bopyridae  among  the  Decapod  crustaceans.  The 
Isopods,  originally  parasitic  upon  the  Bhizocephala,  have  infested 
the  higher  crustacean,  at  first  indirectly,  but  afterwards  directly. 

I have  endeavoured  to  extend  the  observations  relating  to  para- 
sitic castration  to  other  Decapods,  but  unfortunately  the  materials 
for  such  an  investigation  are  difficult  to  get  together.  Notwith- 
standing my  great  desire  to  do  so,  I have  as  yet  been  unable  to 
examine  male  Callianassce  infested  either  by  Parihenopea  suhterra- 
nea  or  by  lone  tlioracica.  Although  Gehia  stellata,  Montagu,  is 
abundant  at  various  parts  of  the  coast  of  Trance  (especially  at  Con- 
carneau),  I have  never  found  on  our  shores  the  parasitic  Bopyrid  of 
that  species,  Gyge  hrancJiialis,  Cornalia  and  Panceri.  I possess  a 
single  example  of  an  infested  Gebia,  which  came  from  the  Labo- 
ratory at  Naples.  This  specimen,  however,  is  a male,  and  I have 
been  able  to  ascertain  that  it  presents  the  first  pair  of  simple  abdo- 
minal feet  which  normally  exists  only  in  the  female ; the  chela  of 
the  first  pair  of  thoracic  feet  has  remained  stronger  than  in  the 
females.  Nardo,  who  observed  in  a locality  whore  Gyge  hranchialis 
is  abundant,  says  that  he  has  sometimes  found  the  first  abdominal 
appendage  in  both  sexes  : — “ lo  posso  assicurare  pero  che  di  tali 
appendici  poste  una  per  lato  sotto  il  prime  anello  dell’  Addome,  va 
pure  foruita  la  femmina,  eel  essere  anche  vero  cTie  talvolta  ne  sono 
entrambi  sprovvedati”  It  is  probable  that  these  abnormal  males 
were  or  had  been  infested  by  Gyge. 

The  Brachyura  infested  by  the  Bopyridae  of  the  genus  Cepon 
(Pilumnus  hirtellus  and  XantJio  Jioridus)  and  examples  of  Porcellana 
longicornis  infested  by  Pleurocryptus  Porcellance  have  presented  no 
appreciable  modification  of  the  external  sexual  characters. — Comptes 
Rendus,  April  18,  1887,  p.  1113. 

* Nardo,  ‘ Annotazioni  illustranti  54  specie  di  Crostacei,’  Venice,  1869, 

p.  100. 


A ruh.  3^  May.  Nal.  Hist-.  S.  5. 1 ol.  20.  PI . I. 


West.NewmajiSc  Co  hth  ad  nat. 


Avuv  kMag  JSal  Hist'  S 5.W..20  PI  ft. 


em. 


-eiTL. 


:Tn,e5 


rives: 


£d  £ .Frnice  ofj 


lIERaEY  , 


THE  ANNALS 


AND 

MAGAZINE  OF  NATEEAL  HISTOEY. 

[FIFTH  SERIES.] 


No.  116.  AUGUST  1887. 


VII. — Bryozoa  from  New  South  Wales,  North  Australia,  (&c. 
Bj  Arthur  Wm.  Waters. 

[Plate  IV.] 

Part  I. 

The  collection  now  described  was  kindly  sent  to  me  by 
Mr.  Brazier, of  Sydney,  who  had  dredged  the  specimens  himself 
and  carefully  noted  the  localities  and  depths,  thus  greatly  in- 
creasing its  value.  The  New  South  Wales  collection  was 
recently  received ; but  to  this  I have  added  some  dredged 
near  New  Guinea,  which  Mr.  Brazier  gave  me  a few  years 
ago,  and  I have  also  mentioned  a few  New  South  Wales 
specimens  sent  to  me  by  friends. 

My  work  has  for  a long  time  been  mostly  with  fossil  * 
Bryozoa  from  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  and  it  has  been 
necessary  to  make  constant  comparisons  with  recent  ones,  so 
that,  although  publishing  in  geological  periodicals,  I have 
added  many  new  localities  for  recent  forms,  and  also  pointed 
out  many  cases  of  fossil  species  still  being  found  living ; and 
it  is  to  be  hoped  that  those  communications  may  be  useful  to 

* Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  yoI.  xxxvii.  p.  309,  yoI.  xxxviii.pp.  257  and 
602,  vol.  xxxix.  p.  423,  vol.  xl.  p.  674,  vol.  xli.  p.  279,  vol.  xliii.  p.  40. 

Ann.  & Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx.  6 


82  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

students  interested  in  geographical  distribution,  a point  with 
which  I again  deal  fully. 

Another  point  to  which  I was  obliged  to  devote  special 
attention  was  the  indications  given  by  palaeontology  as  to  the 
relative  value  of  various  characters,  and  this  again  could  not 
be  done  by  questioning  fossils  alone  ; but  recent  forms  were 
also  examined.  This  has  naturally  made  me  a warm  sup- 
porter of  those  who  saw  that  the  mode  of  growth  and  zoarial 
characters  generally  must,  in  importance,  be  placed  after  the 
zooecial.  Of  the  zooecial  characters  the  shape  of  the  oral 
aperture  is  the  most  useful,  and  this,  I have  pointed  out  *,  can 
best  be  studied  by  means  of  the  opercula ; and  both  Busk  and 
MacGillivray,  and  myself  have  shown  that  the  avicularian 
mandibles  furnish  characters  of  the  greatest  value  specifically. 
My  own  collection  of  these  chitinous  elements  represents 
many  hundred  species,  and  their  importance  can  scarcely  be 
overrated,  for  in  many  cases  there  are  minute  characters 
which  are  distinctly  of  specific  value,  but  unless  the  opercula 
or  mandibles  are  carefully  separated  out  some  of  the  most 
important  points  will  not  be  noticed.  It  was  quite  incom- 
prehensible how  Mr.  Busk  had  overlooked  so  many  details 
in  his  ^ Challenger  ’ work,  until  I saw  some  collections  illus- 
trating these  chitinous  elements,  which  he  presented  to  the 
British  Museum,  and  then  it  became  quite  clear  that  mounting 
them  in  mass,  surrounded  by  the  integumentary  tissues, 
accounted  for  his  not  having  seen  many  things  of  importance. 

It  is  of  course  very  tedious  teasing  out  these  covers  under 
the  microscope  ,*  but  for  fresh  descriptions  or  doubtful  cases 
it  should,  if  possible,  be  done ; also  calcined  preparations  of 
a portion  of  the  zoarium  should  be  made  to  show  the  calca- 
reous structure,  and  decalcified  pieces  should  also  be  mounted. 
This  can  best  be  done  in  glycerine  jelly,  the  air  being 
removed  after  decalcification  by  prolonged  soaking  in  spirit, 
and  then  the  specimen  must  be  transferred  to  a mixture  of 
glycerine  and  spirit,  and  thus  gradually  into  pure  glycerine. 
Such  genera  as  Catenicella  should  be  thus  studied. 

There  are  only  five  species  of  Catenicella  in  these  collec- 
tions, and  they  have  been  a good  deal  knocked  about  by  the 
waves.  The  opercula  of  this  genus  have  so  far  not  received 
any  attention,  nor  in  this  family  are  they  likely  to  be  of 
so  much  use  as  in  many  others,  since  there  are  many  species 
with  scarcely  distinguishable  covers.  There  appear,  how- 

* “ The  Use  of  the  Opercula  in  the  Determination  of  the  Chilosto- 
matous  Bryozoa,”  Proc.  Manchester  Lit.  Phil.  Soc.  vol.  xviii.  p.  8 ; ‘‘On 
the  Use  of  the  Avicularian  Mandible,”  &c.,  Journ.  Microscopical  Soc. 
ser.  2,  vol.  v.  p.  774. 


83 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

ever,  to  be  three  types,  namely  : — those  nearly  round,  as 
(7.  Bushii  [fusca  and  sacculata)^  C.  pusilla^  G.  delicatula^  G, 
cornuta,  G.  elegans,  G.  perforata^  G.  formosa^  G.  crystallina^ 
G.  Hannafordii^  G.  insignis^  G.  umhonata^  G.  taurina ; this 
includes  the  vittatce  of  Busk,  many  having  the  ovicells  cen- 
tral, but  this  is  not  universal,  G.  cornuta^  G.  perforata^  and  G. 
taurina  having  them  terminal  or  geminate.  The  second  type, 
including  G.  amphora^  G.  ventricosa^  G.  intermedia^  G.  lorica^ 
G.  hastataj  G.  alata,  G.  carinata^  G.  Wilsonij  G.  pulchella^  G. 
urnula,  and  G.  margaritacea^  has  the  operculum  straight 
below  or  concave,  and  corresponds  nearly  with  Mr.  Busk’s 
fenestrate  group,  having  the  ovicells  usually  terminal ; but 
this  is  not  the  case  in  G.  carinata.  The  next  type  has  a 
triangular  operculum,  and  perhaps  should  again  be  divided 
into  (a)  the  small  species,  G.  aurita^  G.  geminata  (see  fig.  22), 
and  fossil  G.  laevigata^  Waters,  and  G.  longicollisj  W.,  with 
a sinus  in  the  aperture,  for  which  MacGillivray  has  proposed 
the  genus  Glaviporella ; this  leaves  {b)  the  large  ones,  G, 
ponder osa^  G.  ornata  (see  fig.  21),  G.  solida^  W.,  and  per- 
haps these  should  be  called  Galpidium, 

It  has  seemed  to  me  that  the  terminology  in  general  use 
was  not  sufficient  for  describing  the  Gatenicellm^  and  there- 
fore when  dealing  with  the  fossils,  where  we  have  only  indi- 
vidual beads  or  internodes  to  examine,  I suggested  (^^  Chilost. 
Bry.  from  Muddy  Creek  &c.,”  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc. 
vol.  xxxix.  p.  428)  that  we  should  call  each  bead  a globulus,” 
again  distinguishing  those  with  two  zooecia  as  biglobuli.” 
In  G.  ornata  there  are  more  than  two  zooecia,  and  this  is 
also  the  case  in  an  interesting  fossil  from  Curdie’s  Creek, 
where  the  internode  or  multiglobulus  has  several  zooecia 
arranged  in  a bicellate  series  (Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc. 
vol.  xxxvii.  p.  318,  pi.  xvi.  figs.  78,  79). 

I also  (Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxix.  p.  428)  sug- 
gested that  in  the  fenestrate  division  we  should  distinguish 
the  compartments  surrounding  the  zooecium  as  supra-avicu- 
larian,”  avicularian,”  “ infra-avicularian,”  and  pedal.” 
These  are  most  typically  represented  in  G.  alata  ; whereas  in 
the  first  type  (namely  those  with  rounded  apertures)  some  of 
the  compartments,  even  when  distinguishable,  are  very  rudi- 
mentary. 

The  mandibles,  again,  are  not  of  much  use,  as  they  are  very 
similar  in  most  of  the  species  examined.  In  all  these  there 
is  a comparatively  large  part  in  the  centre  consisting  of  only 
one  layer  and  nearly  transparent ; and  as  the  position  of  this 
part  varies  in  the  mandibles  of  many  of  the  Bryozoa  and  is 

6* 


84  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

valuable  for  diagnostic  purposes,  I propose  to  designate  it  the 
lucida.” 

There  is  another  character  which  seems  to  have  had  no 
attention  ; that  is  the  method  of  rooting  or  attacliment.  In 
some,  as  C,  cacatua^  G.  deJicatula^  G.  alata^  G.  carinata^  G. 
jmsillaj  G.  pulchella^  an  isolated  chitinous  tube  starts  from 
the  back  of  some  of  the  globuli,  and  is  attached  by  a spreading 
grapnel  to  any  substance  near ; in  others,  as  G.  crystallina^ 
G.  formosa^  G.  crihraria^  G.  taurina^  G.  cornuta,  G. 
rata^  G.  Hannafordi^  G.  elegans^  G.  insignis^  G.  ventricosa^ 
G.  hastata  ?,  G.  lorica,  tubes  arise  on  either  the  dorsal  or  front 
surface,  sometimes  on  both,  and  several  such  radicles  may 
start  from  the  same  zooecium.  These  unite  and  form  solid 
bundles,  becoming  thicker  towards  the  base.  So  far  as  my 
collection  enables  me  to  judge  these  are  from  the  dorsal  sur- 
face in  G.  Hannafordij  G.  margaritacea^  G.  ventricosa,  G. 
hastata  ?,  G.  lorica^  G.  formosa^  G.  crihraria^  G.  cornuta^  G. 
perforata,  and  from  the  front  in  G,  elegans ; in  G.  umbonata 
mostly  from  the  front,  but  also  from  the  dorsal  surface ; in  G. 
delicatula,  G,  insignis,  G.  taurina  from  the  back  or  front. 
How  far  these  growths  are  influenced  by  local  conditions  can 
only  be  examined  by  those  on  the  spot. 

Rooting  and  articulation  seem  to  be  correlated  growths — 
that  is,  chitinous  tubes  may  be  given  off  to  attach  the  colony 
to  foreign  substances  or  to  attach  one  internode  or  one  part 
to  another,  thus  allowing  motion  without  destroying  the  con- 
nexion between  various  sections  of  the  colony.  In  the  same 
way  the  radicle-growths  of  Idmonea  interjuncta  are  very 
similar  to  the  cross  bars  forming  the  network,  whereas  in  I. 
Milneana  both  are  stouter ; and  this  will  be  referred  to  when 
dealing  with  the  Cyclostomata. 

I was  surprised  to  find  that  no  description  of  these  radicles 
is  given  in  a large  number  of  species  where  they  occur,  and 
also  came  upon  some  interesting  cases  of  articulation  which 
had  been  overlooked,  for  instance,  in  Gaherea  lata,  from 
Holborn  Island ; I have  a specimen  in  which  where  the 
branches  divide  there  are  two  chitinous  tubes,  which  join  in 
a quasi-ganglionic  knot,  from  which  a tube  is  given  off  to 
each  branch  (see  fig.  4). 

In  thinking  this  all  over  it  seemed  somewhat  curious  that 
such  a form  as  Membranipora  roborata  should  show  no  indi- 
cations of  articulation,  and  in  consequence  I reexamined  my 
mounted  specimens  to  see  how  far  this  was  the  case,  and  was 
not  surprised  to  find  that  in  the  unilaminate  form  where  a 
dichotomization  had  taken  place,  and  where  the  zoarium  is 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa.  85 

readily  broken,  there  were  in  the  interior  several  chitinous 
tubes  passing  from  the  upper  to  the  lower  zooecia. 

There  is  rooting  without  articulation  in  typical  Bugala  and 
Flustra^  but  these  genera  have  both  very  little  calcareous 
matter  ; on  the  other  hand,  we  see  articulation  in  Blcellaria^ 
which  is  considered  sufficiently  allied  to  Bugala  to  be  placed 
in  the  same  family. 

In  Gatenicella  and  other  genera  a raised  disk  is  formed,  out 
of  which  the  radicle-tube  grows,  and  the  connexion  with  the 
interior  seems  to  be  by  means  of  a rosette-plate  at  the  base  of 
the  disk.  Diachoris  has  similar  roots,  and  the  question  may 
arise  as  to  how  far  the  connecting  tubes  are  to  be  compared 
with  articulation.  I have  considered  them  analogous  with 
the  tubes  in  which  the  rosette-plates  occur  in  incrusting  and 
erect  species ; and  this  view  I think  is  the  most  probable. 
Membranipora  radicifera  is  rooted  with  distinct  chitinous 
tubes,  on  which  account  MacGillivray  has  gone  so  far  as  to 
propose  its  being  placed  with  Beania  ; but  this,  I think,  will 
scarcely  be  accepted.  What  I called  Diachoris  patcllaria, 
Moll,  is  attached  by  means  of  a row  of  integumentary  tubes  ; 
nevertheless  MacGillivray  places  it  under  Amphiblestrum. 
Probably  both  these  cases  are  only  modifications  of  the 
mode  of  attachment  which  obtains  in  many  incrusting  forms, 
to  which  I shall  have  to  refer  later  on. 

This  first  paper  happens  to  deal  with  articulated  species  ; 
but  this  is  a character  which  cannot  be  considered  of 
primary  importance,  seeing  that  it  includes  a large  number  of 
purely  Membraniporidan  type  ; others  of  Microporidan,  as 
M.  ratoniensis  ; Microporellidan,  as  Adeona  &c. ; Poridan,  as 
Tubucdlaria ; or  Cellaridan,  in  a species  which,  as  pointed  out, 
is  known  unarticulated  both  living  and  from  the  Cretaceous  for- 
mation. The  classificatory  value  of  articulation  may,  however, 
not  always  be  the  same,  as  there  may  be  cases  where  articula- 
tion has  taken  place  at  a time  far  removed  from  the  present, 
and  from  these  parents  further  differentiation  has  obtained, 
forming  various  articulated  groups  ; in  other  cases  local  cir- 
cumstances may  have  recently  caused  articulation  without 
any  other  character  having  changed.  The  mode  of  articula- 
tion seems  to  be  of  specific  value,  but  within  the  same  generic 
group  is  often  very  various. 

1.  Eucratea  chelata  (L.). 

Cosmopolitan.  Off  Shark  Island,  8 fath. 


86 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 


2.  Catenicella  alata^  W.  Thomson.  (PI.  IV.  fig.  9.) 

CatenicelJa  nlata,  W.  Thoms.,  On  new  Genera  and  Species  of  Polyzoa,” 
Zool.  Bot.  Assoc.  Dublin,  1859,  vol.  i.  j).  80,  pi.  vi.  fig.  4;  Mac- 
Gillivray,  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  iii.  p.  21,  pi.  xxiv.  fig.  7 ; Waters,  Quart. 
Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxvii.  p.  317,  pi.  xvi.  figs.  47,  49,  58, 
vol.  xxxvii.  p.  260,  vol.  xxxix.  p.  428,  pi.  xii.  figs.  15,  16. 

The  opercnla  are  straight  below,  having  a second  layer  in 
the  Tipper  part,  which  is  often  divided  down  the  centre. 

Miss  Jelly  submitted  to  me  a closely  allied  Catenicella 
from  Port  Phillip,  which,  from  the  general  characters  and 
arrangements  of  the  compartments,  I at  once  pronounced  to 
be  a variety  of  alata ; but  every  cell  is  geminate,  with  one 
fresh  globulus  growing  from  the  centre  of  one  of  the  zocecia 
of  the  previous  globulus,  first  from  the  right,  then  from  the 
left,  and  so  on.  Between  the  two  zooecia  in  the  centre  of  the 
globulus  there  is  a small  avicularium,  and  this  is  also  the 
case  in  the  geminate  cells  of  typical  C.  alata^  but  is  not  a 
common  character  in  the  Catenicellce, 

I mention  this  variety  at  some  length,  as  we  have  the  same 
minute  characters  with  two  different  modes  of  increase,  and  I 
consider  that  this  gives  support  to  the  view  expressed  that 
the  genus  Catenicellopsis  should  be  dropped.  Since  the 
above  was  written,  MacOillivray  has  called  this  C.  gemellaj 
and  therefore  it  should  stand  as  C.  alata^  var.  gemella. 

Log,  Becent : Bass’s  Straits,  Port  Fairy  [Dawson) ; Queens- 
cliff ; Tasmania;  New  Zealand;  La  P^rouse,  New  South 
Wales.  Fossil:  Mount  Gambier;  Muddy  Creek;  Bird 
Bock  ; and  Waurn  Ponds  (IF.). 

3.  Catenicella  ventricosa^  Busk.  (PI.  IV.  fig.  13.) 

Catenicella  ventricosa,V>\xBk,  Cat.  Mar.  Polyz.  p.  7,  pi.  ii.  figs.  1,  2,  pi.  iii. 
figs.  1-5;  MacGillivray,  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  iii.  p.  18,  pi.  xxiv.  fig.  3; 
Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxix.  p.  431. 

Specimens  from  La  Perouse  have  chitinous  radicle-tubes 
from  the  front  and  dorsal  surface,  and  these  ultimately  form 
very  solid  bundles.  In  one  case,  where  there  has  evidently 
been  an  accident,  tubes  connect  the  neighbouring  cells,  thus 
saving  the  colony  from  injury. 

Loc.  Bass’s  Straits;  Victoria;  Tasmania;  Port  Fairy; 
New  Zealand  {Hutton)  ; La  Pdrouse,  Botany  Bay.  Fossil: 
Bird  Bock  (Victoria). 

4.  Catenicella  hastata^  B.  (PI.  IV.  fig.  10.) 

Loc.  Bass’s  Straits  ; Victoria  ; New  Zealand  ; La  Pdrouse, 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa.  87 

Botany  Bay.  Fossil : Bird  Bock,  and  Waurn  Ponds  (Vic- 
toria) . 

5.  Gatenicella  Bushiij  W.  Thoms.  (PI.  IV.  tig.  12.) 

Catenicella  BusMi,  Thomson,  On  new  Genera  and  Species  of  Polyzoa/’ 
Zool.  Bot.  Assoc.  Dublin,  vol.  i.  1859,  p.  83,  pi.  viii.  fig.  2 ; MacG. 
Zool.  Viet.  dec.  iii.  p.  24,  pi.  xxiv.  fig.  12. 

Catenicella  fusca,  MacG.  loc.  cit.  dec.  ix.  p.  33,  pi.  xc.  fig.  1. 

This  is  closely  allied  to  C.  gibhosa^  and  should  perhaps 
only  be  considered  a variety.  The  relationship  to  elegans  is 
evident,  but  how  close  is  somewhat  uncertain,  as  Busk  says 
of  elegans  ovicell  geminate,”  whereas  MacGillivray  says 
ovicell  like  that  of  Buskii, 

Operculum  0’02  millim.  wide. 

Loc.  Western  Australia;  Bass’s  Straits;  Queen sclifF;  La 
Pdrouse,  Botany  Bay,  washed  on  shore. 

6.  Catenicella  delicatula  (Wilson).  (PI.  IV.  fig.  11.) 

Catenicellopsis  delicatula^  J.  B.  Wilson,  On  a new  Genus  of  Polyzoa,” 
Micr.  Soc.  Victoria,  vol.  i.  no.  2,  p.  65,  pi.  iv.  fig.  2 ; MacGillivray, 
Zool.  Viet.  dec.  xi.  p.  30,  pi.  evii.  fig.  2. 

I cannot  see  that  this  should  be  separated  from  Catenicella 
merely  on  account  of  the  branches  sometimes  originating 
from  the  sides  of  the  cells.  In  a specimen  from  QaeensclifF 
the  increase  is  usually  by  means  of  geminate  globuli ; but 
there  are  many  which  spring  out  of  the  side  of  others  and 
are  attached  by  a chitinous  tube.  I have  a specimen  of  C. 
Hannafordi  in  which  a new  branch  starts  from  the  front  of 
a globulus  in  a similar  way ; and  we  also  see  the  same  mode 
of  increase  in  Menipea  crystalUna^  Didymia  simplex ^ &c.,  and 
this  should  make  us  hesitate  before  adopting  a new  genus. 
And  as  supporting  this  and  showing  that  Catenicellopsis 
should  not  be  separated  on  account  of  its  mode  of  growth,  I 
may  mention  that  in  my  specimens  of  C.  pusilla  the  zooecia 
do  not  spring  laterally  from  the  others. 

In  the  small  specimens  from  La  Perouse  none  of  the 
globuli  originate  laterally  from  the  others.  There  are  nume- 
rous chitinous  tubes  starting  either  from  the  back  or  the  front 
and  united  into  bundles  which  become  more  massive  near 
the  base  ; besides  these  there  are  isolated  ones  springing 
from  the  dorsal  surface  and  ending  in  grappling-hooks. 

Operculum  nearly  round,  with  muscular  attachments  at 
each  side,  placed  about  one  third  of  the  distance  between  the 
proximal  and  distal  edges. 

Loc.  Living : Spring  Creek ; Port  Phillip  Heads ; Sor- 


88  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 

rente  ; QueensclifF ; and  La  P^rouse,  Botany  Bay,  washed  on 
shore. 


7.  Cellularia  cuspidata^  Busk. 

Cellularia  cuspidata,  Busk,  Cat.  Mar.  Polyzoa,  p.  19,  pi.  xxvii.  figs.  1,  2 ; 
‘ Challenger  ’ Report,  p.  17 ; MacGillivray,  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  vi. 
p.  31,  pi.  Iviii.  fig.  1 ; Haswell,  Polyzoa  from  Queensland,  p.  36. 

On  the  dorsal  surface  there  is  often  a single  perforation,” 
and  in  a few  cases  two  ; but  at  the  position  of  this  perfora- 
tion there  is  a muscular  attachment  for  the  operculum. 

The  new  branches  spring  by  means  of  a chitinous  tubular 
connexion  from  the  central  cell,  and  the  two  side  zooecia  are 
continuous,  though  rather  modified  in  shape,  being  thin  at 
the  line  of  junction  of  the  internodes,  and  with  the  move- 
ment of  the  new  internode  seem  readily  broken.  The  articu- 
lation of  C.  Peachii  is  by  two  chitinous  tubes  to  each  new 
branch,  one  from  the  central  cell  and  one  from  each  lateral 
one. 

In  C.  cuspidata  above  the  outer  angle  of  the  modified  cell 
in  each  new  branch  a concave  disk  is  formed,  and  from  this  a 
long  chitinous  radicle-tube  is  thrown  out.  In  a few  cases 
there  is  a radicle  thrown  out  above  the  outer  angle  of  other 
cells but  this  is  not  usual.  These  tubes  have  not  been 
mentioned  by  Busk  or  MacGillivray. 

Log.  Australian  and  New-Zealand  seas  generally ; Shark 
Island,  New  South  Wales,  8 fathoms. 

8.  Menipea  crystallina^  Gray. 

Log.  Bass’s  Straits  ; QueensclifF ; Bondi  Bay  (New  South 
Wales);  Tasmania;  Straits  of  Magellan  ; Campbell  Island  ; 
New  Zealand ; La  Perouse,  Botany  Bay. 

9.  Menipea  cervicornisy  MacG.,  var. 

(PI.  IV.  fig.  I.) 

Type  Menipea  cervicornis,  MacG.  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  vi.  p.  34,  pi.  Iviii. 
fig.  4. 

The  specimens  from  Shark  Island  are  without  lateral 
avicularia,  but  have  a small  median  one  on  the  tricellate 
internodes  at  a bifurcation.  The  internodes  are  much  more 
elongate  than  in  the  typical  M,  cervicornis. 

10.  Scrupocellaria  scrupea^  Busk. 

A specimen  from  Shoalhaven  beach  has  zooecia  similar  in 
shape  to  those  of  the  European  seas,  and  the  spiues,  fornix. 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa,  89 

avicularia,  and  vibracula  also  agree  ; but,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  internodes  are  short,  with  usuallj  only  three  pairs  of 
zooecia. 

11.  Canda  arachnoideSy  Lamx.  (PI.  IV.  fig.  7.) 

Canda  arachnoides,  Busk,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  p.  26,  pi.  xxxiii. ; ‘ Chal- 
lenger ’ Rep.  p.  25. 

A specimen  from  La  Perouse  has  few  avicularia,  and  in 
large  pieces  of  C,  arachnoides  I have  noticed  that  some  parts 
will  be  found  without  avicularia,  while  in  other  parts  they 
are  abundant. 

The  increase  at  the  dichotomization,  which  must  often 
have  been  examined,  does  not  seem  to  have  been  described. 
Between  the  two  rows  of  zooecia  an  additional  one  is  formed, 
and  from  this  two  chitinous  tubes  are  given  off  which  are 
curved  forwards  to  the  inner  zooecium  of  a new  branch. 
The  other  zooecia  are  formed  direct  from  the  ordinary  zooecia. 
This  seems  to  be  the  way  in  which  growth  takes  place  in 
most  of  this  group,  as  already  seen  in  Gellularia  cuspidata^ 
where  in  the  same  way  the  new  branches  spring  by  means  of 
a chitinous  connexion  from  the  central  cell,  and  the  two  side 
cells  are  continuous,  though  rather  modified  in  shape  ; and 
here,  as  in  some  other  cases,  the  articulation  does  not  exist 
at  first,  or  only  partially  so,  and  there  is  calcareous  continuity 
until  the  movement  of  the  water  causes  a fracture  at  the  joint. 
I have  pointed  out  (Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxvii. 
p.  320)  that  the  calcareous  wall  of  Cellaria  is  at  first  con- 
tinuous, but  is  in  the  same  way  fractured  as  growth  pro- 
gresses, some  species  retaining  the  continuity  longer  than 
others,  so  that  perhaps  this  may  be  of  specific  value. 

Tiie  oral  aperture  occurs  in  a round  opening  at  the  lower 
part  of  the  apparent  aperture,  and  on  this  account  I think  there 
is  ground  for  separating  Canda  from  Caherea^  which  has  a 
distinct  operculum  * closing  a rigid  oral  aperture.  This  never 
seems  to  have  been  fully  figured,  although  of  great  importance, 
perhaps  sufficient  to  separate  it  from  the  family  Cellularidae. 

Log.  Bass’s  Straits ; Timor ; New  Zealand  (Z?.)  ; Tas- 
mania ; Geelong  j Port  Phillip  Heads  ; La  Perouse. 

12.  Caherea  Boryi  (Aud.). 

Crisia  Boryi^  x\ud.  Voyage  dans  I’Egypte,  pi.  xii.  fig.  4. 


* On  the  Use  of  the  Avicularian  Mandible,’’  &c.,  Trans.  Micros.  Soc. 
ser.  2,  vol.  v.  pi.  xiv.  fig.  15. 


90  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 

Caber ea  Boryi^  Busk,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  p.  38,  pi.  xvi.  figs.  4,  5 ; Hincks, 
Brit.  Mar.  Polyzoa,  p.  61,  pi.  Yiii.  figs.  9-11 ; Waters,  On  the  Use 
of  the  Avicularian  Mandible,”  Journ.  Micr.  Soc.  ser.  2,  vol.  v.  p.  774, 
pi.  xiv.  figs.  9, 10, 15. 

I am  inclined  to  think  that  the  calcareous  border  below  the 
operculum  should  be  considered  of  generic  importance,  and 
that  this  is  the  only  known  representative  of  the  genus. 
This  character,  with  the  operculum  placed  diagonally,  seems 
to  have  been  often  overlooked,  but  was  correctly  figured  by 
Audouin  (see  his  fig.  4).  Mr.  Hincks’s  figure  looks  as  though 
it  was  the  opening  to  the  ovicell,  and  in  his  description  no 
allusion  is  made  to  it. 

Loc.  British ; Mediterranean ; New  Zealand ; Bondi  Bay 
and  Adelaide.  Fossil : Pliocene  of  Calabria  (^Seguenza) , 

13.  Caber  ea  grandisj  Hincks. 

Caherea  grandis,  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  viii.  p.  50, 
pi.  iii.  fig.  4 ; Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxviii.  p.  261. 

Caherea  7'udis,  Waters,  ibid.  vol.  xxxvii.  p.  322,  pi.  xviii.  fig.  86. 

Loc,  Curtis  Island ; Port  Phillip  Heads  • Darnley  Island, 
Torres  Straits,  sievings  from  10-30  fath.  Fossil:  Curdles 
Creek  (S.W.  Victoria)  ; Bairnsdale ; Mount  Gambler. 

14.  Caherea  rostrata^  Busk. 

Caherea  rostrata^  Busk,  ‘ Challenger  ’ Eep.  p.  28,  pi.  xxxii.  fig.  4. 

There  is  a small  piece  from  La  Perouse.  A form  like  this 
with  a large  area,  covered  with  an  integument  in  which  is  an 
operculum  of  the  Membraniporidan  type,  seems  to  differ  con- 
siderably from  C.  Boryij  in  which  the  entire  chitinous  opercu- 
lum is  surrounded  by  a calcareous  border  and  is  entirely  above 
the  fornix,  and  would  seem  more  closely  allied  to  Scrupo- 
cellaria  than  to  C.  Boryi  and  C.  Lyalli^  Busk.  I have  C. 
Boryi  from  Bondi  Bay  and  Adelaide. 

Loc.  New  Zealand  ; La  Perouse. 

15.  Didymia  simplex^  Busk.  (PI.  IV.  fig.  20.) 

Didymia  simplex,  Busk,  Voyage  of  the  ^ Rattlesnake,’  p.  383,  t.  i.  fig.  6 j 
Cat.  Mar.  Polyz.  p.  35,  pi.  xxxix. ; ‘ Challeno-er  ’ Report,  p.  47 ; Mac- 
Gillivray,  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  v.  p.  34,  pi.  xlvi.  fig.  6. 

In  a few  cases  fresh  branches  arise  from  the  front  of  the 
zoarium,  usually  growing  from  the  front  of  the  pair  of  zooecia 
below  the  pair  where  bifurcation  takes  place.  This  new 
branch  consists  at  first  of  only  one  zooecium,  but  the  next 
globulus  is  bicellate.  Chitinous  radicle-tubes  grow  from  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  lower  zooecia. 


91 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 

Busk  says  Challenger  ’ Keport,  p.  47)  that  he  eould 
not  find  any  rosette-plates  between  the  zooeeia  plaeed  side  by 
side  ; ” but  there  are  two  elongate  elliptieal  ones  in  the  median 
line  of  the  lateral  wall  near  eaeh  end. 

Log,  Bass’s  Straits ; QueensclifF ; Portland  (Vietoria)  ; 
Station  16dA.  Off  Twofold  Bay;  Tasmania;  Shark  Island, 
8 fath.  (New  South  Wales). 

16.  Dimetopia  spicata^  Busk. 

Log.  Bass’s  Straits  ; QueenselifF ; Cape  Otway  ; Portland ; 
La  Perouse;  New  Zealand. 

17.  Bugula  neritina  (L.).  (PL  IV.  figs.  3 and  15.) 

For  synonyms  see  Busk,  Report  of  ‘ Challenger,’  p.  42,  and  add  Aca- 
marchis  neritina,  Aud.,  Savigny’s  ‘Egypte,’  p.  69,  pi.  xi.  fig.  1. 

Bugula  neritina  has  always  been  described  as  without 
avicularia;  but  a common  form  from  Ball’s  Head,  Port  Jack- 
son,  has  them  in  abundance  situated  at  the  base  of  the 
zooeeia.  The  beak  of  the  avicularium  is  prominent  and  the 
mandible  is  large.  The  mandible  is  longer  than  that  of 
dentata^  but  the  beak  is  narrower,  and,  as  in  B.  dentata  and 
B,  aviGularisj  there  are  two  small  muscular  prominences  on  the 
proximal  chitinous  ridge.  The  shape  of  the  mandibles  of 
B.  dentata^  B . flabellata^  B.  turhinata^  B.  aviGularisj  and  B, 
plumosa  is  almost  identical,  and  they  vary  in  size  in  the  order 
given. 

On  the  other  hand  Bugula  Murrayana  has  a very  long  and 
narrow  mandible  with  the  lateral  processes  curved  downwards, 
whereas  the  others  have  a straight  lower  edge.  These  arti- 
cular processes  ” are  very  marked  in  all  the  Bugulcej  and 
occur  also  in  Memhranipora^  Grihrilina^  and  MiGroyorella^ 
showing  that  Mr.  Busk  attached  too  much  importance  to  them 
when  he  to  a large  extent  based  the  family  Adeoneas  on  this 
character. 

Mr.  Hincks  informs  me  that  specimens  from  Zanzibar  and 
the  Arabian  Sea  marked  B.  neritina  have  avicularia,  and  I 
was  told  in  the  British  Museum  that  an  Asiatic  specimen  also 
had  avicularia ; but  I am  not  sure  whether  the  observations 
have  been  confirmed.  Specimens  from  Shark  Island,  8 fath., 
have  no  avicularia. 

18.  Bugula  dentata  (Lamx.).  (PI.  IV.  fig.  14.) 

Log,  Australia;  New  Zealand;  Tasmania;  South  Africa ; 
Ball’s  Head,  Port  Jackson,  12  fath. 


92 


]\Ir.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 


19.  Cellar ia  gracilis  (Busk).  (PL  IV.  fig.  6.) 

Salicornaria  gracilis,  Busk,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  p.  17,  pi.  Ixiii.  fig.  3 ; 
‘ Challenger  ’ Report,  p.  93. 

Cellaria  gracilis,  Mac  Gill  ivray,  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  v.  p.  50,  pi.  xlix.  fig.  4. 

Some  fragments  from  Raton  are  without  avicularia,  and 
then  it  is  difficult  to  distinguish  between  C.  Johnsoni,  B.,  and 
C.  gracilis,  B. ; but  the  large  semicircular  opening  of  the 
ovicell,  often  with  a very  distinct  lip,  agrees  with  specimens 
from  Holborn  Island,  and,  I think,  enables  it  to  be  separated 
from  C.  Jolinsoni,  B.,  with  certainty,  as  this  last  has  smaller 
elliptical  openings.  There  are  Cretaceous  fossils  from  Maes- 
tricht  &c.  which,  in  the  zooecial  characters,  are  allied  to  Cel- 
laria, although  they  were  erect  and  unarticulated.  The  solid 
branching  Escliarella  argns,  d’Orb.,  has  an  aperture  of  the 
Cellarian  shape,  with  four  teeth,  just  like  Cellaria  crassa, 
and  the  ovicell  is  also  concealed  in  a similar  manner.  Refer- 
ence to  Escharipora  rhomboidalis,  d’Orb.,  will  also  show  the 
relationship.  I have  previously  pointed  out  that  the  young 
branches  of  Cellaria  at  first  have  the  calcareous  wall  continu- 
ous with  the  parent  joint,  and  the  chitinous  articulation  i.s 
formed  subsequently  ; but  as  some  correspondents  were  unable 
to  verify  this,  I can  only  suppose  through  lack  of  suitable 
material,  I give  a figure  taken  from  a photograph. 

This  can,  however,  readily  be  seen  in  C.  fistulosa  and  any 
of  the  common  species. 

I have  pointed  out  (p.  89)  that  this  is  by  no  means  confined 
to  Cellaria,  but  occurs  in  other  articulated  species,  and  supports 
the  idea  that  articulated  forms  are  derived  from  unarticulated 
ones. 

In  the  Crag  and  other  Pliocene  formations  of  Europe  C, 
crassa  is  found  with  the  branches  continuous,  or,  as  Mr.  Busk 
says,  with  a tendency  to  ossification,  which  does  not  seem  a 
fortunate  method  of  indicating  what  takes  place,  as  we  must 
not  suppose  that  there  has  ever  been  a joint. 

Log,  Cumberland  Island ; Cape  Capricorn ; Victoria ; 
Station  186,  8 fath.  (Torres  Straits)  ; Holborn  Island  j off 
Raton,  New  Guinea,  7 fath. 

20.  Farcimia  oculata  (Busk). 

Nellia  oculata,  Busk,  Cat.  Mar.  Polyzoa,  p.  18,  pi.  Ixiv.  fig.  6,  pi.  Ixv.  ibis') 
fig.  4 ; ‘ Challenger  ’ Report,  p.  27 ; Smitt,  Floridan  Bryozoa,  p.  3,  pi.  i. 
figs.  53, 54  ; Haswell,  Polyzoa  from  Queensland,  p.  36  ; MacGillivray, 
Zool.  Viet.  dec.  V.  p.  51,  pi.  xlix.  fig.  5;  Hincks,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc., 
Zool.  vol.  xxi.  p.  121. 

This  was  placed  at  first  by  Busk  in  the  family  Cellariidac ; 


93 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

but  in  the  ‘ Challenger  ’ Keport  he  places  it  under  Cellula- 
riad^e,  although  in  the  definition  of  the  family  he  says 

zooecia — all  facing  the  same  way.”  Mr.  Hincks,  in  his 
Brit.  Mar.  Polyzoa,  p.  35,  seems  inclined  to  place  it  under 
the  Cellulariadas  ; but  his  Farcimia  appendiculata^  which  is 
no  doubt  closely  allied,  he  places  under  Cellariidm.  The 
characters  are  so  decidedly  Membraniporidan  that  I called  a 
variety  M,  ociilata,  var.  spinosa  (Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc. 
vol.  xxxix.  p.  434,  pi.  xii.  fig.  22),  and  I now  reluctantly 
remove  it,  but  do  so  as  it  ought  to  be  classified  with  F.  appen- 
diculata^  H.  ; F.  cereuSj  Pourt.  ; F.  lusoria^  Waters. 

Loc.  Torres  Straits  ; Bass’s  Straits  ; Florida ; Victoria  ; 
Cape  Grenville,  North-east  Australia,  20  fath.  (TF.);  Piper 
Islands,  9 fath.  {W.)  ; ‘Challenger’  Stations  190,  188,  208, 
148,  151,  18-550  fath.,  being  from  Heard  Island,  Crozet 
Island,  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  off  Bahia  ; Mergui  Archi- 
pelago [H.)  ; Cejlon  {H.). 

21.  Flustra  dissimiUs  (Busk). 

Carhasea  dissimiUs,  Busk,  Cat.  Mar.  Polyz.  p.  51,  pi.  1.  figs.  4-7;  Mac- 
Gillivray,  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  v.  p.  28,  pi.  xlv.  tig.  3. 

Loc,  Tasmania  (B.)  ; Queenscliff;  King’s  Island ; Port 
Phillip  Heads  (Victoria)  ; Shoalhaven  Beach  (New  South 
Wales). 

22.  Flustra  crihriformis  (Busk). 

Carhasea  crihriformis,  Busk,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  p.  51,  pi.  Ixviii.  fig.  1 ; 
‘ Challenger  ’ Report,  p.  58,  pi.  xxxiv.  fig.  8 ; Haswell,  “ On  some 
Polyzoa  from  the  Queensland  Coast,”  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales, 
yol.  y.  p.  37. 

A fine  specimen  from  Darnley  Island  has  no  radicle-tube 
at  the  lower  angle  of  each  fenestra,  nor  is  there  any  indication 
of  such  a structure ; and  as  Mr.  Busk  mentions  this  in  his 
‘ Challenger  ’ specimens,  we  must  conclude  that,  according  to 
the  conditions  under  which  it  grows,  it  is  with  or  without 
attachment. 

On  the  dorsal  surface  the  central  part  of  each  zooecium  is 
thin  and  the  remainder  is  covered  with  wavy  lines  of  growth. 

Loc,  Cumberland  Island  ; Station  186,  Cape  York,  8 fath.  ; 
Station  188,  28  fath. ; Station  190,  45  fath.  ; Holborn  Island 
[H.)  ; Darnley  Island,  Torres  Straits,  30  fath. 

23.  Flustra  militarise  sp.  nov.  (PI.  IV.  fig.  2.) 

Zoarium  bilaminate,  fronds  long  and  rather  narrow,  with 
about  eight  zooecia  in  a transverse  row.  Oviccll  large,  raised. 


94  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

with  a median  rib,  and  on  each  side  of  this  an  irregular  area. 
On  each  side  below  the  ovicell  two  thick  club-shaped  spines. 

The  ovicell  is  composed  of  two  calcareous  layers,  the  under 
one  smooth,  so  that  when  the  upper  one  is  removed  no  trace 
of  the  area  is  shown.  The  structure  of  the  ovicell  in  Flustra 
episcopalis  is  just  the  same,  and  no  doubt  the  two  species  are 
allied ; but  in  F.  episcopalis ^ B.,  the  operculum  is  entire, 
whereas  in  the  present  species  it  is  of  the  Membraniporidan 
type.  There  is  a thick  tubular  growth  down  the  side  of  the 
zoarium  of  episcopalis. 

On  account  of  the  prominent  spines  I call  this  militarise  in 
opposition  to  the  less-armed  F.  episcopalis. 

Mr.  Hincks  defines  Flustra  as  with  the  ovicells  immersed  ; 
but  in  the  two  species  considered  they  are  much  raised. 

Loc.  Port  Jackson  (New  South  Wales). 

24.  Diaclioris  spinigeroj  MacG. 

Diaclwris  spinigera,  MacGillivray,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Viet.  18e59,  yol.  iii. 
p.  165,  pi.  ii.  fig.  12 ; Zool.  Viet.  dee.  v.  p.  32,  pi.  xlvi.  fig.  3. 

The  specimen  from  Shoalhaven  Bay  has  the  zooecia  sub- 
erect  ; the  spines  are  mostly  towards  the  distal  end,  often  only 
two  or  three  on  each  side  ; on  one  side  only  an  avicularium 
with  a prominent  beak.  There  is  considerable  irregularity  in 
the  number  of  spines,  and  from  this  specimen  I consider  that 
D.  distansy  Hincks,  is  too  closely  allied  to  be  separated  as  a 
species. 

Loc.  Wilson’s  Promontory  ; Portland  (Victoria) ; Shoal- 
haven Bay,  8 fath.  (New  South  Wales). 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  IV. 

Fig.  1.  Menipea  cervicornis,  MacO.,  var.,  X 25. 

Fig.  2.  Flustra  militaris,  sp.  iiov.,  X 16. 

Fig.  3.  Bugula  neritina  (L.),  with  avicularia.  From  Ball’s  Head.  X 16. 

Fig.  4.  Sketch  of  Caherea  lata  (p.  84),  showing  chitinous  tubes  at  the 
junction,  X 12. 

Fig.  5.  Micropora  raUmiensis,  sp.  nov.,  X 16. 

Fig.  6.  Cellaria  gracilis  (B.),  showing  continuous  calcareous  wall  before 
the  articulation  is  formed.  The  chitinous  tubes  are  just  com- 
mencing. X 25.  From  Holbom  Island. 

Fig.  7.  Sketch  of  Canda  arachnoides,  Lamx.,  showing  chitinous  tubes  at 
the  articulation.  X 25. 

Fig.  8.  Membranipora  Savartii,  And.  ?,  X 16.  From  Darnley  Island. 

Fig.  9.  Operculum  of  Catenicella  alata,  W.  Thoms.,  X 85. 

Fig.  10.  Operculum  of  Catenicella  hastata,  B.,  X 85. 

Fig.  11.  Operculum  of  Catenicella  delicatula  (Wilson),  X 85. 

Fig.  12.  Operculum  of  Catenicella  Biiskii,  W.  Thoms.,  x 85. 

Fig.  13.  Operculum  of  Catenicella  ventricosa,  B.,  X 85. 


Mr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  on  neio  Reptiles  and  Batrachians,  95 

Fig.  14.  Mandible  of  Bugula  dentata  (Lamx.),  X 85. 

Fig.  15.  Mandible  of  Bugula  neritina  (L.),  X 85. 

Fig.  16.  Mandible  oi  Bugula  Muvrayana,  Jobnst.,  X 85. 

Fig.  17.  Mandible  of  Bugula  capense,  X 85. 

Fig.  18.  Mandible  of  Catenicella  gerninata,  Th.,  X 250. 

Fig.  19.  The  same,  X 85. 

Fig.  20.  Lateral  wall  of  Didymia  shnplex,  B.,  showing  rosette-plates. 
Fig.  21.  Operculum  of  Calpidium  ornatum^  B.,  X 85. 

Fig.  22.  Operculum  of  Catenicella  geminata,  Th.,  X 85. 

Fig.  23.  Operculum  of  Borina  (?)  inversa,  sp.  nov.,  X 250. 

Fig.  24.  Mandible  of  Lunulites  cancellatus,  B.,  x 250. 


VIII. — On  new  Reptiles  and  BatracMans  from  North  Borneo. 
By  G.  A.  Boulengek. 

A SMALL  collection  of  Reptiles  and  Batracliians  formed  by 
Mr.  John  Whitehead  on  Mount  Kina  Baloo  consists  of  ten 
species,  four  of  which  are  new  and  described  below.  The 
known  species  are  the  following  : — Lygosoma  variegatum.^ 
Ptrs.;  Lygosoma  olivaceumy  Gray;  Tropidonotus sarawaeensisy 
Gthr. ; jRhacophorus  maculatuSy  Gray  ; Bufb  leptopuSy  Gthr. ; 
and  Leptohrachium  graciloy  Gthr. 

Draco  ohscurus. 

Head  small ; snout  as  long  as  the  diameter  of  the  orbit ; 
nostril  directed  upwards,  perfectly  vertical ; tympanum  naked, 
smaller  than  the  eye-opening ; eleven  upper  labials.  The 
male’s  gular  appendage  as  long  as  the  head,  covered  with 
large  scales.  No  nuchal  fold  or  crest.  Dorsal  scales  smooth, 
equal,  not  larger  than  ventrals ; a lateral  series  of  widely- 
distant,  enlarged,  keeled  scales.  The  fore  limb  stretched 
forward  extends  considerably  beyond  the  tip  of  the  snout ; 
the  hind  limb  reaches  the  shoulder.  Brown  above,  with 
black  spots  on  the  nape ; wing-membranes  blackish  above, 
colourless  inferiorly ; throat  brown,  with  light  spots  ; gular 
appendage  brown,  black  at  the  base ; lower  surface  of  lateral 
wattles  dark  purple. 

millim. 


Total  length 256 

Head 17 

Width  of  head 11 

Body 75 

Fore  limb 42 

Hind  limb  52 

Tail  164 


A single  male  specimen. 


96  Mr.  G.  A.  Boiilenger  on  new  'Reptiles  and  BatracMans. 


Trop  ido  notus  jla  v ifro  n s . 

Dentition  syncranterian.  Head  oval,  very  distinct  from 
neck  ; snout  short ; eyes  moderate.  Scales  in  19  rows,  feebly 
keeled,  of  outer  row  smooth.  Ventrals  146;  anal  entire; 
subcaudals  95.  Internasals  truncated  in  front,  about  half  as 
large  as  the  prtefrontals ; one  prte-  and  two  postoculars ; 
loreal  as  deep  as  broad  ; eight  upper  labials,  fourth  and  fifth 
entering  the  orbit ; two  superposed  anterior  temporals.  Olive 
above,  with  dark  network  ; two  alternating  series  of  white 
spots  along  each  side,  upper  on  the  sixth  scale  from  the  ven- 
tral, lower  larger  and  on  the  outer  border  of  the  ventral  ; a 
large  yellow  spot  covers  the  forehead  (prsefrontals,  loreals, 
prgeoculars,  and  anterior  half  of  frontal)  ; sutures  between  the 
labials  black  ; ventrals  whitish,  with  large  black  spots  ; the 
black  predominates  on  the  subcaudals. 

Length  to  vent  300  inillim.  ; tail  153. 

A single  specimen. 


Rana  WhiteJieadi. 

Vomerine  teeth  in  two  oblique  groups  just  behind  the  line 
of  the  choanse.  Head  large  ; snout  obtusely  acuminate,  pro- 
jecting, with  angular  canthus  rostralis  and  deeply  concave 
loreal  region  ; eyes  very  large ; interorbital  space  narrower 
than  the  upper  eyelid  ; tympanum  half  or  three  fifths  the 
diameter  of  the  eye.  Fingers  moderate,  first  extending 
slightly  beyond  second ; toes  moderate,  entirely  webbed ; 
disks  well  developed,  about  two  fifths  the  diameter  of  the 
tympanum  ; subarticular  tubercles  small ; a small  oval  inner 
metatarsal  tubercle.  Hind  limb  very  long,  the  femoro-tibial 
articulation  reaching  the  shoulder  ; tibia  as  long  as  the  dis- 
tance between  the  orbit  and  the  vent.  Skin  nearly  smooth  ; 
an  interrupted  glandular  lateral  fold  from  the  eye  to  the 
sacrum.  Grey-brown  above,  with  rather  ill-defined  darker 
cross  bands  on  the  limbs  ; tympanum  reddish ; upper  lip  and 
lower  surfaces  whitish.  Male  with  an  external  vocal  vesicle 
on  each  side  of  the  throat,  below  the  commissure  of  the  jaws  ; 
no  humeral  gland. 

From  snout  to  vent  46  millim. 

Four  male  specimens. 

The  nearest  ally  of  this  species  is  R.  jerboa^  Gthr.,  wdiich 
differs  in  having  longer  hind  limbs,  a shorter,  blunter,  and 
less  projecting  snout,  smaller  eyes,  &c. 


Notes  from  the  St,  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory.  97 
Ixalus  latopalmatus. 

Snout  very  short,  broadly  rounded,  obliquely  truncate  at 
the  end,  with  nearly  vertical,  concave  lores  ; eyes  large  ; inter- 
orbital space  as  broad  as  the  upper  eyelid  ; tympanum  very 
small,  not  very  distinct.  Fingers  short,  dilated  into  enor- 
mous disks,  the  width  of  which  equals  three  fourths  the  width 
of  the  eye ; a broad  web,  extending  nearly  to  the  disks, 
between  the  two  outer  fingers,  and  a short  one  between  the 
second  and  third;  toes  very  broadly  webbed,  the  web  en- 
closing one  half  of  the  disks  ; latter  about  half  the  size  of 
those  of  the  fingers ; subarticular  tubercles  oval,  flat ; no 
distinct  metatarsal  tubercle.  Hind  limb  very  long  and 
strong ; the  femoro-tibial  articulation  reaches  the  shoulder  ; 
tibia  as  long  as  the  distance  between  the  tympanum  and  the 
vent.  Skin  finely  granulate  above,  smooth  inferiorly. 
Blackish  above,  with  pale  brown  variegations  on  the  back 
and  whitish  dots  on  the  sides  ; limbs  with  lighter  cross  bands  ; 
hinder  side  of  thighs  blackish,  speckled  with  whitish ; lower 
surfaces  whitish. 

From  snout  to  vent  53  millim. 

Two  specimens,  female  and  half-grown. 


IX. — Notes  from  the  St.  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory  {under 
the  Fishery  Board  for  Scotland). — No.  VII.  By  Prof, 
MHntosh,  M.D.,  LL.E).,  F».B.S.,  &c. 

1.  On  the  Occurrence  of  Peculiar  Gelatinous  Bodies  in 

Profusion. 

2.  On  Syncoryne  decipiens,  Dujardin. 

3.  On  the  Commensalistic  Habits  of  the  Larval  Forms 

of  Peachia. 

4.  On  the  Presence  of  Swarms  of  Appendiciilarians. 

5.  On  the  Occurrence  of  Clione  borealis,  Pallas. 

1.  On  the  Occurrence  of  Peculiar  Gelatinous 
Bodies  in  Profusion. 

Pelagic  colonial  Badiolarians  on  the  surface  of  tropical, 
subtropical,  and,  generally  speaking,  the  warmer  seas  have 
been  familiar  for  a long  time,  especially  since  the  observations 
of  Prof.  Huxley  * drew  special  attention  to  the  group.  These 

* “ Zoological  Notes  and  Observations  made  on  board  H.M.S.  ‘ Rattle- 
snake.’— III.  Upon  Thalassicolla,"  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  2,  vol.  viii. 
p.  433. 

Ann.  & Mag,  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx. 


7 


98 


Prof.  McIntosh’s  Notes  from  the 

and  similar  organisms  have,  however,  attraeted  little  notice  in 
the  seas  of  our  own  country,  probably  from  the  fact  that  the 
ordinary  tow-net  has  chiefly  been  used  in  examining  the  pelagic 
fauna.  The  large  mid-water  net  formerly  mentioned  in  this 
journal  will,  however,  make  a considerable  revolution  in  this 
respect,  since  it  demonstrates  that  many  forms  of  great  interest 
float  in  mid-water  or  near  the  bottom,  which  forms  would  en- 
tirely escape  the  ordinary  tow-net  as  well  as  the  dredge  and 
the  trawl.  One  may  indeed  be  excused  for  imagining  what  the 
results  of  such  an  apparatus  would  have  been  if  perseveringly 
used  during  the  unparallelled  opportunities  afforded  on  board 
H.M.S.  c Challenger.’ 

In  the  midst  of  the  profusion  of  forms  captured  by  the  mid- 
water net  on  the  13th  May  a peculiar  appearance  was  caused 
in  the  water  by  certain  small  gelatinous  structures — ovoid, 
dumb-bell-shaped,  or  somewhat  cylindrical  in  outline.  Their 
size  varied  from  1 to  2 millim.  in  their  long  diameter,  and 
thus  they  were  much  smaller  than  examples  of  Collozoum 
inerme.  When  conveyed  to  the  laboratory  they  floated  some- 
what heavily  near  the  bottom  of  the  glass  vessels,  though 
it  is  possible  their  range  in  the  open  sea  varies  in  depth 
according  to  circumstances.  They  presented  a hyaline  gela- 
tinous matrix,  in  which  were  studded  small  greenish-yellow 
cells  containing  nuclei,  and  many  of  which,  from  their  con- 
stricted aspect,  appeared  to  be  in  a state  of  division.  Occa- 
sionally somewhat  large,  round  cells  with  nuclei  occurred 
amongst  the  others.  In  some  examples,  again,  minute  acicular 
bodies  like  spicules  were  sparsely  scattered  throughout  the 
protoplasm,  resembling  those  'of  Splicerozoum  neapoUtanum 
as  figured  by  Brandt  (pi.  v.  fig.  64)  After  preser- 
vation in  spirit  the  latter  became  finely  granular  in  the 
centre,  and  were  rendered  invisible  when  the  preparation 
was  mounted  in  calcium  chloride. 

These  gelatinous  masses  were  in  vast  quantities  in  the  bay, 
and  could  not  fail,  whether  Radiolarians  or  otherwise,  to 
have  an  important  influence  on  the  fauna,  especially  the 
pelagic  fauna,  and  thus  indirectly  on  the  food  of  fishes. 
Hitherto  it  has  been  chiefly  Radiolarians  with  a conspic- 
uous siliceous  capsule  that  have  attracted  notice  in  the 
alimentary  canals  of  Invertebrates  (e.  g,  in  the  i^nnelids 
dredged  by  the  ^ Challenger  ’),  and,  indeed,  the  group  is 
only  incidentally  mentioned  in  Prof.  Ryder’s  ^ Protozoa  ’ 
in  relation  to  the  food  of  fishes  In  the  present  instance 

^ Koloniebildende  Radiolarien/’  Fauna  u.  Flora  des  Golfes  von 
Neapel,  xiii.  Monograpliie  (1885). 

t “ The  Protozoa  and  Protophytes  considered  as  the  Primary  or  Indi- 


99 


St.  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory . 

it  is  probable  tliat  Tomoj^terisy  which  occurred  in  great 
beauty  at  this  time,  the  Appendiculariaiis,  and  other  forms 
fed  largely  on  the  gelatinous  masses.  In  relation  to  the  sur- 
rounding fauna,  again,  it  is  interesting  that  Brandt,  in  his 
elaborate  and  beautiful  monograph  on  the  colonial  Badiolarians, 
mentions  that  certain  forms  (e.  g.  Myxosphcera  ccerulea)  fre- 
quently contain  a parasitic  Amphipod  {Hyperia)  as  well  as 
Copepods  and  Appendicularians,  while  living  diatoms  oc- 
curred in  young  Collozoa.  At  St.  Andrews  all  these  forms 
were  present  with  the  gelatinous  masses,  but  quite  separate 
from  them. 

While  engaged  with  this  form  it  was  observed  by  a note 
in  ^Nature’* *  that  Mr.  Shrubsole  had  found  at  Sheerness-on- 
Sea  that  the  water  became  foul  in  May  from  the  presence 
of  gelatinous  masses  of  small  size  and  spherical,  cylindrical, 
and  irregular  forms,  in  which  nucleated  granules  are  imbedded. 
After  immersion,  even  for  a few  seconds,  ropes,  nets,  &c.  feel 
as  if  they  had  been  dipped  in  glue.”  The  fishermen  more- 
over were  of  opinion  that  this  injured  the  tackle  and  lessened 
the  take  of  some  kinds  of  fish.  It  continues  for  a month  and 
then  disappears.  At  my  request  Mr.  Shrubsole  courteously 
forwarded  specimens  of  the  water  and  the  deposits,  with  out- 
lines of  the  form  in  life,  and  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  this 
is  a similar  gelatinous  structure,  which  thus  appears  in 
vast  numbers  and  again  disappears.  The  injury  which  is 
asserted  to  be  done  to  the  tackle  would  require  further 
investigation ; but  the  diminution  of  the  take  of  certain 
kinds  of  fish  from  this  cause  is  probably  hypothetical 

2.  071  Syncoryne  decipiens,  Dujardin. 

In  alluding  to  the  Coelenterate  pelagic  fauna  in  the  Feb- 
ruary number  of  this  journal  special  mention  was  made  of  the 
immense  abundance  of  the  Hydromedusse,  the  water  of  such 
bays  throughout  the  greater  part  of  the  year  being  crowded 
with  the  various  forms  of  ThaumantiaSy  Bougainvillia  J, 


rect  Source  of  the  Food  of  Fishes,'’  U.  S.  Commission  of  Fish  and  Fisheries, 
part  ix.  1881  (1884),  p.  760. 

* July  9,  1885. 

t Mr.  Shrubsole  has  drawn  my  attention  to  a paper  by  Count  Castra- 
cane,  entitled  “ Straoidinario  fenomeno  della  vita  del  Mare  ” (Atti  dell’ 
Accad.  Lincei,  tome  xxxiv.  1881),  in  which  similar  bodies  appeared  in 
the  Italian  waters,  and  which  he  associated  with  the  inferior  Algae.  He 
does  not  seem  to  have  observed  spicules. 

t Bougainvillia  hritannica,  so  exquisitely  figured  by  Prof.  Allman 
('  Gymnohlastic  &c.  Hydroids,’  i.  pi.  ix.  fig.  8),  being  specially  ahun- 
aant. 


100  Prof.  McIntosh’s  Notes  from  the 

Circe  (probably  (7.  borealis)  y Sarsia^  Turrisy  Oceaniay  and 
others — not  at  the  surface,  but  very  often  at  a depth  of  3 or 
4 fathoms.  Occasionally,  indeed,  certain  conditions  of  the 
wind  and  tide  strew  the  beach  in  May  with  masses  of  Thau- 
mantias  and  other  forms  ; but  they  may  exist  in  great  pro- 
fusion, while  only  a few  stragglers  are  caught  by  the  ordinary 
tow-net. 

The  active  planulse  from  a vessel  containing  abundance  of 
Sarsice  amongst  Thaumantias  and  other  forms  noted  were 
placed  under  a trickle  of  water  on  the  30th  July,  1886. 
Some  time  afterwards  many  minute  pale  hydroids  were  noticed 
on  the  bottom  of  the  vessel ; but  it  was  not  till  the  first  week 
in  March  1887  that  a delicate  hydroid  was  observed  stretching 
over  the  bottom  of  the  vessels.  This  period  would  nearly 
correspond  with  that  at  which  Dujardin  originally  found  the 
/Syncwywe  proceeding  from  the  pelagic  Further 

examination  showed  that  these  growths  were  formed  by  a 
single  species,  viz.  the  Syncoryne  decipienSy  Dujardin,  the 
faithful  pencil  of  the  late  Mr.  Alder  leaving  little  to  be 
desired  in  the  figure  in  Mr.  Hincks’s  work.  It  is  clear  there- 
fore that  either  the  planula  of  this  species  alone  had  been 
selected  for  the  experiment,  which  is  unlikely,  or  that  it 
survived  frequent  vicissitudes  which  caused  the  others  to 
succumb. 

As  Mr.  Hincks  had  no  opportunity  of  examining  living 
specimens,  it  may  be  noted  that  the  minute  and  slender  stem 
(hydrorliiza)  creeps  over  the  surface  of  the  glass  often  in  a 
somewhat  radiate  manner,  sending  off  here  and  there  free 
erect  branches,  which  bear  the  characteristic  polypites  at  the 
tip.  These  have  for  the  most  part  the  general  aspeet  of 
Mr.  Alder’s  figure  t ; but  the  slender  transparent  tentacles 
are  much  longer  in  vigorous  adults,  and  thus  contrast  with 
the  large  globular  or  button-like  tip  with  its  prominent 
thread-cells.  The  elongated  oral  region  of  the  polypite  is 
pronounced,  and  the  dilated  region  behind  it  is  tinged  of  a 
pale  brownish  hue.  Small  rounded  bodies,  of  a pale  brownish- 
red  colour,  situated  in  most  just  behind  the  tentacles,  though 
in  others  they  occur  amongst  the  tentacles,  indicate  the  gono- 
phores. 

The  polypary  shows  more  evident  crenulations  (annulations) 
than  represented  in  the  figure,  and  towards  the  beginning  of 
July  this  had  undergone  various  changes  in  the  colonies. 
Many  of  the  chitinous  sheaths  were  empty,  while  here  and 
there,  out  of  the  wall  of  the  effete  tube,  sprouted  a slender  band 

* Ann.  des  Sc.  Nat.  3^  ser.  iv.  p.  277  (1845). 

t Ilincks,  Brit.  Ilydr.  Zooph.  ii.  pi.  x.  fig.  2. 


St.  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory.  101 

of  coenosarc,  with  a more  or  less  perfect  coating  of  chitin, 
terminating  in  a poljpite  with  two  or  four  tentacles,  and  pro- 
vided with  the  elongated  oral  tube,  which  was  bent  round, 
apparently  in  quest  of  prey,  and  often  dilated  at  the  extremity. 
Secondary  buds,  possessing  only  two  tentacles,  and  thus 
somewhat  approaching  the  peculiar  Lar  sohellarum  in  appear- 
ance, occurred  at  intervals  in  the  course  qf  the  former.  The 
coenosarc  connected  with  these  young  buds  entered  portions  of 
the  tubes  forming  the  old  polypary,  and  sometimes  terminated 
abruptly  in  a bulbous  mass,  in  the  interior  of  which  the  cilia 
were  specially  active.  Dujardin  states  that  the  species  feeds 
especially  on  Cyclops  and  other  minute  Crustacea.  If  the 
polypites  inhabiting  these  older  sheaths  had  died  on  the  escape 
of  the  free  zooids,  or  from  causes  connected  with  their  arti- 
ficial life,  the  vitality  of  the  coenosarc  had  enabled  the  species 
again  to  make  rapid  progress  by  gemmation. 


3.  On  the  Commensalistic  Habits  of  the  Larval 
Forms  o/Peachia. 

Considerable  information  has  recently  been  obtained  con- 
cerning the  history  of  larval  Actiniae  commensalistic  on 
Medusae  both  in  our  own  and  foreign  seas.  Much  of  this 
has  been  collected  by  Prof.  Haddon  in  his  very  interesting 
account  of  the  parasitic  larva  of  Ilalcampa  *,  which  he  found 
for  the  most  part  attached  to  the  stomach  on  the  sub-umbrella 
of  ditferent  species  of  Leptornedusae.  Before  the  publication 
of  the  latter  paper,  however,  the  occurrence  of  considerable 
numbers  attached  to  various  kinds  of  Thaumantias  in  St. 
Andrews  Bay  had  led  me  to  think  that  this  must  be  a very 
general  habit  of  these  larval  forms,  which  I associated  with 
the  commonest  type  here,  viz.  Peachia  hastata,  Gosse,  first 
recognized  as  a British  species  by  the  late  Prof.  John  lieid, 
of  St.  Andrews,  under  the  name  of  Actinia  cylindrica\. 
They  occurred  in  various  parts  of  the  bay,  though  the  greatest 
number  were  procured  by  a single  sweep  of  the  mid-water  net 
off  the  mouth  of  the  Eden.  They  cling  to  various  parts  of 
the  Medusae,  not  only  to  the  regions  mentioned  by  Prof.  Had- 
don, but  to  the  under  surface  of  the  disk,  and  occasionally 
externally.  They  appear  to  adhere  to  the  Medusae  by  the 
sucker-like  action  of  the  mouth,  which  is  widely  open,  though 
the  tentacles  are  also  closely  applied  to  the  surface. 

The  free-swimming  larval  forms  are  thus  at  a subsequent 

* Proc.  Roy.  Dubl.  Soc.  1887,  p.  473,  pi.  xi. 

t Physiol,,  Anat.,  & Pathol.  Observations,  p.  GoG,  pi.  v.  figs.  21  and  22 
(1848). 


102 


Prof.  McIntosh’s  Notes  from  the 

stage  carried  about  without  effort  by  the  Med  usee ; and  as  there 
is  abundance  of  nourishment  of  a suitable  kind  around,  it  is 
not  necessary  to  limit  the  view  only  to  the  possibility  of  their 
feeding  on  ThaumantiaSj  for  by  the  use  of  the  tentacles  as 
organs  of  attachment  the  mouth  may  at  any  time  be  set  free. 
Further,  Actinias  form  a favourite  food  of  many  fishes,  e.  g, 
the  cod,  haddock,  whiting,  and  others,  while  the  stomachs  of 
flounders  are  frequently  distended  with  Edwardsice.  The 
floating  larvae  of  Feachia  thus  increase  the  supplies  for  the 
pelagic  young  of  the  food- fishes,  and  borne  near  the  sand  by 
the  Medusae,  are  placed  within  easy  reach  of  the  active 
Pleuronectidae. 

4.  On  the  Presence  of  Swarms  of  Ajggendicularians. 

Appendicularians  have  long  been  familiar  in  Scottish 
waters.  Thus  Edward  Forbes,  when  off  the  north  coast  of 
Scotland  in  1845,  found  that  the  cloudy  patches  of  red 
colouring-matter  in  the  water  consisted  almost  entirely  of  the 
bodies  of  the  curious  and  anomalous  creature  called  Appen- 
dicularia  ” During  the  expeditions  in  connexion  with*  the 
Trawling  Commission,  so  ably  presided  over  by  Lord  Dal- 
housie,  Appendicularians  were  frequently  met  with  in  the 
ordinary  tow-nets,  which  w’ere  sunk  by  a heavy  weight  a 
fathom  or  two  in  the  water.  Most  of  us,  however,  were 
unaware  that  in  April  and  early  May  at  any  rate  the  inshore 
waters  occasionally  teem  with  this  interesting  type — so  pro- 
fusely, indeed,  that  they  and  their  houses  ” are  ready  to 
rupture  the  huge  mid-water  net.  Their  activity  when  fresh 
can  only  be  compared  to  that  of  spermatozoa,  as  they  dash 
everywhere  through  the  water  either  in  a complete  state  or 
only  represented  by  tails.  None  of  these  showed  the  pinkish 
hue  so  often  seen  in  1884,  yet  the  reproductive  organs  were 
fairly  developed.  They  also  evidently  feed  freely,  as  the  glass 
vessels  in  which  they  were  kept  were  littered  with  small 
brorvnish,  cylindrical,  fgecal  masses,  which  at  the  time  were 
associated  with  the  pale  greenish  gelatinous  masses  described 
under  No.  1 altered  by  digestion.  During  the  month  in 
which  they  were  more  or  less  under  observation  in  the  bay 
their  size  increased  considerably.  Their  disappearance  again 
in  May  w^as  apparently  as  sudden  as  their  advent  in  such 
enormous  numbers  in  April. 

It  is  noteworthy  that  some,  such  as  Prof.  Huxley,  have 
failed  to  capture  them  in  their  houses,”  though,  as  in  the 
latter  case,  the  animals  themselves  were  in  vast  numbers  on 
Hist.  13rit.  Mollusca,  vol.  iv.  p.  24o. 


St,  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory,  103 

the  coast  of  New  Guinea  and  in  the  southern  Pacific  The 
“ houses  ” were  a serious  impediment  to  the  use  of  the  mid- 
water net  at  St.  Andrews,  and  the  empty  ones  frequently 
formed  a thick  coating  on  the  surface  of  the  large  jars  in  the 
laboratory,  probably  because  bubbles  of  air  had  been  mixed 
with  them. 

Prof.  Herdman  tells  me  that  the  examples  from  St.  An- 
drews are  as  large  and  fine  as  those  procured  by  the  ^ Chal- 
lenger,’ and  he  identifies  the  species  with  Oilwpleura  copho- 
cerca,'’'  The  beautiful  outlines  of  the  Aypendicularia  (a 
generic  name  which  I agree  with  Prof.  Huxley  should  be 
preferred  to  the  Oihopleura  of  Mertens)  in  life,  however, 
differ  considerably  from  Gegenbaur’s  figures  of  his  species  t* 
More  recent  authors  have  in  all  probability  improved  in  this 
respect. 

5.  On  the  Occurrence  of  Clione  borealis,  Pallas, 

The  use  of  the  mid-water  net  on  the  11th  and  12th  April 
and  for  a week  or  two  subsequently  brought  to  the  labora- 
tory a considerable  number  of  active  specimens  of  Clione 
borealis^  Pallas.  They  generally  came  from  a depth  of  4 
fathoms  in  from  6 to  8 fathoms  water.  This  Pteropod  alto- 
gether escaped  notice  in  the  far-reaching  dredging-excursions 
of  the  late  esteemed  Dr.  Gwyn  Jeffreys,  who  searched  the 
British  seas  more  thoroughly  than  any  other  in  recent  times, 
and  on  this  account  therefore  its  presence  is  the  more  note- 
worthy and  an  agreeable  surprise  to  Mr.  Prince  and  myself. 
Dr.  Gwyn  Jeffreys  states,  under  the  group  Gymnosomata  J, 
‘‘  The  only  member  of  this  order  which  seems  to  have  been 
observed  on  the  British  coasts  is  Clione  papilionacea  of  Pallas 
[Clio  borealis j Bruguibre,=  Clio  retusa^  Muller  and  Fabricius), 
a native  of  the  Arctic  Seas,  and  partly  the  reputed  food  of  the 
true  whale.  Dr.  Leach  says  that  during  a tour  to  the  Ork- 
neys (query  Hebrides?)  in  1811  he  found  several  mutilated 
specimens  on  the  rocks,  and  succeeded  in  capturing  one  alive 
while  rowing  along  the  coast  of  Mull.  Dr.  Morch  reminds 
me  that  in  the  ^ Isis  ’ for  1823  (ii.  p.  459)  Oken  mentions  a 
specimen  in  the  Museum  of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes  from 
Falmouth,  and  that  Faber  noticed  this  rnollusk  as  found  in 
the  Cattegat  at  Lesso."” 

Nothing  could  exceed  the  beauty  of  these  Pteropods  and 
the  interest  excited  by  their  movements.  The  general  mass 

* Phil.  Trans.  1851,  part  ii.  p.  598. 

t Zeitschr.  f.  wiss.  Zool.  vi.  p.  408,  Taf.  xvi.  figs.  1-5  (1851). 

f Brit.  Concliology,  v.  p.  121. 


104  Dr.  A.  C.  Stokes  on  new  Hypotrichous 

of  the  body  is  translucent,  while  from  the  anterior  end  a bar 
of  rich  reddish  orange  proceeds  back-ward  a short  distance 
behind  the  epipodia.  The  tip  of  the  tail  again  is  flecked 
with  reddish-brown  pigment-grains.  As  Pallas  first  noticed, 
the  muscular  bands  of  the  epipodia  are  so  arranged  as  to  give 
the  organs  the  aspect  of  a file  or  rasp,  as  in  Gymbulia^  from 
their  intimate  decussation,  and  their  mobility  is  remarkable. 
The  animals  mount  gracefully  from  the  bottom  of  the  vessel 
and  steer  for  the  surface,  or  in  a circle,  the  tips  of  the  epi- 
podia almost  touching  ventrally  and  again  dorsally — just  as 
a lithe  swimmer  would  do  in  the  erect  position  in  the  water 
by  alternately  touching  the  tips  of  his  fingers  in  front  and  (if 
he  were  able)  behind.  In  the  case  of  Glione^  however,  the 
locomotive  organ  is  a broad  muscular  wing  on  each  side,  the 
curves  of  which  so  strike  the  water  as  to  cause  the  easy  grace- 
ful motion  so  characteristic  of  the  species. 

The  only  Pteropod  hitherto  found  on  the  eastern  shores  of 
Scotland  is  Sinrialis  retroversus^  Flem.,  which  occasionally 
occurs  in  vast  numbers,  as  mentioned  in  the  February  num- 
ber of  this  journal  *.  It  is  equally  abundant  on  the  western 
shores.  So  rare  are  other  forms  that  in  our  experience  only 
one  other  species  has  been  met  with,  viz.  that  termed  by 
Dr.  Gwyn  Jeffreys  Glio  pyramidata^  Browne,  which  had 
been  carried  by  the  Gulf-stream  in  August  to  a quiet  bay  in 
North  Uist. 


X.  — Some  new  EypotricJious  Infusoria  from  American  Fresh 
Waters.  By  Alfeed  C.  Stokes,  M.D. 

[Plate  III.] 

Litonotus  vermicularisj  sp.  nov.  (PI.  III.  fig.  1.) 

Body  elongate,  flattened,  from  fifteen  to  twenty  times  as  long 
as  broad,  soft,  flexible,  and  elastic,  widest  centrally,  tapering 
thence  to  the  rounded  posterior  extremity,  and  anteriorly  to 
the  subapical  constriction  ; the  frontal  border  obliquely 
rounded;  ventral  surface  longitudinally  striate  ,*  dorsal  aspect 
ordinarily  traversed  by  a narrow,  longitudinally  disposed, 
keel-like  ridge;  contractile  vesicles  multiple,  thirty  or  more 
arranged  in  a single  series  near  one  lateral  border,  from  eight 
to  ten  scattered  and  disposed  near  the  opposite  lateral  margin  ; 

^ ‘ Annals/  Feb.  1887,  pp.  140-141. 


Infusoria  from  American  Fresh  Waters.  105 

nucleus  moniliform,  the  nodules  ovate,  numerous  ; trichocysts 
abundant,  most  conspicuously  developed  as  a dense,  radiating 
series  within  the  frontal  border  ; anal  aperture  at  some  dis- 
tance from  the  posterior  extremity ; endoplasm  granular. 
Length  of  the  extended  mature  body  to  inch. 

Hah.  Standing  pond- water. 

The  largest  and  mature  zooids  are  visible  to  the  naked  eye 
as  fine  white  threads  gliding  through  the  water. 

Chihdon  vorax,  sp.  nov.  (PL  III.  fig.  2.) 

Body  suboval,  soft  and  flexible,  twice  and  a half  as  long 
as  broad,  widest  anteriorly,  and  curved  towards  the  left- 
hand  side,  gradually  tapering  from  the  sinistral  concavity  to 
the  rounded  posterior  extremity,  the  left-hand  border  slightly 
convex,  the  lip-like  projection  obtuse  or  rounded  ; eutieular 
surfaee  longitudinally  striate ; nucleus  elongate-ovate  or  sub- 
fusiform,  located  in  the  posterior  body-half,  usually  near  the 
right-hand  lateral  border  ; contractile  vesicles  multiple,  small, 
spherical,  scattered  ; an  undulating  line  of  cilia  extending  from 
the  lip,  beyond  which  it  frequently  projects,  to  the  oral  aper- 
ture; anal  aperture  dorsal,  near  the  posterior  extremity. 
Length  of  body  inch. 

Hah.  Fresh  water,  with  Oscillaria  and  other  algm  in  early 
spring. 

The  rod-fascicle  lining  the  pharyngeal  passage  is  not  only 
somewhat  protrusible,  as  in  the  other  members  of  the  genus, 
and  expansile  and  contractile  at  the  distal  extremity,  but  it  is 
also  freely  movable  within  the  body-sarcode  around  the 
margin  of  oral  attachment  as  a centre.  The  Infusorians  under 
observation  fed  voraciously  on  certain  linear  diatoms  (pro-  • 
bably  a species  of  NitzscMa)  with  which  the  water  teemed,  the 
frustules  often  being  considerably  longer  than  the  body  of  the 
animalcule  in  its  normal  condition,  and,  after  being  engulfed, 
consequently  extending  through  the  entire  length  of  the  Infu- 
sorian, and  stretching  the  eutieular  surface  at  both  extremi- 
ties until  at  these  points  the  limiting  membrane  became  the 
merest  film.  Before  the  process  of  engulfing  was  actually 
witnessed  it  was  an  interesting  problem  as  to  how  the  diatom 
became  freed  from  the  posterior  region  of  the  pharyngeal 
passage  which  extends  almost  to  the  centre  of  the  body.  The 
first  supposition  was  that  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  body 
was  sufficiently  protruded  under  the  pressure  of  the  inflexible 
diatom  to  allow  the  latter  to  pass  from  the  pharynx  and  then 
to  glide  forward,  thus  partially  relieving  the  posterior  pres- 
sure. This  supposition  was  not  correct.  During  the  passage 
of  the  frustule,  when  the  eutieular  surface  of  the  rear  margin 


106  Dr.  A.  C.  Stokes  on  new  Hyi^otrichous 

of  the  body  has  reaehed  its  limit  of  extension,  the  pharyngeal 
tube,  containing  one  end  of  the  long  diatom,  suddenly  and 
violently  rotates  forward  until  its  normal  position  is  com- 
pletely reversed,  and  the  diatom  consequently  slips  out.  The 
act  is  probably  only  to  a certain  extent  voluntary,  being 
effectually  aided  by  the  strong  pressure  from  the  extended 
cuticular  surface,  which  tends  to  force  the  pharyngeal  fascicle 
forward.  This  pressure  is,  however,  not  essential,  as  the 
pharyngeal  tube  is  freely  movable  at  the  animalcule’s  will. 
I have  seen  it  suddenly  swing  forward  to  free  itself  and  as 
quickly  swing  back  into  its  former  and  normal  position.  The 
latter  act  is  evidently  entirely  voluntary*.  Reproduction  is 
by  oblique  transverse  fission.  The  animalcule  was  abun- 
dant in  its  habitat. 

Loxodes  magnus^  sp.  nov.  (PI.  III.  fig.  3.) 

Body  elongate,  depressed,  seven  or  eight  times  as  long  as 
broad,  very  soft,  flexible,  and  elastic  ; narrowest  anteriorly, 
the  frontal  border  rounded  and  curved  toward  the  left-hand 
side,  the  apical  extremity  terminating  in  a short  beak -like 
extension ; posterior  extremity  rounded ; lateral  margins 
somewhat  convex  ; ventral  surface  flattened  and  longitudinally 
striate,  the  dorsal  convex  j adoral  groove  occupying  about 
one  seventh  of  the  anterior  lateral  margin  of  the  ventral  sur- 
face, the  membranous  sickle-shaped  lining  conspicuous,  the 
posterior  portion  long  and  narrow ; refractive  corpuscles 
numerous,  arranged  in  a single  longitudinal  series  near  the 
right-hand  lateral  border  ; nuclei  multiple,  irregularly  distri- 
buted ; contractile  vesicles  apparently  many  and  posteriorly 
* located,  but  not  positively  identified  ; endoplasm  vacuolar ; 
colour  brown ; cilia  and  dorsal  hispid  setm  numerous,  short, 
and  fine.  Length  of  extended  body  ^ inch. 

Hah.  Standing  pond-water.  Movements  gliding,  with 
frequent  twisting  and  folding  of  the  body. 

This  is  readily  distinguishable  from  the  two  previously 
recorded  species  by  its  great  size  and  by  the  number  of  the 
marginal  refringent  corpuscles.  The  nuclei,  or  those  nodules 
which  I have  considered  to  be  the  nuclei,  are  much  paler  in 
tint  than  the  corpuscles  just  referred  to,  larger,  and  the  cen- 
trally placed  nucleolus  in  each  is  more  finely  granulate.  A 
funiculus  probably  exists,  although  it  was  not  positively  ob- 
served. The  posterior  portion  of  the  chitinous  pharyngeal 
membrane  often  appears  to  be  scarcely  more  than  a brown 
filament,  so  narrow  is  it.  Its  general  course  is  shown  in  the 

* See  ‘ The  Microscope/  vol.  vi.  p.  121. 


107 


Inf usoria  from  American  Fresh  Waters. 

figure,  but  it  not  rarely  is  more  or  less  undulate.  This  Infu- 
sorian, like  all  the  members  of  the  genus  thus  far  observed,  is 
essentially  a bottom-feeder,  gliding  over  the  submerged  objects, 
the  residual  debris  at  the  lowest  parts  of  the  shallow  waters 
which  it  inhabits. 

Onychodromopsis  [Onycliodromus  ] form),  gen.  nov. 

Animalcules  free-swimming,  soft  and  flexible,  hypotrichous  ; 
frontal  styles  six,  the  anterior  three  largest  and  most  conspi- 
cuous; marginal  setae  uninterrupted;  ventral  styles  in  four 
longitudinal  rows,  the  third  series  from  the  right-hand  body- 
margin,  or  the  second  from  the  left-hand  border,  interrupted 
centrally  ; anal  styles  five. 

This  differs  from  Stein’s  Onychodromus  chiefly  on  account 
of  the  soft,  flexible,  and  uncuirassed  condition  of  the  body. 
In  the  present  form  there  is  no  trace  of  a dorsal  shield  or 
carapace,  the  body  being  quite  soft  and  flexible,  and  further- 
more bearing  on  the  dorsal  cuticular  surface  numerous  short 
hispid  setae.  Stein  remarks  of  the  form  discovered  by  him 
and  relegated  to  the  genus  Onychodromus^  that  the  carapace 
is  more  indurated  than  that  of  StylonycMa^  and  less  so  than 
that  of  Euplotes^  which  is  by  no  means  the  condition  in  the 
present  form.  The  frontal  styles,  which,  however,  are  of  but 
secondary  importance  in  generic  diagnosis,  are  from  sixteen 
to  twenty-eight  in  number  in  Onychodromus^  and  the  very 
important  ventral  setae  from  fifteen  to  twenty-one ; in  Ony- 
chodromopsis the  former  are  six  in  number,  and  the  latter  very 
numerous  and  arranged  in  a characteristic  manner. 

Onychodromopsis  flexilisj  sp.  nov.  (PI.  III.  fig.  4.) 

Body  ovate  or  subelliptical,  about  three  times  as  long  as 
broad,  somewhat  narrowed  anteriorly  and  slightly  curved 
towards  the  left-hand  side  ; marginal  setae-  longest  and  largest 
at  the  posterior  extremity  ; ventral  styles  in  four  longitudinal 
rows,  the  second,  counting  from  the  left-hand  body-margin, 
centrally  interrupted,  consisting  of  two  or  three  anterior  and 
two  or  three  posterior  elements ; anal  styles  five,  nearly  mar- 
ginal, often  furcate  or  fimbriate,  projecting  beyond  the  poste- 
rior border ; peristome  about  one  third  as  long  as  the  body, 
the  inner  or  right-hand  margin  bearing  a large  and,  in 
lateral  view,  conspicuous  membrane  ; nucleus  double,  near  the 
left-hand  body-margin,  but  indifferently  in  the  anterior  or 
posterior  body-half;  contractile  vesicle  near  the  centre  of  the 
left-hand  margin  ; dorsal  hispid  setse  short,  inconspicuous,  and 
abundant.  Length  of  body  to  inch. 

Hah.  Standing  pond-water,  with  Lemnce. 


108 


Dr.  A.  C.  Stokes  on  new  Hypotrichous 


Ilolosticha  vernalis^  sp.  nov.  (PI,  III.  fig.  5.) 

Body  subelliptical,  about  four  times  as  long  as  broad,  very 
soft  and  flexible ; both  extremities  rounded,  the  anterior  lip 
short,  crescentic  ; the  peristome  extending  backward  through 
about  one  third  of  the  ventral  surface,  the  right-hand  margin 
ciliate,  the  adoral  series  on  the  posterior  half  of  the  left-hand 
border  directed  across  theperistome-fieldtowards  the  righthand, 
the  anterior  half  directed  towards  the  left  hand  ; frontal  styles 
five  or  six,  scattered,  the  three  anterior  largest;  ventral  setae 
forming  two  median  rows,  beginning  in  close  proximity  to 
the  frontal  styles ; marginal  setae  longest  at  the  posterior 
border,  those  on  the  left-hand  side  gradually  leaving  the  body- 
margin  and  approaching  the  peristome ; anal  styles  from  five 
to  eight,  usually  fimbriated  ; contractile  vesicle  spherical  near 
the  centre  of  the  left-hand  side ; nucleus  not  observed ; dorsal 
hispid  setae  numerous.  Length  of  body  inch. 

llah.  Shallow  pools  in  early  spring,  with  algae. 

Tachysoma  (ra^v^,  swift;  awpa),  gen.  nov. 

Animalcules  free-swimming,  soft,  and  flexible;  frontal 
styles  from  eight  to  ten,  the  three  anterior  usually  the  largest ; 
ventral  styles  five,  scattered ; marginal  setae  at  some  distance 
from  the  lateral  borders,  interrupted  on  the  posterior  margin  ; 
anal  styles  five  ; caudal  setae  none  ; dorsal  hispid  setae  usually 
numerous  and  conspicuous. 

Tachysoma  agile^  sp.  nov.  (PL  III.  fig.  6.) 

Body  elongate  oval,  about  four  times  as  long  as  broad,  both 
extremities  evenly  rounded ; peristome-field  arcuate^  extend- 
ing through  about  one  fourth  of  the  ventral  surface,  without 
a right-hand  or  reflected  inner  border ; marginal  setae  in  close 
proximity  to  the  five  scattered  ventral  styles ; anal  styles 
five,  large,  often  finely  fimbriated,  and  with  a tendency  to 
form  two  groups,  the  two  elements  on  the  right-hand  side 
usually  extending  obliquely  towards  the  right ; contractile 
vesicle  near  the  centre  of  the  left-hand  body-margin,  gib- 
bously  extending  the  region  at  complete  diastole ; nucleus 
double,  each  ovate  nodule  with  an  external  subspherical  nucleo- 
lus ; dorsal  hispid  setae  long,  fine,  clothing  the  dorsal  surface  in 
several  longitudinal  rows.  Length  of  body  inch. 

Hob.  Pond-water. 

I was  at  first  disposed  to  identify  this  with  Fleur otricha 
echinata  (C.  & L.),  S.  K.  ; but  that  form,  as  suggested  by 
Kent,  probably  belongs  to  another  genus,  being  relegated  to 
Stein’s  Fleurotrlcha  with  some  doubt,  as  the  supplementary 


109 


Inf usoria  from  American  Fresh  Waters.* 

marginal  setai  referred  to  are  evidently  luxuriantly  developed 
dorsal  hispid  seta3.  The  absenee  of  all  traee  of  a supplemen- 
tary ventral  series  of  styles,  together  with  the  softness  and 
flexibility  of  the  body,  exelude  it  from  Pleurotricha^  while  the 
latter  qualities  and  the  absenee  of  eaudal  setae  exelude  it  from 
Stylonychiaj  whieh  it  otherwise  somewhat  closely  resembles  ; 
and,  finally,  the  interruption  of  the  marginal  setae  at  the  posterior 
border  refuses  it  admission  among  the  species  of  Oxytricha^ 
and  from  Histrio  it  is  further  excluded  not  only  by  the  poste- 
rior interruption  of  the  marginal  setae,  but  by  its  soft  and 
elastic  body.  Its  proper  position  is  probably  between  Oxy^ 
tricha  and  Histrio. 

Tachysoma  mirohile.^  sp.  nov.  (PL  III.  fig.  7.) 

Body  elliptical,  less  than  four  times  as  long  as  broad,  the 
extremities  equally  rounded ; frontal,  ventral,  and  marginal 
styles  essentially  as  in  T.  agile.,  but  smaller  and  more  setose  ; 
anal  styles  five,  without  tendency  to  form  two  groups  ; peri- 
stome-field arcuate,  extending  through  about  one  fourth  the 
length  of  the  ventral  surface,  reflected  or  right-hand  inner 
border  none ; contractile  vesicle  spherical,  near  the  centre  of 
the  left-hand  body-margin ; nucleus  single,  elongate,  sub- 
centrally  located,  with  an  elongate,  laterally  attached  nucleo- 
lus ; endoplasm  granular ; dorsal  hispid  seta3  long,  most 
conspicuously  developed  near  the  posterior  extremity.  Length 
4^^  inch. 

Hah.  Standing  pond-water. 

This  form  bears  a close  resemblance  to  the  first-mentioned 
member  of  the  genus,  differing  from  it  somewhat  in  size,  but 
most  conspicuously  in  the  remarkable  nucleus  and  nucleolus. 
The  latter  is  so  large  and  so  closely  resembles  the  nucleus 
that  the  two  might  be  considered  a uniquely  arranged  double 
nucleus,  especially  in  certain  individuals  in  which  the  nucleo- 
lus has  become  slightly  separated  from  its  lateral  attachment. 
In  none  of  the  Hypotrichous  Infusoria,  so  far  as  I am  aware, 
has  a similar  nucleus  been  previously  observed. 

The  movements  of  the  animalcule  are  rapid  and  erratic. 
The  body  is  frequently  observed  to  be  laterally  curved,  which 
region  then  becoming  somewhat  concave,  the  two  extremities 
thus  remotely  approach  each  other.  The  Infusorian  when 
in  this  condition  often  swims  by  rotation  on  the  longitudinal 
axis. 

Tachysoma  par vistylum.,  sp.  nov.  (PL  III.  fig.  8.) 

Body  elongate-ovate,  less  than  three  times  as  long  as  broad, 
widest  posteriorly,  narrowed  anteriorly  to  form  a neck-like 


110  Dr.  A.  C.  Stokes  on  new  Hypotrichous 

region  composing  about  one  third  the  length  of  the  entire 
body,  the  frontal  lip  small ; locomotive  styles  small  and  short, 
the  frontal  ten  in  number,  the  anterior  three  largest  ; ventral 
styles  five,  the  posterior  two  in  close  proximity  to  the  anal, 
the  three  anterior  arranged  in  a single  longitudinal  series  ; anal 
styles  five,  usually  very  flexible  and  active;  marginal  setm 
scarcely  projecting  except  posteriorly  ; right-hand  margin  of 
the  peristome-field  sigmoid  ; contractile  vesicle  spherical,  near 
the  centre  of  the  left-hand  body-margin ; dorsal  hispid  setae 
small  and  inconspicuous.  Length  of  body  4 J-jy  inch. 

Hah.  Shallow  pools,  in  early  spring.  Movements  active. 

This  agile  colourless  form  is  notable  for  its  small  styles  ; 
they  are  the  most  minute  that  1 remember  to  have  observed 
on  any  member  of  the  Hypotricha. 


Oxytricha  hifaria^  sp.  nov.  (PL  III.  fig.  9.) 

Body  oval,  less  than  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  the  right- 
hand  lateral  border  convex,  the  left-hand  margin  flattened, 
the  anterior  extremity  bearing  a prominent,  crescentic,  lip-like 
projection,  the  posterior  extremity  obtusely  pointed,  its  left- 
hand  margin  obliquely  rounded  ; ventral  styles  five,  scattered, 
the  posterior  one  in  close  proximity  to  the  anal  styles,  the 
latter  five  in  number,  forming  two  distinct  and  completely 
separated  groups,  the  most  posterior  of  which  is  composed  of 
two  large  styles  projecting  beyond  the  body-margin,  the  ante- 
rior cluster  being  formed  of  three  smaller  elements  placed 
above  and  to  the  left-hand  side  of  the  posterior  group,  and 
not  extending  beyond  the  margin  of  the  body ; peristome 
reaching  to  the  centre  of  the  ventral  surface,  the  right-hand 
border  ciliate  and  bearing  a narrow  membrane,  a linear  series 
of  endoral  cilia  depending  from  the  central  region  of  the  peri- 
stome-field ; marginal  setse  uninterrupted,  longest  and  largest 
on  the  posterior  extremity  ; nucleus  double,  the  nodules  large, 
ovate ; dorsal  hispid  setae  short  and  inconspicuous.  Length 
of  body  YWo  inch. 

Hah.  An  infusion  of  hay.  Endoplasm  granular,  brownish 
and  semiopaque.  Movements  rapid  and  erratic. 

This  Infusorian  is  quite  variable  in  contour,  being  often 
evenly  oval  or  elliptical,  ’while  other  individuals  appear  with 
the  frontal  region  somewhat  curved  towards  the  left-hand  side. 
The  essential  characters,  however,  are  constant,  and  by  them 
the  animalcule  can  readily  be  recognized  as  distinct  from 
previously  recorded  members  of  the  genus,  the  peculiar  and 
distinguishing  arrangement  of  the  anal  styles  making  it  easily 
separable  from  other  Oxytrichce. 


Ill 


In  fusoria  from  American  Fresh  Waters. 

The  most  posterior  of  the  five  ventral  styles  is  so  intimately 
connected  with  the  anterior  group  of  anal  uncini  that  careful 
scrutiny  is  usually  needed  to  positively  observe  it.  Its  func- 
tions, however,  its  habit  of  curving  forward,  and  its  flexi- 
bility readily  distinguish  it  from  the  anal  cluster.  The 
elements  of  the  latter  are  rigid  and  unbending,  only  the  one 
on  the  extreme  right  usually  having  great  freedom  of  move- 
ment. The  extremities  of  the  two  forming  the  posterior 
group  are  often  fimbriated. 

With  this,  as  with  Oxytricha  liymenostoma^  there  is  some 
appearance  of  a double  peristomial  membrane ; but  it  is  not 
conspicuous  nor  even  very  distinct. 

Oxytricha  hymenostoma^  sp.  nov.  (PI.  III.  fig.  10.) 

Body  subelliptical,  soft  and  flexible,  about  twice  and  a 
half  as  long  as  broad,  both  extremities  rounded,  the  left- 
hand  region  of  the  frontal  border  somewhat  oblique,  the  left- 
hand  body-margin  slightly  concave  anteriorly;  lip  short, 
crescentic ; frontal  styles  five  uncinate  and  three  setose  ; ven- 
tral styles  five — two  near  the  apex  of  the  peristome-field,  one 
central,  two  near  the  anal  styles ; the  latter  five  in  number, 
the  three  on  the  right-hand  side  usually  projecting  beyond 
the  body ; marginal  setm  continuous,  larger  and  longer  on 
the  posterior  border ; peristome  extending  to  the  centre  of  tlie 
ventral  surface,  the  right-hand  margin  ciliated  and  bearing 
apparently  two  membranes  of  unequal  width,  the  left-hand 
border  furnished  with  a series  of  very  fine  paroral  cilia  ; nuclei 
two,  ovate ; contractile  vesicle  spherical,  near  the  centre  of 
the  left-hand  border.  Length  of  body  to  2 iir  inch. 

Hah.  Hay -infusion.  Movements  rapid. 

The  appearance  of  two  peristomial  membranes  is  very 
distinct,  and  has  been  observed  in  all  the  numerous  individuals 
examined.  Iheir  presence  is  unique,  so  far  as  the  Oxytrichce 
are  concerned,  and  my  impression  is  that  such  an  addition 
to  the  not  uncommon  single  membrane  has  not  been  previ- 
ously recorded  with  any  other  member  of  the  Hypotricha. 


Oxytricha  acuminata^  sp.  nov.  (PI.  III.  fig.  11.) 

Body  elongate-lanceolate,  soft,  flexible,  and  posteriorly 
somewhat  extensile,  about  six  times  as  long  as  broad  when 
extended,  the  frontal  border  rounded  and  projecting  as  a soft, 
flexible,  prominent  lower  lip;  posterior  extremity  pointed, 
tapering  ; frontal  styles  eight  or  ten  ; ventral  uncini  five — 
three  anteriorly  placed,  two  near  the  five  anal  styles,  the 


112  Dr.  A.  C.  Stokes  on  new  liypotrichous 

latter  scarcely  projecting  beyond  the  lateral  borders,  remote 
from  the  posterior  extremity  ; marginal  setae  uninterrupted, 
projecting  beyond  the  body  posteriorly  only  ; peristome-field 
extending  through  about  one  fifth  the  ventral  surface,  the  right- 
hand  border  ciliated  and  bearing  an  undulating  membrane ; 
contractile  vesicle  occasionally  double,  one  situated  near  the 
centre  of  the  left-hand  body-margin,  the  other  smaller  and 
placed  near  the  apical  extremity  of  the  peristome-field  ; nuclei 
multiple  (usually  four),  the  nodules  ovate,  each  commonly  with 
an  externally  attached  nucleolus ; dorsal  hispid  setae  long, 
arranged  in  about  six  longitudinal  series  ; endoplasm  gran- 
ular. Length  of  body  to  inch. 

Hah.  Pond-water,  with  algae.  Movements  rapid  and 
erratic. 


Oxytricha  caudata^  sp.  nov.  (PL  III.  fig.  12.) 

Body  elongate-ovate,  soft  and  flexible,  five  or  six  times  as 
long  as  broad,  the  anterior  border  obliquely  rounded  and 
slightly  curved  toward  the  left-hand  side,  posteriorly  tapering 
to  the  conspicuous,  attenuate,  pointed,  and  somewhat  retractile 
tail-like  extremity ; peristome  from  one  fifth  to  one  sixth  as 
long  as  the  body,  the  right-hand  margin  bearing  an  undulating 
membrane,  the  seven  or  eight  adoral  cilia  bordering  the  ante- 
rior extremity  large  and  setose,  radiating  when  quiescent ; 
frontal  styles  five,  uncinate,  with  three  smaller  supplementary 
setae ; ventral  styles  five,  three  anteriorly  and  two  posteriorly 
placed ; caudal  styles  five,  remote  from  the  posterior  extre- 
mity ; marginal  setae  uninterrupted,  occasionally  fimbriated, 
projecting  posteriorly  only ; nuclei  two,  ovate,  near  the  left- 
hand  body-margin ; the  single  spherical  contractile  vesicle 
situated  between  the  nodules,  in  close  proximity  with  the 
left-hand  body-margin ; hispid  setae  forming  several  longitu- 
dinal dorsal  rows,  prominently  projecting  laterally.  Length 
of  body  to  yi(3  inch. 

Hah.  Standing  pond-water,  with  Lemna. 

The  large,  almost  uncinate,  adoral  cilia  bordering  the  frontal 
region  are,  when  the  animalcule  is  quiescent,  to  all  appear- 
ance rigidly  extended.  They  then  bear  a resemblance  to  the 
same  appendages  so  abnormally  developed  in  Actinotricha. 
This  Infusorian’s  movements  are  rapid,  with  frequent  rather 
prolonged  intervals  of  rest.  So  far  as  I am  aware  there  is  no 
other  species  of  the  genus  with  the  attenuate  and  somewhat 
retractile  tail-like  extremity.  The  species  is  readily  recog- 
nizable by  these  characteristics  alone. 


Infusoria  fi^om  American  Fresh  Waters. 


113 


Histrio  inqidetuSj  sp.  nov.  (PL  III.  fig.  13.) 

Body  elongate-obovate,  about  three  times  as  long  as  broad, 
the  extremities  rounded  ; marginal  setae  uninterrupted ; anal 
styles  five,  occasionally  six,  the  extremities  often  finely  fim- 
briated ; peristome-field  obovate,  capacious,  slightly  curved 
towards  the  left-hand  side,  the  right-hand  margin  ciliate  and 
bearing  an  undulating  membrane  continued  around  the  ante- 
rior border ; nuclei  two,  ovate  j dorsal  hispid  setae  present. 
Length  of  body  inch. 

Hah.  Standing  pond-water,  with  Lemna,  Movements 
rapid. 


Histrio  complanatus^  sp.  nov.  (PI.  III.  fig.  14.) 

Body  subelliptical,  much  depressed,  twice  as  long  as  broad, 
the  posterior  extremity  obscurely  pointed,  the  anterior  evenly 
rounded  ; frontal  lip  crescentic,  conspicuous ; peristome-field 
extending  to  near  the  centre  of  the  ventral  surface,  the  right- 
hand  margin  ciliated  and  bearing  a membrane  ; frontal  styles 
eight,  five  uncinate,  with  three  smaller  and  setose  ’ ventral 
styles  five,  one  central,  with  two  anteriorly  and  two  poste- 
riorly placed ; anal  styles  five,  the  three  on  the  right-hand 
side  alone  projecting  beyond  the  body-margin  j marginal  seta3 
uninterrupted,  longest  and  largest  posteriorly;  nuclei  two, 
ovate ; contractile  vesicle  spherical,  situated  near  the  centre 
of  the  left-hand  border  of  the  dorsal  surface.  Length  of  body 
inch.  Dorsal  hispid  setse  short  and  inconspicuous. 

Hah.  Shallow  pools  in  early  spring. 

The  position  of  the  contractile  vesicle  beneath  the  cuticular 
surface  of  the  dorsum  is  well  marked,  and  the  enclosed  fluid 
is  evidently  expelled  through  that  surface. 

As  in  most  of  the  Hypotricha  possessing  what  has  been 
called  the  upper  lip,  this  part  is  really  not  a continuation  of 
the  dorsum,  but  more  nearly  of  the  ventral  surface,  and  the 
adoral  cilia  lie  above  the  projection  until  they  leave  the  ante- 
rior border  to  pass  to  the  left-hand  margin  of  the  peristome- 
field.  This  structural  arrangement  holds  true  in  a majority  of 
the  lip-bearing  Hypotricha,  I believe  in  all. 

Euplotes  variahilis^  sp.  nov.  (PI.  III.  fig.  15.) 

Body  elongate-obovate,  nearly  twice  as  long  as  broad, 
frontal  border  truncate ; the  lip  prominent,  crescentic ; right- 
hand  side  of  the  posterior  extremity  obliquely  truncate  or 
somewhat  concave,  the  left-hand  side  of  that  border  rounded  ; 

Ann.  & Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx.  8 


114  Mr.  A.  G.  Butler  on  new  Lepidoptera 

right-  and  left-hand  body-margins  usually  convex,  occasionally 
flattened  and  nearly  parallel,  or  slightly  concave  ; dorsal  sur- 
face minutely  roughened,  not  carinate  or  furrowed ; peristome- 
field  capacious,  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  right-hand  bor- 
der ciliate,  the  anterior  extremity  deeply  excavate,  disposed  to 
be  helicoidal ; frontal  styles  six,  long ; ventral  styles  three  ; the 
two  right-hand  caudal  set£e  multifid,  the  two  on  the  left-hand 
side  simple  ; anal  and  frontal  styles  often  fimbriate  ; nucleus 
very  long,  band-shaped.  Length  of  carapace  inch. 

Hah.  Standing  pond- water,  with  Anacharis. 

The  adoral  cilia  may  here  be  divided  into  two  groups 
according  to  the  direction  of  their  free  extremities,  those  on 
the  truncate  frontal  border  being  directed  outwards  from  that 
margin,  wdiile  those  on  the  left-hand  side  of  the  peristome- 
field  are  habitually  vibrated  and  directed  across  and  above 
that  capacious  excavation.  The  change  of  position  takes 
place  suddenly  and  is  somewhat  conspicuous. 

The  helicoidal  flexure  of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  peri- 
stome-field is  variable.  At  times  it  is  deep  and  conspicuous  ; 
in  other  individuals  it  is  only  a slight  notch,  while  in 
others  again  it  may  appear  only  as  an  irregular  depression. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  III. 

Fig.  1.  Litonotm  vermicularis^  X 190. 
Fig.  2.  Chilodon  vorax\  X 138. 

Fig.  3.  Loxodes  magnus,  X 120. 

Fig.  4.  Onychodromopsis Jlexilis,  X 280. 
Fig.  6.  Holosticha  vernalis,  X 210. 

Fig.  6.  T achy  soma  agile,  X 300. 

Fig.  7.  Tachysoma  mirabile,  X 415. 

Fig.  8.  Tachysoma  parvistylum,  X 360. 
Fig.  9.  Oxytricha  hifaria,  X 256. 

Fig.  10.  Oxytricha  hyinenostoma,  X 350. 
Fig.  11.  OxytHcha  acuminata,  X 300. 
Fig.  12.  Oxytricha  caudata,  X 360. 

Fig.  13.  Histrio  inquietus,  X 490. 

Fig.  14.  Histrio  complanatus,  X 256. 

Fig.  15.  Euplotes  variabilis,  X 160. 


XT. — Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  Heterocerous  Lepidoptera 
{Pyralites)  from  the  Solomon  Islands.  By  Arthur  G. 
Butler,  F.L.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c. 

The  following  species,  collected  by  Mr.  C.  M.  Woodford, 
appear  to  be  new  to  science. 


from  the  Solomon  Islands. 


115 


Pyralidae. 

1.  Py rails  repetita^  sp.  n. 

Allied  to  P.  nannodes  and  P.  tenuis : primaries  pale 
cupreous  brown,  irrorated  with  olive-brown,  shining ; basal 
two  thirds  of  costa  deep  blood-red,  flecked  with  oblique  ochra- 
ceous  dots  or  minute  dashes  ; a slightly  inarched  dark  brown 
line  across  the  basal  third  and  a nearly  straight  transverse 
line  of  the  same  colour  across  the  external  third  ; fringe  flesh- 
pink,  with  a yellowish  basal  line,  two  grey-brown  stripes, 
and  silvery  white  edging : secondaries  paler  than  primaries, 
but  with  similar  fringe,  the  two  lines  grey,  slightly  irregular, 
subparallel,  at  basal  fourth  and  middle  of  the  wings  : body 
pale  cupreous  brown,  with  the  head  and  front  of  thorax  vinous 
brown.  Under  surface  paler  than  above,  more  uniformly 
sericeous,  the  markings  not  so  well  defined  ; palpi  golden 
brown,  collar  and  anterior  coxae  vinous  brown.  Expanse  of 
wings  20-23  millim. 

Alu. 


2.  Stericta  {Glossina^  Gudn.)  evanescensj  sp.  n. 

Allied  to  S.  dwitalis  \ considerably  larger,  the  pale  bands 
on  primaries  much  wider  apart  and  far  more  strongly  denti- 
culated ; pale  sap-green  with  a brassy  gloss,  the  centre  of 
internal  and  external  areas  white ; markings  black  or  brown 
and  black,  as  follows  : — three  conical  dots  in  an  oblique  series 
at  base,  an  oval  spot  on  costa  with  a crescent  below  it,  two 
small  spots  beyond  the  latter  (marking  the  outer  boundary  of 
the  inner  pale  band,  which  is  ill  defined) , a third  spot  at  end 
of  cell ; an  angular  series  beyond  the  middle  (indicating  the 
inner  boundary  of  the  outer  pale  band)  and  a large  bifid  sub- 
apical  spot ; external  area  pale  brownish,  excepting  in  the 
centre,  with  a marginal  series  of  black  spots ; fringe  almost 
white  : secondaries  vinous  brown,  sericeous,  with  white  fringe  : 
head  and  thorax  pale  sap-green ; abdomen  pale  sericeous 
brownish.  Under  surface  pale  brassy  brown,  the  anterior 
half  of  each  wing  suffused  with  bright  brick-red ; a pale- 
bordered,  angular,  greyish  stripe  beyond  the  middle ; legs 
sprinkled  with  reddish  scales,  palpi  and  collar  ochraceous. 
Expanse  of  wings  46  millim. 

? . Alu. 


8^ 


116 


Mr.  A.  G.  Butler  on  new  Lepidoptera. 


Sicnlodidae. 

3.  Microsca  ? pusilla^  sp.  n. 

Allied  to  ^^Pyralis^  polygraphaUs’''  ^ whitish  stramine- 
ous, with  rust-red  markings  : wings  sparsely  reticulated, 
especially  the  primaries ; an  imperfect  band  across  basal 
fourth ; an  externally  sinuated  band  near  the  middle  of  the 
wings  ; a broad,  external,  diffused  border  to  primaries,  and  a 
submarginal  stripe  on  secondaries : body  pale  fleshy  brown, 
the  abdomen  whitish  towards  the  base.  Under  surface 
whitish,  the  markings  much  darker  than  above,  the  central 
band  and  the  outer  margin  of  primaries  flecked  with  blackish 
strigulse.  Expanse  of  wings  17  millim. 

Alu. 


4.  Microsca  nitens^  sp.  n. 

Coloration  and  general  aspect  of  M.  pallida  ; sericeous 
whity  brown,  slightly  inclining  to  flesh-pink  in  certain  lights  ; 
reticulated  throughout  the  wings  with  dark  brown  : primaries 
with  a spot  near  base  of  interno-median  area,  a short  band 
from  costal  to  submedian  vein  at  about  basal  third,  a central 
curved  irregular  band  from  subcostal  vein  to  inner  margin, 
and  some  irregular  submarginal  spots,  pale  vinous  brown, 
partly  edged  with  dark  brown  ; subapical  area  suffused  with 
pale  vinous  brown  ; a cuneiform  white  spot,  edged  and  striated 
with  black,  on  outer  margin  at  apex  ; fringe  pale  vinous 
browm,  spotted  with  grey : secondaries  crossed  at  about  basal 
third  by  a slightly  irregular  band,  a little  darker  than  those 
on  the  primaries,  and  an  irregular  submarginal  band,  broken 
up  into  fragments  as  on  the  primaries  ; fringe  as  on  pri- 
maries : abdomen  pale  vinous  brown  towards  the  anal  extre- 
mity. Under  surface  silvery  whity  brown  ; reticulations 
more  sparse,  but  blacker  than  above ; the  bolder  markings 
copper-brown  : primaries  with  the  costal  margin  crossed  at 
regular  intervals  by  two  or  four  convergent  black  strigulge, 
between  which  are  pairs  of  longitudinal  curved  stride,  below 
each  pair  of  which  is  a pair  of  black  dots  ; subcostal  area 
from  beyond  the  middle  copper-brown,  bounded  below  by  a 
longitudinal  silvery  streak,  confluent  with  the  apical  spot, 
which  is  also  silvery  ; below  this  again  is  a second  (neces- 
sarily bent)  copper-coloured  streak  or  band  j in  and  beyond 

* Two  totally  distinct  species  were  described  by  Walker  under  the  name 
of  Pyralis  ? polygraphalis ; the  above-mentioned  (from  Swan  River)  was 
subsequently  named  P.  polyphoralis. 


from  the  Solomon  Islands,  117 

the  cell  there  are  a few  micaceous  scales : body  silvery 
whitish,  the  legs  browner.  Expanse  of  wings  27  millim. 
Alu. 


5.  Pharamhara  splendida^  sp.  n. 

Bone-whitish,  mottled  with  flesh-pink,  but  most  strongly 
on  the  secondaries,  reticulated  throughout  with  grey,  sericeous  : 
primaries  with  the  discoidal  cell,  but  more  especially  the 
anterior  half  of  it,  leaden  grey,  this  colouring  being  confluent 
with  a large  grey  X-shaped  marking  immediately  beyond  the 
cell  ; a transverse,  oblong,  greyish  spot  beyond  the  middle  of 
interno-median  area ; fringe  spotted  with  blackish  : secon- 
daries with  a blackish  leaden  spot  at  end  of  cell,  and  a second 
on  abdominal  margin  ; fringe  spotted  with  blackish : body 
above  pearly  bone-whitish.  Wings  below  with  a brilliant 
silvery  gloss,  the  discoidal  cell  of  primaries  sprinkled  with 
opaline  scales ; all  the  markings  darker,  the  mottling  being 
of  a vinous  brown  varying  to  bronze ; the  reticulations 
blackish  : body  below  pale  vinous  brown  ; legs  banded  with 
white.  Expanse  of  wings  22  millim. 

Alu. 


Asopiidae. 

6.  ^diodes  discrepansj  sp.  n. 

Closely  allied  to  jE.  quaternalis^  which  it  resembles  in  size 
and  coloration,  but  from  which  it  differs  in  the  absence  of  the 
white  spots  on  the  fringe  of  the  secondaries  and  in  the  narrower 
black  area  between  the  outer  w^hite  spots  and  the  outer  mar- 
gin. Expanse  of  wings  19  millim. 

Three  specimens,  Malayta  and  Alu. 

I had  identified  this  species  with  that  of  Lederer,  believing 
that  the  differences  were  due  to  careless  drawing ; Mr.  Mey- 
rick,  however,  who  has  seen  and  sketched  the  true  jE.  qua- 
ternalisj  assures  me  that  the  Solomon-Island  form  is  distinct ; 
both  insects  are  black,  with  four  opaline  white  spots  on  the 
wings ; the  tegulse  white-edged,  the  face,  outer  half  of  an- 
tennse,  tarsi,  sides  of  pectus,  and  two  bands  on  the  abdo- 
men pure  white,  and  two  white  spots  on  the  fringe  of  pri- 
maries. 

7.  Desmia  cegimiusalis^  var.  conjuncta. 

This  form  differs  from  that  of  Sarawak  (and  apparently 
the  difference  is  constant)  in  the  union  of  the  two  white  spots 
on  the  costal  and  outer  margins  of  primaries  into  one  oblique 


118  Mr.  A.  G.  Butler  on  new  Lepidoptera 

white  band,  thus  linking  this  species  to  D.  illectalis.  It  is 
possible  that  D.  conjuncta  may  be  a distinct  species. 

Three  specimens,  Shortland  Island. 

The  types  of  D.  cegimiusalis  and  D.  ilhctalis  having  been 
both  received  from  the  same  locality,  it  is  possible  that  they 
may  be  extreme  modifications  of  one  very  variable  species, 
in  which  case  D.  conjuncta  might  be  expected  to  occur  in 
Borneo  as  a third  (intermediate)  modification ; I therefore 
hesitate  to  regard  the  latter  as  a species  until  more  examples 
are  received  to  establish  its  right  to  be  so  regarded. 

8.  Heterocnephes  felixj  sp.  n. 

Ivory-white,  very  slightly  pearly  : primaries  with  two  bars 
at  the  base,  an  oblique  quadrate  spot  at  centre  of  cell,  an  8- 
shaped  patch  across  the  end  of  the  cell,  a straight  line  from 
the  quadrate  spot  to  the  inner  margin,  and  a zigzag  line  from 
the  inner  edge  of  the  8-shaped  spot  (the  area  enclosed  between 
these  two  lines  being  sordid)  shining  dark  brown ; external 
third  of  wing  of  the  same  colour,  divided  near  its  inner  edge 
by  a dentate-sinuate  white  stripe,  and  further  interrupted  by 
whitish  longitudinal  streaks  on  the  veins,  and  a white  spot 
at  external  angle ; fringe  white,  spotted  with  black,  with  a 
basal  yellowish  line  and  a black  subbasal  line : secondaries 
crossed  at  base  and  across  end  of  cell  by  two  dark  brown  con- 
verging lines,  which  meet  at  anal  angle,  the  outer  line  thick- 
ened into  a large  spot  at  end  of  cell;  a third  abbreviated 
straight  line  from  beyond  middle  of  costa  to  median  vein, 
external  border  dark  brown,  interrupted  on  anal  half  by  two 
subconfluent,  cuneiform,  white  patches ; fringe  nearly  as  in 
primaries : antennae  and  centre  of  tegulge  dark  shining 
brown  ; abdomen  dusky,  with  two  spots  and  a transverse  bar 
at  base  blackish  brown ; subterminal  segments  blackish,  anal 
valves  black,  with  a pure  white  lateral  stripe.  Under  surface 
white  ; wings  with  markings  as  above,  but  of  a bronze  colour. 
Expanse  of  wings  18  millim. 

Shortland  Island. 

Allied  to  H.  strangulalis  of  Snellen,  and  at  first  sight  very 
like  the  Zehronia  peTspicuaUs  = Botys  Jiexissimalis  of  Walker. 

Margarodidse. 

9.  GlypJiodes  deliciosa^  sp.  n.  . 

Primaries  above  black-brown,  changing  in  certain  lights  to 
deep  shining  cupreous ; an  oblique,  pearly  white,  acuminate, 
triangular  patch  from  costa,  near  basal  third,  to  below  the 


119 


from  the  Solomon  Islands, 

cell ; discocellulars  pale  opaline  blue,  a spot  of  almost  the 
same  colour  on  the  interno-median  area  beyond  the  middle ; a 
large  pearly-white  patch  or  abbreviated  fascia  from  costa  just 
before  apical  third  to  below  first  median  branch  ; the  extre- 
mity of  this  fascia  is  conical  and  its  outer  edge  inarched;  a 
broad,  oblique,  shining,  lilac  band  from  costa  near  apex  to 
outer  fourth  of  inner  margin;  a slender,  silvery  w^hitish, 
wavy  line  between  the  last  two  bands  ; inner  border  shining 
snow-white  to  beyond  middle ; fringe  also  snow-white,  with 
three  black  spots  on  apical  third  : secondaries  with  the  basal 
two  thirds  pearly  white,  bounded  externally  by  a slightly 
irregular,  oblique,  black  stripe  (enclosing  a silvery  whitish 
line)  from  outer  third  of  costal  margin  to  anal  angle ; inner 
half  of  external  area  occupied  by  a shining  lilac  band,  and 
outer  half  by  a blackish-brown  border ; fringe  snow-white, 
marked  with  blackish,  and  witli  a black  subbasal  line  towards 
anal  angle : outer  surface  of  palpi,  eyes,  and  shoulders  deep 
bronzy  brown,  almost  black ; face  testaceous,  with  white  mar- 
gins ; proboscis,  inner  side  of  palpi,  and  tegulae  pure  white  ; 
vertex  of  head  sordid  whitish,  antennge  greyish,  thorax  dark 
brown,  becoming  lilacine  greyish  behind ; abdomen  bronze- 
brown,  greyish  behind,  with  blackish  lateral  stripe  and  anal 
tuft  and  snow-white  lateral  borders.  Wings  below  without 
the  lilac  bands,  silvery  lines,  or  opaline  spots  of  the  upper 
surface  : primaries  with  the  basal  third  white,  so  as  to  include 
the  oblique  white  spot  of  the  upper  surface ; otherwise  as 
above  : body  below  snow-white,  with  the  anal  tuft  blackish. 
Expanse  of  wings  33  millim. 

Alu. 


Chalcidoptera,  gen.  nov. 

Allied  to  Nosoplioraj  Lederer : primaries  elongate-trian- 
gular ; costal  vein  terminating  just  beyond  the  middle  of  the 
costal  margin ; subcostal  fivtj-branched,  the  first  branch 
emitted  some  distance  before  the  end  of  the  cell,  the  second  to 
fourth  some  distance  beyond,  the  fifth  from  the  end  of  the  cell 
in  the  position  of  an  upper  radial,  and  near  to  the  upper 
radial,  the  lower  radial,  second  and  third  median  near  together 
from  the  posterior  angle  of  the  cell:  secondaries  with  the 
costal  margin  arched  nearly  to  the  middle,  and  thence  straight 
to  apex,  the  outer  margin  from  apex  obliquely  deflexed  and 
coming  to  a point  at  the  end  of  the  second  subcostal  branch, 
thence  suddenly  excised  and  running  in  a very  slight  arch  to 
anal  angle,  whence  it  curves  gently  inwards  to  the  abdominal 
margin.  Under  surface  of  secondaries  coarsely  scaled  towards 


120  Mr.  A.  G.  Butler  on  new  Lepidoptera 

tlie  base  and  with  a prominent  tuft-like  ridge  of  coarse  scales 
in  the  cell ; costal  vein  absent ; subcostal  with  two  branches ; 
discocellulars  strongly  inangled ; radial  vein  and  medians  as 
in  primaries : body  robust,  much  elongated  ; the  thorax  well 
advanced  in  front  of  primaries  ; palpi  thickly  scaled,  tapering, 
nearly  erect ; antennae  thick,  with  fine  short  ciliations ; legs 
long,  thick,  coarsely  scaled,  the  tibiae  somewhat  compressed 
and  very  hairy  ; posterior  tarsi  also  very  hairy  ; spurs  of  four 
posterior  legs  long  and  of  uniform  thickness  from  base  to 
apex ; anal  tuft  bifid,  deflexed. 

10.  CTialcidoptera  ruhra^  sp.  n. 

Bust-red  ; base  of  primaries  flecked  with  ochreous,  with 
an  unequal  ochreous  patch  across  the  middle  of  the  cell;  a 
A-shaped  ochreous  marking  across  the  first  median  branch  ; 
a large  bilobed,  ochreous,  and  hyaline  pearl-whitish  patch 
beyond  the  cell ; a transverse  ochreous  costal  dash,  a small 
rounded  spot  near  external  angle,  and  a small  bent  apical 
spot ; fringe  grey,  shot  with  cupreous  : secondaries  with  pale 
pearl-grey  costal  area  ; base  to  cell  whitish  ; a large,  rounded, 
hyaline,  white  sj)ot  beyond  the  cell,  and  a small,  oblique, 
ochreous  dash  near  middle  of  outer  margin  ; fringe  dark 
grey,  changing  to  silvery  white  towards  anal  angle  : proboscis, 
vertex  of  head,  and  antennae  shining  whitish ; back  of  thorax 
and  base  of  abdomen  varied  with  whitish.  Under  surface 
whitish,  the  wings  pale  golden-yellowish,  crossed  immedi- 
ately beyond  the  hyaline  patches  by  a sinuous  brick-red 
stripe : primaries  with  a red  spot  near  base  of  cell,  a quadrate 
blackish  spot  at  end  of  cell,  a black  spot  on  costa  near  apex, 
and  a large  black  patch  on  external  border ; fringe  black ; 
external  angle  broadly  greyish  : secondaries  with  the  basal 
area  greyish  ; the  thickened  tuft  black ; apical  border  broadly 
black  ; palpi  and  tufts  of  hair  on  tibiae  red,  pectus  and  femora 
bright  silvery,  remainder  of  legs  and  abdomen  yellowish. 
Expanse  of  wings  31  millira. 

Alu. 

In  the  arrangement  of  its  markings  this  species  bears  some 
resemblance  to  GlypJiodes  lora—Botys  Walk. 

11.  Nosophora  margarita^  sp.  n. 

Somewhat  resembles  Hoterodes  ; dove-grey,  the  wings  with 
a bright  opaline  central  shot  and  with  the  external  area  shot 
with  pale  gold  : primaries  crossed  at  about  basal  fourth  by  a 
dark  grey  line,  abruptly  bent  upon  the  median  vein ; a small 
black  spot  at  outer  third  of  cell  and  a small  linear  black  dash 


121 


from  the  Solomon  Islands. 

on  the  discocellulars ; an  oblique,  arched,  lunulated,  dark 
brown  line  across  disk  from  outer  fourth  of  costal  to  outer 
third  of  inner  margin : secondaries  with  a black  spot  at  end 
of  cell,  a dark  greyish  brown  stripe  crossing  the  wing  ob- 
liquely just  before  the  middle,  and  beyond  it  on  the  median 
and  radial  interspaces  a slender  trisinuate  line  of  the  same 
colour  j all  the  wings  with  a few  apical,  dark  brown,  mar- 
ginal spots ; fringes  pale  grey,  with  a slender  ochraceous 
basal  line  ; head  browner  and  abdomen  whiter  than  the  wings. 
Under  surface  of  wings  paler  and  with  less  defined  stripes 
than  above : body  below  sericeous ; tarsi  with  a pale  cupreous 
gloss ; distal  extremity  of  posterior  tibiae  (where  it  projects 
from  the  hairy  tufts)  bright  silvery.  Expanse  of  wings  41 
millira. 

Alu. 

Although  this  species  bears  no  close  external  resemblance 
to  N.  cMronalis^  it  possesses  all  the  structural  characters  of 
Nosophora.  Botys  origoalis^  from  the  Celebes,  is  also  a 
Nosophora 

12.  Omiodes  plutOj  sp.  n. 

Dark  smoky  grey  : primaries  with  paler  grey  costal  mar- 
gin ; base  ochreous,  interrupted  by  a large  black  costal  spot 
and  a small  silver-grey  spot ; other  markings  black,  arranged 
exactly  as  in  Conogethes  punctiferalis^  but  those  on  the 
secondaries  blurred  : head  pale  buff,  dusky  behind,  palpi  with 
a black  lateral  band  ; antennas  pale  golden  buff,  deep  golden 
below ; collar  sordid  ochraceous,  with  lateral  and  central 
black  spots  ; tegulge  smoky  brown,  with  a black  spot  at  base  ; 
remainder  of  body  leaden  greyish,  slightly  brown  at  the  sides ; 
basal  half  of  abdomen  with  dorsal  and  lateral  black  spots. 
Wings  below  sericeous;  the  fringes  silvery;  the  black  markings 
blurred,  wanting  towards  the  base  ; interno-median  area  of 
primaries  silvery  whitish  ; pectus  silvery;  legs  and  abdomen 
sericeous,  silvery  whitish,  but  the  anterior  pair  of  legs  with 
shining,  smoky,  blackish,  coxae,  femora,  and  tibiae,  with  pale 
scaling  at  the  distal  extremity  of  the  coxae  ; anal  extremity 
of  abdomen  smoky  blackish.  Expanse  of  wings  29  millim. 

Alu. 


* Lederer  refers  it  to  Ccenostolay  but  clearly  without  having  recog- 
nized it. 


122 


Mr.  A.  G.  Butler  on  new  Lepidoptera 


Botydid.38. 

13.  Cotochena  trinotata^  sp.  n. 

Near  to  histricalis  of  Walker*  ; deep  ochreous ; 

primaries  suffused  with  brownish,  marked  with  three  hyaline 
white  spots  in  the  form  of  a triangle,  the  first  quadrate,  filling 
outer  half  of  discoidal  cell,  bounded  internally  by  a straight 
black  stripe  and  bordered  with  black  externally,  the  second 
irregular,  almost  diamond-shaped,  edged  behind  and  in  front 
with  black,  across  interno-median  area  beyond  the  middle, 
the  third  transverse,  trifid,  halfway  between  the  cell  and 
outer  margin,  bounded  internally  by  a black  7-shaped  line 
running  to  costa,  and  externally  by  a more  slender  zigzag 
line,  which  connects  it  with  the  second  spot ; two  indistinct 
pyramidal  ochreous  spots  on  the  disk  beyond  the  latter  line 
and  between  the  two  white  spots ; outer  margin  dusky ; five 
blackish  spots  on  the  fringe,  which  is  paler  on  its  outer  edge : 
secondaries  with  a brown  dash  at  the  end  of  the  cell  and  an 
interrupted,  very  irregular  stripe,  represented  by  three  more 
or  less  sinuated  dashes,  across  the  disk ; wing  subhyaline 
beyond  each  of  the  brown  dashes ; margin  and  fringe  as  in 
primaries,  but  without  the  black  spots  : abdomen  with  pale 
hind  borders  to  the  segments.  Primaries  below  much  greyer 
than  above,  markings  similar : body  below  whitish,  anterior 
legs  banded  with  blackish.  Expanse  of  wings  25  millim. 
Alu. 

14.  Haritala  f pactolica^  sp.  n. 

Bright  chrome-yellow ; two  black  spots  on  costa  of  pri- 
maries near  the  base,  forming  the  starting-points  for  two 
orange  lines  which  cross  the  wing ; a third  larger  black  spot 
at  end  of  cell,  and  a fourth  on  costa  at  apical  fourth  ; a brown 
line,  changing  at  its  inferior  extremity  to  orange,  runs  out- 
wards in  a sinuous  line  from  the  last  spot,  curves  backwards 
over  the  median  interspaces,  and  thence  (towards  the  base) 
to  about  the  middle  of  the  interno-median  area,  where  it 
abruptly  turns  at  a sharp  angle,  and,  with  a bisinuate,  some- 
what oblique  line,  reaches  the  middle  of  the  inner  margin ; a 
slender,  black,  marginal  line : secondaries  with  an  orange 
>-shaped  marking  at  the  end  of  the  cell,  and  a brown  and 
orange,  irregular,  discal  line,  somewhat  as  on  the  primaries ; 

« Walker’s  ‘S’ariety”of  that  species,  from  China,  is  a very  distinct 
and  beautiful  species. 

t This  generic  name  was  proposed  by  Mr.  Moore  to  supersede  the 
Notarcha  of  Meyrick  (previously  used). 


123 


fi'om  the  Solomon  Islands. 

a slender  black  marginal  line ; fringe  traversed  by  an  orange 
stripe ; costal  area  silvery  white  : head  white  between  the 
antennae ; abdomen  with  pale  margins  to  the  segments  and 
white  dorsal  spots ; subterminal  segment  orange,  with  large 
black  dorsal  spot.  Under  surface  of  wings  pale  golden  stra- 
mineous, sericeous  : primaries  with  a black  spot  at  the  end  of 
the  cell,  and  a second  on  costa  at  apical  fourth,  with  the  com- 
mencement of  the  sinuous  discal  line  of  the  upper  surface ; 
internal  area  silvery ; margin  of  wings  as  above  : body  below 
pearly  white,  anterior  tibiae  with  a large  black  spot  above  on 
the  distal  half.  Expanse  of  wings  27  millim. 

Alu. 


Spilobotys,  gen.  nov. 

General  aspect  of  an  enormous  Haritala^  but  differing 
wholly  in  the  structure  of  the  body,  wdiich  is  far  more  robust 
and,  in  the  male,  much  longer,  with  erect  palpi,  somewhat  as 
in  HypotiOj  but  with  much  longer  exposed  terminal  joint; 
the  anal  claspers  enormously  developed,  projecting  consider- 
ably beyond  the  end  of  the  abdomen;  widely  opened  below, 
so  as  to  exhibit  the  anal  tuft  and  three  powerful  central, 
curved  hooks,  two  lying  close  together  below  and  one  above. 

15.  Spilohotys  arctioides^  sp.  n. 

Bright  ochreous  : primaries  with  two  black  spots,  placed 
obliquely  at  base  of  costal  border ; an  oblique,  more  or  less 
excised,  greyish,  chocolate-coloured  band  across  basal  fourth, 
normally  * connected  by  an  internal  stripe  of  the  same 
colour  with  an  outer  zigzag,  Z-shaped,  discal  band  across 
external  fourth  : a spot  in  the  cell,  before  the  middle  of  the 
wing,  and  an  outlined  dash  across  the  end  of  the  cell  of 
darker  brown  : palpi  grey  j antennge,  outer  third  of  tegulse, 
and  a spot  towards  their  base  chocolate-brown ; abdomen  with 
four  black  transverse  dashes  on  each  side.  Under  surface 
uniformly  ochreous ; legs  greyish.  Expanse  of  wings  50 
millim. 

Guadalcanar. 


16.  Botys  aluensiSj  sp.  n. 

Ochreous : primaries  with  the  basal  half  of  costal  border 
greyish  ; an  indistinct,  oblique,  grey-flecked,  orange  stripe 
across  basal  fourth ; a large,  oval,  dark  leaden-grey  spot 

* In  the  right-hand  wing  of  the  female  (which  is  slightly  distorted  in 
its  development)  the  connecting  stripe  is  wanting. 


124  On  new  Lepidoptera  from  the  Solomon  Islands, 

across  the  middle  of  the  cell ; a stripe  across  external  third 
blackish  and  transverse  from  costa  to  third  median,  where  it 
bends  outwards  at  right  angles,  becoming  grey  with  an  orange 
border,  then  again  bent  at  right  angles  to  below  second 
median  branch,  again  inwards  to  a point  halfway  between  its 
commencement  and  the  discoidal  spot,  and  then  abruptly 
downwards  to  just  beyond  the  middle  of  the  inner  margin ; 
the  line  thus  forms  what  is  called  a key  pattern;  outer  bor- 
der greyish,  especially  on  apical  half,  bounded  internally  by 
a blackish  interrupted  line,  less  strongly  angulated  than  the 
discal  stripe  ; a few  dusky  points  on  the  fringe  towards  apex  : 
secondaries  with  an  orange  dot  in  the  cell;  discal  line  and 
border  nearly  the  same  as  on  primaries  ; fringe  immaculate  : 
head  slightly  greyish,  collar  rather  reddish.  Wings  below 
pearly  golden  stramineous,  with  markings  as  above,  but  only 
the  grey  and  black  markings  strongly  defined,  the  others 
obsolete:  body  white;  anterior  and  middle  pairs  of  legs 
stramineous  in  front.  Expanse  of  wings  23  millim. 

Alu. 

Not  unlike  Botys  polytesalis  from  the  Upper  Amazons; 
the  angulation  of  the  discal  line  is  like  that  of  B.  inanitalis 
(Lederer,  Mon.  pi.  ix.  fig.  3). 

17.  Pleonectusa  aurata^  sp.  n. 

Bright  golden  ochreous,  with  black  markings  as  follows  : — 
primaries  with  a dot  near  base  of  costal  vein,  an  oblique, 
fairly  well-marked  line  across  basal  seventh,  a dot  at  centre  of 
cell,  an  oblique  dash  at  end  of  cell,  and  a slightly  sinuous, 
transverse,  tapering,  discal  stripe  across  external  fourth  : 
secondaries  with  a small  oblique  dash  at  end  of  cell,  and  a 
crinkled  arched  line  just  beyond  the  middle.  Under  surface 
with  the  black  markings  better  defined,  excepting  at  base  of 
primaries,  where  they  fail ; the  veins  for  the  most  part  also 
black,  and  terminating  in  black  dots,  the  fringes  tipped  with 
grey ; the  discal  line  of  secondaries  angular.  Expanse  of 
wings  19  millim. 

Alu. 

18.  Pleonectusa  argentata,  sp.  n. 

Silvery  white,  slightly  pearly  towards  the  base  : primaries 
with  a black  dot  near  base  of  costal  vein,  a second  at  centre 
of  cell,  and  a conspicuous  black  spot  at  end  of  cell.  Wings 
below  slightly  tinted  beyond  the  middle  with  golden  and  with 
the  veins  greyish.  Expanse  of  wings  24  millim. 

Alu. 

Evidently  commoner  than  the  preceding  species. 


On  a new  Sjjecies  (^Nucleolites. 


125 


XII. — Description  of  a new  Species  of  Nucleolites,  with 

Remarks  on  the  Subdivisions  of  the  Genus,  By  Prof.  F. 
Jeffrey  Bell,  M.A.,  Sec.  R.M.S. 

The  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum  have  lately  acquired  by 
purchase  a small  specimen  of  a species  clearly  allied  to  the 
form  which  those  who  use  Mr.  Alex.  Agassiz’s  ^ Revision  of 
the  Echini  ’ would  call  Nucleolites  epigonus^  Mart. ; the  first 
point  of  interest  in  this  acquisition  was  the  locality  from 
which  it  was  derived,  for  it  came,  not,  like  N.  epigonus^  from 
the  eastern  seas,  but  from  Nassau  in  the  Bahamas. 

But  this  chorological  interest  soon  paled  before  the  mor- 
phological ; in  N,  epigonus^  it  will  be  remembered,  the  anal 
region  looks  backwards,  is  elliptical  in  form,  with  the  long 
axis  vertical,  and  the  periproctal  groove  is  continued  to  the 
ventral  surface  ; an  essentially  similar  disposition  of  the  anal 
region  is  found  in  Echinohrissus  recens.  But  in  the  new 
species  we  have  quite  a different  arrangement ; though  the 
anal  region  is  elliptical  in  form,  the  long  axis  lies  trans- 
versely, and  there  is  no  groove  reaching  to  the  ventral  sur- 
face ; in  these  two  particulars  it  resembles  Rhynchopygus, 
Echinohrissus y on  the  other  hand,  resembles  the  new  form  in 
having  the  actinostome  wider  than  long,  whereas  in  N,  epi^ 
gonus  that  orifice  is  longer  than  wide. 

In  other  characters — the  arrangement  of  the  ambulacra 
and  ambulacral  pores,  the  general  ornamentation  of  the  test, 
the  delicacy  and  whiteness  of  the  whole  test — N.  occidentalism^ 
as  the  new  species  may  be  called,  and  N,  epigonus  agree 
exactly. 


The  question  first  raised  by  an  annectent  form  such  as  this 
may  nearly  always  be  stated  in  the  following  terms : — Have 
the  generic  divisions  which  have  been  made  been  natural? 
In  other  words.  Have  the  characters  on  which  genera  are 
based  the  constancy  which  makes  them  of  value  ? That 
systematists  have  attached  importance  to  the  form  and  rela- 
tions of  the  oral  and  anal  areas  is  indisputable. 

In  the  latest  authoritative  work  on  Echinoids  generally — 
I mean,  of  course,  the  chapters  on  Echinoderms  in  Zittel’s 
^ Palaeontologie  ’ — Nucleolites  is  kept  separate  from  Echino- 
hrissusy  and  is  thus  defined: — Wie  vorige  [^Echinohrissus']^ 
aber  Poren  nicht  gejocht ; ” but  if  Prof.  Zittel  was  unable 
to  examine  an  example  of  E.  recens.,  he  should  have  made  use 


126  On  a new  Species  (^Nucleolites. 

of  the  experience  of  Mr.  Alex.  Agassiz,  who  remarks  * : — 
The  mere  conjugation  of  the  pores  is  an  insufficient  cha- 
racter, as  in  specimens  of  N.  epigonus  and  of  E.  recens  we 
find  in  the  same  individual  a petal  in  which  the  conjugation 
is  marked,  another  where  it  is  indistinct,  and  frequently  the 
corresponding  one  in  which  the  conjugation  cannot  be  traced  ; ” 
or  of  the  judgment  of  Prof.  E.  von  Martens  t,  “ Die  seichten, 
schwer  erkennbaren  Furchen  der  vorliegenden  Art  rechtferti- 
gen  eine  solche  Trennung  nicht.”  Prof.  Zittel  is  not  to  be 
congratulated  on  a step  backward  from  the  position  taken  up 
by  D’Orbigny  (Pal.  Francj.,  Cretac.  vi.  p.  388),  Wright,  and 
others  as  to  the  synonymy  of  Echinohrissus  with  Nudeolites. 

If,  however,  we  are  content  to  accept  the  rules  of  nomen- 
clature suggested  by  the  British  Association  we  must  use 
Lamarck’s  name  Nudeolites  rather  than  the  pre-Linnean 
(1732)  name  of  Echinohrissus ^ which  was  suggested  by 
Breynius  in  his  remarkable  ‘ Schediasma.’ 

But  if  Zittel’s  separation  of  Echinohrissus  from  Nudeolites 
be  so  little  justifiable,  does  not  the  transverse  long  axis  of  our 
new  species  lead  us  so  near  to  Rhynchopygus  as  to  suggest 
the  merging  of  these  forms  under  one  genus  ? It  is  difficult 
to  answer  this  question  with  certainty  ; the  form  of  the  peri- 
proct  is,  it  is  clear,  not  of  generic  importance ; but  the  much 
better  development  of  the  oral  floscelle  and  the  inequality  of 
the  constituent  rows  of  pores  in  the  paired  ambulacra  show 
that  Rhynchopygus  has  gone  further  in  the  way  of  differentia- 
tion than  has  Nudeolites]  and  just  as  Wright  (^Oolitic 
Echinodermata,’  p.  360)  keeps,  notwithstanding  the  opinion 
of  E.  Forbes,  Clypeus  distinct  from  Nudeolites ^ on  account  of 
the  magnitude  and  development  of  the  long,  wide,  petal- 
oidal,  poriferous  zones,”  so  the  greater  tendency  to  a petaloid 
form  and  that  sure  sign  of  differentiation,  inequality  in  length 
of  the  zones,  would,  even  without  the  characters  of  the  mouth, 
outweigh  the  value  of  the  form  of  the  periproct. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  structural  characters  of  this  new 
species  will  be  sufficient  to  attract  the  notice  of  the  palaeon- 
tologist, who  will,  I trust,  agree  that 

(1)  Nudeolites  and  Echinohrissus  are  synonymous. 

(2)  There  is  nothing  to  justify  even  their  subgeneric 
division  after  the  discovery  of  N.  occidentalism 

(3)  The  form  of  the  periproct  and  of  the  actinostome  are 
less  important,  as  signs  of  differentiation,  than  the 

* Rev.  Ech.  p.  557. 

t Archiv  fiir  Naturg.  xxxii.  (1866),  p.  180. 


Mr.  0.  Thomas  on  two  new  Squirrels  from  Borneo.  127 

characters  of  the  ambulacra  and  the  development  of 
floscelles. 

The  new  species  may  be  defined  in  the  following  terms  : — 
NucleoUtes  occidentalis. 

General  form  and  habit  very  similar  to  that  of  N.  epigonus, 
but  the  long  axis  of  the  elliptical  anus  is  transverse,  and  there 
is  no  periproctal  groove  j the  actinostome  tends  to  be  penta- 
gonal, but  is  wider  than  long  ; the  test  is  not  quite  so  wide  or 
so  swollen  posteriorly  as  in  N,  epigonus. 

The  length  of  the  single  specimen  is  1 7,  and  its  greatest 
breadth  13*5  millim. 

Curiously  enough  the  single  test  is  spineless  and  bleached, 
and  this  (artificially,  of  course)  heightens  its  resemblance  to 
N.  epigonusj  all  known  specimens  of  which  are  in  the  same 
condition. 

Hah.  Bahamas. 

In  Coll.  B.  M. 


XIII. — Description  of  two  new  Squirrels  from  North  Borneo. 
By  Oldfield  Thomas. 

Among  a collection  of  small  Mammalia  made  by  Mr.  John 
Whitehead  during  his  recent  successful  expedition  to  Mount 
Kina-Balu,  and  kindly  submitted  to  me  for  examination, 
there  occur  representatives  of  the  two  following  new  squirrels. 

Sciurus  Whiteheadij  sp.  n. 

Allied  and  very  similar  to  S.  exilis^  Miill.,  but  slightly 
larger,  and  with  the  ears,  instead  of  being  rounded  and  short- 
haired,  narrow,  pointed,  and  with  beautiful  long  black-and- 
white  pencils  of  hair,  nearly  as  long  as  the  head,  and  standing 
out  conspicuously  from  the  general  grey  of  the  body.  A white 
spot  also  present  on  the  neck  just  behind  the  ear.  Colour 
elsewhere  precisely  as  in  S.  exilis.  Face  without  any  trace 
of  the  black-and-white  markings  characteristic  of  S.  melanotis^ 
Mull.  & Schl. 

Skull  very  peculiarly  shaped,  with  a short  broad  cranial 
and  a disproportionally  long  and  powerful  facial  portion,  the 
distance  from  the  tip  of  the  nasals  to  a point  between  the 
anterior  edges  of  the  orbits  12*8  millim.,  as  compared  to  about 
10  millim.  in  S.  exilis^  and  11  millim.  in  S,  melanotis^  the 
latter  an  animal  with  the  cranial  part  of  the  skull  as  large  as, 
if  not  larger  than,  that  of  S.  Whiteheadi. 


128  Mr.  O.  Thomas  on  two  new  Squirrels  from  Borneo. 

. Teeth : ineisors  narrow,  strongly  convex  in  front,  orange 
above,  nearly  white  below  ; premolars  f,  the  anterior  upper 
minute,  circular  in  section. 

Dimensions  of  a skin  : — 

Head  and  body  90  millim. ; tail,  without  hairs  53,  with 
hairs  87 ; hind  foot,  without  claws,  24'5  ; ears,  without  hairs 
7,  with  hairs  28. 

Skull  : tip  of  nasals  to  centre  of  fronto-parietal  suture 

bregma  ”)  20  millim.  ; length  of  nasals  7*5  ; interorbital 
breadth  12;  palate,  length  12;  length  of  upper  tooth-series 

4*1. 

I have  much  pleasure  in  naming  this  most  beautiful  and 
interesting  little  squirrel  after  its  discoverer. 

Sciurus  JentinM^  sp.  n. 

General  colour  of  upper  surface  yellowish  grey,  strongly 
suffused  with  orange  on  the  head  and  along  the  centre  of  the 
back.  Hairs  dark  slaty  grey  for  four-fifths  of  their  length, 
their  tips  yellow  or  orange.  A spot  in  front  of,  and  a distinct 
ring  round,  each  eye  white.  Ears  extremely  short,  rounded, 
their  edges  clothed  with  very  short  white  or  pale  yellow 
hairs,  contrasting  markedly  with  the  dark  colour  of  the  sides 
of  the  neck,  where,  just  behind  the  ears,  there  is  a distinct 
darker  patch,  owing  to  the  suppression  of  the  yellowish  tips 
to  the  hairs,  and  consequent  showing  through  of  their  slaty 
bases.  Chin,  chest,  and  belly  pale  yellowish  white,  the  bases 
of  the  hairs  grey.  Tail-hairs  comparatively  short,  only  about 
10  or  12  millim.  in  length,  except  just  at  the  tip  ; broadly 
ringed  with  black  and  deep  orange,  their  tips  white. 

Skull  as  in  S.  tenuis. 

Incisors  dark  yellow  above  and  below ; premolars  \ ; molars 
rather  smaller  and  lighter  than  in  S.  tenuis. 

Dimensions  (skin)  : — 

Head  and  body  140  millim. ; tail,  without  hairs  103,  with 
hairs  136  ; hind  foot,  32*5 ; ears,  above  crown,  4. 

Skull : tip  of  nasals  to  bregma  25,  greatest  breadth  20  ; 
length  of  nasals  9*5;  interorbital  breadth  11*8;  palate, 
length  16*6  ; length  of  upper  tooth-series  6*4. 

This  species  is  most  nearly  allied  to  S.  tenuis^  Horsf.,  of 
which  there  is  a large  series  in  the  Natural-History  Museum. 
It  differs,  however,  by  its  much  paler  orange-washed  back,  pro- 
minently white-rimmed  ears,  the  dark  patches  behind  the  latter, 
and  by  its  less  bushy  tail.  It  is  noticeable  also  that  the 
Bornean  specimens  of  S.  tenuis  are  much  darker  in  colour,  and 
therefore  still  less  like  S.  Jentinki  than  are  those  from  the 


Mr.  H.  G.  Smith  on  new  Butterflies  from  Afghanistan.  129 

Malay  peninsula,  a fact  which  shows  that  the  two  species  have 
no  tendency  to  grade  into  one  another. 

I have  named  this  species  in  honour  of  my  friend  Dr.  F. 
A.  Jentink,  the  Director  of  the  Leyden  Museum,  to  whose 
labours  we  are  indebted  for  a large  amount  of  our  knowledge 
of  the  Mammals  inhabiting  the  East- Indian  archipelago,  and 
especially  of  the  Sciuridse. 

Of  other  squirrels  Sciurus  Diardi^  Jent.,  and  8.  Alstonij 
Anders.,  are  both  easily  distinguishable  from  8.  Jentinki  by 
their  much  greater  size,  in  addition  to  their  detailed  differences 
in  coloration. 


XIV. — Descriptions  of  two  new  8pecies  of  Butterflies  from 
8outh  Afghanistan.  By  H.  Grose  Smith. 

Metaporia  sorex. 

Tipper  side.  Both  wings  white.  Anterior  wings  with  the 
margins  and  nervures  black  ; a broad  black  patch  at  the  end 
and  beyond  the  cell,  the  inner  side  of  which  curves  towards 
the  base,  the  outer  side  irregular,  and  the  black  extending 
partially  along  the  first  and  second  median  nervules  ,•  an  irre- 
gular submarginal  black  band  from  the  costal  margin  to  the 
third  median  nervule ; between  the  band  and  the  outer  mar- 
gin, which  is  broadly  black,  between  the  nervures,  which  are 
also  broadly  black,  are  seven  white  streaks — the  first  small, 
the  second  linear,  the  third  and  fourth  larger  than  the  first, 
the  fifth  nearly  obsolete,  the  sixth  the  largest,  and  the  seventh 
smaller  than  the  sixth  but  larger  than  the  fifth. 

Posterior  wings  with  the  margins  and  ends  of  the  nervures 
black  ; an  obscurely-defined  submarginal  row  of  hastate  spots 
and  a small  black  spot  at  the  end  of  the  cell  between  the 
discoidal  and  first  median  nervule. 

Underside.  Anterior  wings  as  above,  with  the  costal  mar- 
gin and  apex  pale  yellowish  brown ; the  outer  margin  and 
ends  of  the  nervures  narrowly  black. 

Posterior  wings  yellowish  brown,  with  black  nervures  and 
margins,  and  a well-defined  submarginal  band  of  hastate 
spots. 

Expanse  of  wings  If  inch. 

Hah.  Gwasbki,  at  an  elevation  of  8600  feet,  57  miles  south- 
east of  Quettah. 

Near  to  Larraldii  and  Bieti  of  Oberthiir,  but  not  so  black 
Ann.  (fe  Mag.  N.  Hist.  8er.  5.  Vol.  xx.  9 


130  Mr.  E.  A.  Smith  on  neio  Land-Shells 

and  smaller.  Captured  by  Mr.  Dodgson,  of  the  Royal 
Artillery. 

In  the  collection  of  H.  Grose  Smith. 

Melitcea  Dodgsoni. 

Male, — Upper  side,  both  wings  bright  orange-brown,  fringes 
white,  spotted  with  black  ; a marginal  black  line  and 
spots.  Anterior  wings  with  a submarginal  row  of  black 
spots,  the  three  lowest  curving  inwardly,  inside  of  which, 
near  the  costa,  are  two  black  spots,  followed  by  a central 
curved  row  of  seven  black  spots,  extending  from  the 
costal  to  near  the  inner  margin  ; the  third  and  fourth  spots 
elongated,  the  seventh  quadrate,  the  usual  markings  in  the 
cell ; below  the  cell  near  the  base  is  a figure- of *8-marking, 
inside  which  is  a hastate  spot. 

Posterior  wings  w’ith  a marginal  and  submarginal  band  of 
spots  and  a few  markings  near  the  base,  which  is  dusky 
brown. 

Underside.  Anterior  wings  bright  brown ; apex  and  outer 
margin  stramineous  ; fringe  and  spots  as  above,  but  the  spots 
are  smaller  and  the  three  lowest  of  the  central  row  are  nearly 
obsolete. 

Posterior  wings  stramineous,  with  the  usual  two  red  bands, 
the  row  of  spots  between  which  approximate  to  the  inner 
band  ; the  spots  on  the  lower  side  of  the  submarginal  red 
band  larger  than  on  the  upperside  and  lunular. 

Female  lighter  than  the  male,  and  from  the  central  band 
to  the  outer  margin  more  or  less  mottled  with  pale  fulvous. 

Expanse  of  wings,  male  IJ,  female  IJ  inch. 

Hob.  Gwashki. 

This  butterfly  belongs  to  the  Didyma  group. 

In  the  collection  of  H.  Grose  Smith. 


XV. — Descriptions  of  some  new  Species  of  Land-Shells  from 
Sumatra,  Java,  and  Borneo.  By  Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Among  the  very  valuable  collections  recently  sent  to  this 
country  by  Mr.  John  AVhitehead  are  a few  land-shells  which 
he  obtained  in  the  northern  part  of  Borneo,  consisting  of 
the  following  species: — 1,  Nanina  regolis,  Benson;  2,  N. 
suhconsul,  sp.  n.  ; 3,  Trochomorpha  Metcalfei,  Benson ; 4,  T. 
planorhis.  Lesson  ; 5,  T.  conicoides,  Metcalfe,  var.  parva  ; 6, 


from  Sumatra j Java^  and  Borneo,  131 

Leptopoma  undatunij  Metcalfe  j 7,  L.  sericatum^  Pfr. ; 8,  L. 
Whiteheadi^  sp.  n.  ; 9,  Opisthoporus  pterocy chides ^ Pfr. 

The  new  species  from  Sumatra  were  partly  obtained  by  Mr, 
H.  0.  Forbes  and  partly  by  Mr.  Carl  Bock,  both  well-known 
eastern  travellers, 

Helicarion  Bocki. 

Testa  anguste  perforata,  viridi-cornea,  nitida,  siiborbicularis  ; an- 
fractus  4-5,  convexiusculi,  rapide  accrescentes,  striis  spiralibus, 
tenuissimis  incrementique  lineis  sculpti,  ultimus  superne  rotunde 
angulatus,  supra  angulum  concave  excavatus  spiraliterque  subsul- 
catus,  inferne  striis  concentricis  minutissimis  lineisque  iucrementi 
oruatus ; sutura  profunda,  canaliculata ; spira  paulo  elevata ; 
apertura  magna,  parum  obliqua ; columella  superne  anguste  re- 
flexa. 

Diam.  maj.  22,  min.  18  ; alt.  13  millim. 

Hah.  Sumatra.  Collected  by  Mr.  Carl  Bock. 

This  species  is  readily  distinguishable  by  the  angulation  of 
the  body-whorl  and  the  excavation  above  it.  The  last  whorl 
is  much  impressed  at  the  suture,  forming  a remarkably  deep 
canaliculation.  Besides  the  very  fine  spiral  strias,  which 
everywhere  cover  the  surface,  the  upperside  of  the  body- 
whorl  exhibits  a number  of  spiral  shallow  sulci,  which  are 
visible  to  the  naked  eye.  The  lines  of  growth  are  well- 
marked,  and  at  the  suture  are  somewhat  plicate. 

Nanina  hoodjongensis. 

Testa  profunde  perforata,  depresse  globosa,  mediocriter  tenuis, 
viridi-flava,  fasciis  duabus  nigrescenti-fuscis  supra  medium  an- 
fract.  ultimi  oruata,  paulo  nitida  ; anfractus  6,  rapide  accrescentes, 
undique  subspiraliter  confertim  corrugati,  convexi,  ad  suturam 
angustissime  marginati,  ultimus  magnus,  paulo  inflatus,  antice 
vix  descendens,  ad  peripheriam  porca  indistincta  instructus ; 
apertura  obliqua,  elougato-lunata,  albida  superne  bifasciata  ; peri- 
stoma tenue,  marginibus  leviter  conniventibus,  columellari  su- 
perne breviter  reflexo. 

Diam.  maj.  53,  min.  42-1-  j alt.  37  millim. 

Hah.  Hoodjong  or  Hoedjoeng,  about  120  miles  from  the 
southern  extremity  of  Sumatra,  at  an  elevation  of  2000  feet. 

The  single  specimen  of  this  fine  species  was  collected  at 
the  above  locality  by  Mr.  H.  O.  Forbes.  It  is  as  inflated  as 
N.  ohliquata  of  Keeve  (Monog.  Helix,  Conch.  Icon.  f.  384),  but 
has  a more  elevated  conical  spire  ; in  other  respects  it  is  alto- 
gether different.  The  wrinkling  of  the  surface  is  rather 
coarse,  and  on  the  underside  of  the  body-whorl  has  a distinctly 
concentric  direction.  The  slight  ridge  at  the  periphery  falls 


132 


Mr.  E.  A.  Smith  on  new  Land- Shells 


upon  the  lower  band,  which  is  of  a somewhat  darker  tint  than 
the  upper  one. 


Namna  Rumphu^  var. 

A specimen  collected  by  Mr.  Carl  Bock  at  Sydjoendjoeng 
differs  somewhat  from  the  normal  form  of  this  species.  It  is 
much  more  acutely  keeled,  and  the  curved  lines  of  growth 
are  rather  more  strongly  granulated.  It  has  not  been  previ- 
ously recorded  from  Sumatra. 

Nanina  foveata  of  Pfeiffer  is  another  variety  of  this  species, 
being  peculiar  on  account  of  the  more  or  less  undulate  or  pli- 
cate character  of  the  upper  surface.  The  locality  India  ” 
must  be  regarded  in  the  sense  in  Avhich  it  was  formerly  used, 
as  applying  to  the  East  Indies  and  not  to  British  India  only. 

Nanina  suhconsul. 

Testa  N.  consuli  simillima,  superne  tamen  minus  nitida ; anfracti- 
bus  paulo  planioribus  instructa,  sculptura  minutissime  rugulosa 
superne  ornata,  inferne  spiraliter  microscopice  striata. 

Diam.  maj.  19,  min.  17  ; alt.  10|  mill. 

ITah.  North  Borneo  {John  Whitehead). 

This  species  is  very  closely  related  to  N.  consul^  and  is 
only  distinguished  from  that  species  by  its  duller  upper  sur- 
face, resulting  from  a different  microscopic  sculpture,  and  its 
slightly  less  convex  whorls.  The  spiral  strim  on  the  base  are 
visible  under  an  ordinary  lens,  but  the  minute  rugulose  lines 
of  the  upper  surface  are  discernible  only  under  a stronger 
magnifier. 

Helix  {Trochomorpha)  conicoideSy  Metcalfe,  Y2iX.  parva. 

Two  specimens  collected  in  Northern  Borneo  by  Mr.  John 
Whitehead  are  exceptionally  small  and  depressed,  and 
remarkable  also  on  account  of  the  basal  margin  of  the  peri- 
stome being  slightly  thickened,  narrowly  expanded,  and 
reflexed,  a feature  which  does  not  occur  in  ordinary  examples. 
In  colour,  texture,  and  sculpture  they  offer  no  differences. 
Although  consisting  of  seven  whorls,  the  greatest  diameter  is 
only  11  millimetres. 

Helix  {Geotrochus)  hantamensis. 

Testa  elate  conica,  perforata,  mediocriter  tenuis,  griseo-alba ; au- 
fractus  7,  tres  superiores  convexi,  caeteri  planiusculi,  minute 
granulati,  striisque  incrementi  sculpti,  ad  suturam  carina  mar- 


133 


from  Sumatra j Java^  and  Borneo, 

ginati,  ultimus  ad  peripheriain  acute  carinatus,  infra  subplanus  , 
antice  vix  descendens  ; apertura  obliqua,  parva  ; peristoma  albi- 
dum,  margine  superiore  sinuato,  leviter  reflexo,  basali  latius 
expanse,  superne  umbilicum  semiobtegente. 

Diam.  maj.  11,  min.  10 ; alt.  12  mill. 

Hah,  Bantam,  Java. 

This  species  is  as  conical  as  H,  elata  {vide  Reeve’s  Conch. 
Icon.  fig.  1248),  but  the  aperture  is  different,  the  basal  mar- 
gin being  more  curved.  The  apex  of  the  spire  is  rather  large 
and  obtuse  and  the  upper  whorls  are  considerably  more  con- 
vex than  the  three  last.  The  fine  granulation  of  the  surface 
is  invisible  to  the  naked  eye.  The  acute  keel  of  the  body- 
whorl  passes  up  the  spire,  giving  a carinate  appearance  to  the 
suture. 


Lepto'poma  WhiteJieadi, 

Testa  conica,  umbilicata,  mediocriter  tenuis,  purpurascenti-  vel 
fuscescenti-cornea,  maculis  rufis  sutura  radiantibus  picta,  epider- 
mide  tenui  sublamellata  amicta;  anfractus  6,  convexi,  carinis 
tenuibus  2-3  instructi,  incrementi  lineis  striisque  spiralibus  incon- 
spicuis  sculpti,  sutura  subprofunda  sejuncti,  ultimus  carinis  ad  6 
ornatus ; apertura  modice  magna ; peristoma  anguste  reflexum, 
bimarginatum. 

Diam.  maj.  12|,  min.  10 ; alt.  12|  mill. 

Hah.  Northern  Borneo. 

This  interesting  species  was  collected  by  Mr.  John  White- 
head,  with  whose  name  I have  associated  it.  It  is  peculiar 
on  account  of  the  epidermis,  which  upon  the  keels  is  produced 
into  very  short  tufts.  The  operculum  is  very  thin,  yellowish, 
and  consists  of  about  eight  whorls. 

In  the  British  Museum  are  two  specimens  also  from 
Borneo  which  are  smaller  than  those  described,  and  differ  also 
in  having  the  peristome  of  a darker  colour,  and  the  brown 
markings  radiate  from  the  suture  in  an  irregular  zigzag 
manner. 

Two  other  specimens  from  Bantam,  in  Java,  also  appa- 
rently belong  to  this  species.  They  are  still  smaller  and 
have  the  epidermis  produced  into  short  hairs  upon  the  prin- 
cipal ridges. 


134 


Geological  Society. 


PKOCEEDINGS  OF  LEAENED  SOCIETIES. 

GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

March  9,  1887.— Prof.  J.  W.  Judd,  F.E.S., 

President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  following  communications  were  read : — 

1.  On  Chondrosteus  aci]genseroides,  Ag.”  By  James  W.  Davis, 
Esq.,  F.G.S. 

Sir  P.  Egerton  described  two  species  of  Chondrosteus  from  the 
Lias  of  Lyme  Eegis,  viz.  C.  acipenseroides,  Ag.,  and  C.  crassior,  Eg. 
The  author  describes  an  unusually  fine  specimen  from  the  same 
locality,  44  inches  long,  the  head,  trunk,  and  tail  being  exception- 
ally complete,  whilst  a considerable  portion  of  the  elements  of  the 
vertebral  column  is  preserved. 

The  head  is  proportionately  large  and  deeper  than  the  body  of  the 
fish.  It  has  an  Mmost  circular  outline  with  a diameter  of  about 
9 inches,  but  the  snout  has  been  broken  off  during  extraction.  The 
cranium  was  protected  by  dermal  bones  or  scutes.  The  anterior 
portion  of  the  head,  beneath  the  orbit,  does  not  exhibit  any  traces  of 
external  defence,  thus  differing  from  existing  Sturgeons.  The  fron- 
tals,  postfrontals,  parietals,  mastoid,  and  some  of  the  occipital  plates 
are  present : all  these  bones  are  united  by  sutures.  The  external 
surface  of  the  dermal  plates  is  coarsely  striated  or  ridged ; the  ridges 
radiate  for  the  most  part  from  the  centre  towards  the  margin,  the 
surface  being  covered  by  strips  of  ganoine.  The  orbit  is  oval.  The 
base  of  the  skull  is  formed  by  bones  more  completely  ossified  than 
in  the  existing  Sturgeons : these  are  more  extensive  than  in  the 
Teleostean  fishes,  being  the  equivalents  of  the  sphenoid  bones  of  the 
latter. 

Sir  P.  Egerton,  in  his  description  of  the  genus  Chondrosteus, 
states  that  the  elements  of  the  scapular  arch,  which  in  recent 
Sturgeons  are  three  in  number,  are  reduced  to  two  in  the  fossil 
genus  by  the  coalescence  of  the  scapula  and  the  coracoid.  The 
Author  describes  it  as  composed  of  a series  of  three  bones,  supra- 
scapula,  scapula,  and  coracoid  (or  clavicula).  The  last  is  united 
with  the  pectoral  fin  by  two  bones,  apparently  representing  the 
radius  and  ulna  of  Owen  (coracoid  and  scapula  of  Parker).  The 
pectoral  fin  is  large  and  comprised  forty-two  rays.  The  mandibles 
and  maxillaries  are  large  and  well  ossified,  in  this  respect  differing 
from  existing  species  ; there  is  no  evidence  of  teeth.  From  the 
position  of  the  respective  maxillary  and  premaxillary  bones  in  this 
specimen  there  can  be  no  further  doubt  that  the  small  bifurcated 
bone  of  C.  acipenseroides,  Ag.,  described  as  the  maxiUary  bone,  is 
really  the  premaxillary. 

Bony  neurapophyses  are  preserved  in  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
body.  There  is  no  trace  of  the  vertebral  column  nor  of  ribs  or 
haemapophyses,  except  in  the  caudal  fin,  where  haemapophyses  sup- 


135 


Geological  Society . 

port  the  lower  lobe.  The  neurapophyses  extend  from  the  occipital 
region  of  the  skull  to  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin,  13  inches.  In  this 
length  there  are  preserved  thirty-five  neurapophyses,  representing 
the  same  number  of  vertebrae.  The  first  ray  of  the  dorsal  fin  is 
inserted  above  the  thirtieth  vertebra  ; the  total  number  of  vertebrae 
in  the  spinal  column  would  be  from  eighty  to  eighty-five.  The 
caudal  fin  is  very  large  and  was  a powerful  organ  of  propulsion  ; its 
upper  lobe,  as  in  the  recent  Sturgeon,  is  the  longer  of  the  two. 

The  specimen  is  nearly  twice  the  length  of  those  described  by 
Egerton,  and  the  Author  indicated  the  diflPerences  in  some  detail. 
The  division  of  the  scapular  arch  into  three  parts,  the  suprascapula, 
the  scapula,  and  the  coracoid,  appears  to  be  undoubted,  whilst  in  the 
specimens  previously  described  the  scapula  and  coracoid  are  said  to 
be  united.  The  two  latter  ossifications  of  the  shoulder-girdle  are 
separate  in  the  existing  Sturgeons,  and  in  the  Ganoid  fishes  this  is 
also  generally  the  case. 

The  Author  then  referred  to  the  opinion  expressed  by  Sir  P.  Eger- 
ton as  to  the  homology  of  the  cranial  plates  of  fossil  Sturgeons  when 
compared  with  recent  ones  and  also  with  Teleosteans,  and  to  the 
confirmation  of  these  views  by  Prof.  Parker,  who  concludes  that, 
although  the  Sturgeons  cannot  be  said  to  occupy  an  intermediate 
position  directly  between  the  Selachians  and  the  Bony  Ganoids,  yet 
on  the  whole  that  is  their  position. 

Lastly,  the  Author  states  his  belief  that  there  is  no  specific  differ- 
ence between  C.  acipenseroides,  Agassiz,  and  Q.  crassior^  Egerton. 

2.  “ On  Aristosuchus  pusillus,  Ow.,  being  further  Notes  on  the 
Fossils  described  by  Sir  E.  Owen  as  Poikilopleuron  pusillus,  Ow.’’ 
By  Prof.  H.  G.  Seeley,  F.R.S.,  E.G.S. 

A Wealden  fossil,  comprising  certain  dorsal,  sacral,  and  caudal 
vertebrae,  with  some  associated  bones  belonging  to  the  pubic  region, 
formerly  in  the  collection  of  the  Rev.  W.  Darwin  Eox,  but  now  in 
the  British  Museum,  was  described  by  Sir  R.  Owen  in  1876  as 
PoiTcilopleuron  pusillus.  In  the  present  paper  the  author  showed 
that  the  presence  of  a peculiarly  shaped  medullary  cavity  in  certain 
vertebrae,  a character  upon  the  strength  of  which  the  bones  were 
referred  to  Poikilopleuron,  Desk,  was  not  peculiar  to  that  genus,  but 
had  been  found  in  Megalosaurus  and  in  other  Dinosaurian  reptiles, 
whilst  the  characters  of  the  sacrum  in  “ PoiTcilopleuron  pusillus  ” 
differed  from  those  of  any  Crocodilia.  The  species  was  clearly  not  a 
PoiTcilopleuron.,  but  was  apparently  a Dinosaur  belonging  to  an  un- 
described genus,  for  which  the  name  of  Aristosuchus  was  proposed. 

The  pubic  bones  were  described  and  shown  to  resemble  those 
noticed  by  Prof.  Marsh  in  Allosaurus,  Ceratosaurus,  and  Coelurusy 
and  the  specimen  itself  has  been  referred  by  Prof.  Marsh  to  the  last- 
named  genus.  The  genera  named  were,  however,  placed  in  dis- 
tinct Dinosaurian  suborders,  and  consequently  it  was  evident  that 
the  pubic  bones  by  themselves  were  insufficient  for  generic  determi- 
nation, whilst  the  dorsal  vertebra  of  the  Wealden  fossil  had  the 


136 


Geological  Society. 

texture  usually  found  in  Dinosauria,  and  not  that  peculiar  to  Ccelu- 
rus.  The  mode  of  attachment  of  the  ribs  was  also  different.  The 
sacrum  of  Coelurus  was  unknown,  but  was  probably  very  different 
from  that  of  Aristosuchus.  In  the  latter  the  transverse  processes 
or  sacral  ribs  were  given  off  from  each  individual  vertebra,  as  in 
certain  American  forms,  and  not,  as  in  Iguanodon,  Hylceosaurus, 
Megcdosaurus,  &c.,  from  the  junction  between  two  centrums. 

The  five  sacral  vertebrae  of  the  fossil  and  their  apophyses  were 
then  separately  described  in  detail,  and  also  an  associated  fragmen- 
tary caudal  vertebra  ; and  the  conclusion  was  expressed  that  Aristo- 
suchus was  a Dinosaur  nearly  related  to  certain  imperfectly  described 
American  types,  such  as  Allosaurus. 

3.  “ On  Patricosaurus  merocratus,  Seeley,  a Lizard  from  the 
Cambridge  Greensand,  preserved  in  the  Woodwardian  Museum  of 
the  University  of  Cambridge.”  By  Prof.  H.  G.  Seeley,  F.R.S., 

F.G.S. 

Xo  Lacertilian  has  hitherto  been  described  from  the  Cambridge 
Greensand.  The  only  remains  of  Lizards  known  to  the  author  as 
having  been  derived  from  that  bed  consisted  of  the  two  bones  now 
described,  the  proximal  end  of  a femur,  and  a sacral  vertebra  with 
the  processes  broken  away.  The  former  exceeded  in  size  the  cor- 
responding bone  of  the  largest  living  Monitor,  and  differed  from 
the  femora  in  all  recent  Lizards  in  so  many  respects  as  to  indicate 
subordinal  distinction.  The  vertebra  was  not  found  with  the 
femur,  and  may  have  belonged  to  a different  species ; but  there 
being  nothing  in  the  characteristics  of  the  two  bones  inconsistent 
with  their  having  belonged  to  one  specific  type,  both  were  fully  de- 
scribed as  types  of  a new  genus  and  species. 

4.  “ On  Heterosuchus  valdensis,  Seeley,  a procoelian  Crocodile  from 
the  Hastings  Sands  of  Hastings.”  By  Prof.  H.  G.  Seeley,  F.R.S., 

F.G.S. 

An  ironstone  nodule  from  the  Hastings  Sands  was  acquired  by 
the  British  Museum  from  Dr.  Mantell’s  collection.  The  specimen 
measured  10  centimetres  by  h,  and  displayed  on  its  water-worn  sur- 
face several  procoelian  vertebrae  of  a small  Crocodilian,  together 
with  some  other  bones,  perhaps  belonging  to  a different  reptile. 
These  other  bones  appeared  to  comprise  portions  of  a skull  with 
peculiarities  not  hitherto  recognized  in  procoelian  Crocodiles,  and  a 
pubis  and  ischium  exhibiting  distinct  Lacertilian  characters,  and  of 
comparatively  very  small  size,  but  still  situated  in  proximity  to  the 
sacral  vertebrae. 

The  vertebrae  were  described  in  detail  in  the  paper,  and  referred 
to  a new  genus  and  species.  They  included  one  late  cervical  ver- 
tebra, eight  dorsal,  and  two  which  might  be  considered  as  sacral. 
All  appeared  to  be  mature,  and  were  more  eompletely  ossified  than 
the  same  bones  in  living  Crocodiles.  The  body  of  each  centrum  was 


Oeological  Society,  137 

compressed  laterally,  the  neural  arch  comparatively  depressed  and 
thrown  out  laterally  above  by  the  inferior  V-shaped  approximation 
of  the  side  of  the  centrum.  Several  other  peculiarities  were  also 
pointed  out. 

The  paper  concluded  with  notes  on  other  vertebrm  of  similar  cha- 
racter from  Tilgate  and  Brook,  and  attention  was  called  to  a Croco- 
dilian cervical  vertebra  with  the  procoelian  cup  from  the  Purbeck 
beds. 

5.  “ On  a Sacrum,  apparently  indicating  a new  type  of  Bird 
{Ornithodesmus  duniculus,  Seeley),  from  theWealden  of  Brook.”  By 
Prof.  H.  G.  Seeley,  P.B.S.,  P.G.S. 

After  some  remarks  on  the  characters  of  the  sacrum  in  Birds, 
Ornithosauria,  and  Dinosauria,  the  author  proceeded  to  describe  a 
sacrum  composed  of  six  vertebrm  in  the  Pox  collection,  now  at  the 
British  Museum,  and  then  to  compare  the  fossil  with  the  correspond- 
ing bones  of  the  three  groups  named.  The  resemblance  to  the 
Dinosaurian  and  Ornithosaurian  sacral  vertebrae  was  less  than  those 
which  connected  the  fossil  with  birds.  Prom  the  latter  it  was  dis- 
tinguished by  the  smaller  number  of  vertebrae  in  the  sacrum,  the 
absence  of  sacral  recesses  for  the  lobes  of  the  kidneys,  and  the  form 
of  the  articular  face  of  the  first  sacral  vertebra.  But  the  small 
number  of  sacral  vertebrae  in  Archaeopteryx,  the  want  of  renal  re- 
cesses in  Ichthyornis,  and  the  characters  of  the  articulation  in  the 
Solan  Goose  showed  that  these  differences  were  not  essential ; and 
the  author  concluded  that  the  fossil  belonged  to  a true  bird,  but  that 
it  formed  a link  with  lower  forms,  and  approximated  more  to  Dino- 
saurs than  did  any  other  Avian  type  hitherto  described. 


May  11,  1887.— Prof.  J.  W.  Judd,  F.B.S., 

President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  following  communications  were  read : — 

1.  “ Further  Observations  on  Hyperodapedon  Gordonir  By  Prof. 
T.  H.  Huxley,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.,  P.G.S. 

The  Author  briefly  noticed  the  circumstances  under  which  he 
first  described  the  occurrence  of  Lacertilian  and  Crocodilian  fossils 
in  the  Elgin  Sandstones,  and  the  confirmation  which  his  view^s  as  to 
the  Mesozoic  age  of  these  remains  had  received  from  the  discovery 
of  Hyperodapedon  in  English  Triassic  rocks  and  in  India.  The 
original  type  of  Hyperodapedon  Gordoni  from  Elgin  was,  however, 
in  bad  condition,  and  the  receipt  at  the  British  Museum  of  a second 
much  better  preserved  skeleton,  found  in  the  Lossiemouth  quarries  of 
the  same  neighbourhood,  had  enabled  him  to  add  considerably  to  the 
known  characters  of  the  genus,  and  to  compare  it  more  thoroughly 
both  with  the  recent  Sphenodon  (or  Hatteria)  of  New  Zealand  and 
with  the  Triassic  Rliynchosaurus  articeps,  several  specimens  of  which 
are  in  the  British  Museum  palaeontological  collection. 


138 


Geological  Society. 

The  recently  discovered  Hyperoda'pedon-s^elcio'n  was  of  nearly 
the  same  size  as  that  formerly  described,  and  must  have  belonged 
to  an  individual  about  6 or  7 feet  in  length.  The  specimen  was 
exposed  by  the  splitting  of  a large  block  of  sandstone,  and  comprised 
the  skull,  the  vertebral  column  as  far  as  the  root  of  the  tail,  all  the 
bones  of  the  left  and  of  part  of  the  right  fore  limb,  and  those  of  the 
right  hind  limb,  the  whole  almost  in  their  original  relations. 

The  bones  were  described  in  order  and  compared  with  those  of 
Splienodon,  tke  most  important  differences  in  Hyperodapedon  being 
the  following  : — 

1.  The  centra  of  the  presacral  vertebrae  are  ossified  throughout 
and  more  or  less  opisthocoelous,  especially  in  the  cervical 
region. 

2.  The  anterior  cervical  vertebrae  have  long  and  strong  ribs. 

3.  The  external  nares  are  not  separated  by  bone. 

4.  Conjoined  premaxillary  bones  form  a long,  conical,  curved, 
pointed  rostrum,  which  is  received  between  the  rostral  pro- 
cesses of  the  mandible.  All  these  were  devoid  of  teeth  and 
probably  sheathed  in  horn. 

5.  The  palatal  area  is  very  narrow  in  front  and  wide  behind, 
with  strongly  curved  lateral  boundaries. 

6.  The  posterior  maxillary  and  palatal  teeth  are  multiserial. 

7.  The  rami  of  the  mandible  are  united  in  a long  symphysis, 
behind  which  they  diverge  widely,  and  the  dentigerous  edges 
are  strongly  concave  upwards  as  well  as  outwards. 

8.  The  mandibular  teeth  in  front  are  set  into  a close,  apparently 
continuous  palisade,  and  become  distinct  and  conical  only 
at  the  posterior  end  of  the  series. 

9.  The  fore  foot  is  remarkably  short  and  stout,  with  meta- 
carpals  of  equal  length. 

The  relations  of  Bhynchosaurus  to  Hyperodapedon  and  Sphenodon 
were  then  dealt  with,  the  first-named  being  shown  to  occupy 
in  some  respects  an  intermediate  place  between  the  two  others. 
The  skull  of  Rliynchosaurus  resembles  that  of  Hyperodapedon  in  its 
single  anterior  nasal  aperture,  its  premaxillary  and  mandibular 
rostral  processes,  and  in  having  more  than  one  series  of  palatal 
teeth  ; but  in  general  form  and  in  the  shape  of  the  maxillae,  palatal 
bones,  and  rami  of  the  mandible  it  departs  far  less  from  Sphenodon 
than  Hyperodapedon  does.  Some  comparisons  of  the  limb-bones  were 
also  made. 

The  three  genera  mentioned  were  shown  to  form  a particular 
group,  which,  however,  had  no  claim  to  ordinal  distinction,  and 
appeared  to  form  a family,  Sphenodontidae,  of  the  Lacertilia,  com- 
prising two  subfamilies,  Ehynchosaurinae  (including  Rhynchosaurus 
and  Hyperodapedon)  and  Sphenodontinae. 

The  fact  that  in  this  Lacertilian  group  the  highest  known  degree 
of  specialization,  as  shown  in  Hyperodapedon,  was  attained  as  early 
as  the  Triassic  epoch,  showed  that  in  Permian  times,  or  earlier, 
Lacertilia  existed  which  differed  less  from  Sphenodon  than  either  of 


Geological  Society.  139 

the  Ehynchosaurinse  did.  Not  only  was  the  Lacertilian  type  of 
organization  clearly  defined  in  the  Triassic  epoch,  but  it  attained  a 
degree  of  specialization  equal  to  that  exhibited  by  any  modern  lizard. 

2.  “ On  Tertiary  Cyclostomatous  Bryozoa  from  New  Zealand.” 
By  Arthur  W.  Waters,  Esq.,  E.Gi.S. 

The  Cyclostomata  noticed  in  this  paper  were  from  the  same  col- 
lections as  the  Chilostomata  described  in  the  last  volume  of  the  Quar- 
terly Journal,  and  this  part  was  kept  back  a short  time,  in  the  hope 
that  the  publication  of  the  Eeport  of  the  ‘ Challenger  ’ expedition 
might  throw  some  light  upon  this  unsatisfactory  suborder ; but  the 
results  are  very  disappointing  in  this  respect,  as  only  thirty-three 
species  are  recorded,  and  these  are  for  the  most  part  well  known  and 
common  ones. 

It  was  proposed  to  subdivide  the  Cyclostomata  into  two  sections, 
namely  : — 1,  those  in  which  the  surface  of  the  zoarium  is  to  a con- 
siderable extent  formed  of  the  lateral  walls  of  the  zooecia,  as  Entalo- 
'phora  &c. ; and  2,  those  in  which  the  zooecia  or  cancelli  open 
for  the  most  part  at  right  angles  to  the  axis,  or  surface  of  the 
zoarium,  or  subcolony,  of  which  Heteropora  and  Lichenopora  are 
typical. 

The  Author  recorded  the  preservation  of  the  extremely  delicate  and 
fragile  rays  or  “ hair-like  teeth  ” in  the  interior  of  the  fossil  En- 
talopJiora  intricaria. 

Out  of  the  twenty-eight  species  or  varieties  eighteen  are  known 
living,  and  this  part  of  the  collection  agrees  with  the  former  in  indi- 
cating that  it  is  comparatively  recent.  The  number  of  these  fossil 
Bryozoa  is  now  brought  up  to  106.  The  new  species  described 
by  the  Author  were  : — EntalopTiora  ivanganuiensis,  Tuhulipora  tuhi- 
pora^  Lichenopora  wanganuiensis,  Reptocavea  aspera,  Heteropora 
napierensis,  and  Crassoliornera  waipukurensis ; and  he  also  noted  a 
new  Ydiiicij,  perangusta,  of  Diastopora  sarniensis. 


May  25,  1887.— Prof.  J.  W.  Judd,  E.E.S., 

President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  following  communications  were  read : — 

1.  “On  the  Eemains  of  Pishes  from  the  Keuper  of  Warwick  and 
Nottingham.”  By  E.  T.  Newton,  Esq.,  E.G.S. ; with  Notes  on 
their  Mode  of  Occurrence  by  the  Eev.  P.  B.  Brodie,  M.A.,  E.G.S., 
and  E.  Wilson,  Esq.,  E.G.S. 

This  paper  gave  an  account  of  two  series  of  fossil  fishes  which 
have  been  discovered  in  British  Triassic  strata.  The  specimens  are 
very  fragmentary,  but  the  rarity  of  Ganoid  fish-remains  in  the 
English  Trias  lends  considerable  interest  to  these  discoveries.  The 
first  series  noticed  were  obtained  by  the  Eev.  P.  B.  Brodie  in  the 
Upper  Keuper  of  Shrewley,  and  consist  of  some  half-dozen  portions 
of  fish,  all  small  and  much  broken.  The  characters  of  the  scales  and 


140 


Geological  Society, 

the  positions  of  the  fins,  together  with  as  much  of  the  form  as  can  be 
made  out,  point  to  their  belonging  to  the  genus  Semionotus.  The 
second  series  were  obtained  by  Mr.  E.  Wilson,  E.G.S.,  of  the  Bristol 
Museum,  from  Keuper  Beds  near  Nottingham.  A large  number  of 
specimens  were  in  this  case  collected ; but  all  of  them  are  too  much 
broken  and  crushed  out  of  shape  to  allow  anything  very  definite 
to  be  said  about  them.  Some  of  these  also  appear  to  be  Semio- 
notus ; they  agree  in  size,  as  well  as  in  some  other  particulars,  with 
the  Shrewley  fishes,  and  may  perhaps  belong  to  the  same  species  ; 
but  others,  on  account  of  their  strongly  heterocercal  tail  and  orna- 
mented scales,  seem  to  belong  to  the  Palaeoniscidae.  The  presence 
of  a third  form  among  these  Nottingham  fishes  is  indicated  by 
masses  of  larger  scales.  The  Bev.  P.  B.  Brodie  and  Mr.  Edw.  Wilson 
each  appended  notes  on  the  Triassic  Beds  from  which  the  fishes  were 
obtained. 

2.  “ Notes  on  some  Carboniferous  Species  of  Murcliisonia  in  our 
Public  Museums.”  By  Miss  Jane  Donald.  (Communicated  by  J.  G. 
Goodchild,  Esq.,  E.G.S.) 

The  paper  gave  a history  of  the  genus  Murchisonia,  an  account 
of  the  relations  between  it  and  Pleurotomaria,  and  of  the  resem- 
blances to  it  afforded  by  certain  recently  discovered  species  of 
Turritella.  The  synonymy  and  a new  description  of  the  genus 
followed,  and  then  of  the  species  M.  angulata^  M.  Tcendalensis,  M. 
Verneuilluma,  and  four  forms,  for  which  new  names  were  proposed, 
were  described  and  discussed,  with  notes  on  the  localities  where 
each  had  been  found  and  the  museums  in  which  the  specimens 
described  were  preserved  The  new  species  were  named : — M.jgyra- 
midata,  zonata^  s_phcerulata,  and  tenuissima. 


June  8,  1887.— Prof.  J.  W.  Judd,  E.R.S., 
President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  following  communication  was  read  : — 


“ A Revision  of  the  Echinoidea  from  the  Australian  Ter- 
tiaries.”  By  Prof.  P.  Martin  Duncan,  M.B.,  F.R.S.,  E.G.S. 

After  calling  attention  to  a previous  paper  by  himself  published 
in  the  Society's  Journal  for  1877,  and  to  additions  to  the  fauna 
made  by  Prof.  R.  Tate  and  Prof.  M^’Coy,  the  author  proceeded  to 
give  notes  on  the  characters,  relations,  and  nomenclature  of  the 
following  29  species  of  Echinoidea : — 


Cidaris  (Leiocidaris)  australise. 
0.  (Leiocidaris),  sp. 
Goniocidaris,  sp.,  spines. 
Salenia  tertiaria. 
Psammechinus  Woodsi. 
Ortholophus  lineatus. 
Paradoiecbinus  nodus. 


Ciypeaster  folium,  var.  elongata. 
0.  gippslandicus. 

C.  (Monostychia)  australis. 

C.  (Monostychia)  Loveni. 
Echinobrissus  australise. 
Catopygus  elegans. 
PygorhynchuB  Vassali. 


Geological  Society, 


141 


Echinolampas  ovulum. 

Holaster  australiae. 

H.  difficilis  (Rhynchopygus  dysas- 


Pericosmus  Nelsoni. 

P.  compressus. 

Lovenia  Forbesi. 
Euspatangus  rotundus. 
E.  Laubei. 

E.  murrayensis. 

E.  Wrightii. 

Schizaster  ventricosus. 


teroides). 

Micraster  brevistella. 
Maretia  anomala. 
Megalaster  compressus. 
Pericosmus  gigas. 


A few  notes  were  added  on  the  relations  between  this  fauna  and 
that  now  inhabiting  the  Australian  seas,  also  on  the  connexions 
with  the  Tertiary  Echinoidea  of  New  Zealand,  Sind,  &c. 


The  following  communications  were  read  : — 

1.  Note  on  some  Dinosaurian  Remains  in  the  Collection  of  A. 
Leeds,  Esq. — Part  I.  Ornithopsis  Leedsii.  Part  II.  Omosaurus,  sp  ’’ 
By  J.  W.  Hulke,  Esq.,  E.R.S.,  E.G.S. 

Part  I.  Ornithopsis  Leedsii,  nov.  sp.,  from  the  Kimmeridge  Clay 
of  Northamptonshire. 

The  Author  described  a pelvis,  vertebrae,  and  costae  referable  to 
this  genus,  of  a stature  far  surpassing  that  represented  by  the 
pelvis  in  the  Eox  Collection  from  the  Isle-of-Wight  Wealden,  which 
he  brought  under  the  notice  of  the  Society  a few  years  since.  The 
ilium  has  a very  long  preacetabular  process.  A rib  is  three  times 
as  large  as  the  largest  rib  of  an  elephant  of  average  stature.  The 
trunk-vertebrae  show  the  characteristic  large  chamber  opening  in 
the  side  of  the  centrum,  under  the  platform  supporting  the  neura- 
pophyses.  There  is  no  post-pubis.  The  pubis  and  ischium  diverge  ; 
their  close  resemblance  to  those  of  Ceteosaurus  occoniensis,  figured  by 
J.  Phillips  in  the  ‘ Geology  of  Oxford,’  is  obvious  when  each  figure 
is  reversed,  their  true  position  being  misrepresented  in  that  author’s 
diagram,  a very  excusable  error. 

Part  II.  described  a sacrum,  with  ilia,  vertebrae,  a femur,  &c. 
The  neural  arches  of  the  sacral  vertebrae  are  synostosed,  and  so  form 
a continuous  roof  (simulating  the  vault  of  a cranium)  of  the  dilata- 
tion of  the  neural  canal,  which  enclosed  the  sacral  sweUiug  of  the 
spinal  cord.  The  transverse  processes  are  long.  The  ilia  offer  a 
general  resemblance  to  those  of  Omosaurus  armatus  (Owen),  but 
differ  from  those  of  this  species  in  the  relatively  greater  length  and 
narrowness  of  the  preacetabular  process.  The  similarity  of  con- 
struction of  this  sacrum  to  that  of  Stegosam^us,  described  by  0.  C. 
Marsh,  and  the  very  close  resemblance  of  their  ilia  were  noticed. 
The  author  considered  that  an  extremely  close  affinity  exists  between 
these  two  genera,  and  is  prepared  to  ffnd  that,  upon  the  acquisition 
of  more  materials,  their  identity  may  even  be  established.  For  the 
present,  he  preferred  to  refer  the  Peterborough  Dinosaur  to  Omosaurus 
and  proposed  for  its  specific  name  durobrivensis,  having  reference  to 
that  of  the  old  Roman  settlement  in  that  locality. 


June  23,  1887.— Prof.  J.  W.  Judd,  E.R.S. 
President,  in  the  Chair. 


142  Geological  Society. 

2.  “ Notes  on  some  Polyzoa  from  the  Lias.”  By  Edwin  A.  Wal- 
ford,  Esq.,  E.G.S. 

The  Author  briefly  reviewed  the  work  of  Etheridge,  Vine,  and 
others  in  the  tabulating  of  the  British  Liassic  Polyzoa,  and  mentioned 
also  the  labours  of  Terquem  and  Piette,  Dumortier,  and  others  in  the 
same  direction  in  France  and  Germany.  He  directed  attention  to  a 
species  described  by  Prof.  Tate  from  the  Lias  of  May,  Normandy, 
under  the  name  S^iropora  liassica,  and  described  specimens  in  his 
own  collection  from  a similar  horizon  in  the  Midlands,  with  which 
it  had  been  confounded.  The  English  forms  have  very  varying 
modes  of  growth — sometimes  foliaceous  after  the  fashion  of  the 
Diastopora  proper  of  Haime,  at  other  times  ramose  and  cylindrical, 
like  Entalopliora.  The  latter  habit,  together  with  the  long,  and  often 
partly  free,  zooecia,  suggest  the  relationship  of  the  species  with  the 
Tuhuliporce.  The  exceptional  state  of  preservation  of  the  specimen 
is  such  as  to  show  the  cells  in  a perfect  condition,  with  solid  circular 
calcareous  closures  within  the  orifice  of  the  zooecial  tubes,  a feature 
common  to  both  the  foliaceous  and  the  cylindrical  forms.  The 
surface-pores  are  unusually  well  preserved,  and  appear  to  be  similar 
to  those  of  the  recent  Cyclostomatous  Polyzoa.  The  name  of  Tubu- 
lipora  inconstans  was  proposed  for  the  species. 

Mention  was  also  made  of  other  fragments  of  Polyzoa  of  doubtful 
relationship  occurring  in  the  same  beds. 

3.  Eeport  on  Palaeo-botanical  Investigations  of  the  Tertiary 
Flora  of  Australia.”  By  Dr.  Constantin  Baron  von  Ettingshausen, 
For.Corr.G.S. 

Mr.  Wilkinson,  the  Government  Geologist  of  New  South  Wales, 
supplied  the  Author  with  the  material  for  a memoir  on  the  Tertiary 
flora  of  Australia,  recently  contributed  to  the  Imperial  Academy  of 
Sciences  at  Vienna,  He  there  describes  and  figures  128  species  of 
fossil  plants.  These  are  distributed  amongst  72  genera  and  36 
orders.  The  Cryptogam®  contain  2 species,  the  Gymnosperm®  12, 
the  Monocotyledons  2,  the  Apetal®  56,  the  Gymnopetal®  11,  and 
the  Diapetal®  40.  Of  the  orders,  the  Proteace®  contain  20  species, 
the  Cupulifer®  14,  the  Crucifer®  11,  the  Myrtace®  10,  the  Laurin- 
ace®  7,  the  Leguminos®  6,  and  the  More®,  Apocynace®,  and  Celas- 
trine®  5 species  each. 

The  following  is  a synopsis  of  the  general  conclusions  derived 
from  the  study  of  the  Tertiary  flora  of  Australia  : — 

1.  The  geographical  distribution  of  plants  in  Australia  differed  in 
many  ways  from  the  present  one. 

2.  Types  of  plants  of  the  Southern,  as  well  as  of  the  Northern 
hemisphere  are  associated  together. 

3.  The  flora-elements  represented  chiefly  contain  Phylones  (ances- 
tral types)  which  are  also  common  to  other  Tertiary  floras  of  the 
globe.  The  character  of  the  Tertiary  flora  of  Australia  cannot 
therefore  be  considered  essentially  different  from  that  of  the  latter. 


Miscellaneous, 


143 


4.  The  Australian  Tertiary  flora,  in  accordance  with  the  pre- 
ceding statements,  is  but  a part  of  one  and  the  same  original  flora 
upon  which  all  living  floras  of  the  globe  are  founded. 

5.  The  comparison  of  this  original  flora  with  the  present  floras  of 
the  globe  shows  that  in  Australia  the  differentiation  of  the  Phylones 
reached  its  highest  limit. 

6.  Many  analogies  to  the  Tertiary  flora  are  nevertheless  to  he 
found  in  the  living  Australian  flora. 

4.  “ On  some  new  Features  in  Pelanechinus  corallinusP  By  T. 
T.  Groom,  Esq.  (Communicated  by  Prof.  T.  M‘Kenny  Hughes,  M.A., 
F.G.S.) 

The  discovery  by  the  Author,  in  the  Coral  Bag  at  Caine,  of  an 
additional  and  well-preserved  specimen  of  the  Echinoderm  originally 
described  by  Hr.  Wright  as  a Hemipedina,  but  subsequently  made 
the  type  of  a new  genus,  Pelanechinus^  by  Mr.  Walter  Keeping, 
afforded  an  opportunity  of  adding  considerably  to  the  known  cha- 
racters of  the  type.  The  test  proved  to  be  flexible,  as  in  the  Echino- 
thuridse,  a point  already  noted  by  Mr.  Keeping, 

A number  of  details  as  to  the  interambulacral  and  ambulacral 
areas,  the  imbricating  peristomial  plates,  pedicellariae,  and  teeth 
were  given.  Pedicellarise  did  not  appear  to  have  been  previously 
observed  in  fossils. 

The  genus  appeared  to  occupy  an  intermediate  position  between 
the  Echinothuridae,  Echinidae,  and  Hiadematidae,  and  must  form  the 
type  of  a distinct  subfamily,  perhaps  referable  to  the  last  named.  A 
new  description  of  the  species  was  added. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

On  the  Races  of  the  Honeij-Bee. 

By  the  Bev.  H.  W.  Lett,  M.A.,  T.C.H. 

The  increase  of  bee-keeping,  the  spread  of  literature  treating 
exclusively  of  the  subject,  and  the  attention  paid  by  bee-keepers  in 
Europe,  ximerica,  Asia,  and  Africa  to  the  improvement  of  the  honey- 
bee {Apis  mellijlca)  have  demonstrated  that  there  are  at  least  ten 
distinct  varieties  of  this  insect  which  are  kept  in  hives. 

And  though  this  has  occurred  within  the  last  fifteen  years,  no 
notice  seems  to  have  been  taken  of  the  existence  of  these  well- 
marked  races  of  the  domesticated  insect  in  its  bearing  on  the  theory 
of  evolution.  That  interesting  chapter  in  the  history  of  that 
teaching  has  not  yet  been  written ; indeed,  the  facts  summarized 
below  are  only  to  be  found  scattered  over  the  pages  of  many  bee- 
publications,  some  of  which  are  difficult  of  access.  The  present 
paper  is  offered  as  a contribution  towards  that  part  of  the  natural 
history  of  the  honey-bee. 

The  following  are  the  names  and  distinguishing  features  of  each 


144  Miscellaneous, 

of  the  races  of  honey-bees  that  are  best  known  to  the  bee-keeping 
community  : — 

I.  Black  or  Brown. — The  ordinary  hive-  or  honey-bee,  called  by 
way  of  distinction  the  black  or  brown,  from  being  of  almost  one 
uniform  brown-black  colour,  with  slight  indications  of  paler  bands 
on  the  abdomen,  and  clothed  with  greyish-brown  hairs.  Till  within 
the  last  fifteen  years  no  other  bee  was  known  in  iN’orth  or  West 
Europe  *.  This  is  also  the  bee  which,  after  escaping,  has  made  itself 
wild  in  the  American  and  New-Zealand  woods. 

II.  Italian  Alp. — The  Italian  Alp  bee,  sometimes  called  Ligu- 
rian, is  indigenous  to  the  mountainous  district  that  lies  in  the  north 
of  Italy  round  about  the  Lakes  Maggiore  and  Como.  It  is  of  a light 
orange-yellow  colour,  with  two  orange-red  bands  on  the  abdomen, 
and  is  longer  and  more  slender  than  the  black.  They  are  better 
honey-gatherers,  more  hardy  and  prolific,  and  very  courageous  in 
defending  their  own  hives,  even  from  the  ravages  of  the  wax  moth. 

III.  Cyprian. — The  Cyprians  are  natives  of  Cyprus  and  part  of 
Turkey  in  Asia.  They  are  yellow,  quite  slender,  wasp-like,  and 
smaller  than  Italians.  They  always  have  a yeUow  shield- mark  on 
the  back  between  the  wings.  They  are  strong,  excellent  honey- 
gatherers,  winter  better  than  any  other  race,  and  are  proof  against 
being  robbed  by  other  bees.  But  they  are  easily  excited  and  most 
revengeful  stingers. 

IV.  Syrian. — The  Syrian  bees  are  found  on  that  part  of  Asiatic 
Turkey  which  lies  north  of  Mount  Carmel.  They  are  of  the  same 
size,  qualities,  and  temper  as  the  Cyprians,  from  which  they  differ 
in  showing  less  yellow  and  being  on  the  whole  of  a greyer  colour 
over  their  whole  bodies.  They  are  quite  distinct  from  the  next. 

V.  Holy  Land. — The  Holy-Land,  or,  as  the  natives  call  them, 
the  Holy  Bees,  are  found  in  Palestine,  south  of  Mount  Carmel. 
They  are  marked  like  the  Cyprians ; but  their  hair  is  so  light  in 
colour  that  they  appear  to  be  beautifully  striped.  Their  size  is 
smaller  than  Italians,  but  larger  than  Cyprians.  They  are  very 
active  and  far-fiying,  most  wonderful  cell-builders,  and  get  honey 
from  red  clover ; hut  they  are  ready  to  sting,  become  furious  at  the 
least  smoke,  and  run  off  their  combs  when  one  is  lifted  from  the 
hive. 

VI.  Tunisian. — Tunis,  on  the  north  of  Africa,  has  a peculiar 
race  of  bees.  They  are  the  same  in  size  as  the  Cyprian  and  Syrian, 
but  their  colour  is  dark  brown— even  darker  than  the  common 
black  or  brown.  They  are  active  workers,  keep  on  the  combs  when 
being  handled,  and  bear  smoke  better  than  other  eastern  races ; but 
they  are  liable  to  attack  a person  coming  near  them,  even  though 
not  interfered  with. 

VII.  Carniolian. — The  Camiolian  bees  are  natives  of  Carniolia,  in 
South  Austria.  They  are  longer  and  thicker  than  the  black  or 
brown,  being  the  largest  domesticated  European  bee.  The  colour 

♦ [This  is  hardly  correct;  the  Italian  Bee  was  known  in  Germany 
more  than  thirty  years  ago,  when  Siehold  wrote  his  ^ Wahre  Partheno- 
genesis.’— Eds.] 


Miscellaneous. 


145 


is  a rich  dark  brown,  nearly  black,  while  each  ring  of  the  abdomen 
is  clearly  marked  by  whitish-grey  hairs,  giving  it  a silvery  look. 
They  are  equal  to  Italians  in  honey-gathering,  fecundity,  and  hardi- 
ness, while  they  are  of  a most  remarkably  gentle  disposition,  never 
attacking  the  manipulator  except  when  treated  with  improper 
roughness. 

YIII.  HuNGARiAisr. — The  bees  peculiar  to  Hungary  are  the  size  of, 
but  far  blacker  than,  the  common  browns.  They  are  very  fair 
honey-gatherers  and  as  gentle  as  Italians  ; but  their  propensity  to 
swarm  renders  them  unprofitable. 

IX.  Egiptiax. — The  Egyptian  bees  are  like  Syrians  in  size,  but 
quite  yellow,  like  the  Italians.  They  abound,  both  wild  and  in 
domestication,  along  the  valley  of  the  Nile,  and  while  famed  for  good 
honey-gathering  qualities,  are,  without  exception,  the  most  ferocious 
bees  known  outside  of  India. 

X.  South  Afeicah. — There  is  an  excellent  race  of  bees,  both 
wild  and  hived,  in  the  Cape  Colony,  which  it  is  to  be  hoped  will 
soon  be  introduced  to  British  bee-keepers.  They  are  the  size  and 
colour  of  Italians,  but  greyer,  while  they  are  more  tractable  and  at 
the  same  time  very  prolific  and  of  most  remarkable  working-powers  ; 
where  honey  is  to  be  gathered  they  keep  at  it  early  and  late,  and 
often  even  % moonlight. 

Whilst  all  these  races  breed  freely  when  crossed  with  each  other, 
so  that  they  cannot  be  regarded  as  separate  species,  they  all  differ 
in  certain  particulars,  the  most  striking  of  which  are  noted  above. 
The  differences  are  no  doubt  the  result  of  their  being  influenced  by 
climatic  surroundings,  as  well  as,  in  some  districts,  of  a long  course 
of  too  close  breeding. 

Studying  these  ten  varieties  with  the  aid  of  a map  of  the  world 
it  appears  that  the  nearer  India  is  approached  so  much  fiercer  is  the 
temper  of  the  bees  found  to  be.  The  question  then  might  arise. 
Was  this  the  condition  of  the  first  original  bee,  and  have  her 
descendants,  as  they  migrated  into  colder  climes,  lost  some  of  that 
ferocity  which  renders  the  Indian  bee  the  terror  to  all  travellers 
through  the  woods  of  that  continent  ? 

A point  which  opens  a wide  field  of  study  is  the  colour  of  several 
races,  and  what  developed  it,  and  how  far  it  is  to  be  taken  as  an 
index  of  common  descent ; thus  dark-coloured  races  are  found  in 
north-west  Europe,  Hungary,  Carniolia,  and  Tunis,  where  they  are 
wide  apart  from  each  other. 

American  bee-keepers  have  set  before  them  the  project  of  breeding 
bees  by  a judicious  selection  of  queens  and  drones,  with  what  they 
consider  these  six  indispensable  qualifications  in  bees  kept  for 
profit: — I.  Hardy;  able  to  bear  bad  winters  without  too  great 
dwindling.  2.  Good  breeders;  the  queens  laying  in  abundance, 
early  in  spring  and  late  in  autumn.  3.  Gentle  and  quiet;  not 
attacking  mankind  without  provocation,  and  allowing  themselves  to 
be  examined  on  a bar-frame  comb  when  lifted  from  the  hive. 
4.  Good  honey-gatherers ; working  on  the  flowers  from  sunrise  to 
sunset.  5.  Strong  and  active ; flying  long  distances  to  pasturage, 
Ann,  cfc  Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx.  10 


146 


Miscellaneous. 


and  vigorously  defending  their  stores.  6.  Long-tongued ; being 
able  to  get  honey  from  many  flowers  which  defy  most  bees. 

And  so  far  intelligent  bee-masters  have  been  partially  successful ; 
indeed,  there  is  every  reason  to  expect  that  the  honey-bee  of  the 
future  will  be  as  different  from,  and  as  much  more  valuable  than, 
“ the  little  busy  bee  ” of  the  past  as  an  English  shorthorn  excels  an 
Irish  brindled  cow. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  before  the  modern  bee-breeders  have  oblite- 
rated the  old  distinct  varieties  those  who  have  the  opportunities  will 
make  careful  coloured  drawings,  measurements  of  queens,  drones, 
and  workers,  and  further  observations  of  all  their  peculiarities.  It 
will  be  too  late  to  attend  to  this  branch  of  natural  history  when 
Apis  americana^  as  we  are  told  the  new  and  improved  bee  of  the 
“ good  time  coming  ” is  to  be  called,  has  taken  possession  of  the 
hives  of  the  world. — Proc.  Belfast  Nat.  Field  Club,  ser.  2,  vol.  ii. 
pt.  6,  p.  451. 


0?i  the  Organization  of  Chsetopterus.  By  M.  Joyeijx-Laffuie. 

Chcetopterus  is  one  of  the  commonest  Annelids  on  the  coast  of 
Calvados,  where  it  lives  abundantly  below  the  level  of  the  lowest 
tides ; hut  considerable  quantities  are  thrown  up  by  the  waves 
during  strong  gales,  and  it  may  be  obtained  by  the  dredge.  The 
specimens  observed  by  the  author  are  referred  by  him  to  CJiceto- 
pterus  Valencinii,  Quatref.,  notwithstanding  some  differences,  and 
especially  the  number  of  segments  in  the  inferior  region,  which  was 
30-35,  instead  of  15  as  described. 

On  the  median  posterior  * line  of  the  superior  region  there  is  a 
furrow  running  from  the  posterior  margin  of  the  buccal  funnel  to 
the  base  of  the  two  dorsal  rami  of  the  flrst  pair  of  feet  of  the  middle 
region.  Here  it  bifurcates,  and  is  continued  in  the  form  of  two 
deep  grooves  situated  in  the  thickness  of  the  two  great  wing-like 
rami.  These  grooves  traverse  the  rami  from  the  base  to  the  extre- 
mity, and  are  lined  with  an  epithelium  with  long  vihratile  cilia. 

The  Cheetopterus  in  its  tube  presents  its  two  great  rami  bent 
upwards  and  backwards,  with  the  two  extremities  in  contact  in  the 
median  line.  The  extremities  of  the  two  grooves  are  also  in  contact, 
so  that  there  is  a passage -from  one  to  the  other,  and  their  function 
is  to  guide  to  the  buccal  funnel  the  alimentary  particles  conveyed 
by  the  current  which  traverses  the  tube,  and  is  caused  by  the  palet- 
tiform  rami  of  the  three  last  segments  of  the  region.  This  is  easily 
determined  by  the  addition  of  some  coloured  powder,  when  the 
particles  are  seen  to  collect  in  the  grooves  into  small  masses,  which 
pass  towards  the  buccal  furrow.  The  author  compares  this  func- 
tion of  the  grooves  to  that  of  the  endostyle  of  the  Ascidia. 

The  segmental  organs  are  remarkably  developed  in  Cheetopterus. 

* The  animal  is  supposed  to  he  placed  mouth  upwards. 


Miscellaneous. 


147 


The  median  and  inferior  regions  alone  present  segmental  organs  in 
pairs  in  each  segment ; the  superior  region  never  possesses  any. 
Contrary  to  opinion,  these  organs  are  not  contained  in  a single 
segment they  always  commence  in  one  segment  aAd  terminate  in 
the  following  one ; so  that  the  first  segment  of  the  median  region 
only  contains  portions  of  two  segmental  organs.  Each  segmental 
organ  is  formed  by  an  internal  orifice  surrounded  by  a half-vestibule, 
and  an  excretory  tube,  which  is  continued  into  a spacious  sac,  and 
this  opens  externally  through  a short  duct. 

Each  segment  is  separated  from  the  following  one  by  a diaphragm. 
Near  the  line  formed  by  the  union  of  this  diaphragm  with  tho 
integument  is  situated,  on  each  side,  the  vestibule  of  tho  segmental 
organ.  Its  form  resembles  that  of  the  sigmoid  valves  of  tho  heart, 
and  its  inner  surface  is  uniformly  lined  with  vibratile  cilia.  The 
excretory  tube  follows  the  vestibule,  and  is  entirely  contained  in 
the  following  segment ; it  is  easily  distinguished,  even  in  the  living 
animal,  by  its  brownish  colour.  It  is  attached  to  the  postero- 
internal surface  of  the  large  ventral  muscle  of  tho  same  side,  and 
travels  in  a more  or  less  curved  direction  in  the  different  segments. 
At  the  level  of  the  pedal  ramus  it  widens  considerably  to  form 
the  dilated  sac  which  follows  it.  This  sac  almost  completely  fills 
the  cavity  situated  in  the  base  of  the  dorsal  ramus  and  opens  exter- 
nally by  a short  duct,  having  its  external  orifice  upon  the  lower 
surface  of  the  ramus.  The  inner  walls  of  the  whole  segmental  organ 
possess  an  epithelium  with  highly  developed  vibratile  cilia,  causing 
a current  from  within  outwards. 

The  tissue  of  the  walls  of  the  segmental  organ  is  composed  of 
elements  resembling  those  of  the  organ  of  Bojanus  in  the  Mollusca. 
When  separated  these  cells  present  a spherical  form ; they  contain 
a large  nucleus  presenting  one  or  more  concretions,  which  may 
increase  in  volume,  unite  and  form  a calculus,  almost  entirely  filling 
the  cell.  These  calculi  are  often  found  free  in  the  cavity  of  the 
organ,  and  it  is  to  these  concretions  that  its  general  brownish  colour 
is  due. 

The  sexes  are  separate ; the  testes  and  ovaries  are  nearly  of  the 
same  form  and  position.  They  are  mesenteroid  cushions  placed  in 
pairs  in  each  of  the  segments  and  attached  to  the  upper  surface  of 
the  partitions.  Each  testis  or  ovary  has  the  form  of  a orescent, 
with  the  concavity  turned  towards  the  digestive  tube.  In  both 
cases  the  cushion  presents  a great  number  of  convolutions,  united 
with  the  diaphragm  by  a very  small  mesentery,  and  never  presenting 
an  internal  cavity.  The  products  of  reproduction  are  developed  at 
the  periphery  and  fall  into  the  general  cavity  of  the  body,  which, 
at  the  time  of  reproduction,  is  entirely  filled  with  ova  or  spermato- 
zoids.  These  products  give  a distinctive  colouring  to  the  two  sexes 
— the  males  are  dead- white,  and  the  females  have  a slight  rosy  tint. 
— Comptes  llendus,  July  II,  1887,  p.  125. 


148 


Miscellaneous, 


Further  Note  on  the  Generic  Name  Muelleria. 

By  F.  Jeffrey  Bell. 

I MIGHT  have  saved  myself  all  the  mental  trouble  to  -which  I gave 
expression  on  p.  392  of  the  last  volume  of  the  ‘ Annals  ’ had  I 
remembered  that  Bronn,  in  a footnote  to  the  explanation  of  pi.  xlviii. 
of  Band  ii.  of  his  ‘ Klassen  und  Ordnungen (1860),  says  that 
Mulleria  has  been  used  five  times  before  Jager,  and  writes  ^^Actino- 
pyga  Lecanora,  nob.  {Mulleria  Lecanora,  Jag.).”  Jaegeria,  then, 
must  be  withdrawn,  and  the  very  excellent  name  of  Actinopyga 
used  in  its  place.  I may  advise  the  possessors  of  Mr.  Scudder’s 
‘Nomenclator  Zoologicus’  to  add,  in  its  alphabetical  order, 

“ Actinopyga^  Bronn,  Hoi.  1860.” 


On  a Copepod  (Caucerilla  tubulata,  DalyeU)  parasitic  upon  Am- 
phiura  squamata,  Delle  Chiaje.  By  M.  A.  Giard. 

In  1879  the  author  noticed  the  existence  on  the  French  coast  of 
a curious  Copepod  parasitic  upon  Amphiura  squamata  A single 
specimen  of  the  species  had  been  observed  and  figured  by  Dalyell  in 
1851  (‘  Powers  of  the  Creator,’  vol.  i.  p.  223,  pi.  Ixii.  figs.  1-5) 
under  the  name  of  Cancerilla  tuhulata.  At  Wimereux  the  parasite 
is  exceedingly  rare ; it  is  more  abundant  at  Concarneau,  where  it 
w^as  probably  observed  by  P.  J.  van  Beneden  (‘  Commensaux  et 
Parasites,’  p.  138);  but  it  is  at  Fecamp  that  it  may  be  most  con- 
veniently studied.  There  the  Amphiura  is  very  common  in  the 
small  pools  with  Corallines,  and  about  one  in  every  ten  is  infested 
by  the  parasite.  The  female  Cancerilla  is  generally  attached  to  the 
oral  surface  of  the  disk  at  the  base  of  one  of  the  arms,  with  its 
head  turned  towards  the  mouth  of  its  host.  The  body  of  the  para- 
site and  its  two  ovigerous  sacs  are  usually  about  the  same  size  and 
arranged  in  a triangle,  which  is  easily  seen  by  the  naked  eye. 

The  cephalothorax  is  widened  transversely  and  in  form  resembles 
the  carapace  of  the  common  crab,  whence  the  name  of  Cancerilla, 
It  has  a membranous  lateral  margin  bearing  stiff  hairs.  The  first 
pair  of  antennae  are  short,  seven-jointed,  with  joints  one  and  two 
larger  and  closely  soldered  together.  They  bear  numerous  hairs, 
especially  on  the  outer  side.  The  antennae  of  the  second  pair  are 
rather  long  and  converted  into  prehensile  organs,  terminated  by  a 
strong  hook.  The  mandibles  are  reduced  to  a styloid  appendage 
with  a tuft  of  very  fine  hairs  at  the  extremity.  The  maxillae  have 
a wide  base  bearing  three  strong  divergent  points,  striated  trans- 
versely at  the  end.  The  two  pairs  of  foot-jaws  are  robust  and 
organized  for  prehension.  The  first  pair  of  thoracic  feet  is  biramose ; 

* Journ.  Anat.  et  Physiol,  t.  xv.  p.  452,  note  1. 


Miscellaneous. 


149 


the  outer  branch,  which  is  wide  and  furnished  on  its  upper  margin 
with  six  spinous  hairs,  has  in  its  centre  a large  bilobed  gland ; the 
inner  branch  is  very  narrow,  and  terminates  in  two  stiff  hairs. 
The  other  thoracic  feet  (two  to  five)  are  rudimentary  and  gradually 
diminish  ; the  genital  segment  is  rather  wide,  while  the  three  follow- 
ing abdominal  segments  are  very  narrow  ; the  furca  bears  upon 
each  of  its  branches  one  long  and  four  smaller  setse. 

The  male,  which  is  much  rarer  than  the  female,  is  smaller  and 
of  a narrower  form,  resembling  that  of  Cyclops.  The  first  and 
second  pairs  of  thoracic  feet  chiefly  furnish  the  differential  sexual 
characters.  The  inner  branch  of  the  first  biramose  foot  is  wider 
than  in  the  female  and  furnished  with  seven  hairs  on  its  free  mar- 
gin ; the  second  pair  are  strongly  developed  and  terminate  in  two 
long  branches,  of  which  the  outer  one  is  fringed  with  eleven  setae 
(one  terminal  and  five  on  each  margin),  while  the  inner  one  has 
only  eight  setae  upon  its  inner  margin.  The  other  thoracic  feet  are 
rudimentary,  as  in  the  female  ; the  genital  segment  bears  a sixth 
pair  of  aborted  feet,  which  would  seem  to  confirm  Della  Yalle’s 
opinion  that  this  segment  is  thoracic.  Claus  regards  it  as  the  first 
abdominal  segment. 

Oviposition  takes  place  from  the  beginning  of  May  to  the  end  of 
September ; the  young  attach  themselves  at  the  extremities  of  the 
arms  of  the  Ophiuran,  and  approach  the  disk  as  they  grow.  Ttv^o  or 
three  egg-bearing  females  are  sometimes  found  on  the  same  Am- 
phiura.  After  hatching  the  empty  sacs  adhere  for  a time  to  the 
abdomen  of  the  female. 

The  ova  are  of  a fine  ashy-green  colour.  Segmentation  is  com- 
plete and  unequal ; there  is  epibolism  and  formation  of  the  meso- 
derm by  two  primitive  mesodermic  cells,  which  originate  from  the 
endoderm  at  the  point  of  contact  of  the  latter  with  the  first  exo- 
dermic  blastomeres.  The  nauplian  embryo  within  the  egg  shows 
the  rudiments  of  four  pairs  of  limbs  besides  the  characteristic  appen- 
dages of  the  nauplius.  The  latter  consist  of  a uniramous  first  pair, 
the  basal  joint  of  which  bears  two  simple  setae  and  the  terminal 
joint  two  barbed  setae,  and  of  two  biramose  pairs.  The  upper 
branch  of  the  latter  is  furnished  with  one  simple  and  two  barbed 
hairs  ; the  lower  branch  bears  five  barbed  hairs  in  the  first  pair  and 
four  in  the  second.  Beneath  each  appendage  there  is  on  the  margin 
of  the  carapace  and  on  each  side  a glandular  mass.  The  anal  extre- 
mity is  obtuse  and  furnished  with  two  divergent  hairs. 

At  Concarneau,  and  especially  at  Fecamp,  the  Cancerilla  is 
frequently  covered  with  a parasitic  Ehizopod,  which  attaches  itself 
to  the  carapace,  especially  at  the  anterior  margin.  The  author 
names  this  Podarcella  cancerillce,  gen.  et  sp.  n.,  and  describes  it  as  a 
pedunculate  Arcellian  of  which  the  peduncle  adheres  to  the  carapace 
of  the  Copepod  by  a small  discoidal  expansion.  The  peduncle  is 
half  as  long  again  as  the  funnel-shaped  cup  ; both  are  composed  of 
an  apparently  chitinous  substance  ; the  walls  of  the  cup  are  elastic, 
semitransparent,  and  irregularly  notched  at  the  margins,  and  within 


150 


Miscellaneous, 


it  the  amoeboid  body  of  the  Rbizopods  moves  slowly.  There  are 
sometimes  more  than  twenty  of  these  Rhizopods  upon  the  same 
Gancerilla. 

In  its  general  character  Gancerilla  a approaches  Ascomyzon 

echinicola,  Norm.,  a parasite  of  Echinus  esculentus,  and  Asteroclieres 
Lilljehorgii^  Boeck,  a parasite  of  Echinaster  sanguinolentus.  The 
structure  of  its  buccal  armature  is  intermediate  between  that  of  the 
Poecilostoma  and  Siphonostoma,  and  seems  to  show  the  artificiality 
of  those  two  groups.  The  families  Lichomolgidae,  Kossm,  (Sapphi- 
rinidge,  Brady)^  Ascomyzontidse,  Boech  (Artotrogidae,  Brady\  Bomo- 
lochidae,  Glaus,  and  Ergasilidae,  Claus,  should  be  united  into  a single 
group,  for  which  the  name  Corycaeidae  may  be  retained,  as  already 
proposed  by  Della  Valle  for  the  Lichomolgidae.  That  author,  how- 
ever, goes  too  far  when  he  unites  under  the  genus  Lichomolgus  forms 
of  Copepoda  parasitic  upon  Coelenterata,  Gymnotoca,  and  Tunicat-a, 
for  which,  as  for  the  types  parasitic  upon  Echinodermata,  distinct 
genera  should  be  retained. — Gomptes  Bendus,  April  25,  1877. 


On  some  Points  in  the  Anatomy  of  the  llhynchohdellcan  Hirudinea. 

By  M.  Georges  Dtjtilleul. 

1.  Borscd  organ  of  the  Glossiphoniae. — In  a recent  memoir  M. 
Nusbaum,  of  Warsaw,  indicates  the  presence,  in  the  embryo  of 
Glossiphonia  complanata,  Linn.  (G.  seococulata,  Bergmann),  of  a 
provisional  dorsal  organ  which  had  escaped  the  notice  of  his  prede- 
cessors. This  is  a pyriform  cavity,  limited  externally  by  the  raised 
ectodermic  lamina  and  internally  by  the  somatic  mesoderm.  The 
ectodermic  cells  bear  long  appendages  which  serve  for  the  reciprocal 
attachment  of  the  young  animals.  This  organ  soon  disappears,  ac- 
cording to  the  author,  without  leaving  any  traces.  M.  Nusbaum 
adds  no  comment  to  his  description. 

Having,  in  the  course  of  my  investigations,  had  the  opportunity 
of  checking  the  author’s  description  and  ascertaining  its  perfect 
correctness,  the  question  arose,  whether  nothing  of  the  same  kind 
exists  in  the  embryos  of  other  species  of  the  genus  Glossiphonia, 
and  particularly  in  that  of  G.  hioculata,  Bergm.,  which,  in  the  adult 
state,  bears  a characteristic  dorsal  organ.  My  investigations  of  this 
species  enabled  me  to  ascertain  that  its  embryo  presents,  in  the 
very  place  of  the  dorsal  organ  of  the  adult,  a formation  analogous  to 
that  described  by  M.  Nusbaum  in  the  embryo  of  G.  sexoculata.  The 
embryos  of  G.  marginata,  Miill.,  are  also  provided  with  this  organ, 
which,  in  them  as  iu  G.  sexoculata,  is  provisional.  Erom  these 
observations  we  may  conclude  that  the  provisional  dorsal  organ  of 
Nusbaum  in  the  species  sexocidata  and  marginata  represents  the 
permanent  dorsal  organ  of  the  species  hioculata. 

As  regards  the  ultimate  fate  of  this  provisional  organ  I have 
several  times  been  able  to  find  traces  of  it  in  the  adult  animals. 


. Miscellaneous. 


151 


Thus,  in  sections  of  the  adult  O.  seococulata^  I have  observed  in  its 
place  a strongly  pigmented  depression  of  the  integument. 

The  constitution  of  the  dorsal  organ  of  G.  hiocidata,  which  in 
reality  is  only  a plate  of  chitine  buried  in  a depression  of  the  skin, 
leads  to  the  rejection  of  the  denominations  “ dorsal  gland  ” (Mo- 
quin-Tandon),  “ yellowish-brown  spot  ” (Budge),  and  “ red  spot  ” 
(E-obin),  which  have  been  applied  to  this  formation  by  the  authors 
who  have  examined  it.  It  seems  preferable  to  designate  it  by  the 
name  of  the  dorsal  chitinous plate. 

2.  Male  apparatus  of  G.  sexoculata. — -The  data  which  we 
possess  as  to  the  male  apparatus  of  G.  sexoculata  did  not  enable  us  to 
bring  this  apparatus  into  the  very  homogeneous  series  of  the  other 
species  of  the  genus.  The  most  recent  memoir  on  the  subject  (Eobin, 
1862)  still  shows  it  as  formed  on  each  side  of  a simple  tube,  bent 
into  a U,  terminating  on  the  one  hand  in  a free  point  in  the  an- 
terior region  of  the  body,  and  on  the  other  at  the  male  genital 
aperture,  after  having  been  dilated  into  a sac  for  the  spermato- 
phores.  Very  numerous  fine  dissections  have  enabled  me  to  ascer- 
tain that  the  outer  branch  of  the  (j-shaped  tube,  instead  of 
terminating  in  a free  point,  becomes  bent  back  and  attenuated,  runs 
backward  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  body,  and  receives  on  its  outer 
side  the  short  deferent  ducts  of  the  ten  testes  of  the  corresponding 
side.  This  description  enables  us  to  bring  the  male  apparatus  of 
G.  sexoculata  into  the  series  of  forms  already  described  by  F. 
Muller,  Budge,  &c. 

3.  Skin  and  Respiration  in  the  Rliynchohdellea. — Hitherto  it  has 
been  assumed  that  the  respiration  of  the  Hirudinea  is  cutaneous, 
without  investigating  what  differentiations  this  function  might 
induce  in  the  integument  which  is  its  seat.  Branchellion  alone  had 
attracted  some  attention.  I have  examined  whether  there  are  not, 
in  the  series  of  the  Ehynchobdellea,  some  particular  arrangements 
which  would  enable  us  to  explain  the  origin  of  the  branchiae  in  the 
parasite  of  the  Torpedo,  and  I have  ascertained  that,  in  the  different 
genera,  the  integument  presents  curious  adaptive  modifications.  The 
most  interesting  type  in  this  respect  is  Pontohdella.  In  this  genus, 
which  is  cylindrical  (an  isolated  fact  among  the  Hirudinea),  the 
dermis  is  swelled  into  voluminous  tubercles.  The  structure  of 
these  formations  not  having  hitherto  been  noticed,  it  will  be  useful 
to  indicate  it  here,  especially  as  their  anatomy  exactly  accounts  for 
their  physiology. 

The  tubercle  is  a dermal  projection  (not,  as  M.  de  Saint-Loup  will 
have  it,  a mass  of  epithelial  lamellae)  covered  with  epidermis  and 
furnished  with  muscles  of  two  kinds — retractors,  parallel  to  the  axis 
of  the  tubercle,  and  extensors,  which  are  radial.  Capillaries  are 
abundant  in  them.  The  extent  of  the  surface,  the  abundance  of  its 
vascularization,  and  the  peculiar  development  of  its  musculature 
place  this  organ  under  conditions  exceptionally  favourable  for  haema- 
tosis,  and  render  the  tubercle  a respiratory  organ,  already  highly 
differentiated. 


152 


Miscellaneous. 


Erom  this  primitive  arrangement,  in  which  the  tubercles  are  uni- 
formly distributed  over  the  whole  periphery  of  the  segment,  am 
derived  those  of  Glossiphonia  and  Branchellion.  In  the  former  case 
the  less-developed  tubercles  are  localized  on  the  dorsal  surface ; in 
the  second  they  are  modified  in  their  form  and  become  marginal. — 
Comptes  Renclus^  July  11,  1887,  p.  128. 


Note  on  some  Reptiles  from  Sumatra  described  by  Bleeher  in  I860. 

By  G.  A.  Boulenger. 

Dr.  Strauch  has  kindly  drawn  my  attention  to  a paper  by  Bleeker, 
“ Keptilien  van  Agam,”  jN’atuurk.  Tijdschr.  Nederl.  Ind.  xx.  pp.  325- 
329  (1860),  containing  descriptions  of  new  species,  which  was 
unfortunately  overlooked  by  me  whilst  preparing  the  ‘ Catalogue 
of  Lizards.’  This  omission  is  the  more  to  bo  regretted  as  the 
actual  types  of  the  species  described  in  that  paper  are  preserved  in 
the  British  Museum,  where  they  were  received  in  1863.  Dr.  Giin- 
ther,  also  overlooking  Bleeker’s  contribution,  and  considering  the 
names  appended  to  the  specimens  as  merely  MS.,  redescribed  in 
1872  and  1873  the  species  which  appeared  new  to  him.  The  follow- 
ing is  a list  of  Bleeker’s  species,  with  their  identifications  : — 

1.  Calotes  LuedeTcingii , BYk.r.  = Lopliocalotes  interruptus^  Gthr. 

Should  bear  the  name  LopJiocalotes  LuedeJcingii. 

2.  Lophyrus  megalepis,  Blkr.  = Tiaras  tuberculatus,  Gthr. 

Should  be  called  Gonyocephalus  megalepis. 

3.  Hemipliyllodactylus  typus,B\kx.=Spaihodactylusmutilatus,  Gthr. 

4.  Gymnodactylus  agamensis,  Blkr.  = G.  marmoratus,  Kuhl. 

5.  Chelomeles  sumatrensis,  Blkr.  = C.  sumatrensis,  Gthr. 

6.  Typhlina  leucurus,  Blkr.  = Dibamus  novce-guinecB,  D.  & B.,  $ 
(specimen  Ti  of  Cat.  Liz.  p.  435). 

7.  Tropidolepisma  macrurus.,  B]kr.=.Mabuia  multifasciata^ 
Kuhl,  pull. 

8.  Calamaria  agamensis j Blkr.=  C’.  ScJdegeliy  D.  & B. 


Anrh.&:.  Jla/j.AfcLt.  Hist.  S'.  S.  VoL.20.  FI . III. 


Miritem.  Bros . ]ith. 


ArtrL.f!rMa^.NaLHtst.  S.  5.  Yol.  20.  PI.  IV. 


AW.Watei-s.del. 

A.T.iloll^kliLh. 


AUSTHAUAN  BHYOZOA 


WesL,,Hewinan  SrCounp. 


7r3 


'J 


lurin'' 


■ •-  ^ 


-t 


V 


THE  ANNALS 

AND  ' 

MAGAZINE  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

[FIFTH  SERIES.] 

No.  117.  SEPTEMBER  1887. 


XVI. — The  Sponge-fauna  of  Madras.  A Report  on  a 
Collection  of  Sponges  obtained  in  the  Neighbourhood  of 
Madras  by  Edgar  Thurston^  Esq.  By  Arthur  Bendy, 
B.Sc.,  F.L.S.,  Assistant  in  the  Zoological  Department  of 
the  British  Museum. 

[Plates  IX.-XII.] 

The  specimens  upon  the  study  of  which  this  paper  is  based 
were  collected  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Madras  by  Edgar 
Thurston,  Esq.,  Superintendent  of  the  Government  Central 
Museum,  and  forwarded  by  him  to  my  colleague.  Prof.  F.  J. 
Bell,  to  whom  I am  indebted  for  the  opportunity  of  examining 
and  describing  them. 

The  collection  is  of  exceptional  interest,  owing  to  the  fact 
that  it  is  the  first  which  has  been  obtained  from  this  parti- 
cular locality.  Indeed,  our  knowledge  of  the  sponge-fauna 
of  the  entire  Indian  Ocean  is  extremely  deficient.  This  defi- 
ciency is  almost  certainly  due  to  want  of  investigation  rather 
than  to  any  actual  scarcity  of  sponges.  Mr.  Bidley  and  I 
have  already  pointed  out,  in  our  Report  on  the  Monaxonida 
collected  by  H.M.S.  ‘ Challenger,’  that  this  little-known 
field  will  probably  yield  a rich  harvest  to  whoever  has 
the  good  luck  to  thoroughly  investigate  it and  this  state- 
ment is  amply  borne  out  by  Mr.  Thurston’s  researches. 

The  best-known  locality  for  sponges  in  the  Indian  Ocean 
Ann.  (&  Mag,  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  VoI.'k.x,  11 


154 


Mr.  A.  Dendj  on  the 

is  undoubtedly  Ceylon  ; Bowerbank  Gray  f,  and  Carter  j 
have  all  written  upon  the  sponge-fauna  of  this  particular 
district,  and  the  sponge-fauna  of  Madras,  in  so  far  as  is  evi- 
denced by  the  material  at  my  disposal,  bears  a striking  resem- 
blance to  it.  Thus,  out  of  the  ten  determinable  species  from 
Madras,  four,  viz.  HaUchondria  panicea  (a  cosmopolitan 
species),  Axinella  Donnani^  Hircinia  clathrata^  and  Hircinia 
vallata^  have  already  been  recorded  from  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Ceylon. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  present  collection  was  ob- 
tained in  shallow  or  moderately  shallow  water,  althoagh  tliere 
is  no  record  of  the  depth.  Species  with  a strong  development 
of  spongin  in  the  skeleton-fibre  predominate,  as  might  have 
been  safely  predicted  from  the  climatic  conditions  of  the  , 
locality.  It  is  remarkable  that  all  the  species,  with  a single 
exception,  belong  to  the  suborder  Halichondrina  or  else  to  the 
Keratosa,  which  are  undoubtedly  direct  descendants  of  the 
former  group.  The  single  exception  is  a new  species  of  the 
cosmopolitan  genus  Suherites^  which  I have  called  8.  incon- 
stansj  owing  to  its  extraordinary  variability  in  external  ap- 
pearance. 

In  addition  to  the  species  recorded  below  there  are  in  the 
collection  a number  of  Ectyonine  and  Homorrhaphid  forms, 
which  I have  thought  desirable  to  leave  undetermined  until  a 
better  supply  of  material  is  forthcoming.  Unfortunately  all 
the  specimens  have  been  dried,  but  I hope  before  long  to 
receive  a second  instalment  preserved  in  alcohol. 


Suherites  mconstansj  n.  sp.  (Pis.  IX.,  X.) 

There  are  six  specimens  of  this  species  in  the  collection. 
They  present  us  with  an  extraordinary  range  of  external 
form,  and  yet  all  agree  so  closely  in  the  arrangement  and  in 
the  shape  and  size  of  the  spicules  that  it  is  impossible  to  dis- 
tinguish more  than  one  species.  I have  therefore  decided  to 
group  all  the  specimens  under  three  varieties  : — (1)  Suherites 
inconstanSj  var.  glohosa  ; (2)  Suherites  inconstans^  var  mcean- 
drina\  (3)  Suherites  inconstans^  var.  digitata. 

* Report  on  a Collection  of  Sponges  found  at  Ceylon  by  E.  W. 
Holdsworth,  Esq.,”  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1873,  p.  25. 

t Sponges  from  Ceylon,”  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  4,  vol.  xii. 
p.  266.  (This  paper  is  only  a brief  criticism  of  Dr.  Bowerbank’s.) 

J Report  on  Specimens  dredged  up  from  the  Gulf  of  Manaar,”  &c., 
Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  vi.  p.  35 ; “ Supplementary  Report 
on  the  Specimens  dredged  up  from  the  Gulf  of  Manaar,”  &c.,  Ann.  & 
Mag.  Nat.  flist.  ser.  5,  vol.  vii.  p.  861. 


Sponge-fauna  of  Madras,  155 

Suherites  inconstanSj  V2iY.  globosa,  (PL  IX.  figs.  1,  la.) 

Sponge  (PL  IX.  fig.  1)  massive,  sessile,  attached,  irregularly 
spherical,  averaging  about  160  millim.  in  diameter.  Surface 
uneven,  but  without  digitate  processes,  very  minutely  hispid. 
Irregularly  scattered  over  the  surface  are  numerous  large, 
more  or  less  circular  openings,  which  must  be  regarded  as 
the  oscula;  these  average  in  diameter  about  4 millim.  in  one 
specimen,  while  in  the  other  they  are  smaller.  Colour  light 
brownish  orange.  Texture  hard  and  woody,  incompressible  ; 
internally  cavernous. 

Skeleton  very  irregular,  composed  of  dense  masses  of  loosely 
aggregated  tylostyli,  without  any  defined  fibres.  At  the 
surface  the  tylostyli  are  mostly  arranged  in  brushes  with  their 
apices  projecting  outwards. 

Spicules  (PL  IX.  fig.  la)  large,  stout,  usually  slightly  curved 
tylostyli,  with  well-marked,  somewliat  elongated  heads  of  the 
‘‘  enormi-spinulate  ” type  and  with  gradually  sharp-pointed 
apices.  Size  about  0*57  by  0*022  millim. 

There  are  two  specimens  of  this  variety,  agreeing  fairly 
closely  with  one  another  in  external  form. 

Suherites  inconstanSj  var.  mceandrina.  (PL  X.) 

The  single  specimen  (PL  X.  fig.  1)  consists  of  a great,  hemi- 
spherical, cake-like  mass,  attached  by  a very  broad  base  to  a 
mass  of  calcareous  debris.  Average  diameter  about  300  millim. 
The  upper  surface  (PL  X.  fig.  1 a)  is  uneven,  and  is  also  fur- 
rowed by  numerous,  closely-placed,  very  deep,  meandering 
grooves  or  elongated  pits,  each  of  which  is  about  2-3  millim. 
broad,  and  has  slightly  prominent  margins.  There  are  also 
usually  numerous  very  small  pits  between  the  grooves.  The 
general  surface  is  again  very  minutely  hispid.  Colour  light 
brownish  orange.  Texture  hard,  woody,  and  incompressible. 

Skeleton  and  spicules  as  before,  except  that  the  spicules 
appear  to  be  a trifle  shorter. 

The  meandering  pits  on  the  surface,  from  which  I have 
taken  the  name  of  this  variety,  are  doubtless  homologous  with 
the  circular  pits  on  the  surface  of  the  last  variety,  from  which 
we  may  imagine  them  to  be  derived  by  a process  of  lateral 
elongation.  In  cases  like  the  present  it  is  of  course  an  open 
question  as  to  what  are  to  be  considered  the  true  oscula. 

Suherites  inconstans^  var.  digitata.  (PL  IX.  fig.  2.) 

There  are  three  specimens  which  I refer  to  this  variety. 
They  differ  considerably  from  one  another  in  external  appear- 

11^ 


150 


Mr.  A.  Dendj  on  the 

ance,  but  all  of  them  show  a more  or  less  strongly  marked 
tendency  to  form  digitate  processes.  All  three  resemble  the 
preceding  specimens  in  colour  and  texture,  but  in  two  of 
them  the  orange  colour  is  more  distinctly  pronounced. 

The  specimen  (PL  IX.  fig.  2)  which  I consider  most  typi- 
cal of  the  variety  consists  of  a number  of  upright,  branching 
and  anastomosing,  cylindrical  processes,  springing  from  a very 
irregular,  thin,  basal  lamina,  which  has  overgrown  a mass  of 
calcareous  debris.  The  finger-like  processes  are,  at  any  rate 
usually,  tubular,  and  sometimes  there  is  an  osculum  at  the 
summit.  All  the  processes  and  their  branches  grow  vertically 
upwards.  The  height  of  the  entire  specimen  is  about  155  mil- 
lim.,  and  the  greatest  breadth  about  the  same,  while  the  dia- 
meter of  the  finger- like  processes  averages  about  17  millim.  The 
surface  of  the  sponge  is  fairly  even,  and,  in  addition  to  being 
very  minutely  hispid,  is  also  minutely  punctate,  the  puncta- 
tion  being  most  distinct  on  the  lower,  paler-coloured  parts  of 
the  specimen.  This  punctate  character  is  not  confined  to  this 
specimen,  nor  even  to  this  variety,  but  it  appears  to  be  a 
variable  feature. 

Of  the  two  remaining  specimens  of  the  variety  one  has  the 
digitate  processes  very  broad  and  irregular,  with  a very  uneven, 
corrugated  surface ; while  in  the  other  the  digitate  processes 
are  almost  obsolete. 

The  skeleton  is  much  the  same  as  in  the  preceding  varie- 
ties, except  that  the  fibres  are  generally  more  distinct,  and,  at 
any  rate  in  the  type  of  the  variety,  it  is  possible  to  distinguish 
between  primary  fibres  running  vertically  to  the  surface  and 
secondary  ones  crossing  them  more  or  less  at  right  angles. 

The  spicules  are  of  just  about  the  same  shape  and  size  as 
in  the  two  preceding  varieties. 

Perhaps  the  most  nearly  allied  of  previously  described 
species  is  Nardo’s  Suherites  massa^'.  This  occurs  in  the 
canals  of  Venice,  and  is  stated  to  reach  the  size  of  a human 
head;  it  is  also  of  a bright  orange  colour.  Thus  it  must 
closely  resemble  the  massive  varieties  of  the  present  species 
in  external  appearance ; but  it  differs  in  the  size  and  form  of 
the  spicules,  which,  in  Suherites  inassa^  as  evidenced  by  one 
of  Schmidt’s  preparations  in  the  British  Museum,  are  much 
longer  and  relatively  very  much  slenderer  than  in  S.  incon- 
stans.  Another  species  which  resembles  S.  inconstans  in  the 
great  size  to  which  it  grows  is  Bowerbank’s  Hymeniacidon 
[=  Spirastrella'^)  pulvinatus‘\j  from  near  Belize.  Bower- 
* Schmidt,  Spong.  adriat.  Meeres,  p.  67. 
t Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1872,  p.  126. 


157 


Sponge-fauna  of  Madras, 

bank’s  species,  however,  grows  to  a far  greater  size  and  differs 
widely  enough  in  the  arrangement  of  the  oscula  on  the  upper 
surface  and  in  the  smaller  size  of  the  tylote  spicules. 

The  most  remarkable  feature  about  S.  inconstans  is  its 
extreme  variability  in  external  form  ; it  thus  affords  a striking 
parallel  to  the  cases  of  Spinosella  sororia  and  Pachychalina 
variabiliSy  two  common  West-Indian  Chalinine  sponges,  with 
which  I have  dealt  at  length  elsewhere 

Halichondria  panicea^  Johnston,  var. 

1842.  Halichondria  panicea,  Johnston,  British  Sponges,  p.  114, 

I identify  with  this  well-known  and  widely-distributed 
species  a single  massive  specimen  measuring  about  100  millim. 
in  average  diameter,  with  a well-marked  tendency  to  give  off 
above  short,  digitate,  tubular  processes.  Surface  covered  with 
small  monticular  prominences.  Colour  (dry)  white  below 
and  light  pink  above.  Texture  very  soft  and  crumbling. 

Both  the  main  and  dermal  skeletons  form  a very  confused, 
irregular,  and  loosely  put  together  reticulation  of  spicules, 
apparently  with  no  spongin. 

The  spicules  are  the  usual  slightly  curved,  long,  gradually 
sharp-pointed,  fusiform  oxea;  they  average  about  0*7  by 
0’014  millim.  in  size  when  full-grown,  thus  agreeing  fairly 
well  with  those  of  the  Kerguelen  variety, 

Mr.  Carter  t has  already  recorded  a sponge  which  he  calls 

AmorpMna  megalorhaphisj  n.  sp.,”  from  Ceylon,  and  he 
also  remarks,  in  the  same  place  : “ This  seems  to  be  a 
variety  of  the  common  British  species  Halichondria  panicea^ 
chiefly  differentiated  by  the  size  of  its  largest  spicules,  which 
is  double  that  of  the  English  one.” 

The  synonymy  and  geographical  distribution  of  the  species 
will  be  found  in  the  Keport  on  the  Monaxonida  dredged  by 
H.M.S.  ' Challenger,’  p.  2. 

Tedania  digitata^  Schmidt,  sp. 

1862.  Reniera  digitata,  Schmidt,  Spong.  adriat.  Meeres,  p.  76. 

There  is  one  fine  specimen  which  is  undoubtedly  referable 
to  this  widely  distributed  species.  It  consists  of  a low- 
growing  mass  rising  up  into  short,  digitate,  conical  processes 
or  large  mamillaB,  and  has  a very  uneven,  corrugated  surface. 
In  its  present  (dry)  condition  it  is  of  a pale  yellow  colour 
tinged  with  pink,  but  a label  with  it  states  that  the  colour, 
when  alive,  was  red. 

The  measurements  of  the  spicules  are  as  follows  : — Smooth 
* Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1887. 

t Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  6,  vol.  vii.  p.  368. 


158 


Mr.  A.  Dendy  on  the 

styli,  O’ 245  by  0*0094  millim. ; tylota  (with  minutely  spined 
heads),  0’2  by  0’0048  millim.  (thickness  of  shaft)  ; oxeote 
rhaphides,  0’19  by  0*0025  millim. 

The  species  has  already  been  recorded  from  the  Mediter- 
ranean, Atlantic,  Antigua,  Kurrachee,  Australia,  Mozambi- 
que, and  the  Amirante  Islands ; and  for  further  details  the 
reader  is  referred  to  Ridley’s  Report  on  the  Zoological  Col- 
lections of  H.M.S.  ‘ Alert  ’ (1884),  pp.  417,  607,  and  to 
Ridley  and  Dendy’s  Report  on  the  Monaxonida  dredged 
by  H.M.S.  ^ Challenger,’  p.  51. 

lotrochota  hacuUfera,  Ridley,  Y3lY.  flabellata. 

1884.  lotrochota  baculifera,  Ridley,  Zool.  Coll.  H.M.S.  ‘ Alert,’  Brit. 
Mus.,  p.  435. 

There  are  in  the  collection  two  specimens  which  have  given 
me  a great  deal  of  trouble  in  determining,  and  which  I have 
finally  decided  to  regard  as  belonging  to  a variety  of 
Ridley’s  species  lotrochota  haculifera^  the  types  of  which  were 
obtained  from  Port  Darwin,  Australia. 

Each  specimen  forms  an  irregularly  shaped,  flattened  mass, 
and  the  larger  of  the  two  measures  about  160  by  110  millim., 
and  has  an  average  thickness  of  about  5 millim.  Both  speci- 
mens are  of  a dark  purple  colour.  The  dermal  membrane 
has  in  most  parts  been  rubbed  off,  but  the  surface  appears  to 
have  been  smooth,  although  very  uneven,  in  life. 

The  megasclera  are  (1)  fairly  stout,  commonly  somewhat 
curved  styli,  usually  sharp-pointed,  size  about  0*176  by  0*0063 
millim. ; (2)  straight  tylota,  occurring  chiefly  in  the  dermal 
membrane,  as  is  usually  the  case  with  diactinal  megasclera, 
size  about  0*22  by  0*0048  millim.  The  microsclera  are 
minute  amphiastra  (^^  birotulates  ”)  about  0*0126  millim. 

This  variety  differs  from  the  types  as  described  by  Ridley 
(1)  in  the  flabellate  instead  of  lobose  habit,  and  (2)  in  the 
smaller  size  of  all  the  spicules. 

AxineUa  Donnani^  Bowerbank,  sp.  (PI.  XI.  fig.  1.) 

1873.  Isoclictya  Donnani,  Bowerbank,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1873,  p.  28, 
pi.  vi.  figs.  2-6. 

This  remarkable  and  well-characterized  species  was  origi- 
nally described  and  figured  by  Dr.  Bowerbank  fourteen  years 
ago  from  a single  dry  specimen,  and  has  not  since  been  heard 
of.  The  type  specimen  was  obtained  from  the  Pearl-banks, 
Ceylon,  by  Mr.  Holdsworth,  who  remarks : The  dark, 

thick,  cup-shaped  sponge  with  undulated  margin  is  not  un- 


169 


Sponge-fauna  of  Madras. 

common  on  the  large  pearl-bank  in  from  6^  to  9 fathoms  ; 
and  I have  met  witli  it  once  or  twice  on  rough  ground  on 
other  parts  of  the  coast ; it  is  usually  attached  to  some  bit  of 
rock,  and  is  always,  when  alive,  of  a uniform  bright  orange- 
colour.  It  turns  black  an  hour  or  two  after  being  taken  out 
of  the  water.  The  largest  specimen  I have  seen  was  about 
as  large  again  as  the  one  you  have.  The  general  shape  and 
colour  are  always  the  same  ” 

The  species  is  undoubtedly  referable  to  the  genus  AxineUa^ 
of  which,  in  both  form  and  arrangement  of  the  spicules,  it  is 
a typical  member.  It  is  represented  in  the  present  collection 
by  four  specimens  of  a dark  brownish  colour,  ranging  in  dia- 
meter from  55  to  130  millim.,  and  in  height  from  42  to  130 
millim.  All  are  distinctly  pedunculate  and  have  the  same 
general  external  appearance  although  varying  widely  in  de- 
tails of  form.  One  specimen  is  almost  a facsimile  of  that 
figured  by  Bowerbank  and  is,  moreover,  labelled  colour 
orange,”  which  is  a very  satisfactory  confirmation  of  Mr. 
Holdsworth’s  statement.  A second  specimen  is  also  cup- 
shaped, but  the  wall  of  the  cup,  instead  of  simply  undulating, 
is  proliferated  outwards  into  large,  branching  and  anastomos- 
ing, vertical  lamellge. 

The  most  remarkable  variation  in  external  form  is,  how- 
ever, exhibited  by  a specimen  which  is  not  cup-shaped  at  all, 
but  consists  of  a number  of  vertical  lamellae  inclined  at  various 
angles  to  one  another  and  attached  to  a stout  peduncle.  The 
surfaces  of  these  lamellge  are  furrowed  towards  the  upper 
margin  by  numerous  deep  longitudinal  grooves  about  1*5  millim. 
broad,  in  which  lie  numerous  minute  oscula.  In  a few  places 
only  the  grooves  are  very  short  and  stellately  arranged,  these 
stellate  grooves  occurring  lower  down  on  the  specimen  than 
the  longitudinal  ones.  I have  thought  it  desirable  to  give  an 
illustration  of  this  remarkable  form  (PI.  XL  fig.  1). 

As  the  species  has  already  been  pretty  fully  described,  I need 
give  no  further  details  except  with  regard  to  the  spicules. 
These  are  fairly  stout,  gradually  sharp-pointed,  usually  curved 
styli,  averaging  about  0*315  by  0*0157  millim.  in  size.  The 
small  and  slender  styli  (“acuates”),  mentioned  by  Bower- 
bank,  are  scarce  in  my  specimens  ; no  doubt  they  are  young 
forms  of  the  larger  spicules. 

Fhakellia  Ridleyi^  n.  sp.  (PI.  XI.  figs.  2,  2 a.) 

Sponge  (PL  XI.  fig.  2)  erect,  flabellate,  forming  thin  fronds. 
There  are  in  the  collection  two  specimens, measuring  80  millim. 


* Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1873,  p.  29. 


160 


Mr.  A.  Dendy  on  the 

high  by  85  millim.  broad  and  about  3 millim.  thick,  and  95 
miJlim.  high  by  67  millim.  broad  and  about  3 millim.  thick,  re- 
spectively. Colour  in  the  dry  state  light  brick-red.  Texture 
hard  and  fairly  tough . Surface  marked  with  longitudinal  ridges 
and  furrows;  minutely  hispid.  The  dermal  membrane  appears 
to  have  been  almost  entirely  rubbed  off.  In  the  present  con- 
dition of  the  specimens  it  is  almost  impossible  to  discover  the 
arrangement  of  the  pores  and  oscula ; but  there  is  no  reason 
to  doubt  that  they  are  arranged  here  as  in  other  speeies  of  the 
genus,  viz.  the  oscula  on  one  surface  and  the  pores  on  the 
other. 

'^J"he  skeleton  is  reticulate,  with  stouter,  polyspiculous, 
longitudinal  fibres.  The  crossing  fibres  are  very  irregularly 
developed  and  ill-defined.  There  is  not  very  much  spongin 
present. 

The  spicules  are  smooth,  more  or  less  curved  styli  (PI.  XI. 
fig.  2 a) , well  rounded  off  at  the  base,  and  gradually  sharp- 
pointed  at  the  apex.  Size  about  0*4  by  0*015  millim. 

This  is  a pretty  little  species  with  a characteristic  external 
appearance.  I have  great  pleasure  in  dedicating  it  to  my 
friend  and  late  colleague  Mr.  S.  0.  Ridley,  M.A.,  who  has 
for  many  years  held  a distinguished  position  amongst  spong- 
ologists.  The  species  is  remarkable  on  account  of  its  small 
size,  if  we  may  be  allowed  to  judge  of  this  from  only  two 
specimens,  and  also  on  account  of  its  red  colour. 

Uasimilia  fvuticosa,  n.  sp.  (PL  XIT.  figs.  2,  2 a.) 

Sponge  (PL  XII.  fig.  2)  erect,  consisting  of  a bushily  ramose 
mass  of  fairly  stout,  cylindrical  branches  placed  upon  a short 
peduncle.  Most  of  the  branches  appear  to  have  arisen  by  simple 
furcation  of  pre-existing  ones  ; but  some  few  are  given  off  in 
the  form  of  small  secondary  branches  from  older  and  stouter 
primary  branches.  The  branches  anastomose  freely  at 
points  where  they  come  in  contact  with  one  another ; all 
of  them  tend  vertieally  upwards  and  end  in  blunted  apices. 
There  are  three  specimens  present ; the  largest  measures  150 
millim.  in  height  and  120  in  greatest  breadth,  while  the 
diameter  of  the  branches  averages  about  7 millim.  Two  of 
the  three  specimens  are  distinctly  compressed  in  one  plane. 
Colour  (dry)  dark  brown.  Texture  rather  hard  and  brittle. 
Surface  very  distinctly  hispid  and  covered  all  over  with 
numerous  minute  perforations,  which  appear  to  be  the  oscula. 

The  skeleton  is  distinctly  reticulate  ; it  eonsists  in  the  first 
place  of  a more  concentrated  axial  portion  occupying  the  centre 
of  each  branch,  from  which  primary  fibres  radiate  upwards 
and  outwards  to  the  surface  of  the  sponge.  These  radiating 


161 


Sponge-fauna  of  Madras. 

primary  fibres  are  connected  with  one  another  by  short 
secondary  fibres,  which  run  from  one  to  the  other  at  right 
angles,  and  thus  give  rise  to  an  irregular,  rectangularly  meshed 
network.  The  ends  of  the  primary  fibres  project  beyond  the 
surface  in  the  form  of  tufts  of  spicules,  and  amongst  the 
shorter  spicules  composing  these  tufts  there  also  project  a 
number  of  very  long  and  slender  spicules  ; these  reach  a con- 
siderable distance  beyond  the  surface,  and  thereby  give  it  its 
characteristic  hispid  appearance.  There  is  a considerable 
amount  of  amber-coloured  spongin  present,  uniting  the  spi- 
cules into  fibres ; but  the  fibres  are  very  ill-defined  and 
irregular,  the  spicules  in  the  primaries  being  arranged  in 
a more  or  less  Axinellid  manner. 

The  spicules  are  of  various  forms,  viz. : — (1)  More  or  less 
curved,  gradually  sharp-pointed,  fairly  stout,  smooth  styli, 
averaging  in  size  about  0’315  by  0*01  millim.,  but  subject  to 
considerable  variation,  especially  in  diameter  ; these  make  up 
the  chief  portion  of  the  skeleton.  (2)  Very  long  and  slender, 
very  gradually  sharp-pointed,  slightly  flexuous,  smooth  styli 
(PL  XII.  fig.  2 a) ; size  about  0*8  by  0*007  millim.  ; occurring 
at  the  surface,  projecting  amongst  the  smaller  spicules  as  de- 
scribed above.  (3)  Spined  styli,  with  a few  stout,  sharp,  strongly 
recurved  spines.  Sometimes  there  are  three  or  four  unusually 
large  spines  arranged  like  the  teeth  of  a grapnel  at  the  extreme 
apex.  There  appear  to  be  very  few  or  no  spines  at  the  base. 
These  spicules  are  rather  rare;  they  occur  projecting  ob- 
liquely outwards  and  forwards  from  tlie  primary  fibres,  at  or 
near  the  surface  of  the  sponge.  Size  about  0*14  by  0*0095 
millim.  There  occur  also  fairly  numerous,  long,  slender 
rhaphides,  probably  incompletely  developed  styli. 

The  external  appearance  of  this  sponge  is  very  charac- 
teristic, and  it  appears,  judging  from  the  three  specimens 
present,  to  be  very  constant;  the  best  idea  of  it  will  be 
obtained  by  reference  to  the  figure. 

Raspailia  Thurstonij  n.  sp. 

(PI.  XII.  figs.  1,  1 a,  1 h.) 

Sponge  (PI.  XII.  fig.  1)  erect,  ramified  dichotomously  in 
one  plane,  pedunculate.  Branches  long  and  rather  slender, 
tending  vertically  upwards,  tapering  slightly  to  rather  obtuse 
apices.  Height  of  the  larger  of  the  two  specimens  present 
190  millim.,  breadth  about  145  millim.,  diameter  of  branches 
about  4*5  millim.  Surface  granular,  minutely  punctate,  not 
distinctly  hispid  as  in  the  preceding  species.  Texture  hard 
and  tough.  Colour  (dry)  pale  yellowish  brown ; one  speci- 
men has  a reddish  tinge  at  the  base. 


162 


Mr.  A.  Dendy  on  the 

The  skeleton  consists  in  the  first  place  of  an  extremely 
dense  and  tough,  slender,  cylindrical  axis,  measuring  in  the 
branches  about  0’6  millim.  in  diameter.  This  axis  is  com- 
posed of  a solid  mass  of  rather  dark  amber-coloured  spongin, 
with  numerous  imbedded  spicules.  From  it  numerous 
primary  fibres  radiate  upwards  and  outwards  to  the  surface 
of  the  sponge,  joined  together  at  right  angles  by  secondary 
fibres,  so  as  to  give  rise  to  a very  dense  network  with  irregu- 
larly rectangular  meshes.  Both  primary  and  secondary  fibres 
contain  a large  proportion  of  spongin.  The  primary  fibres 
terminate  at  the  surface  in  dense^  elongated  tufts  of  spicules 
arranged  in  a typical  Axinellid  manner,  amongst  them  being 
a very  great  number  of  the  strongly  spined  styli.  The  very 
long,  slender  styli,  projecting  far  beyond  the  surface  and 
forming  so  characteristic  a feature  of  Raspailia  fruticosa,  are 
not  present,  and  it  seems  very  probable  that  they  are  func- 
tionally replaced  by  the  numerous  spined  styli,  which,  it  must 
be  remembered,  are  very  rare  in  the  preceding  species. 

Spicules: — (1)  Smooth,  very  gradually  sharp-pointed, 
more  or  less  curved  styli  (PI.  XII.  fig.  1 Z>),  usually  short 
and  stout,  measuring  about  0*28  by  0*014  millim.,  but  often 
longer  and  slenderer  and  sometimes  shorter  and  stouter ; 
in  short,  very  variable  in  size : these  spicules  form  the 
main  mass  of  the  skeleton.  (2)  The  spined  styli  (PL  XII. 
fig.  1 d)  ; more  or  less  curved,  stout,  and  tapering  gradually 
towards  the  apex.  The  spines  are  very  stout  and  sharp- 
pointed  and  strongly  recurved  towards  the  base,  which  is 
usually  quite  smooth  ; commonly  the  spicule  terminates  in 
three  or  four  large  spines  arranged  around  the  projecting  apex 
like  the  teeth  of  a grapnel,  the  apex  itself  being  represented 
merely  by  a low  rounded  wart ; or  sometimes  the  spicule  may 
terminate  in  a sharp-pointed  apex  with  no  spines.  Size  of 
spicule  about  0*025  by  0*0094  millim.  These  spicules  are 
very  abundant  in  the  position  indicated  above.  In  boiled- 
out  preparations  a few  very  much  elongated,  slender,  smooth 
styli,  like  those  occurring  at  the  surface  of  Raspailia  fi^uti- 
cosa^  make  their  appearance ; but  I have  not  observed  them 
in  situ. 

I have  much  pleasure  in  naming  this  species  after  Mr. 
Thurston,  to  whom  I am  indebted  for  the  opportunity  of 
studying  and  describing  this  valuable  collection.  It  is 
interesting  to  find  two  species  so  nearly  resembling  one 
another  in  all  essential  characters,  yet  so  totally  distinct  from 
one  another,  as  Raspailia  fruticosa  and  Raspailia  Thurstoni, 
both  coming  from  the  same  locality.  They  may  be  distin- 
guished from  one  another  immediately  both  by  their  external 


163 


Sponge-fauna  of  Madras, 

appearance  and  by  their  spiculation,  and  although  there  are  in 
the  collection  three  specimens  of  the  one  species  and  two  of 
the  other,  none  of  them  show  any  transitional  condition 
between  the  two  species.  It  is  also  very  interesting  to  observe 
how  different  spicules  are  utilized  in  the  two  species  for  the 
same  function,  viz.  the  protection  of  the  surface. 


Hircinia  clathrata^  Carter. 

1881.  Hircinia  clathratay  Carter,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  vii. 

p.  866. 

With  this  species  I identify  two  dry,  washed-out  specimens 
of  fair  size.  There  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  as  to  the 
identification,  for  Mr.  Carter’s  original  specimen,  which  came 
from  the  Gulf  of  Manaar,  is  sufficiently  well  characterized  to 
make  it  certain,  although  I have  been  unable  to  examine  the 
type. 

The  species  has  hitherto  been  recorded  by  Carter  from  the 
Gulf  of  Manaar  and  from  the  Red  Sea. 

Hircinia  vallata^  n.  sp. 

Hircinia  vallata,  E,.  v.  Lendenfeld,  MS. 

Sponge  more  or  less  semicircular  in  outline.  Consisting 
of  an  erect,  thick,  flattened  lamella,  with  a narrow,  smoothly 
curved  upper  margin,  along  which  the  oscula  are  placed. 
Surface  flat,  like  the  surface  of  a wall,  honeycombed  by 
numerous  shallow,  rounded  or  polygonal  depressions.  Tex- 
ture very  coarse,  rough  and  cavernous ; there  is  an  enormous 
quantity  of  foreign  matter  present,  such  as  sand,  sponge- 
spicules,  &c.  Colour  brownish  grey.  The  oscula  are,  as 
already  stated,  arranged  along  the  upper  margin  of  the  sponge ; 
they  are  the  openings  of  wide  exhalant  canals,  radiating 
upwards  from  deep  down  in  the  body  of  the  sponge.  In  the 
single  specimen  from  Madras  there  are  also  numerous  much 
smaller  round  openings  scattered  over  both  flattened  surfaces 
of  the  sponge ; but  it  is  not  certain  whether  these  are  oscula 
or  not ; they  do  not  occur  in  the  Ceylon  specimen,  to  be 
mentioned  later  on. 

The  single  specimen  from  Madras  measures  140  millim.  in 
height  by  290  millim.  in  width ; it  is  45  millim.  thick  in  the 
centre  of  the  base  and  12  millim.  thick  in  the  centre  of  the 
upper  margin.  The  oscula  and  the  large  exhalant  canals 
leading  up  to  them  average  about  4*5  millim.  in  diameter. 
The  Ceylon  specimen  is  of  the  same  general  form,  but 
broader,  thicker,  and  not  quite  so  high. 


164 


On  the  Sponge-fauna  of  Madras, 

The  skeleton  is  excessively  coarse,  loose,  and  irregular  ; in 
many  places  it  seems  to  consist  only  of  a rough  network  of 
foreign  bodies,  including  spicules  of  all  shapes  and  sizes, 
cemented  together  by  spongin,  while  sometimes  longer  or 
shorter  stretches  of  pale-coloured  fibre  occur,  containing  no 
foreign  bodies  at  all.  The  filaments  are  abundant,  forming 
tangled  masses. 

There  is  in  the  collection  of  the  British  Museum  a specimen 
from  Ceylon,  which  I have  already  had  occasion  to  refer  to, 
and  which  belongs  to  the  same  species  as  the  Madras  speci- 
men. It  was  collected  by  Mr.  E.  W.  H.  Holdsworth,  and  is 
labelled  in  Dr.  Bowerbank’s  handwriting  Stematumenia." 
It  is  obviously  one  of  the  two  specimens  referred  to  by  him, 
in  his  Report  on  a Collection  of  Sponges  found  at  Ceylon 
by  E.  W.  H.  Holdsworth,  Esq.”  *,  under  that  name;  but  he 
appears  to  have  considered  these  two  specimens  unworthy 
of  description. 

Dr.  von  Lendenfeld,  in  working  over  the  British  Museum 
collection  of  horny  sponges  for  his  forthcoming  monograph 
of  the  group,  has  given  the  manuscript  name  ^^Hircinia 
vallata''*  to  the  species  in  question,  a name  to  which  I of  course 
adhere. 


Genus  Hippospongia,  Schulze. 

There  are  in  the  collection  two  fair-sized  specimens,  evi- 
dently both  belonging  to  the  same  species.  They  are  massive 
and  give  off  from  the  upper  surface  hollow  digitate  processes. 
One  specimen,  which  has  evidently  been  dredged  in  the  living 
condition,  has  the  skin  still  attached  and  shrunk  on  to  the 
skeleton ; this  gives  to  the  surface  a uniform  black  colour. 
The  other  specimen  is  only  a washed-out  skeleton,  and  is  of 
a dirty  greyish-yellow  colour.  The  primary  lines  of  the 
skeleton  are  densely  cored  by  foreign  spicules,  and  the  inter- 
spaces between  them  are  filled  with  an  angularly-meshed 
network  of  horny  fibre,  containing  no  foreign  bodies  and 
averaging  in  diameter  about  0*007  millim. 

In  the  almost  hopeless  state  of  confusion  at  present  existing 
with  regard  to  the  classification  and  nomenclature  of  the 
horny  sponges,  I shall  not  attempt  to  attach  a definite  specific 
name  to  these  two  specimens.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  they 
closely  resemble  von  Lendenfeld’s  Euspongia  canaliculata  f, 

* Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1873,  p.  25. 

t A Monograph  of  the  Australian  Sponges,”  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  New- 
South  Wales,  vol.  x.  p.  502. 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  the  Pyrochroidge  of  Japan.  165 

but  differ  in  the  absence  of  a distinct  dermal  reticulation  of 
foreign  bodies,  such  as  is  described  and  figured  for  that 
species,  although  irregularly  scattered  foreign  bodies  are  fairly 
abundant  in  the  skin.  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld  informs  me  that 
he  now  believes  his  Euspongia  canaliculata  to  belong  to  the 
genus  Hippospongia.  At  the  time  when  he  wrote  his  descrip- 
tion of  it  he  believed  it  to  be  identical  in  part  with  Mr.  Carter^s 
Euspongia  anfractuosa^  notwithstanding  which  he  gave  it  a 
new  name  of  his  own,  citing  Euspongia  anfractuosa  as  a 
synonym.  Doubtless  in  his  forthcoming  monograph  of  the 
horny  sponges  this  most  perplexing  question  will  be  further 
elucidated. 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES. 
Plate  IX. 

Fig.  1.  Suherites  inconstans,  var.  glohosa^  x|. 

Fig.  I a.  The  same ; tylostylus,  X 190. 

Fig.  2.  Suherites  inconstans,  var.  digitata,  X 

Plate  X. 

Fig,  1.  Suherites  inconstans,  var.  mceandrina,  X 
Fig.  1 a.  The  same ; portion  of  upper  surface,  nat.  size. 

Plate  XI. 

Fig.  1.  Axinella  Donnani,  X 
Fig.  2.  Phakellia  Ridleyi,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  2 a.  The  same stylus,  X 284. 

Plate  XII. 

Fig.  1.  Easpailia  Thurstoni,  X f. 

Fig.  I a.  The  same  ; three  of  the  spined  styli,  X 284. 
Fig.  I b.  The  same ; smooth  stylus,  X 284. 

Fig.  2.  Raspailia  fruticosa,  X f. 

Fig.  2 a.  The  same  •,  very  long-,  slender  stylus,  X 284. 


XVII. — On  the  Pyrochroidge  of  Japan. 

By  George  Lewis,  F.L.S. 

The  collection  made  in  Japan  in  1880  and  1881  contains 
twelve  species  of  Pyrochroidae,  and  there  is  a certain  simili- 
tude between  them  and  those  known  from  the  United  States  * 
this  will  be  seen  best  from  the  following  table,  which 
gives  the  genera  and  number  of  species  of  both  countries  : 


166  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  the  Pyrocliroidae  of  Japan. 


Japan. 

America. 

Ischalia  

1 

1 

Pyrochroa  .... 

6 

2 

Schizotus 

3 

1 

Dendroides  .... 

2 

4 

The  other  known  members  of  the  family  are  : from  Europe 
six,  Northern  Asia  and  China  four,  Java  one,  Borneo  one, 
and  Australia  one. 

The  Javan  species,  Pyrochroa  longa^  Perty,  as  the  name  im- 
plies, has  a very  different  outline  from  any  of  the  others,  and 
in  the  British  Museum  there  are  two  undescribed  species,  also 
from  Java,  which  resemble  it.  But  the  table  given  above 
must  be  taken  with  qualification  or  it  will  lead,  if  it  lead  to 
any  conclusion  at  all,  to  speculation  of  a poor  sort.  It  merely 
gives  the  divisions  of  the  family  found  in  Japan  and  America 
according  to  the  present  generic  arrangements,  and  all  such 
assortments  are  necessarily  more  or  less  provisional  and  liable 
to  change  with  an  increase  of  knowledge.  There  is  hardly  a 
family  perhaps  in  the  Coleoptera  of  which  so  little  is  known 
as  the  Pyrochroidge.  The  Japanese  species  of  Dendroides  are 
in  several  repects  different  from  those  known  from  America ; 
and  although  I consider  it  will  not  at  any  time  be  desirable 
to  establish  a genus  to  hold  them,  their  discovery  materially 
enlarges  the  scope  of  Dendroides.  And  when  the  compara- 
tive value  of  the  table  is  examined,  inquiries  must  also  be 
undertaken  as  to  the  extent  of  the  researches  yet  made  in 
Japan  and  America.  Are  they  or  are  they  not  relatively 
complete  ? The  species  in  Japan  are  local,  and  the  inference 
therefore  is  that  more  discoveries  may  be  made  which  may 
modify  any  views  put  forth,  and  the  American  continent  is 
so  vast  that  it  seems  safe  to  predict  the  same  thing  of  it. 

I am  led  into  making  these  observations  because  Herr  H. 
J.  Kolbe,  of  Berlin,  has  lately  published,  in  the  ‘ Archiv  fur 
Naturgeschichte,’  1886,  p.  142,  eleven  well-arranged  tables 
showing  the  distribution  of  some  Korean  Coleoptera.  The 
tables  show  great  care  in  their  elaboration,  but  they  are  based 
on  such  insufficient  material  that  it  is  impossible  to  assign  to 
them  any  value.  Only  142  species  are  enumerated,  and  some 
of  these  are  not,  in  my  opinion,  characteristic  of  the  Eastern 
fauna.  I no  not  refer  especially  to  those  that  are  usually 
called  cosmopolitan  insects,  such  as  Dermestesj  Necrohiaj  Gib- 
hium^  certain  Aphodii^  &c.,  but  to  others  which  have  a very 
wide  distribution  and  are  species  familiar  to  most  coleopterists. 
The  publication  of  geographical  statistics  for  the  Coleoptera 
of  China,  Korea,  and  Japan  is  premature  now,  and  will,  I 
think,  remain  so  until  the  important  region  lying  between 


167 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  the  Pyrochroidae  of  Japan. 

Pekin,  Canton,  and  the  Himalayan  mountains  is  fairly  well 
investigated,  and  the  material  brought  to  Europe  or  taken  to 
America  and  worked  out.  From  ten  to  fifteen  thousand  species 
would  be  a very  moderate  collection  for  this  territory.  Within 
its  limits  there  are  large  forests  of  both  deciduous  and  ever- 
green trees  growing  at  all  the  various  altitudes  of  the 
district,  and  the  contents  of  them  are,  practically  speaking, 
unknown.  It  is  not  the  low-lying  areas  which  nurture 
and  harbour  the  distinctive  species  of  the  Japanese  fauna, 
these  mostly  yield  Bembidia  and  certain  Hydradephaga  and 
Staphylinidse,  which  are  much  the  same  all  the  world 
over ; there  as  elsewhere  the  higher  altitudes  give  the  cha- 
racteristic species.  The  names  of  five  or  six  of  Herr 
Kolbe’s  species  will  ultimately  rank  as  synonyms,  a result 
inseparable  from  working  on  scant  material.  Korea  is  now 
being  opened  up  to  foreign  trade,  and  more  and  more  every 
year  will  travellers  visit  tlie  country,  and  the  natural  history 
be  gradually  worked  out,  while  the  laying  down  of  rail- 
ways in  China  will  facilitate  the  making  of  collections  there  ; 
and  what  I fear  may  happen  is,  that  the  species  described 
from  Japan  will  not  sufficiently  engage  the  attention  of 
authors  when  at  work  on  the  new  material,  and  the  result  will 
be  the  creation  of  duplicate  names. 

If  this  paper  therefore  should  fall  into  the  hands  of  any 
entomologist  who,  in  the  course  of  writing  a memoir,  should 
desire  to  examine  specimens  of  any  Japanese  species  I possess, 
I shall  be  glad  to  submit  to  him  compared  types  of  all  I can. 
For  this  purpose  I have  retained  as  long  a series  as  possible 
of  every  species,  and  any  labour  on  my  part  will  be  bestowed 
cheerfully  that  may  tend  to  gain  one  end  I desire,  namely,  to 
see  a Catalogue  of  Japanese  Coleoptera  more  free  of  syno- 
nyms than  any  other  local  list  yet  issued.  Under  the  present 
rules  of  nomenclature  the  deletion  of  a single  name  is  impos- 
sible, and  I know  synonyms  cannot  be  avoided  altogether, 
but,  so  far  as  the  loan  of  types  can  go  to  prevent  them,  I am 
willing  to  do  what  I can.  I do  not  wish  it  to  be  understood 
that  1 think  an  author  may  not  legitimately  refuse  to  acknow- 
ledge the  existence  of  types  and  decide  to  be  guided  by  the 
literature  alone,  I only  offer  the  loan  to  those  to  whom  it  may 
be  acceptable. 

The  Pyrochroa  rufalaj  described  in  1 860  by  Motschulsky, 
is  not  in  the  present  series,  and,  as  it  formed  part  of  Madame 
Gaschkevitch’s  collection,  some  doubt  exists  whether  it  really 
came  from  Japan.  It  has  never  transpired  that  this  lady 
labelled  her  collections,  but  it  is  now  pretty  well  established 
that  some  of  the  Lucanidas  of  the  collection  were  gathered  on 


l68  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  the  Pyrochroidaa  of  Japan. 


the  Asian  continent.  Motschulsky’s  knowledge  of  Japan  at 
the  time  when  the  country  had  been  opened  to  Europeans 
but  two  years  was  necessarily  small,  and  it  is  reasonable  to 
doubt  whether  he  thought  it  a matter  of  much  importance  to 
keep  the  Japanese  species  separate  from  those  of  Dauria.  In 
the  map,  Schrenck,  Eeisen  &c.  ii.  1860,  Hakodate  is  spelt 

Khokodady  ” and  placed  in  the  north  of  Yezo,  whereas  it  is 
in  the  extreme  south,  close  to  Matzumai,  which  is  inserted 
in  the  chart  correctly. 

The  following  is  a list  of  the  species  referred  to  in  this 
paper  : — 


Ischalia  patagiata,  Lewis. 
Py  rochroa  vestiflua. 

laticollis. 

brevitarsis. 

peculiaris. 

japonica,  Heyden. 

atripennis. 


Scliizotus  rubricollis. 

auri  tus. 

gibbifrons. 

Dendroides  niponensis. 
ocularis. 


Pyrocbroa  rufula,  Motsck. 


Ischalia  patagiata.^  Lewis. 

Ischalia  patagiata,  Lewis,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  1879,  iv.  p.  463. 

Oblonga,  depressa,  nigra,  parce  albo-hirta ; antennis  pedibusque 
obscure  nigris  ; elytris  externe  late  luteo  marginatis.  L.  5-5^ 
mill. 

Oblong,  depressed,  black,  with  the  elytra  broadly  margined 
with  yellow,  the  yellow  band  occupies  half  the  width  of 
each  elytron  until  just  before  the  apex,  when  it  is  confined  to 
the  dilated  rim  of  the  elytron.  The  head  projects  on  each 
side  to  receive  the  antennse  ; the  eyes  are  rather  coarsely 
granulate,  with  the  space  behind  rather  shining,  convex,  and 
sparsely  punctured.  The  thorax  is  rather  elevated  behind 
the  neck,  with  distinct  lateral  margins,  and  there  is  a longi- 
tudinal Carina  before  the  scutellum  which  occupies  about  one 
third  of  the  length  of  the  thorax,  on  each  side  of  the  carina  is 
a transverse  depression.  The  suture  of  the  elytron  is  raised 
and  the  humeral  angle  dilated,  its  outer  ridge  forming  the 
commencement  of  the  elytral  carina,  which  terminates  just 
before  the  apex,  just  beyond  the  point  w^here  the  yellow 
margin  narrows.  I do  not  see  any  sexual  characters. 

In  1881  I obtained  four  specimens  in  Hiogo  and  two  at  the 
foot  of  Miyasan,  one  of  the  original  localities. 

The  American  species  of  this  genus  was  described  as 
Eupleurida  costata  by  Leconte  in  1866  ; but  Pascoe’s  Ischalia 
indigacea  from  Borneo  was  published  in  1860,  and  his  generic 
name  has  priority.  Crotch  first  included  Ischalia  in  the 
Pyrochroidse. 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  the  Pyrochroidae  of  Japan  ’,  169 


' Pyrochroa  vestiflua. 

Elongata,  nigra,  subnitida ; fronte  modice  excavafca,  antice  tubercu- 
lata;  elytris  rufo-brunneis,  postice  dilatatis.  L.  10-17  mill. 

Elongate,  black,  somewhat  shining  ; head  transversely  ex- 
cavated in  front  of  the  eyes,  and  between  the  antenna  there  is 
a small  tubercle  on  a short  longitudinal  ridge.  The  first  joint 
of  the  antennae  is  rather  long  and  constricted  before  the  base, 
the  base  being  abruptly  enlarged  ; the  second  joint  is  about 
one  third  the  length  of  the  first  and  slightly  smaller  before 
its  base  ; the  third  joint  is  as  long  as  the  first  and  at  its 
apex  is  the  first  pectinal  tooth  or  branch,  which  in  the  male 
is  as  long  as  the  joint  itself ; the  next  seven  joints  have 
subapical  processes  which  are  nearly  three  times  the  length 
of  each  joint;  the  terminal  joint  is  (as  in  other  species)  long 
and  simple  ; in  the  female  the  branch  of  the  third  joint  is 
short  and  rather  obtuse,  the  following  joints  bearing  branches 
which  gradually  lengthen  until  the  tenth  joint,  when  the 
prolongation  is  half  as  long  again  as  the  segment.  The 
thorax  is  clothed  with  a cinereous  pile  and  anteriorly  rounded 
at  the  sides,  with  a median  depression  which  widens  out  before 
the  scutellum  ; there  are  also  two  irregular  depressions  on 
each  side.  Scutellum  somewhat  rounded  behind,  black,  and 
rugosely  punctured.  Elytra  reddish  brown,  with  concolo- 
rous  pile,  closely^  and  rather  transversely  rugose  and  for  three 
fourths  of  their  length  rather  amply  dilated.  Legs  intensely 
black  with  pale  claws.  The  female  has  the  forehead  much 
less  excavated  than  the  male  and  the  tubercle  is  less  defined. 

The  larv93,  pupae,  and  imagos  were  found  together  under 
bark  of  beech,  April  21,  1880,  at  Suyama,  and  the  perfect 
insect  afterwards  was  found  commonly  at  Miyanoshita, 
Nikko,  Sapporo,  Oyayama,  and  other  places. 

Pyrochroa  laticolUs. 

Elongata,  nigra,  subnitida ; capite  puncticulato,  fronte  utrinquo 
excavata ; thorace  transverse  post  oculos  subrecto.  L.  10-11 
mill. 

This  is  very  similar  to  the  last  in  colour  and  form  of  the 
antennae,  but  it  is  much  smaller  and  has  a transverse  thorax. 
The  head  is  finely  and  rather  thickly  punctured,  and  the  trans- 
verse region  between  the  antennae  and  the  eyes  is  excavated 
on  each  side,  with  a dividing  central  portion  much  less  deep. 
The  thorax  is  rather  straight  behind  the  head,  with  a very 
distinct  angle  on  the  outer  edge  behind  the  middle ; the  de- 
pressions are  much  as  in  P.  vestiflua, 

Ann.  d:  Mag.  N,  Hist.  Ser.  5,  VoJ,  xx.  12 


170  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  the  Pyrochroid^  of  Japan, 

I possess  six  females,  but  do  not  know  the  male.  The 
localities  for  it  are  Ichiuchi,  Subashiri,  Miyanoshita,  and 
Oyayama. 


Pyrochroa  hrevitarsis. 

Elougata,  nigra,  subnitida  ; fronte  transversim  subexcavata,  inter 
antennas  snbelevata  ; pronoto  parum  transverso  utrinque  biangu- 
lato  ; elytris  testaceo-brunneis.  L.  8|  mill. 

Head  with  an  interantennal  elevation  with  a median  but 
small  tubercle,  the  transverse  space  between  the  eyes  and 
antennse  is  slightly  excavated.  The  thorax  is  anteriorly 
straight  behind  the  neck,  and  then  shelves  off  to  a point, 
which,  viewed  over  the  elytra,  looks  like  an  angle  ; posteriorly, 
as  in  laticolUs^  there  is  another  well-defined  angle.  The  scutel- . 
lum  is  black,  and  the  thoracic  depressions  do  not  visibly 
differ  from  those  of  the  preceding  species. 

There  is  no  doubt  about  this  species  being  distinct  from  the 
last  on  account  of  the  size,  thoracic  angles,  and  shorter  poste- 
rior tarsi. 

Two  examples,  both  females,  were  taken  in  the  highest 
region  of  Kadzusa,  April  5,  1880.  In  this  part  the  planta- 
tions are  chiefly  of  Abies  and  Pinus. 

It  is  the  smallest  species  known  from  Japan  at  present. 

Pyrochroa  peculiaris. 

Elougata,  nigra,  subnitida  ; fronte  bifoveolata ; elytris  piceis  pilo 
rufo-brunneo.  L.  9-11  mill. 

Elongate,  black,  little  shining.  Head  and  thorax  with  an 
ashy  pubescence ; elytra  piceous  and  clothed  with  a reddish- 
brown  pile,  which  gives  a peculiar  dark  tint  to  the  whole. 
The  forehead  in  the  male  has  two  deep  fovege  between  the 
antennae,  and  the  transverse  space  between  the  eyes  and  the 
antennae  is  thickly  clothed  with  pubescence ; between  the 
eyes  the  surface  is  sparsely  puncticulate ; neck  rather  thickly 
-punctate.  The  first  joint  of  the  antenna  is  somewhat  com- 
pressed, second  trigonate,  third  with  a subapical  branch, 
fourth  to  tenth  with  pectinal  processes  longer  than  the  joints. 
The  female  has  no  frontal  foveae,  but  the  transverse  depres- 
sion before  the  eyes  is  more  distinct,  the  head  generally  more 
thickly  punctured,  and-  Ihe  antennas  obtusely  pectinate. 
The  thorax  is  round  in  both  sexes,  and  the  elytra  but  mode- 
rately dilated  and  rugosely  sculptured. 

I took  this  species  in  August,  four  specimens  in  South 
Yezo  and  one  on  Niohozan,  above  Nikko. 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  the  Pyrochroidae  of  Japan.  171 

' The  two  following  species  have  slender  tarsi  and  an  inter- 
ocular protuberance  in  the  male 

Pprocliroa  japonica^  Heyd.,  $ . 

^^Pyrochroa  japonica,  Heyd.,  5,  Deutsche  ent.  Zeitschr.  xxiii.  1879, 
Heft  ii.  p.  354. 

“ Depressa,  obscure  rufo-coccinea,  anteunis  pedibusque  nigris,  ore, 
thorace  lateribus  nigris,  fronte  nigra ; capite  inter  oculos  fortiter 
transverse  elevate,  antice  laxe  excavate.  Thorace  minore,  pariim 
latiore  quam  longiore,  lateribus  post  medium  augulatis,  ante 
medium  transverse  late  impresso,  linea  media  canaliculata  in 
foveam  antescutellarem  efPundente.  Elytris  plus  quadruple 
thorace  longioribus,  ante  medium  dilatatis,  transverse  densissimo 
rugosis,  in  utroque  linese  duae  e rugis  obliquis  plumiformibus 
latioribus.  Palporum  articulis  prime  minuto  rufo  et  secundo 
quarto  aequalibus,  tertio  breviore  et  angustiore,  quarto  lateribus 
parallelis,  basi  apiceque  acuminatis.  Antennae  partim  desunt, 
articulis  1 et  3-6  longitudine  aequalibus,  primo  basi  attenuate, 
3-6  sensim  fortiter  ramosis,  fortius  (jam  in  tertio)  quam  in  P. 
pectinicorni^  cui  affinis  sed  major.  L.  11  mill.” 

‘ The  male  of  this  species  has  the  pectinate  branches  of  the 
antennae  very  long,  and  in  joints  six  to  nine  the  processes  are 
more  than  three  times  the  length  of  the  joint  that  bears  them. 
Between  the  eyes  there  is  a large  vertical  protuberance,  which 
is  connected  with  the  forehead  by  a median  ridge,  which, 
viewed  sideways,  is  usually  seen  to  come  to  a raised  point 
immediately  behind  the  antennae  ,*  but  in  several  examples 
this  elevation  is  obsolete.  In  two  specimens  the  vertical 
protuberance  examined  from  above  is  divided  on  its  upper 
surface  into  two  lobes.  Heyden  only  knew  the  female. 

I have  a series  of  about  thirty  examples  from  Subashirij 
Riga,  and  other  places  lying  under  Mount  Fujisan,  and  also 
a few  from  Nikko. 


Pyrochroa  atripennis. 

Atra,  opaca;  capite  antice  palpisque  flavis ; thorace  rufo.  L.  11 
mill. 

Black ; head  between  the  antennge  and  the  mouth-organs^ 
except  the  tips  of  the  mandibleSj  flavous.  In  the  male  there 
is  a broad  flattish  protuberance  on  the  headj  which  has  its 
base  between  the  eyes,  and,  projecting  forwards,  is  somewhat 
truncate  anteriorly  and  rounded  off  on  each  side,  with  two 
impressions  on  the  Upper  surface,  which  leave  the  margins 
and  a median  division  raised.  Thorax  red,  sometimes  a little 
transverse^  with  a cinereous  pile  and  two  lateral  impressions 

12^ 


172  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  the  Pyrochroidae  of  Japan. 

and  one  rather  deep  and  broad  before  the  scutellum  ; scutellum 
posteriorly  semicircular,  black  and  opaque,  like  the  elytra, 
the  latter  rugose  and  moderately  dilated  behind ; legs  black 
with  yellow  claws.  The  female  has  the  head  transversely 
convex  between  the  eyes,  a slight  longitudinal  ridge  between 
the  antennae  and  a small  boss-like  elevation  on  each  side  close 
to  them  ; the  epistoma  is  flavous  and  the  palpi  black. 

Whether  this  last  character  is  really  sexual  or  whether  the 
coloration  is  inconstant  in  the  species  must  remain  at  present 
uncertain,  as  I have  but  one  female. 

Found  by  sweeping  under  brushwood  in  June  on  Omine 
in  Yamato,  and  at  Chiuzenji.  Four  examples. 

I have  one  more  species  of  Pyrocliroa  from  Miyanoshita 
which  is  unique,  and  I do  not  describe  it.  Its  head  is  rather 
thickly  punctured. 

Pyrochroa  rufula. 

Pyrochroa  mfula,  Motsch.  Bull.  Soc.  Mosc.  1866,  p.  173. 

“ Statura  et  color  Pyrochroa  pectinicorni,  sed  major.  Oblonga,  de- 
pressa,  opaca,  supra  rufo-coccinea,  pubescens,  corpore  subtus, 
fronte,  ore,  oculis,  an  tennis  subserratis,  pedibusque  nigris ; tho- 
race  transverse,  longitudinaliter  triimpresso  ; elytris  thorace  latio- 
ribus,  postice  subdilatatis,  nervis  vix  distinctis.  Long.  3-^  1. 
(about  7 mill.)  lat.  1|- 1.” 

The  measurements  given  above  are  less  than  those  of  P. 
pecitmcornis ; but  the  diagnosis  expresses  a contrary  state- 
ment. 

Schizotus  ruhricollis. 

Elongatus,  subparalleliis  ; fronte  in  medio  longitudinaliter  carinata 
utrinque  valde  excavata ; elytris  thoraceque  rufis,  L.  9 mill. 

Elongate  and  posteriorly  scarcely  dilated  ; head  between 
the  eyes  transversely  convex  and  sparsely  puncticulate,  the 
convexity  being  broadest  dose  to  the  eyes  ; the  region  before 
the  eyes  is  deeply  excavated,  with  a polished  longitudinal 
ridge  in  the  centre  of  the  excavation  which  terminates  before 
the  interocular  raised  or  convex  portion,  and  at  the  point  of 
termination  there  is  a triangular  excavation  deeper  than  that 
of  the  sides ; bordering  the  carina  the  head  is  more  or  less 
reddish ; the  neck  is  red  and  somewhat  coarsely  punctured. 
Thorax  uneven,  a little  raised  in  two  portions  behind  the 
neck,  with  similar  raised  parts  before  the  scutellum ; the 
raised  portions  are  a little  polished.  Scutellum  a little 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  the  Pyrochroidae  of  Japan,  173 

prolonged  and  transversely  depressed  in  the  middle  ; elytra 
red  and  rugose.  I know  the  male  only. 

Captured  at  Miyanoshita,  May  1880. 

ScMzotus  auritus. 

Elongatus,  niger,  siibnitidus  ; capite  inter  ocuios  elevato,  ante  oculos 
profunde  excavate.  L.  9 mill. 

Black,  rather  shining ; elytra  alone  reddish  brown.  Head 
a little  transverse,  with  the  region  between  the  eyes  greatly 
elevated,  the  elevation  or  protuberance  being  divided  into  two 
portions  by  a median  depression  • the  surface  is  distinctly  but 
not  densely  punctured ; this  protuberance  is  excavated 
anteriorly,  and  within  the  excavation  are  long  flavous  hairs. 
The  region  between  the  antennae  is  transversely  canaliculate, 
with  the  space  anterior  to  it  roughly  sculptured,  with  two 
rather  deep  lobe-shaped  foveae.  The  thorax  is  transverse,  dis- 
tinctly punctured,  and  has  the  usual  depressions  of  the  genus 
on  either  side  and  in  the  middle.  Scutellum  black,  a little 
prolonged;  elytra  rugose,  not  much  dilated  behind.  The 
tarsi  are  rather  slender,  with  pale  claws.  The  female  has  a 
transverse  depression  between  the  eyes  and  the  antennae ; but 
it  is  not  deep  and  does  not  quite  approach  the  eyes.  The 
first  joint  of  the  antennae  is  much  constricted  before  the  base 
in  both  sexes,  and  the  anterior  portion  is  somewhat  globular 
in  the  male. 

Six  specimens  were  taken  on  the  plain  of  Fujisan  and  one 
on  Ontake. 


ScMzotus  gihhifrons, 

Elongatus,  niger ; capite  regione  inter  oculos  perconvexa ; thorace 
basi  anguste  rufo.  L.  10  mill. 

Elongate,  black ; posterior  margins  of  the  thorax  narrowly 
red ; elytra  reddish  brown.  Head  with  a well-marked  oval 
boss  between  the  eyes,  shining  and  distinctly  punctured; 
forehead  slightly  and  narrowly  elevated  between  the  antennaj, 
with  the  space  intervening  between  the  eyes  depressed.  The 
surface  of  the  thorax  is  uneven,  but  has  little  to  distinguish  the 
species  from  its  congeners  ; the  anterior  angles  are  round.  The 
scutellum  is  black,  rather  lengthened,  depressed  transversely  in 
the  middle,  and  posteriorly  more  acuminate  than  in  S.  auritus. 
Elytra  as  in  preceding  species.  The  female  is  very  like  the 
male,  except  that  the  interocular  space  is  simply  convex  and 
the  antennae  less  pectinate. 

Five  examples,  found  on  Oyayama  in  Hiogo,  May  1881. 


174  Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  the  Pyrochroidas  of  Japan. 

The  American  species  of  Dendroides  have  the  elytra  with 
distinct  punctures  separated  from  each  other  by  a wide  inter- 
stice. The  Japanese  species  have  the  elytra  closely  sculp- 
tured as  in  the  genus  Pyrochroa  ; this  sculpture  is  some- 
times called  coriaceous,  but  I think  Dr.  Heyden’s  trans- 
verse densissime  rugosis,”  applied  to  Pyrochroa  japonica^  is 
the  better  description  of  it. 

Dendroides  niponensis. 

Elongatus,  piceus ; fronte  excavata ; elytris  rufo-brunneis,  antice 

Bubparallelis,  postice  parum  dilatatis.  L.  17  mill. 

Elongate  and  relatively  little  dilated  behind  ; elytra  piceous, 
with  a reddish-brown  pile,  which  together  give  a tint 
which  inclines  to  pink.  The  general  colour  simulates  to 
that  of  P.  peculiar  is  ^ in  which  also  the  elytra  are  different  in 
colour  from  the  pubescence.  Head  excavated  between  the 
antennm  and  in  the  region  of  the  anterior  portions  of  the  eyes  ; 
between  the  hinder  portions  of  the  eyes  the  surface  is  gla- 
brous and  shining ; neck  punctured  ; thorax  rather  round 
behind,  but  slightly  constricted  behind  the  neck,  with  a cine- 
reous pile  ; surface  uneven.  Scutellum  blackish,  broadest  at 
base,  gradually  rounding  off  towards  the  apex.  Legs  black  ; 
claws  yellow.  The  antennse  are  strongly  pectinate  in  both 
sexes,  the  pectination  being  longer  and  narrower  in  the  male, 
shorter  and  more  robust  in  the  female. 

The  chief  sexual  characters  are  in  the  eyes.  The  eyes  in 
the  female  are  small  and  the  iuterocular  space  double  the 
width  of  that  in  the  male,  and  the  frontal  excavation  is 
shallow. 

I obtained  it  at  Kashiwagi,  Xikko,  Chiuzenji,  and  Akita. 

Dendroides  ocularis. 

Elongatus,  piceus ; fronte  hand  excavata,  punctata,  oculis  in  medio 

approximatis.  L.  13  miU. 

Elongate,  with  the  outline  of  the  last  species ; epistoma 
slightly  convex  and  a little  rugosely  punctate ; eyes  very 
prominent  and  above  almost  touching  in  the  male;  neck 
rugosely  punctured  ; thorax  slightly  constricted  before  the 
base,  lateral  depressions  deeper  than  those  of  the  middle ; 
scutellum  black  ; elytra  reddish  brown.  The  female  has  a 
smaller  head  than  in  the  preceding  species,  and  the  interocular 
space  is  about  as  wide  as  in  the  male  of  D.  niponensis^  and  it  is 
less  shining  and  more  punctured  than  in  the  male  of  its  own 
species. 


Mr.  A.  S.  Woodward  on  a new  /S/?eci‘e^  ^ Semioaotus.  175 

The  two  prominent  characters  which  separate  this  species 
from  the  last  are  the  want  of  frontal  excavation  and  the  very 
narrow  space  between  the  eyes  in  the  male. 

I possess  three  examples  from  Miyanoshita  and  one  from 
Kashiwagi. 


XVIII. — On  a new  Species  of  Semionotus,  from  the  Lower 
Oolite  of  Brora j Sutherlandshire,  By  A.  Smith  WOOD- 
WARD, F.G.S.,  F.Z.S.,  of  the  British  Museum  (Natural 
History) . 

[Plate  VII.] 

Through  the  kindness  of  Prof.  J.  W.  Judd,  F.B.S.,  I have 
received  from  the  Bev.  J.  M.  Joass,  LL.D.,  of  Golspie, 
Sutherlandshire,  some  examples  of  an  interesting  fossil  ganoid 
fish,  from  the  Lower  Oolites  exposed  in  that  district  upon 
the  coast.  The  specimens  were  discovered  in  a block  of 
carbonaceous  shale,  believed  by  Dr.  Joass  to  have  been  de- 
rived from  the  bed  underlying  the  main  seam  of  lignite  in 
Strath  Brora  ; and,  as  will  appear  from  the  description  and 
figures,  they  are  referable  to  a hitherto  unknown  species  of 
SemionotuSj  adding  one  or  two  important  items  to  our  know- 
ledge of  the  skeleton  of  this  early  genus  *.  Detached  scales 
have  already  been  recorded  by  Prof.  Juddf,  but  no  remains 
sufficiently  perfect  for  specific  determination  seem  to  have 
been  previously  met  with. 

The  most  complete  fossil  (PI.  VII.  fig.  1)  shows  the  general 
form  of  the  fish,  with  all  the  fins  except  the  pelvic  pair ; but 
the  shape  and  relations  of  the  bones  in  the  cephalic  region 
have  been  rendered  almost  undistinguishable  by  crushing.  A 
second  specimen,  with  a portion  of  its  counterpart,  but  desti- 
tute of  the  caudal  fin,  is  even  more  dilapidated,  though  ex- 
hibiting some  of  the  bones  of  the  head  and  opercular  folds. 
A fragment  of  a third  individual  shows  a well-preserved 
pectoral  fin  and  the  upper  lobe  of  the  caudal  pedicle  ; while  a 
fourth  is  represented  by  its  apparently  entire  caudal  fin.  A 
detached  maxilla  also  displays  the  characters  of*  that  bone 
and  its  dentition. 

* The  most  complete  description  of  Semionotus  hitherto  published  is 
by  J.  Striiver,  Die  fossilen  Fische  aus  dem  Obern  Keupersandstein  von 
Coburg-,”  Zeitschr.  d.  deutsch.  geol.  Gesellsch.  vol.  xvi.  (1864)  pp.  305- 
321,  pi.  xiii. 

t J.  W.  Judd,  ‘‘The  Secondary  Rocks  of  Scotland. — Part  I.,”  Quart. 
Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxix.  (1873)  p.  104  (table). 


176 


Mr.  A.  S.  Woodward  on  a 


Descri2)t{on. 

As  shown  by  PL  VII.  fig.  1,  the  fish  is  of  a graceful  fusi- 
form shape,  the  greatest  depth,  slightly  in  advance  of  the 
dorsal  fin,  being  contained  about  three  and  a half  times  in  the 
total  length.  The  head  and  opercular  bones  occupy  not  quite 
a third  of  the  total  length  ; and,  as  usual  in  the  genus,  the 
dorsal  and  anal  fins  are  remote. 

The  head-hones^  as  just  stated,  are  so  much  crushed  that 
the  complete  outline  of  very  few  can  be  distinguished.  The 
exposed  surfaces  seem  to  have  been  smooth,  or  only  partially 
ornamented  with  scattered  tubercles  ; but  it  is  impossible  to 
determine  to  which  parts  the  ornament  was  confined.  Of  the 
inner  bones,  there  are  the  remains  of  a pair,  evidently  vome- 
rine or  palatine,  bearing  series  of  stout  conical  teeth ; and  of 
the  more  external  elements,  the  characters  of  the  premaxilla 
and  maxilla  can  be  observed. 

'premaxilla  (fig.  2)  constitutes  but  a small  portion  of 
the  upper  border  of  the  mouth,  and  bears  at  least  five  strong 
conical  teeth  ; it  is  produced  above  into  a broad  backwardly- 
directed  process,  the  length  of  which  is  about  twice  as  great 
as  that  of  the  dentigerous  margin  of  the  bone.  The  entire 
form  of  the  element  is  remarkably  similar  to  that  of  Lepido- 
tus.  The  maxilla  (fig.  3)  has  also  a close  resemblance  to  the 
corresponding  bone  in  the  last-named  genus ; it  is  very 
narrow  in  its  anterior  half,  but  becomes  rapidly  deeper  behind, 
and  the  posterior  portion  attains  a depth  equalling  about  a 
third  of  the  entire  length  of  the  dentigerous  border ; there  is 
also  articulated  with  the  upper  edge  of  this  expansion  a 
small  distinct  element,  which  may  be  interpreted  either  as 
jugal  or  as  merely  a dismemberment  of  the  maxilla  itself. 
The  teeth  are  sharply  conical  and  somewhat  irregularly  dis- 
posed, the  larger  ones  being  relatively  far  apart,  and  the 
smaller  ones  being  closely  set  in  the  interspaces. 

The  posterior  hranchiostegal  rays  (fig.  4)  are  very  broad 
distally,  gradually  tapering  to  the  attached  end  ; and  between 
the  rami  of  the  mandible  there  is  a large  median  gular  plate. 
An  impression  of  the  inner  aspect  of  the  latter  (fig.  5)  is  well 
shown  in  one  of  the  specimens  ; its  anterior  half  is  almost 
horseshoe-shaped,  and  appears  to  be  divided  from  the  posterior 
broader  portion  by  slight  lateral  notches. 

Displaced  and  situated  above  the  crushed  head  in  the  less 
perfect  specimen,  is  a well-preserved  scale-bone,  which  ap- 
pears to  be  one  of  the  series  originally  attached  to  the  poste- 
rior margin  of  the  pectoral  arch.  This  (fig.  6)  is  vertically 
elongated,  its  length  being  equal  to  twice  and  a half  its 
greatest  breadth.  It  is  of  the  form  of  a parallelogram,  with 


new  Species  ^Sernionotus. 


177 


the  antero-inferior  angle  slightly  produced  downwards,  and 
the  postero-superior  somewhat  rounded ; but  the  upper  two 
thirds  of  the  anterior  border  were  evidently  considerably  over- 
lapped, leaving  the  exposed  portion  of  the  bone  broader  below 
than  above.  The  outer  enamelled  surface  is  merely  covere 
with  scattered  pittings  and  exhibits  no  ornamentation. 

Of  i\\Q  paired  fins y the  pectorals  (fig.  1)  are  long  and  power- 
ful, but  the  pel  vies  are  almost,  if  not  quite,  undistinguishable. 
The  latter  are  always  more  or  less  rudimentary  in  Semionotus^ 
but  they  seem  to  have  been  unusually  small  in  the  species 
now  under  consideration.  Each  pectoral  fin  consists  of  about 
ten  robust  rays,  undivided  for  more  than  a third  of  their 
length,  then  becoming  articulated  and  soon  branching. 

In  the  median  fins  the  rays  are  similar  to  those  of  the 
pectoral  just  described — robust,  proximally  undivided,  distally 
articulated  and  branching.  The  dorsal  (fig.  1)  is  unfortu- 
nately mutilated,  but  there  are  traces  of  the  double  series  of 
anterior  fulcra,  followed  by  about  fourteen  rays  ; and  the  fin 
is  seen  to  commence  in  the  middle  of  the  back.  The  anal 
(fig.  1)  commences  at  a point  opposite  the  posterior  end  of 
the  dorsal,  and  is  preceded  by  two  prominent  and  other 
smaller  fulcra ; it  is,  as  usual,  of  small  extent,  but  composed 
of  rays  of  considerable  length.  The  caudal  fin  is  best  dis- 
played in  the  fragment  shown  in  fig.  7,  though  its  connexions 
are  also  seen  in  two  of  the  other  specimens.  The  extremity 
of  the  body  is  slightly  produced  upwards — a kind  of  semi- 
heterocercy — and  the  ridge-scales  are  continued  behind  as 
fulcra  ; the  rays,  however,  are  so  disposed  as  to  produce  a 
completely  symmetrical  fin,  and  this  is  not  forked,  but  some- 
what rounded,  the  median  rays  extending  beyond  those  above 
and  below. 

The  scales  are  thick  and  covered  externally  with  a smooth 
shining  layer  of  ganoine.  They  are  of  rhomboidal  form, 
varying  slightly  in  different  parts  of  the  body,  being. deepest 
on  the  flanks  (figs.  1,  8),  and  most  oblique  in  the  caudal 
region,  while  those  of  the  ventral  aspect  (fig.  9)  exhibit,  to 
some  extent,  the  elongation  characteristic  of  genera  like 
Eugnathusj  &c.  With  one  or  two  exceptions  on  the  middle  of 
the  flank,  none  of  the  scales  show  the  slightest  trace  of  denti- 
culations  on  the  hinder  edge.  None,  moreover,  appear  to  be 
united  by  peg-and-socket  ” joints;  but  there  is  the  usual 
slight  overlapping,  and  all  are  strengthened  on  the  inner  side 
by  a vertical  median  rib. 

Specific  determination. 

In  his  original  description  of  the  genus  Semionotusy  Prof. 


178 


Mr.  A.  S.  Woodward  on  a 


Agassiz  recognized  six  species — one  from  the  Keuper  and  five 
from  the  Lias;  in  1843  Sir  Philip  Egerton  described  three 
others  from  the  Lower  Jurassic  of  Italy,  and  in  1872  one  from 
the  English  Kimmeridge  Clay  ; a fourth  Italian  species  was 
added  by  Costa,  and  two  additional  Keuper  forms  have  been 
subsequently  discovered — the  one  named  by  Dr.  Oscar  Fraas, 
from  Wiirttemberg,  the  other  described  by  Mr.  E.  T.  Kewton, 
from  Warwickshire. 

Thirteen  species  have  thus  been  referred  to  the  genus  under 
consideration,  and  of  these  the  position  of  three  seems  doubtful, 
on  account  of  the  imperfection  of  known  specimens,  while  a 
fourth  may  be  unhesitatingly  regarded  as  wrongly  so  placed. 
The  three  former  are  the  Italian  species  described  by  Egerton, 
and  the  smallest  of  these  [S.  minutus)  may  eventually  prove 
to  be  truly  a Notagogiis.  The  fourth  species  is  the  so-called 
S.  rhomhifer^  Agass.  from  the  Lower  Lias  of  Lyme  Kegis, 
which  Sir  Pliilip  Egerton  has  already  recognized  f as  exhi- 
biting a very  close  resemblance  to  Heterolepidotus.  There 
can,  indeed,  be  no  longer  any  doubt  that  the  fish  in  question 
belongs  to  the  last-named  genus,  and  the  type  specimen  is 
quite  possibly  a young  individual  of  H.  latus^  Egerton. 

Tabulating  the  remaining  twelve  species,  it  will  be  con- 
venient for  reference  to  place  them  in  stratigraphical  order 
as  follows  ; and  to  those  of  which  the  type  specimens  are  now 
preserved  in  the  British  Museum  an  asterisk  is  prefixed. 

Semionotus,  Agassiz. 

Semionotus  Bergeri,  Agass.  Rech.  Poiss.  Foss.  vol.  ii.  pt.  2,  p.  224, 
pi.  xxvi.  figs.  2,  3.  Pal(eoniscum  arenacewn,  Berger,  Verstein.  Co- 
burg. Gegend,  1832,  p.  18,  pi.  i.  fig.  1.  Seynionotus  Spixi,  Agass.  tom. 
cit.  p.  8.  Semionotus  esox,  Berger,  Xeues  Jabrb.  1843,  p.  86.  Semio- 
notus Bergeri,  von  Scbaurotb,  Zeitscbr.  deiitsch.  geol.  Ges.  vol.  iii. 
(18ol),  p,  405,  pi.  xvii. : Bomemann,  ^6^V/.  vol.  vi.  (1854),  p.  612, 
pi.  XXV. ; Strliver,  ibid.  vol.  xvi.  (1864),  p.  305,  pi.  xiii.  figs.  1,  3,  4. 
— Upper  Keuper,  Cobui’g. 

Semionotus  Kapffi,  Fraas,  MS. — Keuper,  Wiirttemberg. 

Semionotus  Brodiei,  Newton,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xliii.  (1887) 
p.  537. — Keuper,  Warwickshire. 

Semionotus  latus,  Agass.  tom.  cit.  p.  227,  pi.  xxvii.  Bapedius  altivelis, 
Agass.  tom.  cit.  p.  8. — Lias,  Seefeld,  Tyrol. 

^Semionotus  striatus,  Agass.  tom.  cit.  p.  231,  pi.  xxvii.  a.  figs.  6,  7. 
— Lias,  Seefeld,  Tyrol. 

Semionotus  Xilssoni,  Agass.  tom.  cit.  p.  229,  pi.  xxvii.  a.  figs.  1-5 ; 
Nilsson,  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  Stockholm,  vol.  xii.  (1824),  p.  103,  pi.  ii. 
figs.  1-k — Lias,  Schonen,  near  Bosarp,  Sweden. 

Semionotus  leptocephalus,  Agass.  Neues  Jahrb.  18.32,  p.  145;  also  tom. 
cit.  p.  222,  pi.  xxvi.  fig.  1. — Lias,  Boll,  Wiirttemberg. 


* L.  Agassiz,  Rech.  Poiss.  Foss.  vol.  ii.  pt.  1,  p.  228,  pi.  26  a. 

+ Eo-erton,  Figs,  and  Bescr.  Brit.  Org.  Remains  (Mem.  Geol.  Surv.), 
dec.  xiii.  pi.  ii. 


new  Species  Semionotus. 


179 


Semiomtus  curtulus,  Costa,  Paleont.  del  Rep^no  di  Napoli,  pt.  1 (1850), 
p.  64,  pi.  vi.  fig-s.  4,  5,  pi.  vii.  %.  6,  pi.  viii.  fig.  2 ; pt.  3,  p.  81, 
pi.  xi.  fig.  1 ; also  Ittiol.  Foss.  Ital.  1855,  p.  25,  pi.  iii.  fig.  1. — Lias, 
Giffbni,  near  Naples. 

^Semionotus  Pentlandif'E^erion,  Proc.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  iv.  1843,  p.  183. 
— Lias,  Gifibni,  near  Naples. 

^ Sernionotus  pustulifer,  Egerton,  loc.  cit. — Lias,  Giffbni,  near  Naples. 

^Semionotus  rninutus,  Egerton,  loc.  cit.  [?  = Notagogus]. — Lias,  Giffbni, 
near  Naples. 

*Semionotus  Manselii,  Egerton,  Eigs.  and  Descrip.  Brit.  Org.  Remains 
(Mem.  Geol.  Surv.),  dec.  xiii.  pi.  viii.  (1872). — Kimmeridge  Olay, 
Dorsetshire. 

Comparing  the  Brora  fossil  with  each  of  the  foregoing  forms 
it  soon  becomes  evident  that  the  fish  is  specifically  distinct. 
S.  Bergeri  obviously  differs  in  the  prominence  of  the  serra- 
tions on  the  scales,  and  the  larger  size  of  the  fin-fulcra, 
though  agreeing  well  in  general  proportions.  S.  Kapffi  and 
S.  Brodiei  are  smaller  species,  and  tjie  former  is  considerably 
less  fusiform.  S.  latus  is  likewise  a much  shorter  and  deeper 
species  ; and  S.  stidatus  is  distinguished  by  the  character  of 
the  superficial  ornamentation  of  the  head.  S.  Nilssom  has 
the  scales  of  the  flanks  more  vertically  elongated,  and  is  a 
comparatively  deep-bodied  fish.  S.  leptocephalus  is  very 
similar  to  the  Brora  fossil  in  general  outline,  but  the  tail  is 
relatively  smaller  and  the  fin-rays  apparently  less  robust. 
S.  curtuluSy  S.  Pentlandij  and  8.  pustulifer  must  have  been 
all  less  elongated ; while  8.  minutus^  if  really  referable  to 
the  same  genus,  differs  in  the  delicacy  of  the  fin-rays  and  its 
remarkably  elongate  shape.  Lastly,  8,  Manselii  is  readily 
separated  by  its  larger  dimensions,  the  well-developed  pelvic 
fins,  and  the  relatively  greater  depth  of  the  trunk. 

It  thus  becomes  necessary  to  propose  a new  name  for  the 
species  here  described,  and  I would  suggest  that  of  8.  Joassi 
as  being  most  appropriate,  in  reference  to  the  valuable  re- 
searches of  the  Bev.  Dr.  Joass  upon  the  geology  of  the  north- 
eastern margin  of  the  Highlands. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  VII. 

Semio7iotus  Joassi,  A.  S.  Woodw.,  Lower  Oolite,  Brora,  Sutherland- 

sliire. 

Fig.  I.  Nearly  complete  fish  ; nat.  size. 

Fig.  2.  Premaxilla  j thrice  nat.  size. 

Fig.  3.  Maxilla;  thrice  nat.  size. 

Fig.  4.  Posterior  branchiostegal  ray ; twice  nat.  size. 

Fig.  5.  Gular  plate ; twice  nat.  size. 

Fig.  6.  Postclavicular  plate ; twice  nat.  size. 

Fig.  7.  Caudal  fin  ; nat.  size. 

Fig.  8.  Scales  of  flank,  inner  aspect ; twice  nat.  size. 

Fig.  0.  A'entraf  scales,  inner  aspect ; twice  nat.  size. 


180  Mr.  A.  G.  Butler  on  a new  Genus  of  Chalcosnd  Moths. 

XIX. — Description  of  a new  Genus  of  Chahosiid  Moths 
allied  to  Pedoptila.  By  Arthur  G.  Butler,  F.L.S., 
F.Z  S.,  &c. 

In  the  ^ Annals  ’ for  1885,  vol.  xv.  pp,  340-342,  I described 
a remarkable  new  genus  of  moths  allied  io  Himantopterus) 
the  type  was  from  Cape  Coast  and  in  the  collection  of  Mr. 
F.  Swanzy,  who  has  since  presented  it  to  the  Trustees  of  the 
British  Museum. 

A second  genus  from  Zanzibar  was  described  by  Herr 
Bogenhofer,  of  Vienna,  under  the  name  of  Doratopteryx^  in 
the  ‘ Sitzungsberichten  der  k.-k.  zoolog.-botan.  Gesellschaft 
in  Wien  ’ (vol.  xxxiii.)  ; and  in  the  ^ Annals  ’ for  1885,  vol. 
xvi.,  I have  compared  the  characters  of  the  two  genera 
Pedoptila  and  Doratopteryx^  pointing  out  in  what  respects 
they  differ  both  in  structure  and  aspect. 

Whilst  recently  looking  over  some  Lepidoptera  brought  to 
me  for  examination  by  Mr.  Philip  Crowley,  I was  delighted 
to  find  a third  very  distinct  genus  of  this  group,  nearer  to 
Pedoptila  than  to  anything  else  hitherto  described,  but  differ- 
ing remarkably  in  neuration  and  in  the  form  of  the  secon- 
daries. 

SemioPTILA,  gen.  nov.  ttt/Xov). 

Nearest  to  Pedoptila : primaries  more  elongated  and  nar- 
rower, the  subcostal  vein  four-branched,  an  extra  nervule 
being  emitted  before  the  end  of  the  cell,  the  second  and  third 
branches  forming  a narrow  apical  furca,  the  fourth  emitted 
also  at  some  distance  beyond  the  cell,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
third  branch  of  Pedoptila]  cell  open,  the  termination  only 
indicated  by  a darker  transverse  line  on  the  surface  of  the 
wing  ; upper  radial  reduced  to  a false  vein,  thickest  at  outer 
margin,  and  passing  through  the  cell  almost  to  the  base  of 
the  subcostal  vein ; lower  radial  emitted  as  a fourth  median 
branch,  but  not  from  the  same  point  with  the  third  median 
(as  in  Pedoptila)  ; submedian  vein  much  more  nearly  ap- 
proaching the  first  median  branch  at  its  distal  extremity  : 
secondaries  elongate  trigonate,  apparently  twisted  over,  so  as 
to  bring  the  costal  margin  next  to  the  body,  in  which  position 
it  is  naturally  retained,  the  anal  angle  of  the  wing  is  thus 
represented  by  an  obtusely  angulated  apex,  and  the  apex 
by  an  acute  anal  angle  ; the  subcostal  vein,  which  is 
forked  before  the  apex,  thus  represents  a two- branched 
median  vein,  whilst  the  median  vein  becomes  a simple  sub- 
costal vein  * ; discoidal  cell  open  as  in  the  primaries  : body 
* Thus  viewed,  the  three  veins  remain  as  in  Pedoptila,  the  wing  itself 
being  altered  in  shape  and  reversed. 


181 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

very  similar  to  that  of  the  allied  genera,  the  abdomen,  how- 
ever, is  closely  but  coarsely  scaled. 


Semioptila  torta^  sp.  n. 

Wings  transparent,  sparsely  scaled,  the  basal  half  with  rust- 
reddish  or  reddish-orange  scales,  the  outer  or  terminal  half 
with  brown  scales ; secondaries  with  an  oval  orange  spot 
beyond  the  cell ; body  pitchy  brown,  the  abdomen  with 
cupreous-brown  scales ; vertex  of  head  and  collar  orange  : 
under  surface  pale  brown,  with  a few  orange  hairs  on  the 
pectus.  Expanse  of  wings  24  millim. 

Congo  {coll,  P.  Crowley), 


XX. — Bryozoa  from  New  South  Wales  ^ North  Australia  j <^c. 
By  Arthur  Wm.  Waters. 

[Plates  V.  & VI.] 

Part  II. 

25.  Memhranipora  nitensj  Hincks. 

Membranipora  nitens.  Hincks,  Ann.  & Ma^.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  vi. 
p.  85,  pi.  xi.  fig.  4. 

Memhranipora  porcellana,  MacGillivray,  Trans.  Koy.  Soc.  Viet.  1884, 
vol.  xxi.  p.  110,  pi.  ii.  fig.  3. 

Bathypora  porcellana,  MacG.,  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  xi.  p.  26,  pi.  106.  fig.  8. 
Log.  Portland  and  Port  Phillip  (Victoria)  ; Shoalhaven 
Beach  (N.  S.  Wales). 

26.  Memhranipora  Savartii  (Aud.). 

For  synonyms  see  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xli.  p.  286, 
Memhranipora  deliculata,  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5, 
vol.  vi.  p.  86,  pi.  xi.  fig.  1. 


182  Mr,  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

Membranipora  reticulum^  Pergens,  Plioc.  Bry.  von  Bhodos,  Arm.  k.-k. 
Hofmuseums,  Wien,  Bd.  ii.  p.  14. 

A specimen  from  Palm  Island  has  the  zoarium  in  the  Vin- 
cularia-iorm^  sometimes  anastomosing,  and,  as  I have  pointed 
out  in  a previous  communication,  it  has  “ denticles  ” in  all 
the  zooecia.  Part  of  the  colony  has  the  zooecia  surrounding 
the  stem  of  a seaweed,  and  in  other  parts  the  stem  is  solid 
without  any  support.  This  is,  as  already  shown,  the  Bi- 
jlustra  delicaiula  of  Busk  and  MacGillivray. 

There  is  also  a small  fragment  from  Darnley  Island,  Torres 
Straits,  with  a single  row  of  zooecia  on  each  of  the  four  sides  ; 
the  shape  of  the  cells  is  similar  to  the  above  but  not, identical, 
being  more  elongate,  straighter,  and  somewhat  larger,  with 
similar  “ denticles.”  It  may  be  the  Vincularia  quadrilatera 
of  d^Orb.  (Pal.  Fr.  p.  189,  pi.  681.  figs.  1-3),  though  from 
so  small  a fragment  it  is  impossible  to. speak  with  certainty, 
so  in  the  meantime  I call  it  il/.  Savartiiy  var.  quadrilatera^ 
d’Orb.  (PI.  IV.  fig.  8). 

Loc.  Cretaceous,  France;  Miocene,  Austria;  Pliocene, 
England,  Italy,  Sicily.  Living:  Florida,  29  fath.  ; Victoria  ; 
Queensland;  Philippine  Islands;  Penang,  &c. ; Palm  Island, 
N.E.  Australia,  8-10  fath. 

27.  Memhranipjora  corhula^  Hincks. 

Membranipora  corbula,  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  vi. 
p.  378,  pi.  xvii.  fig.  G ; MacGillivray,  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  xiii.  p.  103, 
pi.  127.  fig.  2. 

In  a specimen  from  Shark  Island  the  number  of  spines  is 
somewhat  variable,  there  being  sometimes  two  large  spines 
and  three  smaller  oral  ones. 

Loc.  Victoria ; Shark  Island,  8 fath.,  Sow-and-Pigs  Reef, 
Port  Jackson,  3-4  fath.,  and  Bottle-and-Glass  Rocks,  8 
fath.,  N.  S.  Wales. 

28.  Membranipora  spinosa  (Q.  & G.). 

Membranipora  spinosa,  Waters,  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xliii. 
p.  48,  pi.  viii.  fig.  32,  for  synonyms,  and  add  MacGillivray,  Zool. 
Viet.  dec.  xiii.  p.  107,  pi.  127.  fig.  8. 

In  specimens  from  Vaucluse  Point  there  is  in  the  interior 
what  we  may  call  a strengthening  plate,  at  each  side  towards 
the  distal  end,  starting  from  the  base  of  the  zooecium,  and 
attached  also  to  the  border  of  the  opesia.  This  I figured  in 
the  fossil  from  Napier,  where  it  is  well  marked  and  forms  a 
chamber  on  each  side. 

The  basal  wall  is  only  membranous,  but  in  many  cases 
there  is  an  oval  space  of  thicker  membrane  or  chitin. 

MacGillivray  calls  the  spines  rigid,  and  although  this  is  a 


183 


Mr.  A,  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa^ 

correct  description  yet  when  they  are  calcined  there  is  found 
to  be  an  organic  circle  at  the  base ; the  spines  nevertheless 
hold  together,  showing  that  this  surrounds  calcareous  matter. 

The  rosette-plates  are  small  and  numerous,  forming  a line 
along  the  middle  of  the  wall. 

Loc.  Living:  Victoria;  Kerguelen  Island;  S.  Patagonia; 
New  Zealand;  Holborn  Island;  Vaucluse  Point,  Port  Jackson, 
5 fath.  Fossil:  Aldinga;  Australia;  and  Napier,  New  Zea- 
land. 

29.  Memhranipora  rohorata^  Hincks. 

Memhranipora  rohorata,  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol. 
viii.  p.  G9,  pi.  ii.  fig.  3;  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxix. 
p.  433. 

Flustra  membraniporides,  Busk,  Challenger  Report,  p.  54,  pi.  xxxii. 
fig.  7 (unilaminate). 

Craspedozoum  ligulatum,  MacGillivray,  Descriptions  of  New  or  Little- 
known  Polyzoa,  pt.  ix.  p.  5,  pi.  i.  fig.  3. 

Craspedozoum  spicatum^  MacG.  ibid.  p.  5,  pi.  i.  fig.  2. 

Bilaminate  specimens  from  Port  Jackson  have  usually  two 
avicularia,  but  sometimes  only  one,  and  the  spines  are  small 
and  not  always  found,  but  there  are  two  on  the  outer  eornerof 
the  outside  zooeeia.  This  is  broader  than  the  unilaminate  form 
from  New  Zealand,  which  has  usually  only  one  avicularium 
to  a zooecium.  The  ovicells  in  both  are  similar  in  character, 
though  those  from  New  Zealand  have  a rounded  border. 
Busk  does  not  mention  the  tubular  fibres  at  the  side  of  the 
zoarium.  As  I have  pointed  out,  in  the  unilaminate  form 
from  New  Zealand  there  are  at  the  commencement  of  a new 
branch  frequently  chitinous  tubes  from  cell  to  cell,  so  that 
they  may  be  considered  articulated.  In  the  bilaminate  speci- 
mens from  Port  Jackson  there  are  sometimes  chitinous  tubes 
on  the  front  passing  from  one  zooecium  to  another,  sometimes 
to  the  next,  at  other  times  passing  over  several,  and  near  the 
place  where  fresh  branches  are  given  off  lateral  tubes  often 
start  from  central  zooeeia. 

Loc.  Curtis  Island ; Port  Jackson,  8 fath.  (bilaminate) 
[Braz.)  ; New  Zealand ; Port  Phillip  Heads ; Bass’s  Strait. 
Fossil : Waurn  Ponds  (unilaminate). 

30.  Memhranijoora  Flemingiiy  var.  minax^  B. 

Memhranipora  minax^  Busk,  Quart.  Journ.  Microsc.  Science,  vol.  viii. 
p.  125,  pi.  XXV.  fig.  1 ; Hincks,  Brit.  Mar.  Polyzoa,  p.  169,  pi.  xxii. 

Memhranipora  Flennngii,  forma  minax^  Smitt,  Krit.  Fort.  o.  Skand. 
Hafs-Bryozoer,  QEfv.  K.  Vetensk.-Ak.  Forh.  1867,  pp.  368,  409,  pi.  xx. 
fig.  43. 

A specimen  from  the  Sow-and-Pigs  Beef,  Port  Jackson, 


184  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

has  the  zooecia  subhexagonal,  surrounded  hj  a raised  ridge, 
the  acute  avicularia  are  placed  transversely  at  the  base  of  the 
zooecium ; the  ovicell  has  a raised  line  enclosing  an  area,  as 
in  M.  L'lemingii^  and  there  do  not  seem  to  be  any  spines  ; but 
in  spite  of  this  slight  difference  from  the  European  species  it 
seems  that  it  should  be  placed  here.  It  is  allied  to  both  M, 
Flemingii  and  M.  umhonata,  B.,  but  is  a larger  form  than 
either,  the  zooecia  being  about  0*o  millim.  wide  and  the 
opesia  0*3  millim. 

Loc.  Of  typical  Shetland;  Greenland;  Finmark; 

Bergen;  Capri  {A.  W.  W).  Fossil;  from  the  Pliocene  of 
Pruma,  Calabria  [A,  W.  IF.). 

31.  Membranipora  tripunctata,  Waters. 

(PL  V.  figs.  12,  18,  19,  20.) 

Membranipora  tripunctata,  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol. 
xxxyiii.  p.  262,  pi.  ix.  fig.  35. 

Zoarium  cylindrical,  about  1 millim.  in  diameter,  articu- 
lated by  means  of  numerous  chitinous  tubes  given  off  from  the 
front  of  the  zooecia  near  the  articulation.  The  zooecia  have 
a prominent  border,  and  usually  an  oval  opesial  opening  in 
the  middle  of  a calcareous  lamina,  in  other  cases  nearly  the 
whole  of  the  front  of  the  zooecium  is  open. 

Except  in  the  ovicelligerous  cells  there  is  a wide  depressed 
area  above  each  zooecium,  and  above  this,  or  above  the  ovicell, 
are  two  narrow  avicularia  directed  diagonally  downwards. 
Specimens  from  Holborn  Island,  which  are  the  best  preserved, 
have  a fornix  on  each  side  (attached  to  the  middle  of  the  side 
of  the  zooecium),  widening  towards  the  end,  and  nearly  meet- 
ing over  the  aperture ; above  these  on  each  side  is  a club- 
shaped  spine.  There  are  also  large  raised  triangular  vica- 
rious avicularia.  The  ovicell  is  smooth  and  considerably 
raised,  with  a circular  border  below  the  avicularia.  Two 
rosette-plates  near  the  base  of  the  lateral  wall. 

The  zooecial  characters  are  truly  Membraniporidan  and  the 
fornices  and  spines  may  be  compared  with  those  of  M,  cor- 
nig  era. 

If  it  is  not  called  Membranipora  then  it  would  be  Foricula, 
d’Orb.,  and  part  of  Foveolaria.^  Busk  (Chall.  Hep.),  would  also 
have  to  be  brought  under  the  same  genus ; for  although  that 
is  defined  as  having  one  avicularium  yet  there  are  so  many 
instances  in  which  Membraniporce  have  one  or  two  avicularia 
in  different  parts  of  the  same  specimen  that  this  cannot,  in 
numerous  cases,  be  considered  of  any  specific  value. 

This  and  Foricula  aspera^  d’Orb.  (Pal.  Fran^.  p.  659, 
pi.  742.  figs.  1-5),  from  the  Cretaceous  are  allied. 

When  I gave  the  specific  name  I had  overlooked  the  fact 


185 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bnjozoa. 

that  Hagenow  (Bronn’s  Jalirb.  1839,  p.  269,  pi.  iv.  fig.  7) 
had  called  a fossil  Cellepora  tripunctata.  From  the  figure 
and  description  it,  however,  seems  like  M.  Lacroixii^  And. 

Log.  Fossil  : Mt.  Gambier.  Living  : N.E.  Australia, 
23  fath.  ( Br.)  ; Holborn  Island  j Broughton  Island  (N.  S.  W.) 
{Miss  Jelly  coll.) . 

32.  Diploporella  cincta  (Hutton). 

Membranipora  cincta,  Hutton,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasmania,  1877,  p.  23. 

Diplopora  cincta,  MacG.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Viet.  vol.  xvii.  p.  1,  tig.  1 
(April  1880). 

Diploporella  cincta,  MacG.  ibid.  vol.  xxi.  p.  98. 

Membranipora  transversa,  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5, 
vol.  vi.  p.  89,  pi.  xi.  fig.  9 (July  1830)  ; ser.  5,  vol.  vii.  p.  154. 

I adopt  the  genus  Diploporella  merely  for  convenience,  as 
I am  not  sure  whether  it  should  be  retained,  and  there 
seems  to  my  mind  too  great  a tendency  to  divide  up  the  Stega- 
noporellidaB,  instead  of  making  Micropora  more  comprehen- 
sive; but  a more  critical  study  may  alter  my  opinion. 

Log.  Queenscliflf  and  Portland,  Victoria  ; Bondi  Bay, 
N.  S.  Wales. 


33.  Micropora  perforata  (MacG.). 

Membranipora  perforata,  MacGillivray,  Trans.  Phil.  Inst.  Viet.  1859; 
Zool.  of  Victoria,  dec.  iii.  p.  29,  pi.  xxv.  fig.  2. 

Micropora  perforata.  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xli.  p.  290. 

Membranipora  stenostoma.  Busk,  Oat.  Mar.  Polyzoa,  p.  GO,  pi.  c. 
fig.  1. 

Sow-and-Pigs  Beef,  Port  Jackson. 

34.  Micropora  ratoniensisj  sp.  nov. 

(PI.  IV.  fig.  5.) 

Zoarium  small,  articulated,  with  a longitudinal  row  of 
zooecia  on  each  of  the  four  sides.  Zooecia  arranged  diagonally, 
with  a minute  triangular  avicularium  by  the  side  of  each.  A 
pore  on  one  side  below  the  aperture. 

This  from  its  size  and  general  appearance  would  be  placed 
with  Setosellaj  but  is  described  as  with  vibracula;  how- 

ever, Mr.  Hincks  (Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  vii.  p.  155) 
at  first  considered  Vincularia  ahyssicolaj  Srn.,  to  belong  to 
Setosella  ; but  surely  the  organs  there  are  avicularian,  and 
the  mandibles  have  wings  like  those  of  Membranipora  angu~ 
losaj  Bss.,  &c.  Setosella  FoHni,  Jullien  (Bull.  Soc.  Zool. 
t.  vii.  1882,  p.  27,  pi.  xvii.  figs.  63-65),  is  a uniserial  free 
Setosella,  but  is  not  described  as  articulated,  though,  if  de- 
scribed from  a small  fragment,  this  might  not  be  seen. 
These  two  species  indicate  that  the  genus  Setosella  will  have 
to  be  given  up. 

Ann.  (k  Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx.  13 


186  Mr.  A.  "W.  "U^aters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 


Cellularia  diplodidymioideSj  Meun.  & Pergens  (Bry.  du 
Syst.  Montien,  p.  3)  is  also  apparently  somewhat  allied. 

Loc.  Off  Eaton,  Xew  Guinea,  7 fatli. 


35.  Thalamoporella  Bozieri  (And.). 

Flustra  Bozieri.  Aud.  Descr.  de  TEg-ypte,  pi.  yiii.  lig.  9. 

Membrayiqmra  Bozieri,  Busk,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  p.  59,  pi.  Ixy.  fig.  6. 

Steganoj)orella  Bozieri,  Hincks,  Ann.  A ^lag-  ^at.  Hist.  ser.  5,  yol.  yi. 
p.  379,  pi.  xyi. ; '\i\'aters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  yol.  xxxyiii. 
p.  505. 

Eschara  ignobilis,  Beuss,  “ Foram.  Anth.  & Biy.  des  Septarientho- 
nes,”  Beuksckr.  Ak.  Wissensch.  Wien,  xxy.  p.  181  (65),  pi.  yi.  fig.  14. 

Vincularia  novcB-bollandire , Haswell,  Polyzoa  from  the  Queensland 
Coast,”  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  X.  S.  Wales,  yol.  y.  pt.  i.  p.  41,  pi.  iii. 
fig.  3. 


The  zoarium  of  the  Darnley-Island  species  is  always  tubular, 
or,  as  we  may  call  it,  in  tlie  YinculariaAoYm.  It  has  neither 
avicularia  nor  ovicelis,  and  the  marginal  tuberosities  are 
only  occasionally  found.  The  oral  aperture  is  rounded  below. 

This  is  undoubtedly  the  F.  novcB-liollandice  of  Haswell,  but 
does  not  seem  to  be  the  Vincularia  gothica^  Busk  (Challenger 
Eep.  p.  72),  which  he,  however,  unites  with  norce-Jiollandice 
and  with  Vincularia  steganoporoidesj  Goldstein.  This  last  is 
larger  than  the  Darnley-Island  specimen,  and  it  seems  open 
to  doubt  whether  it  sliould  be  placed  here  or  with  gothica. 

I still  feel  doubtful  about  the  Steganoporellidm,  but  it 
seems  right  to  follow  Mr.  Hincks  as  long  as  I have  not  made 
an  exhaustive  study  of  these  families ; but  in  attempting  to 
bring  this  and  the  family  Microporidee  into  order  we  get  very 
elaborate  descriptions  of  the  division  of  the  zooecium  into 
various  chambers.  In  many  cases  it  seems  that  it  would  be 
simpler  to  say  that  the  anterior  portion  is  prolonged  by  a 
tubular  extension ; in  fact,  the  chamber  for  the  polypide  is 
flask-shaped,  and  the  end  is  closed  by  an  operculum.  In 
most  cases  the  operculum  is  partly  attached  to  the  integument 
which  covers  the  front,  but  it  is  usually  also  attached  to  the 
calcareous  wall  by  a small  ridge  at  the  side. 

Taking  fig.  a as  a type,  and  slightly  altering 
the  form  of  the  aperture,  making  the  neck 
narrower  or  wider,  and  placing  the  pores  in 
different  positions  in  the  space  formed  be- 
tween the  neck  and  the  lateral  walls,  we  shall 
find  that  we  have  a large  series  of  Microporidte 
and  Stegauoporellidffi,  and  my  present  opinion 
is  that  many  things  that  have  been  removed 
from  the  Microporidm  will  have  to  be  brought 
back  there  again. 

Loc.  Living : in  different  varieties  from 


Fk 


187 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 

India,  California,  Australia  ; Holborn  Island,  Queensland 
{H,)  ; Darnley  Island,  Torres  Straits,  10-30  fatli.  {Br.), 
Fossil:  Miocene  of  Europe  ; Bairnsdale,  Australia. 

36.  CribriUna  monoceros^  Busk,  non  Beuss. 

(PL  VI.  tig.  7.) 

The  mandible  has  the  lucida  very  low  down,  and  this  posi- 
tion sometimes  obtains  in  Retepora  and  Flustra^  but  it  is 
usually  more  central.  There  are  two  lateral  processes  as  in 
Adeonella^  Membranipora^  &c.  The  operculum  is  fleshy  and 
granulate.  The  chitinous  parts  of  G.  acanthoceros  are  very 
similar. 

Log.  Living  : S.  America ; various  localities  in  Victoria  ; 
^ Challenger  ’ Station  303,  1325  fath. ; Station  235;  N.  Pacific, 
3125  fath.  ; Station  315,  12  fath. ; N.  side  of  Watson’s  Bay, 
Port  Jackson,  under  stones.”  Fossil:  Bairnsdale  (Victoria) 
in  EscharaAoxm. ; Napier,  adnate,  and  Petane  (N.  Zealand). 

37.  CrihriUna  tulmlifera^  Hiucks. 

(PI.  V.  figs.  2,  6.) 

CrihriUna  tuhulifera,  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  viii. 
p.  56,  pi.  i.  fig.  7 (1881)  ; Waters,  Quart.  Joiirn.  Geol.  Soc.  vol. 
xxxix.  p.  436. 

The  specimen  from  Ball’s  Head  has  two  rows  of  erect 
tubular  processes  instead  of  a single  one,  as  described  by 
Hincks,  and  in  this  respect  resembles  the  G.  suggerens^  which 
I described  fossil  from  Curdles  Creek  about  the  same  time  as 
Mr.  Hincks  published  his  species.  The  aperture  of  G.  sug- 
gerens  is  only  0*06  millim.  wide,  whereas  this  is  0*14  millim., 
being  larger  than  the  fossil  from  Muddy  Creek,  which  is  only 
0*1  millim.  wide.  The  zooecia  of  my  G.  suggerens  and  this 
specimen  of  tuhulifera  are  the  same  size. 

Log,  Bass’s  Straits  (Z7.)  ; Ball’s  Head,  Port  Jackson,  12 
fath.  Fossil:  Muddy  Creek,  Victoria;  and  var.  suggerens 
from  Curdles  Creek. 

38.  Grihrilina  elithridiata^  sp.  nov. 

(PL  V.  fig.  1 ; PL  VI.  fig.  2.) 

Zoarium  incrusting.  Zooecia  elongate,  ovate,  distinct, 
convex,  about  half  of  the  front  occupied  by  an  oval  area 
divided  by  radiating  lines  into  six  sections,  with  an  elliptical 
opening  at  the  peripheral  end  of  each,  the  furrows  not  punc- 
tured. Oral  aperture  clithridiate,  the  distal  edge  rounded  and 
the  proximal  triangular,  with  a very  considerable  contraction 
on  each  side  about  the  middle  of  the  aperture,  and  about  this 

13^ 


188  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

position  the  operculum  often  has  little  wings.  Operculum 
0*11  millim.  wide.  There  is  one  large  vicarious  avicularium 
with  a spatulate  mandible  resembling  that  of  C.  pJiilomelaj 
Busk  (Chall.  Rep.  pi.  xxii.  fig.  7).* 

The  shape  of  the  aperture  is  quite  unusual  in  the  genus 
Crihrilina^  but  all  the  other  characters  are  CribrilinidaUj  and 
some  fossils  as  figured  bj  Reuss  seem  to  have  a similar  aper- 
ture. This  is  perhaps  related  to  C.  speciosa^  Hincks,  and 
according  to  Jullien  (Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  de  France,  vol.  xi. 
p.  606)  would  be  Decurtaria. 

Log.  Sow -and- Pigs  Reef,  Port  Jackson,  3-4  fath. 
[Brazier). 

39.  Microporella  violacea^  Johnst. 

One  of  two  specimens  from  Bondi  Bay  is  violet,  the  other 
white,  but  this  may  be  bleached.  So  far  as  I am  aware  it 
has  not  been  described  as  living  near  Australia,  except  by 
Dr.  Pergens,  who  writes  that  it  was  brought  by  a ship’s  cap- 
tain from  Australia. 

Log.  Living:  Europe;  Florida;  Madeira;  Red  Sea; 
Bondi  Bay  (N.  S.  Wales).  Fossil:  Miocene  of  Sollingen  ; 
Pliocene  of  England,  Belgium,  Italy,  and  Rhodes  ; Australia. 

40.  MiGroporella  Giliata^  Pallas. 

A specimen  from  the  Sow-and-Pigs  Reef  has  the  pore 
semilunate  and  an  avicularium  placed  rather  high  on  each 
side.  In  having  an  avicularium  on  each  side,  and  also  in  its 
general  form,  it  resembles  M.  Giliata^  var.  GaliforniGa^  but 
that  form  has  a round  pore  filled  in  with  a cribriform  plate. 

Log.  Sow-and-Pigs  Reef,  Port  Jackson,  3-4  fath. 

41.  MiGroporella  deoorata^  var.  lata^  MacG. 

(PL  VI.  figs.  1,  6.) 

Lepralia  lunata^  MacG.  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  iv.  p.  27,  pi.  xxxvi.  fig.  8. 

Microporella  diadema.,  var.  lata,  MacG.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Viet.  vol.  xxi. 
p.  112,  pi.  iv.  fig.  5. 

The  avicularian  mandibles  are  without  any  lucida,  but  there 
is  a characteristic  cross  bar  near  the  base. 

Log.  QueensclifF,  Victoria  [MogG.)  ) Port  Phillip  (IF.); 
Ball’s  Head,  12  fath.,  and  Watson’s  Bay,  Port  Jackson. 

42.  MiGroporella  Malusiij  Aud. 

Loo.  Living  : Europe  ; Australia ; New  Zealand  ; and  South 
America ; Bottle-and-Glass  Rock,  8 fath. ; Sow-and-Pigs 
Reef,  3-4  fath. ; Green  Point,  Port  Jackson,  8 fath.,  sandy 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa.  189 

mud  bottom.  Fossil:  European  Pliocene  ; Australia;  New 
Zealand. 


43.  Microporella  tetvastoma^  Rss.,  var. 

Type  Eschara  tetrastoma,  Rss.  Sitz.  Ak.  Wien,  1864,  vol.  1.  p.  9,  pi.  ii. 
fig.  9. 

There  is  a small  fragment  of  a Microporella  from  Darnley 
Island,  of  which  the  zoarlum  has  consisted  of  thin  flattened 
foliaceous  branches.  The  pyriform  zooecia  have  two  or 
sometimes  three  pores  below  tlie  oral  aperture,  and  below 
these  a raised  boss  or  umbo. 

It  does  not  seem  advisable  to  name  so  small  a fragment, 
since  this  group  shows  great  variation  in  the  zooecia.  I have 
recent  M,  tetrastoma  from  Port  Phillip,  with  a broad  foliace- 
ous growth,  in  which  the  outer  cells  have  merely  an  elon- 
gate denticulated  pore,  whereas  the  central  ones  have  numerous 
denticulated  pores  ; on  each  side  of  the  suboral  pore  there  is 
a small  aviculariurn  directed  diagonally  upwards  ; usually  the 
aperture,  pore,  and  avicularia  are  placed  in  a deep  pit,  but 
this  is  not  always  the  case,  and  the  central  zooecia  are  usually 
larger  and  more  raised. 

Microporella  tetrastoma  is  no  doubt  the  M.  clavata  from 
Curdies  Creek  (Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxvii.  p.  332), 
and  the  Adeonellopsis  parvipuncta^  MacG. 

Loc.  Darnley  Island,  Torres  Straits,  10-30  fath. 

44.  Porina  larvalis^  MacG.  (PI.  VI.  fig.  8.) 

Lepralia  larvalis,  MacGillivray,  Nat.  Hist,  of  Viet.  dec.  iv.  p.  30,  pi. 
xxxvii.  fig.  5. 

Porina  larvalis,  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxviii.  p.  269, 
pi.  viii.  fig.  19  j MacGillivray,  Cat.  Mar.  Polyzoa  of  Victoria,  p.  27. 

As  I have  already  pointed  out,  the  question  of  the  generic 
position  is  a difficult  one  ; but  as  the  two  large  pores  open  into 
the  throat  of  the  peristome  and  not  below  the  oral  aperture,  I 
placed  it  with  Porina^  and  in  this  it  seems  that  Mr.  MacGil- 
livray agrees. 

The  mandible  is  simple  with  a plain  lower  edge  without 
articular  processes,  but  there  are  two  characteristic  diagonal 
muscular  ridges  immediately  below  the  lucida. 

Loc.  Fossil:  (with  cylindrical  zoarium)  Bairnsdale.  Re- 
cent : Victoria;  West  Australia ; Bondi  Bay,  N.  S.  W. 

45.  Porina  coronata^  Rss.  (PL  VI.  fig.  5.) 

For  synonyms  see  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xli.  p.  297. 

This  was  described  as  coronata  by  Reuss,  and  as  gracilis 
by  Lamouroux  and  others,  but  most  of  the  descriptions  were 


190 


Mr.  A,  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

so  unsatisfactory  that  the  species  intended  was  left  somewhat 
doubtful ; but  as  Milne-Edwards  described  it  in  more  detail  it 
is  perhaps  a question  whether  we  ought  not  to  call  it  gracilis^ 
Lamx.  & Edw. 

As  I have  already  pointed  out,  the  opercula  of  species  grow- 
ing in  the  h or  vertehralis-imm^  although  slightly  smaller, 
correspond  with  those  from  typical  Eschar  a gracilis'’'' 

growing  in  a foliaceous  manner. 

Loc.  Fossil:  France  (Cretaceous);  Miocene  of  Europe; 
Australia ; New  Zealand,  various  localities.  Living : in 
^-form,  Holborn  Island,  20  fath.  ; Darnley  Island,  Torres 
Straits,  10-30  fath.  ; Cape  Grenville,  N.E.  Australia, 
20  fatli. 

46.  Porina  invcrsa^  sp.  nov. 

(PI.  IV.  %.  23;  PL  V.  fig.  o.) 

Zoarium  incrusting.  Zooecia  indistinct,  surface  flat  with 
large  pores;  a perforated  protuberance,  probably  avicularium, 
at  each  side  of  the  aperture  ; a round  suboral  pore.  The  oral 
aperture  is  straight  on  the  distal  edge  and  rounded  on  the 
proximal,  with  the  operculum  divided  radially  by  irregular 
bars  of  thicker  chitin,  and  an  irregular  ridge  near  the  distal 
edge.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  shape  of  the  oral  aperture, 
which  is  directed  more  or  less  towards  the  distal  part  of  the 
zoarium,  is  the  reverse  of  the  usual  shape  of  Porina^  and,  in 
fact,  of  the  Bryozoa  generally,  so  that,  being  peculiar  in  this 
respect,  it  is  a question  whether  a new  genus  should  not  be 
made  for  it. 

The  zooecial  characters  seem  much  the  same  as  those  of 
Myriozoum  marionensis^  Busk  (Chalk  Hep.  p.  171,  pi.  xxiii. 
fig.  6),  and  there  are  two  figures  (pi.  cx.  figs.  2,  3)  in  Busk 
(Brit.  Mar.  Polyzoa)  which  seem  to  be  without  any  descrip- 
tion, and  may  be  allied  to  the  present. 

Loc.  Sow-and-Pigs  Reef,  3-4  fath.,  and  Port  Jackson, 
10  fath. 

47.  Tuhucellaria  opuntioides^  Pall. 

(PI.  y.  fig.  10.) 

Cellaria  opuntioides,  Pergens,  Plioc.  Biy.  von  Rhodos,  p.  12. 

Tubucellaria  cereoides,  MacG.  Zool.  Vhct.  dec.  xi.  p.  18,  pi.  105.  fig.  2, 

There  are  small  fragments  from  Bondi  Bay  and  Adelaide 
which  have  the  peristome  very  much  prolonged  and  then 
curved  inwards.  This  occurs  in  the  Mediterranean  T.  opun- 
tioides  (cereoides)  and  in  T.  hirsuta.^  and  in  this  last  the 
position  of  the  spines  rerhains  constant  in  relation  to  the  pores 
and  not  to  the  aperture.  The  prolonged  peristome  was  figured 


191 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

by  Busk  for  Onchopora  (lirsuta  (Quart.  Journ.  Microsc.  Sci. 
vol.  iii.  pi.  iii.  fig.  5),  but  may  occur  in  all  parts  of  a colony, 
and  is  by  no  means  confined  to  the  neighbourhood  of  a joint. 

The  specimens  from  Bondi  Bay,  Adelaide,  and  Darnley 
Island  are  all  more  delicate  than  those  from  Naples,  but  the 
sculpturing  is  the  same,  and,  so  far  as  these  small  fragments 
enable  me  to  form  an  opinion,  I do  not  see  any  reason  for 
separating  them.  Botli  Prof.  MacGillivray’s  figure  from 
Port  Phillip  Heads,  and  a specimen  sent  to  me  as  Onchopora 
tuhulosa^  Busk,  from  Tasmania,  agree  with  those  from 
Naples  ; the  same  seems  to  be  tlie  case  with  the  TubuceU 
laria  opuntioides  of  the  ^ Challenger  ’ Beport,  from  St.  Paul’s 
Bocks,  N.  Atlantic  ; and  I do  not  understand  why  Mr.  Busk 
separates  this  from  the  Mediterranean  form. 

Log.  Fossil:  Eocene;  Miocene;  Pliocene  of  Europe,  vari- 
ous localities.  Living  : Mediterranean  ; Madeira  ; Tasmania  ; 
N.  Atlantic;  Victoria;  Adelaide;  Bondi  Bay,  N.  S.  W.  j 
Darnley  Island,  Torres  Straits,  10-30  fath. 

48.  ScMzoporella  marsupifera,  Busk. 

Schizoporella  marsupifera,  Busk,  ‘ Challenger  ’ Report  on  the  Polyzoa, 
pt.  XXX.  p.  165,  pi.  xxii.  fig.  14;  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc. 
vol.  xliii.  p.  05;  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  ser,  5,  vol.  xix. 
p.  315. 

Schizoporella  lineoUfera,  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  6, 
vol.  xvii.  p.  267,  pi.  ix.  fig.  10. 

The  Port  Jackson  specimen  is  without  any  ovicells,  and  no 
spines  are  apparent.  The  surface-pores,  which  are  numerous, 
are  elongate,  with  the  longer  axis  usually  pointing  towards 
the  oral  aperture.  Mr.  Hincks  speaks  of  the  pores  being 
stellate,  which  is  not  the  case  in  the  Australian  specimen, 
and  Mr.  Busk  calls  the  surface  granular,  so  that  it  seems  to 
be  subject  to  considerable  variation.  Operculum  granular. 

Loc.  Fossil : Waipukurau  (N.  Zealand) . Living:  Marion 
Island,  50-75  fath.;  New  Zealand;  Adriatic;  Bottle-and- 
Glass  Bocks,  Port  Jackson,  8 fath. 

49.  Schizoporella  trianqula^  Hincks. 

(PI.  VI.  fig.  3.) 

Schizoporella  triangula,  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  viii. 
p.  60,  pi.  ii.  figs.  4,  4«  ; Busk,  Rep.  Chall.  Polyzoa,  p.  167. 

A specimen  from  Port  Jackson  is  small  and  only  composed 
of  young  cells,  which  are  merely  punctured  without  being 
nodulated  ; but  this  is  also  the  case  in  the  young  cells  of  a 
fine  specimen  from  Port  Western,  in  which  the  older  cells 
show  the  usual  structure  of  the  species.  In  old  cells  the 


192  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa . 

avicularian  chamber  is  often  much  raised,  looking  like  an 
ovicell. 

hoc.  Bass’s  Straits,  38  fath. ; Heard  Island  ? (B.),  75  fath. ; 
Port  Western,  Melbourne  ( IP.)  j Sow-and-Pigs  Beef,  Port 
Jackson,  3-4  fath.  ; Semaphore,  Adelaide  ( IP.). 

50.  ScMzoporella  tuherosa  (Rss.). 

(PI.  VI.  figs.  9 & 10.) 

Eschara  tuherosa,  Rss.  Denkschr.  Ak.  Wien,  vol.  xxy.  p.  188,  pi.  vi. 
figs.  9, 10,  pi.  Tiii.  fig.  1. 

Schizoporella  biturrita,  Hincks,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  xiv. 

p.  280,  pi.  ix.  fig.  8 ; see  also  ibid.  vol.  xvii.  p.  269. 

Gephyrophora  polymor2)ha,^\x.^,  ‘Challenger'  Rep.  p.  167,  pi.  xxxiv. 
fig.  2. 

Schizoporella  tuherosa,  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.Soc.  vol.  xliii.  p.  67, ‘ 
pi.  viii.  fig.  29. 

This  is  interesting  for  the  great  variability  to  which  the 
avicularia  are  subject ; in  wliat  we  may  call  the  most  normal 
form  there  is  a tower  on  each  side  of  the  oral  aperture,  and 
the  avicularium  is  placed  on  the  side  directed  away  from  the 
aperture  ; but  sometimes,  on  the  same  colony,  the  towers  bear 
no  avicularia,  but  have  a small  round  opening  on  the  summit. 
In  some  cases  the  avicularian  chamber  is  not  so  much  raised, 
and  then  the  mandibular  opening  is  directed  towards  the 
distal  end  of  the  colony.  I do  not  possess  any  specimens  with 
the  avicularia  arching  over  the  mouth,  but  in  the  Zurich 
Museum  there  is  a fine  one  from  Cape  Agulhas  (S.  Africa) 
showing  the  arching  just  as  figured  by  Mr.  Busk.  Possibly 
Eept eschar ellina  cornuia^  Gabb  & Horn,  is  this  species,  though 
it  may  be  hiaperta. 

The  attachment  is  by  irregular  elongated  or  tubular  projec- 
tions. A variety  described  as  var.  angustata  occurs  fossil  in 
New  Zealand. 

Loc.  Port  Phillip  Heads  (bilaminate)  ; Semaphore,  Ade- 
laide (Hemescharan)  ; Cape  Agulhas  &c.,  S.  Africa  ; Bondi 
Bay,  N.  S.  Wales;  Botany  Bay  (Lepralian),  and  Inner 
North  Head,  Port  Jackson,  8 fath.  (Hemescharan). 

51.  ScMzoporella  Ridley MacG. 

For  synonyms,  see  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xliii.  p.  64. 

Log.  Elizabeth  Island,  6 fath.  (R.)  ; Victoria  {MacG.)  j 
Sow-and-Pigs  Beef,  3-4  fath..  Port  Jackson.  Fossil : 
Waipukurau  and  Napier  (^?),  New  Zealand. 

52.  ScMzoporella  conjiMta^  Waters,  ratoniensis. 

There  are  only  small  pieces  of  narrow  compressed  branches 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 


193 


dichotomizing  at  a very  acute  angle.  The  oral  aperture  is 
round,  with  the  sinus  a trifle  more  distinct  than  in  the  other 
two  varieties,  and  this  has  led  me  to  change  the  generic 
position.  The  surface  is  studded  with  large  nodules  consider- 
ably raised  and  there  are  small  round  avicularia,  usually  one 
to  each  zooecium.  One  fragment  certainly  seems  to  have 
been  articulated,  as  at  the  base  there  are  numerous  large  holes 
resembling  those  at  the  base  of  an  internode  of  Gellaria. 

Log.  Off  Raton,  New  Guinea,  7 fath. ; Cape  Grenville, 
N.E.  Australia,  20  fath.  (both  dredged  by  Brazier). 

53.  ScMzoporella  confinita.,  Waters,  y diW  piperiensiSy 
var.  nov. 

Type  Lepralia  conjinita,  Waters,  Quart.  Joiirn.  Geol,  Soc.  vol.  xli.  p.  299, 

pi.  vii.  fig.  10. 

There  is  a flat  bilaminate  fragment  from  Piper  Island,  with 
the  aperture  about  0T2  millim.  The  surface  is  covered  with 
numerous  dome-shaped  elevations  with  a round  avicularian 
mandible  at  one  side. 

With  a species  like  the  present  it  is  difficult  to  know  from 
the  aperture  whether  the  lateral  denticles  form  a sinus,  or 
whether  the  operculum  is  entire.  From  the  recent  specimen 
1 now  think  that  it  should  be  placed  under  Schizoporella. 

Log.  Piper  Island,  N.E.  Australia,  9 fath. 

54.  SGhizoporella  divisopora^  sp.  nov. 

(PI.  V.  fig.  4;  PI.  VI  fig.  4.) 

Zoarium  incrusting.  Zooecia  distinct,  ovate,  raised,  vitre- 
ous in  young  cells,  the  surface  occupied  with  large  stelliform 
pores,  which  are  separated  into  four  or  more  divisions  by 
cross  bars.  Oral  aperture  emarginate,  the  sinus  being  large, 
rounded.  Ovicell  raised,  surrounded  by  a thick  rim,  inside 
which  are  a row  of  pores,  the  centre  of  the  ovicell  raised  into 
a prominent  umbo. 

The  pores  in  M.  Malusii  are  smaller  and  usually  dentate, 
as  the  teeth  do  not  meet  in  the  centre.  Stellate  pores  occur 
in  several  cases  in  MiGroporella^  but  I am  not  aware  of  any 
case  in  which  they  have  previously  been  found  in  SGhizopo- 
reila. 

This  may  be  allied  to  SGhizoporella  Maplestoneij  MacG. 
(Zool.  Viet.  dec.  iv.  p.  24,  pi.  xxxv.  fig.  7),  and  to  Lepralia 
grossipora^  Rss.  (in  plate  Grassipora)^  Bry.  CEst.-Ung.  p.  177 
pi.  vii.  fig.  6. 

Log.  Off  theBottle-and-Glass  Hocks,  Port  Jackson,  8 fath., 
rocky  bottom,  and  Sow- and- Pigs  Reef,  3-4  fath..  Port 
Jackson,  N.  S.  Wales. 


194 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 


55.  Lepralia  elimataj  sp.  nov. 

(PL  V.%.3;  PL  VI.  fig.  22.) 

Zoarium  incrusting.  Zooecia  indistinct,  or  divided  by  a deep 
depression,  surface  smooth,  porcellaneous,  frequently  a large 
raised  avicularium  below  the  aperture  directed  forwards,  closed 
by  a large  round  mandible.  The  oral  aperture  is  coarctate, 
with  a denticle  on  each  side  forming  the  contraction.  Opercula 
0T3  millim.  wide.  The  ovicell  is  smooth,  plain,  subim- 
inersed,  widely  open  in  front.  This  in  many  respects  much 
resembles  L.  liijopopus.^  but  has  only  the  central  suboral  avi- 
cularium and  no  lateral  ones. 

The  well-marked  thickened  lateral  bands  on  the  sides  of 
the  opercula  seem  to  be  the  rule  in  true  Lepralia^  and  it  may 
be  found  to  be  a character  of  generic  value.  It  occurs  in  L, 
adpressa^  L.  Fallasiana^  L.  Poissoniij  L.  rectilineata,  L.  stria- 
tula.,  &c.,  and  may  be  seen  in  my  figure  of  the  operculum  of 
L.  rectilineata  (Quart.  Journ.  GeoL  Soc.  vol.  xliii.  pi.  viii. 
fig.  34). 

Log.  Sow-and-Pigs  Keef,  Port  Jackson,  3-4  fath. 

56.  Lepralia  vestita,  Hincks.  (PL  VI.  fig.  21.) 

Lepralia  vestita,  Ilincks,  Ann,  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  xv.  p.  256, 
pi.  ix.  fig.  9. 

Specimens  from  Port  Jackson  have  somewhat  larger  zooecia 
than  those  from  Tahiti,  the  oral  aperture  is  also  a trifle  larger, 
and  there  are  no  avicularia.  The  upper  part  of  the  thick 
peristome  is  raised  ; the  large  prominent  ovicell  is  usually 
thickened  at  the  two  sides,  where  it  joins  the  peristome,  form- 
ing a kind  of  raised  ridge,  and  the  centre  is  sometimes  um- 
bonated.  Pdie  operculum  has  two  thick  lateral  bands,  and  in 
the  oral  aperture  there  is  a denticular  contraction  at  each 
side. 

Log.  Tahiti ; Fiji  Island  ; Sow-and-Pigs  Keef,  Port  Jack- 
son,  3-4  fath.  (dredged  by  Brazier), 

57.  Mueronella  Ellerii,  MacG.,  var.  hiavieulata^  nov. 

(PL  V.  fig.  9.) 

Type  Lepralia  Ellerii,  MacG.  Trans,  Roy.  Soc.  Viet.  vol.  ix.  1868, 
p.  135  j Zool.  Victoria,  dec.  iv.  p.  31,  pi.  xxxvii.  fig.  8. 

A specimen  from  Green  Point,  growing  on  Idmonea  Mil- 
'neana,  has  the  rostrum  much  prolonged  with  a triangular 
avicularium  on  one  side,  and  often  on  the  prolongation  of  the 
rostrum  a small  semicircular  avicularium.  There  are  six 
spines  above  the  aperture,  the  finely  granulated  ovicell  is 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa.  195 

narrower  than  in  typical  M.  Ellerii^  and  there  are  no  spinous 
processes.  Oral  aperture  0’25  millim. 

In  the  shape  of  the  avicularian  mandible  this  most  nearly 
approaches  M.  vultur,  Hincks  (see  Zool.  Viet.  dec.  xii.  p.  65, 
pi.  cxvi.  figs.  5-8) , but  this  I should  only  consider  a variety. 
M.  porosa^  Hincks,  also  seems  only  to  be  another  variety,  and 
occurs  from  Port  Western,  Victoria,  with  the  small  rounded 
avicularium  on  the  margin  at  one  side  of  the  mucro,  entirely 
corresponding  with  Mr.  Hincks’s  figure. 

I have  also  described  (Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxviii. 
p.  512)  a fossil  from  Curdles  Creek,  in  which  there  are  spinous 
processes,  as  in  M.  Ellerii^  with  an  avicularian  chamber  at  the 
top,  and  such  spinous  processes  seem  to  be  readily  transformed 
into  avicularia. 

We  thus  seem  to  have  four  varieties  : — 

Mucronella  Ellerii^  ^lacG.,  typica^  from  Williamstown  and 
Warrnamboul,  Victoria  [MacG.)  ; Port  Phillip,  Viet. 
[A,  W.  W.)  ; Tasmania  (A,  W.  W.). 

Var.  porosa,  H.,  Curtis  Island  (R.) ; Port  Western  (A. 
W.  IP.).  (PI.  VI.  figs.  12,  17.) 

Var.  vultur j H.,  Port  Phillip  Heads,  Portland,  and  Warrn- 
amboul. 

Var.  biaviculata.  Waters,  Green  Point,  Port  Jackson, 
8 fath. 

58.  Smittia  Landsborovii^  Johnst.,  form  personata^  H. 

(PL  VI.  fig.  23.) 

Smittia  Landsborovii^  Jolinst.  form  per  sonata,  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag. 
Nat.  Hist,  ser.  5,  vol.  xiv.  p.  283,  pi.  ix.  fig.  3. 

Smittia  Landsborovii,  Johnst,,  var.  purpurea,  Hincks,  ibid.  vol.  viii. 
p.  04. 

Smittia  Jacobensis,  Busk,  Rep.  ‘ Challenger,’  Polyzoa,  p.  153,  pi.  xix. 
fig.  7. 

Some  large  specimens  growing  over  Mesenteripora  repens^ 
Haswell,  are  deep  purple,  and  in  some  parts  of  the  colony 
the  arching  over  of  the  peristome  is  frequent,  but  in  others  is 
not  seen.  Sometimes  enormous  spathulate  avicularia  cover 
the  whole  of  the  zooecium.  The  immersed  ovicell  has  an  oval 
perforated  area. 

Log.  Living : Bass’s  Straits  [H.)  ; Port  Phillip  Heads 
{H.) ; Porto  Praya,  Cape  Verd  Islands,  100-200  fath.  ; 
Marion  Island  50-75  fath.  {B.)  ,*  N.  of  Watson’s  Bay,  Port 
Jackson,  under  stones. 

59.  Rhynchopora  crenulata^  sp.  nov. 

(PI.  V.  figs.  7,  8.) 

Zoarium  incrusting.  Zocecia  ovate,  depressed  below,  sur- 


196  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 

face  smooth,  with  a spinous  umbo  below  the  aperture  bearing 
an  avicularium  (apparently  semicircular)  on  the  inner  face  ; 
four  spines  above  the  oral  aperture.  In  the  central  zooecia 
also  an  erect  avicularium  with  slit-like  aperture.  Oral  aper- 
ture (0*1  millim.  wide)  nearly  round,  contracted  by  two 
lateral  denticles  near  the  lower  part.  Ovicell  immersed,  with 
the  front  flat. 

Ihe  oral  aperture  in  a case  like  this  might  be  considered 
either  Schizoporellidan  or  Lepralian.  The  outer  zooecia  are 
decumbent  and  the  inner  erect,  resembling  BJiynchopora 
hispinosa  in  this  respect ; and  in  these  two  species  the  distal 
edge  of  the  oral  aperture  is  crenulated,  which  is  not  usual  in 
the  Bryozoa ; but  1 have  also  seen  the  same  thing  in  the 
growing  cells  of  a Smittia. 

This  differs  from  R.  longirostris  in  the  surface  avicularia 
being  sliorter  and  erect  instead  of  decumbent  j there  are  no 
perforations  round  the  border  of  the  zooecia,  and  the  aperture 
with  its  denticles  is  different. 

Loc.  Living:  Ball’s  Head,  Port  Jackson,  12  fath. 

60.  Rhyncliopora  profunda.  MacG. 

(PI.  VI.  fig.  11,  16.) 

Hhynchopora  profunda^  MacGillivray,  ‘‘Descriptions,”  &c.  pt.  hi., 
Trans,  Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  vol.  xix.  p.  192,  pi.  li.  fig.  8. 

In  the  specimens  from  Noumea  there  is  a broad  plate  or 
denticle  directed  inwards  from  the  proximal  edge  of  the  aper- 
ture, and  the  “ unciform  process  ” is  very  large  and  distinct. 
These  are  the  main  characters  on  which  it  is  separated  from 
R,  hispinosa ; but,  besides,  the  operculum  enables  it  to  be 
distinguished,  as  the  lower  sinal  curve  is  much  broader  and 
the  muscular  impressions  are  at  the  side,  whereas  in  R.  hispi- 
nosa the  muscles  are  attached  to  two  bosses  on  the  surface  of 
the  operculum,  as  in  8.  Cecilii  &c.  The  upper  border  of  the 
operculum  when  seen  from  above  appears  to  be  nodulated ; 
but  when  seen  laterally  these  nodulations  are  found  to  be 
small  teeth  corresponding  with  the  dentate  border  of  the 
aperture.  This  last  strueture  also  obtains  in  what  I consider 
R.  hispinosa  from  Australia,  but  there  the  operculum  is  granu- 
lated and  has  the  muscular  impressions  in  the  usual  position. 

This  nodulated  or  dentate  strueture  is  found  in  many  semi- 
circular avicularian  mandibles,  and  is  known  in  two  or  three 
opercula,  but  is  not  common. 

Loc.  Port  Phillip  Heads  ; Noumea,  New  Caledonia,  5 fath. 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa.  197 

61.  Retepora  phoenicea^  Busk.  (PI.  VI.  figs.  15,  20.) 

Retepom  phcmicea,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  p.  94,  pi.  cxxi.  fig-s.  1,2; 

Hiucks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,vol.  i.  p.  362;  MacGillivray, 
Zool.  Viet.  dec.  x.,  p.  27,  pi.  98.  figs.  1-5,  and  pi.  94.  fig.  13 ; Busk, 

‘ Challenger  ’ Bep.  p.  124,  fig.  34. 

The  front  of  the  zooecimn  has  numerous  large  foramina, 
the  dorsal  surface  is  divided  by  prominent  vibicae,  and  in 
each  division  there  are  from  one  to  four  small  foramina. 

There  seems  to  be  some  mistake  with  Busk’s  figure  of  the 
operculum,  as  it  does  not  correspond  with  any  that  I have 
seen.  Tlie  mandible  is  without  a lucida. 

This  is  evidently  common,  and  Mr.  Brazier  speaks  of  its 
being  known  by  his  children  as  the  red  coral.” 

Log.  Living : Bass’s  Straits,  38  fath. ; Victoria  ; South 
Australia  ; off  Bottle-and-Glass  Rocks,  Port  Jackson,  8 fath., 
rocky  bottom  ; and  Vaucluse  Point,  Port  Jackson,  5 fath. 

62.  Retepora  formosa^  MacG. 

Retepora  formosa,  MacGillivray,  New  or  Little-known  Polyzoa,  pt.  v. 
Trans.  Boy.  Soc.  Viet.  vol.  xx.  p.  109,  pi.  ii.  fig.  6,  and  pi.  iii, 
fig.  6 ; Zool.  Viet.  dec.  x.  p.  24,  pi.  xcvii.  figs.  4-6,  and  pi.  xciv. 
fig.  6. 

A small  fragment,  from  which  I have  been  unable  to  make 
any  preparation,  from  Bondi  Bay,  near  Sydney. 

Log,  Port  Phillip  Heads,  10-18  fath. 

63.  Cellepora  alhirostris^  Smitt. 

Log,  Fossil  : River  Murray  (Austr.)  ; Napier  and  Wan- 
ganui (N.  Zealand).  Living:  Florida;  Sydney ; Heard 
Island  ; Victoria  ; Shark  Island,  Port  Jackson,  8 fath. 

64.  Cellepora  mamillata^  Busk. 

Cellepora  mamillata,  Busk,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  p.  87,  pi.  cxx.  figs.  3-5  ; 
Bidley,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1881,  p.  54 ; Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol. 
Soc.  vol.  xli.  p.  304. 

Cellepora  mamillata,  var.  atlantica,  Busk,  Cliall.  Bep.  Polyzoa,  p.  199, 
pi.  XXXV.  figs.  4,  5,  13. 

A specimen  from  Ball’s  Head  is  submassive,  some  inches 
across,  formed  of  several  layers.  The  avicularia  are  often 
raised  as  erect  tubular  chimneys,  and  the  avicularian  bar  has 
a minute  ligula  and  the  mandible  a columella.  The  smooth 
round  ovicell  is  scarcely  at  all  raised. 

Log,  Fossil:  River  Murray  Cliffs.  Living:  Patagonia; 
Brazil;  Bahia;  New  Zealand  {Hutton)  ; Victoria  {MaoG.)  ; 
Ball’s  Head,  Port  Jackson,  12  fath.  ; and  north  side  of 
Watson’s  Bay,  Port  Jackson,  found  under  stones  at  low 
water.” 


198 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 


65.  Cellepora  hispinata^  Busk. 

Cellepora  hisjnnata,  Busk,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  p.  87,  pi.  cxx.  figs.  1,  2. 

A specimen  from  the  mouth  of  the  Lane-Cove  Biver,  Port 
Jackson,  growing  on  Amatliia,  seems  to  be  this  species.  It 
has  the  spines  articulated,  as  figured  by  Busk,  and  the  oper- 
culum is  light-coloured.  The  ovicell,  which  was  not  described 
by  Busk,  is  globular,  granular,  arching  over  the  oral  aperture, 
and  widely  open  in  front,  being  very  similar  to  that  of 
G.  ovoidea^  Aud.  The  mandibles  of  the  small  rostral  avicu- 
laria  are  semicircular,  and  in  one  specimen  there  are  also  a few 
spatulate  vicarious  avicularia,  but  I cannot  find  any  in  the 
other  specimens. 

This  in  many  respects  is  very  closely  allied  to  G.  albiros- 
trisj  Sm.,  but  is  distinguished  by  the  articulated  spines,  and 
the  operculum  is  not  distinctly  indented  at  the  side,  although 
the  chitinous  band  shows  a tendency  in  this  direction,  and  in 
this  respect  resembles  that  of  G.  mamillota. 

Log.  Tasmania  [B.)  ; Victoria  [MacG.)  ; New  Zealand 
[Hutton)  ; mouth  of  Lane-Cove  Biver,  7 fath.,  rocky  bottom. 

66.  Gellejm'a  granum^  Hincks. 

Cellepora  gramwi,  Ilincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  viii. 
p.68,  pi.  iii.  fig.  8 j Waters,  Quart.  Jouru.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxix.  p.440, 
pi.  xii.  fig.  18. 

Cellepora  Boryi,  Waters,  Ami.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  iii.  p.  195. 

Lagenipora  nitens,  MacG.,  Descriptions,”  pt.  xii.,  Trans.  Hoy.  Soc. 
Viet.  1886,  p.  2 (sep.),  pi.  i.  fig.  1. 

There  is  a small  specimen  from  Green  Point,  growing  on 
Mucronella  Ellerii^  forming  a small  radiate  colony,  with  thin 
semitransparent  walls,  so  that  the  avicularian  chamber  can  be 
traced  as  figured  by  MacGillivray  in  L.  nitens^  but  where  the 
growth  is  more  solid  this  cannot  be  done.  The  bulging  ovi- 
cells  at  the  side  have  the  characteristic  flat  surface  with 
radiating  pores. 

I do  not  doubt  that  this  is  specifically  identical  with  a 
specimen  in  my  collection  from  Naples,  which  I consider  to 
be  G,  Boryij  and  also  with  a specimen  sent  me  as  G.  granum 
from  New  Zealand,  and  another  sent  as  L.  nitons  from  Port 
Phillip. 

I have,  however,  taken  Mr.  Hincks’s  name,  seeing  that 
G.  Bo7yij  Aud.,  G.  Gostazii^  Aud.,  and  G.  Protainii^  Aud., 
may  be  varieties  of  the  same  thing,  with  which,  at  any  rate, 
G.  granum  must  be  closely  allied.  It  is  further  closely  allied 
to  Lagenipora  spinulosa^  II.  (probably  G.  hicornis  of  the 
^Challenger’  Beport),  and  Fhylactella  lucida,  H. 


199 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

Log.  Fossil:  Victoria.  Living:  Curtis  Island  \ Naples; 
Port  Phillip  Heads  {MacG.)  ; New  Zealand ; and  Green  Point, 
Port  Jackson,  8 fath.  (sent  by  Brazier), 

67.  Cellepora  ovoidea  (And.).  (PI.  VI.  figs.  14,  19.) 

Cellepora  ovoidea,  And.  Descr.  de  I’Egypte,  pl.  viii.  fig.  7. 

Zoarium  irregularly  lobed,  forming  a mass  about  2 centim. 
across  ; has  started  on  a small  stalk  of  seaweed.  Zooecia  with 
a few  pores,  a prominent  rostrum  without  avicularia  below 
the  mouth.  Operculum  slightly  convex  on  the  lower  edge, 
and  somewhat  broader  below,  but  not  usually  so  much  as  in 
the  figure.  Between  the  zooecia  there  are  large,  spatulate, 
vicarious  avicularia,  and  there  is  a moderate-sized  lucida 
about  the  middle  of  the  mandible  ; there  is  no  columella,  and 
the  lower  edge  is  straight. 

The  ovicell  is  globular  and  smooth,  usually  surmounted  by 
a mucro  which  sometimes  is  considerably  raised.  The  ovicell 
is  widely  open  in  front,  and  projects  over  the  aperture  of  the 
raised  zooecia. 

There  is  also  G,  ovoidea,,  Lamx.,  but  the  figure  and  descrip- 
tion are  not  sufficient  to  enable  it  to  be  recognized. 

Log.  Vaucluse  Point,  Port  Jackson,  5 fath. 

68.  ConesGliarellina  incisa  (Hincks).  (PI.  VI.  fig.  26.) 

Lunulites  incisa,  Hincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  viii.  p.  C8, 
pl.  iv.  figs.  1-3. 

Conescharellina  conica,  Haswell,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  vol.  v. 
pt.  i.,  1880,  p.  42,  pl.  iii.  figs.  7,  8. 

Hincks  and  Haswell  both  described  this  about  the  same 
time,  and  it  is  not  clear  which  had  priority ; but  as  there  is 
Batopora  Gonwa,  Seguenza,  and  Lunulites  eoniea,  Hefr.,  it 
would  seem  necessary  to  drop  that  name. 

An  important  avicularian  character  has  been  overlooked  by 
both  Haswell  and  Hincks,  namely,  that  on  the  cross  bar, 
besides  the  central  ligula,  there  is  a smaller  one  on  each  side. 
The  zooecial  chamber  is  long,  and  there  is  a straight  row  of 
about  eight  rosette-plates  along  the  edge  of  the  wall. 

This  may  be  Lunulites  angulopora,  T.  Woods,  but  appa- 
rently the  avicularia  were  mistaken  for  the  zooecial  cells,  and 
the  zooecia  for  vibracula. 

Log.  Holborn  Island ; Bass’s  Straits  ; Port  Stephens,  25 
fathoms,  sandy  mud  bottom  ” ; N.E.  coast  of  Australia, 
23  fathoms  (these  latter  sent  by  Mr.  Brazier  are  smaller  than 
the  others). 


200 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 


69.  ConescharelUna  elegans  (d’Orb.). 

(PI.  V.  figs.  13-17.) 

Flabellopora  elegans,  d’Orb.  Pal.  Fr.  p.  53,  pi.  631.  figs.  1-5. 

In  some  of  the  specimens  the  flabelliform  zoarium  is  formed 
of  two  contiguous  layers  back  to  back  ; others  have  between 
the  layers  a cancellous  structure  wdth  numerous  large  open- 
ings, between  wdiich  are  small  round  avicularia.  The  zooecia 
are  similar  to  those  of  O.  cancellata^  also  with  small  round 
avicularia  between  them,  but  the  zooecium  is  larger,  and  the 
oral  aperture  measures  OT  millim.  instead  of  0 08  millim.,  as 
in  C.  cancellata. 

Loc.  Ouantang  and  Hainan  (China  seas),  20  met.  [d'Orh.)  ; 
Port  Stephens,  7-8  fath.  (dredged  by  Brazier), 

70.  ConescharelUna  cancellata  (Busk). 

(PI.  IV.  %.  24;  PI.  VI.  figs.  13,  18.) 

Lunulites  cancellata.  Busk,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  p.  101,  pi,  cxiii.  figs.  4-7  ; 

Waters,  Q.  J.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxvii.  p.  344,  vol.  xxxviii.  p.  275. 

Lunulites  cancellatus.  Waters,  ibid.  vol.  xxxviii.  p.  512,  pi.  xxii.  figs.  10. 

On  the  upper  surface  there  are  numerous  small  round  avicu- 
laria irregularly  placed,  and  the  under  cancellated  surface  is 
formed  of  round  cells  with  small  round  avicularian  openings 
similar  to  those  on  the  upper  surface.  All  my  specimens 
have  these  round  avicularia,  and  they  are  also  very  distinct 
in  the  British-Museum  specimen  ; but  Mr.  Busk  does  not  seem 
to  have  correctly  appreciated  them,  as  his  Lunulites  is  defined 
as  having  vibracula,  and  his  ConescharelUna  as  having  avicu- 
laria. 

The  peristome  has  a slit  on  the  proximal  edge,  and  the 
operculum  is  oval.  The  avicularian  mandible  has  the  lucida 
in  the  centre. 

The  dorsal  surface  of  C.  incisa  is  very  similar  to  that  of 
this  species,  but  I am  unable  to  see  that  the  round  openings 
had  any  mandibular  covers,  whereas  these  are  universal  in 
C.  cancellata. 

Although  this  seems  to  be  abundant  from  some  parts  of 
Australia,  it  is  not  mentioned  by  MacGillivray  as  occurring 
ofip  Victoria. 

Loc,  Philippine  Islands  {B,) ; Raton,  New  Guinea,  7 fath. ; 
Darnley  Island,  Torres  Straits,  10-30  fath.  ; Princess-Char- 
lotte Bay,  N.E.  Australia,  13  fath. ; Port  Stephens,  from 
weeds  on  sandy  mud  bottom,  5-6  fath.  (all  dredged  by 
Brazier),  Fossil:  Curdies  Creek,  Viet. ; Mt.  Gambier,  S. 
Austr. ; Bairnsdale,  Gippsland. 


201 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 

71.  Selenaria  concinna^  Woods.  (PI.  V.  fig.  11.) 

Selenaria  coneinna,  Tenison  Woods,  “Australian  Selenariadse/’  Trans. 
Phil,  Soc.  Adelaide,  1880,  vol,  hi.  p.  10,  pi.  ii.  fig.  11. 

The  vibracular  chamber  is  elongate,  with  a row  of  large 
pores  round  the  border;  above  it  there  is  a small  tubular 
projection,  and  in  the  zooecium  above  there  is  a semicircular 
hollow.  The  oral  aperture  is  0T6  millim.  wide. 

The  central  zooecia  are  partly  closed,  in  a similar  way  to 
those  of  Lunulites  petaloides^  d’Orb.,  as  described  from  Muddy 
Creek  (Q.  J.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxix.  p.  442,  pi.  xii.  fig.  11). 

This  has  only  been  known  fossil  previously. 

Log.  Fossil:  Muddy  Creek  (Victoria).  Living:  off  Port 
Stephens,  25  fath.  (Brazier). 

72.  Selenaria  rnaculata^  Busk. 

Selenaria  maculata,  Busk,  Cat.  Mar.  Pol.  p.  101,  pi.  cxvii. ; Waters, 
Quart.  J.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxix.  p.  440,  pi.  xii.  figs.  7,  9,  12 ; id.  ib. 
vol.  xii.  p.  309 ; Haswell,  Polyzoa  from  the  Queensltind  Coast,  p.  42. 

Log,  Living : Holborn  Island  ; Barnard  Island,  N.E. 
Australia,  10  fathoms  (dredged  by . Fossil:  Muddy 
Creek  and  Bird  Rock  (Victoria)  ; River-Murray^  Cliffs  (S. 
Australia). 

73.  Selenaria  punGtata.,  T.  Woods. 

Selenaria  punctata,  Tenison  Woods,  Trans.  Phil.  Soc.  Adelaide,  vol.  hi. 
1880,  p.  9,  pi,  ii.  fig.  8;  Waters,  Q,.  J.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxix.  p,  440, 

Selenaria fenestrata,  Haswell,  “On  some  Polyzoa  from  the  Queensland 
Coast,”  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  vol.  v.  pt.  i.  1880,  p.  42. 

This  differs  from  Selenaria  maGulata  in  the  presence  of 
two  large  pores  on  the  wall  of  each  cell,  and  the  vibracular 
chamber  has  a cribriform  calcareous  cover  with  much  smaller 
pores  than  those  of  S>  maeulata.  The  pores  on  the  front  of 
the  zooecium  are  sometimes  denticulated,  but  this  is  not  so 
distinct  in  the  recent  as  in  the  fossil  specimens. 

Oral  aperture:  Princess-Charlotte  Bay,  0*09  millim.  wide  ,* 
Port  Stephens,  0T4.  The  fossil  has  an  aperture  nearly  double 
this  size. 

Log.  Living:  off  Cape  Three  Points,  71  fath.  (Woods) 
Plolborn  Island  (H.)  ; Princess  Charlotte  Bay,  13  fath.  (N.E. 
Australia,  Brazier)  ; off  Port  Stephens,  N.S.W.,  25  fath., 
sandy  mud  bottom  (Br.).  Fossil:  Muddy  Creek. 

74.  Cupularia  Ganariensis^  Busk. 

Cvpularia  canariensis,  Busk,  Q.  .1.  Micr.  Soc.  vol.  vii.  p.  66,  pi.  xxiii. 
figs.  6-9  ; Crag  Polyzoa,  p.  87,  pi.  xiii.  hg.  2 ; Manzoni,  Foss.  Ital. 
cout.  1'"‘‘,  p.  10,  pi.  ii.  Hg.  17 ; Bri.  foss.  del  Mioc.  d’Aust.  ed  Uugh. 

Au7i.  dc‘  May.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  VoL  xx.  14 


202  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

p.  24,  pi.  xvii.  fig.  5G ; Waters,  Q.  J.  G.  S.  vol.  xli.  p.  308 ; Pergens, 
“ Plioc.  Bry.  von  Rliodos,”  Ann.  k.-k.  Hofmiis.  vol.  ii.  1887,  p.  31. 

Memhrampora  canariensis,  Smitt,  Floridan  Bry.  pt.  2,  p.  10,  pi.  ii. 
figs.  69-71. 

Cupularia  guineensis,  Busk,  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  p.98,  pi.  cxiv. ; ‘Challenger’ 
Rep.  p.  206,  pi.  xiv.  fig.  6. 

As  I have  previously  shown  in  one  specimen  from  Princess 
Charlotte  Bay,  the  sulcate  structure  of  the  under  surface 
is  very  marked ; but  upon  careful  examination  faint  cross 
divisions  can  also  be  distinguished,  thus  separating  the 
dorsal  surface  into  zooecial  divisions.  A few  of  the  central 
zooecia  are  closed  by  a calcareous  lamina,  perforated  round 
tlie  border,  as  figured  by  Manzoni  in  C.  Haidingeri^  Kss. 
(Bri.  foss.  del  ^lioc.  d’Aust.  &c.  pi.  xvi.  fig.  54). 

Pergens  agrees  that  I am  probably  right  in  uniting  both 
guineensis  and  stellata  with  canariensis^  and  thinks  that  it  is 
perhaps  identical  with  G.  Haidingeri. 

Log.  Living  : Canaries  ; Madeira  ; Florida,  10-44  fath. ; 
New  Guinea  ; Torres  Straits  ; Philippine  Islands  ; Princess 
CJiarlotte  Bay,  N.E.  Australia,  13  fath.  Fossil : Miocene 
and  Pliocene  of  Europe,  numerous  localities ; Aldinga,  S. 
Australia. 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES. 

Plate  V. 

Fig.  1.  Crihrilina  clit]i7'idiata.i  sp.  nov.,  X 25. 

Fig.  2.  Crihrilma  tuhulifera,  Hincks,  X 50. 

Fig.  3.  Lep^'cilia  elimata,  sp.  nov.,  X 25. 

Fig.  4.  Schizoporella  divisopora,  sp.  nov.,  X 25. 

Fig.  5.  Forma  inversa,  sp.  nov.,  X 25. 

Fig.  6.  Crihilina  tuhulifera,  II.,  X 25. 

Fig.  7.  Aviciilarium  oiRhynchopora  crenulata,  sp.  nov.,  X 85. 

Fig.  8.  Rhyncliopora  crenulata,  sp.  nov.,  X 25. 

Fig.  9.  Mucro7iella  Ellerii,  MacG.,  var.  hiaviculata,  nov.,  X 25. 

Fig.  10.  Tuhucellaria  opuntioides,  Pall.,  X 25. 

Fig.  II.  Selenaria  concinna,  T.  Woods,  X 25. 

Fig.  12.  Me7nhranip>ora  tripunctata,  Waters,  X 25. 

Fig.  13.  CofiescharelUna  elegans  (d’Orh.),  x 25. 

Figs.  1^-17.  Conescharellma  elegaiis  size.  14.  Flat  speci- 

men seen  laterally.  15.  Ditto,  sp.  seen  diagonally.  16.  Ditto, 
upper  surface  of  thick  specimen.  17.  Ditto,  upper  surface  of  thin 
specimen. 

Fig.  18.  Memhranipora  tripunctata,  Waters,  natural  size. 

Fig.  19.  Avicularian  mandible  of  ditto,  X 250. 

Fig.  20.  Mandible  of  vicarious  avicularium  of  ditto,  X 85. 

Plate  VI. 

Fig.  1.  Operculum  of  3Iicroporella  decorata,  var.  lata,  MacG.,  X 85. 

Fuj.  2.  Operculum  of  Crihrilma  clithridiafa,  sp.  nov.,  X 85. 

Fig.  3.  Operculum  of  Schizoporella  trianyida,  II. , X 85. 

Fig.  4.  Operculum  of  Schizoporella  divisopora,  sp.  nov.,  X 85. 


203 


Dr.  A.  Korotneff  on  Polyparium  ambulans. 

Fig.  5.  Operciilimi  of  Forina  coronata,  Rss.,  X 85. 

Fig.  6.  Mandible  of  Microporella  decorata,  var.  lata,  MacG.,  X 250. 
a X 85. 

Fig.  7.  Mandible  of  Cribrilina  monoceros,  B.,  x 85. 

Fig.  8.  Mandible  of  Porina  larvalis,  MacG.,  X 85. 

P'ig.  9.  Mandible  of  Schizojmrella  tuherosa  (Rss.),  X 85. 

Fig.  10.  Operculum  of  ditto,  X 85. 

Fig.  11.  Operculum  of  Rhynchopom  profunda,  MacG.,  X 85. 

Fig.  12.  Operculum  oi  Mucronella  Ellerii,  porosa,  II.,  x 85. 

Fig.  13.  Operculum  of  ConeschareUina  ca7icellata  (B.),  X 85. 

Fig.  14.  Operculum  of  Cellepora  ovoidea  {Audi.) , X 85. 

I'ig.  15.  Operculum  of  Retepora  plimnicea,  B.,  X 85. 

Fig.  16.  Mandible  of  RhynchojMva  profunda,  MacG.,  X 250.  a X 85. 

Fig.  17.  Mandible  of  Mucronella  Fllei'ii,  var.  porosa,  II.,  x 85. 

Fig.  18.  Mandible  of  ConesehareUma  cancellata  (B. ),  X 250.  a X 85. 

Fig.  19.  Mandible  of  Cellepora  ovoidea  (And.),  X 85. 

Fig.  20.  Mandible  of  Retepora  plm^iicea,  X 85. 

Fig.  21.  Operculum  oi  Lepralia  vestita,  sp.  nov.,  X 85. 

Fig.  22.  Operculum  of  Lepralia  elhnata,  sp.  nov.,  X 85. 

Fig.  23.  Mandible  of  Smittia  Landshorovii,  var.,  X 250.  a X 85. 

Fig.  24.  Discotuhigerai?)  lineata,  MacG.,  natural  size. 

F'ig.  25.  Amathia  hiseriata,  Kraiiss,  X 16,  showing-  radicle. 

Fig.  26.  Aviculariumand  oral  aperture  of  ConeschareUina  incisa  (II.),  X 25. 
Fig.  27.  Idmonea  radiaiis,  showing  plates  in  the  side  of  the  ovicell,  X 25. 
Fig.  28.  Plate  of  ditto,  X 85. 

Fig.  29.  Idmonea  interjuncta,  MacG.,  X 16. 


XXI. — Polyparium  ambulans,  a new  Codenterate. 

By  Dr.  A.  Korotneff 
[Plate  XIII.] 

Among  the  truly  singular  forms  of  animals  two  different  types 
are  to  be  distinguished: — 1.  The  one  type  appears  to  be 
peculiar  and  interesting  as  a transition-form  between  two 
different  classes  of  animals,  and  such  a form  is  Cteno'plana 
Kowalevshii^  which  I have  described ; 2.  The  other  type 
fixes  the  attention  of  the  observer  in  quite  another  respect — it 
is  an  aberrant  form  which  from  various  causes  has  separated 
itself  from  its  ancestors  and  taken  up  an  exclusive  position  in 
the  animal  kingdom.  If  at  the  same  time  the  intermediate 
forms  have  disappeared  it  only  remains  for  the  naturalist  to 
describe  this  form — he  can  hardly  reckon  upon  giving  it  a 
certain  taxonomic  position.  Such  an  exclusive  aberrant 
creature  is  Polyparium  ambulans^  of  which  I give  the  descrip- 
tion in  the  following  pages. 

* Extracted  from  an  article  entitled  Zwei  neue  Coelenteraten,”  in  the 
‘ Zeitschrift  fiir  wissenschaftliche  Zoologie,’  Band  xlv.  pp.  468-486.  Prof. 
Ehlers  has  put  forward  a different  interpretation  of  the  facts  recorded  by 
the  author  ; a translation  of  his  remarks  will  be  given  in  a future  number 
of  this  journal. 


14* 


204  Dr.  A.  KorotnefF  on  Polyparium  ambulans. 

In  a preliminary  communication  * I have  already  stated 
that  during  my  voyage  to  Malaysia  I visited  the  channel 
between  the  large  island  of  Billiton  and  the  smaller  neigh- 
bouring island  of  Mindanao  lying  to  the  west  of  the  former. 
This  locality  was  particularly  recommended  to  me  by  my 
learned  friend  Dr.  Sluiter,  of  Batavia,  and  with  the  greatest 
justice.  "While  the  neighbourhood  of  the  islands  to  the  east- 
ward, between  Billiton  and  the  neighbouring  islands  (Pulu 
Soukun  and  Pulu  Besar) , and  thence  southwards  into  the  bay 
near  Dindang,  presents  nothing  remarkable,  and  therefore 
does  not  appear  especially  to  be  recommended,  we  must  say 
the  direct  contrary  of  the  Strait  of  Mindanao.  By  the  kind- 
ness of  the  Besident  of  Billiton,  M.  Zyip,  I obtained  for  a 
fortnight  the  use  of  a large  vessel  with  a Malay  crew  of 
seven  men.  During  this  time  I dredged  continually,  and  T 
have  never  seen  so  many  different  forms,  especially  of  Echi- 
nida  and  Holothurida  ; many  Ascidia  and  Corals  also  occurred, 
and  among  the  latter  I found  the  animal  now  under  consider- 
ation, Polyparium  amhulans.  Once,  as  I was  examining  the 
booty  brought  up  by  the  dredge,  I found  a yellowish-grey 
slimy  mass,  the  size  of  a chestnut,  which  consisted  of  spiral 
convolutions  and  was  beset  with  small  tubercles.  When  I 
isolated  this  body  in  a glass  vessel  I soon  saw  that  the  convo- 
lutions separated  aud  the  mass  spread  into  a band-like,  rather 
thick  body,  while  the  tubercles  became  small,  mouth-like 
apertures,  and  the  whole  body,  to  my  great  astonishment, 
extended  itself  and  began  to  creep  slowly  upon  the  bottom  of 
the  vessel. 

When  I turned  the  animal,  or,  more  properly  speaking, 
the  colony,  so  that  the  tuberculiferous  back  was  downwards 
and  the  creeping  sole  upwards,  I found  to  my  surprise  that 
the  whole  sole  was  covered  with  small  acetabula  ; thus  it 
appeared  that  the  movement,  the  creeping  of  the  colony, 
results  from  the  action  of  the  acetabula.  By  a careful 
observation  of  the  creature  I arrived  at  the  following  results. 
It  is  a band-like  body  (PI.  XIII.  fig.  1),  7 centim.  in  length,  wdth 
a breadth  of  about  2*5  millim.  and  a thickness  of  perhaps  *8 
millim.  ; the  anterior  and  posterior  extremities  are  exactly 
alike,  and  rather  pointed  than  rounded  off.  ddie  lateral  mar- 
gins of  the  colony  are  different  in  this  way,  that  one  of  them 
is  strongly  marked  and  bordered,  so  that  it  forms  a very 
perceptible  boundary  between  the  back  and  the  sole,  while 
the  other  has  no  border ; but  here  the  back  is  rounded  and 
cylindrical,  and  passes  immediately  over  into  the  sole.  Upon 


* Zool.  Anzeig-er,  no.  223  (1886). 


205 


Dr.  A.  KorotnefF  on  Polyparium  ambulans. 

this  latter  cylindrical  margin,  as  also  along  the  whole  back  of 
tlie  colony,  are  placed  conical,  chimney-like  tubercles  (buccal 
cones,  as  we  shall  see  hereafter),  which  are  rather  scantily 
distributed,  but  become  more  and  more  crowded  together 
towards  the  bordered  margin,  along  which  they  form  a regular 
palissade. 

Counted  transversely  the  number  of  the  buccal  cones  is 
from  four  to  six ; in  the  longitudinal  direction  we  do  not 
recognize  any  serial  arrangement  of  them,  and  they  show  no 
particular  regularity.  Tlie  breadth  of  each  cone  at  the 
base  is  1 millim. ; the  height  varies  according  to  the  state  in 
which  the  buccal  cones  may  happen  to  be  ; when  con- 
tracted they  are  not  more  than  1 millim.,  but  when  drawn 
out  they  measure  twice  as  much.  At  the  apical  pole  of  each 
mouth-tubercle  there  is  an  aperture.  But  the  most  remark- 
able thing  is  their  entire  want  of  tentacles  ; neither  the  margin 
of  the  aperture  itself  nor  its  vicinity  bears  tentacles  or  any 
structures  which  miglit  be  homologous  with  tentacles. 

Tlie  inferior  surface  by  which  the  colony  adheres  to  various 
objects  (fig.  1)  is,  as  already  stated,  covered  with  acetabula, 
and  further  traversed  by  two  furrows  running  along  the  whole 
colony  in  such  a way  that  we  can  distinguish  an  intermediate 
area  and  two  lateral  streaks ; the  median  area  is  twice  as 
broad  as  the  lateral  streaks,  and  of  the  latter  the  one  the 
margin  of  which  is  bordered  is  band-like,  while  the  other, 
without  a border,  is  rounded  off  and  passes  directly  into  the 
dorsal  surface.  The  median  area,  in  a transverse  direction, 
has  from  two  to  four  rows  of  acetabula,  the  lateral  streaks 
only  two.  The  position  of  the  acetabula  seems  not  to  be 
regular,  although  in  certain  parts  of  the  sole  they  appear  to 
be  arranged  in  longitudinal  rows ; perhaps  the  appearance 
observed  after  the  death  of  the  animal  may  be  due  to  processes 
of  contraction.  The  interspaces  between  the  acetabula  are 
not  quite  flat,  but  they  possess  transverse  folds  which,  in  the 
living  colony,  are  scarcely  noticeable,  but  make  their  appear- 
ance rather  strongly  after  the  action  of  alcohol. 

As  regards  the  individual  acetabula,  each  of  them  forms  a 
button  ’8  millim.  in  breadth,  with  a flattened,  somewhat 
notched  surface.  The  size  of  the  acetabula  varies  very  con- 
siderably. 

The  internal  structure  of  Polyparium  is  not  less  singular 
than  its  exterior.  The  best  mode  of  acquiring  a knowledge 
of  the  internal  organization  consists  in  cutting  a piece  out  of 
the  whole  colony  by  transverse  sections,  and  then  dividing 
this  into  vertical  sections  parallel  to  the  longitudinal  axis  ; 
sections  made  in  other  directions  arc  not  particularly  instruc- 


206  Dr.  A.  Korotiieff  on  Poljparium  ambulans. 

tive  and  can  hardly  be  orientated.  A section  made  as  above 
described  is  shown  in  PI.  XIII.  fig.  2.  In  this  section  it  is  seen 
that  the  superior  free  surface  of  the  colony  is  beset  with  clavi- 
form  buccal  cones  [Mh)  ; these,  as  already  stated,  are  quite 
destitute  of  tentacles  and  have  no  septa ; they  are  hollow, 
have  a buccal  aperture  opening  outwards  [M.  o),  and  another 
inner  orifice  [M',  o')  which  leads  into  the  interior  of  the  body 
of  the  colony.  The  inner  space  is  rather  complex  and  con- 
tains various  walls,  the  analogy  of  wdiich  with  the  ordinary 
septa  of  corals  is  very  doubtful  at  the  first  glance.  The  body 
of  Polyparium  possesses  a spacious  cavity,  which  is  divided 
into  sections  of  equal  size  by  the  above-mentioned  septa. 
These  septa  stand  transversely  to  the  long  axis  of  the  body 
and  in  a vertical  longitudinal  section  are  shown  as  bands 
(fig.  2).  In  this  figure  we  see  how  the  partition-walls  (septa) 
are  united  in  pairs.  Each  pair  forms  a special  division 
which  encloses  an  internal  chamber  (hf)  and  is  separated 
from  the  neighbouring  one  by  an  intermediate  chamber  [zf). 
According  to  this  description  therefore  the  body  of  Poly- 
jjarium  presents  a conglomeration  of  consecutive  divisions  or 
segments,  wdiich,  however,  cannot  be  characterized  as  meta- 
meres  ; for  each  metamere  is  a definite  unit,  which  forms  a 
particular  part  of  the  body,  possesses  only  a single  partition, 
and  is  immediately  applied  against  its  like.  In  Polyparium 
each  segment  is  formed  by  two  partitions,  and  is  separated 
from  the  neighbouring  segment  by  an  intermediate  chamber. 

The  partitions  stand  in  a particular  relation  to  the  buccal 
cones  on  the  one  hand  and  to  the  acetabula  of  the  sole  on  the 
other  (fig.  2).  Thus  the  interior  chamber  {hj)  opens  exter- 
nally by  means  of  the  buccal  aperture,  but  below,  corre- 
sponding to  the  buccal  apertures,  are  the  acetabula,  which  are 
so  distributed  that  each  buccal  cone  possesses  a corresponding 
acetabulum.  Hence  we  may  perhaps  regard  each  buccal  cone 
with  its  acetabulum  as  a simple  individual,  which,  however, 
has  not  yet  sufficiently  individualized  itself.  I must,  how- 
ever, remark  that  each  acetabulum  possesses  a separate  clavi- 
form  cavity ; this  stands  in  direct  connexion  with  the  lumen 
of  the  animal,  and  corresponds  in  position  with  the  cavity  of 
a buccal  cone. 

Before  passing  to  the  histology  of  Polyparium  I may 
premise  that  in  this  respect  the  creature  exactly  agrees  with 
the  Actinise — not  only  the  sequence  of  the  layers,  even  the 
intimate  structure  of  the  tissues  is  in  both  cases  exactly  alike, 
and  whoever  has  once  seen  a section  from  the  wall  of  an 
Actinia  will  at  once  recognize  the  same  thing  in  Polyparium. 
In  accordance  with  the  Actinian  type  the  ectoderm,  the  ento- 


207 


Dr.  A.  KorotneiF  on  Poljparium  ambulans. 

derm,  and  a gelatinous  intermediate  layer  are  to  be  found 
here  ; but  with  them  we  have  two  different  formations — one 
in  the  strueture  of  the  whole  of  the  upper  wall,  the  other  in 
the  aeetabulum.  We  commenee  our  descriptian  with  the 
upper  wall,  and  have  here  to  distinguish  two  different  parts, 
namely  the  small  buccal  cones  and  the  upper  surface  (between 
the  buccal  cones),  which  we  will  indicate  as  the  buccal  disk. 
These  two  parts  only  differ  by  the  degree  of  development  of 
tlieir  layers ; thus  in  the  buccal  cones  the  muscular  layer  is 
quite  inconsiderably  developed,  but  between  them  it  is  very 
considerable.  In  order  to  understand  the  structure  more 
clearly  we  will  study  a section  of  the  upper  wall.  This  sec- 
tion is  taken  parallel  to  the  long  axis  and  perpendicular  to 
the  septa. 

The  ectoderm  (figs.  4,  5)  is  divisible  into  three  separate 
layers  ; the  outer  one,  which  at  the  same  time  is  the  most  con- 
siderable, is  composed  of  very  long,  fine,  perfectly  filiform, 
epithelial  elements ; the  nuclei  in  this  are  distributed  in  two 
aggregations,  of  which  the  upper  one  is  situated  close  to  the 
nematocysts  and  the  lower  one  much  deeper,  occupying  exactly 
the  middle  of  the  height  {em.  z).  As  the  foundation  of  this 
outer  layer  there  is  a thin  stratum  of  a finely  fibrillar  substance 
{Nv)  in  which  a few  nuclei  are  scattered.  Lastly,  quite  at 
the  bottom  we  find  a layer  of  muscular  fibres  {Qm)  ; in  trans- 
verse section  this  appears  as  an  aggregation  of  shining  cor- 
puscles. The  three  layers  above  mentioned  are  to  be  regarded, 
as  in  the  Actiniae,  as  epithelial,  nervous  and  muscular  layers. 

The  outer,  epithelial  layer  contains  quite  different  elements 
— there  are  here  support-,  sense-,  urticating-,  and  finally 
gland-cells.  From  the  extraordinary  fineness  of  the  elements 
and  the  involution  of  the  filiform  prolongations  of  their  inner 
parts  it  is  difficult  to  distinguish  the  support-cells  from  the 
sense-cells,  and  I have  only  succeeded  in  seeing  clearly  the 
sense-cells.  These  are  elements  drawn  out  into  a thread-like 
form  {sz)^  of  which  the  nuclei  are  situated  in  the  first  third 
of  the  cell  and  in  the  section  form  the  aggregation  which  is 
closely  approximated  to  the  lower  extremities  of  the  nemato- 
cysts. The  protoplasm  accumulates  more  strongly  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  nucleus,  and  hence  there  is  a thickening 
of  the  sense-cell  which  is  produced  inwards  towards  the 
periphery  into  a fine  process  ; the  process,  however,  appears 
not  to  be  plasmatic,  but  fibrillar,  and  even  homogeneous. 
From  the  single  specimen  of  Polyparium  at  my  disposal,  and 
which  was  hardened  in  alcohol,  I rarely  succeeded  in  obtaining 
good  teased-out  preparations ; nevertheless  I was  able  to 
convince  myself  that  here  matters  are  exactly  as  in  the 


208  Dv.  A.  KorotnefF  on  Polypariura  ambulans. 

Actinia — that  is  to  say,  the  sense-fibril  (PL  XIII.  fig.  7,  sf) 
passes  directly  or  after  one  division  into  the  nervous  layer, 
with  the  fibrils  of  which  it  perfectly  assimilates.  I could  not 
observe  any  sense-hairs  upon  the  eetodermal  elements. 

As  usual,  however,  other  elements  predominate  in  the  ecto- 
derm, namely  the  urticating-cells  ; but  as  these  scarcely  differ 
from  the  ordinary  type,  I have  not  much  to  say  about  their 
strueture.  [ need  only  mention  that  eaeh  urtieating-cell  is 
suriounded  by  a thin  layer  of  protoplasm,  and  that  a strongly 
refractive  nucleus  is  to  be  found  at  the  bottom  of  each  cell. 
A fibril  is  given  off  downwards  from  the  nematocyst,  whieh 
passes  through  the  whole  ectodermal  layer,  and  is  attaehed 
by  a thickening  or  disk  to  a muscular  fibril  (fig.  7). 

The  above-mentioned  superior  aggregation  of  nuclei  belongs 
to  definite  cells,  whether  sense-,  gland-,  or  urtieating-eells  ; 
but  the  lower  one  has  a part  in  no  speeifie  cells,  it  belongs  to 
particular  elements  which  are  wedged  in  between  sense-, 
support-,  or  urticating-fibrils.  These  cells  have  no  con- 
nexion with  the  fibrils  adjacent  to  them,  such  as  we  have 
seen,  for  example,  in  the  case  of  the  sense-cells  ; here  they 
are  rather  loosely  contiguous,  and  penetrate  the  fibrillar  layer 
with  their  processes.  Xevertheless  we  ean  hardly  assume 
that  in  them  we  have  to  deal  with  nerve-eells  ; they  are  rather 
simple  embryonal  cells,  whieh  serve  to  complete  the  epithelial 
layer  (figs.  7 and  8,  era.  z). 

I can  scarcely  say  much  about  the  nerve-layer,  nor  can  I 
give  by  any  means  so  detailed  a view  of  it  as  has  been  fur- 
nished for  the  Actinim  by  the  brothers  Hertwig.  My  state- 
ments are  limited  to  the  demonstration  that  the  strueture  is 
the  same  in  both  cases.  The  nerve-layer  is  shown  with  par- 
ticular distinctness  in  seetions,  when  it  appears  to  be  partly 
finely  granular,  partly  fibrillar;  but  whether  this  layer  is 
formed  by  the  basal  extremities  of  various  epithelial  cells  or 
whether  independent  fibres  take  part  in  it  is  hardly  to  be 
decided.  While  on  the  one  hand  the  nerve-layer  is  connected 
with  the  epithelial  eells,  on  the  other  it  gives  off  fine  fibrils  to 
the  underlying  muscular  layer.  With  a-view  to  parallelization 
with  the  Actinim  I must  state  that  the  nerve-layer  is  dis- 
tributed everywhere  in  Polyparium^  and  occurs  both  in  the 
buccal  cones  and  in  the  buecal  disk,  as  is  described  in  the 
case  of  Cerianthus  among  the  Actinia. 

The  muscular  layer  follows  immediately  upon  the  nerve- 
layer  and  consists  of  long  and  very  thin,  smooth  fibres,  which 
appear  quite  homogeneous  and  bear  no  nuclei  or  cells  ; as 
usual,  these  fibres  lie  in  special  depressions  of  the  supporting 
lamella,  and  are  undivided  and,  as  it  were,  adherent  as  usual 


209 


Dr.  A.  Korotneff  on  Polyparium  ambulans. 

upon  special  lamellar  processes  of  the  latter.  The  direction 
of  the  muscular  fibres  of  the  ectoderm  is  parallel  to  the  longi- 
tudinal axis,  and  in  the  buecal  cones  vertical.  Where  the 
latter  pass  into  the  buccal  disk  the  fibres  acquire  the  above- 
mentioned  direction. 

This  description  of  the  structure  of  a portion  of  the  wall  of 
Polyparium  proves  indisputably  that  in  it  we  have  to  do  with 
an  Actinia  ; in  both  instances  we  find  points  of  approximation 
common  to  them  and  the  other  Coelenterata^  or  more  properly 
the  Hydroida  and  Siphonophora,  So  far  as  I know  this 
attempt  has  not  hitherto  been  made,  and  we  are  quite  in  the 
dark  on  the  subject.  In  my  former  memoir  upon  the  his- 
tology of  the  Siphonophora  * I endeavoured  to  show  that 
cnidoblasts,  sense-cells,  and  nerve-cells  are  not  only  altered 
epithelial  cells,  but  that,  when  we  have  to  do  with  animals 
(such  as  the  Siphonophora,  for  example)  in  which  an  epi- 
thelial muscular  system  occurs,  these  have  a direct  genetic 
relation  to  the  muscular  fibrils,  and  therefore  are  to  be  regarded 
as  altered  muscle-cells.  According  to  this  an  embryonal  cell, 
after  it  has  separated  off  one  or  more  muscular  fibrils,  acquires 
quite  a different  specific  function,  and  becomes  converted  into 
weapon-,  gland-,  or  sense-elements.  If  we  adhere  to  this 
principle,  it  becomes  a question  in  what  manner  the  Actinia- 
structure  is  to  be  referred  to  this  type.  In  the  Siphonophora, 
especially  in  Forskalia^  we  see  that  a nerve-cell,  or  rather  a 
nerve-muscle-cell,  scarcely  separates  from  the  epithelia,  and 
lies  directly  applied  to  the  latter  ; in  the  Actinim  this  process 
has  gone  further — here  the  nerve-cells  have  fallen  low  down 
and  formed  a special  layer ; but  this  stands  in  immediate 
relation  to  the  muscular  fibrils  which  cling  to  them.  To  a 
certain  extent  a genetic  relation  between  the  muscle-  and 
nerve-layers  is  to  be  seen  in  Polyparium  ambulans^  inasmuch 
as  the  muscle-layer  possesses  no  cell-nuclei.  The  smooth 
non-varicose  form  of  the  muscular  fibrils  leads  to  the  belief 
that  the  nuclei  of  the  muscle-cells  have  not  become  assimi- 
lated to  the  muscular  fibrils,  but  are  to  be  sought  elsewhere ; 
hence  I see  no  impossibility  in  the  assumption  that  the  cells 
of  the  nerve-layer  are  to  be  regarded,  not  as  true  nerve-cells, 
but  as  nerve-muscle-cells,  or,  otherwise,  as  metamorphosed 
muscle-cells. 

Now  if  we  bear  in  mind  that  in  the  Siphonophora  the 
relation  of  the  cnidoblasts  to  the  muscular  fibrils  is  very 
intimate,  and  that  in  it  we  find  a whole  series  of  progressive 
transformations,  the  extreme  form  of  such  transformation, 

Korotueii'  Histologic  tier  Siplionoplioren,”  in  Mittli.  Zool.  btat. 
Neapel,  Band  v. 


210  Dr.  A.  KorotaefF  on  Polyparium  ambulans. 

which  is  to  be  observed  in  the  Actinise,  will  be  sufiieiently 
clear  to  us.  The  first  step  is  that  in  which  the  cnidoblast  is 
closely  applied  to  the  fibril,  forms  its  essential  muscle-cell, 
and  therefore,  together  with  the  fibril,  cannot  be  characterized 
otherwise  than  as  a true  muscle-form.  However,  we  shall 
find  that  the  cnidoblast  itself  is  by  no  means  to  be  regarded 
as  an  integral  part  of  the  muscular  fibre,  because  it  remains 
at  some  distance  from  the  fibril  itself  (tentacles  of  Physophora) 
and  communicates  with  the  fibril  by  means  of  fine  filaments. 
If  this  notion  needs  any  further  confirmation  we  must  pay 
special  attention  to  the  connexion  between  the  cnidoblast  and 
a muscular  fibril  in  Polyparium  ambulans  ; in  my  opinion  it 
proves  incontrovertibly  that  the  cnidoblast  in  Polyparium  is 
a true  muscle-cell  which,  in  the  metamorphosis  of  the  ecto- 
derm, has  entirely  quitted  its  original  situation  and  taken  up 
a peripheral  position  (fig.  8).  In  this  way  we  shall  recog- 
nize that  the  same  course  of  transformations  of  the  muscle-cell 
exists  for  all  the  other  elements  of  the  Actinian  body  ; nerve- 
cells,  sense-cells,  gland-cells,  and  cnidoblasts  are  therefore  to 
be  regarded  as  metamorphosed  epithelial  muscles,  and  hence 
we  may  assume  that  the  first  step  in  the  metamorphosis  of  an 
embryonal  cell  is  the  separation  of  a muscular  fibril  j but 
herewith  the  cell  does  not  appear  to  have  exhausted  its 
powers  of  furnishing  something  else,  and  thus  are  produced 
the  histological  double-structures  already  more  than  once 
described  (by  the  brothers  Hertwig  in  the  Actinim  and  by 
myself  in  Hydra  and  the  Siphonophora) , such  as  epithelial 
muscle-cells,  nerve-muscle-cells  *,  sense-muscle-cells,  and 
gland-muscle-cells.  As  a matter  of  course  this  histological 
process  appears  to  be  the  longer  one,  and  may  be  often  greatly 
abridged,  and  an  embryonal  cell,  without  satisfying  the 
first  requirement  of  the  organism,  the  need  of  locomotion, 
directly  acquires  various  specific  properties,  and  becomes 
converted  directly  into  a nerve-,  sense-,  or  gland-cell,  over- 
leaping the  intermediate  stage  of  the  myoblast. 

The  supporting  lamella  is  an  elastic  membranule  (figs.  4, 
5,  st.  /),  which  is  considerably  thicker  in  the  lateral  margin 
til  an  in  the  upper  surface  of  Polyparium  and  much  thicker 
than  in  the  buccal  cones.  Throughout  it  consists  of  fine  felt- 
like fibres  which  are  imbedded  in  a homogeneous  intermediate 
substance.  Between  the  fibres  there  are  numerous  small 

* Especially  since  the  discovery  of  special  nerve-cells  in  the  Hydroida 
I cannot  recognize  the  epithelial-muscle  cells  in  Hydra  as  true  neuro- 
muscle  cells  iu  Kleiueuherg’s  sense.  Nevertheless  the  ingenious  neuro- 
muscle theory  remains  still  vahd. 


211 


Dr.  A.  KorotnefF  on  Polyparium  ambulans. 

fusiform  cells,  which  pass  off  into  processes  ; the  protoplasm 
of  the  cells  is  rather  coarsely  granular. 

The  entoderm  of  Polyparium  unfortunately  insufficiently 
investigated  by  me,  and  therefore  I can  hardly  touch  upon 
such  delicate  questions  as,  for  example,  the  nerve-cells  or 
nerve-fibrils.  Almost  throughout  (figs.  4 and  9)  the  ento- 
derm is  one-layered,  and  consists  of  elongated  cells  wliich 
show  remains  of  flagella  upon  their  surface.  At  the  bottom 
of  the  entodermal  cells  there  are  fine  muscular  fibrils,  all  of 
which  have  a definite  longitudinal  direction,  therefore  parallel 
to  the  long  axis  of  the  colony  ; these  muscles  never  form 
groups,  but  are  distributed  in  a delicate  layer.  The  re- 
lation of  the  cell-bodies  to  the  fibrils  proves  that  we  have 
to  do  with  entodermal  muscle- cells.  Between  these  cells 
simple  glands  also  occur  (fig.  9,  Dr).  I may  also  mention 
that  the  whole  entoderm  is  filled  with  round,  yellow,  parasitic 
cells  {pz) ; these  usually  accumulate  in  such  quantities  that 
the  cell-nuclei  are  entirely  coneealed  by  them.  These  para- 
sitic cells  do  not  seem  to  occur  in  the  gland-cells. 

With  regard  to  the  lower  surface  of  the  foot  of  Polyparium^ 
it  has  already  been  mentioned  that  this  is  covered  with  small 
acetabula  (fig.  2)  and  that  these  acetabula  are  arranged  in 
rows  and  very  accurately  correspond  with  the  buccal  cones  of 
the  upper  surface.  The  structure  of  the  whole  ectodermal 
layer,  whether  between  or  upon  the  acetabula,  is  quite  uniform 
throughout,  differing  only  in  thickness  ; the  thickest  parts  are 
the  margins  of  the  acetabula,  and  then  the  middle,  which  is 
separated  from  the  margins  by  a groove.  The  histological 
constitution  of  this  ectoderm  is  quite  different  from  that  of  the 
lateral  margin  or  the  upper  surface  of  Polyparium.  When 
taken  from  the  middle  of  an  acetabulum  a section  presents 
the  following  peculiarities  (fig.  6)  : — Three  layers  are  to  be 
distinguished  in  it;  superficially  there  is  a finely  granular 
glandular  layer,  in  the  middle  a dense  nuclear  layer,  and  at 
the  bottom,  lying  directly  upon  the  supporting  lamella,  a con- 
siderable, finely  fibrillar,  fibrous  layer.  As  in  the  ectoderm 
of  the  wall-lamina,  the  whole  ectoderm  of  the  foot,  from  the 
surface  to  the  bottom,  is  traversed  by  the  same  elements. 
Almost  the  whole  mass  consists  of  elongated  gland-cells,  at 
the  bottom  of  which  (fig.  8,  Dr)  there  is  a cell-nucleus, 
which  marks  off  a fibrillar  part  extending  to  the  supporting 
lamella.  These  glands  no  doubt  secrete  the  mucous  substance 
v/hich  accumulates  in  clots  on  the  free  upper  surface. 

Among  the  glands  many  sense-cells  occur,  exactly  like 
those  of  tlie  wall-lamina  (fig.  G,  s;^).  It  seems  to  be  a 
remarkable  fact  that  the  sense-cells  terminate  directly  upon 


212 


Dr.  A.  KorotnefF on  Poljparium  ambulans. 

the  supporting  lamella,  and  therefore  can  conduct  no  further 
unless  we  assume  that  the  impressions  received  may  be  trans- 
ferred to  the  supporting  lamella  itself,  which  is  perhaps 
capable  of  contraction,  or  perhaps  rather  to  its  cells.  The 
sense-cells  occur  most  numerously  upon  the  acetabula,  and 
are  particularly  observable  in  their  inner  inflation.  This 
arrangement  seems  to  indicate  that,  in  creeping,  Polyparium 
feels  the  surface  of  the  supporting  object  so  as  to  seek  out  a 
definite  course. 

The  nuclei  which  occur  in  such  quantities  among  the 
ectodermal  cells  belong  chiefly  not  to  the  tibrillar  elements, 
but  to  small  embryonal  cells  (era.  z)^  which  are  very  nume- 
rous, and  in  this  case,  where  there  is  no  special  nerve-layer, 
may  also  perform  the  function  of  nerve-cells.  Besides  the 
gland-  and  sense- cells  the  so-called  support-cells  may  also 
possibly  occur  ; but  I could  not  distinguish  them  from  the 
other  elements. 

From  this  description  the  acetabula  of  Polyparium  are 
certainly  of  primitive  structure,  inasmuch  as  they  possess  no 
true  musculature  ; but  they  must  be  regarded  as  the  first  stage 
of  an  adhesive  apparatus,  and  not  merely  as  inflated  portions 
of  the  wall.  Although  the  acetabula  of  the  foot  have  no 
immediate  relation  to  muscles,  this  by  no  means  excludes  the 
possibility  of  an  indirect  relation  ; as  we  shall  soon  see,  there 
are,  in  the  interior  of  the  body,  special  muscles  which  serve 
oidy  to  pull  away  the  acetabula  from  the  surface  of  adhesion. 
The  supporting  lamella  of  the  foot  is  remarkable  for  its  con- 
siderable development. 

The  entoderm  possesses  special  villiform  outgrowths  which 
project  into  the  interior  of  the  body.  The  interior,  or,  in 
other  words,  the  lumen,  is  here,  as  already  stated,  clavate  in 
form  and  occupies  the  whole  acetabulum,  and  may  receive 
the  name  of  the  stomach  (PL  XIII.  fig.  2,  Mg.) ; the  occur- 
rence of  entodermal  villi  shows  that  assimilation  takes  place 
here  more  actively  than  elsewhere. 

We  pass  now  to  the  examination  of  the  intimate  structure 
of  the  septa,  and  have  in  this  to  investigate  the  distribution 
of  the  muscular  fibres.  As  the  framework  of  each  septum  we 
have  in  Polyparium  the  supporting  lamella,  which  is  clothed 
with  muscles  in  various  stages  of  development.  The  surfaces 
of  each  septum  are  unequally  furnished  with  muscles,  according 
as  the  particular  surface  is  turned  towards  an  intermediate  or 
an  interior  chamber.  The  intermediate-chamber-surface  is 
clothed  with  vertical  fibres,  the  interior-chamber-surface  on 
the  contrary  with  transverse  fibres.  The  vertical  muscles 
are  the  weakest ; upon  a flattened  septum  they  form  an  unin- 


213 


Dr.  A.  KorotnefF  on  Polypariurn  ambulans. 

terrupted  layer  of  fibres,  which  commence  at  the  buccal  disk, 
where  the  septa  are  inserted,  and  extend  thence  downwards, 
to  lose  themselves  in  the  foot-disk.  The  transverse  muscles, 
on  the  contrary,  are  the  strongest,  and  form  strong  bundles  of 
fibres,  which  run  from  one  side  of  the  body  of  the  Polypariurn 
to  the  other.  Fig.  2 shows  liow  strongly  the  transverse 
muscles  are  developed ; immediately  behind  the  buccal  aper- 
ture they  form  a large  cushion  {t.  F),  which  projects  far  into 
the  interior  chamber,  nearly  meeting  with  the  cushion  of  the 
opposite  side.  The  cushion,  however,  stops  in  the  middle  of 
the  septum,  being  sharply  separated  by  a constriction  from 
the  septum,  which  now  becomes  thinner.  The  inferior  half 
of  each  septum  is  clothed  with  a single  layer  of  transverse 
fibres,  and  this  lines  the  inner  surface  of  the  so-called  stoma- 
chal cavity,  which,  as  already  stated,  penetrates  into  the 
interior  of  each  acetabulum.  The  whole  surface  of  the 
muscles  is  covered  with  a single-layered  entoderm  (fig.  9), 
which,  at  the  bottom,  contains  the  strongly  developed  mus- 
cular fibres  imbedded  in  a common  plasma. 

On  examining  into  the  peculiarities  of  this  structure  it 
appears  that  its  greatest  divergence  from  the  polyp-type  con- 
sists in  the  entire  absence  of  strongly  developed  bands  of 
muscular  bundles  in  Polypariurn.  But  if  we  consider  that 
the  muscles  on  the  one  hand  are  in  relation  to  the  tentacles, 
and  on  the  other  serve  for  the  retraction  of  the  whole  buccal 
disk  into  the  interior  of  the  body  of  the  Actinia,  it  becomes  at 
once  quite  intelligible  to  us  that  such  bands  are  wanting  in 
Polypariurn  as  being  superfluous,  for  no  tentacles  are  present, 

' and  from  the  great  number  of  small  buccal  orifices  the  buccal 
disk  cannot  be  retracted.  Nevertheless  there  is  a point  of 
argument  which  may  enable  us  to  establish  an  analogy ; thus 
the  vertical  muscles,  arranged  in  a thin  fibrous  layer,  which 
line  the  intermediate  chambers  are  homologous  with  the  true 
muscular  bands.  Thus  in  Polypariurn  we  find  a reversed 
picture  with  relation  to  the  polyps  ; the  vertical  fibres,  which 
are  the  strongest  in  the  polyps,  are  the  least  strongly  deve- 
loped in  Polypariurn.,  and  vice  versa  the  transverse  fibres  are 
the  strongest  in  Polypariurn,  and  may  therefore  be  charac- 
terized as  ‘^transverse  bands  (transversale  Fahnen).^'' 

In  order  to  find  something  similar  among  the  polyps  we 
must  go  back  to  the  statements  of  Hollard  *.  That  naturalist 
first  of  all  described  a parieto-basilar  muscle  in  the  Actiniae ; 
this  muscle  consists  of  fibres  which  run  from  the  wall- 
lamina  to  the  pedal  disk  to  draw  in  the  latter ; it  appears 

* “ Monographie  aiiatomique  dii  genre  Actinia  de  Liune/’  &c.,  in 
Aim.  Sci.  Nat.  Zool.  s6r.  d,  tome  xv.  p.  2o7. 


214  Dr.  A.  Korotneff  07i  Polyparium  ambulans. 

as  a tliick  cushion  which  runs  transversely  above  the  layer 
of  transverse  muscles.  The  brothers  Hertwig  regard  this 
cushion  as  a fold-formation  of  the  base  of  the  septa  caused 
by  the  inereased  mass  of  the  muscles  here  situated.  The 
parieto-basilar  muscle  is  most  strongly  developed  in  Tealia 
crassicor7iis^  and  in  this  form,  aceording  to  the  figures  illus- 
trating Hertwig’s  investigation  we  have  a good  right  to 
assume  that  the  muscular  fibres  of  the  base  of  one  septum 
pass  into  the  opposite  septum.  At  any  rate,  we  may  assume 
that  at  the  meeting  of  the  opposite  septa  the  muscular  cushions 
pass  into  each  other  and  give  origin  to  a structure  analogous 
to  the  transverse  bands.” 

It  still  remains  for  me  to  decide  an  important  point  which 
relates  to  the  relations  of  the  septa  and  likewise  of  the  muscles 
to  one  another.  We  have  already  seen  that  in  Polyparium 
the  inner  chambers  and  intermediate  chambers  follow  each 
other  alternately ; the  inner  chamber  represents  the  gastral 
space  and  the  intermediate  chamber  the  place  where  new 
septa  are  formed.  This  alternating  position  is  not  without 
relation  to  the  muscular  system.  Hollard  has  already  ex- 
pressed the  opinion  that  the  longitudinal  muscles  which,  in 
transverse  sections,  are  immediately  recognized  as  thick  pads, 
are  turned  towards  one  another  and  enclosed  in  the  central 
chamber,  while  the  transverse  muscles,  on  the  contrary,  belong 
only  to  the  intermediate  chamber.  If  we  consider  Polyparium 
from  this  point  of  view  we  find  the  direct  contrary ; in  this 
form  the  longitudinal  muscles  (vertical  muscles)  belong  to  the 
intermediate  chamber,  while  the  transverse  muscles  trans- 
verse bands  ”)  only  occur  in  the  internal  chamber.  In  order 
to  explain  this  phenomenon  we  are  compelled  to  submit  the 
principle  established  by  Hollard  to  a rigid  analysis. 

Botteken  and  Schneider  f have  already  indicated  that  two 
pairs  of  septa  in  the  body  of  the  Actinia  have  really  an  ex- 
ceptional position — these  are  the  so-called  directional  septa 
which  have  a special  significance  for  the  orientation.  These 
septa  are  situated  opposite  each  other,  and  have  a particular 
relation  to  the  position  of  the  buccal  aperture  and  the  oeso- 
phageal tube:  thus  the  buccal  aperture  possesses  two  angles 
from  which  two  deep  grooves  run  down  upon  the  inside  of 
the  oesophageal  tube  ; the  insertion  of  the  directional  septa 
corresponds  with  the  buccal  angles  and  the  grooves  of  the 

* 0.  and  R.  Hertwig,  ‘ Die  Actinieu,  anat.  und  bistol.  Untersiicht’ 
(Jena,  1870). 

t Schneider  and  Rcitteken,  Ueber  den  Ban  der  Actinien  nnd  Koral- 
leu,”  in  Sitzungsb.  der  Oberhess,  Gesellsch.,  March  1871. 


215 


Dr.  A.  Korotneff  on  Polyparium  ambulans. 

oesophagus  (fig.  I.).  The  relation  of  the  musculature  on  tlie 
directional  septa  is  different  from  that  on  other  septa — the 
transverse  muscles  are  directed  towards  them,  the  longitudinal 
from  them.  Thus,  with  the  directional  septa  it  is  exactly  as 


Fio-.  I. 

mrir 


Transverse  section  through  a young  Adamsia  diaphmia  : miu,  mouth- 
angles;  rs,  directional  septa;  hn,  longitudinal  muscles.  (After 
Hertwig.) 


in  the  interior  chambers  of  Polyparium^  which  is  certainly  not 
without  significance  and  needs  homologizing.  Unfortunately 
embryology  gives  us  no  data  for  this  purpose,  because  the  re- 
searches of  Kowalevsky  t and  Lacaze-Duthiers  | upon  this 
subject  do  not  thoroughly  exhaust  the  question  and  are  in 
contradiction  to  each  other.  We  must  therefore  treat  this 
question  quite  a priori.  Very  probably  the  directional  septa 
of  the  Actinia  are  the  first  formed  ; they  will  probably  be 
ai'chisepta ; and  this  postulate  is  to  a certain  extent  confirmed 
by  the  fact  that  the  directional  septa  undoubtedly  correspond 
to  the  four  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  Scyphistoma.  In  the 

t A.  Kowalevsky,  Unterschungen  iiber  die  Entwicldimg  der  Coelen- 
teraten,”  in  Nadir,  k.  Ges.  der  Freuude  der  Natur,  Autbr.  uud  Etlmogr. 
Moscow,  1873  (ill  Kussian). 

J Lacaze-Dutbiers,  “ Developpemeiit  des  C.)ralliaries,”  in  Arcb.  Zool. 
exper.  et  gdn.  tome  i.  1872. 


216  Dr.  A.  Korotneff  on  Polyparium  ambulans. 

ScypMstoma^  which,  for  various  reasons,  we  must  regard  as  a 
most  simple  and  primitive  Actinia,  the  above-mentioned 
longitudinal  muscles  are  placed,  as  has  been  described  in  the 
case  of  the  directional  septa,  in  close  relation  to  the  buccal 
aperture.  Hence  the  arrangement  of  the  muscles  on  the  direc- 
tional septa,  in  which  the  archetypal  form  is  to  be  seen,  is 
indicative  of  various  homologies.  In  this  way,  then,  the 
relation  of  the  muscles  to  the  septa  in  Polyparium  is  not 
abnormal,  but,  on  the  contrary,  quite  typical. 

I may  further  mention  that  if  the  principle  established  by 
Hoi  lard  is  applicable  in  general  and  not  in  details  to  the 
Actinia?,  it  nevertheless  loses  its  significance  outside  this 
group.  Thus  in  a transverse  section  of  an  Alcyomum  we 
see,  as  the  brothers  Hertwig  have  shown  (see  fig.  II.),  that  in 
the  circumference  of  the  section  there  is  a point,  looking  from 


Fig.  II. 


rs  rs 


Transverse  section  through  a polyp  of--  Alcyonium : rs^  directional 
septa ; /,  muscular  bands.  ’(From  the  work  of  the  brothers 
Hertwig.) 


which  all  the  septa  have  the  muscles  turned  away,  four  on 
the  right  and  four  on  the  left-hand  side,  and  a second  opposite 
point,  looking  from  which  the  muscles  are  turned  towards  it; 
in  other  words,  we  find  the  longitudinal  muscles  turned  to- 
wards one  another,  in  accordance  with  Hollard’s  principle, 
only  on  one  pair  of  the  directional  septa,  all  the  others  being 


Dr.  A.  KorotnefF  on  Polypariom  ambulans.  217 

turned  away.  In  this  respect,  therefore,  Polyparium  makes 
no  special  exception. 

Notwithstanding  all  this,  it  is  necessary  to  show  why  the 
change  which  we  find  in  the  strength  of  the  muscles  in  Poly- 
parium  has  been  brought  about.  This  question  may  be 
decided  upon  a mechanical  principle.  We  have  seen  that 
the  transverse  bands  [q.m)  project  strongly  into  the  interior 
of  the  gastral  cavity,  pass  over  with  their  fibres  to  the  side- 
w^all  (m.5),  and  in  this  way  form  an  arch,  the  points  of 
fixation  of  which  are  to  be  sought  laterally  upon  the  side-wall. 
During  movement,  in  the  creeping  of  Polyparium^  the  trans- 
verse fibres  are  the  most  active,  and  when  they  contract  they 
must,  as  in  the  bent  bow,  wdden  the  lumen  of  the  interior 
chamber  (fig.  III.).  If  we  could  imagine  that  the  above-men- 
tioned transverse  bands  projected,  not  into  the  interior  chamber 

Fig.  Ill, 


a,  interior  chamber  ; b,  intermediate  chamber ; ?n.b,  side-wall ; st.  I, 
supporting  lamella ; q.?n,  transvers 3 muscular  bands;  l.m,  longi- 
tudinal muscles. 

but  into  the  intermediate  chamber,  then  the  interior  chamber 
(a)  would  be  closed  by  their  contraction.  But  we  must  con- 
sider that  the  nutrition  of  the  animal  must  depend  uncon- 
ditionally upon  its  movement ; the  animal,  or  the  colony, 
only  creeps  in  order  to  obtain  nourishment,  and  therefore 
during  locomotion  the  buccal  aperture  must  remain  wide 
open,  in  order  that  the  food  met  with  may  pass  directly  into 
the  stomach.  Thus  it  becomes  clear  that  the  occurrence  of 
the  transverse  bands  in  the  interior  chamber  and  of  the  ver- 
tical musculature  in  the  intermediate  chamber  is  not  only 
Ann.  & Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5,  Vol.  xx.  15 


218 


Dr.  A.  KorotnefF  on  Polyparium  ambulans. 

naturally  typical,  but  also  is  fully  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements  of  the  case. 

Lastly,  that  the  septa  of  Polyparium  are  homologous  with 
those  of  the  Actiniae  may  be  proved  by  the  production  of  the 
new  septa.  These  occur  in  various  stages  of  development  in 
the  intermediate  chambers  ; they  always  originate  in  pairs, 
and  each  pair  consists  of  two  septa  of  equal  size ; when  these 
are  quite  small  they  appear  to  consist  only  of  a supporting 
lamella,  which  is  covered  on  each  side  with  a muscular  layer, 
and  it  is  only  after  the  septa  have  grown  up  so  as  to  exceed 
half  tlie  vertical  diameter  of  the  colony  tliat  the  free  margin 
(PI.  XIIT.  fig.  2,5')  begins  to  thicken,  forming  a pad,  and  this 
is  the  commencement  of  the  formation  of  a transverse  band. 
Step  for  step  with  the  growth  of  the  septa  proceeds  the  develop- 
ment of  the  muscular  pad,  and  after  the  septa  have  reached  the 
buccal  surface  their  amalgamation  with  the  latter  ensues,  to- 
gether with  the  production  of  a buccal  cone,  which  finally 
acquires  a mouth-opening.  The  development  of  the  acetabu- 
lum likewise  goes  on  at  the  same  time.  When  the  septa  are 
still  quite  small  we  already  observe  an  annular,  scarcely  percep- 
tible fold,  which  rises  more  and  more  and  distinctly  acquires 
the  form  of  a knob.  Tims  it  is  clear  that  the  growth  of 
Polyparium  in  length  takes  place  by  an  interpolation  of  new 
members  which  bear  buccal  apertures  above  and  acetabula 
below. 

I must  further  mention  that  special  orifices  occur  in  the 
septa,  enabling  a communication  to  take  place  between  the 
interseptal  spaces  ; these  are  the  so-called  internal  septal 
stomata  described  in  the  ActiniaB.  These  stomata  are  oval 
and  have  thickened  margins  closing  the  aperture,  which  w^ould 
indicate  the  presence  of  a circular  musculature  (fig.  3). 

No  mesenterial  filaments  or  sexual  organs  occurred  on  the 
septa  of  Polyparium  ; the  former  are  entirely  deficient,  the 
latter  probably  are  not  developed  at  the  time  when  I found 
the  animal,  that  is  in  the  month  of  September.  There  can, 
however,  hardly  be  any  doubt  that  we  have  to  do  with  a 
sexually  mature  organism.  In  this  respect  tlie  animal  agrees 
exactly  with  the  Actinise,  in  which  sexual  maturity  also  occurs 
only  at  definite  periods. 

In  the  body  of  Polyparium  we  have  therefore  two  systems 
of  muscles,  external  and  internal.  The  first  form  two  different 
groups: — 1,  transverse  muscles,  u Inch  belong  to  the  ecto- 
derm, and  pass  directly  from  the  buccal  cones  into  the  buccal 
disk  ; 2,  longitudinal  muscles,  which  belong  to  the  entoderm, 
and  run  along  the  whole  of  the  body.  The  internal  muscles 
may  also  be  divided  into  tw^o  separate  groups,  both  of  which 


219 


Dr.  A.  Korotneff  on  Polyparium  ambiilans. 

occur  in  the  septa;  these  are,  1,  transverse  bands,  and  2, 
vertical  muscles.  All  these  systems  of  muscles  serve  the 
same  purpose  ; they  provide  for  the  locomotion  of  the  animal. 
The  most  important  in  this  respect  are  the  transverse  bands  ; 
they  shorten  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  polypary  by 
bringing  the  lateral  parts  of  the  body  nearer  together ; with 
the  shortening  of  the  transverse  bands  the  body  is  extended, 
which  is  accompanied  to  a certain  extent  by  an  elongation  of 
the  longitudinal  muscles.  The  weaker  vertical  muscles  of 
the  septa  play  a subordinate  ]>art,  performing  a much  less 
onerous  work  ; they  serve  to  pull  up  the  acetabula  from  the 
supporting  body,  which  is  the  first  act  in  the  locomotion  of 
Polyparium.  On  further  investigation  of  the  processes  of 
locomotion  in  this  creature  we  find  that  the  liberation  and 
lifting  of  the  acetabula  certainly  do  not  occur  simultane- 
ously throughout  the  whole  length  of  the  animal,  but  only  at 
a particular  part  of  the  colony — whether  it  is  one  transverse 
row  of  acetabula,  and  therefore  an  intermediate  chamber  with 
a transverse  chamber,  or  agreater  number  of  such  segments  that 
is  included,  I cannot  say  with  certainty,  although  1 am  in- 
clined to  think  that  only  one  segment  is  moved  at  once. 
After  the  abbreviation  of  the  transverse  bands  and  the  elon- 
gation of  the  longitudinal  muscles  the  acetabula  separated 
from  the  surface  of  support  are  pushed  further,  and  this  no 
doubt  goes  on  successively  throughout  the  whole  length  of 
the  animal.  This  mode  of  locomotion  cannot  be  called  gliding 
such  as  we  observe  in  many  Actinige,  but  a true  walking^  as 
the  acetabula  are  to  be  regarded  as  feet,  and  in  motion  cause 
an  undulatory  advance  ; but  as  the  acetabula  are  distributed 
along  the  whole  disk  of  the  foot,  and  occur  in  considerable 
numbers,  the  progression  may  be  discriminated  into  separate 
actions. 


It  is  not  easy  to  determine  the  true  taxonomic  position  of 
Polyparium  amhulans.  The  first  impression  that  this  form 
produees  is  something  quite  peculiar,  something  that  hardly 
reminds  us  of  any  other  form  of  Coelenterate.  In  summariz- 
ing the  different  charaeteristics  of  Polyparium  we  shall  speci- 
ally note  the  four  following  points  : — 1,  absence  of  tentacles  ; 
2,  occurrence  of  various  buccal  cones  which  lead  into  a com- 
mon cavity  without,  however,  possessing  an  oesophagus ; 3, 
apparent  absence  of  radial  septa  ; and  4,  occurrence  of  the 
very  peculiar  partitions  which  divide  the  body  of  Polyparium 
into  segments. 


15* 


220  Dr.  A.  KorotnefF  on  Polyparium  ambulans. 

To  show  the  affinity  of  our  form  with  other  polyps,  we 
must  refer  all  these  peculiarities  of  structure  to  the  common 
characters  of  the  polyp-type,  and  at  the  same  time  regard 
them  as  definite  results  of  a change  brought  about  by  special 
needs. 

We  commence  with  the  tentacles  : — Where  ought  these  to 
occur?  Certainly  either  at  each  buccal  aperture  or  at  the 
margin  of  the  whole  colony.  A Mceandrina  enables  us  to 
decide  this  question.  In  this  form  we  see  individual  polyps, 
or  more  properly  buccal  cones,  like  those  of  Polyparium^  dis- 
tributed in  bands  on  the  surface  of  a globular  polypary,  the 
buccal  cones  being  arranged  in  a series  exactly  in  the  middle 
of  each  band.  In  this  way  each  band  resembles  a Polyparium^ 
but  with  the  difference  that  the  buccal  cones  occur  in  greater 
number  in  the  latter.  But  the  most  important  thing  is  in  the 
distribution  of  the  tentacles  in  Mceandrina ; these  do  not  sur- 
round each  mouth-aperture,  but  stand  along  the  margin  of 
each  band.  If  we  conceive  that  in  a common  Actinia  a mul- 
tiplicity of  mouth-openings  has  been  produced  by  their  division, 
we  shall  get  a band-like,  Mieandrina-Y)k.^  form  in  which  also 
the  tentacles  originate  at  the  margin.  In  Polyparium  there- 
fore we  ought  to  seek  for  tentacles  at  the  margin,  and  regard 
them  as  having  disappeared,  such  a disappearance  being 
explicable  to  a certain  extent  by  change  in  the  mode  of  life. 
As  a Mceandrina  is  an  adherent  organism  it  is,  as  regards 
nourishment,  under  much  less  favourable  conditions  than 
Polyparium  ambulans^  which  can  change  its  place  with  com- 
parative rapidity  * hence  the  tentacles  are  much  more  necessary 
to  Mceandrina  than  to  Polyparium^  although  they  are  rather 
rudimentary. 

As  regards  the  buccal  apertures,  there  can  hardly  be  any 
doubt  that  their  number  does  not  denote  an  individualization, 
but  rather  a division,  and  the  absence  of  an  oesophagus  at 
each  aperture  somewhat  strengthens  this  supposition.  Such 
a complete  reduction  of  the  tentacles  and  considerable  increase 
of  the  mouth-apertures  not  only  has  an  influence  upon  the 
external  habit  of  the  animal  but  also  affects  its  internal 
organization.  In  the  first  place  we  must  here  mention  the 
septa  ; under  such  circumstances  they  must  certainly  be 
subject  to  a fundamental  alteration.  That  the  septa  of  Poly- 
parium must  be  homologous  with  the  septa  of  a simple 
Actinia  we  have  already  seen  to  be  probable,  nevertheless 
their  divergent  form  remains  as  a considerable  obstacle.  If 
we  imagine  the  oesophagus  of  a polyp  to  have  disappeared, 
the  affair  of  the  septa  will  certainly  stand  on  quite  a different 
footing,  they  must  be  free  in  the  interior  of  the  gastral 


Dr.  A.  KorotnefF  on  Polyparium  ambulans.  22 1 

cavity ; further,  we  may  assume  the  radial  arrangement  of  the 
septa  to  have  disappeared,  on  the  one  hand,  in  consequence 


Fig.  IV. 


Cross  section  of  Cerianthus : m,  muscles  of  the  wall-lamina. 

of  the  division  of  the  primary  mouth-opening  into  a number 
of  secondary  ones,  and,  on  the  other,  on  account  of  the  extra- 
ordinary elongation  of  the  colony,  and  therefore  what  exists 
in  Polyparium  is  to  be  regarded  as  regular.  The  free  exis- 
tence also  has  not  been  without  influence  ; for  the  performance 
of  the  task  of  carrying  out  definite  movements  the  parieto- 
basilar  muscle  is  converted  into  the  transverse  muscles 
(transverse  bands),  and  in  this  process  corresponding  septa 
of  opposite  sides  must  have  met  and  become  converted  into 
partition-like  structures.  In  this  way  the  radiate  type  of  a 
polyp  may  easily  be  converted  into  a bilateral  type.  In 
order  to  make  this  metamorphosis  intelligible  the  best  way 
is  to  have  before  us  a transverse  section  of  a Cerianthus 
(fig.  IV.).  If  we  imagine  the  buccal  aperture  in  this  divided, 
the  opposite  septa,  which  approach  so  nearly  as  to  touch  at 
the  bottom  of  the  inner  gastral  cavity,  will  necessarily  grow 
together*. 

* The  comparison  of  Cerianthus  with  Polyparium  is,  however,  the- 
more  admissible,  because,  as  has  been  shown,  these  forms  are  very  simi- 
lar histologically — for  example,  in  this  respect,  that  the  wall  in  both  cases 
possesses  a muscular  and  nervous  layer. 


222 


Mr.  K.  I.  Pocock  on  a new  Genus 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XIII. 


bf,  internal  chamber. 

Dr,  glands. 

e.  m,  entodermal  muscles. 
€711.  z,  embryonal  cells. 

Lm,  longitudinal  muscles. 
Mg,  stomach. 

Mk,  buccal  cone. 

M. o,  mouth-opening. 

M'  o',  inner  mouth-opening. 
Mw,  gastral  pads. 

N,  nematocTsts. 

Nv,  nervous  layer. 


pz,  parasitic  cells. 

Qin,  transverse  muscles. 

s,  developed  septa. 
s',  young  septa. 

sf,  fibrils  of  the  sense-cells. 
st.  I,  supporting  lamella. 
st.  z,  supporting  cells. 
st' . z',  cells  of  the  supporting  la- 
mella, 

sz,  sense-cells. 

t.  F,  transverse  bands. 
z.f,  intermediate  chamber. 


Fig.  1.  Polypai'ium  ainhulaiis  enlarged  2\  times  ; the  upper  surface 
covered  with  buccal  cones,  the  lower  with  acetabula. 

Fig.  2.  A longitudinal  section  of  Polgpariuin,  showing  buccal  cones  above 
and  acetabula  below  ; small  and  large  septa.  Transverse  bands 
{t,  F)  strongly  developed. 

Fig.  3.  A septal  stoma. 

Fig.  4.  Section  of  the  wall  of  a buccal  cone,  in  which  all  the  layers 
characteristic  of  an  Actinia  (muscles,  nerves,  fibrillar  nemato- 
cyst  layer,  »&c.)  occur. 

Fig.  5.  Section  of  the  buccal  disk  which  stretches  between  the  buc- 
cal cones.  The  layers  follow  the  same  order  as  in  the  last 
figure. 

Fig.  6.  Section  of  the  pedal  disli  near  an  acetabulum.* 

Fig.  7.  Teased-out  preparation  from  the  buccal  disk,  in  which  are  to  be 
distinguished  nematocysts,  sense-cells,  nerve-  and  muscular 
layers.  To  be  noted  the  relations  which  exist  between  the 
muscles  {iii)  and  the  fibrillae  emanating  from  the  nematocysts. 

Fig.  8.  Teased-out  preparation  from  the  pedal  disk,  in  which  gland-  aud 
sense-cells  are  to  be  distinguished. 

Fig.  9.  Entoderm  filled  with  parasitic  cells. 


XXII. — Description  of  a new  Genus  and  Species  of  Poly- 
zoniclte.  By  K.  Innes  Pocock. 

[Plata  XIV.] 

PSEUDODESMUS,  genus  TlOVLim. 

Platydesrno  (Lucas)  propinquum.  Corpore  longo,  supra  tuber- 
culoriim,  infra  carinarum  serie  quoque  latere  praedito.  Seg- 
mentorum  numero  majore  quam  septuaginta;  segmento  ultimo 
postice  hand  acuto  ; segmentis,  prime  et  ultimo  exceptis,  carinas 
prope  ad  libellam  emergentes  parte  lateris  inferiore  geren- 
tibus  et  dorsum  medium  canaliculatis.  Carina  quaque,  tribus 
anticis  exceptis,  in  margine  laterali  foramen  repugnatorium 


223 


and  Species  o/’Poljzonidse. 

gerente.  Segmentis  quatuor  anticis  binis  pedibus,  caeteris 
binis  pedum  paribus  instructis ; ultimo  (et  penultimo  ?)  pedibus 
carente.  Pedibus  articulis  sex  constantibus ; ultimo  pedis  arti- 
culo  apicem  uugue  armato.  Larainis  pedigeris  liberis.  Capite 
sub  segmentis  anticis  flexo,  fronte  convexa ; margine  antico  vix  in 
rostrum  producto.  Oculis  nullis.  Antenuis  articulis  septem  con- 
stantibus ; in  capitis  lateribus  positis ; articulo  extreme  minimo. 
Mandibulis  occultis.  Gnathochilario  manifesto  ; stipitibus  magnis; 
malis  et  cardinibus  baud  conspicuis  ; lobis  linguae  parvae  et  tenuis 
nullis ; mento  malleo  simili  et  magno. 

Owing  to  scarcity  of  material  I have  been  unable  satisfac- 
torily to  determine  whether  the  mandibles  be  in  reality  absent  or 
not.  The  fact  of  their  occurrence  in  8iphonoj)hora  and  Platy- 
desmus  leads  me  to  believe  that  owing  to  my  imperfect  exami- 
nation of  the  mouth-parts  their  presence  has  been  overlooked  in 
this  specimen. 

This  genus  differs  from  Platydesmus  prineipally  in  the 
absence  of  eyes  and  in  the  possession  of  a greater  number  of 
segments.  lih.  Dolistenus  (Fanz.)  I am  unable  to  compare 
it,  owing  to  my  ignorance  of  the  strueture  of  the  mouth- 
parts  in  this  form  [cf.  infra ^ Note). 

Pseudodesmus  verrucosus^  n.  sp. 

• 

Number  of  segments  in  one  specimen  seventy-six,  in  another 
seventy-two.  Length  of  longer  individual  34  millim.,  width 
millim. 

Head  somewhat  pointed  in  front,  rounded  behind,  convex 
from  before  backwards,  and  from  side  to  side ; thickly  and 
finely  punctured,  and  thickly  clothed  with  short  hairs.  All 
the  segments,  the  limbs,  and  antennae  punctured  and  more  or 
less  thickly  covered  with  hairs  ; the  free  ends  of  the  keels, 
the  large  tubercles,  and  the  anal  valves  not  punctured  and  not 
hairy.  The  first  segment  bearing  an  irregular  row  of  tuber- 
cles on  its  anterior  half,  and  provided  on  each  side  with  a 
larger  lateral  tuberele,  corresponding  in  position  with  the 
keels  of  the  succeeding  segments.  That  portion  of  each 
segment  which  lies  between  the  keel  below  and  the  large 
dorsal  tubercle  above  bearing  one  or  more  smaller  tubereles, 
which  are  more  numerous  upon  the  first  three  segments  than 
upon  the  others.  Posterior  border  of  last  segment  rounded 
and  tubercular.  Anal  valves  convex  and  smooth  ; posterior 
border  of  subanal plate  straight;  keels  of  the  last  segment  but 
one  projecting  directly  backwards.  In  one  specimen  the  last, 
and  in  the  other  the  last  two  segments  are  without  limbs. 

Colour  mostly  testaceous  or  yellowish  brown  ; legs  and 


224 


Mr.  R.  I.  Pocock  on  a new  Genus 


keels  testaceous,  lateral  portions  of  the  segments  darker  but 
mottled,  the  darker  shades  occurring  in  patches.  Most  of  the 
large  dorsal  tubercles  almost  black,  some  bright  yellow,  a few 
dull-coloured;  the  yellow  tubercles  in  patches  of  two,  three, 
or  four  together,  but  not  occurring  at  definite  intervals. 

Two  female  specimens  from  Perak  in  the  Malay  Penin- 
sula. 

In  1872  M.  de  Saussure,  basing  his  classification  upon  the 
form  of  the  head  and  jaws,  divided  the  family  Polyzonidas 
into  two  tribes — the  Platydesmia,  to  contain  Platydesmus, 
and  the  Polyzonia,  to  contain  Polyzonium  and  Siphonopliora ; 
and  Dr.  Latzel  in  1884  also  divided  the  Polyzonidge  into  two 
subfamilies,  for  one  of  which  he  adopted  the  term  Platydesmia, 
while  to  the  other  he  gave  the  name  Dolistenia.  But  the 
latter  author,  considering  the  number  of  body-segments  to  be 
a character  of  systematic  value,  included  in  the  Platydesmia 
all  those  suctorial  Myriopods  which  possess  fewer  than  seventy 
segments,  while  the  Dolistenia  contained  all  those  forms  in 
which  the  body  is  composed  of  more  than  seventy  segments. 
This  arrangement  brought  about  the  association  of  Polyzonium 
with  Platydesmus  and  the  separation  of  Polyzonium  from 
Siplwnophora^  and  if  adopted  in  the  present  case  would  lead 
me  to  assign  to  Pseudodcsmus  a place,  not  witji  Platydesmus^ 
but  with  Siphonopliora^  thus  showing  that,  in  my  opinion, 
the  relationship  between  Siphonophova  and  Pseudodesmus  is 
greater  than  the  relationship  between  the  latter  and  Platy- 
desmus.  But  that  is  not  the  case  ; the  form  of  the  gnatho- 
chilarium  shows  that  Platydesmus  and  Pseudodesmus  are 
closely  allied,  and  the  form  of  the  proboscis  shows  that  Poly- 
zonium  and  Siphonopliora  are  closely  allied.  These  two 
things,  and  the  knowledge  of  the  fact  that  the  number  of  seg- 
ments, being  very  variable,  is  a character  practically  valueless 
for  classification,  have  led  me  to  reject  the  divisions  of  Dr. 
Latzel  and  to  adopt,  at  all  events  provisionally,  the  older  ones 
of  M.  de  Saussure ; but  at  the  same  time  it  seems  to  be  very 
probable  that  careful  examination  of  the  mouth-parts  of  genera 
that  have  hitherto  been  but  poorly  described  will,  by  bringing 
to  light  intermediate  forms,  render  impossible  the  attempt  to 
divide  the  Polyzonidse  into  groups  larger  than  genera. 

Owing  to  the  scanty  descriptions  which  at  present  exist  of 
the  following  forms — Octoglena  (Wood),  Petaserpes  (Cope), 
Andrognathus  (Cope),  and  Dolistenus  (Fanzago) — it  is  impos- 
sible to  associate  them  with  either  of  the  subfamilies  adopted  ; 
and  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  classification  of  Dr.  Latzel 
highly  commends  itself  from  the  fact  that  in  formulating  it 
the  author  was  able,  inasmuch  as  the  number  of  segments 


225 


and  Species  0/ Polyzonida3. 

and  very  little  else  was  known  in  each  case,  to  assign  to  the 
North-American  genera  a position  in  the  Platydesmia  and  to 
associate  Dolistenus  with  SipJionophora  in  the  subfamily 
Dolistenia.  Whether  Octoglena^  Petaserpes^  and  Andro- 
gnathus  be  really  related  to  Platydesmus  and  to  Pseudodesmus 
remains  to  be  shown. 

Family  Polyzonidae. 

Subfam.  1.  Platydesmini. 

Maxillis  secundi  paris  Juli  gnathochilario  similibus. 

1.  Platydesmus. 

Capite  oculis  ornato  ; numero  segmentorum  minore  quam 
septuaginta. 

2.  Pseudodesmus. 

Oculis  nullis ; numero  segmentoium  majore  quam  septua- 
ginta. 


Subfam.  2.  Poltzonini, 

Gnathochilario  in  laminam  antice  acutam,  simplicem,  Juli 
gnathochilario  hand  similem  mutato. 

1.  POLYZONIUM. 

Capite  oculis  ornato  ; numero  segmentorum  minore  quam 
septuaginta. 

2.  SiPHONOPHOEA. 

Oculis  nullis ; numero  segmentorum  majore  quam  septua- 
ginta. 


Note. — Since  sending  the  above  to  press  I have  come  across, 
in  the  work  of  Antonio  Berlese  upon  the  Acari,  Myriopoda, 
and  Pseudoscorpiones  of  Italy,  a figure  of  the  gnathochilarium 
of  Dolistenus^  which  shows  that,  as  regards  the  mouth-parts, 
this  genus  is  more  nearly  allied  to  Pseudodesmus  than  to 
Siphonopliora^  and  will  therefore  be  classed  in  the  subfamily 
Platydesmini. 

The  form  of  the  mentum,  the  shape  of  the  body- rings,  and 
the  possession  of  more  than  one  hundred  segments  are  cha- 
racters sufficient  to  separate  Dolistenus  from  Pseudodesmus. 


226 


Mr.  W.  L.  Distant  on  new  Cicadidse. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XIV. 

Fig.  1.  Lower  view  of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  body  of  P.  verrucosus. 
Fig.  2.  Anterior  view  of  a single  segment  of  P.  verrucosus. 

Fig.  3.  Lower  view  of  the  posterior  portion  of  the  body  of  P.  verrucosus. 
Fig.  4.  Upper  view  of  anterior  segments. 

Fig.  o.  Upper  view  of  middle  segments. 

Fig.  6.  Upper  view  of  posterior  segments. 

Fig.  7.  Antenna. 

Fig.  8.  Leg. 

Fig.  9.  First  pair  of  feet. 

Fig.  10.  The  gnathochilarium. 

Fig.  11.  The  gnathochilarium  oi  Platydesmus,  after  Saussure. 

Fig.  12.  The  gnathochilarium  of  Doliste7ius,  after  Berlese. 


XXIII. — Descriptions  of  new  Species  q/Cicadidge. 

By  \V.  L.  Distant. 

Being  engaged  in  the  preparation  of  an  illustrated  monograph 
of  the  Oriental  Cicadidse,  including  those  of  China  and  Japan, 
to  be  published  by  the  authorities  of  the  Calcutta  Museum,  I 
am  anxious  to  obtain  all  the  material  possible  to  make  the 
work  moderately  complete.  I therefore  venture  to  make  an 
appeal  to  entomologists  who  may  possess  specimens  from 
those  regions  to  favour  me  with  an  opportunity  of  examining 
the  same. 

The  following  species  will  be  all  subsequently  either  fully 
or  structurally  figured. 

Poecilopsaltria  Ilampsoni.^  n.  sp. 

$ . Head  luteous ; front  with  a number  of  black  linear 
markings;  vertex  with  a transverse,  narrow,  black  fascia 
between  the  eyes  and  with  a central  black  spot  containing  the 
ocelli.  Pronotum  greenish  ochraceous,  the  disk  with  the 
following  black  markings : — a central  I-shaped  spot,  on  each 
side  of  which  are  some  oblique  linear  markings  ; the  lateral 
dilated  margins  are  black  and  the  anterior  margin  is  narrowly 
and  the  posterior  margin  broadly  dull  reddish  ochraceous. 
Mesonotum  greenish  ochraceous,  with  the  following  black 
spots  : — four  obconical  from  anterior  margin,  of  which  the 
central  two  are  smallest;  a large,  oblong,  discal  spot,  with  a 
small,  partly  rounded  spot  on  each  side  of  it ; the  basal  cruci- 
form elevation  dull  reddish  ochraceous.  Abdomen  above 
black.  Body  beneath  with  the  face  black,  marked  with 
luteous  transverse  lines ; sternum  somewhat  ochraceously 


■Mr.  W.  L.  Distant  on  new  Cicadidas.  227 

pilose ; abdomen  beneath  black,  the  segmental  margins  ochra- 
ceous,  the  anal  appendage  of  the  same  colour ; legs  castaneous, 
streaked  or  spotted  with  piceous  and  luteous.  Eostmra 
black,  the  basal  portion  luteous.  Tegrnina  pale  hyaline, 
with  the  venation  brown,  the  costal  membrane  greenish,  the 
basal  third  somewhat  opaque,  with  darker  transverse  markings 
and  small  basal  black  markings  ; a double  irregular  series  of 
dark  brown  spots  cross  the  tegrnina  at  about  centre,  a dark 
brown  fascia  at  bases  of  upper  apical  areas,  a few  small  sub- 
apical  spots,  and  some  small  marginal  spots  of  the  same 
colour.  Wings  brownish  ochraceous,  paler  at  apex  than  at 
base  and  very  pale  across  centre,  with  a white  marginal  spot 
near  anal  angle ; the  venation  brown. 

The  rostrum  reaches  the  basal  abdominal  segment ; the 
lateral  margins  of  the  pronotum  are  distinctly  angulated  ; the 
face  is  robustly  gibbous,  with  a profound  central  longitudinal 
sulcation;  the  posterior  tibije  have  three  distinct  spines  on 
each  side  of  apical  half. 

$ . Long.  excl.  tegm.  23  millim.  ; exp.  tegm.  70  millim. 

Hab.  Nilgiri  Hills,  northern  slopes,  5000  feet  (May). 

I am  indebted  for  a knowledge  of  this  fine  species  to  Gr.  F. 
Hampson,  Esq.,  who  captured  it  in  the  month  of  May  of  this 
year. 

Poecilojosaltria  semusta^  n.  sp. 

$ . Body  dull  ochraceous ; head  with  the  front  and  a 
broad  fascia  between  the  eyes  black,  the  last  containing  the 
ocelli  and  two  small  ochraceous  spots  ,•  pronotum  with  two 
central,  discal,  somewhat  triangular,  black  spots,  the  lower- 
most largest  and  broadest,  on  each  side  of  which  are  three 
narrow,  oblique,  black  fasciae,  the  lateral  ampliated  margins 
somewhat  darker  outwardly.  Mesonotum  with  a large, 
black,  central  spot  on  anterior  margin  connected  with  the 
black  margin  of  the  basal  cruciform  elevation  ; on  each  side 
of  this  central  spot  is  a large,  black,  obconical  spot,  which 
nearly  crosses  the  disk ; abdomen  above  dull  castaneous,  the 
segmental  margins  ochraceous.  Head  beneath  with  a broad 
black  fascia  between  the  eyes  ; face  ochraceous,  the  upper 
portion  black,  enclosing  an  ochraceous  spot,  tlie  central  sulca- 
tion  and  transverse  striations  bright  castaneous  ; body  beneath 
ochraceous,  with  darker  shadings  j legs  more  or  less  tinged 
with  castaneous ; abdomen  beneath  as  above  ,*  opercula 
brownish  ochraceous,  with  the  margins  paler ; rostrum  ochra- 
ceous, with  the  apex  pitchy.  Tegrnina  brownish,  with  the 
following  creamy  markings : — a short,  macular,  transverse 
fascia  near  base ; a broad,  irregular,  transverse,  macular 


228 


Mr.  W.  L.  Distant  on  new  Cicadidae. 


fascia  near  centre  ; between  this  fascia  and  apex  are  two  spots 
near  costa,  each  divided  by  a vein,  and  an  outer  irregular 
series  of  submarginal  spots ; at  the  bases  of  apical  areas  the 
transverse  veins  are  shaded  with  dark  castaneous.  Wings 
brownish,  some  basal  streaks  and  central  macular  markings 
ochraceous  ; marginal  fringe  very  pale  ochraceous. 

(^.  Long.  excl.  tegm.  18  millim. ; exp.  tegm.  55  millim. 

Hah.  Chusan  (Calc.  Mus.). 

The  rostrum  about  reaches  the  apex  of  the  first  abdominal 
segment ; the  opercula  are  angularly  rounded,  do  not  overlap, 
are  separated  from  each  other,  and  just  reach  the  base  of  the 
first  abdominal  segment ; the  face  has  a central,  deep  and 
broad,  longitudinal  sulcation  extending  through  its  lower  two 
thirds,  and  it  is  also  transversely  striated  to  that  extent. 

Le'pto'psaltria  nilgirensiSj  n.  sp. 

$ . Body  above  olivaceous  green.  Head  with  the  front 
broadly  margined  with  black,  the  vertex  with  a streak  behind 
the  eyes,  some  irregular  markings  in  front,  and  the  area  of  the 
ocelli  black.  Pronotum  with  the  following  black  mark- 
ings : — two  central  fascige,  rounded  and  joined  posteriorly,  and 
laterally  curved  and  produced  on  each  side  anteriorly ; on 
each  side  of  these  fascia  are  three  discal  irregular  spots  and  a 
large  semicircular  spot  near  each  lateral  margin.  Mesonotum 
with  the  following  black  markings  : — a central  longitudinal 
line  with  a shorter  curved  and  outwardly  convex  line  on  each 
side,  followed  by  a small  spot  on  anterior  margin  and  by  a 
sublateial  curved  and  broken  fascia,  and  a spot  in  front  of 
each  anterior  angle  of  the  cruciform  elevation.  Abdomen 
above  with  the  segmental  margins  narrowly  black  and  two 
black  spots  at  base,  and  a smaller  spot  at  apex  of  anal 
appendage.  Body  beneath  pale  olivaceous  green  ; anterior 
margin  and  two  central  fasciai  (joined  posteriorly)  to  face, 
some  irregular  spots  on  cheeks,  segmental  margins,  the 
claspers  and  apex  of  anal  appendage  black.  Legs  olivaceous 
green  ; apices  of  the  femora,  tibiae,  and  tarsi  more  or  less 
pitchy.  Bostrum  olivaceous,  with  the  apex  black.  Tegmina 
pale  hyaline,  with  violaceous  reflexions,  the  venation  alter- 
nately black  and  ochraceous,  a few  obscure  black  markings 
at  base  ; the  costal  membrane  ochraceous ; an  ochraceous  spot 
at  base  of  upper  ulnar  area  and  the  transverse  veins  at  bases 
of  the  three  upper  apical  areas  broadly  infuscated.  Wings 
with  the  venation  similar  to  tegmina,  but  spotless. 

$ . Long.  excl.  tegm.  16  millim.;  exp.  tegm.  57  millim. 

Hah.  Nilgiris,  northern  slopes,  5000  feet,  June  [G.  F. 
Hampson^  Esq.) 


Mr.  W.  L.  Distant  on  new  CicadidaB. 


229 


The  lateral  margins  of  the  pronotiim  are  biarigulated,  the 
face  is  large  and  tumid,  the  rostrum  reaches  the  third  abdo- 
minal segment,  and  the  body  is  more  or  less  greyish  and 
pilose. 

This  species  much  resembles  the  Dundubial  cUo^  Walk.  ; 
but  it  can  be  separated  at  once  from  that  species  by  the  very 
much  shorter  upper  apical  area  to  the  tegmina  &c. 

Leptopsaltna  lactea^  n.  sp. 

^ . Head  and  pronotum  ochraceous ; head  with  the  front, 
the  area  of  the  ocelli,  and  a transverse  streak  in  front  of  eyes 
reddish  ochraceous.  Pronotum  with  the  whole  disk  reddish 
ochraceous,  with  an  indistinct,  central,  longitudinal  fascia,  on 
each  side  of  which  are  two  oblique  excavated  lines ; the  mar- 
gins pale  ochraceous.  Mesonotum  obscure  ochraceous,  with 
two  obscure  and  mostly  castaneous,  central,  obconical  spots, 
on  each  side  of  which  is  a curved  broken  fascia  of  the  same 
colour,  and  a large  spot  in  front  of  the  cruciform  basal  eleva- 
tion. Abdomen  above  ochraceous,  with  a broad,  central, 
castaneous  fascia,  which  is  notched  and  channelled  outwardly  ; 
stigmata  also  castaneous.  Body  beneath  and  legs  ochraceous  ; 
apices  of  the  femora,  bases  and  apices  of  the  tibige,  the  tarsi, 
a spot  on  apical  segment  of  abdomen,  and  apex  of  the  rostrum 
castaneous.  Tegmina  and  wings  pale  hyaline,  with  a strong 
milky-white  suffusion  or  reflexion.  Tegmina  with  the  veins 
alternately  ochraceous  and  castaneous  ; the  costal  membrane 
and  a small  costal  spot  at  base  of  upper  ulnar  area  ochraceous  ; 
transverse  veins  at  bases  of  apical  areas  more  or  less  infus- 
cated,  and  a marginal  row  of  pale  fuscous  spots  placed  on  the 
apices  of  the  veins.  Wings  with  the  venation  dark  casta- 
neous and  unspotted. 

d . Long.  excl.  tegm.  30  millim. ; exp.  tegm.  80  millim. 

Hah,  Sumatra  [Forbes)  ^ February. 

The  body  is  long  and  gradually  tapering  towards  apex ; 
the  lateral  margins  of  the  pronotum  are  concavely  sinuate, 
not  angulated.  The  face  is  broad  and  tumid,  the  central 
sulcation  small  and  only  distinct  on  apical  half ; the  trans- 
verse ridges  prominent.  The  rostrum  extends  a little  beyond 
posterior  coxae.  The  opercula  are  small,  only  reaching  the 
basal  segment  of  the  abdomen ; they  are  outwardly  oblique, 
broadly  convex  at  apices,  and  again  obliquely  directed 
inwardly  and  upwardly. 

Cosmopsalty'ia  paddaj  n.  sp. 

6 . Head  olivaceous  ; front  with  the  margins  and  a central 


230  Mr.  W.  L.  Distant  on  new  Cicadid^e. 

fascia  black ; vertex  with  three  black  fascije,  one  on  each  side 
behind  the  eyes,  and  one  central  containing  the  ocelli  and  a 
small  angulated  black  marginal  spot  near  bases  of  antennm ; 
eyes  dull  castaneous.  Pronotum  olivaceous  green,  with  a 
central  longitudinal  ochraceous  fascia  margined  with  black, 
a black  submarginal  fascia,  and  the  extreme  margin  ochra- 
ceous. Mesonotum  olivaceous  green,  with  live  longitudinal 
black  fasciae  all  more  or  less  margined  with  ochraceous, 
situate  one  central  and  longest  extending  right  across  disk 
and  attenuated  anteriorly,  on  each  side  of  this  is  a shorter 
fascia  extending  from  anterior  margin  to  about  centre,  followed 
again  by  a long  and  broader  fascia  a little  before  each  lateral 
margin  ; a small  black  spot  in  front  of  the  anterior  angles  of 
the  cruciform  elevation,  which  is  also  more  or  less  olivaceous. 
Abdomen  above  piceous,  more  or  less  clothed  with  fine  greyish 
pilosity,  tlie  tympana  and  some  lateral  shadings  olivaceous. 
Head  beneath  and  sternum  olivaceous,  frontal  margin  between 
the  eyes  black  ; sternum  more  or  less  greyishly  pilose ; legs 
olivaceous,  an  apical  annulation  to  anterior  femora,  the  under 
surfaces  of  intermediate  and  posterior  femora,  more  than  apical 
half  of  anterior  tibim,  and  about  apical  third  of  intermediate 
and  posterior  tibias  and  the  tarsi  black.  Opercula  olivaceous, 
the  inner  margin  and  about  apical  two  thirds  (not  quite 
reaching  outer  margin)  black.  Abdomen  beneath  piceous, 
more  or  less  greyish  pilose.  Tegmina  pale  hyaline,  narrowly 
olivaceous  at  extreme  base,  the  venation  alternately  brownish 
olivaceous  and  piceous,  the  costal  membrane  olivaceous,  two 
subapical  piceous  spots  situate  on  the  transverse  veins  at  bases 
of  the  two  upper  apical  areas,  and  some  minute  submarginal 
piceous  spots.  Wings  pale  hyaline,  narrowly  olivaceous  at 
extreme  base,  the  costal  margin  ochraceous  for  about  half  its 
length. 

$ , Long.  excl.  tegm.  34  to  38  millim. ; exp.  tegm.  94  to 
103  millim. 

Hah,  Penang  [Rev.  L.  C.  Biggs) . 

The  opercula  about,  or  almost,  reach  the  base  of  the  last 
abdominal  segment,  are  concavely  narrowed  near  base,  and 
ampliated  and  rounded  towards  apex ; the  face  is  narrowly 
sulcated  for  about  half  its  length  and  possesses  strong  trans- 
verse ridges ; the  anterior  femora  are  armed  with  three  spines 
beneath,  one  near  centre,  two  near  apex,  the  apical  one 
smallest. 

Pomponia  promiscuaj  n.  sp. 

cf . Body  above  greenish  ochraceous.  Head  with  two 
small  fuscous  spots  at  apex  of  front  and  two  wider  apart  at 


On  the  Blood-corpuscles  of  the  Cyclostomata.  231 

base  of  front,  the  ocelli  also  surrounded  with  fuscous ) the 
head  is  also  mottled  with  very  pale  ochraceous,  and  the  eyes 
are  dark  castaneous.  Pronotum  with  the  margins  pale  ochra- 
ceous,  an  indistinct  central  fascia  margined  with  ochraceous, 
with  an  obscure  castaneous  spot  on  each  side,  and  four  oblique 
incisions  on  disk,  two  on  each  side  of  central  fascia.  Meso- 
notum  with  two  obscure  central  obconical  spots  margined  with 
greenish,  the  lateral  margins  and  the  basal  cruciform  eleva- 
tion also  of  the  same  colour.  Abdomen  with  the  stigmata 
and  the  segmental  margins  castaneous.  Body  beneath  ochra- 
ceous ; apex  of  the  rostrum,  basal  and  apical  annulation  to 
tibise,  apices  of  the  tarsi,  and  penultimate  abdominal  segment 
castaneous.  Tegmina  pale  hyaline,  with  talc-like  reflexions ; 
venation  alternately  ochraceous  and  fuscous  ; costal  membrane 
and  a small  costal  spot  at  base  of  upper  ulnar  area  ochraceous, 
basal  claval  area  greyish  opaque  ; transverse  veins  at  the 
bases  of  the  second  and  third  apical  areas  slightly  infuscated. 
Wings  as  tegmina,  but  unspotted. 

S . Long.  excl.  tegm.  25  millim.  ; exp.  tegm.  65  millim. 

Hah.  Sumatra  [Forbes)^  March. 

The  body  is  moderately  robust ; the  abdomen  broad,  nar- 
rowed at  apex.  The  lateral  margins  of  the  pronotum  are 
slightly  sinuated.  The  face  is  broad  and  tumid,  with  a central 
and  very  obscure  levigate  carina,  but  not  sulcated ; transverse 
ridges  not  extending  to  apex.  Bostrum  just  passing  the 
posterior  coxae.  Opercula  very  small,  obliquely  rounded,  not 
reaching  the  basal  segment  of  the  abdomen. 

This  is  one  of  a series  of  small  species  of  Poinponia  found 
in  the  Eastern  islands.  It  is  probable  that  the  colour  is,  or 
often  is,  green,  and  not  ochraceous,  during  life. 


XXIV. — On  the  Blood- corpuscles  of  the  Cyclostomata. 

By  Professor  D’Aecy  W.  Thompson,  Dundee. 

It  is  commonly  stated  in  the  text-books,  for  example  in 
Huxley’s  ^Anatomy  of  the  Vertebrata’  (p.  100),  that  the 
blood  of  the  Cyclostornes  differs  from  that  of  all  other  fishes 
in  the  round  instead  of  oval  shape  of  its  red  corpuscles. 
Gulliver,  on  whose  authority  most  of  the  text-book  statements 
concerning  the  size  and  shape  of  blood-corpuscles  rests,  says, 
in  his  edition  of  Hewson’s  works  (p.  234),  In  the  Cyclo- 
stomes  the  corpuscles  are  of  the  same  figure  as  those  of  Man 
and  only  slightly  larger. Accordingly  I was  more  than  a 
little  surprised,  on  examining  some  living  Myxince  lately,  to 


232  On  the  Blood-cor  pu  soles  of  the  Cy  do  stomata. 

find  their  red  blood- corpuscles  large  and  oval,  and  similar  to 
those  of  the  skate  or  dogfish.  On  consulting  Johannes 
Muller  (Vergl.  Anat.  d.  Myxinoiden)  I found  that  he  had 
noted  and  figured  the  oval  corpuscles  of  Myxine^  but  without 
measuring  tliern  or  calling  attention  to  their  points  of  contrast 
with  those  of  Petromyzon.  Dr.  Gunther,  in  his  article 
Ichthyology  ” in  the  ‘ Encyclopaedia  Britannica,’  says 
accurately  that  “the  corpuscles  of  Petromyzon  are  round,” 
but  proceeds  to  say  that  the  corpuscles  of  the  Cyclostomes 
are  exceptionally  small,  taking  it  for  granted  doubtless  that 
the  two  genera  agree  in  this  respect. 

I find  the  red  corpuscles  in  Myxine  to  be  thin,  flattened, 
oval  plates,  with  a central  nucleus,  which  is  sometimes  round, 
more  often  elongated  and  rod-like. 

Their  dimensions  are  as  follows  : — 


millim. 

Length *025  to  *028 

Breadth about  -01 

Thickness „ *003 

The  nuclei  stain  very  quickly  and  intensely  with  magenta. 
The  white  corpuscles  are  of  about  the  same  size  as  those  of 
man.  They  are  irregular  or  amoeboid  in  shape,  and  have  a 
very  large  granular  nucleus.  Sometimes  the  whole  corpuscle 
is  granular,  and  then  appears  to  be  devoid  of  a nucleus. 
The  white  corpuscles  are  remarkably  numerous,  being  not 
less  than  three  fourths  as  numerous  as  the  red,  and  sometimes 
equalling  them  in  number. 

In  Petromyzon  marinus  I find  the  red  blood-corpuscles  to 
be  circular,  as  stated.  They  measure  about  *013  to  *014 
millim.  in  diameter.  Gulliver  gives  *019  for  Petromyzon ; 
but  he  very  probably  used  another  species.  The  nucleus  is 
small,  placed  not  in  the  centre,  but  usually  near  the  edge  of 
the  disk,  and  stains  very  slowly  and  feebly  in  magenta  or 
hgematoxylin.  The  white  corpuscles  are  even  more  nume- 
rous than  in  Myxine^  being  actually  thrice  or  four  times  as 
many  as  the  red.  Their  nuclei  are  small  and  stain  well,  and 
forms  transitional  in  shape  and  size  to  the  red  corpuscles 
seem  to  be  recognizable.  Some  indeed  are  round,  clear,  with 
excentric  nucleus,  and  similar  in  size  to  the  red  corpuscles  ; 
others  are  quite  small,  one  half  the  diameter  of  the  former, 
and  with  a central  nucleus  ; others,  again,  are  large,  granular, 
and  with  the  nucleus  disproportionately  large. 

In  both  genera  the  red  corpuscles  are  very  easily  deformed. 
The  corpuscles  of  Myxine  often  seem  to  tail  off  into  a point 


233 


On  a netv  Type  of  Compound  Eye. 

at  each  end,  and  those  of  Petromyzon  are  often  (especially 
in  very  fresh  specimens !)  irregular  in  outline. 

We  thus  find  that  the  blood  differs  in  almost  every  point 
in  these  two  animals,  viz.  in  the  size  and  shape  of  the  red 
corpuscles  and  in  the  character  of  their  nuclei,  and  that 
Petromyzon  in  these  respects  stands  alone,  while  Myxine 
resembles  other  fishes,  and  especially  the  Elasmobraiichs  and 
Dipnoi,  whose  corpuscles  are  much  larger  than  those  of 
Teleostei.  But  the  two  genera  agree  in  the  extraordinary 
number  of  the  white  corpuscles,  which  in  most  fishes  are,  if 
anything,  exceptionally  scanty. 

I did  not  take  the  opportunity  of  estimating  the  number  of 
the  red  corpuscles  in  either  case ; but  they  are  certainly 
exceptionally  few,  especially  in  Myxine. 

One  very  curious  point  still  remains.  Shipley,  in  his  recent 
paper  on  the  development  of  Petromyzon  (Quart.  Journ.  Micr. 
Sci.,  Jan.  1887),  states,  without  further  remark,  that  the  red 
corpuscles  of  the  Ammocoete  (P.  fluviatiUs)  are  oval ; and  in 
writing  to  me  he  confirms  the  statement  that  the  corpuscles 
of  the  Ammocoete  differ  altogether  in  size  and  form  from 
those  of  the  adult  Petromyzon.  This  observation  is,  I fancy, 
quite  novel,  and  it  recalls  the  similar  but  far  less  striking- 
fact  that  the  corpuscles  of  the  young  tadpole  were  long  ago 
observed  (by  Gulliver)  to  differ  somewhat  in  size  and  shape 
from  those  of  the  frog.  But  the  noteworthy  point  now  is  that 
Myxine  possesses  red  corpuscles  similar  to  those  not  of  the 
adult,  but  of  the  larval  lamprey,  which  in  many  ways  it 
resembles  otherwise. 


XXV. — Note  on  a new  Type  of  Compound  Eye. 

By  F.  E.  Beddard,  M.A.,  F.Z.S. 

The  minute  structure  of  the  eye  in  the  Cymothoidge  has  been 
treated  of  by  Johannes  Muller  *,  and  more  recently  by  J.  F. 
Bullar  t ; the  observations  of  the  older  author  principally 
concern  the  cuticular  lenses  and  the  vitreous  body,  and  are 
immaterial  to  the  present  note.  Bullar  has  described  and 
figured  the  eye  of  Cyraoihoa  in  some  detail ; his  results  on 
the  whole  show  no  great  difference  from  the  eye  of  PorcelliOj 
which  has  been  investigated  by  Grenadier  and  described  in 

* Meckel’s  ‘ Archiv,’  1829. 
t Phil.  Traus.  1878. 

Ann.  & Mag.  N.  Hist.  Scr.  5.  VoL  xx. 


16 


234 


Mr.  F.  E.  Beddard  on  a 


his  important  memoir  ^ on  the  Arthropod  eye.  The  vitrellat 
in  both  types  consists  of  two  cells,  which  secrete  a round  or 
pear-shaped  crystalline  cone  ; this  crystalline  cone  is  evidently 
composed  of  two  halves  closely  applied  together,  each  half 
being  formed  from  a single  cell  of  the  vitrella. 

The  retinula  in  both  types  is  seven-celled  ; each  cell  secretes 
a chitinous  refracting  rod — the  rhabdomere ; these  become 
fused  into  an  axial  structure — the  rhabdom — in  Porcellio  ; in 
Cymothoa  each  rhabdomere  remains  separate  and  within  the 
retinula-cell  of  which  it  is  a product. 

I have  recently  studied  the  structure  of  the  eye  in  several 
species  of  jEga  and  allied  genera, 
and  find  some  notable  differences 
from  the  types  already  mentioned 
as  well  as  from  all  other  Isopods, 
excepting  the  genus  Serolis.  In 
Serolis  J the  retinula  differs  from 
that  of  Porcellio  &c.  in  being 
composed  of  only  four  cells ; each 
cell  secretes  at  its  upper  extremity  a 
chitinous  rhabdomere  : the  rhabdo- 
meres  are  more  or  less  completely 
fused  together  along  their  inner  faces, 
but  the  rhabdom  is  not  imbedded 
between  the  retinula-cells ; on  the 
contrary,  each  of  these  cells,  owing 
to  its  peculiar  shape,  is  only  in  con- 
tact with  tlie  upper  part  of  the 
rhabdom ; the  lower  portion  is  sur- 
rounded hy  two  large  spherical  trans- 
parent cells ^ which  fit  in  closely 
between  the  four  retinula-cells  (see 
woodcut).  These  cells  are  distinctly 
nucleated  (h),  the  nucleus  possessing 
a well-defined  nucleolus.  In  sections 
it  can  be  readily  seen  that  the  rhab-  Onmiatidmm  of  Serohs 

dom,  which  at  Its  inferior  extremity  retinula-cells; 

becomes  divided  into  four  separate  r,  rhabdom ; h,  hyaline 

pieces  (corresponding  of  course  to  cells, 

the  four  rhabdomeres  of  which  it  is 

composed),  is  imbedded  in,  or  at  least  is  entirely  surrounded 
by,  the  substance  of  these  large  clear  cells. 

* ‘ Sell  organ  der  Arthropcden,’  Gottingen,  1879. 

t This  term  has  been  introduced  by  Profs.  Lankester  and  Bourne 
(Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Sci.  1883,  p.  177)." 

X “ Beport  on  the  Isopoda  collected  during  the  Voyage  of  H.M.S. 
‘ Challenger,’  ” Zool.  Chall.  Exp.  pt.  xxxiii. 


235 


new  Type  of  Compound  Eye. 

In  several  species  of  CymotlioidcB  I have  heen  able  to  recog- 
nize the  presence  of  these  same  hyaline  cells  both  in  sections 
and  in  teased  preparations : T invariably  found  two  present, 
and  their  relation  to  the  retinula-cells  and  to  the  rliabdom 
was  precisely  as  described  above  in  Serolis.  u^ga^  however, 
agrees  with  Cymothoa  and  other  Isopods  and  differs  from 
hierolis  in  the  fact  that  there  are  seven  cells  to  each  retinula ; 
but  in  the  presence  of  these  remarkable  hyaline  cells,  as  well 
as  in  their  structure  and  position,  EEga  exhibits  a striking 
resemblance  to  Serolis^  and  differs,  so  far  as  our  knowledge 
goes,  from  all  other  Isopods.  This  structural  resemblance 
between  EEga  and  Serolis  tends  further  to  confirm  the  view, 
held  by  many  carcinologists,  of  the  close  relationship  between 
the  Serolidge  and  Cymothoidse. 

In  one  of  my  figures  of  the  structure  of  the  eye  in  Serolis 
Schythei  {loc.  cit.  pi.  ix.  fig.  5)  I have  depicted  the  rliabdom 
as  ending  in  a fine  filament  which  passes  through  the  hyaline 
cell  as  far  back  as  the  membrane  which  bounds  the  omma- 
teum  posteriorly  ; I have  also  (figs.  3,  4)  noted  a similar 
prolongation  of  the  rliabdom  in  Serolis  cornuta. 

On  again  referring  to  my  preparations  of  both  these  species 
I find  that  those  figures  are  not  quite  accurate.  In  Serolis 
Schythei  the  rliabdom  has  not  the  conical  form  which  I have 
erroneously  given  to  it  in  my  drawing  ; it  ends  in  four  blunt 
points  {cf  woodcut)  : just  below  the  termination  of  the  rhab- 
dom  is  a bundle  of  delicate  fibrils  which  unite  into  a single 
fibre  (r) ; this  passes  through  the  substance  of  the  hyaline  cells 
and  can  be  traced  back  as  far  as  the  ommateal  membrane. 
In  S.  cornuta  the  arrangement  is  identical. 

In  some  young  examples  of  S.  Schythei^  taken  from  the 
brood-pouch  of  the  mother,  this  bundle  of  delicate  fibres,  ter- 
minating in  a single  long  fibre,  was  present,  and  appeared 
from  its  position  to  be  a product  of  the  four  pigmented 
retinula-cells.  At  this  stage  the  thickened  masses  which 
form  the  greater  portion  of  the  rliabdom  in  the  adult  eye  were 
not  developed.  If  it  were  not  for  this  fact  the  bundle  of 
fibrils  (r  in  woodcut)  in  the  adult  eye  would  seem  to  have 
nothing  to  do  with  the  rliabdom  of  the  pigmented  retinula- 
cells,  but  to  be  anteriorly  formed  by  the  hyaline  cells.  It  is 
indeed  quite  possible  that  it  is  in  part  formed  by  these  cells. 
If  this  be  so,  the  retinula  in  Serolidae  and  Cymothoidse  is 
composed  of  six  cells,  two  transparent  cells  surrounded  by 
four  pigmented  cells,  all  of  which  secrete  chitinous  rods.  The 
central  transparent  cells,  however,  do  not  appear  to  end  in 
nerve-fibres,  unless  the  axial  chitinous  rod  contains  nerve- 
fibrils,  which  is  of  course  a mere  suggestion. 


16* 


236  Dr.  A.  Giinther  on  the  Hapuhu  of  New  Zealand, 

The  structure  of  each  retinula  is  therefore  clearly  very 
similar  to  that  of  the  retinula  of  many  mollusks  as  described 
by  Patten,  and,  which  is  more  important  for  purposes  of  com- 
parison, to  Nereis  among  Annelids  if  Patten’s  interpretation  * 
of  Carrihre’s  figures  be  allowed.  The  two  central  clear  cells 
are  Patten’s  ^ retinophorge.’  It  will  be  observed,  however, 
that  apart  from  these  two  problematical  hyaline  cells  the 
minute  structure  of  the  eyes  of  the  Serolidac  and  Cymotho- 
idas  bear  out  Grenacher’s  conclusions  rather  than  Patten’s 
with  regard  to  the  morphology  of  the  Crustacean  eye.  There 
can  be  no  doubt  that  the  crystalline  cone  is  independent  of 
the  rhabdom  and  formed  by  different  cells. 

The  specialization  of  the  retinula-cells  is,  however,  a new 
feature,  and  distinguishes  the  eye  of  these  Isopods. 


XXYI. — Note  on  the  Hapuhu  of  New  Zealand  (Polyprion 
prognathus).  By  Dr.  A.  Gunther,  F.B.S. 

The  Hapuku  of  New  Zealand,  one  of  the  most  highly 
esteemed  food-fishes  of  the  southern  hemisphere,  and  attaining 
to  a weight  of  100  pounds,  has  been  known  to  naturalists 
since  Cook’s  visits  to  that  country,  as  has  been  shown  by 
Mr.  Hutton  (Trans.  N.-Z.  Instit.  v.  p.  259).  It  was  figured 
by  Forster  as  well  as  by  Parkinson,  the  former  naming  it  Perea 
prognathus^  a very  appropriate  term,  to  which  I give  prefer- 
ence before  all  others,  although  Schneider  (Bl.  Schn.  p.  301) 
arbitrarily  changed  it  into  the  less  expressive  Epinephelus 
oxygeneios.  Forster’s  original  description  is  published  in 
^ Descript,  animal,  ed.  Lichtenstein,’  p.  309,  and  referred  to 
by  Cuvier  (Cuv.  & Val.  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.  iii.  p.  29),  who, 
with  his  perfect  knowledge  of  fishes,  recognized  its  relation  to 
Polyprion^  not  doubting  that  it  was  the  same  species  as  the 
Atlantic  P.  cernium. 

The  figure  left  by  Parkinson  bears  the  name  Scicena 
gadoidesj  probably  in  Broussonnet’s  handwriting  j but  this 
name  seems  to  have  remained  always  a MS.  name. 

The  second  period  of  the  history  of  this  fish  begins  with 
Owen,  who,  in  the  ^ Osteological  Catalogue  of  the  College  of 
Surgeons,’  i.  p.  51,  described  the  skeleton  of  a New-Zealand 
Percoid  under  the  name  of  Centropristis  gigas.  In  the 
* Catalogue  of  Fishes,’  i.  p.  251,  I stated  the  reasons  which 


♦ Mitth.  Zool.  Stat.  Neapel,  188G. 


Dr.  A.  Giinther  on  Australian  Fishes. 


237 


prevented  me  from  adopting  Professor  Owen’s  view  as  to  the 
generic  affinity  of  this  fish,  which  I thought,  in  the  absence 
of  specimens  preserved  entire,  would  prove  to  be  rather  with 
the  Murray  cod,  Oligorus ; and  thus  the  fish  appeared  in 
nearly  all  subsequent  publications  as  Oligorus  gigas.  Cas- 
telnau,  however  Notes  on  the  Edible  Fishes  of  Victoria,’ 
1873^  p.  8,  and  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Viet.  ii.  1873,  p.  151),  pro- 
posed to  form  a new  genus  for  it,  Hectoriaj  on  account  of 
its  armed  tongue,  double-pointed  operculum,  &c.” 

In  more  recent  years  the  same  fish  has  been  found  far  from 
the  place  of  its  first  discovery,  viz.  off  the  island  of  Juan  Fer- 
nandez, and  described  by  Steindachner  as  Polgprion  Kneri 
(Sitzungsb.  Wien.  Acad.  Ixxi.  p.  443)  ; also  the  ^ Challenger  ’ 
obtained  it  off  the  same  island  (Chall.  Shore  Fish.  p.  24). 

Finally,  the  British  Museum  obtained  from  the  Fisheries 
and  Indo-Colonial  Exhibitions  specimens  (in  spirit  as  well  as 
mounted)  from  New  Zealand  and  Juan  Fernandez  and  a 
direct  comparison  of  these  specimens  can  leave  no  doubt  that 
all  belong  to  the  same  species,  which  is  antipodal  to  the  only 
other  species  known.  Poly  prion  cernium, 

Lowe  (Fish.  Madeira,  p.  185)  has  shown  that  P.  cernium 
is  a deep-sea  fish,  swimming  near  the  surface  when  young, 
but  living  habitually  at  a depth  of  300  and  more  fathoms 
when  adult.  The  wide  range  of  this  genus  is  therefore  not 
surprising  ; in  fact  we  may  well  expect  that  P.  cernium  will 
be  met  with  far  beyond  the  limits  of  the  north-eastern 
Atlantic. 


XXVII. — On  Australian  Fishes  of  the  Genus  Beryx. 

By  Dr.  A.  Gunther,  F.E.S. 

The  British  Museum  has  recently  acquired,  in  a collection  of 
fish  from  Adelaide,  a fine  specimen  of  Beryx^  which,  although 
closely  allied  to  Beryx  affinis^  is  clearly  specifically  distinct 
from  it,  differing  somewhat  in  the  fin-tormula,  in  the  size  of 
the  scales,  and  especially  in  the  form  of  the  nostrils  and  the 
sculpture  of  the  opercles  and  of  the  upperside  of  the  head.  It 
may  be  named 


* Those  exhibited  by  the  Chilian  Government,  and  presented  by  them 
to  the  British  Museum,  bore  the  MS.  name  ^Perca  fernandexiana. 


238 


Dr.  A.  Gunther  on  Australian  Fishes. 


Beryx  Gerrardi. 

D.  A.  i V.  1/7.  P.  14.  L.  lat.  37. 

L.  transv.  6/12. 

The  height  of  the  body  is  contained  twice  and  one  fourth 
in  the  total  length,  without  caudal ; the  length  of  the  head 
twice  and  tliree  fifths.  Operculum  crossed  by  parallel  raised 
lines,  which  also  extend  over  the  surface  of  two  flat  promi- 
nences, which  take  the  place  of  spines  proper ; prgeoperculum 


armed  with  a series  of  very  small  spines  at  its  rounded  angle. 
The  two  median  ridges  (a)  of  the  interorbital  space  are  sub- 
parallel and  do  not  join  in  front ; they  bifurcate  behind,  the 
inner  branches  ih)  being  strongly  convergent.  Eye  more 
than  one  third  of  the  length  of  the  head.  Nostrils  two  small 
openings,  separated  by  a broad  bridge.  Pectoral  fin  shorter 
than  the  head  without  snout ; caudal  fin  deeply  cleft.  Colora- 
tion uniform. 

Length  of  the  single  specimen  13  inches. 

For  comparison  I will  add  the  diagnosis  of  Beryx  affinis. 


Beryx  affinis. 

Beryx  ayUnis,  Giinth.  Fish.  i.  p.  13  j Hutton,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist. 
1877,  xix.  p.  341. 

D.  i . A.  V.  1/7.  P.  13.  L.  lat.  41-47. 

L.  transv.  6-7/12-13. 

The  height  of  the  body  is  contained  twice  and  one  fourth 


Dr.  A.  Gunther  on  Australian  Fishes, 


239 


in  the  total  length  without  caudal ; the  length  of  the  head 
twice  and  two  thirds.  Operculum  crossed  by  parallel  raised 
lines  and  armed  with  two  strong, flat,  and  smooth  spines;  angle 
of  the  praeoperculum  armed  with  similar  spines,  of  which  one 
is  much  stronger  than  the  otliers.  The  two  median  ridges 


{a)  of  the  interorbital  space  converge  and  join  in  front;  they 
bifurcate  behind,  the  inner  branches  ih)  being  parallel.  Eye 
two  sevenths  of  the  length  of  the  head.  Nostrils  wide,  open, 
separated  by  a very  narrow  bridge.  Pectoral  fin  longer  than 
the  head  without  snout.  Caudal  fin  deeply  cleft.  Coloration 
uniform. 

We  possess  specimens  from  Sydney  and  Hobart,  the 
largest  being  15  inches  long.  This  species  seems  to  extend 
also  to  the  coast  of  New  Zealand. 


Beryx  lineatus. 

Beryx  lineatus^  Ouv.  & Val.  iii.  p.  226 ; Giinth.  Fish.  i.  p.  13. 

Beryx  Mulleri,  Klunz.  SB.  Ak.  Wiss.  Wien,  1880,  Ixxx.  p.  359,  Taf.  iii. 
fig.  1. 

Of  this  species  we  have  received  a very  fine  example  from 
Adelaide,  which  shows  that  the  fish  described  by  Klunzinger 
cannot  be  separated  from  the  Cuvierian  species.  I take  this 
opportunity  of  correcting  an  error  in  the  ‘ Catalogue  of 
Fishes’  (?.  c.),  where  King  George’s  Land  is  printed  for 
King  George’s  Sound. 


240 


Mr.  A.  G.  Butler  on  new  Lepidoptera 


XXVllI. — Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  Lepidoptera  from 
the  Solomon  Islands^  collected  hy  (7.  M.  Woodford^  Esq. 
By  A.  G.  Butler,  F.L.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c. 

Geometrites. 

Euschemidse. 

1.  Euschema  pilosa^  sp.  n.* 

Nearest  to  E.  tyrianthina  in  pattern^  but  with  the  orange 
and  grey  body  of  E.  fenestrata  and  allies  : wings  deep  purple, 
banded  and  spotted  with  black ; the  veins  pale  ; primaries 
of  male  crossed  by  two  paler  purplish  bands,  enclosing  an 
abbreviated  streak  of  the  same  colour  ; these  bands  are  formed 
much  as.  in  E.  cyane  of  Cramer,  but  the  outer  band  is  further 
from  the  margin  : secondaries  pale  towards  the  base  and  with 
a narrow  paler  oblique  band,  followed  by  a small  spot,  before 
the  middle  ; in  the  female  all  these  markings  are  white  instead 
of  purplish ; an  iriegular  series  of  submarginal  orange 
crescents  somewhat  as  in  E.  tyrianthina  or  E.  cyane^  but 
more  or  less  obliterated  and  further  from  the  margin  ; as  in 
the  allied  speeies,  these  crescents  are  broader  in  the  female 
than  in  the  male.  Front  of  thorax  purplish  black;  the  head 
(excepting  an  orange  semicircle  round  each  eye)  and  antennae 
dark  terown ; in  the  female,  however,  the  face  is  whitish  and 
the  vertex  of  head  and  the  antennae  are  pale  brown ; the  collar 
and  tegulffi  are  sprinkled  with  brown  hairs,  and  the  thorax  is 
whity  brown  ; the  back  part  of  the  thorax  in  the  male  is 
darker  and  clothed  with  brown  and  grey  hair  : abdomen  pale 
brown,  barred  with  reddish,  with  the  sides  and  anal  extremity 
woolly  and  bright  dark  orange  in  the  male ; the  dorsal  sur- 
face of  the  last  two  segments  often  ornamented  with  large 
blue- black  spots ; in  the  female  the  sides  and  anal  extremity 
are  smooth  and  bright  ochreous.  On  the  under  surface  the 
markings  are  broader  and  better  defined  and  the  veins 
wliiter ; pectus  of  male  blackish,  excepting  a few  orange 
hair-scales  at  the  sides  ; legs  purplish,  slightly  sprinkled 
with  white  and  ochreous  scales  ; venter  woolly,  deep  bright 
orange  ; pectus  and  legs  of  female  dust-grey ; venter  of  the 
same  colour,  but  with  yellow  edges  to  the  segments  and  with 
orange  anus.  Expanse  of  wings  92  millim. 

Five  males  and  one  female.  Shortland  Island. 


* Belorgs  to  the  section  to  which  the  name  Ileleona  has  been  given. 


from  the  Solomon  Islands. 


Ul 


2.  Ctimene  excellens^  sp.  n. 

Apparently  intermediate  between  G.  xanthomelas  and  C. 
aurinata  : primaries  with  the  basal  two  fifths,  excepting  the 
extreme  base  and  costa,  which  are  black,  bright  cadmium- 
yellow,  separated  by  a broad,  oblique,  black  belt  from  an 
irregular,  cadmium-yellow,  discal  belt  (shaped  like  an  eagle’s 
head,  with  the  beak  pointing  downwards)  ; outer  border 
black : secondaries  bright  cadmium -yellow,  with  rather  broad, 
black,  external  border,  widest  towards  costa  ; the  costa  grey 
from  apex  to  middle,  but  divided  by  a yellow  spot  at  the 
margin  of  the  outer  border  and  united  to  a black  subcostal 
spot  in  the  cell.  Body  black  ; an  ochreous  stripe  commencing 
on  each  side  of  the  collar,  encircling  the  neck  below  and  con- 
tinued down  the  anterior  coxae  ; the  palpi  of  the  same  colour ; 
the  under  surface  of  the  anterior  tibiae  pale  buff.  Expanse 
of  wings  36  millim. 

Ulaua  and  Tyoh,  Malayta. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  this  and  the  species  referred 
to  above  are  strictly  congeneric  with  Boisduval’s  type  of  the 
genus,  but  they  do  not  correspond  with  the  characters  laid 
down  by  Mr.  M eyrick  for  the  recognition  of  the  genus.  This, 
then,  is  the  proper  place  to  express  my  strong  disapprobation 
of  the  plan  adopted  by  that  author  wdien  characterizing  genera 
of  the  Australian  region,  viz.  to  identify  a similarly  shaped 
or  coloured  Australian  species  with  description  or  figure  and 
to  characterize  the  genus  from  it  instead  of  from  the  type. 
In  a case  like  the  present  it  is  probable  that  the  typical 
species  could  not  be  obtained  j but  in  the  case  of  Spilosoma 
and  many  other  genera  incorrectly  characterized  by  Mr. 
Meyrick  from  Australian  species  no  such  excuse  exists  ; I hold 
that  in  all  such  cases  considerable  hindrance,  instead  of  assist- 
ance, is  offered  to  the  advancement  of  knowledge. 


Uraniidse. 

3.  Lyssidia  mutata^  sp.  n. 

Allied  to  Ij.  patrodiis  and  L.  Goldiei ; colours  the  same ; 
wings  crossed  by  a rather  narrow  white  band,  slightly  wider 
than  the  pale  brownish  band  of  L.  patroduSy  but  placed 
further  from  the  outer  margin,  and  the  band  of  primaries 
decidedly  more  oblique  than  in  L.  patrodus ; primaries  of 
male  above  slightly  purplish ; other  characters  variable,  as  in 
the  allied  species.  Expanse  of  wings,  J 149  millim.,  $ 144, 
Alu. 


242 


Mr.  A.  G.  Butler  on  new  Lepidoptera 


(Enochromiidae. 

4.  Decetia  insignis^  sp.  n. 

d-  Nearest  to  D.  suhohscurata  [Gynopteryx  suhohscurata^ 
Walk.)  : primaries  above  sandy  ochreous,  sparsely  speckled 
with  dark  grey,  most  densely  at  apex  ; a spot  of  dark  grey  at 
the  end  of  the  cell  and  three  small,  ill-defined,  greyish  patches 
in  the  form  of  a triangle,  one  on  apical  fifth  of  costa,  a second 
near  the  middle  of  the  outer  margin,  a third  near  the  middle  of 
the  first  median  interspace  ; a slender,  oblique,  brownish  line 
from  just  before  the  middle  of  the  inner  margin  to  the  apex  ; 
a submarginal  series  of  five  grey-speckled  white  dots  towards 
apex  ; fringe  brown  : secondaries  with  greyish-white  costal 
area,  mottled  with  grey  towards  apex ; remainder  of  wing 
ochraceous  at  base,  this  colour  being  limited  at  basal  fourth 
by  a short  brown  line,  thence  to  middle  greyish  flesh-coloured  ; 
discal  third  ochraceous,  partly  interrupted  and  bounded  exter- 
nally by  an  irregular  streak  of  five  very  unequal  pitch-brown 
spots,  the  second  of  which  is  large,  quadrate,  and  placed 
obliquely  ; external  fourth  greyish  flesh-coloured,  with  deep 
ochreous  outer  margin ; fringe  brown.  Vertex  of  head  and 
stem  of  antennse  whitish,  pectinations  brown  ; thorax  flesh- 
tinted;  abdomen  grey-brown.  Under  surface  flesh-pink, 
densely  mottled  with  minute  grey  striations ; venter  whitish. 
Expanse  of  wings  47  millim. 

Alu. 

In  the  same  collection  is  a second  Decetia^  from  Shortland 
Island,  which  agrees  so  closely  with  D.  numicusaria  that  I 
have  no  doubt  of  its  being  the  male.  The  locality  S.  Ame- 
rica ” was  on  the  specimen  described  by  Walker  ; but  even 
he  was  aware  that  this  was  an  error.  No  locality  was  given 
in  the  register. 


BoarmiidsB. 

5.  Ophthalmodes  parva^  sp.  n. 

$ . General  appearance  above  of  0.  herhidaria ; white, 
irrorated  and  striped  with  olive-green  as  follows  : — two  indis- 
tinct subparallel  lines  across  the  basal  half ; an  arched  band 
enclosing  a regular  zigzag  white  line  beyond  the  middle,  and 
a marginal  band,  enclosing  along  its  innner  edge  a series  of 
whitish  lunules  ; three  series  of  black  dots,  the  first  along  the 
inner  edge  of  the  postmedian  white  stripe,  the  second  on  the 
inner  edge  of  the  submarginal  lunules,  the  third  marginal  : 
primaries  also  with  a black  dot  near  the  base  of  the  median 


243 


from  the  Solomon  Islands, 

vein,  three  on  the  siibbasal  olivaceous  line  (the  first  being 
costal) , and  three,  of  which  the  middle  one  is  large  and  repre- 
sents the  reniform  spot,  on  the  second  olivaceous  line  : secon- 
daries with  a dark  olivaceous  white-pupilled  spot  at  the  end 
of  the  cell.  Under  surface  smoky  grey  ; all  the  wings  with 
a large  black  spot  at  the  end  of  the  discoidal  cell,  a very 
indistinct  angular  dusky  line  just  beyond  the  middle,  a broad 
dusky  area  occupying  the  external  third,  a spot  on  outer 
margin,  and  an  irregular  external  border  (with  which  this 
spot  is  confluent)  snow-white  : primaries  with  a large,  diffused, 
subapical,  black  patch  : secondaries  with  a smaller  and  less 
distinctly  black  subapical  nebula.  Expanse  of  wings  49 
millim. 

Ulaua. 

This  is  the  smallest  species  known  to  me. 


Geometrid8B. 

6.  Agathia  jpisina^  sp.  n. 

Nearest  to  A.  hemithearia ; wings  bright  pea-green, 
banded  with  reddish  coffee-brown  and  plum- colour,  these 
bands  traversed  by  dentate-sinuate,  silvery  lines  and  inter- 
rupted by  spots  nearly  as  in  that  species ; it  differs  as 
follows  : — all  the  bands  much  redder,  the  external  belt  or 
border  of  primaries  narrowed  behind  almost  as  much  as  in 
A.  discriminata ; the  subapical  green  patch  abruptly  nar- 
rowed at  the  back  of  the  first  spot  of  the  subapical  series  and 
extended  outwards  to  the  margin ; the  third  spot  large,  and 
all  three  confluent,  as  in  .4.  discriminata  ; fourth  spot  silvery, 
large,  but  not  confluent  with  the  others ; fifth  and  sixth  spots 
small,  green,  placed  obliquely  ; a bisinuate  inner  stripe,  three 
marginal  spots,  and  the  veins  at  apex  distinctly  silvery  ; costal 
border  much  broader  than  in  either  of  the  above-mentioned 
species  and  silvery ; the  band  crossing  the  wing  before  the 
middle  also  broader  and  much  more  angular ; external  area 
of  secondaries  formed  and  ornamented  as  in  A.  discriminata,^ 
but  nearly  as  broad  (excepting  towards  anal  angle)  as  in  A. 
hemithearia  ; front  of  head  whitish,  with  a reddish-brown 
anterior  transverse  band  and  plum- coloured  lines  round  the 
bases  of  the  antennse,  the  latter  ferruginous  internally,  whitish 
externally ; vertex  of  head  and  thorax  pea-green ; tegula3 
with  reddish-brown  margins  and  long  brownish  terminal 
hairs ; abdomen  reddish  brown,  with  white  sides  and  pale 
dorsal  spots,  two  of  which  (on  the  basal  half)  are  pea-green. 


244 


^Jr.  A.  G.  Butler  on  new  Lepidoptera 


Under  surface  like  A.  discriminata^  but  with  broader  plura- 
coloured  bands.  Expanse  of  wings  44  millim. 

Alu. 

There  is  so  much  general  similarity  between  the  species  of 
this  beautiful  group  that  an  ordinary  description  would 
probably  be  insufficient  to  identify  it  by  ; I have  therefore 
preferred  to  give  a comparative  description,  showing  in  what 
points  it  differs  from  two  well-known  species. 

Palyadidae. 

Uranodoxa,  gen.  nov. 

Allied  to  Ophthalmophora  ; with  the  same  arrangement  of 
nervures,  but  the  wings  shorter  and  broader ; the  body  much 
more  robust,  with  coarsely  pectinated  and  extremely  long 
antennas  reaching  to  about  the  fifth  sixth  of  the  costal  margin 
of  primaries  ; the  body  scarcely  longer  than  the  antennge,  with 
wide  short  head ; palpi  broad  and  compressed,  with  well- 
exposed  terminal  joint ; legs  much  stouter  than  in  Ophthal- 
mophoraj  the  last  pair  armed  with  four  strong  spurs  in  pairs. 

7.  Uranodoxa  longicornis^  sp.  n. 

Primaries  above  with  the  basal  three  fourths  flesh-tinted, 
transversely  streaked  with  plum-colour  in  front,  greyish 
brown  behind,  the  "whole  surface  transversely  striated  with 
black  and  crossed  by  three  dull  plum -coloured  bands,  of 
which  the  outermost  is  very  broad  towards  costa  and  gradu- 
ally tapers  to  inner  margin  : secondaries  with  the  basal  two 
thirds  golden  ferruginous,  striated  with  black,  and  with  a 
black  discocellular  spot ; all  the  wings  with  the  external 
border  bright  orange,  with  spots  at  regular  intervals  formed 
by  pyramidal  groups  of  black  striae ; this  border  is  bounded 
internally  by  a brilliant  scarlet  band,  followed  by  an  almost 
confluent  series  of  grey-edged  metallic  silver  spots;  along  the 
outer  margin  is  a bronze  or  tarnished  silvery  stripe,  followed 
by  grey-tipped  plum-coloured  fringes ; antennae  brown,  with 
a slender,  white,  lateral  line : body  brown,  washed  with 
purplish  plum-colour ; abdomen  with  whitish  margins  to  the 
segments,  ochreous  sides,  and  white  tip  to  the  anal  tuft. 
Under  surface  deep  ochreous  : primaries  crossed  from  just 
before  the  middle  by  three  blackish  lines,  the  central  one  wide 
and  limiting  a broad,  grey-brown,  external  area,  which  is 
nevertheless  interrupted  towards  inner  margin  by  two  unequal 
spots  of  the  ground-colour : secondaries  with  a squamose 
blackish  costal  spot  and  a dot  at  the  end  of  the  cell ; an 


245 


from  the  Solomon  Islands. 

external  brown  area,  only  half  as  wide  as  in  the  primaries, 
interrupted  by  one  large  spot  close  to  abdominal  margin  and 
bounded  internally  by  a wide  blackish  stripe  ; anal  tuft  of  ab- 
domen coloured  much  as  above.  Expanse  of  wings  35  millim. 

Alu. 

This  superbly  coloured  moth  must  either  stand  betv\^een 
the  genera  Falyas  and  Dissophthalmas ^ or  between  the  latter 
and  Ophthalmophora. 

EphyridaB. 

8.  Am sodes  pauper j sp.  n. 

Allied  to  A.  ahsconditariaj  pale  pink  ; wings  above  crossed 
obliquely  by  greyish  stripes  and  sparsely  irrorated  with 
blackish  scales  : primaries  crossed  in  the  middle  by  two  diver- 
gent stripes,  the  inner  one  arched,  the  outer  acutely  angulated 
towards  each  extremity  so  as  to  form  a long  Z ; two  angu- 
lated and  zigzag  submarginal  lines,  the  inner  one  regularly 
dotted  with  black  ; a marginal  series  of  black  dots,  one  or 
two  towards  the  base  and  one  at  the  end  of  the  cell : secon- 
daries crossed  near  the  base  by  an  abbreviated  line  on  which 
are  two  black  dots  ; a central  diffused  stripe  and  two  nar- 
rower discal  stripes  parallel  to  outer  margin,  the  inner  of 
these  stripes  regularly  edged  externally  with  black  points ; a 
marginal  series  of  black  dots  ; abdomen  rather  more  pink 
than  the  thorax.  Under  surface  sericeous  creamy  white  ; 
wings  with  small  dusky  discocellular  spots ; a discal  zigzag 
series  of  black  dots,  and  a slender  zigzag  brown  marginal 
line;  anterior  tibiae  brown  above.  Expanse  of  wings  38 
millim. 

Malayta. 

This  is  about  the  most  indistinctly  marked  species  in  the 
genus,  the  stripes  being  about  as  much  pronounced  as  in  the 
British  Idcea  strigilataj  rather  less  than  more  so. 

Idseidse. 

9.  Ochodontia  subochrea^  sp.  n. 

Above  pale  sericeous  golden  buff;  primaries  indis- 
tinctly speckled  with  grey  on  the  costa  ; a small  sandy  testa- 
ceous spot  at  the  end  of  the  cell  and  a straight  oblique  stripe 
from  apical  seventh  of  costal  to  external  third  of  inner  margin  ; 
an  imperfect  dark  brown  edging  to  the  apical  sinus : secon- 
daries with  a small  silvery  white  spot  at  the  end  of  the  cell 
and  a straight  oblique  sandy  testaceous  stripe  across  the 
middle : head  dark  brown  ; pectinations  of  antennae  grey ; 


240  On  new  Lepidoptera  from  the  Solomon  Islands. 

thorax  greyish,  especially  behind  ; abdomen  slightly  brownish 
behind.  Under  surface  clear  ochreous  ; wings  sparsely  irro- 
rated  with  minute  slaty  purple  striations ; primaries  with  an 
abbreviated  purple  transverse  streak  beyond  the  middle  of 
internal  area,  inner  border  white ; all  the  wings  with  a sub- 
marginal purple  line ; hind  tibige  with  reddish  fringes.  Ex- 
panse of  wings  35  millim. 

Alu. 

Nearest  to  0.  aventiaria. 

10.  Zanclopteryx  cetlierialis^  sp.  n. 

Nearest  to  Z.  fragiUs  : pearly  white,  wings  crossed  towards 
outer  margin  by  an  irregular  series  of  brown  dots  and  dashes, 
as  in  Z.  guttilinea  of  Java  ; a squamose  lunulated  brown  line 
and  a marginal  series  of  black  dots  : primaries  with  the  costal 
border  more  or  less  striated  with  brown  ; a black  spot  at  the 
end  of  the  cell : secondaries  with  a brown  spot  at  the  end  of 
tlie  cell.  Wings  below  with  only  tlie  discocellular  markings. 
Expanse  of  wings  19-20  millim. 

Alu,  Shortland  Island. 

Some  examples  are  more  strongly  marked  than  others. 

Microniidse. 

11.  Strophidia  costalisj  sp.  n. 

Allied  to  8.  hifasciata^  but  differing  in  the  white  costal 
border  of  the  primaries  and  the  broad  white  external  border 
of  the  secondaries  ; above  snow-white : primaries  with  a 
black-brown  subcostal  band  continued  as  a black-brown  border 
round  the  outer  margin  ; two  well-separated  pale  brown 
bands  across  the  middle  of  the  wing  from  the  subcostal  band 
to  the  inner  margin  : secondaries  crossed  from  j ust  before  the 
middle  of  costa  to  the  anal  angle  by  a pale  brown  band, 
which  unites  upon  the  abdominal  margin  with  an  angular 
darker  brown  discal  band,  parallel  to  outer  margin  ; three 
increasing  black  oval  spots  from  anal  angle  to  base  of  caudal 
projection,  the  fringe  of  this  part  of  the  wing  also  black. 
Head,  excepting  the  face  and  the  lower  surface  of  the  palpi, 
black;  remainder  of  body  white;  anterior  tibiae  and  tarsi 
blackish  above.  Primaries  below  white  ; a pale  brown  abbre- 
viated stripe  just  beyond  the  cell  and  a spot  in  the  cell ; 
apex  and  outer  margin  darker  brown  ; fringe  blackish  : se- 
condaries nearly  as  above,  but  the  outer  brown  band  widened 
and  dentate-sinuate  towards  anal  angle,  so  as  to  completely 
obliterate  the  black  spots.  Expanse  of  wings  57-59  millim. 

Three  examples.  Shortland  Island. 


Miscellaneous. 


247 


The  following  form  I name  with  some  hesitation  ; for 
although  Mr.  Meyrick,  to  whom  I showed  it,  expressed  his 
opinion  that  it  was  distinct  from  8.  ura'pterina^  I still  feel 
some  doubt  about  it* *. 

12.  StropMdia  hyemolis^  sp.  n. 

8 ? . Quite  like  a small  edition  of  8.  urapterina^  but  with 
the  brown  bands  slightly  paler,  more  oblique,  narrower,  and 
of  more  equal  width  ; no  short  brown  stripe  at  the  end  of  the 
cell  of  primaries.  Expanse  of  wdngs  44  millim. 

Ihvo  examples.  Alu,  Shortland  Island. 

8.  urajpterina  from  the  same  island  measures  58  millim. 
in  expanse  of  wing,  and  differs  in  no  respect  from  the  typical 
New-Ireland  form. 


Larentiidse. 

13.  Remodes  volcanica^  sp.  n. 

Primaries  dark  greenish  sulphur  or  mustard-yellow,  crossed 
by  five  bands,  the  first  two  indistinct,  formed  of  about  three 
olivaceous  stripes  which  converge  and  unite  in  a brown  spot 
on  the  submedian  vein  ; third  band  wider,  more  distinct, 
formed  of  three  wavy  parallel  stripes  marked  with  brown 
beyond  the  cells  and  towards  inner  margin  ; fourth  band 
formed  of  two  similarly-marked  stripes  ; fifth  band  or  external 
border  olivaceous,  with  black-spotted  zigzag  inner  edge ; 
outer  margin  with  six  black  spots  placed  alternately  with  the 
submarginal  series  ; fringe  pale  yellow,  tipped  with  olivaceous: 
secondaries  sericeous  greyish  brown  j fringe  slightly  yellowish 
at  base : thorax  greenish  yellow^  ; antennae  brownish  ; abdo- 
men whity  brown,  with  greenish  dorsal  region.  Under  sur- 
face pale  sericeous  brownish  grey ; pectus,  femora,  and  tibise 
yellow,  tarsi  dark  brown.  Expanse  of  wings  42  millim. 

Shortland  Island. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

On  the  Structure  of  the  Branchia  of  the  Prosohranchiate  Gasteropods, 
By  M.  Felix  Beexaed. 

My  investigations  have  been  directed  to  numerous  genera  belonging 
to  various  families  of  Scutibranchiata,  Toenioglossa,  Bhachiglossa, 
and  Toxiglossa.  They  have  enabled  me  to  study  in  detail  the 

* I quote  my  friend  Meyrick’s  authority  here  because  in  the  matter 
of  species  he  is  rather  inclined  to  associate  allied  forms  under  one  specific 
name,  sometimes  to  an  extent  that  is  perfectly  astounding. 


248 


Miscellaneous, 


elements  which  compose  the  branchial  lamellae,  and  to  establish  the 
identity  of  the  structure  of  these  organs  in  all  the  types  examined, 
whether  they  belong  to  the  type  of  unipennate  branchiae  or  to  that 
of  bipennate  branchiae. 

1.  The  epithelium  of  the  branchia  always  appears  formed  of  two 
kinds  of  elements — of  columnar  cells  inserted  upon  the  basal  mem- 
brane by  a slender,  sometimes  ramified  process,  and  terminated  at 
the  other  end  by  a ciliated  disk  ; the  disks  of  contiguous  cells  touch 
one  another,  so  as  to  form  a regular  and  continuous  mosaic,  beneath 
which,  between  the  groups  of  the  preceding  cells,  occur  small 
spherical  or  ovoid  masses  of  muciparous  cells.  The  epithelium  of 
the  mantle  and  of  the  false  branchia  also  presents  these  two  kinds 
of  elements. 

2.  The  hasal  membrane  of  the  epithelium  forms  upon  each  sur- 
face, along  the  inner  margin  in  the  unipennate  branchiae,  a resistant 
thickening  of  triangular  section,  which  is  the  supposed  supporting 
cartilaginous  rod.  This  thickening  is  formed  of  superposed  layers 
and  presents  no  trace  of  cells.  It  is  therefore  not  cartilage,  as  has 
so  often  been  said. 

3.  Between  the  two  laminae  of  the  basal  membrane  there  are 
stellate  cells  with  anastomosing  processes,  sometimes  isolated,  some- 
times collected  into  groups,  especially  near  the  margins,  where  they 
are  sometimes  arranged  with  regularity.  This  is  the  ordinary  con- 
nective tissue  of  the  lacunae. 

4.  A bundle  of  longitudinal  muscular  fibres  extends  quite  to  the 
point ; from  it  are  detached  fibres  which  run  obliquely  towards  the 
outer  margin. 

Other  fibres,  transverse  and  often  distinctly  ramified  at  their 
extremity,  are  less  constant  in  their  occurrence  and  arrangement. 
This  is  the  case  also  with  another  system  of  longitudinal  fibres, 
sometimes  forming  a close  grating  with  the  preceding.  All  these 
fibres  meet  on  both  sides  of  the  central  lacuna. 

The  innervation  of  the  branchia  compared  with  that  of  the  false 
branchia  will  be  the  subject  of  another  communication. 

With  regard  to  the  circulation,  I have  been  led  to  resume  the 
recent  researches  of  MM.  Wegmann  and  Boutan.  These  anatomists 
have  indicated,  one  of  them  in  Haliotis.,  the  other  in  Fissurella,  the 
existence  of  vessels  in  each  margin  of  the  lamella  and  united  by 
transverse  capillaries.  Numerous  injections,  sections,  and  trans- 
parent preparations  obtained  by  removing  the  epithelium  by  reagents 
enable  me  to  assert  that  in  these  two  genera,  as  in  all  those  which 
I have  hitherto  studied,  there  are  neither  vessels  nor  capillaries — 
that  is  to  say,  there  is  no  eanal  circumscribed  by  a muscular  or 
endothelial  coat. 

According  to  M.  Boutan  *,  “ the  lamellae  are  formed  of  a spongy 
tissue  filled  with  little  lacunae,  the  excessively  minute  size  of  which 
must  cause  them  to  be  assimilated  to  capillaries.”  Now  any 
assimilation  of  lacunae,  however  small  they  may  be,  to  capillaries, 

* Arch,  de  Zool.  exp6r.  ser.  2,  tome  iii.,  Snppl.  p.  37. 


Miscellaneous.  249 

seems  to  me  contrary  to  what  we  know  most  precisely  of  the  mor- 
phology of  the  circulatory  apparatus. 

On  the  other  hand,  M.  Wegmann  had  previously  figured"^  and 
described,  in  more  detail  than  M.  Boutan,  a complicated  system  of 
capillary  vessels  in  Haliotis.  Now  H.  Milne-Edwards  long  ago 
announced  that  the  organs  of  the  Gasteropoda  (except  perhaps  the 
renal  organ)  always  present  lacunae  and  no  capillaries.  It  was 
therefore  interesting  to  ascertain  whether  the  branchia  formed  an 
exception  to  this  rule. 

By  injections  I have  had  no  difficulty  in  reproducing  the  appear- 
ances figured  by  M.  Wegmann  ; but  I explain  them  by  the  well- 
known  foldings  of  the  lamella  and  also  by  the  nearly  regular 
arrangement  in  line  of  the  connective  cells  or  groups  of  such  cells. 
The  supposed  vessels  of  the  two  margins  are  only  portions  of  the 
lacuna  in  which  the  connective  tissue  is  sparse  and  in  which,  con- 
sequently, the  injected  material  circulates  easily. 

The  space  within  the  double  basal  membrane  is  therefore  nothing 
but  a simple  diverticulum  of  the  general  lacuna,  which  extends  be- 
tween the  two  laminae  of  the  mantle.  My  investigations  thus  confirm 
the  views  of  Milne-Edwards. 

I may  add  that  in  the  Aplysiidae  and  Bullidse  the  branchia  is 
formed  by  the  more  or  fess  complicated  folding  of  a single  lamella, 
the  structure  of  which  is  the  same  as  that  just  described  for  the 
pectinate  branchia). — Gomptes  Renclus,  August  8, 1887,  p.  816. 


Description  of  a neivly-exclucled  Young  of  the  Ornithorhynchus 
paradoxus.  By  Sir  llicHAnn  Owen,  K.C.B.,  E.B.S.,  &c. 

Of  this  interesting  and  long-hoped-for  discovery  the  author  was 
informed  by  his  friend  and  correspondent,  the  Baron  von  Muller, 
E.B.S.,  of  the  Botanical  Gardens,  Melbourne,  and  shortly  received 
the  specimen  from  the  Baron  : also  further  details  from  Mr.  Le 
Souef,  of  the  Zoological  and  Acclimatisation  Society’s  Office,  Mel- 
bourne ; and  from  the  Bev.  Pastor  Hagenauer,  Superintendent  of 
the  Missionary  Station  in  Gipps-Land,  S.E.  Victoria,  to  whose 
influence  with  the  natives  science  is  indebted  for  the  acquisition,  as 
I am  to  Baron  von  Muller  for  the  reception,  of  the  embryo  well 
preserved  in  alcohol.  The  specimen  is  nude,  an  inch  in  length,  the 
nostrils  well  opened,  and  between  them  the  fleshy  conical  support 
of  the  horny  sheath,  which  has  been  shed  and  by  which  the  chorion 
had  been  torn  open  at  birth.  The  mouth  is  a transverse  slit,  not 
produced  as  a beak,  bounded  by  flexible  lips,  and  sufficiently  open 
to  receive  nutriment  afforded  by  the  group  of  pores  excluding  the 
secretion  of  the  mammary  gland  of  the  pouch.  The  fore  limbs, 
chiefly  represented  by  the  paws  and  pentadactyle,  with  claws  suffi- 
ciently developed  for  adhering  to  the  part  of  the  pouch  on  which 
the  excretory  pores  open.  The  hind  limbs  are  less  developed,  have 

* Ihid.  ser.  2,  tome  ii.  pi.  xix. 

Ann.  dk  Mag.  N.  I Fist,  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx. 


17 


250 


Miscellaneous. 


the  five  digits  feebly  indicated  and  clawless.  A short  conical- 
pointed  tail  projects  between  them.  The  elongate,  flattened,  nata- 
tory tail  of  the  adult  is  a later  development.  There  is  no  trace  of 
navel.  The  skin  of  the  trunk  is  uniformly  smooth  and  nude. 

If  this  embryo  should  be  a male,  the  spur  of  the  femoral  gland 
is  a defensive  organ  of  later  growth. 

The  author  refrains  from  dissection  in  hopes  of  receiving  another 
specimen  ; and,  after  a detailed  description  of  the  external  characters 
of  the  unique  specimen,  refers  to  his  paper  “ On  the  Uterine  Ovum 
of  the  Oniithorhynclius  ” in  the  volume  of  the  ‘ Philosophical 
Transactions  ’ for  1834,  and  on  the  “ Mammary  Glands  ” in  the 
volume  for  1832. — Proc.  lioyal  Soc.  vol.  xlii.  no.  256,  p.  391. 


Aulax  hypochseridis,  a new  Gall-fly.  By  J.  J.  Kieffek. 

Uypochceris  radicata.,  L.,  frequently  bears  elongated  or  fusiform, 
or  sometimes  rounded  swellings  of  the  stem,  which  may  attain  a 
length  of  over  an  inch  and  a half  and  a width  of  over  a quarter  of 
an  inch.  They  have  the  outer  surface  smooth  and  of  the  same 
colour  and  texture  as  the  stem  of  the  plant ; internally  they  are 
spongy,  white,  with  ten  or  twelve  round  or  oval,  pretty  regularly 
arranged  cavities,  about  one  twelfth  inch  apart,  within  each  of  which 
a larva  resides.  They  are  therefore  very  like  the  galls  of  Aid  ax 
hieracii.,  Bouch.,  which  occur  frequently  upon  species  oi  Hieracium  ; 
but  the  latter  are  always  stouter,  and  their  cells  are  larger  and 
placed  closer  together,  and  form  more  than  one  row.  These  swel- 
lings usually  occur  below  the  forked  branching  of  the  stem  ; the 
shoot  above  them  is  sometimes  normally  developed,  sometimes 
aborted.  They  are  found  as  early  as  the  beginning  of  June  (in 
Austria),  but  are  not  mature  until  the  autumn. 

These  galls  have  been  obtained  by  the  author  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Bitsclj,  but  they  were  first  observed  near  Naples  by  Prof. 
Licopoli  (‘  Legalle  della  flora  di  alcune  province  Napolitane,’  Naples, 
1877).  Dr.  Tice  found  them  in  North  Wales,  according  to  Trail 
(‘  Scottish  Naturalist,’  vol.  iv.  p.  16),  and  they  were  referred  to  by 
Dr.  F.  Low  in  his  “ Bemerkungen  fiber  Cynipiden  ” (in  Yerhandl. 
zool.-bot.  Gesellsch.  in  Wien,  1884,  p.  326)  ; Low  received  speci- 
mens from  Prof.  Licopoli,  and  bred  from  them  two  females  of  the 
Chalcidian  Eurytoma  cynipsea.,  Boh. 

From  his  specimens  the  author  bred  true  gall-flies  which  he  re- 
gards as  forming  a new  species  of  the  genus  Aulax  ; they  emerged 
in  the  spring  (probably  in  May) ; in  a heated  room  as  early  as 
February. 

The  species  is  named  Aidax  liypocliceridis  by  the  author,  who 
describes  the  female,  the  only  sex  known,  as  follows  : — “ Body  black. 
Antennm  filiform,  with  fourteen  distinctly  separated  joints,  dull 
black,  with  adpressed  grey  hairs  ; third  joint  somewhat  longer  than 
the  fourth,  both  longer  than  the  following  ones,  which  are  cylindri- 
cal, and  about  twice  as  long  as  broad;  apical  joint  pointed.  Face 


Miscellaneous. 


251 


striated.  Forehead  and  vertex  shagreened.  Thorax  moderately 
shining.  Meson otnm  nearly  naked,  only  beset  with  a few  short 
grey  hairs,  finely  but  distinctly  wrinkled,  the  wrinkles  forming  very 
regular  quadrangular  cells.  Scutellum  with  no  median  longitudinal 
furrow,  at  the  base  with  two  large  pits,  in  its  anterior  half  with 
the  same  sculpture  as  the  mesonotum.  Wings  hyaline,  fringed, 
with  a radial  area  open  on  the  outer  margin,  and  with  a distinct 
areola.  Legs  reddish  yellow  ; apical  joint  of  the  tarsi  and  base  of 
the  trochanters  black.  Abdomen  very  shining,  quite  black.” 

Length  of  the  female  2*l-2‘2  millim. 

Verhandl.  zool.-hot.  Gesellschaft  in  Wien^  1887,  p.  205. 


Anatomy  and  Histology  of  the  Salivary  Glands  in  the  Cephalopoda. 
By  M.  L.  JoTjBijsr. 

The  existence  in  the  Octopod  Cephalopods  of  two  pairs  of  salivary 
glands  has  been  long  known — one  situated  in  the  abdominal  cavity, 
the  other  close  to  the  buccal  bulb,  the  latter  being  deficient  in  the 
Decapods.  The  author  has,  however,  ascertained  the  presence  of  the 
second  pair  in  the  latter,  but  it  is  fused  into  a single,  median,  un- 
paired gland,  situated  beneath  the  oesophagus,  and  intimately  mixed 
with  muscular  bundles.  This  gland,  by  its  structure  and  the  posi- 
tion of  its  excretory  gland,  is  the  homologue  of  the  bulbar  glands  of 
the  Octopods. 

In  the  Poulpe  {Octopus  vulgaris)  M.  Livon  has  recognized  the 
existence  of  a gland  lining  one  of  the  surfaces  of  the  tongue,  but  ho 
could  not  find  its  excretory  duct.  The  author  has  found  this  gland 
in  all  the  Cephalopoda  examined  by  him ; it  consists  of  a sort  of 
sheet  of  acmi.,  all  opening  into  the  space  which  separates  the  tongue 
from  the  mandible  and  forms  part  of  the  buccal  cavity.  This  ex- 
plains why  M.  Livon  could  not  find  any  excretory  duct. 

Among  the  Octopods  {Octopus,  Eledone,  Argonauta)  the  extra- 
bulbar  salivary  glauds  are  situated  in  large  lacunae,  into  which  the 
blood  flows  through  very  slender  arteries,  starting  very  symmetrically 
from  the  first  division  of  the  aorta  by  a single  trunk  on  each  side. 
This  divides  almost  immediately  into  two  branches,  of  which  the 
superior  traverses  the  head  and  runs  to  the  pair  of  bulbar  glands, 
while  the  inferior  one  descends  vertically  to  the  abdominal  pair. 
The  blood  which  they  convey  becomes  diffused  between  the  glandu- 
lar elements,  reaches  the  periphery,  and  falls  into  the  great  sinus 
by  a multitude  of  pores,  which  are  the  intervals  of  the  superficial 
acini  or  of  the  glandular  tubes  in  the  case  of  the  abdominal  gland. 

In  the  Decapods  {Sepia,  Loligo,  Sepiola,  Ilossia)  they^  are  not 
bathed  in  the  blood-sinus,  but  the  blood  which  has  traversed  them 
is  collected  by  a venous  network  which  unites  with  the  great  vein. 
The  arteries  are  larger  than  in  the  Octopods,  but  their  arrangement 
is  less  constant. 

Sections  of  the  glands  taken  from  the  living  animal  and  very 
carefully  prepared  with  osmic  acid  showed  that  in  all  Cephalopoda 


252 


Miscellaneous. 


the  lingual  gland,  the  impaired  suboesophageal  gland  of  the  Deca- 
pods, and  the  extra-bulbar  pair  of  the  Octopods  are  constructed  upon 
the  same  type ; they  are  bunches  of  acini  formed  by  rather  short 
cylindrical  cells,  filled  in  their  inferior  third  with  protoplasm  with  a 
large  nucleus  ; the  protoplasm  is  continued  as  a network  in  the 
middle  third,  and  the  rest  is  filled  with  rather  large  granules,  which 
stain  strongly.  They  much  resemble  the  serous  cells  of  Vertebrates. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  pair  of  abdominal  glands  consist  of  large 
conical  cells,  the  narrow  lower  part  of  which  contains  protoplasm, 
while  the  upper  two  thirds  are  filled  with  large  balls  of  mucus, 
which  does  not  stain  with  the  same  reagents  as  the  inferior  third  ; 
these  large  caliciform  cells  emit  through  their  wide  apertures  the 
balls  of  mucus  which  become  fused  into  a uniform  mass  in  the  ex- 
cretory ducts,  showing  a remarkable  analogy  with  the  mucous  cells 
of  the  higher  Yertebrata. 

The  above  is  the  fundamental  structure  of  the  salivary  elements, 
but  their  arrangement  differs  greatly  in  the  two  great  divisions  of 
the  Cephalopoda.  In  the  Decapods  the  abdominal  gland  is  small 
and  formed  of  acini^  like  the  other  glands  ; but  in  the  Octopods  it 
is  very  large,  and  it  is  a tubular  gland  which  may  be  broken  up  by 
the  action  of  chloride  of  gold.  It  is  formed  by  a tube  indefinitely 
divided  dichotomously,  nearly  equal  in  diameter  throughout  its 
whole  extent,  except  in  the  final  branches,  which  are  smaller.  The 
terminal  tubular  branches  are  clothed  with  a single  layer  of  mus- 
cular fibres  forming  very  regular  and  well-marked  rings,  the  action 
of  which  is  clearly  to  drive  the  mucus  towards  the  excretory  duct. 
All  the  tubes  are  twisted  together  inextricably,  the  spaces  between 
them  being  occupied  by  connective  fibres,  large  stellate  cells,  or  free 
spaces  through  which  the  blood  circulates. 

The  author  adds  that  he  has  investigated  the  embryogeny  of 
these  glands  and  completed  the  researches  of  Bobretzky  in  many 
points. — Comptcs  Bendus.  July  18,  1887,  p.  177. 


Habitat  o/ Peripatus  Leuckarti.  By  Prof.  F.  JEFii'KET  Bell. 

Dr.  E.  P.  Ramsay,  F.R.S.E.,  has  lately  been  so  kind  as  to  send 
me  two  specimens  of  Peripatus  Leuckarti.^  Sanger.  Prof.  Leuckart’s 
only  information  with  regard  to  the  place  of  origin  of  his  specimen 
was  “ Neu  Holland.”  It  may  therefore  be  of  interest  to  state  that 
Mr.  Ramsay’s  examples  were  taken  in  the  Queensland  Scrubs,  near 
Wide  Bay.  Sanger’s  paper  being  almost  inaccessible,  and,  more- 
over, being  written  in  Russian,  I am  glad  to  be  able  to  add  that 
Mr.  Adam  Sedgwick,  F.R.S.,  will  incorporate  observations  on  the 
specimens  sent  me  by  Mr.  Ramsay  in  his  forthcoming  monograph 
on  the  genus.  How  that  Mr.  Ramsay  has  led  the  way,  it  is  to  be 
hoped  more  specimens  of  Peripatus  may  be  sent  from  Australia  to 
this  country. 


Anih.Su  fS.5.  Vol.20.  Ft.  V. 


2 


m’,V: 

“ft 


A.W.Waters  del.  A.T.HolKck  litk. 


Mird-ern.  Bros . imp . 


AU  S T R/vL  IAN  B RYO  Z 0.A , 


Ma^..Nal.HU.  S.  Jj.  Vol.20.  n.  W. 


A.W, Waters  del.  A.T.HolJlck  lilk. 

AUSTRALIAN  BRYOZO^. 


M!nt.err\  Bros . imp. 


J/m.A  Jla^.  jYal.  .S.  S.  Vo! . 20.  Ft.  Vlll. 


Wiiilerai.  Bros,  liih 


SmumwULs  Joassi  , A.  S.  Wooobw. 


JnnJ  jMag.jNal  .Hist.  S.  6.  Vol.  20.  PL.  LX. 


Mintern  Bros.lilK. 


JnnA  Ma^.  Mit.Hisf . S.  6.  Vol.  20.  FI.  I. 


Mintern  Bros.lit.K, 


ArinA.JWag.Md.Hist.  S.  5.  Vol.20.  PI.  H. 


Mintem  Bros . lith. . 


Mintern  Bros . liti\ . 


lb./2S4. 


1. 


Ma^.Jat.  Hist.  S.  Vol.  20.  Pl.M. 


emz. 


* <r  •>  « 7%^  ♦» 


‘®-  m 2 7,. 


'^4‘^UuUUU 


Ivti-ntern  Bros , lith. 


JmiA-  Alaq.jVcd.Hwt.  S.  5.  Vol.20.  FL.XIV. 


Maad  Hoi-man-FisKer  del.etHth. 


A NEW  GENUS  OF  POLYZONID^ 


Miniern.  Bros,  imp . 


THE  ANNALS 


AND 

MAGAZINE  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY, 

FIFTH  SERIES.] 

No.  118.  OCTOBER  1887. 


NXIX. — Bryozoa  from  New  South  Wales ^ North  Australia^ 
(See,  By  Arthur  Wm.  Waters. 

[Plate  VII.] 

Part  III. 

Cyclostomata. 

When  describing  fossil  Cyclostomata  I have  had  repeatedly 
to  point  out  how  little  is  known  about  this  suborder,  and 
how  few  characters  there  are  that  can  be  used  in  diagnosis. 
The  mode  of  growth  has  always  been  placed  in  the  front 
rank  ; but  this  in  other  divisions  has  been  clearly  shown  to 
have  secondary  importance,  and  the  same  thing  may  to  a 
certain  extent  be  seen  here,  for  there  is  Lichenopora  in  both 
single  and  confluent  colonies  and  also  occurring  in  many 
layers.  Then,  again,  Lichenopora  and  Discotuhigera^  as  D, 
lineataj  are  very  similar  in  appearance,  but  the  structural 
differences  indicate  that  tliey  should  be  widely  separated. 

In  the  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xliii.  p.  337, 1 pro- 
posed to  divide  the  Cyclostomata  into  Parallelata,  in  which 
there  are  no  cancelli,  and  Rectangulata,  in  which  the  openings 
of  cancelli  occur  between  the  zooecial  tubes.  Probably  the 

Ann.  (S  Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx.  18 


254  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

Liclienoporidae  and  some  other  families  will  never  be  brought 
into  order  until  the  ovicells  have  been  studied  in  most  species, 
whereas  it  is  astonishing  how  seldom  they  have  been  recorded. 
This  I attribute  largely  to  insufficient  search,  although  often 
large  numbers  of  specimens  may  be  examined  without  any 
ovicells  being  found  ; and  it  is  therefore  very  satisfactory  that 
the  present  collection  enables  me  to  add  descriptions  of  several 
instances  of  interesting  ovicells.  I have  also  recorded  the 
very  interesting  discovery  of  short  spines,  with  knobs,  on  the 
outside  of  the  zoarium  and  ovicells  of  Lichenopora  grignonen- 
SIS,  similar  to  the  rays  in  the  inside  of  the  zooecia.  This 
seems  to  add  to  the  difficulty  of  understanding  these  spines  ; 
and  we  may  ask  whether  the  long  hair-like  spines  on  L. 
ciliata,  L.  ecMnata^  and  L.  prisiis  are  homologous. 

I have  referred  specially  to  the  family  Lichenoporidm, 
believing  that  there  is  no  other  which  is  so  likely  to  throw 
light  on  the  natural  classification  and  relationship  of  a large 
part  of  the  Cyclostomata  as  this,  and  the  similarity  of  struc- 
ture with  Heteropora  &c.  makes  it  possible  it  may  ultimately 
clear  up  several  obscure  palaeontological  questions*.  The 
size  of  the  lamina  upon  which  it  grows  does  not  seem  to  have 
any  specific  value,  and  the  figures  now  given  show  how 
largely  the  shape  of  the  peristome  varies  in  the  same  speci- 
men. Other  characters  have  not  been  sufficiently  studied 
for  us  to  know  how  far  they  are  variable. 

75.  Crisia  ehurnea  (L.). 

For  synonyms  see  Hincks,  Brit.  Mar.  Pol.  p.  420,  pi.  Ivi.  figs.  5,  6 ; 
Pergens,  Plioc.  Bry.  v.  Rhodos,  p.  3 ; and  Woods,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc. 
Viet.  1865,  vi.  p.  5,  pi.  i.  fig.  12. 

A small  fragment  from  Shark  Island,  Port  Jackson,  8 
fath.,  certainly  seems  to  be  this  species;  but  a determination 
where  there  are  no  ovicells  is  never  very  satisfactory. 

76.  Crisia  Edwardsiana^  d’Orb. 

O'isia  Edwardsia7ia,  d’Orb.  Voyage  dans  I’Amer.  Merid.  p.  7,  pi.  i. 
figs.  4-8 ; (?)  Busk,  Cat.  Mar.  Pol.  pt.  iii.  p.  5,  pi.  ii.  figs.  5-8  j 
MacGilliyray,  Zool.  Viet.  dee.  iv.  p.  37,  pi.  xxxix.  fig.  1. 

The  fragment  from  La  Perouse  is  small,  but  there  is  no 
doubt  that  it  is  this  species.  The  joints  of  the  internodes 
and  of  the  spines  are  black.  This  piece  has  no  ovicells  ; but 

* 1 shall  be  miieh  obliged  to  Australian  or  other  authors  who  ean  let 
me  have  authentic  specimens  of  described  species  in  various  stages  of 
development. 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa.  255 

a specimen  from  New  Zealand  has  the  opening  of  the  ovicell 
low  down  on  the  dorsal  surface. 

Log.  Patagonia;  Tierra  del  Fuego  (?)  ; New  Zealand; 
Victoria;  La  Perouse ; Botany  Bay,  New  South  Wales, 
washed  on  shore. 

77.  Idmonea  radians  (Lamk.),  non  Defr. 

(PL  VI.  figs.  27,  28.) 

Retepoi'a  radians,  Lamk.  Anim.  sans  Vert.  ii.  p.  183. 

Idmonea  radians,  M.-Edw.  Ann.  Sc.  Nat.  2nd  ser.  vol.  ix.  p.  217,  pi.  xii. 
fig.  4 ; Stoliczka,  Foss.  Bry.  der  Orakei  Bay,  p.  116,  pi.  xviii.  figs.  9, 10 ; 
Busk,  Cat.  Mar.  Pol.  pt.  iii.  p.  11,  pi.  vii.  figs.  1-4 ; Waters, 
Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xl.  p.  684;  MacG.  Zool.  Viet, 
dec.  vii.  p.  30,  pi.  Ixviii.  fig.  3 ; Haswell,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  New  South. 
Wales,  vol. iv.  p.  351 ; Busk,  ‘Challenger’  Report,  pt.  ii.  p.  10. 

I have  already  (/oc.  cit.  p.  676)  referred  to  a structure  of 
the  ovicell  which  seems  to  have  been  overlooked  by  other 
writers,  and  now  give  a figure  showing  the  finely  perforated 
lateral  plates.  The  ovicells  are  elongated  raised  protuber- 
ances, occurring  at  a bifurcation,  divided  up  by  irregular 
ridges,  between  which  are  large  pores  deeply  pitted,  and  on 
each  side  there  are  usually  two,  but  sometimes  one  or  three, 
plates,  distinctly  bordered  and  with  numerous  extremely  fine 
perforations. 

The  ovicells  of  the  Cyclostomata  have  nearly  always  the 
surface  covered  with  much  more  numerous  pores  than  the 
rest  of  the  zoarium  ; and  it  is  therefore  most  interesting, 
and  no  doubt  a fact  of  considerable  physiological  importance, 
that  in  some  cases  it  is  only  a part  of  the  ovicell  which  is 
provided  with  these  numerous  pores. 

Log.  Fossil:  Mount  Gambler  (?)  ; Orakei  Bay.  Living: 
New  Zealand;  Tongatabu,  18  fath. ; Honolulu,  20-40  fath. ; 
Victoria ; Port  Jackson  (//.)  ; Adelaide  (A.  IV.)  ; Vaucluse 
Point ; Port  Stephens,  5-6  fath. ; Green  Point,  8 fath..  New 
South  Wales,  and  Darnley  Island,  Torres  Straits,  10-30 
fath.  (all  dredged  by  Brazier). 

78.  IdmoneaQ)  irregularis^  Meneghini  (non  Beissel). 

Idmonea  irregularis,  Menegh.  “ Polipi  della  fam.  del  Tubul.,”  Accad.  di 
Sc.  di  Padova,  vol.  vi.  1844,  p.  12 ; Waters,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist, 
ser.  5,  vol.  iii.  p.  270  ; Busk,  Chall.  Rep.  p.  14;  Haswell,  Heller. 

Tervia  Folini,  Jullien,  “ Dragages  du  Travailleur,”  Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  de 
France,  t.  vii.  p.  5,  pi.  xiii.  figs.  8,  9. 

Specimens  from  Holborn  Island  have  the  oral  aperture  OT 
millim.  wide.  I do  not  consider  that  this  can  remain  under 
Idmonea,  seeing  that  the  ovicell  is  dorsal,  occurring  near  a 

18* 


256  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

dichotomization  (see  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xl.  p.  687). 
In  shape  it  resembles  the  ovicell  of  Crisia  (say  Crisia 
Houldswortliii^  B.,  Chall.  Bep.  pi.  iii.  fig.  2),  but  as  yet  I 
have  only  seen  it  upon  the  Mediterranean  specimens. 

Log.  Naples  j Adriatic ; Tortugas ; Bay  of  Biscay,  2651 
metres ; Holborn  Island  {Hasw.  & IF.)  ; Azores,  450  fath. 
Fossil : Testa  del  Prado,  Calabria  ( TF.) ; and  Zanclian,  Astian, 
Sicilian,  and  Saharian  [Seguenza) , 

79.  Idmonea  Milneana^  d’Orb. 

For  synonyms  see  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xl.  p.  684,  and 
add  Busk,  ‘ Clialleno-er  ’ Eep.  p.  13. 

Tuhulhora  Dawsoiii,  Ilincks,  Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  xiii. 
p.  34,  pi.  ix.  fig.  5. 

The  branches  of  a specimen  from  Green  Point  anastomose, 
forming  a colony  an  inch  and  a half  across,  and  it  differs  in  the 
branching  from  I.  interjuncta^  where  tubular  connexions  are 
thrown  across  from  one  branch  to  another,  also  the  radicles 
growing  from  the  back  of  the  branches  of  /.  Milneana  are 
stouter,  being  formed  of  a fasciculus  of  tubes.  The  ovicell  and 
the  ovicellular  opening  of  this  and  I.  interjuncta  seem  iden- 
tical (see  figure  29  on  PI.  VI.),  the  ovicell  being  very  slightly 
raised,  spreading  among  a considerable  number  of  zooecia  ; 
the  opening  is  wide,  with  a raised  compressed  funnel.  Aper- 
ture of  zooecial  tube  0*2  millim.  wide. 

Mr.  Busk,  in  his  ^ Challenger  ’ Beport,  says  “ ovicell  un- 
known ; ” but  this  I have  previously  described  from  Capri. 
I have  reexamined  the  British-Museum  specimens  of  I.  noto- 
male^  B.,  and  have  no  doubt  of  this  being  only  a synonym  ; 
in  fact  the  Museum  specimens  of  the  latter  and  I.  Milneana 
are  so  similar  that  they  might  well  be  fragments  of  the  same 
colony. 

Log,  Living:  Falkland  Islands  (d'Orh.)]  Patagonia,  30 
fath. ; Chonos  Archipelago  ; Florida ; S.  W.  Chili,  0-30  fath. ; 
Capri ; New  Zealand  (A.  IF.  TF.)  ; Heard  Island,  75  fath. ; 
Prince  Edward  Island,  80-150  fath.  ; Fiji  Islands,  450  fath. ; 
Queensland;  Victoria;  Green  Point,  Port  Jackson,  8 fath. 
Fossil:  Latdorf  (Oligocene)  ; Orakei  Bay,  New  Zealand; 
Mount  Gambier,  Curdie’s  Creek,,  Bairnsdale  (Australia). 

80.  Idmonea  inter junota^  MacG. 

(PI.  VI.  fig.  29.) 

Idmonea  interjuncta,  MacG.  Descrip,  of  New  or  Little-known  Polyzoa, 
pt.  ix.  (1885),  Trans.  Boy.  Soc.  Viet.  p.  10  (sep.). 

? Idmonea  Fedleyi,  Haswell,  “ Cyclost.  Polyzoa ' of  Port  Jackson,” 
Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  vol.  iv.  p.  351. 


257 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa* 

Specimens  from  Green  Point  correspond  entirely  with 
MacGillivray’s  description ; but  I believe  that  Haswell’s 
name,  which  has  priority,  ought  to  be  adopted,  though  as 
long  as  there  is  any  uncertainty  it  is  better  to  adhere  to 
interjuncta. 

It  forms  a subglobular  intricate  mass  nearly  two  inches 
across,  made  up  of  slender  branches,  which  dichotomize  and 
are  attached  to  one  another  by  delicate  tubes  thrown  across 
from  neighbouring  branches  : similar  tubes  are  often  thrown 
out  as  long  delicate  rootlets ; these  tubes  are  usually  single, 
but  sometimes  in  bundles.  The  zooecia  are  smaller  than 
those  of  I.  Milmana^  the  aperture  only  measuring  0T4  millim., 
and  the  dorsal  striation  is  more  distinct  in  these  specimens 
than  in  /.  Milneana  from  the  same  locality.  The  ovicell,  as 
shown  in  the  figure,  is  an  inflation  occurring  usually  at  the 
junction  of  the  branches,  and  embraces  many  zooecia ; the 
surface  of  the  ovicell  is  more  finely  punctured  than  that  of 
the  zooecia,  and  the  aperture  is  wide,  with  a raised  funnel- 
shaped  peristome. 

It  will  be  seen  in  figure  29  that  the  middle  connecting-tube 
passes  from  the  right-hand  branch  to  the  left,  whereas  the 
other  two  arise  from  the  left-  and  are  attached  to  the  right- 
hand  branch. 

Kirchenpauer  describes  (Mus.  Godeffroy  Cat.  iv.  p.  xxxiii) 
similar  connexions  in  Idmonea  flahellata^  from  the  Gulf  of 
St.  Vincent. 

Loc,  Port  Phillip  Heads  (d/acG.)  ; Green  Point,  Port 
Jackson,  8 fath. 

81.  Filisparsa  tuhulosa  (Busk). 

Hormra  violacea,  var.  tuhidosa.  Busk,  Cat.  Mar.  Pol.  pt.  iii.  p.  19, 
pi.  xviii.  fig.  4. 

Filis^mrsa  tuhulosa,  Waters,  Ana.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  6,  vol.  iii. 
p.  275. 

Filisparsa  Dehauxi,  Pergens,  Pliocene  Bry.  von  Rliodos,”  Ann.  k.-k. 
Hofmus.  vol.  ii.  p.  6. 

Idmonea  gasparensis,  IVlacG.  ^‘New  or  Little-known  Polyzoa,”  pt.  xii., 
Trans.  Hoy.  Soc.  Yict.  p.  7 (sep.),  pi.  ii.  fig.  3. 

Filisparsa,  sp.,  Manzoni,  Mem.  de  la  Soc.  Geol.  de  France,  3*  s^r.  vol.  i. 
pt.  ii.  p.  09,  pi.  iii.  figs.  18  a and  18  b. 

There  is  one  piece  from  Holborn  Island,  20  fath.,  which  is 
more  delicate  than  I.  irregularis  and  has  fewer  zooecia.  The 
oral  aperture  is  0T5  millim.  wide.  There  is  no  ovicell,  but 
my  specimens  from  Naples  have  ovicellular  enlargements 
embracing  several  zooecia  near  a new  branch  on  the  front 
surface.  The  numbering  of  Busk’s  figures  in  his  description 
and  his  explanation  of  the  plates  does  not  correspond,  and  it 
is  very  difficult  to  know  what  was  meant. 


258  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 

A fossil,  wliicli  I described  as  id  oraheiensisj  Stol.  (Quart. 
Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xl.  p.  687),  from  Mount  Gambier,  with 
oral  aperture  about  half  the  size,  has  the  ovicell  on  the  dorsal 
surface,  in  this  respect  corresponding  with  I.  irregularis^ 
Menegh.,  and  from  this  it  will  be  seen  that  there  is  consider- 
able uncertainty  in  the  determination  when  the  ovicell  is  not 
preserved. 

It  would  seem  that  I.  irregularis  and  id  orakeiensis  should 
be  removed  to  another  genus  on  account  of  the  position  of 
the  ovicell.  There  is  also  Hornera  tuhulosa^  Meneghini, 
which  may  be  this  species. 

Log.  Naples  (Hd)  ,*  Victoria  [MacG.)  ) Holborn  Island, 
Queensland,  20  fath.  Fossil : Rhodes. 

82.  Tuhuligiora  Jimhriaj  Lamk. 

There  are  two  small  pieces  from  Bondi  Bay,  Sydney,  which 
do  not  seem  to  differ  in  size  of  the  zooecial  tubes  or  the 
arrangement  of  the  zooecia  from  the  European  species  ; but 
from  small  pieces  the  specific  determination  is  doubtful.  The 
ovicells  are  inflations  near  the  end,  with  wide  funnel-shaped 
openings. 

83.  Tuhulipora  Jlmhria^  Lamk.,  forma MacG. 

(PI.  VII.  figs.  1,  2,  3.) 

Type  Tubulii^ora  Jimhria,  Lamk.  Hist.  Anim.  sans  Vert.  ed.  1,  vol.  ii. 
p.  163 ; and  for  synonyms  see  Hincks,  Brit.  Mar.  Polyz.  p.  448, 
pi.  lx.  fig.  3,  and  Busk,  ‘ Challenger’  Hep.  p.  23,  pi.  v.  fig.  2. 

Tuhuli2mra  pulchr'a^  MacGillivray,  Trans.  Roy,  Soc.  Viet.  vol.  xxi. 
p.  95,  pi.  ii.  fig.  1. 

There  are  a large  number  of  specimens  from  Vaucluse 
Point,  which  have  grown  upon  seaweed  and  have  a very 
interesting  attachment.  The  primitive  disk  has  small  den- 
tate projections  all  round,  and  besides  these  there  are  all  over 
the  dorsal  surface  broad  tubular  teeth  at  short  intervals, 
arranged  in  curved  lines  following  the  outlines  of  the  zooecia. 
Mr.  Busk,  in  Zool.  of  Kerguelen  Island,”  Trans.  Roy.  Soc. 
vol.  clxviii.  p.  19,  pi.  x.  figs.  20-25,  records  a similar  denticu- 
late border  of  the  primary  disk  of  what  he  considers  T.  organ- 
izans^  d’Orb.,  but  does  not  mention  any  other  attachment. 
Idmonea  serpens  also  throws  out  dentate  processes  from  the 
side  of  the  zoarium,  but  they  can  scarcely  be  compared  with 
those  now  described. 

The  zoarium  is  flabelliform,  with  sometimes  two  or  three 
lobes;  but  none  of  the  specimens  are  large  or  are  much 
divided.  The  aperture  of  the  zooecia  is  only  0’07-0*08  millim. 


259 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 

wide  inside  and  about  0*1  millim.  outside,  which  is  not  much 
more  than  half  the  size  of  that  of  European  T.  fimbria^  and 
the  ends  are  slightly  contracted,  but  not  anything  like  so  much 
as  in  MacGrillivray’s  figure  of  T.  pulchra  ,*  in  fact,  without 
careful  examination  the  contraction  would  be  overlooked. 
The  ovicells  are  inflations  near  the  border  embracing  many 
zooecia,  and  with  wide,  irregular,  funnel-shaped  openings. 

The  zooecial  tubes  are  punctured,  except  at  the  ends,  where 
there  are  few  or  no  punctures.  With  T,  jlabellaris  and  T. 
fimbria  there  has  been  some  confusion,  which  is  not  lessened 
by  strictly  following  zoological  rules.  Johnston,  Busk, 
Hincks,  &c.  had  called  what  we  now  consider  T.  fimbria  T. 
fiabellaris ; but  Smitt  showed  that  this  was  wrong,  and  that 
T,  fiabellaris  of  Fabricius  was  what  Couch,  Busk,  Hincks, 
Waters,  &c.  had  called  T.  phalangea ; so  that  both  species 
have  in  well-known  works  been  called  jlabellaris^  and  when, 
as  in  the  present  instance,  MacGillivray  refers  to  T,  fiabellaris 
it  is  impossible  to  know  which  species  is  meant. 

Typical  T.  fimbria  occurs  abundantly  in  European  and 
northern  seas,  and  is  recorded  from  a few  localities  in  the 
southern  hemisphere.  T.  pulchra  is  found  in  Victoria,  but 
MacGillivray  does  not  say  where.  Vaucluse  Point,  Port 
Jackson,  5 fath.  (dredged  by  Brazier), 

84.  Entalophora  fragilis  (Hasw.). 

Pustulipora  fragilis,  Haswell,  Polyzoa  from  the  Queensland  Coast,” 
Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  New  South  Wales,  vol.  v.  p.  35. 

There  are  numerous  fragments  from  Darnley  Island  of  a 
very  delicate  Entalophora^  with  the  zoarium  about  0*5  millim. 
in  diameter,  with  few  zooecia,  separated  by  wide  intervals. 

I do  not  find  any  black-pointed  spinules  ; but  this  may  arise 
from  the  state  of  preservation,  or  it  may  be  a varietal  charac- 
ter. The  aperture  of  the  zooecium  is  about  OT  millim. 

Log.  Holborn  Island,  Queensland  [H.)  ^ Darnley  Island, 
Torres  Straits,  10-30  fath. ; and  Princess  Charlotte  Bay, 
N.E.  Australia,  13  fath. 

85.  Fasciculipora  bellis^  MacG. 

Fasciculipora  hellis,  MacGillivray,  Trans.  Koy.  Soc.  Viet.  vol.  xx.  p.  127, 
pi.  i.  hg.  2. 

From  the  Bottle-and-Glass  Bocks  there  is  a specimen  wdth 
more  than  thirty  erect  fasciculi.  Each  fasciculus  rises  from 
a concentric  calcareous  crust,  which  is  punctured  with  rather 
large  pores  ; and  these  basal  crusts  usually  become  confluent, 
and  sometimes  have  a few  zooecial  openings,  and  also  on  the 


260  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

sides  of  the  fasciculi  there  are  zooecial  apertures,  so  that  in 
places  it  looks  like  a little  forest  of  Entalophora, 

It  is  a question  whether  this  is  a complete  growth,  or  only 
the  young  form  of  a growth  like  Fascicularia  tuhipora^  and 
from  one  piece  this  cannot  be  decided. 

Log.  Port  Phillip  Heads ; Bottle-and-Glass  Rocks,  Port 
Jackson,  8 fath.,  rocky  bottom  ” {Br.). 

86.  Mesenteripora  rejyens^  Haswell. 

(PL  VII.  figs.  6 & 7.) 

Mesenteripora  repens , Haswell,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  vol.  vi. 
p.  199. 

Some  specimens  from  Watson’s  Bay  spread  over  Cellepora 
&c.,  forming  layers  several  inches  aeross.  On  the  basal  por- 
tion the  zooecial  divisions  are  scarcely  visible,  and  the  zooecial 
tubes  are  mostly  closed  by  a cover  with  a projecting  tubule, 
but  near  to  the  raised  ridges  the  zooecia  project  and  are  more 
or  less  free  ; and  from  the  ridges  themselves  they  project  a 
considerable  distance,  with  a bilabiate  peristome.  I have  also 
a specimen  of  Mesenterip)ora  from  Port  Phillip  in  which  the 
zooecia  on  the  basal  crust  are  distinct  and  free  at  the  end, 
with  covers  having  an  excentric  projecting  tubule,  and  the 
zooecia  are  not  formed  into  long  elevated  ridges,  but  rise  up 
about  3-4  millim.  as  small  compressed  stalks  with  a lamina  in 
the  middle  along  the  longer  axis. 

Mesenteripora  repens ^ with  its  beautiful  white  punctured 
surface,  is  a very  attractive  object. 

Log.  Broughton  Island,  Hew  South  Wales  {H.)  ; Wat- 
son’s Bay,  Port  Jackson,  under  stone”  (sent  by  Brazier). 

87.  Discotubigera  (?)  lineata  (MacG.). 

(PI.  VI.  fig.  24.) 

Diastopora  lineata,  MacGillivray,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Viet.  vol.  xxi.  p.  96, 
pi.  iii.  fig.  1. 

Liriporalineata,  MacG.  Cat.  Mar. Polvzoa  of  Viet.,  Roy.  Soc.  Viet.  1887, 
p.  32. 

All  my  specimens  are  surrounded  by  a broad  lamina,  and 
the  central  cells  are  elosed  by  a perforated  membrane  ; the 
series  of  zooecia  are  very  much  raised  near  the  border.  In  two 
specimens  the  zoarium  is  regularly  discoid,  about  5 millim.  in 
diameter — one  from  Port  Phillip  spreads  irregularly  over  a 
space  of  about  | inch,  forming  strap-shaped  lobes.  The 
ovicells  occur  as  tangential  swellings  near  the  border,  and 
have  a round  tubular  opening  at  the  base. 

The  zoarial  appearance  is  much  the  same  as  that  of  Lieheno- 
jpora^  but  there  are  no  interstitial  pores,  and  the  structure  is 


261 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

of  course  quite  different ; but  so  long  as  we  are  in  a tenta- 
tive stage  with  the  Cjclostomata  I do  not  see  that  a form  in 
which  the  zooecia  are  gathered  so  distinctly  into  rays  or  ridges 
can  at  present  be  united  with  Diastopora. 

This  is  no  doubt  nearly  allied  to  the  fossil  from  Aldinga 
which  I described  as  Discotuhigera  clypeataj  Lamx.  (Quart. 
Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xl.  p.  690,  pi.  xxxi.  figs.  15,  16,  19). 

Log.  Port  Phillip  and  Port  Phillip  Heads ; Double  Bay, 
Port  Jackson,  under  stones.” 

88.  Lichenopora  novce-zelandice  (Busk). 

(PL  VII.  fig.  8.) 

Discoporella  novce-zelandice,  Busk,  Cat.  Mar.  Pol.  pt.  iii.  p.  32,  pi.  xxx. 
fig.  2 ; Haswell,  Cyclost.  Polyzoa  from  Port  Jackson,  Proc.  Linn. 
Soc.  New  South  Wales,  vol.  iv.  p.  353. 

The  description  of  Busk  leaves  it  somewhat  uncertain  as 
to  whether  this  is  the  species  intended,  and  where  the  ovicell 
is  undescribed  this  will  often  be  the  case. 

Where  there  is  no  ovicell  the  zooecial  tubes  run  into  the 
centre,  the  central  depression  forming  an  inverted  cone  with- 
out cancelli ; in  this  respect  these  specimens  differ  from  Mr. 
Busk’s  figure.  P^he  outer  cancelli  are  formed  of  bars  from 
the  radii^  and  there  is  usually  only  one  row  of  cancelli  be- 
tween the  radii.  P'he  inner  side  of  the  peristome  is  the  longer, 
sometimes  the  outer  zooecia  have  the  peristome  wide  and 
acuminate  in  the  centre.  The  ovicell  is  considerably  raised 
and  occupies  the  whole  of  the  centre  ‘ the  central  portion  is 
flat  and  is  bounded  by  a raised  meandering  ridge,  from  which 
the  sides  slope  steeply  down.  The  aperture  of  the  ovicell  is 
near  one  end  of  the  flat  space  and  is  semicircular.  On  the 
lower  left-hand  side  of  the  specimen  figured  there  is  a tube 
which  I do  not  understand,  but  probably  it  is  a zooecial  tube 
irregularly  placed.  Zooecial  aperture  about  0*07  millim. 
in  diameter. 

Zoc.  New  Zealand  (B.) ; Port  Jackson  [Haswell)  j Bondi 
Bay,  near  Sidney,  New  South  Wales. 

89.  Lichenopora  HouldswortMi  (Busk). 

Discoporella  Houldsworthii,  Busk,  Cat.  Mar.  Pol.  pt.  iii.  p.  33,  pi.  xxx. 

fig.  4. 

Lichenopora  Houldsworthii,  Waters,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xliii. 
p.  347. 

There  is  a specimen  from  Watson’s  Bay  with  the  cancelli 
about  0’07  millim.  and  the  zooecial  apertures  nearly  as  large. 
In  the  interior  of  both  zooecial  tubes  and  cancelli  there  are 
numerous  radiating  spines  with  a nodular  termination,  the 


262  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa. 

exact  shape  of  which  I have  not  had  the  opportunity  of 
making  out. 

Log.  Living:  Ceylon  (^.)  > ^^c>rt  Phillip  Heads  {MacG.), 
Port  Western,  Victoria  ; north  side  of  Watson’s  Bay,  under 
stones,”  Port  Jackson.  Fossil : Waipukurau,  New  Zealand. 

90.  Lichenopora  grignonensis  (Busk). 

(PL  VII.  fig.  4.) 

Biscoporella  crassiuscula,  Smitt,  CEfrer.  K.  Vetens.-Ak.  Forh.  vol.  xxiii. 
pp.  406  and  482,  pi.  xi.  figs.  7-9. 

Biscoporella  grignonensis,  Busk,  Crag  Polyzoa,  p.  116,  pi.  xx.  fig.  4. 

Lichenopora  grignonensis,  Bidley,  Zool.  Coll,  of  H.M.S.  * Alert,’  Proc. 
Zool.  Soc.  1881,  p.  67,  pi.  vi.  fig.  2. 

Lichenopora  canaliculata  ?,  Busk,  Phil.  Trans,  vol.  168  (ex.),  p.  199, 
pi.  X.  figs.  12-14. 

I have  figured  a specimen  from  Vaiicluse  Point,  showing 
the  great  variation  in  shape  of  the  zooecial  orifices,  which  near 
the  periphery  have  usually  projections  at  the  two  sides, 
forming  what  Ridley  calls  a sinus,  in  the  central  zooecia,  and 
have  the  inner  side  much  raised,  but  also  divided  by  a sinus  ; 
the  outer  side  is  also  raised  often  into  a pointed  process. 
Zooecial  opening  about  0*08  millim.  The  central  zooecia  are 
much  raised,  and  when  there  is  no  ovicell  nearly  meet  in  the 
depressed  centre  of  the  zoarium.  The  ovicell  covers  the  cen- 
tral area  and  is  formed  by  a network  of  trabeculas,  the  inter- 
spaces of  which  are  closed  by  a calcareous  perforated  crust. 
The  sides  of  the  zooecia  have  nodulated  ridges,  the  nodules 
sometimes  becoming  bluntly  spinous. 

In  the  interior  of  the  zooecia  there  are  radiating  spines 
wdth  knobs  at  the  end,  but  also  on  the  outside  of  the  zooecia 
there  are  similar  spines  projecting  from  the  trabeculae.  This 
is  the  first  time,  so  far  as  I am  aware,  that  these  spines  have 
been  recorded  from  the  outside  of  the  zoarium,  which  seems 
to  make  it  more  difficult  to  understand  what  their  function 
can  be. 

I have  a specimen  from  the  Semaphore,  Adelaide,  in  which 
the  nodulated  ridges  are  much  more  distinct  and  the  inner 
part  of  the  peristome  is  much  raised,  whereas  the  portion 
turned  towards  the  periphery  of  the  zoarium  is  deeply  cut 
away ; another  specimen  from  the  same  locality  has  the 
nodulated  ridges  also  well  marked,  but  the  peristome  is  nearly 
round  and  entire,  as  figured  by  Busk  in  his  L.  canaliculata. 

I cannot  see  that  there  is  sufficient  ground  for  identifying 
Busk’s  species  with  that  of  Milne-Edwards,  and  think  that 
L.  canaliculata^  Busk,  is  probably  the  same  as  the  Crag 
fossil ; but  since  the  shape  of  the  aperture  is  figured  as  being 


263 


Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 

different  I hesitate  either  to  unite  them  or  to  give  a new 
name,  and  therefore  follow  E-idley  in  regarding  this  as 
Busk’s  species,  since  I am  not  certain  that  L.  crassiuscula^ 
Smitt,  is  identical,  whereas  there  is  no  doubt  that  this  is  the 
species  described  by  Kidley. 

In  the  figures  of  both  this  and  L.  ciliata  I have  not 
shown  the  convex  shape  of  the  zoarium,  in  order  that  the 
variations  in  the  peristome  might  be  clearly  seen. 

Log,  Living : Sandy  Point  (i?.) ; off  Vaucluse  Point, 
Port  Jackson,  5 fath.,  and  Bondi  Bay,  New  South  Wales  ; 
Bahusia  (?)  (Smi),  Fossil : Crag  (?). 

91.  Lichenojyora  ciliata  (Busk).  (PI.  VII.  fig.  5.) 

Discoporella  ciliata,  Busk,  Cat.  Mar.  Pol.  pt.  iii.  p.  31,  pi.  xxx.  fig.  6,  and 
pi.  xxxiii.  fig.  4;  Haswell,  Cyclost.  Polyzoa  from  Port  Jackson, 
p.  354. 

In  a specimen  from  Port  Stephens  the  zooecia  are  irregu- 
larly arranged,  or  in  parts  indistinctly  radial,  and  the  inner 
edge  is  prolonged,  usually  with  a deep  notch  in  front,  forming 
an  apparent  sinus  ; sometimes  the  peristome  is  divided  into 
several  processes,  and  in  some  cases  the  zooecial  tubes  can  be 
seen  to  be  slightly  ridged.  Zooecial  aperture  about  0*07 
millim.  diameter.  There  are  numerous  long  hair-like  spines 
growing  from  all  parts  of  the  zooecial  tube  and  some  from  the 
central  cancelli.  The  ovicell  spreads  among  a number  of 
zooecial  tubes  and  opens  with  a long  inflated  tube  directed 
towards  the  centre  of  the  zoarium. 

It  will  be  seen  that  this  approaches  very  closely  to  L, 
grignonensisy  and  that  it  differs  from  L.  echinata,  MacG.,  in 
not  having  rounded  central  cancelli,  from  L,  comylicata^  Has- 
well, in  not  having  the  peristome  round  and  entire,  and  from 
L.  reticulata^  MacG.,  in  not  having  the  peristome  produced 
on  the  inner  border  but  on  the  outer.  I have  a specimen 
from  Port  Phillip  which  agrees  with  this  in  having  the  central 
portion  reticulated,  and  has  similarly  numerous  long  spines  ; 
another  one  from  the  same  locality  is  similar  in  regard  to 
the  arrangement  of  the  zooecia,  the  shape  of  the  zooecial 
tubes,  and  the  peristome ; but  the  large  rounded  central  can- 
celli are  closed  with  a perforated  pellicle,  and  above  this  there 
is  the  commencement  of  a thin,  calcareous,  perforated,  plain 
crust,  which  is,  no  doubt,  the  commencement  of  an  ovicell. 
There  are  in  this  last  specimen  a few  long  spines  from  the 
cancelli,  but  none  from  the  surface  of  the  zooecial  tubes. 

Ought  not  L.  ciliata  to  be  considered  a variety  of  L.  ver- 
rucariuj  Fab.? 


264  Mr.  A.  W.  Waters  on  Australian  Bryozoa, 

Loc.  Cape  of  Good  Hope ; New  Zealand  {B.)  ; Port 
Stephens,  New  South  Wales  (sent  by  Brazier). 

Ctenostomata. 

92.  Amathia  semispvralis'i  (Kirchenpauer) . 

Serialaria  semispiralis,  Kirch.  Cat.  Mus.  GodefFroy,  iv.  p.  xxxiv. 

Amathia  semispiralis,  Busk,  Chall.  Rep.  p.  36,  pi.  viii.  fig.  3. 

There  is  a small  dried  fragment  of  Amathia  from  Darnley 
Island,  Torres  Straits,  in  which  the  zooecia  are  arranged 
spirally,  but  are  broken  up  into  groups,  and  in  our  present 
state  of  knowledge  we  may  doubt  whether  this  should  be 
separated  from  A.  semiconvoluta. 

There  is  also  an  Amathia  found  in  Naples  which  has 
the  zooecia  arranged  spirally,  but  only  has  zooecia  in  the 
upper  half  of  the  internode.  This  Kirchenpauer  called  in 
manuscript  A.  distans — a name  since  given  by  Busk  to 
another  species. 

93.  Amathia  hiseriata^  Krauss.  (PI.  VI.  fig.  25.) 

Amathia  hiseriata,  Krauss,  Corallineen  und  Zoopliyten  der  Siidsee, 
1837,  p.  23,  fig.  1. 

Serialaria  Woodsii,  Goldstein,  Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Soc.  Viet.  vol.  i. 
no.  1,  p.  20,  pi.  iii.  fig.  5. 

This  species  is  attached  by  thick  bundles  of  radical  tubes, 
as  described  and  figured  by  Krauss,  but  my  specimens  have 
not  such  a mass  of  root  as  he  shows.  The  number  of  zooecia 
is  not  constant,  about  eight  pairs  is  the  most  usual,  but  I 
have  counted  thirteen  pairs,  and  the  zooecia  usually  occupy 
about  four  fifths  of  an  internode,  though  sometimes  almost  the 
entire  internode  is  filled  up. 

Tenison  Woods  in  his  list  of  works  on  Amathia  does  not 
mention  Krauss,  so  that  probably  both  he  and  Goldstein  were 
unacquainted  with  his  work. 

This  is  allied  to  A.  lendigera^  L.,  but  differs  in  having 
shorter  internodes  more  closely  filled  up.  The  earlier  writers 
all  seem  to  have  described  and  figured  A.  lendigera  having 
only  a single  series  of  zooecia  ; but  Hincks,  Busk,  &c.  now 
speak  of  its  having  a double  series,  and  European  specimens 
in  my  collection  have  two  series. 

I have  A.  lendigera  from  Cape  Agulhas,  South  Africa. 

In  A hiseriata  a radicle  is  often  thrown  out  from  the  under 
surface  of  the  branches  (see  fig.  25) . 

Loc.  Australia  {K.)  ; Portland,  Victoria  [G.)  ; mouth  of 
Lane  Cove  Eiver,  7 fath.,  N.  S.  Wales,  and  Shark  Island, 
8 fath. 


Mr.  H.  Grose  Smith  on  new  Asiatic  Bafterflies.  265 

Since  the  previous  part  was  written  I have  found  a frag- 
ment of  Memhranipora  cervicornis^  B.,  from  Shark  Island, 
8 fath.,  and  I also  overlooked  Kirchenpauer’s  paper  in  the 
Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  New  South  Wales,  vol.  ix.  1884,  in  which 
mention  is  made  of  Catenicella  ventricosay  C.  Buskiiy  Cellu- 
laria  cuspidatay  Menipea  crystallinay  from  the  coast  near 
Mount  Dromedary,  and  of  Didymia  simplex  and  Bugula 
dentata  near  the  entrance  of  the  Richmond  River. 

Besides  the  seventy-nine  species  now  recorded  from  New 
South  Wales  there  are  forty- three  more  described  by  Kirchen- 
pauer.  Busk  Challenger’  Report),  and  Haswell ; but  there 
are  still  many  species  that  are  common  in  the  other  colonies 
and  neighbouring  seas  which  have  not  yet  been  recorded  from 
New  South  Wales,  though  probably,  when  anyone,  following 
MacGillivray’s  example,  studies  the  Bryozoa  as  carefully 
and  systematically  as  he  has  done  in  Victoria,  the  two 
colonies  will  be  found  to  have  an  equally  rich  fauna. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  VII. 

Fig.  1.  Tuhulipora  Jimhria,  Lamk.,  var.  pulchra,  MacG.,  X 25. 

Fig.  2.  Tuhulipora  jimhria,  Lamk.,  var.  pulchra,  X 85,  sliowing  central 
zooecia  and  dorsal  attachments. 

Fig.  3.  Tubulipora  jimhria,  Lamk.,  var.  pulchra,  x25,  showing  dorsal 
attachments  of  colony. 

Fig.  4.  Lichenopora  grignonemis  (Busk),  x 25,  from  Vaucluse  Point. 
Fig.  5.  Lichenopora  ciliata  (Busk),  X 25,  from  Port  Stephens. 

Fig.  6.  Mesenteripora  repens,  Haswell,  X 16. 

Fig.  7.  Mesenteripora  repens,  Haswell,  natural  size. 

Fig.  8.  Lichenopora  novce-zelandice  (Busk),  X 25,  from  Bondi  Bay. 


XXX. — Descriptions  of  eight  new  Species  of  Asiatic  Butter- 
flies.  By  *H.  Geose  Smith. 

Appias  Lalassis, 

Male, — Upperside.  Both  wings  white.  Anterior  wings 
falcate,  with  a small  black  spot  at  the  end  of  the  cell,  the 
apex  and  outer  margin  as  far  as  the  second  median  nervule 
irrorated  with  black. 

Underside,  Anterior  wings  white,  the  spot  at  the  end  of  the 
cell  larger  than  on  the  upperside ; a spot  between  the  lower 
discoidal  and  hrst  median  nervules  ; apex  pale  pinkish  brown. 
Posterior  wings  pale  pinkish  brown,  shaded  with  indistinct 
brown  markings. 

Female. — Upperside  with  the  apex  of  the  anterior  wings 


266  Mr.  H.  Grose  Smith  on  new  Asiatic  Butterflies. 

blacker  than  in  the  male  and  a grey  spot  between  the  lower 
discoiclal  and  first  median  nervules. 

Expanse  of  wings  2|  inches. 

Hah.  Burmah,  near  the  Siamese  frontier  {Capt.  Adamson). 

In  the  collection  of  Mr.  Adamson. 

Near  to  Lalage^  but  anterior  wings  more  falcate  and  apex 
much  less  black ; the  spot  at  the  end  of  the  cell  smaller  and 
underside  paler. 

Delias  agoranis. 

Male. — Upperside.  Anterior  wings  white,  with  the  apical 
third  grey,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a curved  band  of  greyish- 
white  spots,  the  lowest  at  the  inner  angle  being  on  the  mar- 
gin ; the  veins  and  costa  grey.  Posterior  wings  creamy 
white,  with  the  colour  and  border  on  the  underside  showing 
through ; three  large,  triangular,  grey,  marginal  spots  at  the 
tips  of  the  second  and  third  median  nervules  and  of  the  sub- 
median nervure. 

Underside.  Anterior  wings  as  above,  but  darker  ; a large 
dark  grey  spot  at  the  end  of  the  cell ; extending  broadly  along 
the  second  discoidal  nervule,  between  the  outer  band  of  grey 
spots  and  the  cell  are  four  oblong  white  spots,  the  first  and 
third  being  the  largest.  Posterior  wings  bright  yellow, 
broadly  bordered  with  dark  grey ; in  the  middle  of  the  bor- 
der is  a row  of  oval  white  spots,  the  uppermost  tinted  with 
yellow  ; on  the  inner  side  of  the  border  the  grey  extends 
partially  up  the  nervures. 

Expanse  of  wings  inches. 

Hah.  Burmah,  Siamese  frontier  {Gajpt.  Adamson), 

In  the  collection  of  Mr.  Adamson. 

Near  to  D.  agostina  and  D.  Kulini  of  Honrath ; but  a larger 
and  more  brightly  coloured  butterfly  than  the  former. 

Paduca  flavohrunnea. 

Upperside.  Both  wings  yellowish  brown,  crossed  with  a 
broad,  paler  yellowish-brown  band.  Anterior  wings  : in  the 
band  are  two  rows  of  brown  hastate  markings,  the  inner  row 
nearly  obsolete,  except  near  the  inner  margin,  the  outer  row, 
especially  towards  the  costa,  darker  and  more  distinct ; a 
dark  brown  band  on  the  outer  margin,  in  which  is  a row  of 
pale  yellowish-brown  spots ; on  the  posterior  wings  the  band 
is  traversed  by  a row  of  six  dark  brown  spots,  the  third 
almost  obsolete ; above  the  spots  is  a fulvous  streak,  and 
another  below ; a dark  brown  band  on  the  margin  centred  as 
in  the  upper  wing. 

Underside.  Both  wings  pale  brown,  showing  indistinctly 


Mr.  H.  Grose  Smith  on  new  Asiatic  Butterflies.  2G7 

the  markings  on  the  upperside  ; but  the  row  of  spots  on  the 
posterior  wing  is  well  defined,  except  the  third,  which  is 
obsolete. 

Expanse  of  wings  If  inch. 

Hah.  Burmah,  Siamese  frontier  {Capt.  Adamson). 

In  the  collection  of  Mr.  Adamson. 

Paduca  myrsa. 

Upperside.  Both  wings  cinereous,  tinged  in  certain  lights 
with  pink,  crossed  in  the  middle  by  a pinkish,  dusky  white 
band  from  near  the  costa  of  the  anterior  wing,  where  it 
tapers,  to  the  anal  angle ; beyond  the  band  is  an  indistinct 
submarginal  light  ashy  brown  line,  outside  of  which  is  an 
indistinct  band  of  darker  brown  spots. 

Underside  as  above,  but  lighter,  with  the  bands,  lines,  and 
spots  more  clearly  defined. 

Expanse  of  wings  2 inches. 

H(A.  Celebes. 

In  the  collection  of  H.  Grose  Smith. 

This  should  probably  be  placed  in  a new  genus. 

YpJithima  savara. 

Upperside.  Both  wings  ashy  brown.  Anterior  wings  with 
one  large  subapical  ocellus  with  a central  spot,  and  one  minute 
spot  above  it,  the  space  round  the  ocellus  lighter  than  the  rest 
of  the  wing.  Posterior  wings  with  two  small  submarginal 
ocelli  near  the  costa  and  two  large  subanal  ocelli,  the  ocelli 
being  situated  in  a space  or  band  of  lighter  brown  than  the 
rest  of  the  wing. 

Underside.  Paler  than  above.  Anterior  wings  with  two 
dark  brown  central  lines  and  one  submarginal  line.  Poste- 
rior wings  with  the  ocelli  represented  as  above,  but  small 
and  of  a uniform  size,  and  two  small  anal  ocelli  j two  brown 
lines  across  the  centre  of  the  wings. 

Expanse  of  wings  inches. 

Hah.  Burmah,  Siamese  frontier  ( Capt.  Adamson) . 

In  the  collection  of  Mr.  Adamson. 

This  is  the  largest  species  of  this  genus  I have  seen. 

Messaras  dapatana. 

Upperside.  Anterior  wings  brown,  paler  towards  the  base, 
crossed  by  a transverse  broad  band  (the  inner  edge  of  which 
is  deeply  indentated  in  the  middle)  of  pale  creamy  brown 
from  the  centre  of  the  costa  to  near  the  inner  angle.  Half- 
way between  the  exterior  margin  and  the  cell  is  a row  of 
brown  spots,  indistinct  except  when  the  row  crosses  the  trans- 
verse band  and  the  lowest  spot  near  the  inner  angle.  Poste- 


268  Mr.  H.  Grose  Smith  on  new  Asiatic  Butterflies. 

rior  wings  same  colour  as  the  base  of  anterior  wings ; at  the 
middle  are  two  narrow  sinuate  lines,  the  space  between  which 
is  light  brown  followed  bj  a row  of  dark  brown  spots,  then  a 
row  of  lunular  contiguous  spots,  a submarginal  brown  line, 
and  another  on  the  margin. 

Underside.  Paler  and  brighter  than  on  the  upperside,  the 
row  of  dark  brown  spots  on  both  wings  much  more  distinct, 
the  row  on  the  posterior  wings  being  surrounded  with  bright 
brown,  inside  which  is  a whitish  sinuate  band,  slightly  opa- 
lescent. 

Expanse  of  wings  inches. 

Hah.  Dapatan,  one  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 

In  the  collection  of  H.  Grose  Smith. 

Near  to  Erymanthisj  but  abundantly  distinct. 

Amblypodia  arracana. 

Upperside.  Purple.  Exterior  margin  of  both  wings  broadly 
dark  brown ; posterior  wings  with  a large  reddish-brown 
lobe  at  the  anal  angle. 

Underside.  Rufous,  crossed  from  near  the  apex  of  the  an- 
terior to  centre  of  the  inner  margin  of  the  posterior  wings  by 
a brown-black  line,  between  which  and  the  base  the  space  is 
more  or  less  densely  irrorated  with  the  same  colour.  Half- 
way between  the  line  and  the  outer  margin  of  both  wings  is 
a brown-black  band  of  minute  maculse,  and  another  on  the 
lower  part  of  the  outer  margin  of  the  posterior  wings. 

Expanse  of  wings  2 inches. 

Hah.  Arracan  Hills  ( Gapt.  Adamson). 

In  the  collection  of  Mr.  Adamson. 

Near  to  A.  anata^  but  a larger  and  brighter  insect. 

Amhlypodia  tounguva. 

Male. — Upperside.  Brilliant  blue,  the  apex,  costa  from  near 
the  base,  and  exterior  margin  of  anterior  wings,  and  the  ex- 
terior margin  of  posterior  wings  broadly  brown-black. 

Underside.  Pinkish  brown,  slightly  suffused  with  purple. 
Anterior  wings  with  two  spots  in  the  cell  and  one  beyond  the 
cell,  followed  by  a broad  straight  band  of  contiguous  spots, 
the  spots  all  being  brown  bordered  with  lighter  pinkish  brown, 
a broad  brown  patch  below  and  beyond  the  cell  and  exteriorly 
almost  to  the  base,  beneath  which  the  space  to  the  inner 
margin  is  pale  brown.  Posterior  wings  with  numerous  brown 
spots  bordered  with  light  pinkish  brown. 

Female. — Upperside.  Paler  and  margins  less  broadly  black. 

Expanse  of  wings  1^  inch. 

Hah.  Toungu,  Burmah. 

In  the  collection  of  H.  Grose  Smith. 


Mr.  0.  Thomas  on  a new  Rat  from  North  Borneo.  269 


XXXI. — Description  of  a new  Rat  from  North  Borneo. 

Bj  Oldfield  Thomas. 

Among  the  small  Mammals  obtained  by  Mr.  John  White- 
head  during  his  expedition  to  Mount  Kina-Balu  is  a skin  of 
a very  handsome  long- tailed  rat  belonging  to  the  group  of 
mountain-rats  that  contains  Mas  Jerdoni^  BL,  M.  Edwardsi^ 
Thos.,  M,  coxinga,  Swinh.,  M.  Bianfordi^  Thos.,  M.  Ilell- 
waldij  Jent.,  and  others,  but  representing  a new  and  very 
distinct  species.  I propose  to  call  it 

Mus  sabanus  sp.  n. 

Fur  short  and  fine,  mixed  with  slender  spines  along  the 
centre  of  the  back.  General  colour  rufous,  mixed  with  brown 
along  the  top  of  the  head  and  back,  brighter  and  clearer 
on  the  cheeks  and  sides,  the  general  tone  very  similar  to  that 
of  M.  Jerdoni.  Whole  of  underside  pure  creamy  white, 
sharply  defined  from  tlie  rufous  of  the  sides.  Outsides  of 
limbs  like  sides,  but  rather  greyer,  inner  sides  white  ; lower  leg 
and  ankles  greyish  brown  all  round.  Hands  and  feet  brown 
along  the  middle  of  their  upper  surfaces,  their  edges  white, 
the  contrast  especially  strongly  marked  on  the  feet,  where  a 
broad  band  of  deep  blackish  brown  passes  along  the  centre, 
edged  on  each  side  with  pure  white.  Sole-pads  large,  smooth 
and  prominent,  the  last  one  about  three  times  as  long  as 
broad.  Fifth  hind  toe,  without  claw,  reaching  to  the  end  of 
the  first  phalanx  of  the  fourth.  Ears  rounded,  rather  short, 
laid  forward  they  do  not  reach  to  the  eyes.  Tail  enormously 
long,  evenly  finely  haired,  the  scales,  which  are  large, 
averaging  from  seven  to  nine  to  the  centimetre,  uniformly 
dark  brown  or  black  above  and  below  throughout,  but  the 
hairs  black  for  the  proximal  two  thirds  above  only,  elsewhere 
pure  white. 

Dimensions  of  the  type,  an  adult  male,  preserved  as  a 
skin : — 

Head  and  body  280  millim.  \ tail  340  ; hind  foot  43*5  ; ear, 
above  head  18,  breadth  18  \ heel  to  front  of  last  foot-pad  23  ; 
length  of  last  foot-pad  7*0. 

Skull : tip  of  nasals  to  centre  of  fronto-parietal  suture  36 
millim.;  nasals,  length  21,  greatest  breadth  6*0  ; interorbital 
breadth  7'7 ; anterior  zygoma-root,  length  4*7  ; palate,  length 

* From  Saba,  the  district  of  North  Borneo  in  which  Mount  Kina-Balu 
stands. 

Ann.  & Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx. 


19 


270 


Mr.  W.  L.  Distant  on  Sphingidae 

26*5  ; palatal  foramen,  length  7*9  ; back  of  incisors  to  molars 
13*6 ; length  of  molar  series  9‘4. 

The  typical  specimen,  as  well  as  the  two  new  squirrels 
described  in  the  August  number  of  the  ^ Annals,’  was  obtained 
at  an  altitude  of  more  than  3000  feet,  Mr.  Whitehead  not 
commencing  to  collect  until  he  had  passed  this  height. 

Mus  sahanus  may  be  readily  distinguished  from  any  of  the 
species  above  mentioned  by  its  enormously  long  tail,  the 
peculiar  coloration  of  its  hands  and  feet,  and  by  its  size,  M. 
Edwardsi  alone  being  very  materially  larger,  and  all  the 
others  considerably  smaller. 

One  species,  however,  also  a native  of  Borneo,  has  a super- 
ficial resemblance  to  M.  sahanus^  although  belonging  to  quite 
a different  group  of  rats.  This  is  M.  Miilleri^  Jent.,  of  about 
the  same  size  and  with  a nearly  equally  long  tail,  but  which 
may  be  distinguished  by  its  coarse  M.  decumanus-Wk^  fur, 
yellowish  instead  of  rufous  coloration,  the  less  sharply-defined 
white  underside,  and  by  the  quite  uniformly  brown-haired 
feet  and  tail. 


XXXII. — Notes  on  Sphingidae  from  the  Malay  Peninsula^ 
and  Description  of  a new  Species  ^ Ambulyx  from  North 
Borneo.  By  W.  L.  Distant. 

During  the  time  I was  collecting  and  receiving  butterflies 
from  the  Malay  Peninsula  as  material  for  a recent  publication 
a considerable  number  of  Heterocera  were  also  accumulated, 
which  it  is  now  proposed  to  work  out.  Of  the  family  Sphin- 
gidae I have  received  the  following  sixteen  species;  three 
more  have  been  described  by  Mr.  Butler,  and  another  two 
recorded  from  Malacca  by  Mr.  Walker.  This  brings  the 
list  of  Sphingidae  found  in  the  Malay  Peninsula  to  twenty-one 
species,  though  doubtless  many  more  remain  to  be  discovered. 


In  my  own  Collection. 


Macroglossa  proxima,  Butl. 
Pergesa  acteus,  Cram. 
Panacra  vigil,  Guer. 
Choerocampa  alecto,  Linn. 

• celerio,  Linn. 

silhetensis,  Walk. 

Lucasii,  Walk. 

punctiveiiata,  Butl. 


Choerocampa  nessus,  Dru. 

erotus,  Cram. 

Philampeliis  helops,  Walk. 
Acherontia  medusa,  Butl. 

lachesis,  Fahr. 

Protoparce  orientalis,  Butl. 
Pseudosphinx  nyctiphanes,  Walk. 
Diludia  discistriga,  Walk. 


271 


fro7n  the  Malay  Peninsula. 

Described,  and  Figured  from  Malacca. 

Macrog-lossa  obscuriceps,  Butl. 

Lopimra  minima,  Butl. 

Mimas  terranea,  Butl. 

Recorded  from  Malacca  by  Mr.  Walker. 

Macroglossa  passalus,  Dru. 

corythus,  Boisd. 

Thanks  to  the  exertions  of  Mr.  Pryer  I have  been  able  to 
acquire  some  knowledge  of  the  moths  of  Northern  Borneo, 
and  find,  as  with  the  butterflies,  that  the  Malay  and  North- 
Bornean  species  are  in  very  many  cases  identical.  The  fol- 
lowing North-Bornean  species,  which  is  here  described,  may 
be  sought  for  in  the  Malay  Peninsula  with  every  probability 
of  success,  as  most  of  the  Sphingidge  appear  to  be  common  to 
the  two  regions. 


Ambulyx  Pryeriy  n.  sp. 

Anterior  wings  above  pale  reddish  brown,  the  venation 
distinctly  darker ; a dark  submarginal  line  reaching  from 
apex  to  outer  angle ; a large,  dark,  rounded  spot  near  base 
beneath  the  submedian  nervure,  and  five  very  obscure  oliva- 
ceous-brown spots  on  costal  area,  situate  two  above  cell,  the 
outermost  continued  to  lower  apical  angle  of  cell  by  a waved 
line,  and  three  linear  between  end  of  cell  and  apex  of  wing. 
Posterior  wings  warm  ochraceous,  with  a large  basal  patch ; 
a transverse  median  fascia,  attenuated  towards  the  abdominal 
margin,  followed  by  a narrower  waved  and  somewhat  lunate 
fascia,  also  attenuated  towards  abdominal  margin  ; a small 
subapical  spot  and  another  small  submarginal  spot  near  lower 
median  nervule  dark  brownish,  the  basal  markings  darkest ; 
between  the  median  fascia  and  the  outer  margin  the  colour  is 
speckled  with  brownish.  Wings  beneath  ochraceous  ; ante- 
rior wings  with  the  apical  half  much  speckled  with  brownish, 
the  outer  margin  violaceous  brown ; posterior  wings  with 
the  markings  above  much  fainter  and  pale  reddish  brown 
beneath.  Body  above  pale  reddish  brown,  the  thorax  with 
an  oblique  olivaceous-brown  fascia  on  each  side ; body  be- 
neath and  palpi  warm  ochraceous. 

Exp.  wings  144  millim. 

Hob.  North  Borneo,  Sandakan  (W.  B.  Pryer).  Coll. 
Dist. 

This  species  is  most  closely  allied  to  A.  Uturatay  Butl., 

19^ 


272 


On  Sphingidas/ro???  the  Malay  Peninsula. 

from  which  it  differs  by  the  paler  anterior  wings  and  tlie  mueh 
larger  basal  spot  to  same ; on  the  posterior  wing  it  is  also 
distinguished  by  the  presence  of  the  dark  patch  at  base,  and  by 
the  outer  fascia  being  more  lunate  and  channelled.  The 
costal  markings  of  the  anterior  wings  are  also  smaller,  whilst 
A.  Pryeri  is  of  a larger  size  and  brighter  hue  than  A.  liturata. 

Although  no  species  of  Amhulyx  has  yet  been  received 
from  the  Malay  Peninsula,  it  is  almost  more  than  probable 
that  several  species  are  to  be  discovered  there.  The  genus  is 
an  extensive  one  with  a wide  range,  and  the  following  is  a 
geographical  list  of  the  species,  which,  I believe,  is  fairly 
complete,  though  of  course  subject  by  future  comparison  to 
analytical  specific  reduction. 


PalcearctiG  Region, 
Ambulyx  ocliracea,  Butl.  (Japan). 


Ambiilyx  constrigilis,  Walk. 
Graudidieri,  Mob. 

Oru 

Ambulyx  substrigilis,  West. 

maciilifera,  Walk. 

liturata,  Butl. 

rhodoptera,  Butl. 

subocellata,  Feld. 

sericeipeniiis,  Butl. 

labora,  Butl. 

turbata,  Butl. 

Moorei,  Butl. 

canescens,  Walk. 


Dian  Region. 

Ambulyx  Watersii,  Butl. 
Coquerelli,  Boisd. 

tal  Region. 

Ambulyx  rubricosa,  Walk. 

floralis,  Butl. 

auripennis,  Moore. 

junonia,  Butl. 

consauguis,  Butl. 

Elwesi,  Druce. 

argeutata,  Bruce. 

Tliwaitesi,  Moore. 

Pryeri,  Dist. 


Neotropical  Region. 


Ambulyx  strigilis,  Linn. 

eurycles,  H.-S. 

tigrina,  Feld. 

gannascus,  Stoll, 

rostralis,  Boisd. 

marginata,  Butl. 

eurystbenes,  Feld. 

One  or  two  other  species, 
the  genus  or  deseribed  without 
are  not  included  in  the  above. 


Ambulyx  sexoculata,  Gi'ote. 

Guessfeldti,  Dewitz. 

Depuiseti,  Oherth. 

Palmeri,  Boisd. 

cretbon,  Boisd. 

astygouus,  Boisd. 

lycidas,  Boisd. 

either  doubtfully  belonging  to 
habitat,  which  is  still  unknown, 


On  the  Inteiyretation  (^Polyparium  ambulans,  Korotneff,  273 


XXXIII. — On  the  Interpretation  (^Polyparium  ambulans, 
Korotneff.  By  Prof.  E.  Ehlers*. 

The  Polyparium  amhulans  described  in  a former  memoir  by 
Dr.  A.  Korotneff  t is,  in  my  opinion,  capable  of  a different 
interpretation  from  that  there  given  to  it.  It  may,  indeed, 
appear  a delicate  proceeding  for  me  to  venture  to  express  an 
opinion  upon  a doubtful  animal  form  without  having  myself 
seen  it,  and  solely  from  the  investigation  of  another  natural- 
ist ; but  as  I do  this  with  Dr.  Korotneff’s  knowledge,  I am 
urged  thereto  by  the  wish  to  call  attention  not  only  to  this 
interesting  form  of  polyp,  but  also  to  the  occurrence  of  cer- 
tain animal  forms  which,  perhaps,  possess  a community  of 
character. 

From  the  description  which  Dr.  Korotneff  has  given  of 
Polyparium  amhulans^  and  especially  of  its  histological  struc- 
ture, it  appears  indubitably  that  from  all  its  peculiarities  the 
animal  is  to  be  referred  to  the  Anthozoa.  Korotneff  expects 
to  obtain  elucidations  of  Polyparium  from  a better  knowledge 
of  the  genus  Mceandrina  ; from  his  point  of  view  an  accurate 
investigation  of  the  remarkable  Ricordea  florida^  Duch.  & 
Mich.  I,  would  probably  contribute  still  more  to  a settlement, 
seeing  that  Ricordea  florida  stands  in  the  same  relation  to  the 
Actinige  generally  as  the  Mceandrmce  to  the  Caryophyltioe. 
Both  genera,  the  skeleton-forming  as  well  as  the  fleshy  one, 
have  it  in  common  that  they  become  developed  from  simple 
personge  to  stocks  with  imperfect  separation  of  the  numerous 
personge. 

Here  comes  in  Korotneff’s  conception  of  Polyparium 
arnbulansj  inasmuch  as  he  regards  this  animal  also  as  an  im- 
perfect stock-formation.  And  here  comes  my  different  inter- 
pretation, inasmuch  as  I regard  Polyparium  as  only  one 
persona. 

Mceandrina  and  Ricordea  are  animals  with  multiple  buccal 
apertures,  but,  along  with  these,  with  common  circlets  of 
tentacles,  a phenomenon  of  which  we  also  know  of  analogies 
among  the  Acalephs ; and  it  is  quite  justifiable  to  infer  a 
persona  to  each  buccal  aperture  in  the  imperfect  stock.  It  is 
in  this  way  that  Korotneff  regards  Polyparium  as  a creature 
with  numerous  buccal  apertures,  and,  accordingly,  as  an 

Translated  from  the  ‘Zeitschrift  fiir  wissenschaftliche  Zoologie,’ 
Baud  xlv.  pp.  491-498. 

t See  ‘ Annals,’  September  1887,  p.  203. 

j lluchassaing  et  Michelotti,  Meuioire  sur  les  Coralliaires  des  An- 
tilles,” in  Mem.  Accad.  Sci.  Torino,  ser.  ii.  tomo  xix.  (1801),  p.  317. 


274 


Prof.  E.  Ehlers  on  the  Interpretation 

imperfectly  differentiated  stock.  We  should  adopt  his  view 
if  we  ascribe  to  this  creature  the  possession  of  numerous 
buccal  apertures  and  deny  it  tentacles.  But  then  the  animal 
remains  quite  isolated  in  the  circle  of  its  allies,  and  even  as 
compared  with  Mmandrina. 

In  my  opinion  Polyparium  is  a tentaculigerous  but  astoma- 
tous  simple  animal.  This  different  view  rests  upon  the  fact 
that  I cannot  adopt  Korotneff’s  notion  and  regard  the  cones 
with  their  apical  apertures,  which  stand  upon  the  upper  sur- 
face of  Polyparium^  as  buccal  cones  with  buccal  apertures. 

I am  well  aware  that  in  anthozoal  polyparies  non-tentaculige- 
rous  personas  occur  in  many  forms  which  may  become  degraded 
almost  into  simple  pores ; but  to  transfer  such  a conception 
to  the  elevations  in  question  on  the  surface  of  Polyparium 
seems  to  me  inadmissible,  considering  the  position  which 
these  structures  occupy,  with  relation  to  the  internal  spaces 
separated  by  septa,  in  the  gastral  cavity  of  Polyparium,  I 
regard  these  cones  rather  as  tentacles  having  a large  aperture 
at  the  apex,  and  deny  to  Polyparium  the  possession  of  any 
buccal  aperture,  gastral  tube,  or  central  gastral  cavity.  But 
this  absence  of  a buccal  aperture  must  be  taken  only  in  a 
morphological  sense,  as  I have  no  reason  for  disputing  that 
possibly  the  apertures  at  the  apex  of  the  tentacles  in  this 
animal  may  be  mouth-orifices  or  apertures  of  inception.  From 
the  investigations  of  B.  Hertwig  * upon  different  groups  of 
the  Malacodermata  we  are  already  acquainted  with  a similar 
reduction  of  the  tentacles  in  the  Hexactinige  and  Paractinige, 
so  that  in  the  Liponemidge  [Polystomidium  and  Polysipho- 
nium)^  the  Sicyonidge  {Sicyonis)^  and  the  Polyopidge  {Poly- 
opis)  these  structures  are  so  modified  and  widely  opened  at 
the  apex  that  they  exactly  resemble  the  buccal  cones  ” of 
Polyparium  ambulans ; and  yet  Hertwig  is  quite  inclined  to 
admit  that  inception  of  nourishment  occurs  through  these 
wide  terminal  openings  of  the  tentacles. 

But  if  these  buccal  cones  ” of  Polyparium  amhulans  are 
tentacles,  their  position  with  relation  to  the  internal  cham- 
bers,” to  the  internal  cavity  of  the  animal  chambered  by 
septa,  may  be  shown  to  be  in  agreement  with  the  normal 
conditions  of  an  Actinid,  so  soon  as  we  admit  the  interpreta- 
tion of  Polyparium  as  an  astomatous  Actinid  and  carry  it  out 
in  detail. 

Then,  how'ever,  arises  the  double  question  : — On  what  part 
of  the  polyparium  are  wx  to  place  the  lost  mouth  and  the 
parts  surrounding  it?  and  to  wBat  processes  is  sucli  a lipostomy^ 

* Keport  on  tlie  Scientific  Results  of  the  Voyage  of  II.M.S.  ^ Chal- 
lenger,’ Zoology,  vol.  vi.  (1882),  Actiuiaria,  pp.  63,  97,  101. 


of  Poljparium  ambulans,  Korotneff,  275 

as  the  condition  might  be  designated  with  reference  to  analo- 
gous phenomena  among  the  sponges,  to  be  ascribed  ? 

Now  we  might  assume  that  such  an  astomatous  condition 
was  produced  in  the  very  earliest  period  of  larval  life,  so  that, 
there  being  no  formation  of  an  oesophagus  and  corresponding 
central  gastral  space,  the  first-formed  septa  grew  towards  one 
another  and  became  united  ; but  in  this  way  there  would 
result  a series  of  partitions  forming  transverse  chambers,  and 
continually  increasing  in  number ; the  place  for  the  mouth, 
which  never  became  formed,  would  upon  this  supposition  be 
no  doubt  localized  upon  the  upper  surface  and  in  the  median 
line  of  the  band-like  body. 

Such  an  assumption,  however,  is  opposed  by  a structure  in 
the  body  of  Polyparium  which  rather  indicates  a different  inter- 
pretation and  other  processes.  This  is  the  figure  of  the  poly- 
pary, which  is  certainly  described,  but  not  further  specially 
applied,  by  Korotneff.  For  while  the  transverse  chambering 
of  the  band-like  body  produced  by  polyp-septa  appears  an  ex- 
ceedingly abnormal  structure,  it  becomes  still  more  remark- 
able from  the  fact  that  the  two  long  lateral  margins  of  the 
body  are  so  differently  constructed  that  they  cannot  well  be 
referred  to  the  uniform  periphery  of  an  Actinia  or  Coral 
extended  longitudinally.  And  these  differences  between  a 
rounded-off  and  a bordered  longitudinal  margin  are  so  far 
continued  upon  the  upper  surface  which  bears  the  buccal 
cones,”  that  the  latter  on  the  last-mentioned  margin  are 
placed  close  together  like  palissades,  while  they  stand  sepa- 
rately near  the  other  margin.  This  asymmetry  of  Polypa- 
rium seems  to  me  to  furnish  an  indication  of  the  derivation  of 
this  singular  animal  form. 

I imagine  from  this  that  this  astomatous  polyp  was  pro- 
duced in  this  way — a typically  constructed  Actinid  with  a 
central  mouth  and  complete  circlet  of  tentacles  underwent  at 
some  time,  and  in  a manner  still  to  be  elucidated,  a division 
by  which  a portion  of  the  body  of  the  polyp  was  separated  at 
the  lateral  margin  of  the  mouth-aperture  ; perhaps  the  pro- 
cess took  place  in  a form  in  which  a long,  fissure-like  mouth 
was  situated  between  the  two  directional  chambers,  and 
parallel  to  its  long  diameter.  If  then,  after  such  a process  of 
division,  a union  of  the  margins  of  the  wounded  surface  took 
place,  this  would  produce  the  form  of  a polyp  without  any 
central  gastral  space,  with  an  internal  cavity  transversely 
chambered  by  septa,  and  at  the  same  time  with  two  dissimilar 
margins,  one  of  which  was  originally  adoral,  the  other  aboral 
and  a segment  of  the  original  wall.  That  margin  of  Poly- 
parium on  which  the  tentacles  (“  buccal  cones  ”)  stand  in 
close  proximity  would  probably  be  equivalent  to  the  latter. 


276  Prof.  E.  Ehlers  on  the  Interpretation 

Besides  the  phenomenon  known  since  Daly  ell’s  time 
that  fragments  separate  from  the  body  of  an  Actinia  and 
become  developed  into  young  Actinise,  we  know  of  sponta- 
neous processes  of  division  in  polyps  with  and  without  hard 
parts,  and  some  produced  by  external  injuries,  so  that  we  are 
led  to  believe  that  spontaneous  divisions  may  be  caused  or 
hastened  by  external  influences.  Bennet  f has  described  the 
spontaneous  process  of  division,  effected  in  three  hours,  of  an 
Anthea  cereus  \ this  process  is  somewhat  different  from  that 
in  which  the  usually  incomplete  division  is  preceded  by  the 
formation  of  new  organs,  such  as  a buccal  aperture.  Lacaze- 
Duthiers  | obtained  Caryophyllice  which  in  collecting  had  been 
split  longitudinally,  and  kept  them  alive  in  this  condition  for 
two  months.  Semper  § has  described  the  most  singular  pro- 
cesses of  division  of  corals  belonging  to  the  genus  Diaseris^ 
and  thinks  that  here  the  breaking-up  of  the  lobate  forms 
might  be  favoured  by  external  influences.  Whether  in  the 
first  two  cases  the  spontaneously-formed  or  artificially-pro- 
duced fragm.ents  are  able  to  regenerate  themselves  I cannot 
say ; the  portions  observed  by  Bennet  produced  by  sponta- 
neous division  appear  to  have  completely  closed  their  wounds, 
but  whether  perfect  union  took  place  was  not  ascertained  by 
anatomical  examination  ; experiments  which  I formerly  made 
in  this  direction  upon  Actinim  in  aquaria  furnished  no  results. 
That,  as  in  the  instance  described  by  Lacaze-Duthiers, 
divided  polyps  remain  alive  for  a long  time,  is  in  agreement 
with  the  well-known  tenacity  of  life  in  many  of  these  animals. 
The  case  of  Polyparium  amhulansj  which  now  occupies  us,  is 
approached  more  nearly  by  the  observations  communicated 
by  Semper  (/.  c.),  especially  that  of  a Fungia^  which  is  figured 
by  him  on  pi.  xxi.  fig.  4.  In  this  instance  the  fragment  of  a 
Fungia  was  separated  by  force  from  the  whole,  a fragment 
with  transversely-placed  septa,  which  may  be  compared  with 
Polyparium  amhulans  with  its  transverse  partitions.  On  the 
margins  of  this  fragment  the  animal  regenerated  itself  with 
formation  of  new  buccal  apertures. 

Under  such  circumstances  the  fragment  of  a polyp  without 
a buceal  aperture  would  be  more  likely  to  remain  astoma- 
tous  ” and  to  close  the  wounded  surface  by  cicatrization,  if  the 
widely-opened  tentacles  retained  upon  it  rendered  inception 
of  nourishment  possible  ; nay,  under  certain  conditions,  to  be 

^ ‘ Rare  and  Remarkable  Animals  of  Scotland/  vol.  ii.  (1848),  p.  232. 

t ‘ Proceedings  of  the  Natural-History  Society  of  Dublin/  vol.  iv. 
(1884),  pp.  208-212. 

J ‘ Archives  de  Zoologie  experimentale/  tome  vi.  (1877),  p.  382. 

§ Zeitschr.  wiss.  Zool.  Band  xxii.  (1872),  p.  209. 


(^Poljpariurn  ambulans,  Korotneff.  277 

referred  to  liereafter,  such  a form,  with  a sufficiency  of  food, 
would  enter  upon  a process  of  growth,  such  as  is  assumed  by 
Korotneff  in  the  case  of  Polyparium  ambulans^  and  would 
then  more  and  more  develop  the  band-like  form. 

But  what  is  to  be  regarded  as  the  original  form  from  which 
Polyparium  amhulans  might  have  been  derived  ? Notwith- 
standing Lacaze-Duthiers’s  * observations  upon  the  Actinia- 
like living  creatures  which  separated  off  from  a GaryopJiyllia^ 
polyps  forming  hard  parts  may  well  be  left  out  of  considera- 
tion in  this  case.  Such  structures  as  the  acetabula  standing 
on  the  foot-surface  are  known  in  no  Malacodermatous  form, 
so  far  as  I am  aware.  To  assume  that  these  structures  might 
have  become  developed  in  Polyparium  amhulans  under  its 
peculiar  conditions  of  existence  is  a convenient  mode  of 
escaping  from  the  difficulties  which  at  present  assail  us, 
perhaps  only  in  consequence  of  our  insufficient  knowledge 
of  Actinid  forms. 

On  the  other  hand,  tlie  buccal  cones,”  which  I have 
interpreted  as  tentacles,  furnish  a probable  indication  of  the 
Sicyonidse,  Liponemidas,  and  Polyopidas  described  by  K. 
Hertwig.  Now  all  these  animals,  without  possessing  any 
close  affinity  to  each  other,  are  inhabitants  of  the  deep  sea. 
May  the  “ buccal  cones  ” of  Polyparium  amhulans  possibly 
indicate  that  the  starting-point  of  its  development  is  to  be 
sought  in  a deep-sea  form  of  Actinia  ? 

But  then  the  question  already  touched  upon  cannot  be 
avoided,  namely  whether  Polyparium  amhulans  is  to  be  con- 
sidered an  animal  produced  by  regular  development,  or  whether 
it  is  to  be  placed  among  those  animals,  at  present  certainly  but 
imperfectly  known,  which,  under  the  iiiHuence  of  external 
conditions,  are  brought  into  a course ‘outside  regularity  and 
become  developed  further  in  this  course.  I would  denominate 
such  animals  paranomally  developed,  in  opposition  to  the 
regularly  or  eunomally  developed  animals.  Or,  to  express 
the  case  otherwise.  Is  Polyparium  amhulans  a phylogenetically- 
developed  species  at  some  time  propagating  by  sexual  pro- 
cesses or  have  we  in  it  a form  diverging  from  the  typical 
form,  produced  in  each  individual  case  by  the  action  of 
external  conditions,  and  which  either  dies  out  as  such  in  each 
instance  or,  perhaps,  may  produce  similar  organisms  by 
asexual  reproduction  ? 

I may  adopt  this  last  case  as  the  conclusion  of  these  specu- 
lative considerations,  and  in  accordance  therewith  interpret 
Polyparium  amhulans  as  a fragment  separated  off  from  a 


* Loc.  cit.  p.  382. 


278  On  the  Interpretation  o/Polyparium  ambulans,  Korotneff. 

probably  deep-sea  form  of  Actinia  by  external  influences, 
such  as  the  bite  of  a flsh  or  the  nip  of  a crab’s  claw,  which 
has  been  brought  up  from  its  original  locality  into  shallow 
water,  where  it  finds  an  abundance  of  food  in  the  well-popu- 
lated sea,  and  can  obtain  therefrom  by  inception  through  the 
buccal  cones  such  plentiful  nutriment  that  it  not  only  brings 
the  original  wounded  surface  to  cicatrize,  but  grows  on  more 
and  more  into  a band-like  shape.  In  this  case  the  peculia- 
rities of  the  transverse  musculature  and  the  locomotive  appa- 
ratus may  have  been  derived  from  the  original  form,  which  is 
still  unknown  to  us.  For  the  tripartition  present  in  the  foot 
I have  no  interpretation. 

Such  an  explanation,  as  will  be  seen,  approaches  in  a cer- 
tain way  to  the  interpretation  which  Gunther  has  given  of 
the  Leptocephalidse.  Accidental  but  constantly  recurring 
circumstances  carry  away  eggs  or  young  brood  of  fishes 
which  spawn  in  the  littoral  waters  into  pelagic  regions  or 
currents,  and  here,  under  unusual  conditions  of  existence, 
ensues  the  development  of  these  peculiar  forms  of  fishes, 
which,  by  their  possession  of  a gelatinous  mass  around  the 
vertebral  column,  perhaps  differ  as  much  from  other  fishes  as 
Folyparium  ambulans  from  normally  constructed  Malaco- 
dermata.  The  paranomally  developed  Leptocephalid^e  are 
incapable  of  reproduction  as  such  ; only  the  constant  recur- 
rence of  similar  conditions  calls  these  creatures  into  being. 

Perhaps  also  those  animals  which  have  recently  been 
known  exclusively  as  inmates  of  aquaria  are  to  be  interpreted 
in  tlie  same  way.  I refer  to  Trichoplax  adhoerens^  F.  E. 
Schulze  tj  and  perhaps  the  singular  Ctenodrilus  monostylos^ 
Zeppelin  J,  may  also  be  placed  in  this  category.  If  these  are 
also  paranomally  developed  animals,  they  differ  from  the 
Ilelmichthyidge  by  the  possession  of  the  power  of  reproduc- 
tion ; but  so  far  as  is  yet  known  they  are  capable  only  of 
asexual  propagation  ; the  starting-point  of  Trichoplax  is 
indeed  quite  unknown,  but  for  Ctenodrilus  monostylos  it  is 
not  far  to  seek.  We  might  also  refer  to  Protohydra  Leuck- 
artij  P.  Gr.,  and  suppose  that  this  form,  in  which  we  only 
know  asexual  reproduction,  becomes  specially  developed  in  its 
habitat,  the  oyster-park  of  Ostend,  under  circumstances  which 
approach  those  of  an  aquarium,  if  it  were  not  that  Peinhard  § 
mentions  the  occurrence  of  this  animal  in  the  Black  Sea,  but 
without  any  indication  of  the  special  circumstances.  I adduce 

* ‘ Introduction  to  tlie  Study  of  Fishes  ’ (1880),  p.  181. 

t Zool.  Auzeiger,  Jahrg.  vi.  (1883),  p,  92. 

t Zeitscbr.  fiir  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xxxix.  p.  615. 

§ Zool.  Auzeiger,  Jahrg.  vi.  (1881),  p.  592. 


Mr.  A.  Dendj  on  a new  Species  <^Cladorhiza.  279 

these  animals  also,  because  from  its  organization  we  may 
suppose  that  Polyparium  amhulans  likewise  reproduces 
asexually,  but,  notwithstanding  its  considerable  size,  no 
sexual  products  are  found  in  it. 

From  all  this  therefore  I come  to  the  conclusion  that  Poly- 
parium  amhulans  is  an  astomatous  individual  animal,  sepa- 
rated by  external  influences  from  a single-mouthed  Actinia 
furnished  with  widely  open  degenerated  tentacles,  and  add  the 
further  supposition  that  this  animal  has  grown  by  paranomal 
development  under  shallow-water  conditions  of  life  into  the 
band-like  form,  and  as  such  may  be  capable  of  asexual 
reproduction,  perhaps  by  fission. 

This  fabric  of  speculations  may  perhaps  collapse  as  soon 
as  the  animal  which  has  given  occasion  for  it  shall  be  more 
exactly  known  than  at  present  by  further  investigations,  in 
which,  amongst  other  things,  the  terminal  chambers  of  the 
body  will  have  to  be  examined.  My  purpose  is  attained  if 
by  these  pages  the  attention  of  naturalists  is  directed  not  only 
to  the  animal  discovered  by  Korotneff,  but  also  to  the  pro- 
cesses of  what  I have  denominated  paranomal  development, 
which  call  for  further  investigation. 


XXXIV. — On  a remarkable  new  Species  of  Cladorhiza  ob- 
tained by  H.M.  S.  ‘ Challenger.''  By  Arthur  Bendy,  B.Sc., 
F.L.S.,  Assistant  in  the  Zoological  Department  of  the 
British  Museum. 


[Plate  XV.] 

In  returning  the  collection  of  Hexactinellid  Sponges  dredged 
by  H.M.S.  ^ Challenger  ’ to  the  Natural- History  Museum, 
after  the  completion  of  his  examination  of  the  group.  Pro- 
fessor F.  E.  Schulze  also  returned  a very  remarkable  little 
Monaxonid  sponge,  which  had  been  accidentally  sent  to  him 
with  the  others.  As  the  specimen  in  question  did  not  come 
into  my  possession  until  after  the  completion  of  the  Eeport 
on  the  ^ Challenger  ’ Monaxonida  by  Mr.  Bidley  and  myself, 
I have  thought  it  desirable  to  give  an  account  of  it  in  this 
place.  It  is  a new  and  very  well-marked  species  of  the 
genus  Cladorhiza^  M.  Sars ; and  I propose  for  it  the  name 
Cladorhiza  pentacrinus^  owing  to  the  resemblance  which  it 
bears  to  the  Pentacrinoid  larva  of  Aatedon.  The  specimen 
was,  unfortunately,  received  in  the  dry  condition. 


280  Mr.  A.  Dendy  on  a new  Species  Cladorhiza. 

Cladorhiza  pentacrinuSy  n.  sp. 

Sponge  (PI.  XV.  fig.  1)  stipitate,  consisting  of  a long, 
slender  stem,  terminating  above  in  a subglobular  body,  which 
bears  a circlet  of  short  pinnse  or  arms  *,  curving  upwards  and 
inwards  over  the  top.  The  stem  terminates  below  in  a num- 
ber of  very  slender,  long,  branching  rootlets.  Total  length 
of  the  single  specimen  24  millim.  Length  of  body  and  pinnae 
together  4 millim.  Length  of  stem  11  millim.  Diameter  of 
body  2 millim.  Surface  of  body  and  pinnse  hispid,  owing  to 
the  projection  of  some  of  the  megasclera.  Colour  white. 
Oscula  and  pores  unknown. 

Skeleton. — The  skeleton  is  arranged  much  as  usual  in  the 
genus  Cladorliiza,  The  skeleton  of  the  stem  is  formed  of 
long,  slender  styli,  arranged  side  by  side  longitudinally  j in 
the  head  it  breaks  up  into  several  radiating  branches,  one  for 
each  pinna.  In  the  basal  part  of  the  head  these  branches 
are  not  very  well  defined,  and  the  spicules  composing  them 
are  rather  loosely  arranged.  Although  the  pinnas  are  curved 
the  spicules  forming  their  axes  are  straight,  and  hence  it 
follows  that  the  styli  in  any  part  are  inclined  at  an  angle  to 
those  lower  down  in  the  pinna  (PL  XV.  fig.  2).  The  root- 
lets are  formed  by  repeated  dichotomous  ramification  of  the 
stem.  The  styli  are  smaller  in  the  head  and  pinnse  than  in 
the  stem,  and  they  also  become  much  smaller  and  slenderer 
in  the  rootlets  as  ramification  proceeds,  the  extreme  end  of 
each  rootlet  being  composed  of  a single  long  and  very  slender 
spicule  (PI.  XV.  figs.  3,  5).  They  are  arranged  throughout 
with  their  apices  pointing  upwards. 

Spicules. — {a)  Megasclera  : These  are  the  usual  long, 

slender,  fusiform  styli  (PI.  XV.  figs.  4,  5) ; they  are  frequently 
blunted  at  the  apices,  and  in  full-grown  examples  tliey  are 
narrowed  at  the  base.  They  vary  greatly  in  size,  measuring 
when  full-grown  (in  the  uppermost  part  of  the  stem)  about 
1*5  by  0‘02  millim.  They  are  smaller  in  the  head  and  arms 
and  in  the  rootlets.  The  terminal  spicules  of  the  latter 
measure  only  about  0*0063  millim.  in  diameter,  and  they 
have  faintly  developed  oval  heads,  forming  the  extreme 
points  of  the  rootlets. 

(b)  Microsciera ; These  are  of  two  kinds  : (1)  tridentate 
anisochelse  (PI.  XV.  figs.  6,  7,  8),  of  the  ordinary  general 
Cladorhiza  form,  but  with  a well-marked  specific  character. 
The  three  teeth  at  the  large  end  are  of  considerable  size,  and 
the  shaft  is  curved  and  fimbriated  as  usual  in  the  genus.  The 

* I am  unable  to  give  the  exact  number  of  the  arms,  but  there  are  about 
ten  or  twelve.  .ludging  from  the  allied  Crmorhiza  forms,  I am  iiicliued 
to  attach  no  great  importance  to  the  exact  number. 


Mr.  A.  Dendy  on  a neio  Species  (^Cladorlilza.  281 

peculiarity  consists  in  the  form  of  the  three  teeth  at  the  small 
end  of  the  spicule.  These  are  elongated,  slender,  curved , and 
fang -like  ; they  are  not  flattened.  They  are  attached  by  a 
rather  narrow  base  to  the  tubercle  and  taper  gradually  to  a 
sharp  point  at  the  apex,  which  is  directed  towards  the  large 
end  of  the  spicule.  Their  form  will  be  best  understood  from 
the  illustrations.  These  spicules  measure  0'038  millim.  in 
length  and  0*022  millim.  across  from  apex  to  apex  of  the 
two  lateral  teeth  ; they  are  enormously  abundant  in  the  head 
and  pinnae,  forming  a dense  incrustation  upon  the  latter, 
especially  upon  their  inner  surfaces  (PI.  XV.  fig.  2).  (2)  Large 

sigmata  (PI.  XV.  figs.  9,  10),  measuring  0*11  by  0*0042 
millim. ; also  very  abundant. 

Locality.  Station  169,  July  10,  1874,  lat.  37°  34'  S.,  long. 
179°  22'  E.  North-east  from  New  Zealand,  700  fathoms, 
blue  mud  ; bottom  temperature  40°  Fahr. 

This  species  is  very  remarkable  (1)  for  its  minute  size, 
(2)  for  its  peculiar  external  form,  and  (3)  for  the  structure 
of  the  small  end  of  the  chelae. 

It  is,  with  a single  exception,  the  smallest  sponge  known 
to  me ; the  exception  is  Ghondrocladia  clavata,  Ilidley  and 
Dendy  *,  which  belongs  to  a closely-allied  genus,  and  is  only 
slightly  smaller  than  the  present  species,  which  it  resembles 
somewhat  in  external  form.  In  considering  the  size,  how- 
ever, the  possibility  must  of  course  be  borne  in  mind  that  the 
single  specimen  present  may  be  not  yet  full-grown. 

As  regards  external  form,  CladorJiiza  pentacrinus  is  a very 
good  example  of  the  general  rule  that  all  deep-sea  Monaxon ida 
have  a definite  and  symmetrical  shape  t-  It  makes  some 
approach  to  the  “ Crinorhiza-ioYm  ” found  in  other  deep-sea 
species  of  the  genus,  but  it  differs  from  all  species  possessing 
that  form  in  having  the  pinnae  short  and  curved  inwardly.  This 
peculiar  curvature  of  the  pinnse  suggests  the  possibility  that 
they  have  the  power,  in  life,  of  bending  and  unbending  like 
the  arms  of  a crinoid.  They  differ  very  markedly  in  appear- 
ance from  the  long,  rigid,  radiating  pinnje  of  typical  Grino- 
rAf^ra-forms  (e.  g.  Gladorhiza  longipinnaj  Ilidley  and 
Dendy  |),  the  function  of  which  processes  is  doubtless  to  sup- 
port the  sponge  on  the  soft  mud  on  which  it  lies.  This 
function  of  support  cannot  be  fulfilled  by  the  pinn^  of  Glado- 
rhiza pentacrinus^  because,  in  the  first  place,  they  are  not 
disposed  in  a suitable  manner,  and,  in  the  second  place,  it  is 
almost  certain  that  the  body  of  the  sponge  is  raised  far  above 

* Report  on  the  Monaxonida  dredged  by  H.M.S.  ‘ Challenger,’  p.  100, 
pi.  XX.  hgs.  1,  la. 

t Cf.  Report  on  the  ‘ Challeuger  ’ Monaxonida,  p.  202. 

X Ibid.  p.  92,  pi.  XX.  tig.  2. 


282  Mr.  A.  Dendj  on  a new  Species  of  Cladorhiza. 

tlie  surface  of  the  mud  upon  the  long,  slender  stalk,  the  animal 
being  anchored  in  the  mud  by  means  of  the  delicate  rootlets. 
Tliis  view  of  the  position  of  the  body  in  life  is  confirmed  by 
the  faet  that  there  is  an  egg-capsule  of  some  mollusk 
attached  to  the  stem  just  at  the  point  where  it  branches  into 
rootlets^  and  in  order  that  this  attachment  might  take  place, 
the  stem  must  have  been  entirely  out  of  the  mud.  In 
presenee  of  the  facts  now  ascertained  * with  regard  to 
the  existence  of  eontraetile  (muscular)  tissue  in  the  Porifera, 
there  is  no  great  improbability  involved  in  the  supposition 
that  the  arms  or  pinnm  of  Cladorhiza  pentacrinus  may  be 
endowed  with  some  slight  power  of  motion,  although  it  is 
very  diffieult  to  see  how  any  advantage  to  the  sponge  could 
arise  from  the  possession  of  such  a power.  Unfortunately  the 
condition  of  the  specimen  quite  precludes  any  investigation 
as  to  the  presence  of  contractile  fibre-cells  [myocytes^  Sollas) 
in  the  arms.  In  a species  of  the  allied  genus  Esperella  [E. 
Murrayif  however,  it  has  been  shown  by  E-idley  and  Dendy  f 
that  there  is  a well-developed  system  of  undoubtedly  contrac- 
tile fibrous  tissue,  whose  function  is  to  open  and  close  the 
peculiar  crack-like  pore-areas,  and  thus  to  regulate  the  supply 
of  water. 

In  the  peculiarity  of  the  chelae  the  speeies  stands  quite  apart 
from  all  others  of  the  genus,  in  w^hieh,  it  will  be  remembered, 
the  small  end  of  the  chela  is  usually  very  poorly  developed. 

The  species  is  of  further  interest  owing  to  the  fact  that  no 
other  Monaxonid  sponges  were  obtained  at  the  same  station, 
which  is  hence  totally  unrepresented  in  the  Report  on  the 
Monaxonida. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XV. 

Cladorhiza  itentacrinus,  n.  sp. 

Fig.  1.  The  entire  sponge,  X 6 : a,  the  egg-capsule  of  some  mollusk 
attached  to  the  stem. 

Fig.  2.  The  upper  portion  of  one  of  the  pinnae,  X 35,  showing  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  spicules. 

Fig.  3.  Two  terminal  rootlets,  X 130,  showing  the  arrangement  of  the 
spicules. 

Fig.  4.  A large  stylus  from  the  upper  part  of  the  stem,  X 130. 

Fig.  5.  The  terminal  stylus  of  a rootlet,  X 250. 

Fig.  6.  A tridentate  auisochela,  front  view,  x700. 

Fig.  7.  Ditto,  side  view,  x700. 

Fig.  8.  Ditto,  end  view,  from  the  large  end,  x700. 

Fig.  9.  A full-grown  sigma,  X 700. 

Fig.  10.  A smaller  sigma,  x 700. 


* Cf.  Sollas,  article  Sponges  ” in  ‘ Encyclopaedia  Britannica,’  ed.  ix. 
p.  419 ; and  Ridley  and  Dendy,  Report  on  the  ‘ Challenger  ’ Monaxo- 
nida, Introduction,  chap.  ii. 

t Report  on  the  ‘ Challenger  ’ Monaxonida,  pp.  xxx,  xxxix,  68,  pis. 
xiii.,  xiv.,  xlviii. 


On  the  Classification  of  the  Diplopoda. 


283 


XXXV. — On  the  Classification  of  the  Diplopoda. 

By  K.  Innes  PocOCK,  Assistant  Naturalist  British  Museum. 

Of  the  naturalists  who  since  the  time  of  Brandt  have  paid 
attention  to  the  Diplopoda,  no  two  have  come  to  the  same 
conclusions  concerning  the  classification  of  the  group,  and 
every  one  seems  to  have  failed  to  appreciate  fully  the  true 
value  of  the  characters  which  serve  as  signs  of  affinity,  or  the 
converse,  between  its  various  divisions. 

In  the  case  of  the  older  authors  this  has,  of  course,  been 
due  to  ignorance  of  the  structures  which  by  later  writers  are 
considered  to  be  of  the  greatest  systematic  importance ; for 
it  is  only  comparatively  of  recent  years  that  the  copulatory 
feet  have  been  studied,  and  the  extent  of  the  modifications 
presented  by  these  organs  fully  realized. 

Taking  into  consideration  existing  forms  there  are  four 
genera  of  Diplopoda  which  may  be  selected  as  examples  to 
illustrate  the  modifications  of  structure  presented  by  the 
group.  These  four  genera  are  the  representatives  of  as  many 
divisions  ; but  since  these  divisions  are  by  no  means  equal  in 
value,  it  is  desirable  to  decide  the  exact  position  that  each 
ought  to  occupy  with  regard  to  the  others.  For  this  purpose 
it  will  be  necessary  shortly  to  treat  of  the  structure  of  each  of 
these  genera  in  turn,  and  briefly  to  state  the  position  that  has 
been  assigned  to  the  division  of  which  it  has  been  taken  as  a 
type  by  naturalists  who  have  written  most  extensively  on  the 
subject. 

The  four  genera  in  question  are — Polyxeyius^  Glomeris, 
lulus j and  Polyzonium. 

By  Brandt  and  Newport  Polyxenus  was  associated  with  the 
Polydesmidaa  to  form  the  suborder  Monozonia ; by  AVood  it 
was  placed  with  the  Polydesmidas,  lulidae,  and  Lysiopeta- 
lidae  in  his  suborder  Strongylia ; but  in  1872  M.  de  Saussure, 
in  his  work  upon  the  Mexican  Myriopoda,  suggested  that 
further  observations  into  its  structure  would  probably  lead  to 
the  abandonment  of  the  idea  that  any  near  relationship  exists 
between  Polyxenus  and  the  other  Diplopoda.  Taking  appa- 
rently this  suggestion  into  consideration,  and  possessing  be- 
sides greater  knowledge  of  its  anatomy.  Dr.  Meinert,  in  his 
paper  on  the  Chilognatha  of  Denmark,  divided  the  latter 
group  into  two  sections — one  to  (zonidim  Polyxenus^  the  other  the 
Glomeridse,  Iulid9e,and  Polydesmidse.  But  to  these  sections  he 
gave  no  names.  This  deficiency  was,  however,  in  1884, 
supplied  by  Dr.  Latzel,  who,  using  the  name  Diplopoda  as 
synonymous  with  the  Chilognatha  of  Meinert,  restricted  the 


284 


Mr.  R.  I.  Pocock  on  the 


latter  group  to  the  families  Glomeridag,  lulid^,  Poljdesmidge, 
&c.,  gave  to  Polyxenus  (Meinert'^s  other  section)  the  name 
Pselaphognatha,  and  made  them  both  suborders  of  his  order 
Diplopoda.  This  arrangement  was  adopted  by  Dr.  Haase 

Schlesiens  Diplopoden  ’)  in  1886,  and  in  this  position 
Polyxenus  will  probably  remain. 

The  characters  by  which  it  may  be  separated  from  all  the 
other  Diplopoda  are  as  follows  : — The  body  is  soft  and  clothed 
with  tufts  of  scale-like  hairs;  there  is  a distinct  labrum  ; the 
second  pair  of  jaws  do  not  form  a plate  resembling  the 
gnathocliilarium  ; there  are  no  foramina  repugnatoria  ; the 
anus  is  in  the  last  segment  but  one. 

Against  the  third  and  fourth  of  these  distinctions  it  may 
be  urged  that  no  true  gnathocliilarium  is  present  in  Siphono- 
phora^  and  that  there  are  no  foramina  repugnatoria  in  the 
Chordeumidm.  To  the  former  objection  reference  will  be 
made  later  on  ; with  regard  to  the  latter  it  may  be  said  that 
the  whole  organization  of  the  Chordeumidse  points  to  close 
relationship  with  the  lulidag,  and  that  therefore  it  is  fair  to 
assume  that  the  absence  of  foramina  repugnatoria  in  the 
former  family  is  due  to  atrophy.  This  of  course  may  be, 
and  very  possibly  is,  the  case  with  Polyxenus ; but  until 
allied  forms  possessing  them  be  known,  the  assumption  that 
these  glands  have  never  existed,  as  such,  can  certainly  be 
defended. 

As  opposed  to  the  above  characters  of  Polyxenus^  for  which 
as  a group-name  the  term  Pselaphognatha  (Latzel)  may  be 
retained,  the  characters  of  the  rest  of  the  Diplopoda,  or,  as 
Dr.  Latzel  has  called  them,  the  Chilognatha,  may  be  briefly 
summarized  as  follows  : — Body  hard  and  chitinous,  destitute 
of  tufts  of  scale-like  hairs  ; there  is  no  distinct  labrum  ; the 
second  pair  of  jaws  form  a plate  (the  gnathocliilarium)  ; 
foramina  repugnatoria  are  present ; the  anus  is  in  the  last 
segment. 

Within  the  limits  of  the  group  Chilognatha  thus  defined 
fall  the  three  remaining  genera  Glomeris^  lulus ^ and  Polyzo- 
nium. 

In  1865  Wood  recognized  that  the  peculiarities  of  the 
genus  Olomeris  are  sufficient  to  warrant  the  formation  for  its 
reception  of  a group  equivalent  to  the  Monozonia  and  Trizonia 
of  Brandt  taken  together.  For  this  group  he  retained  the 
old  name  Pentazonia,  and,  abolishing  the  Monozonia  and 
Trizonia,  gave  to  the  lulida?,  Polydesmidas,  and  Lysiopeta- 
lidge  the  name  Strongylia.  But  although  witli  the  views  of 
Wood  concerning  the  affinities  of  Glomeris^  those  of  M.  de 
Saussure  and  of,  Mr.  G.  C.  Bourne  (Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xix. 


285 


Classification  of  the  Diplopoda. 

p.  161)  are  more  or  less  in  accord,  Drs.  Meinert,  Latzel, 
Berlese,  and  Haase,  merely  retaining  in  their  works  the 
family  names  Glomeridge,  luUdte,  Polydesmid^e,  &c.,  have 
put  forward  no  classification  expressive  of  the  idea  that  in 
the  Chilognatha  the  Glomeridge  are  a family  highly  special- 
ized and  sharply  defined ; or,  in  other  words,  these  authors 
seem  to  have  altogether  underrated  the  systematic  value  of 
the  distinguishing  characters  of  the  genus.  These  characters 
are  as  follows  : — The  copulatory  appendages  are  at  the  poste- 
rior end  of  the  body  ; the  pleurfe  are  distinct ; the  anal  plates 
free  ; the  body  is  composed  of  not  more  than  fourteen  somites  ; 
the  foramina  repugnatoria  form  a single  series  in  the  dorsal 
middle  line;  the  alimentary  canal  is  not  straight,  and  the 
trachese  are  branched. 

With  this  may  be  compared  the  structure  of  Iidus  as 
typical  of  the  rest  of  the  Chilognatha.  The  copulatory  ap- 
pendages are  in  the  seventh  segment  of  the  body  ; the  pleurge 
are  not  distinct ; the  anal  plates  are  surrounded  by  the  last 
body-ring  ; the  number  of  body-somites  is  great  and  variable  ; 
the  foramina  repugnatoria  form  a single  series  on  each  side  ; 
the  alimentary  canal  is  straight,  and  the  trachese  are  tufted. 

In  the  case  of  all  the  genera  allied  to  lulus  it  of  course 
cannot  certainly  be  known  whether  the  trachege  be  tufted  and 
the  alimentary  canal  straight  or  not ; but  taking  into  consi- 
deration the  other  points  in  common,  it  is  perfectly  fair  to 
presume,  until  evidence  to  the  contrary  is  forthcoming,  that 
resemblance  will  be  found  to  exist  in  these  particulars  also. 

With  regard  to  the  Polyzonidge,  Brandt  was  apparently  led 
to  the  formation  of  his  group  Siphonizantia,  Sugentia,  or 
Colobognatha  from  his  inability,  owing  to  the  absence  of 
intermediate  forms,  to  recognize  the  possibility  of  the  conver- 
sion of  the  masticatory  jaws  of  an  lulus  into  the  sucking- 
proboscis  of  a Polyzonium. 

A genus,  Platydesmus^  with  mouth-parts  in  many  respects 
intermediate  in  character  between  the  masticatory  and  sucto- 
rial types,  was,  in  1843,  described  by  Lucas,  who  pointed  out 
its  resemblances  to  Polyzonium  and  Polyd.esmus.  By  New- 
port, who  abolished  the  group  Sugentia  and  assigned  to 
Polyzonium  and  Siphonophora  a position  near  the  lulidse  in 
his  division  Bizonia,  this  genus,  which  was  probably  known 
to  him  solely  from  the  description  and  figure  published  by 
Lucas,  was  regarded  as  allied  to  Polydesmus. 

Gervais  in  this  respect  followed  Newport,  both  authors 
being  apparently  misled  by  the  superficial  resemblance  be- 
tween the  two  genera  afforded  by  the  presence  of  keeled  seg- 
ments in  each. 

Ann.  (k  Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx 


20 


286 


Mr.  R.  I.  Pocock  on  the 


It  is  difficult  to  reconcile  the  acquaintanee  that  Wood  must 
have  had  with  Platydesmus  (redescribed  as  Brachycyhe)  with 
his  failure  fully  to  appreciate  the  relationship  existing  between 
the  families  constituting  his  suborder  Strongylia  and  the 
family  Polyzonidm,  to  which  he  rightly  considered  this  genus 
to  belong.  This  failure  led  him  to  raise  the  group  of  suctorial 
Myriopods  to  the  rank  of  a suborder,  equal  in  value  to  the 
Pentazonia  or  Strongylia ; to  this  suborder  he  gave  Brandt’s 
name  Sugentia. 

By  M.de  Saussure  the  Polyzonid^e,  eontaining  Platydesmus j 
were  regarded  as  allied  most  nearly  to  the  lulidm,  and  were 
treated  simply  as  a family  of  the  Chilognatha. 

Yet  Dr.  Latzel,  in  1884,  gave  to  the  Polyzonidse  Brandt’s 
name  Colobognatha,  and  made  this  group  co-ordinate  with 
the  Chilognatha,  comprising  the  Glomeridm,  lulidm,  &c.,  thus 
clearly  showing  that,  in  his  opinion,  the  relationship  between 
the  Glomeridm  and  lulidm  is  greater  than  the  relationship 
between  the  Polyzonidm  and  the  lulid^. 

That  a naturalist  so  careful  and  observant  as  his  elaborate 
work  on  the  Austro-Hungarian  Myriopoda  has  shown  him 
to  be,  should  hold  these  views  it  is  hard  to  believe,  for  all  the 
points  given  above  as  characteristic  of  lulus  are  equally 
characteristie  of  Polyzonium^  and  the  only  important  respect 
in  which  the  latter  genus  differs  from  the  former  is  the  pos- 
session of  a suctorial  proboscis  instead  of  manducatory  jaws. 

If  no  intermediate  form  had  been  known,  and  if  Dr. 
Latzel  had  only  been  acquainted  with  Siphonophoraj  the  most 
aberrant  genus  of  the  group,  the  views  expressed  in  his  clas- 
sification would  even  then  have  been  unintelligible ; but  being 
familiar,  at  all  events  from  descriptions  and  figures,  with 
Platydesmus^  and  seeing  from  the  modifications  of  its  mouth- 
parts  the  method  by  which  the  proboscis  might  have  been 
formed,  it  is  astonishing  that  he  should  have  committed  him- 
self to  the  restoration  of  the  group  of  Diplopoda  with  suctorial 
mouths  as  opposed  to  the  group  of  Diplopoda  with  masticatory 
mouths. 

The  distinguishing  features  of  Polyzonium  are  as  follows  : 
— The  head  is  pointed  in  front ; the  mandibles  are  reduced  in 
size ; the  gnathochilarium  is  represented  by  a plate  pointed 
anteriorly  and  laterally  soldered  to  the  sides  of  the  head,  thus 
forming  the  proboseis. 

In  the  allied  genus  Platydesmus  the  head  is  more  or  less 
pointed  in  front,  the  mandibles  are  reduced,  but  the  gnatho- 
chilarium is  distinct,  and  not  laterally  soldered  to  the  head, 
so  that  there  is  only  a partially  formed  proboscis. 

If  these  characters  be  compared  with  those  of  Glomeris^ 


Classification  of  the  Diplopoda.  287 

given  above,  they  sink  into  insignificance,  for  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  differences  between  Polyzonium  and  lulus  are  merely 
differences  of  degree  and  are  due  to  degeneration,  while  the 
characters  which  separate  Glomeris  from  lulus  are,  at  all 
events  some  of  them,  radically  different  in  kind. 

Although  one  of  the  particulars  given  by  Dr.  Latzel  to 
distinguish  the  Chilognatha  from  the  Pselaphognatha  is  the 
presence  of  copulatory  feet  in  the  former  group,  the  fact  that 
the  copulatory  feet  of  the  Glomeridse  are  not  homologous 
with  the  copulatory  feet  of  the  lulidse  appears  to  be  entirely 
overlooked.  Since  they  are  not  homologous  their  presence  is 
not  a sign  of  relationship,  but  the  contrary  ; and  it  is  less 
rights  because  of  their  presence,  to  unite  the  Glomeridae,  in 
which  they  occur  at  the  end  of  the  body,  with  the  lulidae,  in 
which  they  occur  in  the  seventh  segment,  as  opposed  to 
Polyxenidae,  in  which  they  are  entirely  absent,  than  it  would 
be  to  unite  the  Polyxenidas  with  the  Glomeridae  as  opposed  to 
the  lulidae,  because  in  the  two  former  they  are  absent  from 
the  seventh  segment,  or  the  Polyxenidae  with  the  lulidae  as 
opposed  to  the  Glomerid^,  because  in  the  two  former  they  do 
not  occur  at  the  end  of  the  body.  For  it  seems  certain  that 
their  independent  existence  in  these  two  families,  Glomeridae 
and  lulidae,  points  to  differentiation  along  diverging  lines,  and 
consequent  departure  from  some  ancestral  form.  Further, 
it  is  more  than  probable  than  this  ancestral  form  was  without 
copulatory  feet,  for  it  does  not  seem  likely  that  these  organs, 
if  originally  existing  in  the  seventh  segment,  should  have 
entirely  disappeared  in  the  Glomeridae,  or,  if  once  acquired  at 
the  end  of  the  body,  should  have  entirely  disappeared  in  the 
lulidae  ; still  less  likely  does  it  seem  that  they  were  present 
in  some  position  other  than  the  seventh  segment  or  the  poste- 
rior end  of  the  body  ; for  if  so  all  trace  of  their  former  exis- 
tence has  entirely  and  independently  disappeared  in  the 
Glomeridae  and  the  lulidae,  and  their  place  has  been  taken  by 
organs  functionally  similar  but  morphologically  different. 

Assuming,  then,  on  these  grounds  that  the  ancestral  Chilo- 
gnath  was  without  copulatory  feet,  Polyxenus  certainly,  in 
this  respect,  more  nearly  resembles  this  ancestor  than  does 
either  Glomeris  or  lulus^  and  therefore  since  Glomeris  and 
lulus  have  been  evolved  along  different  lines  from  this 
Polyxenus-\^kc^  ancestor,  it  follows  that,  so  far  as  the  copula- 
tory feet  are  concerned,  the  difference  between  Polyxenus  and 
lulus  or  Polyxenus  and  Glomeris  is  less  than  the  difference 
between  lulus  and  Glomeris^  and  that  therefore  it  is,  at  all 
events,  misleading  for  Dr.  Latzel  to  advance  as  a character 
by  which  Glomeris  and  lulus  may  be  united  together  and 

20* 


288 


Mr.  E.  I.  Pocock  on  the 


separated  from  Polyxenus  the  presence  of  these  copiilatory 
feet. 

The  occurrence  of  these  organs  in  the  Glomerid^e  and 
lulid^  is  due  to  the  existence  of  similar  physiological  require- 
ments, hut  that  the  existence  of  similar  physiological  require- 
ments in  two  groups  is  not  a sign  of  affinity  between  them 
need  now-a-days  hardly  be  urged.  It  would  be  as  justifiable 
to  consider  the  branched  tracheae  of  Glomeris  and  8colopendra 
to  be  a bond  of  union  between  the  two  genera  as  to  think 
that  the  presence  of  the  copulatory  feet  is  a sign  of  affinity 
between  Glomeris  and  lulus. 

The  possession  by  the  Glomeridae  of  the  branched  tracheae, 
referred  to  above,  shows,  as  Mr.  Bourne  has  pointed  out,  that 
great  specialization  has  taken  place  ; and  great  specialization 
signifies  in  this  case  great  differentiation  from  the  ancestral 
form,  for  it  is  very  probable  that  the  ancestor  of  the  Chilo- 
gnatha  resembled  Peripatus  and  the  /w/ws-like  Myriopods  in 
the  possession  of  tufted  tracheae. 

Another  important  particular  in  which  the  Glomeridae  and 
lulidae  differ  is  the  position  of  the  foramina  repugnatoria. 
Whether  these  glands  be  or  be  not  homologous  in  the  two 
groups  it  is  difficult  to  say  ; but  it  seems  that  the  suggestions 
made  by  Prof.  Moseley  (Encycl.  Brit.)  with  regard  to  the 
stigmata  of  Scutigera  are  equally  applicable  to  the  apertures 
in  question.  However  that  may  be,  it  is,  by  the  way,  an 
exceedingly  remarkable  thing  that  in  the  most  highly  special- 
ized member  of  each  of  the  two  divisions  of  the  Myriopoda 
{Glomeris  in  the  one  case  and  Scutigera  in  the  other)  a series 
of  apertures,  which  in  allied  forms  is  found  to  be  situated  on 
each  side  of  the  body,  exists  as  a single  row  in  the  dorsal 
middle  line.  Whether  this  single  median  dorsal  series  in 
Glomeris  represents  in  reality  the  paired  lateral  series  in  lulus 
must  for  the  present  be  left  an  open  question. 

The  straightness  of  the  digestive  tract  in  lulus  and  the 
absence  of  distinct  pleurae  in  the  body-rings,  though  characters 
of  significance,  are  of  less  significance  than  the  characters 
mentioned  above,  and  the  freedom  of  the  anal  valves  in 
Glomeris  is  but  a consequent  of  the  incompleteness  of  the 
skeleton  of  the  posterior  somite. 

Having  now  seen  that  the  Diplopoda  are  divisible  into  two 
groups,  the  Pselaphognatha  and  the  Chilognatha,  and  that 
the  Chilognatha  are  in  turn  divisible  into  two  groups,  the 
first  to  contain  the  Glomeridae,  for  which  the  name  Onisco- 
morpha  is  proposed,  and  the  second  lulus  and  allied  genera 
and  the  closely-related  but  in  some  respects  aberrant  Poly- 
zoniunij  it  remains  but  to  consider  the  structure  of  the 


Classification  of  the  Diplopoda.  289 

genera  eomposing  the  second  division,  which  may  be  called 
the  Helminthornorpha,  and  to  discuss  the  relationship  that 
they  bear  one  with  another.  As  typical  genera  may  be 
selected  Polydesmus^  Lysiopetalum^  Ghordeuma^  lulus ^ and 
Polyzoniunij  and  the  distinguishing  characters  of  each  of  these 
are  as  follows  : — 

In  Polydesmus  the  body  is  composed  of  not  more  than 
twenty  segments  ; the  mandibles  have  no  basilar  piece  (cardo) 
and  the  gnathochilarium  has  no  intergalea  (prornentuin).  The 
copulatory  feet  are  formed  from  the  anterior  pair  of  the 
seventh  segment,  and  they  are  external ; the  pedal  laminae 
(tracheal  plates.  Bourne)  are  mostly  fixed. 

In  Lysiopetalum  the  number  of  segments  is  great  and 
variable ; the  mandibles  have  the  cardo  and  the  gnathochi- 
larium the  promentum  ; the  copulatory  feet  are  formed  from 
the  anterior  pair  of  the  seventh  segment,  and  they  are  more 
or  less  internal ; the  pedal  laminae  are  all  free. 

In  lulus  the  number  of  segments  is  great  and  variable,  the 
mandibles  have  the  cardo  and  the  gnathochilarium  the  pro- 
mentum ; the  copulatory  feet  are  formed  from  both  pairs  of 
the  seventh  segment  and  are  more  or  less  internal  ; the  pedal 
laminm  are  mostly  fixed  (in  a closely-allied  genus,  IsohateSj 
they  are  free). 

In  Chordeuma  the  number  of  segments  is  thirty  ; the  man- 
dibles have  the  cardo  and  the  gnathochilarium  the  promen- 
tum ; the  copulatory  feet  are  formed  from  both  pairs  of  tlie 
seventh  segment  and  are  more  or  less  internal  j the  pedal 
laminm  are  free  ; foramina  repugnatoria  absent. 

In  Polyzonium  the  number  of  segments  is  great  and  variable; 
the  mouth-parts  have  undergone  degeneration  ; the  copulatory 
feet  are  formed  from  both  pairs  of  the  seventh  segment  and 
are  more  or  less  external  ; the  pedal  laminae  are  free. 

Setting  aside  Polyzonium^  which  in  this  respect  it  is  not 
possible  to  compare,  it  will  be  seen  from  these  short  descrip- 
tions that  Polydesmus  differs  from  lulus^  Lysiopetalum^  and 
Chordeuma  in  that  the  mandible  is  without  the  cardo  and  the 
gnathochilarium  without  the  promentum,  and  further  that 
in  the  possession  of  but  one  pair  of  external  copulatory  feet 
this  same  genus  presents  greater  simplicity  of  organization. 
Greater  simplicity  of  organization,  except  where  degeneration 
has  occurred,  is  usually  an  indication  of  greater  affinity  with 
the  ancestral  form,  and  therefore,  assuming  that  the  Helmin- 
thomorpha  and  the  Oniscomorpha  have  sprung  from  a com- 
mon ancestor,  we  should  expect  to  find  the  resemblance 
between  Polydesmus  and  Glomeris  greater  than  the  resem- 
blance between,  e.  g.,  lulus  and  Glomeris ; and  this  seems  to 


290 


Mr.  R.  I.  Pocock  on  the 


be  so,  for  in  Glomeris  the  mandible  is  without  the  cardo  and 
the  gnathoehilarium  without  the  promentum,  and  the  number 
of  segments  in  Glomeris  and  PoJydesmus  is  less  than  in  any 
other  Chilognath.  From  this  latter  fact  it  seems  likely  that 
the  ancestral  Chilognath  was  possessed  of  but  few  segments, 
an  idea  to  which  the  existence  of  but  few  segments  in  larval 
forms  lends  great  weight.  And  as  bearing  upon  the  same 
subject  it  is  perhaps  worthy  of  remark  that  Polyxenus^  which 
in  the  palpiform  character  of  its  second  pair  of  gnathites,  and 
questionably  in  the  absence  of  foramina  repugnatoria, 
resembles,  I believe,  the  ancestral  Diplopod,  also  possesses  a 
small  number  of  segments. 

PoJydesmus  then  more  nearly  resembles  the  ancestor  of  the 
Chilognatha  than  does  any  other  genus  of  the  Helmintho- 
morpha,  and  Lysiopetalum  in  the  conversion  of  but  one  pair 
of  appendages  into  copulatory  organs  resembles  Polydesmus. 
But  important  as  this  one  particular  is  as  a sign  of  affinity, 
it  is  outweighed  by  the  many  points  of  resemblance  between 
Lysio'petalum  and  lulus.  I have  therefore  associated  the 
Lysiopetalidge  with  the  lulidse,  Polyzonidse,  and  Chordeumidas 
in  the  suborder  luloidea. 

At  the  same  time,  however,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that 
Lysio'petalum  is  intermediate  between  Polydesmus  and  lulus^ 
being  more  highly  specialized  than  the  former  and  less  highly 
than  the  latter. 

The  conversion  of  both  pairs  of  appendages  of  the  seventh 
segment  into  copulatory  organs  shows  close  relationship 
between  Chordeuma.^  Polyzoniumj  and  lulus — the  Polyzonida3, 
as  M.  de  Saussure  long  ago  suggested,  appearing  to  be  but 
degraded  lulidae,  and  the  Chordeumidae  only  differing  from 
the  lulidte  in  the  absence  of  the  foramina  repugnatoria,  in 
the  smaller  size  of  the  first  segment,  and  in  the  possession  of 
a smaller  number  of  somites. 

To  sum  up  : Polyxenus  in  the  possession  of  a small  number 
of  segments  and  in  the  pediform  character  of  its  second  pair 
of  gnathites  shows  comparatively  but  little  specialization,  and 
presumably  therefore  but  little  differentiation  from  the  an- 
cestor of  the  Diplopoda.  The  fusion  of  the  second  pair  of 
gnathites  into  a plate,  the  gnathoehilarium,  characterized  the 
ancestral  Chilognath,  which  was  further  distinguished  by  the 
possession  of  tufted  tracheae  (?),  by  the  absence  of  the  man- 
dibular cardo  and  of  the  promentum  in  the  gnathoehilarium, 
and  showed  resemblance  to  the  ancestral  Diplopod  by  the 
presence  of  but  few  body -somites  and  by  the  absence  of  copu- 
latory feet.  From  this  Protochilognath  sprang  the  Onisco- 
morpha  and  the  Helminthomorpha.  The  former,  undergoing 


Classification  of  the  Diplopoda.  291 

great  specialization,  acquired  branched  tracheae  and  accessory 
feet  to  subserve  copulation  at  the  end  of  the  body,  the  latter, 
retaining  the  tufted  tracheae,  developed  copulatory  organs  from 
the  appendages  of  the  seventh  segment.  The  Polydesmidae, 
in  possessing  comparatively  few  body-somites,  no  mandibular 
cardo,  and  no  promentum  in  the  gnathochilarium,  show 
great  approximation  to  the  ancestor  of  the  Chilognatha,  and 
therefore  to  the  ancestor  of  the  Helminthomorphaj  and  are 
further  shown  to  be  the  nearest  living  representatives  of  this 
latter  by  the  conversion  of  the  anterior  pair  of  limbs  alone  of 
the  seventh  segment  into  copulatory  organs  and  by  the  reten- 
tion by  these  organs  of  their  primitive  external  position.  By 
possessing  but  one  pair  of  copulatory  organs  the  Lysiopeta- 
lidae  show  relationship  with  the  Polydesmidae;  but  by  the 
internal  position  of  these;  organs  and  by  the  presence  of  a 
great  and  variable  number  of  segments,  of  a mandibular 
cardo,  and  of  a labial  promentum,  they  show  greater  rela- 
tionship with  the  lulidae.  The  conversion  of  the  second  pair 
of  appendages  of  the  seventh  segment  into  a copulatory 
organ  and  the  power  to  retract  these  within  the  segment 
distinguish  the  lulidse.  From  the  lulidas  the  Polyzonidae 
show  degeneration  by  the  reduction  of  the  mandibles,  and 
possibly  the  Chordeumidae  by  the  loss  of  the  foramina  repug- 
natoria. 

To  show  in  a condensed  form  the  views  here  expressed  as 
to  the  exact  position  to  be  assigned  to  the  different  families  of 
the  Diplopoda  the  following  classification  has  been  drawn  up. 
But  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that,  except  in  that  greater 
value  has  been  given  to  some  groups  and  less  to  others,  this 
classification,  so  far  as  concerns  the  relationship  of  the  Poly- 
desmidae, Lysiopetalidae,  lulidae,  and  Ghordeumidae,  is  almost 
identical  with  that  formulated  by  Dr.  Berlese  in  1886,  and, 
so  far  as  concerns  the  position  of  the  Glomeridae,  Polyxenidae, 
and  Polyzonidae,  is  little  more  than  a modification  of  that  sug- 
gested by  M.  de  Saussure  in  1872.  That  the  ideas  of  this 
latter  naturalist  have  received  so  little  attention  from  subse- 
quent writers  is  a matter  to  me  of  no  little  surprise. 

It  will  be  observed  that  no  place  has  been  assigned  to  the 
numerous  extinct  forms  of  Diplopoda.  My  excuse  for  the 
omission  must  be  my  ignorance  of  the  structure  of  these 
fossils.  Indeed,  the  knowledge  possessed  even  by  those  who 
have  especially  studied  this  branch  of  the  subject  is,  from  the 
nature  of  things,  but  limited,  and  its  extent  may  be  perhaps 
to  a certain  degree  estimated  by  the  fact  that  Mr.  Scudder 
has  recently  confessed,  with  an  honesty  which  disarms  com- 
ment, that  certain  portions  of  an  organism  described  by  him 


292 


Mr.  R.  I.  Pocock  on  the 


as  a new  genus  of  Diplopods  belonging  to  the  Archipolypoda, 
a group  of  which  he  is  himself  the  founder,  are  in  reality 
fragments  of  a fossil  fern  ! 

Concerning  the  position  that  the  Diplopoda  should  occupy 
with  regard  to  the  Chilopoda  and  Hexapoda,  I believe  the 
relationship  between  the  two  last-named  to  be  greater  than 
the  relationship  between  the  Chilopoda  and  Diplopoda.  At 
all  events  the  recent  careful  researches  into  the  organization 
of  Scolopendrella  and  of  the  Thysanura,  carried  on  by  Drs. 
Haase  and  Grassi,  demonstrating  as  they  do  the  affinity 
between  the  Hexapoda  and  the  Chilopoda,  are  sufficient  justi- 
fication for  the  abolition  of  the  name  Myriopoda  and  for  the 
elevation  of  the  groups  Chilopoda  and  Diplopoda  to  the  rank 
of  classes. 

For  the  sake  of  comparison  I have  drawn  up  tabular  lists 
of  the  classifications  of  the  Diplopoda  formulated  by  various 
naturalists. 


Newport j 1844  (Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  xix.  p.  276). 
Order  CHILOGNATHA.. 

Tribe  I.  Pentazonia. 

Fam.  Glomeridce. 

Tribe  II.  Monozonia. 

Fam.  Polyxenid(B. 

Polydesmidce. 

Tribe  III.  Bizonia. 

Fam.  lulidce. 

Polyzonidce, 

Siphonophoridce. 

Woodj  1865  (Am.  Phil.  Soc.  xiii.  p.  246). 
Order  CHILOGNATHA. 

Suborder  I.  Pentazonia. 

Fam.  Glomeridce. 

Suborder  II.  Strongylia. 

Fam.  Polyxenidce. 

Polydesmidce. 

lulidce. 

Lysiopetalidw. 

Suborder  III.  Sugentia. 

Fam.  Polyzimidce. 

Siph  ono ph  or  idee. 


Glassification  of  the  Diplopoda, 


293 


Saussure^  1872  (Miss.  Sci.  Mex.  vi.  p.  9). 

Order  CHILOGNATHA. 


Suborder  I.  = ¥&m.  Glomeridce. 


Latzelj  1884  (Mjriop.  osterr.-ungar.  Monarchic). 

Order  DIPLOPODA. 

Suborder  I.  Pselaphognatha. 

Fam.  PolyxenidcB. 

Suborder  II.  Chilognatha. 


Fam.  Glomeridce. 
PolydesmidcB. 
Chordeumidce. 
PysiopetalidcB. 
lulidce. 

Suborder  III.  Colobognatha. 
Fam.  Polyzonid<B. 


Berlese^  1886  (Bull.  Soc.  Ent.  Ital.  p.  42). 


Suborder  Chilognatha. 

Fam.  Glomerid(B. 
PolydesmidcB. 
lididcB. 

Subfam.  Lysiopetalidia. 


Mihi. 

Class  DIPLOPODA. 

Subclass  1.  PSELAPHOGNATHA. 
Fam.  PolyxenidcB. 

Subclass  2.  CHILOGNATHA. 
Order  1.  ONISCOMORPHA. 


Order  2.  HELMINTHOMORPHA. 
Suborder  I.  Polydesmoidea. 

Fam.  PolydesnndcB. 
Suborder  2.  Iuloidea. 

Fam.  LysiopetalidcB. 


Suborder  II.  — . PolyxenidcB. 


C PolydesmidcB. 

III.  = ^ lulidcB. 

PolyzonidcB. 


lulidia. 

Chordeumidia. 


Fam.  Glomeridce. 


lulidcB. 

PolyzonidcB. 

ChordeumidcB. 


294 


On  the  Classification  of  the  Diplopoda, 

fForaminibus  genitalibiis  in  segment©  posterior©  posi- 

Class  Hexapoda.  J ‘f  P®‘ 

Class  Chilopoda.  i Tnbus  pedum  paribus  in  maxillas 

I mutatis.  fepiracLUis  in  parte  corporis  laterali 
sitis. 

fForaminibus  genitalibus  in  parte  corporis  antica 
I positis.  Segnientis  binis  pedum  paribus  ple- 

Class  Diplopoda.  rumque  instructis.  Duobus  pedum  paribus  in 

1 maxillas  mutatis.  Spiraculis  in  parte  corporis 

t inferior©  sitis. 

Subclass  1.  PSELAPHOGNATHA. 

Ano  in  segmento  penultimo  posito.  Maxillis  secundi 
paris  pedibus  similibas.  Foraminibus  repugnatoriis  nullis. 

Labro  discrete.  Corpore  molli  fasciculisque  pilorum 

ornato Polyxenidee. 

Subclass  2.  CHILOG^ATHA. 

Ano  in  segmento  ultimo  posito.  Maxillis  secundi  paris 
laminam  formantibus.  Labro  baud  discrete.  Foramini- 
bus repugnatoriis  manifestis.  Corpore  crustato  fascicu- 
lisque  pilorum  baud  ornato. 

Order  1.  ONISCOMORPHA. 

Pedibus,  qui  instrumentum  copulativum  ferment,  segmento 
ultimo  additis.  Tracbeis  ramosis.  Foraminibus  re- 
pugnatoriis seriem  unam  in  dorso  medio  formantibus. 

Pleuris  distinctis : laminis  ani  baud  segmento  poste- 
rior© cinctis  GloDieridce. 

Order  2.  HELMINTHOMORPHA. 

Pedibus  segment!  septimi  in  instrumentum  copulativum 
mutatis.  Tracbeis  fasciculis  similibus.  Foraminibus 
repugnatoriis  seriem  unam  quoque  latere  formantibus. 

Pleuris  baud  distinctis.  Laminis  ani  segmento  poste- 
rior© circumdatis. 

Suborder  1.  Polydesmoidea. 

Instrumento  copulative  ex  anterior©  pedum  pari  formate, 
externo  : corpore  segmentis  non  ultra  viginti  com- 
posite. Cardine  mandibulae  nullo,  promento  gna- 
tbocbilarii  nullo Polydesmidee. 


Suborder  2.  Iuloidea. 

Segmentorum  numero  semper  major©  quam  viginti,  ple- 
rumque  magno  varioque.  Mandibula  cardine 
instructa,  gnatbocbilario  promento.  Pedibus  copu- 
lativis  plerumque  internis. 

A.  Instrumento  copulative  ex  anterior©  pedum  pari 
formate.  Numero  segmentorum  magno  va- 
rinque Lysiopetalidce. 


On  new  or  little-known  South- American  Frogs.  295 

B.  Instmmento  copulativo  e duobus  pedum  paribus 
formato. 

1.  Numero  segmentorum  magno  varioque.  Fora- 


minibus  repugnatoriis  manifestis. 

(«)  Mandibulis  baud  imminutis lulidce. 

(b)  Mandibulis  imminutis  Polyzonidce. 

2.  Numero  segmentorum  semper  triginta.  Foram- 

inibus  repugnatoriis  evanidis  Chordeumidcp 


XXXVI. — Descriptions  of  new  orlittle-known  South- American 
Frogs  of  the  Genera  Paludicola  and  Hyla.  By  G.  A. 
Boulenger. 


Paludicola  nebulosa. 

Liuperus  nebulosus,  Burmeister,  Reise  La  Plata,  ii.  p.  632  (1861). 

Tongue  subcircular,  indistinctly  nicked  behind.  Vomerine 
teeth  none.  Snout  extremely  short,  much  shorter  than  the 
diameter  of  the  eye,  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  Notaden 
Bennetti ; nostrils  directed  forwards  ; eye  large  j interorbital 
space  about  two  thirds  the  width  of  the  upper  eyelid  ; tym- 
panum distinct,  circular,  measuring  half  the  diameter  of  the 
eye.  Fingers  short,  depressed,  first  much  longer  than 
second  ; toes  short,  much  depressed,  webbed  at  the  base,  the 
web  extending  as  a fringe  to  their  tips  ; subarticular  tubercles 
small,  of  toes  conical ; two  very  strong,  compressed,  sharp- 
edged  metatarsal  tubercles,  inner  largest ; no  tarsal  tubercle  ; 
no  tarsal  fold.  The  hind  limb  being  carried  forwards  along 
the  body,  the  tibio-tarsal  articulation  reaches  the  axilla ; tibia 
little  longer  than  the  skull.  Skin  smooth  ; no  lumbar  gland. 
Pale  brownish  above,  with  small  scattered  blackish  spots ; no 
cross  bars  on  the  limbs.  From  snout  to  vent  40  millim. 

Mendoza. 

Described  from  the  type  specimen  ( $ ) in  the  Berlin 
Museum  (no.  7374). 

Paludicola  alhifrons  (Spix). 

Tongue  small,  elliptic,  entire.  Vomerine  teeth  none. 
Snout  rounded,  as  long  as  the  orbital  diameter ; nostril 
nearer  the  tip  of  the  snout  than  the  eye ; interorbital  space 
as  broad  as  the  upper  eyelid  ; tympanum  hidden.  Fingers 
moderate,  first  not  extending  quite  as  far  as  second ; toes 
moderate,  free,  not  fringed ; subarticular  tubercles  moderate. 


296 


Mr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  on  new  or 

conical ; a small  conical  tubercle  on  the  inner  side  of  the 
tarsus ; two  large,  oval,  compressed  metatarsal  tubercles, 
nearer  each  other  than  the  tarsal  tubercle.  The  tibio-tarsal 
articulation  reaches  the  posterior  corner  of  the  eye.  Skin 
nearly  smooth,  with  flat  warts  above;  no  lumbar  gland. 
Greyish  above,  with  numerous,  insuliform,  dark-edged  spots; 
dark  vertical  bars  on  the  upper  lip  and  cross  bars  on  the 
limbs ; sides  of  throat  black  in  the  male.  Two  external 
subguiar  vocal  sacs  in  the  male.  From  snout  to  vent  30 
millim. 

Brazil. 

Described  from  two  specimens  (male  and  young)  from  Porto 
Alegre  in  the  Berlin  Museum  (no.  6800). 

The  larger  metatarsal  tubercles  distinguish  P.  albifrons 
from  P.  gracilis. 

Liuperiis  rnarmoratus,  Burmeister  (‘  La  Plata,’  ii.  p.  532), 
is  not  identical  with  P.  albifrons^  as  stated  by  Peters,  but 
with  P.  fusconiaculata. 

Paludicola  Henselii^  Peters. 

Tongue  elliptic,  entire.  Vomerine  teeth  none.  Snout 
subacuminate,  as  long  as  the  orbital  diameter ; interorbital 
space  broader  than  the  upper  eyelid  ; tympanum  small,  very 
indistinct.  Fingers  moderate,  first  not  extending  quite  as 
far  as  second ; toes  moderate,  free,  not  fringed  ; subarticular 
tubercles  moderate,  not  conical ; a small  tarsal  tubercle  ; two 
small,  oval,  metatarsal  tubercles,  which  are  wider  apart  from 
each  other  than  the  inner  from  tlie  tarsal  tubercle.  The 
tibio-tarsal  articulation  reaches  the  posterior  corner  of  the 
eye.  Back  with  numerous,  nearly  straight,  longitudinal 
folds;  no  lumbar  gland.  Grey-brown  above,  lighter  along 
the  middle  and  the  sides  of  the  back  ; hind  limbs  with  dark 
cross  bands  ; a black  band  extends  from  the  end  of  the  snout, 
through  the  eye,  to  the  side,  obliquely  descending  and  gradu- 
ally widening  from  behind  the  eye;  below  this  black  band, 
from  the  end  of  the  snout  to  the  shoulder,  a whitish  streak, 
which  is  again  edged  below  by  a blackish  streak  bordering 
the  lip;  lower  surfaces  whitish,  mottled  with  brown.  Male 
with  a large  subguiar  vocal  sac.  From  snout  to  vent  19 
millim. 

Rio  Grande,  Brazil. 

Described  from  the  type  specimen  (d')  in  the  Berlin 
Museum  (no.  6806). 

Paludicola  Bischofft^  sp.  n. 

Tongue  elliptic,  entire.  Vomerine  teeth  none.  Snout 


297 


little-known  South- American  Frogs. 

subacuminate,  as  long  as  the  orbital  diameter  ; interorbital 
space  as  broad  as  the  upper  eyelid  ; tympanum  small,  very 
indistinct.  Fingers  slender,  first  considerably  shorter  than 
second  ; toes  slender,  fringed,  with  a slight  rudiment  of  web  ; 
subartlcular  tubercles  moderate,  not  conical ; a small  tarsal 
tubercle;  two  small,  oval,  metatarsal  tubercles,  which  are 
wider  apart  from  each  other  than  the  inner  from  the  tarsal 
tubercle.  The  tibio* tarsal  articulation  reaches  the  anterior 
corner  of  the  eye.  Skin  smooth,  with  a few  very  fine  oblique 
or  sinuous  folds  above  ; no  lumbar  gland.  Pale  olive  above, 
with  darker  insuliform  spots  on  the  back  and  cross  bars  on 
the  hind  limbs  ; a black  band,  edged  above  with  a fine  whitish 
line,  extends  from  the  end  of  the  snout,  through  the  nostril, 
the  eye,  and  the  eai',  to  the  side,  obliquely  descending  and 
gradually  Avidening  from  behind  the  eye ; lower  surfaces 
whitish,  mottled  with  brown  round  the  jaw  and  on  the  throat 
and  breast.  From  snout  to  vent  29  millim. 

Mundo  Novo,  Rio  Grande  do  Sul. 

A single  female  specimen,  obtained  by  Hr.  Th.  BischofF. 

Paludicola  Olfersii. 

Phryniscus  Olfersii^  Martens,  Nom.  Mus.  Berol.  p.  40. 

Nattereria  lateristriga,  Steind.  Verb,  zool.-bot.  Ges.  Wien,  1864, 
p.  279,  pi.  xiv.  fig.  2. 

Paludicola  Olfersii,  Peters,  SB.  Ges.  nat.  Freunde,  1882,  p.  62. 

Tongue  elliptic,  entire.  Vomerine  teeth  none.  Snout 
subacuminate,  nearly  as  long  as  the  orbital  diameter ; inter- 
orbital space  as  broad  as  the  upper  eyelid  ; tympanum  hidden. 
Fingers  slender,  first  not  extending  as  far  as  second  ; toes 
slender,  free,  not  fringed;  two  small  metatarsal  tubercles, 
inner  oval,  outer  round  ; no  tarsal  tubercle  ; no  tarsal  fold. 
The  tibio-tarsal  articulation  reaches  the  anterior  corner  of  the 
eye.  Skin  smooth,  without  folds;  no  lumbar  gland.  Pale 
brown  above,  with  darker  symmetrical  markings  and  cross 
bands  on  the  hind  limbs  ; a light  streak  along  the  coccyx  ; a 
blackish  band  from  the  end  of  the  snout  to  the  groin,  passing 
through  the  eye,  gradually  widening  and  obliquely  descending 
from  behind  the  eye ; the  band  is  sharply  defined  and  finely 
white-edged  above  and  between  the  eye  and  the  shoulder; 
lower  surfaces  whitish,  throat  and  breast  mottled  with  brown. 
From  snout  to  vent  28  millim. 

Brazil. 

A half-grown  female  specimen,  one  of  the  types,  presented 
to  the  author  by  Professor  Peters  in  1882,  is  in  the  British 
Museum. 


298 


Mr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  on  new  or 

Liuperus  elegans^  Peters,  of  which  I examined  the  type  in 
the  Berlin  Museum,  belongs  to  the  genus  Hylodes^  and  is 
very  closely  allied  to  K.  hogotensis^  Peters,  from  which  it 
differs  in  the  smaller  digital  expansions.  The  vomerine 
teeth,  very  indistinct,  appear  to  be  in  two  small  rounded 
groups  behind  the  line  of  the  choange.  Liuperus  nitidus^ 
Peters,  is  probably  likewise  not  a Paludicola ; but  I could 
not  examine  the  sternum. 

Hyla  marginata^  sp.  n. 

Tongue  broader  than  long,  entire,  posterior  fourth  free. 
Vomerine  teeth  in  two  transverse  oval  groups,  close  together, 
on  a line  with  the  posterior  border  of  the  clioange,  which  are 
of  moderate  size  and  much  larger  than  the  eustachian  tubes. 
Head  moderate,  broader  than  long  ; snout  rounded,  shorter 
than  the  diameter  of  the  orbit ; cant  bus  rostralis  angular ; 
loreal  region  not  very  oblique,  concave ; nostril  nearer  the 
end  of  the  snout  than  the  eye  ; interorbital  space  broader  than 
the  upper  eyelid ; tympanum  distinct,  half  the  diameter  of 
the  eye.  Fingers  one-third  webbed  ; a distinct  rudiment  of 
pollex ; toes  about  three-fifths  webbed ; disks  a little  smaller 
than  the  tympanum ; subarticular  tubercles  moderate ; no 
tarsal  fold.  The  tibio-tarsal  articulation  reaches  halfway 
between  the  eye  and  the  end  of  the  snout.  Skin  smooth  ; 
belly  with  large  granules ; throat  indistinctly  granulate. 
Upper  surface  of  head  and  tibia  and  back  finely  powdered 
with,  brown  on  a colourless  ground ; a few  small  dark  brown 
spots  on  the  head  and  back,  one  on  each  upper  eyelid  ; a dark 
brown  line  from  the  end  of  the  snout,  along  the  canthus 
rostralis  and  supraciliary  edge,  above  the  tympanum,  and 
along  each  side  of  the  body  as  far  as  the  sacral  region,  also 
along  the  outer  side  of  the  forearm  and  tibia ; a transverse 
dark  brown  streak,  edged  above  with  white,  above  the  vent 
and  at  the  heel ; a white  line  round  the  upper  lip ; lower 
surfaces  colourless.  From  snout  to  vent  50  millim. 

Mundo  Novo,  Bio  Grande  do  Sul. 

A single  female  specimen,  collected  by  Hr.  Bischoff. 

Apparently  related  to  H.  ruhicundula^  B.  & L. 

Ilyla  BiscJioffi^  sp.  n. 

Tongue  circular,  entire,  and  slightly  free  behind.  Vome- 
rine teeth  in  a strong,  scarcely  interrupted,  transverse  series, 
on  a line  with  the  hinder  edge  of  the  choanae,  which  are  of 
moderate  size  and  larger  than  the  eustachian  tubes.  Head 
rather  large,  rather  strongly  depressed,  slightly  broader  than 


299 


little-known  South- American  Frogs, 

long ; snout  rounded,  as  long  as  the  diameter  of  the  orbit ; 
canthus  rostral  is  angular  ; loreal  region  very  oblique,  con- 
cave ; nostril  nearer  the  end  of  the  snout  than  the  eye  ; inter- 
orbital space  as  broad  as  the  upper  eyelid  ; tympanum  very 
distinct,  half  the  diameter  of  the  eye.  Fingers  one-fourth 
webbed ; a distinct  rudiment  of  pollex ; toes  half-webbed  ; 
disks  smaller  than  the  tympanum  ; subarticular  tubercles 
moderate ; a very  slight  fold  along  the  inner  edge  of  the 
tarsus.  The  tibio-tarsal  articulation  reaches  halfway  between 
the  eye  and  the  end  of  the  snout.  Skin  smooth  above  ; belly 
and  lower  surface  of  thighs  with  large,  throat  with  smaller, 
granules.  Greyish  or  pale  brown  above,  with  or  without 
large  brown  spots  and  a brown  line  along  the  middle  of  the 
head  and  anterior  half  of  body  ; a dark  brown  band  from  the 
end  of  the  snout  to  above  the  shoulder,  passing  through  the 
nostril  and  the  eye  and  over  the  tympanum  ; a dark  brown 
line  borders  the  upper  and  the  lower  lip  ; a dark  brown  streak 
along  the  outer  side  of  the  tibia  ; hinder  side  of  thighs  light, 
with  vertical  black  bars;  lower  surfaces  white.  From  snout 
to  vent  55  millim. 

Mundo  Novo,  Eio  Grande  do  Sul. 

Two  female  specimens,  collected  by  Hr.  Bischoff. 

Allied  to  H.  pulchella^  D.  & B.,  but  well  distinguished  by 
the  larger  head  with  much  more  oblique  lores. 

Hyla  zehra^  H.  & B. 

Tongue  circular,  indistinctly  nicked,  posterior  fourth  free. 
Vomerine  teeth  in  two  small  groups  in  the  middle  between 
the  choangs ; latter  moderate,  a little  larger  than  the  eusta- 
chian  tubes.  Head  moderately  large,  a little  broader  than 
long ; snout  rounded,  nearly  as  long  as  the  diameter  of  the 
orbit ; canthus  rostralis  obtuse  ; loreal  region  nearly  vertical ; 
nostril  nearer  the  end  of  the  snout  than  the  eye ; interorbital 
space  as  broad  as  the  upper  eyelid ; tympanum  very  distinct, 
half  the  diameter  of  the  eye.  Fingers  one- third  webbed  ; a 
distinct  rudiment  of  pollex ; toes  two  thirds  webbed ; disks 
a little  smaller  than  the  tympanum  ; subarticular  tubercles 
moderate  ; a strong  fold  along  the  inner  edge  of  the  tarsus. 
The  tibio-tarsal  articulation  reaches  halfway  between  the  eye 
and  the  end  of  the  snout.  Upper  surfaces  glandular,  the 
glandules  most  distinct  on  the  head  and  limbs,  but  present 
also  on  the  back ; belly  and  lower  surface  of  thighs  with 
large,  throat  with  smaller  granules.  Brown  above,  with  large 
blackish  spots  on  the  sides  and  blackish  bars  across  the  front 
and  posterior  sides  of  the  thighs,  alternating  with  lighter 


300  Prof.  McIntosh’s  Notes  from  the 

bands;  bell j white,  throat  brown.  From  snout  to  vent  63 
millim. 

Buenos  Ayres. 

Described  from  one  of  the  type  specimens  (?)  in  tlie  Paris 
Museum,  kindly  communicated  by  Prof.  Vaillant. 


XXXVII. — Notes  from  the  St.  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory 
[under  the  Fishery  Board  for  Scotland). — No.  VIII.  By 
Prof.  McIntosh,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.,  &c. 

1.  On  a Post-larval  Lahi'us,  with  Remarks  on  the  Colour  of  Pelvic 

Fins. 

2.  On  the  Post-larval  Condition  of  Liparis  Montagui. 

3.  On  a peculiar  Teleostean  Yolk-sac. 

4.  General  Remarks  on  Post-larval  Food-Fishes. 

1.  On  a Post-larval  Labrus,  ivith  Remarks  on  the  Colour 
of  Pelvic  Fins. 

While  lately  (middle  of  September)  using  the  large  mid- 
water net,  which  has  proved  so  valuable  in  regard  to  the 
life-histories  of  marine  forms,  a young  wrasse,  about  11  millim. 
in  length,  was  captured,  which,  from  the  length  of  the  anal 
fin  and  other  characters  approaches  Labrus  mixtus^  but  appears 
to  be  only  a post-larval  example  of  Labrus  maculatus,  though 
further  examination  is  necessary  on  this  point. 

This  young  wrasse  shows  boldly  marked  white  touches  on 
a greenish  ground  variegated  with  brown  pigment.  The 
general  hue,  indeed,  is  greenish  brown  with  various  bands  and 
patches.  Thus  the  head  has  two  white  touches  (each  some- 
wdiat  crescentric  in  form)  over  the  brain,  and  a transverse  one 
in  front  of  the  dorsal  fin.  A brown  band  passes  from  the  middle 
of  the  eye  forward  on  the  snout  and  in  line  with  the  brown 
bar  on  the  tip  of  the  mandible.  Another  brown  bar  extends 
from  the  eye  downward  and  forward,  a third  touch  occurs  on 
the  hyoid,  and  two  or  three  bars  exist  elsewhere  on  the 
head.  The  eyes  are  pale  greenish  with  golden  arches  supe- 
riorly, and  a band  of  brownish  red  surrounds  the  pupil,  except 
inferiorly,  where  it  is  almost  absent.  This  reddish  belt  has 
a process  anteriorly  and  posteriorly. 

The  body  is  conspicuously  marked  with  eight  white  spots, 
the  first  being  near  the  pectorals,  the  last  in  the  centre  of  the 
base  of  the  tail.  These  spots  are  situated  above  the  lateral 
line.  Five  opaque  white  spots  again  occur  above  the  former, 
two  sending  prolongations  to  the  tip  of  the  dorsal  fin,  and  a 


St.  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory.  301 

third  partially.  Four  specks  of  white  are  placed  along  the 
ventral  margin,  two  lying  in  the  basal  line  of  the  anal  fin. 
A few  minute  specks  occupy  the  space  between  the  latter  and 
the  larger  upper  series.  Large  silvery  patches,  again,  extend 
from  beneath  the  eye  to  the  end  of  the  abdomen.  A few 
brown  specks  appear  on  the  ventral  surface  in  front  of  the 
pelvic  fins,  and  two  boldly  marked  brown  touches  lie  in  the 
median  line  between  the  latter  and  the  anus. 

Besides  the  white  touches  which  enliven  the  dorsal  fin 
an  opaque  brownish  one  occurs  in  front.  The  soft  rays  of 
this  fin  have  not  yet  attained  the  proportionally  elongated  con- 
dition of  the  adult  organ.  Tlie  pectorals  are  large  and 
somewhat  transparent,  their  very  rapid  vibratory  movement 
resembling  that  of  Hippocampus  and  the  Syngnathidse. 
A brown  bar,  however,  marks  their  fleshy  basal  region, 
which  in  these  and  many  other  post-larval  fishes  is  much 
larger  in  proportion  than  in  the  adult — a condition  pro- 
bably connected  with  increased  functional  activity.  The 
ventral  fins  are  opaque  white,  with  a brownish  belt  in  front 
(anterior  rays)  ; this  belt,  moreover,  joining  a brown  band 
which  proceeds  upward  to  the  base  of  the  pectorals,  v/here 
it  bends  nearly  at  a right  angle  straight  backward  to  the 
posterior  part  of  the  abdominal  wall.  The  anal  fin  has  a 
brown  patch  (covering  two  rays)  in  front.  None  of  the  blue, 
yellow,  or  orange,  so  common  in  the  adult,  had  yet  appeared. 

After  immersion  in  spirit  only  the  dark  pigment  remains, 
and  thus  the  body  has  a peculiarly  blotched  or  speckled 
appearance  posteriorly,  while  the  head  and  abdomen  are 
striped. 

The  colour  of  the  ventral  fins  in  the  post-larval  forms  of 
diverse  families  of  fishes  is  apparently  a feature  of  moment. 
Thus  the  post-larval  Motella  has  its  enormous  white  ven- 
trals  tipped  with  black,  as  Alex.  Agassiz  clearly  describes 
and  figures.  The  young  cod,  haddock,  and  whiting  have 
pure  white  ventrals  terminated  by  a long  whip-like  process 
at  the  end  of  the  second  anterior  (or  outer)  ray.  The  great 
ventrals  of  the  post-larval  ling  are  conspicuously  tinted  of  an 
ochre-yellow.  The  colour  of  the  huge  ventrals  of  the 
fishing-frog  is  not  mentioned  by  Gunther  or  Agassiz,  but  it 
is  not  unlikely  that  the  post-larval  pigment  in  this  form  also 
is  peculiar.  The  pelagic  habits  of  many  fishes  at  this  stage 
are  probably  associated  with  these  peculiar  tints,  just  as  both 
sides  of  most  post-larval  Pleuronectid96  are  tinted  for  a time, 
as  the  ventral  surface  of  the  large  abdomen  of  Callionymus 
at  this  stage  is  of  a dusky  blackish  hue,  and  as  the  abdomen 
in  certain  post-larval  Gotti  is  furnished  with  a broad  and 
conspicuous  belt  of  black. 

Ann.  tb  Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol,  xx.  21 


Prof.  McIntosh’s  Notes  from  the 


,^02 

It  is  interesting  that  rock-frequenting  species,  like  the  pre- 
sent form,  CydopteruSy  and  others,  should  display  such  vivid 
tints  both  in  the  post-larval  and  occasionally  in  the  adult 
condition. 

2.  On  the  Post-larval  Condition  ^^Liparis  Montagui. 

In  former  notes*  mention  has  been  made  of  the  ova  and 
larval  condition  of  this  species.  The  chief  peculiarities  of 
the  post-larval  form,  about  10  millim.  in  length,  may  now  be 
indicated.  In  this  specimen  the  notochord  still  projects  supe- 
riorly from  the  tip  of  the  tail,  and  the  hypural  edge  is  almost 
vertical.  The  caudal  region  with  its  fin-rays  is  bluntly  conical. 

A marked  feature  is  the  elevation  of  the  first  region  of  the 
dorsal  fin  and  its  wider  rays,  a differentiation  perhaps  indi- 
cating the  relationship  with  a form  in  which  such  is  present 
in  the  adult,  or  marking  the  region  which  in  others  becomes 
the  first  dorsal.  This  elevation  disappears  in  the  adult.  The 
head  and  cheeks  have  a few  black  specks,  and  these  also  occur 
on  the  anterior  region  of  the  body.  The  pectorals  are  speckled 
in  a similar  manner.  The  elongated  rays  of  these  fins  are 
not  yet  developed,  so  that  this  is  a subsequent  character ; 
their  margins  trend  evenly  from  the  anterior  part  of  the 
sucker  backwards  and  upwards. 

The  difference  in  regard  to  the  size  of  the  eye  of  such  a 
species  as  this  and  one  of  the  post-larval  Gadoids  is  marked, 
the  large  eyes  of  the  latter  being  diagnostic,  and  probably 
associated  with  their  greater  adroitness  and  rapidity  in  catch- 
ing minute  prey. 

3.  On  a peculiar  Teleostean  Yolk-sac. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  larval  fishes  of  this  season 
(1887)  at  the  Laboratory  was  an  unknown  form  (though 
there  are  some  grounds  for  associating  it  with  the  gunnel), 
distinguished  amongst  all  others  with  which  we  are  at  present 
acquainted  by  the  remarkable  peculiarity  of  the  presence  of  a 
large  portion  of  the  liver  in  the  yolk-sac.  A full  description, 
with  figures,  of  this  elongated  and  very  hardy  species  will  be 
given  by  Mr.  Prince  and  myself  in  the  Researches  ” from 
the  Laboratory ; but  it  may  be  mentioned  that  the  yolk-sac 
is  directed  downwards  and  forwards  from  the  body  of  the  fish, 
and  is  slightly  opaque,  while  the  oil-globule  is  of  crystalline 
transluceney  and  furnished  with  a thick  protoplasmic  invest- 
ment. Though  the  globule  is  near  the  inferior  border  of  the 
sac,  yet  it  is  close  to  the  heart,  from  the  shortness  of  the  sac. 
The  liver  proceeds  downwards  on  the  left  side,  and  extends 

* Ami.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  June  1885,  and  Reports  to  the  Fishery 
Board  for  Scotland,  1885  and  1886. 


St.  Andrews  Marine  Laboratory.  303 

posteriorly  to  the  fundus  of  the  sac,  its  tissue  insinuating 
itself  between  the  yolk  and  its  proper  covering  and  the  yolk- 
sac.  The  rounded  gall-bladder  lies  at  the  posterior  and  upper 
region  of  the  latter,  and  after  the  absorption  of  most  of  the 
yolk  and  the  consequent  forward  displacement  of  the  oil- 
globule  this  large  sac  remained  very  conspicuous.  The  ali- 
mentary canal  in  the  advanced  forms  presents  two  marked 
constrictions,  one  behind  the  gall-bladder  and  another  a little 
in  front  of  the  anus,  which  occurs  near  the  middle  of  the  body, 
a feature,  after  absorption  of  the  yolk-sac,  that  at  once  dis- 
tinguishes them  from  the  larval  herring,  in  which  the  anus 
lies  very  far  back.  The  conspicuous  gall-bladder  is  also 
diagnostic  when  compared  with  the  larval  sand-eel,  in  which 
the  anus  is  likewise  more  or  less  median  in  position. 

4.  General  Remarks  on  Post-larval  Food-Fishes. 

There  seems  to  be  a community  in  habit  amongst  the  post- 
larval  Gadoids,  especially,  so  far  as  present  knowledge  goes,  in 
the  case  of  the  cod  and  whiting,  though  probably  also  in  the 
haddock,  just  as  there  is  a community  in  regard  to  their  ova. 
In  the  early  post-larval  stages  of  the  cod  and  whiting  close 
resemblances  exist,  especially  after  preservation  in  spirit,  but 
they  are  easily  discriminated  after  reaching  the  length  of 
about  five  eighths  of  an  inch.  They  roam  throughout  the 
deeper  parts  of  the  neighbouring  sea,  but  are  not  confined 
thereto,  some  being  occasionally  found  in  the  upper  regions 
and  some  in  the  shallow  water  (4-5  fathoms).  They  are  met 
with,  however,  in  greatest  numbers  in  the  regions  near  the 
bottom  in  their  post-larval  stages. 

It  is  doubtful  if  the  migrations  described  by  Prof.  G.  O. 
Sars  in  the  case  of  the  cod  can,  in  the  light  of  present  facts, 
be  accepted  as  the  rule  in  this  or  in  allied  species.  The 
floating  eggs  are  carried  (if  they  are  not  already  there)  into 
shallow  as  well  as  into  deep  water,  and  thus  the  post-larval 
fishes  are  common  in  both  regions.  Most,  however,  probably 
occur  on  or  near  the  grounds  frequented  by  the  adults,  and 
hence  it  is  that  far  from  shore  young  post-larval  forms  are 
even  more  numerous  than  in  shallow  or  other  water  near 
land.  The  same  applies  to  certain  flat  fishes,  such  as  the 
witch  [Fleur onectes  cynoglossus)  ^ the  young  of  which  keep 
near  the  ground  frequented  by  the  adult  and  do  not  migrate 
to  any  extent  into  other  regions. 

The  older  post-larval  forms  of  the  cod  and  its  allies,  as 
already  described,  seek  in  the  various  bays  the  margin  of  the 
rocks  in  search  of  the  abundant  food  there ; but  it  is  not  proved 
that  there  is  any  general  migration  from  deep  to  shallow 

21* 


304  Mr.  J.  A.  Murray  on  a new  Species  c^Zyga^na. 

water,  as  Prof.  Sars  thinks.  Similar  forms  occur  in  deep 
water  and  in  the  neighbourhood  of  isolated  rocks,  such  as  the 
Bell  Kock,  and  especially  on  the  grounds  frequented  by  the 
adult. 


XXXVIII. — A new  Species  of  from  the  Kurrachee 

Harbour.  By  James  A.  Murray,  Viet.  Nat.  Hist.  Inst.* 

Zygeena  dissimilisj  sp.  nov. 

(Ex  Journ.  Bomb.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.) 

Anterior  edge  of  head  sinuately  curved.  No  groove  running 
along  it.  Length  of  the  hammer  from  eye  to  eye  26  inches  ; 
from  the  middle  13  inches.  Each  of  its  hind  lateral  expan- 
sions 10  inches  ; its  width  near  the  eye  6*5  inches,  or  less 
than  the  length.  Eye  situated  at  the  upper  third  of  the  ex- 
ternal edge  of  the  lobe  of  the  head,  and  2 inches  below  the 
outer  edge  of  the  nostril.  Teeth  very  slightly  oblique,  as 
broad  at  base  as  long,  with  an  indistinct  notch  laterally  and 
serrated  on  both  edges  to  near  the  tip.  They  are  convex 
before  and  behind,  with  an  oblong  nodose  prominence  mesially 
at  the  base  on  the  outer  surface.  The  1 st  dorsal  arises  from 
a little  more  than  an  inch  inside  the  extreme  hind  edge  of 
the  pectoral  fin  ; it  is  falcate  in  shape  and  measures  along  the 
curve  to  tip  25  inches ; the  greatest  width  to  hind  prolonga- 
tion at  the  base  15*75  inches.  Pectoral  fin  18  x 12  inches, 
or  one  third  longer  than  broad.  Second  dorsal  arises  from 
opposite  the  anal ; it  is  triangularly  concave  behind,  and  not 
straight  as  depicted  in  the  plates  of  Zygeena  malleus^  Blochij 
and  Tudes  in  Hay’s  Fishes  of  India,  and  it  has  also  an  elon- 
gated process  at  base.  Ventral  fin  11  x 10*5  inches,  also 
triangularly  concave  behind,  and  not  straight  as  in  the  other 
species.  Anal  fin  7 x 11  inches,  concave  behind,  the  dis- 
tance fromjts  insertion  to  the  tip  of  the  elongate  process  of 
the  ventral  5 inches.  A pit  at  the  root  of  the  caudal ; upper 
caudal  lobe  falcate,  lower  proportionally  longer  than  in  the 
other  species.  Colours  brownish  grey  throughout,  except  a 
width  of  10  inches  on  the  under  surface,  and  the  under  surface 
of  the  hammer,  where  it  is  white. 

The  following  are  the  measurements  of  this  species  taken 
in  the  flesh  : — 

* From  the  ^ Indian  Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  Science/ June 
1887,  pp.  90-92. 


Dr.  W.  Muller  on  the  Scent-organs  in  Phiyganidae.  305 


Total  length  to  tip  of  upper  caudal  lobe  .... 

Length  of  upper  caudal  lobe 

„ lower  „ 

Height  of  1st  dorsal  over  curve 

„ „ (vertical)  to  tip  

Width  of  „ to  tip  of  elongate  process 

Height  of  2nd  dorsal 

Width  of  „ 

Length  of  pectoral  fin 

Width  „ 

Length  of  ventral  fin 

Width  „ 

Anal  fin,  length  

„ width  


feet. 

10 

3 

1 

2 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 


inches. 

^2 

1 

9 

3 

8 

11 


0 

11 


lOi 

11 


Diameter  of  eye  1*25  ineh  ; width  of  mouth  9*75  inches. 

Hindmost  (5th)  gill-opening  smallest. 

Log.  Kurrachee.  Captured  on  the  20th  April,  1884. 
Type  in  the  Kurrachee  Museum. 

This  species  differs  from  all  the  known  forms,  first,  by 
having  its  teeth  serrated  on  the  edges  instead  of  smooth  ; 
and,  next,  in  having  no  prolonged  groove  along  the  entire 
front  margin  of  the  hammer.  From  Z.  malleus  by  the  less 
curvature  of  the  head,  also  by  the  length  of  the  hind  margin 
of  one  side  of  the  hammer  being  more  than  its  greatest  width 
near  the  eye,  and  by  the  shape  and  position  of  the  fins, 
especially  the  2nd  dorsal  and  ventral  fins,  which  are  concave 
behind  instead  of  being  straight.  It  is  nearest  Z.  molcarran 
(Gunther,  Cat.  Fish.  B.  M.),  but  the  length  of  the  hind 
margin  of  one  of  the  lateral  expansions  is  greater  than  the 
width  near  the  eye,  instead  of  being  equal  as  in  that  species, 
and  the  anterior  margin  of  the  hammer  does  not  form  a right 
angle  with  the  lateral  lobe. 

This  makes  the  third  species  of  shark  lately  described  from 
the  Kurrachee  Harbour.  The  first  is  Carcharias  Mui'rayi^ 
Gunther,  the  next  Lamna  Giintheri^  Murray,  and  the  present 
one  the  third.  It  is  a question  now  whether  these  three 
species  extend  their  range  along  the  Beloochistan  and  Bom- 
bay coasts. 


XXXIX. — Scent-organs  in  Phryganidae. 

By  Dr.  Wilhelm  Muller*. 

When  I first  captured  a male  of  Sericostorna  [S.  personatum^ 
K.  & Sp.)j  in  August  1885,  and,  induced  by  the  remarkable 

* Translated  from  the  ^ Archiv  fiir  Naturgescliichte,’  Jahrg.  xxxv. 
pp.  95-97. 


306  Dr.  W.  Muller  ow  the  Scent-organs  in  Phryganids0. 

form  of  the  head,  dissected  the  animal,  the  inflated  palpi, 
which,  as  is  well  known,  give  the  head  its  peculiar  appear- 
ance and  cover  it  like  a mask,  at  once  reminded  me  of  the 
scent-organs  of  the  Lepidoptera,  and  especially  the  hair-tufts 
of  the  Satyridse.  There  may,  perhaps,  be  some  hesitation 
about  recognizing  any  resemblance  in  this  instance,  but  at 
any  rate  the  comparison  led  me  to  the  correct  interpretation 
of  the  organs  in  question,  although  at  first  it  did  not  seem  an 
easy  matter  to  obtain  any  proof  of  the  correctness  of  this  in- 
terpretation. 

To  me  it  was  a confirmation  of  my  hypothesis  that,  as  I 
satisfied  myself  from  individuals  taken  in  copula^  these  pecu- 
liarly modified  palpi  only  occur  in  the  males  (which,  how- 
ever, has  long  been  known).  An  experimental  proof,  usually 
to  be  obtained  easily  in  the  Lepidoptera,  could  not,  however, 
be  arrived  at,  and  this  was  due  to  the  fact  that  the  animals 
could  not  be  induced  to  unfold  their  scent-organs  by  pressure 
or  similar  manipulations,  the  cause  of  which  is  to  be  found 
in  the  peculiar  mechanism  of  the  process.  Finally,  an  indi- 
vidual which  I probably  captured  during  courtship  favoured 
me  by  spreading  out  his  palpi  and  unfolding  the  hair-tufts 
lying  in  them,  when  the  hair-tufts  surrounded  the  head  like 
a halo,  and  then  I was  able  by  pressure  to  prevent  the  animal 
from  folding  up  the  tufts.  In  this  individual  I remarked,  as 
also  did  a second  person,  under  whose  nose  I held  the  animal, 
a distinct  odour  nearly  resembling  that  of  vanilla,  and  thus  is 
furnished  the  proof  that  the  dilated  palpi  of  the  males  of 
Bericostoma  serve  as  scent-organs. 

a further  observation  bearing  upon  this  subject  I may 
state  that  of  numerous  male  and  female  individuals  of  Beri- 
costoma jpersonatum  which  I kept  alive  in  a large  glass  vessel, 
a male  placed  himself  in  front  of  a female  and  then  unfolded 
his  hair-tufts. 

As  regards  the  form  and  structure  of  the  organs  in  question, 
having  neglected  to  preserve  the  animals  in  spirits,  I was 
Fig.  1.  Fig.  2. 


Sericostoma personatum,  K.  & Sp. 

1,  Female  j 2,  male.  Mxp,  maxillary  palpus. 


Dr.  W.  Miiller  on  the  Scent-organs  in  Phiyganidae.  307 

confined  to  dry  material  and  compelled  to  give  up  any  inves- 
tigation of  the  minute  structure. 

In  the  place  of  the  four  extended  joints  of  the  maxillary 
palpus  which  we  find  in  the  female  (fig.  1),  the  male  pos- 
sesses a single  terminal  joint  (fig.  2,  Mxp)  formed  by  the 
amalgamation  of  several  joints.  It  is  of  a very  peculiar  form, 
nearly  like  a spoon.  The  margin  turned  away  from  the  head 
is  dilated  inwards  and  closely  applied  to  the  margin  of  the 
corresponding  joint  of  the  other  side.  On  the  other  side  the 
spoons  lie  so  close  to  the  head  that  they  seem  to  form  a part 
of  the  latter  and  cover  it  in  front  like  a mask ; and  thus  is 
produced  on  all  sides  a very  complete  closure,  which  prevents 
the  evaporation  of  the  scented  secretion  within  the  spoons. 
The  interior  of  these  spoons  is  entirely  filled  with  very  fine 
hairs,  which  originate  at  the  base  of  the  spoons  and  on  the 
side  turned  away  from  the  head  (of  course  on  their  inner  sur- 
face). These  hairs  are  pale  coloured,  slightly  clavate,  and 
attain  a length  of  about  1 millim.  As  already  stated,  the 
animal  is  able  to  separate  and  spread  out  the  palpi  (how  must 
remain  unsettled  for  the  present)  and  at  the  same  time  to 
unfold  the  tufts  of  hair. 

Thus  we  find,  as  is  generally  the  case  in  the  scent-organs 
of  the  Lepidoptera,  an  enclosure  which  ordinarily  protects  the 
scented  secretion  from  evaporation,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  an 
arrangement  by  which  at  the  proper  moment  a large  surface 
is  presented  for  evaporation,  so  as  to  effect  a great  develop- 
ment of  the  scent. 

In  the  Phiyganidae  there  are  pretty  frequently  secondary 
sexual  characters,  and  it  seems  not  improbable  that  fre- 
quently, or  at  any  rate  in  some  cases,  these  have  to  do  with 
scent-organs.  I may  refer  in  the  first  place  to  Notidohia  *, 
in  which,  according  to  Brauer,  the  maxillary  palpi  are  boat- 
shaped and  stand  in  the  same  relation  to  the  forehead  as  in 
Sericostoma^  and,  further,  to  Aspatherium  f,  in  which  the 
maxillary  palpi  in  the  male  are  short  and  strongly  hairy, 
although  not  dilated.  In  Eedisopteryx  and  Halesus\  there  is 
in  the  male  at  the  base  of  the  hind  wing  a folded  pouch  with  a 
pencil  of  hairs.  A similar  sac  occurs,  according  to  MacLach- 
lan§,  in  the  genus  Drusus.  Further,  Fritz  Miiller  states  that 
on  the  maxillary  palpi  of  the  male  Grumichce  there  are  hair- 
tufts  which  probably  serve  as  scent-apparatus,  as  also  that 
in  the  wonderful  antennic  of  the  males  of  PeltopsycJie  he  is 
inclined  to  see  scent-apparatus.” 

* Brauer,  ^ Neuroptera  Austriaca  ’ (Vienna,  1857),  p.  43. 

t Loc.  cit,  p.  42.  t Loc.  cit.  pp.  4(),  47. 

§ MacLachlan,  ‘ Revision  of  European  Trichoptera,’  p.  164. 


308 


Dr.  L.  Bohmig  on  the 


XL. — On  the  Sense-organs  of  the  Turhellaria. 

By  Dr.  L.  Bohmig  *. 

Being  engaged  in  investigations  upon  the  Dendrocoelous  and 
Hhabdocoelous  Turhellaria,  I wish  here  to  communicate  what 
I have  at  present  ascertained  with  regard  to  their  sense- 
organs,  as  the  publication  of  my  larger  memoirs  relating  to 
the  general  structure  must  be  delayed  for  some  time  in  conse- 
quence of  the  accumulation  of  material  and  the  preparation  of 
figures. 

A comparison  of  my  preparations  of  Planaria  go7iocephala ^ 
Duj.,  with  the  figures  and  descriptions  which  J.  Carri^re  has 
given  t of  the  eyes  of  Planaria  'polychroa  and  Dendrocoeluin 
lacteum  has  convinced  me  that  I am  able  to  furnish  some 
fresh  details. 

The  position  of  the  eyes  in  Planaria  gonocephala  is  the 
same  as  in  all  the  Triclades  known  to  me,  namely  in  the 
anterior  extremity  of  the  body,  described  as  the  head.  Pla- 
na7'ia  gonocephala  has  a triangular  head,  and  the  eyes  lie  in 
its  middle.  The  longitudinal  diameter  of  the  eyes  amounts 
to  about  0T8  millim.,  that  of  the  width  and  height  about  OT 
millim.  Sections  through  the  eye  allow  us  to  recognize  what 
follows. 

Each  eye  consists  of  a pigment-capsule  and  a nervous 
apparatus  ; the  pigment-capsule,  the  greater  diameter  of 
which  is  parallel  to  tlie  longitudinal  axis  of  the  animal, 
consists  of  small  blackish-brown  spherules.  The  convex 
side  of  the  capsule  is  surrounded  by  a narrow  border  of  finely 
granular  plasma,  in  which  a number  of  distinct  round  nuclei 
are  to  be  perceived.  The  great  number  of  nuclei  indicates 
that  the  pigment-capsule  has  originated  from  several  cells,  in 
opposition  to  the  eyes  of  the  Polyclades,  in  which  only  one 
nucleus  occurs  in  this  plasmatic  border. 

Before  the  opening  of  the  pigment-capsule  is  the  so-called 
ganglion  ogytimm^  which  consists  of  a central  ball  of  dotted 
substance,  around  which  peripheral  ganglion-cells  (retinal 
cells)  are  grouped.  The  central  nervous  system  is  in  con- 
nexion with  the  ball  of  dotted  substance  through  the  nervus 
opticus.  This  originates  from  a part  of  the  cerebrum  where 
the  dotted  substance  is  characterized  by  greater  fineness  and 
a nmre  homogeneous  appearance.  The  same  thing  occurs  in 

* Translated  from  tire  ‘ Zoologisclier  Anzeiger/  no.  260,  12th  Septem- 
ber, 1887,  pp.  484-488. 

t J.  Carriere,  ^‘Die  Augen  von  Planaria  iwlychroa^  O.  Schm.,  und 
Pohjcelis  7iiyra,  Ehrb.,’’  in  Archiv  fiirmicrosc.  Anat.  Bd.  xx.  Heft  2 ; and 
“ Die  Sehorgane  der  Thiere.” 


309 


Sense-organs  of  the  Turhellaria. 

many  Gasteropoda,  e.  g.  Helix  jpomatia^  in  which  also  the 
part  of  the  dotted  substance  from  which  the  sense-nerves 
and,  indeed,  especially  the  nervus  opticus  are  given  off 
is  distinguished  from  the  rest  by  the  above-mentioned 
properties. 

The  cells  of  the  ganglion  opticum  possess  a large  nucleus, 
which  is  surrounded  by  only  a narrow  plasmatic  border. 
They  are  unipolar,  but  this  process  divides  immediately  into 
a number  of  smaller  ones,  which,  so  far  as  I could  ascertain, 
all  but  one  enter  into  the  dotted  substance,  probably  to  unite 
here  with  each  other  and  with  the  fibres  of  the  nervus  opticus. 
One  of  the  fibres  produced  by  the  division  of  a cell-process 
turns,  however,  towards  the  aperture  of  the  pigment-capsule, 
and  before  entering  it  undergoes  a more  or  less  strong  geni- 
culation.  In  the  cavity  of  the  pigment-capsule  it  swells  into 
tlie  so-called  terminal  club.  These  terminal  clubs  completely 
fill  up  the  pigment-capsule.  Hitherto  they  have  been 
described  as  hyaline  structureless  formations ; in  Planaria 
gonocephala  they  present  a more  complex  structure.  The 
fibres  in  question  become  thickened  first  of  all  into  a small 
pestle-like  formation,  which  sometimes  shows  a fine  longitu- 
dinal striation.  Upon  this,  like  a hood,  is  seated  a crescenti- 
form,  finely  granulated,  terminal  piece,  and  between  the  two 
there  is  intercalated  a thin,  hyaline,  intermediate  plate.  In 
Planaria  Iheringii"^  I do  not  find  the  intermediate  plate;  in 
this  the  terminal  piece  enveloped  the  club  for  a certain 
distance. 

I have  been  unable  to  detect  any  lenses  or  lentiform  struc- 
tures. I suppose  that  the  function  of  the  lens  is  performed 
by  the  parenchymatous  tissue  situated  between  the  retina  and 
the  epithelium,  which  during  life  is  viscous  and  transparent. 
I regard  as  the  retina  the  ganglion  opticum  and  the  terminal 
clubs,  as  has  already  been  done  by  others. 

Among  the  Rhabdocoelous  Turhellaria  I have  hitherto 
particularly  devoted  my  attention  to  the  Alloiocoela.  Among 
these  the  Plagiostomidm,  when  compared  with  the  Monotidte, 
possess  the  more  complex  eyes,  and  of  these  two  or  four. 

Vorticeros  auriculatum  possesses  two  eyes  which  are  placed 
in  direct  contact  wfith  the  brain,  as  indeed  is  the  case  in  all 
other  forms.  The  pigment  of  the  pigment-capsule  is,  in  the 
Plagiostomidse,  very  frequently  connected  by  pigment-cords 
with  the  pigment  of  the  body,  so  also  in  Vorticeros  auricu- 
latum. The  aperture  of  the  pigment-capsule  is  turned 

* Planaria  Iheringii^  a new  Tricladous  Turbellarian  from  Brazil,  de- 
scribed by  the  author  in  the  same  number  of  the  ‘ Zoologischer  Anzeiger.’ 


310 


Dr.  L.  Boliraig  on  the 

towards  one  side ; its  larger  axis  is  placed  perpendicularly  to 
the  long  axis  of  the  body. 

The  pigment-capsule  of  each  eye  is  divided  by  a median 
pigmental  septum  into  an  anterior  and  a posterior  chamber. 
1 have  been  unable  to  detect  any  plasmatic  border  wdth  nuclei 
around  the  pigment-capsule  ; nevertheless  it  does  not  follow 
that  it  is  really  deficient.  The  pigmental  septum  of  course 
causes  the  pigment-capsule  to  possess  two  apertures,  each  of 
which  is  closed  by  a lentiform  cell  with  a distinct  nucleus  and 
nucleolus  which  lies  upon  it.  This  cell,  however,  is  not 
placed  close  to  the  margin  of  the  capsule,  but  leaves  a small 
space  free.  The  cavity  of  each  half  of  the  pigment-capsule 
is  occupied  by  fine  bacilli  which  stand  perpendicularly  to  the 
long  axis  of  the  capsule.  They  leave  a small  central  canal 
free,  in  which,  in  certain  preparations,  I observed  extremely 
fine  fibrils.  Between  the  bacilli  there  is  a delicate  homo- 
geneous intermediate  substance.  In  the  vicinity,  especially 
at  the  margin  of  the  capsule,  there  are  numerous  small  cells 
which  are  very  similar  to  the  ganglion-cells  of  the  cerebrum, 
and  are  only  distinguished  from  them  by  a small  difference  in 
size.  They  possess  fine  processes,  of  which  I assume  that 
they  unite  with  the  bacilli ; but  this  I have  not  seen.  These 
cells  would  then  have  to  be  regarded  as  retinal  cells. 

Enterostoma  striatum  possesses  four  eyes,  two  small  ante- 
rior and  two  larger  hinder  ones.  They  all  lie  upon  the  cere- 
brum, which,  in  contrast  to  all  other  Alloiocoela  examined  by 
me,  is  cut  off  from  the  surrounding  tissues  by  a very  sharp 
fine  outline.  Enterostoma  striatum  presents  many  peculia- 
rities : thus,  for  example,  it  possesses  an  unpaired,  dorsally- 
placed  ovary.  In  the  reniform  pigment-capsule  two  globular 
pale  structures  lie  close  together,  and  these  in  very  w^ell- 
preserved  specimens  show  a distinct  longitudinal  striation. 
This  striation  is  due  to  exceedingly  delicate  bacilli,  which  are 
enclosed  in  a delicate  intermediate  substance.  In  front  of  the 
aperture  of  the  pigment-capsule  I see  here  two  large  cells 
which  produce  a closure  similar  to  that  of  the  lentiform  cells 
of  Vorticeros  auriculatum.  Small  cells,  on  which  I could  here 
and  there  detect  fine  processes,  lie  before  and  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  large  ones.  The  small  cells  stain,  especially  with 
osmium-carmine,  much  more  strongly  than  the  large  ones, 
and  also  more  intensely  than  the  ganglion-cells  of  the  cere- 
brum. In  one  case  I was  able  to  trace  such  a fine  process 
into  the  neighbourhood  of  the  striated  globular  structures. 

I regard  them  therefore  in  this  case  also  as  retinal  cells.  The 
larger  pale  cells,  both  in  Vorticeros  auriculatum  and  in  Ente- 
rostoma striatum j perhaps,  be  regarded  as  lens-cells,  as  it 


311 


Sense-organs  of  the  Turhellaria. 

is  certainly  possible  that  they  really  act  as  refractive  media,  or 
at  any  rate  are  homologous  in  their  origin  with  the  lenses  of 
other  eyes  of  Rhabdocoela. 

The  eyes  of  Plagiostoma  ochroleucum^  maculatum,  reticu- 
latum^  and  sulphur  mm  agree  essentially  in  their  structure 
with  Rie  eyes  of  Enterostoma  striatum.  Smaller  differences, 
of  course,  exist,  and  more  will  probably  be  found  on  further 
investigation.  Thus,  for  example,  the  contents  of  the  pig- 
ment-capsule in  Plagiostoma  ochroleucum  do  not  consist  of 
two  globular  structures,  as  in  Enterostoma  striatum^  but  only 
of  one.  The  tendency  to  break  up  into  several  pieces  in  the 
eyes  of  Plagiostoma  sulphur eum  is  also  known, 

I must,  however,  specially  notice  the  eyes  of  Plagiostoma 
Oirardi.  In  this  animal  the  contents  of  the  pigment-capsule 
consist  of  two  clearly  distinguishable  substances.  The  larger 
posterior  portion  of  the  capsule  is  filled  with  a perfectly  homo- 
geneous substance  which  only  becomes  faintly  coloured  by 
reagents.  In  front  of  this  there  is  a narrow  band  which  does 
not  stain  at  all,  but  shows  a distinct  horizontal  striation.  The 
limit  of  this  band  is  very  sharp  and  distinct  both  inwardly 
and  outwardly.  Before  the  pigment-capsule  there  is  an 
aggregation  of  cells,  of  which  the  central  ones  are  larger  than 
the  peripheral.  They  also  show  a difference  in  their  behaviour 
towards  colouring  materials,  the  smaller  cells  stain  more 
strongly  than  the  large  central  ones.  The  figure  given  by 
von  Graff,  in  his  monograph  of  the  Turhellaria,  of  the  eyes 
of  Plagiostoma  Girardi  does  not  agree  with  my  representa- 
tion. In  my  opinion  von  Graff  had  before  him  indifferently 
preserved  specimens,  and  crushed  preparations  in  this  case 
only  too  readily  give  rise  to  illusions.  What  von  Graff  de- 
scribes as  the  lens  is  undoubtedly  the  contents  of  the  pigment- 
capsule  shrivelled  during  preparation,  and  which  I regard  as 
the  terminal  nervous  apparatus,  I believe,  with  some  justice. 

A.  Lang  * and  I.  lijimaf  mention  in  the  Planarice  q's.- 
amined  by  them  a nervous  plexus,  which  is  readily  demon- 
strable, especially  at  the  back  of  the  animal.  In  Planaria 
gonocephala^  also,  there  is  both  at  the  dorsal  and  at  the  ven- 
tral surface  a subcutaneous  nervous  plexus,  wdiich  may  be 
particularly  demonstrated  in  the  cephalic  part,  and  here  again 
very  distinctly  in  the  auricular  processes.  In  connexion  with 
this  subcutaneous  nervous  plexus  I have  observed  in  the 
auricular  processes  an  apparatus  which  is  probably  to  be  in- 
terpreted as  a terminal  nervous  apparatus. 

* Das  Nervensystem  der  Tricladan, 

t Untersuchungen  iiber  deii  Bau  und  die  Entwicklungsgeschichte  der 
S iiss  w asser-Dendr  ocoelen . 


312  Dr.  A.  Gunther  on  Bair achians  from  Perak, 

On  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  auricles  there  is  a pit  about 
0*03  millim.  deep,  and  0*025  millim.  in  length  and  breadth, 
diminishing  downwards,  which  is  cut  off  from  its  surround- 
ings bj  a sharp  and  fine  contour.  At  the  bottom  of  the  pit 
numerous  nervous  fibres  enter  from  the  subcutaneous  nervous 
plexus,  and  these  run  to  a reniform  body  which  occupies  the 
middle  third  of  the  depression.  This  body  is  of  fibrous  struc- 
iure,  and  the  fibres  composing  it  are  apparently  confusedly 
ntermixed.  With  picrocarmine  it  stains  yellowish  red,  and 
much  more  intensely  than  the  dotted  substance  which  other- 
wise resembles  it  in  appearance.  From  the  free  surface  of 
this  body  arise  a number  of  setse,  about  0*025  millim.  in 
length  and  0*002  millim.  in  thickness,  which  project  beyond 
the  cilia  of  the  surrounding  epithelial  cells.  At  their  free 
extremities  these  filaments  are  furnished  with  small  knobs. 
The  inferior  third  of  the  pit  is  only  partially  filled  by  the  en- 
tering nerve-fibres  ; the  rest  is  occupied  by  a large  cell  about 
0*008  millim.  in  diameter,  possessing  a distinct  nucleus  which 
only  stains  faintly.  As  to  the  function  pertaining  to  this 
organ  I am  quite  in  the  dark ; it  is  perhaps  a tactile  organ. 

Hitherto  1 have  been  unable  to  find  any  other  terminal 
apparatus  of  the  nerves  either  in  Triclades  or  in  Rhabdocoela, 
with  the  exception  of  the  tactile  apparatus  at  the  anterior  ex- 
tremity of  the  body  in  Graffilla  muricicola^  already  described 
by  me  in  detail ; nevertheless  I have  often  been  able  to  trace 
the  nerves  as  far  as  the  epithelium.  The  only  other  things 
that  I might  mention  are  the  small  pale  pencils  which  I have 
found  among  the  epithelial  cells  of  the  auricular  processes  in 
Planaria  gonocepliala^  and  which  are  perhaps  connected  with 
nerve-fibres. 


XLI. — Notes  on  Bair  achians  from  Perak. 

By  Dr.  A.  Gunther,  F.B.S. 

[Plate  XVL]  - 

Mr.  L.  Wray,  Jun.,  of  the  Perak  Museum  has  again  for- 
warded to  the  British  Museum  a small  collection  of  Batra- 
chians  which  supplies  some  additional  information  for  our 
knowledge  of  the  Reptilian  fauna  of  the  interior  of  the  Malayan 
Peninsula.  I beg  to  offer  the  following  notes  on  some  of  the 
species  sent. 


Dr.  A.  Gunther  on  Batrachians  from  Perah.  313 


Rana  macrodoUj  Kulil. 

Mr.  Wray  found  this  species  on  the  hills  of  Larut,  between 
3000  and  4000  feet.  In  the  adult  female  specimen  which  he 
sent  the  tarsal  fold  of  the  skin,  which  is  generally  found  in 
this  species,  is  wanting.  Its  occasional  absence  may  also  be 
observed,  though  rarely,  in  Rana  tigrina. 

Phrynella  pulcJira^  Blgr. 

(PL  XVI.  fig.  B.) 

This  toad  was  described  and  figured  in  this  journal  (1887, 
vol.  xix.  p.  346,  pi.  X.  fig.  2)  from  two  specimens  obtained  in 
the  district  of  the  town  of  Malacca.  Mr.  Wray  has  now  sent  a 
third  specimen  from  an  altitude  of  about  3000  feet  on  the 
hills  of  Perak  which  differs  so  much  in  coloration  and  general 
appearance  from  the  types  that  Iliad  some  difficulty  in  recog- 
nizing it.  But  on  perusing  the  notes  sent  by  Mr.  Wray  with 
the  specimen  I have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  it  must  be 
referred  to  the  same  species. 

The  specimen  is  a male ; its  colour  is  now  almost  uniform 
purplish  black  above  and  below,  only  more  or  less  indistinct 
traces  of  the  ornamental  markings  being  visible  ; thus  espe- 
cially the  whitish  and  subtriangular  mark  above  the  vent  and 
a spot  of  similar  colour  on  the  heel.  Of  the  lower  parts  the 
throat  is  the  darkest,  the  remainder  being  finely  marbled  with 
brown  and  grey. 

The  extremity  of  the  snout  is  more  pointed  and  less  square 
than  in  the  figure  quoted,  the  nostrils  being  closer  together. 

The  limbs,  especially  the  toes,  are  shorter,  and  the  disks  of 
the  fingers  and  also  the  toes  broader. 

Very  singular  is  the  development  of  the  subarticular  tubercles 
of  the  fingers  (see  fig.  B).  The  proximal  portion  of  the  fingers 
is  stout  and  the  tubercles  are  dilated  into  large,  soft,  trans- 
verse pads,  two  on  each  of  the  outer  fingers  and  a single  one 
on  each  of  the  two  inner  ones.  On  the  outer  fingers  the  pads 
of  each  pair  are  close  together,  the  anterior  fitting  into  a 
hollow  of  the  posterior. 

The  tongue  is  not  entire  as  stated  in  the  original  generic 
diagnosis,  but  heart-shaped,  being  distinctly  notched  behind. 
I should  describe  the  diapophyses  of  the  sacral  vertebra  as 
much  dilated. 

Mr.  Wray  writes  about  this  specimen  as  follows  : — 

“ Above  dark  olive-brown  ; from  the  eye  an  oblique  yellow 
line  to  angle  of  mouth  ; a pale  olive-yellow  mark  across  fore- 
head, through  the  eyes,  and  down  the  sides  of  the  body  to  the 


314  Dr.  A.  Giinther  on  BatracMans  from  Perah. 

thighs.  This  band  is  minutely  spotted  with  dark  brown 
principally  along  the  centre.  There  is  also  a triangular  dark- 
centred  mark  of  the  same  colour  on  the  anal  region,  extending 
to  the  top  back  surface  of  the  thighs.  The  legs  and  arms 
banded  in  the  same  way. 

Beneath,  throat  dark  brown,  passing  into  yellowish  on 
breast ; abdomen  hair-brown,  minutely  spotted  with  whity 
brown.  Legs  and  arms,  palms  of  hands  and  feet  the  same. 
Irides  red-brown,  diamond-shaped,  horizontal.  The  colour 
and  form  of  markings  are  subject  to  considerable  variation, 
and  the  intensity  of  colour  is  in  a great  measure  subject  appa- 
rently to  the  will  of  the  animal.  It  may  range  from  dark  to 
pale  brown.  I have  not  been  able  to  find  out  why  they 
change  colour ; they  do  not  seem  to  change  when  frightened, 
nor  does  the  colour  of  the  surface  on  which  they  rest  have  any 
effect  on  them,  but  when  in  the  dark  they  are  usually  light- 
coloured,  and  when  in  the  light  dark-coloured. 

They  inhabit  the  hills  of  Perak  from  3000  feet  upwards, 
and  live  in  holes  in  trees  which  are  so  situated  as  to  contain 
more  or  less  rain-water.  They  have  a loud,  flute-like,  musical 
note,  which  they  utter  at  irregular  intervals,  principally  during 
the  night.  The  form  and  size  of  the  hole  in  which  they  are 
seems  to  have  a great  deal  to  do  with  the  loudness  of  the  note, 
as  specimens  when  extracted  from  their  holes  have  far  more 
feeble  vocal  powers  than  they  had  when  in  them.  The  pitch 
of  the  note  is  also  much  altered  by  the  resonant  properties  of 
the  cavity.  These  frogs  blow  themselves  out  with  air,  and 
look  more  like  bladders  than  anything  else.  When  inflated 
they  float  on  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  will  remain  motion- 
less for  a long  time  with  legs  and  arms  stretched  out.” 

Bufo  quadriporcatus^  Blgr. 

(PI.  XVI.  fig.  C.) 

This  species  was  described  and  figured  from  a single  and 
not  very  well-preserved  specimen,  apparently  a male,  in  this 
journal,  vol.  xix.  p.  347,  pi.  x.  fig.  4 (1887).  Mr.  Wray  has 
sent  a female  specimen  in  a better  state  of  preservation.  The 
W’hole  of  the  surface  is  densely  covered  with  larger  and  smaller 
conical  or  semiglobular  tubercles,  the  larger  tubercles  being 
placed  in  a series  continuous  with  the  parotoid,  and  in  an 
irregular  row  along  each  side  of  the  vertebral  line,  also  the 
eyelids  and  the  head  between  the  eyes  are  covered  with  small 
tubercles.  Two  metatarsal  tubercles  of  moderate  size.  There 
is  no  tarsal  fold  of  the  skin,  but  its  place  is  occupied  by  a 
row  of  four  horny  conical  tubercles,  each  with  an  acute  black 


Dr.  A.  Gunther  on  Batrachians  from  Perak.  315 

point.  Upper  parts  brownish,  marbled  with  olive,  some  of 
the  large  tubercles  surrounded  by  a black  ring  ; parotoids  and 
the  tubercles  of  the  series  behind  it  whitish,  more  or  less 
distinctly  edged  with  black  ; limbs  irregularly  barred,  lower 
parts  white,  marbled  with  brown,  especially  across  the 
stomach. 

Mr.  Wray  says  that  this  species  is  rare,  he  having  obtained 
two  specimens  only,  and  that  it  inhabits  the  hills  of  Perak 
from  800  feet  downwards. 

Polypedates  Jeprosus^  sp.  n.  (?). 

(PI.  XVI.  figs.  A,  a,  a'.) 

Habit  hyliform,  with  very  large  and  broad  head.  Vome- 
rine teeth  rudimentary,  on  a short  linear  ridge,  the  ridge  on 
each  side  being  close  to  the  choana.  No  conical  papilla  on 
the  middle  of  the  tongue.  Snout  very  broad,  with  the  can- 
thus  rostralis  angular,  and  the  loreal  region  sloping  ; nostril 
lateral,  but  close  to  the  tip  of  the  snout.  Interorbital  space 
wider  than  the  upper  eyelid.  Tympanum  distinct,  not  quite 
as  wide  as  the  eye.  Fingers  quite  free  ; toes  broadly  webbed  ; 
disks  of  fingei"S  and  toes  large,  the  largest  being  at  least  half 
the  size  of  the  tympanum  ,*  subarticular  tubercles  well  deve- 
loped, inner  metatarsal  tubercle  ovoid.  The  tibio-tarsal 
articulation  reaches  the  extremity  of  the  snout,  when  the  hind 
limb  is  drawn  forward  along  the  side  of  the  body.  All  the 
upper  and  lateral  parts  are  covered  with  rough  tubercles, 
between  which  numerous  very  large  ones  like  glands  are  scat- 
tered over  the  back,  the  upperside  of  the  head,  and  the  upper 
parts  of  the  limbs ; also  a part  of  the  tympanum  shows  some 
minute  granules.  The  whole  frog  is  bluish  black  in  spirit ; 
but  some  of  the  large  tubercles  are  of  a lighter  colour^  either 
entirely,  or  only  the  roughnesses  with  which  they  are  covered 
are  whitish  ; lower  parts  coarsely  granular,  with  vermiculated 
whitish  lines. 

Distance  between  snout  and  vent  30  lines ; distance  between 
the  angles  of  the  mouth  1 1 lines  ; distance  between  the  vent 
and  extremity  of  fourth  toe  49  lines. 

Mr.  Wray  gives  the  following  notes : — Above  rich  warm 
chocolate-brown.  The  tops  of  the  warts  paler,  some  of  those 
on  the  back  yellow.  Beneath — body,  legs,  and  arms  jet- 

black,  irregularly  marked  with  pale  bluish  grey.  Undersur- 
face of  fingers  and  toes  bright  rose-red.  Web  to  feet  and 
top  surface  of  all  the  disks  same  colour.  Irides  pale  warm 
brown,  pencilled  radially  with  black,  a fine  yellowish-orange 
line  forming  inner  edge  to  irides. 


316 


Miscellaneous. 


Pupil  diamond-shaped,  horizontal. 

‘‘  The  colour  and  rugose  character  of  the  skin  of  this  frog  is 
evidently  a means  of  protecting  it  from  birds  and  other 
enemies,  the  whole  upper  surface  being  such  a close  copy  of 
the  bark  of  a tree  that  it  is  very  hard  to  detect  one  when 
resting  upon  it. 

This  species  also  lives  in  holes  in  trees,  and  the  note  pro- 
duced by  it  is  not  so  loud  as  that  of  Fhrynella^  and  has  a 
more  metallic  ring  in  it. 

My  specimens  were  obtained  at  an  elevation  of  4000  ft. 
on  the  hills  of  Larut,  Perak.” 

]\lr.  Boulenger  has  directed  my  attention  to  the  fact  that 
this  species  resembles  closely  a frog  from  Padang,  shortly 
noticed  and  rudely  figured  under  the  name  of  Hyla  leprosa  by 
Schlegel,  in  a popular  work,  ^ Handb.  der  Dierk.’  ii.  p.  55, 
pi.  iv.  fig.  68.  Tschudi  considered  it  the  type  of  a distinct 
genus,  Theloderma  (Class.  Batr.  1839,  pp.  32,  73)  ; and  more 
recently  it  was  more  fully  described  by  Horst  (Notes  Leid. 
Mus.  V.  p.  237).  The  two  latter  authors  agree  in  ascribing 
to  the  frog  a tongue  cordate  behind,  but  terminating  in  a single 
appendage.  If  this  form  of  tongue  is  really  characteristic  of 
the  Padang  frog,  the  latter  would  have  to  be  referred  to  a 
genus  distinct  from  Polypedates ; but  if  it  be  merely  caused 
by  some  accident,  our  specimen  may  prove  to  be  identical 
with  that  in  the  Leyden  Museum.  In  either  case  the  creation 
of  a synonym  will  be  avoided  by  adopting  here  the  same 
specific  name. 

Megalophrys  longipes^  Blgr. 

Megalophrys  longip>es,  Blgr.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1885,  p.  850,  pi.  Iv. 

This  species  is  rare  and  local,  Mr.  Wray  having  succeeded 
in  obtaining  three  specimens  only,  of  whicli  one  was  captured 
at  an  elevation  of  4400  feet. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

Observation  on  Multiplication  in  xLmoebae.  By  Lillie  E.  Holman. 

On  the  4th  of  July,  1886,  I was  examining  the  forms  of  life  con- 
tained in  a Holman  life-slide  which  had  been  filled  for  several 
hours.  It  contained  different  Infusoria,  and,  among  other  animals, 
specimens  of  M^olosoma.  But  it  seemed  for  some  time  as  if  there 
were  no  Amoebce  in  the  slide,  until  I discovered  a small  one  near 
the  channel.  In  shape  it  seemed  like  an  elongated  triangle,  and 
was  rather  torpid,  or,  at  least,  moved  but  little.  While  I was 
examining  it,  it  moved  up  closer  to  the  line  of  the  channel,  and 
another  Amoeba,  about  twice  the  size  of  the  first  one,  came  gliding 
on  the  scene.  It  moved  up  very  close  to  the  other,  and  in  a few 


Miscellaneous, 


317 


moments  I noticed  that  it  looked  as  if  it  were  trying  to  swallow  the 
smaller  Amoeba  in  the  same  manner  that  it  does  its  ordinary  prey. 
As  I had  watched  many  Amoehce,  and  had  never  seen  anything  like 
this,  and  as  I knew  that  they  did  not  prey  on  each  other,  and  the 
question  of  their  conjugation  was  a very  doubtful  one,  I dismissed 
the  idea  of  the  larger  absorbing  the  smaller,  and  concluded  it  was 
merely  the  fact  that  they  were  in  too  tight  a place  to  allow  of  their 
passing  each  other  which  gave  them  this  appearance.  I watched 
them  constantly  for  about  half  an  hour,  in  the  course  of  which  time 
I became  convinced  that  something  unusual  was  going  on. 

The  larger  Amoeba  had  entirely  surrounded  the  smaller  one, 
which,  however,  did  not  seem  to  lose  its  vitality.  First  it  seemed 
to  be  under  the  endosarc  of  the  larger,  and  then  above  it.  Some- 
times it  would  project  a pseudopod  out  from  beyond  the  ectosarc  of 
the  larger  animal.  All  the  time  it  was  distinctly  visible  in  its  own 
individuality,  if  one  may  so  call  it,  and  did  not  at  all  seem  to  be 
trying  to  escape.  I called  Mr.  Holman’s  attention  to  the  singularity 
of  their  behaviour,  and  expressed  my  belief  that  it  was  a case  of 
either  cannibalism  or  conjugation.  He  expressed  his  disbelief  in 
either  of  these  cases,  and  observing  that  the  water  in  the  slide  was 
evaporating,  we  allowed  a little  to  creep  in  under  the  closed  edge  of 
the  cover-glass.  This  seemed  to  relieve  the  large  Amoeba  from  the 
constrained  position  and  flat  contour  which  it  had  assumed,  and  it 
immediately  began  to  put  out  pseudopods  and  move  away ; and 
the  smaller  one  moved  off  with  it,  evidently  engulfed  in  the 
larger  one,  and  quiescent  in  that  position. 

The  small  Amoeba  occupied  a position  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
larger  one.  As  this  last  moved  on  it  seemed  to  push  the  small  one 
in  an  opposite  direction  from  that  which  its  granules  were  taking 
till  it  reached  about  the  centre  of  its  body.  Then  it  commenced  an 
evident  effort  to  expel  the  smaller  one.  It  reached  out  its  pseudo- 
pods in  every  direction,  gradually  expelling  the  smaller  one,  until  it 
was  completely  discharged.  The  smaller  one  by  this  time  assumed 
an  almost  spherical  shape. 

At  last  the  large  Amoeba  ceased  moving,  and  began  to  expel 
refuse  matter,  as  is  common  with  them.  It  had  anchored  itself 
near  some  other  refuse  matter,  probably  vegetable,  and  really 
looked  as  if  it  was  using  it  as  a sort  of  grapple  for  the  purpose  of 
ridding  itself  of  the  rejected  smaller  Amoeba,  It  was  successful, 
for  in  a few  moments  it  moved  away  to  the  upper  part  of  the  field, 
leaving  the  round  ball,  looking  in  every  respect  like  an  encysted 
Amoeba^  near  the  little  group  of  refuse.  It  went  on  in  the  field,  and 
we  followed  it  for  some  time,  when  it  became  quiet,  and  we  went 
back  to  the  encysted  one.  I watched  it  to  see  what  would  happen 
next,  for  it  seemed  as  if  there  must  be  some  strange  sequel  to  our 
remarkable  observation  ; and  the  watching  was  not  in  vain.  The 
flat  disk  began  by  a sort  of  contractile  movement  to  throw  out 
particles  or  granules,  as  if  it  were  laying  eggs.  I can  think  of  no 
other  expression,  although  the  particles,  while  approximate  in  size, 
had  no  regularity  of  shape.  This  continued  till  the  Amoeba  again 
assumed  its  clear  and  transparent  appearance,  and  at  last,  seeming 
Ann.  & Mag,  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx.  22 


318 


Miscellaneous » 


to  fully  regain  its  activity,  put  out  a pseudopod  and  moved  in  the 
field,  leaving  behind  it  a group  of  the  particles  or  granules.  Only 
for  a little  while,  however,  did  it  move  ; in  a few  moments  it  lost 
its  animation,  seemed  to  become  transparent,  and  at  last  faded  into 
one  of  those  disks  which  seem  to  be  merely  the  shells  of  once  active 
forms.  I did  not  see  it  move  again. 

This  observation  was  carried  on  continuously  during  two  hours 
and  a half,  and  every  stage  watched  most  closely.  I was  at  a loss 
what  to  call  it,  if  not  a clear  case  of  conjugation  and  separation. 

The  most  convincing  proof  to  my  mind  that  this  was  a proceeding 
which  was  for  a purpose  was  given  when,  two  nights  after,  this 
slide,  which  was  laid  carefully  aside  for  future  examination,  was 
found  to  be  full  of  young  Amoehoe.  They  literally  swarmed  ; I 
counted  in  the  field  at  one  time  twenty-four  of  uniform  size,  while 
I have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  there  were  between  one  and  two 
hundred  in  the  slide,  which  had  before  held  but  two.  The  worn- 
out  disk  was  recognized,  and  also  what  seemed  to  be  the  remains  of 
the  larger  Amoeba. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  Oct.  26,  1886, 
p.  346. 

On  the  Byssal  Organ  of  the  LameUibranchiata. 

By  M.  Ludwig  Beichel. 

My  researches  upon  the  byssal  organ  have  led  me  to  the  following 
results,  which  differ  from  previous  statements. 

Trom  the  observations  of  Ileaumur  and  A.  Muller  it  is  generally 
regarded  as  proved  that  bivalve  Mollusca  which  have  once  been 
attached  by  a byssus  are  thereby  prevented  from  changing  their 
place  throughout  their  lives,  unless  they  are  torn  away  accidentally 
by  external  force.  The  animals  can,  however,  temporarily  regain 
their  power  of  free  movement,  although  not  by  tearing  or  separating 
the  byssus-threads  as  the  two  naturalists  referred  to  thought  possible, 
but  by  throwing  off  the  whole  of  the  byssus,  i.  e.  with  stem  and 
root,  when  the  organ  is  replaced  by  a new  formation.  This  casting 
of  the  byssus  is  a process  exactly  analogous  to  the  change  of  skin 
in  the  Arthropoda.  In  Dreissena  polymor])ha  such  a change  of  the 
byssus  takes  place  regularly  at  the  commencement  of  the  cold  season. 
In  summer  the  animals  are  seated  close  to  the  surface  of  the  water, 
so  that  they  are  easily  reached  by  the  hand  from  the  bank ; towards 
the  end  of  autumn,  however,  they  retire  into  the  deep  water,  leaving 
their  byssus  behind  them. 

As  regards  the  formation  of  the  byssus,  it  is  almost  universally 
regarded  as  the  secretion  of  special  glands.  I cannot  adopt  this 
opinion,  any  more  than  that  supported  by  von  Bathusius-Konigsborn, 
that  the  byssus  grows  forth  out  of  the  tissues  of  the  body  of  the 
animal.  The  byssus  rather  originates  as  a cuticular  formation,  the 
stem  with  the  roots  in  the  bjssal  cavity  and  the  threads  in  the 
pedal  groove.  Thus  in  those  LameUibranchiata  which  are  provided 
Avith  a byssus  the  underside  of  the  foot  is  traversed  by  a rather 
deep  longitudinal  groove,  which  opens  at  the  base  of  the  foot  into 
a cavity,  the  so-called  byssal  cavity.  In  the  opinion  of  those  who 
adopt  the  theory  of  secretion  the  foot  and  the  walls  of  the  byssal 


Miscellaneous, 


319 


cavity  are  occupied  by  gland-cells  wbich  discharge  their  secretion 
into  the  groove,  i.  e.  the  cavity,  and  furnish  the  material  for  the 
formation  of  the  byssus.  No  such  gland-cells  are  present,  however, 
as  I shall  demonstrate  more  in  detail  in  my  completed  memoir. 

The  groove  which  traverses  the  foot  shows  two  distinct  parts,  an 
outer  one  of  simply  fissure-like  form,  and  an  inner  one  with  a 
crescentic  transverse  section.  This  is  quite  in  open  connexion  with 
the  fissure,  and  is  to  be  regarded  merely  as  the  sudden  dilatation  of 
the  fissure  towards  the  two  sides.  By  the  approximation  of  the 
margins  of  the  fissure  it  can  be  closed  so  as  to  form  a complete 
canal,  which  is  called  the  crescentic  canal  from  the  form  of  its 
transverse  section.  It  is  exclusively  in  this  part  of  the  groove  that 
the  byssal  threads  originate  as  a cnticular  formation  of  the  epithelium 
which  lines  the  canal.  This  is  not  a vibratile  epithelium  like  that 
which  forms  the  surface  of  the  fissure,  the  processes  which  are  seated 
upon  the  epithelial  cells  of  the  canal  are  the  byssal  substance  formed 
by  them,  but  not  vibratile  cilia,  for  which  they  have  hitherto  been 
taken. 

Two  characters  accentuate  the  distinction  between  the  epithelium 
of  the  canal  and  the  vibratile  epithelium  of  the  fissure.  In  the 
latter  the  cilia  are  seated  upon  a cell-membrane,  which  in  transverse 
section  is  distinctly  recognizable  by  a double  contour.  In  the  former, 
however,  only  a simple  line  appears  beneath  the  processes,  and  this 
forms  the  boundary  between  the  byssal  substance  and  the  epithelial 
cell.  Further,  each  of  these  epithelial  cells  in  the  canal  has  only 
one  process,  while  in  the  vibratile  epithelium  a number  of  cilia  are 
seated  upon  each  cell. 

As  already  indicated  a byssus  consists  of  a stem  with  its  roots, 
and  byssal  threads  seated  upon  the  stem. 

According  to  the  secretion-theory,  threads  are  produced  only  when 
the  stem  is  partially  or  completely  developed,  and  they  are  attached 
or  stuck  to  it.  Further,  a different  mode  of  production  from  the 
threads  is  frequently  ascribed  to  the  stem,  inasmuch  as  it  is  said  to 
be  formed  by  gland- cells  which  differ  from  those  which  are  contained 
in  the  foot.  This  notion  is,  however,  contradicted  by  observation. 
The  stem  and  threads  of  the  byssus  originate  in  the  same  manner, 
simultaneously,  and  in  immediate  connexion  with  each  other.  This 
indeed  is  quite  natural,  for  the  crescentic  canal  opens  into  the  byssal 
cavity,  passing  into  it  gradually,  so  that  its  wall  passes  into  that  of 
the  cavity.  Now  if  a cnticular  formation  occurs  it  will  extend  over 
the  whole  surface  of  the  cavity  and  the  groove,  and  in  consequence 
the  threads  originating  in  the  canal  will  be  united  with  the  formation 
in  the  cavity. 

The  casting-off  of  the  byssus  is  connected  with  a retrogression  of 
the  byssal  cavity.  This,  in  its  normal  state,  is  divided  at  the  bottom 
by  a great  many  perpendicular  septa,  standing  in  the  longitudinal 
direction  of  the  animal,  into  so  many  chambers  or  secondary  canties. 
At  the  casting  of  the  byssus  these  septa  are  reduced.  From  the 
previously  complicated  byssal  cavity  is  produced  a simple  cavity, 
showing  only  a few  folds  in  its  walls.  The  septa  originate  afresh 
only  with  the  new  formation  of  the  byssus ; their  epithelium  gives 


320 


Miscellaneous, 


origin  to  the  roots  of  the  byssus,  which,  in  the  form  of  lamellae, 
occupy  the  chambers  between  these  septa. — Zoologischer  Anzeiger^ 
No.  260,  September  12,  1887,  pp.  488-490. 

Ovo-viviparous  Generation  in  Tropidonotus. 

Professor  Heilprin  presented  the  following  communication,  dated 
April  15,  1887,  from  Mr.  H.  C.  Young,  of  the  Philadelphia  Custom 
House,  referring  to  a water-snake  shot  by  that  gentleman  some 
fourteen  years  ago,  at  a locality  about  three  miles  above  Salem, 

N.  J. 

“ Upon  examining  the  snake  (which  was  almost  as  thick  as  my 
forearm)  I found  it  contained  considerable  of  a bunch  which  I 
supposed  to  be  something  it  had  swallowed ; but  upon  cutting  it 
open  I found  it  contained  small  snakes  in  a bag,  each  one  in  a sepa- 
rate division  formed  as  it  were  by  a twist  in  the  bag.  I took  them 
out,  and  found  there  were  thirty-three  of  them  of  different  sizes,  a 
number  of  the  smaller  ones  having  a portion  of  an  egg  attached  to 
them,  which  they  appeared  to  be  absorbing,  the  larger  ones  having 
already  absorbed  theirs.  I was  then  convinced  that  while  the 
land-snakes  lay  eggs  in  the  earth,  to  be  hatched  by  the  heat  of  the 
sun,  the  young  of  the  water-snake  are  actually  hatched  in  the  belly 
of  the  mother.” 

Prof.  Heilprin  stated  that  the  snakes  had  been  presented  by 
Mr.  Young  to  the  Academy,  and  on  examination  proved  to  be  Tro- 
pidonotiis  sipedon.  The  case  demonstrated  beyond  a question  of 
doubt  that  the  species  was  ovo-viviparous. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Philad.,  April  26,  1887,  p.  121. 

Literature  of  the  Fossil  Ganoid.,  Semionotus. 

Py  A.  Smith  Woodwaed. 

The  appearance  of  the  new  part  of  Dr.  Zittel’s  admirable  ‘ Hand- 
buch  der  Palmontologie  ’ has  enabled  me  to  discover  Dr.  Fraas’s 
description  of  Semionotus  Kapffi,  for  which  I had  long  sought  in 
vain  while  preparing  the  list  of  species  published  in  the  last  num- 
ber of  the  ‘Annals’  (p.  178).  Both  the  description  and  figures 
will  be  found  in  the  ‘ Wiirttembergische  Jahreshefte,’  vol.  xvii. 
(1861),  p.  91,  pi.  i.,  and  here  are  also  made  known  two  other 
Keuper  forms,  S.  elongatus  and  S.  serratus^  which  differ  from  the 
Brora  Jurassic  fossil,  among  other  points,  in  the  characters  denoted 
by  their  respective  specific  names.  Dr.  Zittel  likewise  refers  to 
some  brief  descriptions  of  Italian  Jurassic  species  by  Beilotti,  in 
Stoppani’s  ‘ Studii  geologici  e paleontologici  sulla  Lombardia  ’ 
(1859),  none  of  which  apparently  agrees  with  the  new  Semionotus 
Joassi. 

It  may  be  well  to  point  out,  moreover,  that  in  the  figure  of  S. 
Joassi  (supra,  PI.  VIII.  fig.  1)  the  artist  has  unfortunately  omitted 
to  include  some  fragments  of  the  anal  fin,  which  indicate  that  this 
appendage  originally  possessed  more  rays  than  are  now  completely 
shown,  thus  having  a longer  base  and  extending  somewhat  further 
back  towards  the  tail. 


Ann  .tl:  . ]la<i  Xat.Hist.  -V.  5.  Vcl.  20.  PI.  17/ 


7. 

not . .size. 


A.W.Watei-s  del.  A . T.  Rollick  Hth. . 


MinLerii  Bros 


jmp. 


.4/W.&  M(uj.  Sai  Jlisi S.  Vol . 20 . Pl.W. 


5X250. 


A.T.Hollick  dd.et  Hth 


CUul (1 1 >iiiza,  petit aa v' luifi. 


Min-teTii.  Bros.  imp. 


^im . & Mai/. . \at.  HiM.  J).  Vol.  20.  PI.  XVI. 


R.Mintem  del.  et  hth. 

leprvsus.  B.  MayneUa  puJrJiru. 
( .Bulb  qruulriporudiuf . 


Minterrt  Sros  . imp  . 


THE  ANNALS 


AlfD 


MAGAZINE  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

[FIFTH  SERIES.] 


No.  119.  NOVEMBER  1887. 


XLII. — The  True  Nature  of  the  Madreporic  System  ” of  EcM~ 
nodermata^  with  Remarks  on  Nephridia.  By  Prof,  M ARC  US 
M.  Hartog,  D.Sc.,  M.A.,  F.R.U.l  * 

Sharpey,  in  his  article  on  Echinodermata  ” in  Todd  and 
Bowman’s  ^ Cyclopaedia  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology,’  writes  : 
If  the  liquid  contained  in  the  feet  of  the  starfish  be  sea- 
water, either  pure  or  with  an  admixture  of  organic  particles, 
which  is  probable  from  its  chemical  composition,  may  it  not 
be  introduced  and  perhaps  again  discharged  through  the 
pores  of  the  disk  [sc.  madreporite]  and  the  calcareous  tube, 
the  porous  disk  serving  as  a sort  of  filter  to  exclude  im- 
purities?” He  also  describes  the  perivisceral  liquid  as  a 
clear  fiuid  which,  when  filtered,  yields  no  trace  of  animal 
matter,  but  agrees  almost  entirely  in  composition  with  sea- 
water.” 

. These  observations,  apparently  unchecked  by  subsequent 
experiment,  seem  to  have  been  the  origin  of  the  widely 
adopted  views  that  the  cavities  of  Echinodermata  are  filled 
with  sea-water  directly  taken  up  pro  re  natd  through  the 
madreporite  and  madreporic  canal,  which  for  brevity  we  may 

* This  paper  was  read  in  a less  complete  form  at  the  British  Associa- 
tion, Manchester,  1887, 

Ann.  & Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5,  Vol.  xx. 


23 


322  Prof.  M.  M.  Hartog  on  the  True  Nature  of  the 

term  the  “ madreporic  system.”  Claus,  Gegenbaur,  and 
Huxley  are  all  agreed  on  this  point  in  their  text-books. 
Having  had  my  attention  early  directed  to  similar  statements 
about  the  organ  of  Bojanus,  and  having  been  the  first  to  demon- 
strate * that  this  latter  organ  could  not  possibly  take  up  water, 
owing  to  the  outward  ciliary  wash  and  the  valvular  orifice,  I 
was  naturally  inclined  to  doubt  the  received  views  on  the 
madreporite  ; and  latterly  reflection  on  certain  facts  in  vege- 
table physiology  induced  me  to  inquire  more  fully  into  the 
matter. 

The  vegetable  cell,  containing  in  its  cavities  dissolved 
substances  of  high  osmotic  equivalent,  and  bounded  by  proto- 
plasm permeable  to  water  but  not  to  these  substances, 
tends  to  take  up  into  its  cavities  an  excess  of  water,  limited 
by  various  conditions  which  we  need  not  discuss  here ; and 
thus  the  cell  becomes  turgescent^  or  erect  as  the  animal  physio- 
logist would  say.  The  animal  body,  with  its  system  of 
cavities  and  partially  permeable  walls,  is  in  precisely  the 
same  condition  as  the  vegetable  cell ; and  if  erection,  turges- 
cence,  or  dropsy  do  not  occur  when  the  body  is  immersed  in 
liquid  (or  air  saturated  with  moisture),  it  is  because  of  the 
existence  of  a variously  disposed  apparatus  through  which 
the  excess  of  liquid  is  ejected,  carrying  off  in  solution  various 
soluble  waste  products.  Such  an  apparatus  is  termed  a 
nephridium  or  kidney. 

We  can  see  in  Infusoria  that  when  the  contractile 
vacuole  fails  to  act  with  its  habitual  regularity  under  certain 
abnormal  conditions,  the  animal  becomes  dropsical,  swells 
up,  and  finally  bursts.  In  higher  animals  we  find  either 
ciliated  funnels  or  special  filter-pumps,  or  both,  acting  to 
remove  the  excess  of  liquid.  If  an  erection  in  any  part  of 
an  animal  be  needed,  the  liquid  can  be  supplied  either 
by  the  excess  of  endosmose  over  excretion,  or  by  the  flow  of 
liquid  from  one  part  to  another. 

To  these  physiological  considerations  are  added  morpho- 
logical ones  of  great  significance.  The  accumulation  of  liquid 
takes  place  into  the  coelom,  in  Annelids  and  Vertebrata  a 
mesothelial  sac  of  which  the  first  -part  of  the  nephridium  is 
a diverticulum^  to  which  an  invaginated  epihlastic  duct  is 
added.  The  whole  ambulacral  canal-system  of  Echinoderm- 
ata  is  a development  of  such  a diverticulum  of  a mesothelial 
cavity^  and  the  madreporic  system  is  in  great  part  at  least  an 
epihlastic  invagination.  In  the  Echinopgedium  we  must 
needs  regard  the  madreporic  system  and  the  vasal  ” part  of 


* ‘ Journal  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology/  1879. 


323 


^^Madreporic  System'"'  of  Echinodermata. 

the  left  vasoperitoneal  sac  as  constituting  a left  nepliridium, 
the  right  having  failed  to  receive  a duct  Of  the  numerous 
madreporic  systems  of  some  Holothurians  I believe  the  deve- 
lopment has  not  been  made  out.  If  the  madreporic  system 
be  really  of  nephric  nature  it  would  seem  a priori  unlikely 
that  the  ciliary  action  should  be  reversed,  despite  the  acquire- 
ment of  other  functions  by  the  nepliridium  itself.  These  con- 
siderations determined  the  following  experiments,  which 
fully  bear  out  the  views  which  I have  expressed. 

Exp.  I. — A fresh  strong  Echinus  sphcera  was  opened  and 
the  madreporic  canal  dissected  out  and  cut  off  at  either  end, 
and  then  a longitudinal  slit  was  made  in  one  side ; on  exam- 
ining it  in  the  perivisceral  liquid  I could  easily  see  a strong 
inrush  of  particles  through  the  slit  and  a corresponding  out- 
rush  through  the  cut  distal  end  of  the  tube,  i.  e.  that  turned 
towards  the  madreporite.  This  was  repeated  and  confirmed 
on  six  specimens.  The  stony  canal  of  Asterias  was  found 
unsuitable  for  similar  experiments. 

Exp.  II. — From  a live  Echinus  I cut  out  the  madreporite 
with  a short  stump  of  duct  attached,  and  examined  it  in 
sea-water  to  which  a little  charcoal  powder  was  added.  The 
disk  lived  for  over  sixteen  hours  with  active  ciliary  currents 
and  movements  of  the  spines  and  pedicellarim.  The  flakes 
of  charcoal  were  carried  about  in  the  currents,  but  never 
reached  the  surface  of  the  disk  except  close  around  the  bases 
of  the  spines,  where  there  are  no  perforations.  They  seemed 
repelled  from  it,  instead  of  settling  down  by  gravitation  ; and 
this  could  only  be  due  to  an  outward  current  through  the 
pores. 

Exp.  III. — I excised  the  madreporite  of  a live  Starfish 
with  a short  stump  of  the  sand-canal,  and  examined  it  in  the 
perivisceral  liquid  of  Echinus  to  which  a little  carmine 
was  added,  the  coelomic  surface  of  course  downwards. 
Examination  was  here  possible  by  strong  transmitted  light  (the 
full  aperture  of  the  Abbe  condenser)  as  well  as  by  reflected 
light.  The  surface  is  marked  by  radiating  ridges  (imper- 
forate) , and  if  there  were  any  indraught  the  carmine  particles 
should  be  attracted  towards  the  centre  of  the  disk  and  the 
bottom  of  the  grooves  ; if  there  were  merely  no  outrush  they 

* It  is  interesting  to  recall  the  development  of  the  nephridium  in  Peri- 
patus : — “ The  ventral  half  of  each  somite  remains  distinct,  and  consists 
of  a small  vesicle,  leading  from  which  is  a small  coiled  tube  (nephridium) 
which  acquires  an  external  opening  ” (Haddon’s  summary  after  Sedgwick, 
Embryology,’  p.  59).  This  is  comparable  to  the  division  of  the  vaso- 
peritoneal sac  into  two  in  Echinodermata,  the  inferior  (sc.  ventral)  portion 
going  to  form  the  ambulacral  system. 


23* 


324  Prof.  M.  M.  Hartog  on  the  True  Nature  of  the 

should  gravitate  towards  the  bottom  of  the  grooves.  But 
this  did  not  occur ; on  the  contrary,  the  carmine  settled  round 
the  edge  of  the  disk  ; and  in  one  or  two  places  on  the  ridges^ 
where,  from  their  convergence^  an  eddy  must  necessarily 
exist  : not  a particle  entered  the  grooves.  Three  madreporites 
were  examined,  all  with  the  same  results,  even  after  three 
hours. 

Eap.  IV. — A Comatula  {Antedon  rosaceus)  was  examined 
disk  upwards  in  sea-water  with  charcoal  powder,  the  arms 
being  removed  to  facilitate  observation.  During  three  hours 
no  charcoal  particles  reached  the  surface  of  the  disk,  except 
along  the  imperforate  ambulacral  grooves  ; on  the  contrary, 
as  they  floated  down  towards  the  disk  they  seemed  arrested 
above  its  surface  by  an  invisible  screen,  which  could  have 
been  only  due  to  an  outward  current  through  the  coelomic 
pores. 

Exp.  V. — The  same  observations  on  eviscerated  disks  of 
Comatula  gave  the  same  results. 

The  above  experiments  show  clearly  that  the  perforations 
of  the  madreporite  in  Echinus  and  AsteriaSj  and  of  the  disk 
in  Comatula,  are  purely  excretory,  and  serve  to  eliminate  the 
excess  of  water  taken  up  by  the  body. 

It  may  now  be  urged,  How,  then,  can  the  Echinoderm 
take  up  the  liquid  that  fills  its  perivisceral  and  ambulacral 
cavities?”  One  might  as  well  ask  how  a Vertebrate  takes 
up  the  liquid  in  its  ccelom,  blood-vessels,  and  bladder.  The 
answer  is  by  osmosis^  through  the  walls  of  the  gut  (respira- 
tory siphon  especially),  the  tube-feet,  and  the  “gills.”  It 
will  easily  be  seen  that  when  a starfish  protrudes  its  tube-feet 
rapidly  the  arm  becomes  limp  from  the  evaeuation  of  the 
ampullae,  and  when  it  retracts  them  the  arm  regains  its  tur- 
gidity,  owing  to  the  refilling  of  the  ampullae.  In  Echinus  the 
problem  appears  complicated  by  the  close  rigid  shell,  which 
would  seem  to  prevent  any  ingress  and  egress  of  liquid 
from  its  cavity  ; but,  in  the  first  place,  the  soft  peristome  is 
protractile  and  retractile,  and  quite  large  enough  to  balance 
by  its  movements  very  considerable  alterations  in  the  capacity 
of  the  ampullae  j and  in  the  next  place  the  intestine,  through 
which  water  is  constantly  streaming,  is  also  dilatable. 

In  the  majority  of  the  Holothuria  we  find  that  the  madre- 
porite has  lost  its  connexion  with  the  surface,  and  opens  into 
the  coelom.  This  admits  of  a ready  explanation.  The  cloaca 
is  rhythmically  contractile,  and  receives  the  exeess  of  the 
coelomie  liquid  by  what  are  physiologically  nephrostomes 
attached  to  the  respiratory  trees,  an  arrangement  physiolo- 
gically the  same  as  the  nephridial  apparatus  of  Rotifera.  Theel 


325 


^^Madreporic  System''  of  EcJiinodermaia, 

lias  shown  that  in  some  Elasipoda  which  have  no  respiratory 
trees,  the  madreporite  has  retained  its  primitive  position  at  the 
surface.  A curious  converse  transformation  may  be  noted  in 
Amphibia,  and  seems  to  shed  light  on  the  matter.  In  the 
aquatic  tadpole  there  are  numerous  nephrostomes  opening 
into  the  kidney,  and  so  on  to  the  exterior.  In  the  adult 
Anuran,  living  mostly  on  land,  and  consequently  absorbing 
less  water  by  osmosis,  the  nephrostomes  have  lost  their  con- 
nexion with  the  kidney  and  open  into  the  veins. 

I have  quoted  Sharpey’s  observation  as  to  the  nature  of 
the  coelom ic  liquid,  exaggerated  by  most  zoologists  into  a 
statement  that  it  was  pure  sea-water,  till  P.  Geddes  redis- 
covered the  corpuscles  organic  particles  ” of  Sharpey) . On 
filtering  the  coelomic  liquid  of  Echinus  clear  from  the  clot  and 
boiling  it  down  I obtained  a flaky  coagulum,  which  gave 
Millon’s  reaction  perfectly  and  vvdiich  must  be  due  to  a dis- 
solved proteid,  only  coagulable  on  boiling,  and  distinct  from 
the  formed  elements  which  compose  the  spontaneous  coag- 
ulum. 

To  summarize : 

1.  The  madreporic  system  of  Echinodermata  is  morpho- 
logically and  ontogenetically  a (left)  nephridium. 

2.  Its  ciliary  current  is  directed  outward  through  the 
madreporic  disk,  and  an  outward  current  takes  place  through 
the  pores  of  the  disk  of  Comatula. 

3.  There  is  no  need  for  the  taking  up  of  sea- water  by  a 
perforated  plate,  since  osmosis  is  amply  sufficient  for  the  tur- 
gescence  of  dilatable  organs. 

4.  The  rapid  contraction  or  erection  of  the  tube-feet  is 
due  to  the  transference  of  liquid  from  one  part  to  another ; in 
Echinoidea  this  may  be  balanced  by  the  protrusion  or  retrac- 
tion of  the  peristome,  or  by  contraction  or  dilatation  of  the 
gut,  or  in  both  these  ways. 

5.  The  change  of  position  of  the  madreporite  in  most  Holo- 
thuria  is  probably  due  to  the  usurpation  of  nephridial  functions 
by  the  respiratory  trees  attached  to  the  cloaca. 

6.  The  coelomic  liquid  of  Echinus  contains,  besides  cor- 
puscles, a dissolved  albuminoid,  coagulated  on  boiling. 


I take  this  opportunity  of  adding  two  notes  on  cognate 
subjects. 

Note  I. — I think  it  very  probable  that  when  an  Actinian  is 
at  rest  the  lips  of  the  oral  slit  are  closely  appressed,  and,  in 


326 


Mr.  A.  Dendj  on  the 

fact,  hermetically  sealed.  The  tnrgescence  of  the  body 
would  then  take  place  by  osmosis,  and  the  apical  pores  of  the 
tentacles  would  have  the  double  function  (a)  of  the  periodical  or 
perhaps  constant  discharge  in  small  quantities  of  the  excess  of 
liquid,  {b)  of  its  rapid  discharge  when,  in  defence,  the  animal 
wishes  rapidly  to  reduce  its  bulk. 

Note  II. — The  nephrostomes  of  Rotifers  and  many  other 
lower  Vermes  are  described  as  having  a single  long  flagellum 
working  inside  them.  Now  from  the  same  optical  reasons 
that  make  it  impossible  to  conclude  from  the  mere  microscopic 
picture  what  is  the  true  structure  of  striated  muscle  or  the 
markings  of  a Diatom,  it  is  equally  impossible  to  conclude 
what  is  the  true  structure  of  these  “ flame-like  ” nephrostomes. 
A lining  of  fine  vibratile  cilia  would  leave  an  undulating 
lumen  that  would  be  optically  identical  with  the  supposed 
single  flagellum.  The  precise  attachments  and  working  of 
such  a flagellum  form  a problem  that  no  one  has  attempted  to 
tackle ; whereas  the  view  that  there  is  a lining  of  fine  cilia 
offers  no  such  difficulties  ; and  this  view  is  hence  the  more 
plausible.  It  has,  moreover,  the  advantage  of  completely 
homologizing  these  structures  with  the  nephridia  of  their 
more  higlily  organized  allies. 


XLIII. — The  New  System  of  Chalinin^e,  with  some  Brief 
Observations  upon  Zoological  Nomenclature.  By  Arthur 
Dendy,  B.Sc.,  F.L.S.,  Assistant  in  the  Zoological  Depart- 
ment of  the  British  Museum. 

Through  the  kindness  of  my  friend  Dr.  R.  von  Lendenfeld, 
F.L.S.,  I have  lately  received  a copy  of  a recent  paper  by 
him  on  the  Australian  Chalininse  *.  For  several  reasons 
this  important  memoir,  consisting  of  no  less  than  105  pages 
and  illustrated  by  ten  beautiful  plates,  seems  to  me  to  deserve 
special  comment  in  this  place. 

The  paper  is  founded  mainly  on  the  large  collection  of 
Chalinine  sponges  made  by  the  author  during  his  residence 
in  Australia ; and  he  has  also  had  access  to  the  collection  in 
the  British  Museum.  We  are  informed  that  the  author’s  own 

* “ Die  Chalineen  des  australischen  Gebietes.”  Von  Dr.  R.  v.  Lenden- 
feld. Separatabdvuck  aus  den  Zoologischen  Jahibuchern.  Zweiter  Baud, 
1887. 


327 


New  System  (^Chalininee. 

collection,  wliich  is  now  in  the  possession  of  the  British 
Museum,  includes  153  species  ^nd  varieties),  of  which  131 
are  new,  and  that  the  number  of  known  Chalininfe  is  thereby 
increased  from  96  to  227.  The  author  possessed  good  spirit- 
material  of  54  species,  so  that  he  was  enabled  to  study  care- 
fully the  structure  of  individual  representatives  of  the  different 
groups.  Under  these  circumstances  he  has  found  it  necessary 
to  create  a new  system  of  Chalininte, 

The  main  body  of  the  paper  is  divided  into  four  sections  : — 
1.  Morphologic  der  Chalinidge  ; 11.  Das  System  der  Chali- 
ningc  ; 111.  Die  geographische  Verbreitung  der  Chalinida3 ; 
IV.  Die  australischen  Chalininge.” 

I.  The  Morphology  of  the  Chalininse. 

I naturally  consider  the  morphological  section  to  be  of  the 
greatest  general  interest,  and  I can  but  wish  that  it  were  a 
little  longer.  One  or  two  statements  call  for  special  remark. 

On  page  726  we  find  the  sentence  Es  ist  keine  incrusti- 
rende  Chalinide  bekannt.”  In  view  of  the  facts  of  the  case 
this  seems  to  be  a rather  hasty  generalization.  In  our  Pre- 
liminary Keport  on  the  Monaxonida  of  the  ^ Challenger  ’ 
Expedition,  published  in  this  journal  in  1886,  Mr.  Ridley 
and  I have  described  an  incrusting  species  of  Chalina  under 
the  name  Chalina  rectangularis^  and  our  specific  diagnosis 
commences  with  the  words  Incrusting,  thin,  with  low 
mound-like  prominences,  each  bearing  a vent  ” *.  Dr.  von 
Lendenfeld,  however,  surmounts  this  difficulty  in  rather  a 
novel  fashion,  namely  by  placing  Chalina  rectangularis^ 
Ridley  and  Dendy,  in  a genus  of  his  own,  Dactylochalina, 
which  he  characterizes  as  “ dickfingrig  ” (!),  wherein  our 
incrusting  Chalina  appears  under  the  name  ^^Dactylochalina 
rectangularis  Lendenfeld.”  But  there  is  another  difficulty 
which  is  not  so  easily  got  over,  and  that  is  that  the  author 
himself  describes  on  p.  823  of  the  work  under  consideration 
a new  species  under  the  name  Hoplochalina  incrustans 
n.  sp.,”  the  diagnosis  of  which  commences  with  the  words 
Klein,  incrustirend,  4 mm.  hoch  ” ! 

Any  detailed  information  with  regard  to  the  canal-system 
of  the  Chalininge  is,  of  course,  of  the  highest  importance,  and 
it  is  disappointing  to  find  that  the  section  of  the  paper 
devoted  to  this  subject  is  very  brief.  It  wilt  be  best  to  give 
the  gist  of  the  author’s  conclusions  on  this  head  in  his  own 
words : — “ Das  Canalsystem  der  Chalineen  ist  sehr  eirifach. 

* Ann.  & Mag'.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  xviii.  p.  331. 


328 


Mr.  A.  Dendy  on  the 

Die  Poren  fiihren  in  massig  ausgedehnte  Subdermalraume. 
. . . . Die  von  dem  Subd^imalraumboden  entspringenden, 
einfiihrenden  Canale  sind  zieinlich  weit  und  entbehren  jeg- 
licher  Klappenvorrichtung.  Besonders  anfFallend  ist  die  sehr 
betrachtliche  Weite  der  letzten  Verzweigmigen  derselben, 
welche  in  einzelnen  Fallen  fast  so  weit  wie  die  Stamme  selbst 
sind.  Sie  ilbertreffen  den  Durchmesser  der  Geisselkammern 
in  vielen  Fallen.  Ilir  Durchmesser  sinkt  nicht  unter  0*02 
mm.  herab. 

“ Die  Geisselkammern  sind  kugelig  und  besitzen  eine  kleine 
Ausstrbmungsoffnung,  deren  Durchmesser  ein  Viertel  oder 
weniger  von  jenem  der  Kammer  besitzt.  Der  Durchmesser 
der  Kammern  schwankt  zwischen  0*02  und  0*04  mm.  Die 
kleineren  Kammern  sind  vorherrschend 

‘‘  Die  ausfiihrenden  Canale  sind  ungefahr  ebenso  weit  wie 
die  zufiihrenden  und  entbehren,  wie  diese,  der  Klappenvorricht- 
iingen.  Am  Pseudosculum  der  rbhrenformigen  Formen  wird 
selten,  namentlich  bei  einigen  Fhylosvphonia-A.xtQr\,  ein 
ringformiger  Sphincter  beobachtet,  der  durch  ein  specielles 

Skelet  gestiitzt  sein  kann 

Es  geht  hieraus  hervor,  dass  das  Canalsystem  der  zu 
der  Gi’uppe  Chalininae  vereinten  Formen  ziemlich  unverand- 
erlich  ist,  und  es  leistet  diese  JVlonotonie  desselben  in  gewissem 
Grade  Biirgschaft  fur  die  Solidaritat  der  bier  zur  Subfamilie 
der  Chalininge  vereinten  Spongien.” 

This  brief  account  is  supplemented  by  some  very  remark- 
able figures,  which,  however,  are  of  doubtful  assistance  in 
clearing  up  the  question  as  to  the  nature  of  the  canal-system. 
In  these  figures  (plate  xxvii.  figs.  14,  16),  taken  from  two 
species  [Fhylosiplionia  superha^  Lendenfeld,  and  Cladochalina 
mollis j Lendenfeld) , the  flagellated  chambers  are  figured,  not 
as  opening  direct  into  the  wide  exhalant  canals,  as  would  seem 
to  be  implied,  though  not  explicitly  stated,  in  the  letterpress,  but 
through  the  intermediation  of  very  remarkable,  funnel-shaped 
canaliculi.  If  these  canaliculi  really  exist,  it  is,  qf  course,  a 
very  important  fact,  and  it  is  indeed  strange  that  no  mention 
of  them  should  be  made  either  in  the  section  on  the  canal- 
system  or  in  the  description  of  the  plate.  Either  we  must 
suppose  that  the  figures  are  of  that  more  or  less  imaginative 
character  which  has  unfortunately  been  so  prevalent  in  works 
on  sponges,  or  that  the  account  of  the  canal-system  is  im- 
perfect. 

Judging  from  my  own  researches  on  the  canal-system  of 
Pachychalina  spmosissima^  1 am  inclined  to  accept  the  former 
hypothesis,  and  to  doubt  the  existence  of  the  tunnel-shaped 
Ciuialiculi.  In  Vachychalina  spinosissima  I have  lately  figured 


329 


New  System  q/Chalininge. 

and  described''^  the  exhalant  canal-system  as  being  typically 
eurypylous,  the  flagellated  chambers  opening  directly  by  means 
of  wide  mouths  into  the  wide  exhalant  lacunae,  a condition  about 
the  existence  of  which  in  that  species  there  cannot  be  the 
slightest  doubt,  and  which  is  thoroughly  in  harmony  with 
Dr.  von  Lendenfeld’s  and  my  own  published  opinions  regarding 
the  close  relationship  of  the  Chalininae  to  the  Renierinae.  If, 
however.  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld’s  figures  are  correct,  then  we  have 
tw^o  types  of  canal-system  to  deal  with  in  the  group  Chali- 
ninae, and  his  statement  Es  geht  hieraus  hervor,  dass  das 
Canalsystem  der  zu  der  Gruppe  Chalininae  vereinten  Formen 
ziemlich  unveranderlich  ist,  und  es  leistet  diese  Monotonie 
desselben  in  gewissem  Grade  Biirgschaft  fiir  die  Solidaritat 
der  hier  zur  Subfamilie  der  Chalininae  vereinten  Spongien,” 
would  seem  to  fall  to  the  ground. 

The  comparative  length  of  the  section  on  the  spicules  of  the 
group  is  due  to  the  fact  that  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld  includes 
amongst  his  Chalininae.  a number  of  species  possessed  of  other 
than  oxeote  megasclera,  and  also  certain  species  which  even 
have  microsclera,  a proceeding  which,  in  my  opinion,  is  quite 
unjustifiable.  But  I shall  return  to  this  question  later  on, 
and  have  only  to  remark,  with  regard  to  the  spicules  described 
and  figured,  that  Gelliodes  jooculum^  Ridley  and  Dendy,  has 
certainly  not  got  any  sigmata  of  the  very  remarkable  shape 
figured  as  belonging  to  that  species  (plate  xxvii.  fig.  9) . 

The  author’s  discoveries  with  regard  to  the  nervous  system 
of  the  Chalininae  are  most  important  and  worthy  of  the  most 
careful  attention.  He  finds  that  the  nervous  system  consists 
of  irregular  cells,  distributed  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
pores.  These  always  remain  single,  and  there  are  usually  from 
three  to  five  to  each  pore.  They  appear  to  be  ganglion-cells, 
and  each  one  gives  off  a process  which  projects  beyond  the 
margin  of  the  pore  as  a distinct  thorn  ” into  its  lumen 
(plate  xxvii.  fig.  15).  Future  investigators  will  do  well  to 
endeavour  to  confirm  these  very  remarkable  and  important 
results. 

It  is  also  very  interesting  to  learn  that  the  Chalininse  possess 
spongoblasts  like  those  of  the  true  horny  sponges — a fact 
which  was  before  almost  certain  from  analogy,  but  which  it 
is  most  important  to  have  confirmed  by  direct  observation. 

The  embryological  section  calls  for  no  special  comment,  and 
this  part  of  the  subject  is  left  pretty  much  in  statu  quo, 

* Prcc.  Zool.  Soc.  1887,  p.  524,  woodcut,  fig.  6. 


330 


Mr.  A.  Dendy  on  tJie 


II.  The  Systematic  Position  and  Glassification  of  the 
Chalininse. 

In  dealing  with  this  portion  of  our  subject  it  is  necessary 
in  the  first  place  to  endeavour  to  decide  the  all-important 
question  What  is  a Chalinine  sponge  ? ” 

In  our  Preliminary  Report*  on  the  ^Challenger’  Mon- 
axonida  Mr.  Ridley  and  I have  divided  the  suborder  Hali- 
chondrina  (Vosmaer)  (excluding  the  Spongillidm)  into  the 
following  four  families  : — (1)  Homorrhaphidm,  (2)  Heteror- 
rhaphidse,  (3)  Desmacidonidse,  (4)  Axinellidic. 

The  Homorrhaphidse  are  characterized  by  the  fact  that  the 
megasclera  are  all  diactinal,  either  oxea  or  strongyla,  and 
there  are  no  microsclera.  They  are  divided  into  two  sub- 
families— (1)  the  Renierinm,  in  which  the  spicules  may  be 
united  together  by  a small  proportion  of  spongin,  but  are 
never  completely  enveloped  in  it ; and  (2)  the  Chalininae  f,  in 
which  a considerable  amount  of  spongin  is  present,  typically 
forming  a thick  sheath,  completely  enveloping  the  spicules 
and  uniting  them  into  strong  fibres. 

According  to  this  arrangement,  then,  a Chalinine  sponge 
is  a Halichondrine  with  diactinal  megasclera  {skeleton- 
spicules)  and  no  nncroscltra  {fiesh- spicules)  ^ and  with  a large 
amount  of  spongin  uniting  the  spicules  into  strong  fibres. 

Since  the  publication  of  our  Preliminary  Report  I have 
had  occasion  to  pay  very  considerable  attention  to  this  group 
of  sponges,  and  have  not  yet  seen  any  reason  to  alter  our 
original  view. 

JJr.  von  Lendenfeld  appears,  however,  to  think  differently 
upon  this  subject,  and  of  course  every  man  has  a perfect  right 
to  his  own  opinion.  Strange  to  say,  however,  in  the  paper 
under  discussion  he  gives  the  following  scheme  of  classifi- 
cation (p.  7(31)  : — 


“ Suhordo  Halichondhina. 

1.  Fam.  Spongillidce.  Mit  Gemmulae, 

2.  Fam.  Hoinorrhaphidce . Oline  Gemmulse  imd  olme  difterente 

Fleisclinadeln, 


* In  this  and  other  cases  I refer  to  our  Preliminary  Report  rather  than 
to  our  complete  Report,  because  at  the  time  when  Rr.  von  Lendenfeld 
wrote  his  paper  the  latter  was  not  published. 

t Ry  an  oversight  these  names  appear  as  ^^Renierina  ” and  ‘^Chalinina  ” 
in  our  Preliminary  Report ; this  oversight  is  rectified  in  the  full  Report. 


331 


New  System  of  Clialininsp-. 

3.  Fam.  Heterorrhaphidce.  Ohne  Gemmulae  mit  differenten  Fleisch- 

nadeln  ohne  Anker, 

4.  Fam.  Desmacidonidce  *.  Ohne  Gemmulae,  Fleischnadeln,  Anker. 

Familia  Homorrhaphidce. 

1.  Suhf.  Renierince.  Nadeln  nicht  vollstandig  von  Spongin  um- 

schlossen. 

2.  Suhf.  Chalinin(2.  Das  Skelet  hesteht  aiis  einem  Sponginfasernetz 

mit  eingelagerten  Nadeln.” 

In  this  classification  the  Axinellidge  appear  to  be  altogether 
left  out  of  account.  Yet,  in  spite  of  this  omission,  it  bears  a 
very  striking  resemblance  to  that  published  by  Mr.  Midley 
and  myself,  as  given  above.  In  fact  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld 
appears  to  have  adopted  our  classification  in  the  main,  but 
instead  of  giving  it  in  the  way  we  gave  it  and  with  the  sig- 
nificance which  we  attached  to  the  different  groups,  he  has 
modified  it  to  suit  his  present  purposes,  thereby,  in  my 
opinion,  almost  entirely  destroying  its  value.  Perhaps  under 
these  circumstances  it  is  as  well  that  he  does  not  state  the 
source  whence  he  obtained  it. 

The  subfamily  Chalininm  is  described  on  p.  761  as  fol- 
lows : — Homorrhaphidm  mit  miichtiger  Entwicklung  des 
Spongins — Cornacuspongias  mit  einem  Skelet,  welches  aus 
einem  Netz  von  Hornfasern  besteht,  in  denen  Stabnadeln 
eingelagert  sind.  Mit  unbedeutenden  Subdermalraumen, 
einfachem  Can alsy stem  und  ziemlich  grossen,  kugligen  Greis- 
selkammern,  welche  mit  einer  kleinen  Ausstromungsoffnung 
versehen  sind.  Mit  nahezu  hyaliner  Grrundsubstanz.  Die 
Skeletfasern  sind  nicht  durch  vorstehende  Nadeln  stachelig. 
Fleischnadeln,  wenn  vorhanden,  einfach,  Toxius,  Sigma, 
Amphitoxius,  Spirula,  Spirobacter.  Keine  Anker.” 

Now  perhaps  the  most  important  feature  of  the  classifica- 
tion proposed  by  Mr.  Pidley  and  myself  is  the  erection  of  the 
family  Homorrhaphidse  to  include  those  Halichondnna  which 

* One  of  the  most  important  features  of  our  Preliminary  Deport  was  the 
use  of  the  term  Desmacidonidce  to  include  all  those  Halichondrine  sponges 
in  which  chelae  (anchorates)  occur,  and  our  diagnosis  runs ; — “ Family  3. 
Desmacidonidae.  Skeleton-spicules  of  various  forms.  Anchorate  desh- 
spicules  normally  present.”  It  is  therefore  rather  surprising  to  find,  on 
p.  732  of  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld’s  work,  the  passage  Anders  verhalt  es  sich 
mit  den  Ankern.  Diese  bilden  ein  verwerthbares  Criterium,  und  ich 
vereinige  deshalb  auch  alle  Curnacuspongiae  mit  Ankern  in  eine  Gruppe, 
Desmacidonidae,”  without  the  slightest  reference  to  the  fact  that  we  had 
already  done  precisely  the  same  thing. 


332 


Mr.  A.  Dendj  on  the 

possess  only  diactinal  megasclera  and  no  raicrosclera  ; and 
Dr.  von  Lendenfeld,  as  we  liave  seen,  himself  describes  them 
as  being  “ ohne  differente  Fleischnadeln.”  What,  then,  are 
his  ‘‘  Toxins,  Sigma,  Amphitoxins,  Spirnla,  Spirobacter,”  if 
not  “ differente  Fleischnadeln  ” ? and  how  can  he  possibly 
include  such  forms  as  possess  these  spicules  amongst  the 
Chalininse  ? 

It  has  been  demonstrated  again  and  again  by  various 
authors  that  the  mere  possession  of  a large  amount  of  spongin 
in  the  skeleton  is  not  a sufficient  guide  to  the  systematic 
position  of  a sponge ; and  to  found  a group  on  this  character 
alone  is  totally  out  of  accord  with  the  present  state  of  our 
knowledge.  Spongin  is  enormously  developed  in  many  of 
the  Desmacidonidse,  and  it  also  occurs  abundantly  in  the 
Heterorrhaphidge  and  Axinellidae. 

Amongst  the  Heterorrhaphidag  the  subfamily  Gelliinse 
(Ridley  and  Dendy)  is  characterized  by  the  presence  of  diactinal 
megasclera  and  microsclera  in  the  form  of  sigmata  or  toxa. 
It  contains  three  genera,  Gellius^  Gray,  Gelliodes^  Ridley,  and 
Toxochalina^  Ridley.  Gelliodes  differs  from  Gellius  solely  in 
the  possession  of  a larger  proportion  of  spongin  in  the  skele- 
ton ; and  yet  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld  removes  Gelliodes  from  the 
Gelliin^  and  places  it  amongst  the  Chalininse  ; and  he  does 
the  same  with  Toxochalinaj  which  also  happens  to  possess 
much  spongin.  If  he  thinks  that  the  characteristic  micro- 
sclera (sigmata  and  toxa)  of  these  two  genera  are  not  suffi- 
ciently ‘‘differente”*  to  justify  their  separation  from  the 
Chalininge  then  the  whole  family  Heterorrhaphidae  must,  for 
him,  fall  to  the  ground,  for  none  of  the  genera  therein  included, 
except  Vomerula  and  Hamacantlia^  have  more  “ differente  ” 
microsclera ; but  he  accepts  the  family  in  his  classification. 
It  is  clear  that  Gelliodes  must  go  where  Gellius  goes,  the  mere 
presence  of  a greater  or  less  amount  of  spongin  cannot  in  this 
case  be  regarded  as  of  more  than  generic  value  ; but  no  one 
would  think  of  calling  Gellius  a Chalinine  sponge. 

In  fact  it  is  obvious  that  we  must  depend  on  spicules  rather 
then  on  spongin  for  guides  to  classification.  In  putting  such 
forms  as  Gelliodes  and  Toxochalina  amongst  the  Chalininae  Dr. 
von  Lendenfeld  does  away  at  once  with  all  distinction  between 
the  Homorrhaphidge  and  lieterorrliaphidge ; and  under  such 
circumstances  he  has  no  business  to  retain  these  two  groups  in 
his  system. 

* On  p.  797,  however,  the  ‘‘siihgeuiis”  Toxochalina  is  defined  thus: — 

“ Phylosiphouinae  mit  ditferenten  Fleischnadeln  (Toxii),”  which  scarcely 
seems  in  accordance  with  the  previous  statement  that  the  Homorrhaphidae, 
as  a family,  are  “ ohne  differente  Fleischnadeln  ” (p.  761). 


333 


New  System  Chalininse. 

The  close  relationship  between  the  Chalininee  and  Renie- 
rinae  is  now  fully  demonstrated , and  if  further  proof  were 
needed  I think  1 may  fairly  elaim  to  have  given  it  in  my 
recent  papers  on  the  West-Indian  Ghalininge  * and  on  Pachy- 
chalina  spinosissima  f.  Indeed  the  distinction  between  the 
two  groups  is  an  arbitrary  one  and  of  a quantitative  rather 
than  a qualitative  character.  Henee  the  two  are  united 
together  in  one  family  under  the  name  Homorrhaphidse,  and  I 
still  think  that  the  family  Homorrhaphidse,  as  constituted  by 
Mr.  Ridley  and  myself,  is  a fairly  natural  one ; but  it  would 
certainly  no  longer  be  so  were  we  to  include  therein  the 
genera  Gelliodes  and  Toxochalina  |. 

It  would  be  too  long  and  too  difficult  a task  to  offer  in  this 
place  any  detailed  critieismof  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld’s arrangement 
of  his  Chalininse ; but  for  the  information  of  the  reader  I 
will  briefly  give  the  classification  of  the  group  proposed  by 
him.  For  diagnoses  of  the  different  subdivisions  the  reader 
is  referred  to  tiie  original  memoir. 

Subfamilia  CHALININiE. 

1.  Tribus  OhALININ^  BEXICULATiE. 

I.  Gruppe  Cacochalinin^. 

1.  Genus  Cacochalina,  O.  Schmidt,  1870. 

2.  ,,  Chalinopora,  n.  g. 

3.  „ Cladochalina,  0.  Schmidt,  1870,  emend. 

4.  „ Chalinella,  n.  g. 

II.  Gruppe  Pachychalinin^. 

6.  Genus  Chalinissa,  n.  g. 

6.  „ Pachychalina,  O.  Schmidt,  1868,  emend. 

7.  „ Ceraochalina,  n.  g. 

8.  „ Chalinopsis,  0.  Schmidt,  1870. 

III.  Gruppe  Placochalinin^. 

9.  Genus  Anther ochalina,  n.  g. 

10.  „ Euplacella,  n.  g. 

11.  „ Placochalina,  n,  g. 

12.  „ Platychalina,  Ehlers,  1870. 

IV.  Gruppe  Gelliodin^. 

13.  Genus  Gelliodes,  Ridley,  1884. 

14.  „ Spirophora,  n.  g. 


* Abstracted  in  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1887,  p.  603. 
t Loc.  cit.  p.  524. 

t I take  these  as  examples.  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld  also  includes  other 
genera,  such  as  Spirophora,  n.  g.  {—Traohycladus,  Carter),  which,  in  my 
opinion,  have  no  business  in  the  group. 


334 


Mr.  A.  Dendj  on  the 


V.  Gruppe  SiPHONiNiE. 

15.  Genus  Sclerochalina,  0.  Schmidt,  1868. 

16.  „ Thylosiphonia,  n g. 

1.  Subgeuus  Toxochalina. 

2.  „ Anatoxins. 

17.  „ Siphonochalina^  O.  Schmidt,  1868,  emend. 

18.  ,,  Dasychalina  Ridley  and  Dendy,  1886. 

19.  „ Siphmiella,  u.  g. 

VI.  Gruppe  Euchalinin.®. 

20.  Genus  DactylochaUna,  Lendenfeld,  1885. 

21.  „ JEuckalinopsis,  n.  g. 

22.  „ Euchalina,  n.  g. 

23.  „ Chalinodendron,  n.  g. 

VII.  Gruppe  Arenochalinin^. 

24.  Genus  Arenochalinay  u.  g. 

VIII.  Gruppe  Chalinojrhaphin.e. 

25.  Genus  Chalinorhaphis,  n.  g. 

2,  Tribus  Chalinin^  dendroid^. 

IX.  Gruppe  HoPLOCHALINIXiE. 

26.  Genus  Hoplochalma,  n.  g. 

Such,  then,  is  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld’s  arrangement  of  the 
group  ; I leave  it  to  speak  for  itself,  and  will  proceed  at  once 
to  discuss  the  nomenclature  adopted  by  him  for  the  genera 
and  species. 

III.  The  Nomenclature  of  Genera  and  Species, 

On  this  subject  a great  deal  might  be  said  ; but  I will 
endeavour  to  make  my  remarks  as  short  as  possible. 

That  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld  holds  very  peculiar  views  on  the 
subject  of  zoological  nomenclature  will  be  evident  from  what 
follows. 

Firstly  with  regard  to  his  new  genera,  I would  venture  to 
point  out  that  the  very  remarkable  genus  Spirophora  appears 
to  be  thoroughly  identical  with  Mr.  Carter’s  Trachycladus^  of 
which  the  type  species  (possibly  identical  with  one  of  those 
described  by  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld)  was  fully  described  so  far 

* Dr.  V.  Lendenfeld  remarks,  “ Diese  Gattung  soil  eingezogen  werden, 
wie  Mr.  Dendy  mittheilt.”  This  is  quite  true  j but  he  does  not  say  what 
is  to  become  oI  the  three  species  included  in  it,  viz.  D.  fibrosa,  D.fragilis, 
and  D.  melior.  In  our  ‘ Challenger  ’ Report  we  have  included  these  three 
species  in  the  genus  PachycJialina. 


335 


New  System  of  ChalininaB. 

back  as  1879  *.  I have  examined  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld’s 
specimens  of  Spirophoraf  and  cannot  conceive  what  possible 
claims  they  have  to  be  included  amongst  the  Chalininae.  The 
genus  Trachycladus^  as  it  must  of  course  be  called,  is  certainly 
a difficult  one  to  locate ; but  it  seems  to  me  that  it  would  be 
difficult  to  place  it  in  a much  less  appropriate  position. 

The  creation  of  the  new  genus  Phylosiphonia  would  seem 
to  be  equally  unfortunate.  It  is  a comprehensive  genus,  and 
includes  species  both  with  and  without  microsclera.  Accord- 
ingly it  is  divided  into  two  subgenera  : — (1)  Toxochalina  f, 
with  microsclera,  and  (2)  Anatoxins^  without  microsclera. 
The  author  seems  a little  doubtful  as  to  the  generic  nomen- 
clature of  the  species  described  by  him  under  the  subgenus 
Toxochalina^  so  that  we  have  the  following  curious  result : — 

“ 1.  Toxochalina  foliodes  Lendenfeld. 

Toxochalina  foliodes  Ridley. 

2.  Phylosiphonia  rohusta  Lendenfeld. 

“ Toxochalina  rohusta  Ridley.” 

All  the  remaining  species,  both  of  Toxochalina  and  Ana- 
toxiusj  are  described  under  the  generic  name  Phylosiphonia. 

But  it  is  very  difficult  to  understand  why  the  new  genus 
Phylosiphonia  should  have  been  introduced  at  all.  The  type 
species  of  Schmidt’s  genus  Siphonochalina  [S.  coriacea)  is 
actually  included  in  the  list  of  species  of  Phylosiphonia^  where 
it  figures  under  the  name  ^^Phylosiphonia  coriacea  Lenden- 
feld.” Obviously  then  Siphonochalina  is  the  correct  generic 
name  for  all  those  species  of  ^^Phylosiphonia  ” which  have  no 
microsclera  (subgenus  Anatoxins,  Lendenfeld),  while  the 
correct  generic  name  for  those  with  microsclera  (toxa)  is 
Toxochalina^  Bidley.  To  make  Toxochalina^  Ridley,  generi- 
cally  identical  with  Siphonochalina^  Schmidt,  appears  to  be  an 
altogether  unwarrantable  proceeding. 

If  possible  the  confusion  here  introduced  is  still  worse  con- 
founded by  the  fact  that  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld  actually  uses 
Schmidt’s  name  Siphonochalina  for  some  of  those  species  of 
tubular  Chalininae  mit  conuloser  Oberflache,”  and  calls  the 
genus  '‘^Siphonochalina  O.  Schmidt  1868  emend.,”  quite 
regardless  of  the  fact  that  VosmaerJ  had  already  created  a 
genus,  Spinosella^  which  includes  the  conulose  or  spinose 

* Ann.  & Mag-.  Nat.  Hist.  May  1879,  p.  343. 

t Ridley’s  genus.  » 

X lironn’s  Klass.  u.  Ordnung.  des  Thierreiclis,  Porifera,  p.  342. 


336 


Mr.  A.  Dendj  on  the 

species,  as  opposed  to  the  genus  Siphonochalinay  Schmidt, 
which  includes  the  smooth  species,  the  type  species  of  Siphono- 
chalina^  S.  coriacea^  being  perfectly  smooth,  as  shown  by 
Schmidt’s  illustration  thereof 

In  short,  the  tubular  Chalininge  (excluding  those  forms 
with  microsclera,  which  I cannot  regard  as  Chalinin®  at  all) 
may  be  very  simply  dealt  with  by  dividing  them  between 
the  two  genera  Siphonochalina^  Schmidt,  and  Spinosella^ 
Vosmaer.  The  new  genus  Phi/losiphoma  is  then  quite 
superfluous  ; and  the  same  remark  also  applies  to  Dr.  von 
Lendenfeld’s  new  genus  SiphonellajW\\o^Q  species  come  under 
S/nnosellaj  Vosmaer. 

The  peculiarities  in  nomenclature,  however,  show  them- 
selves most  strikingly  in  the  case  of  the  specific  names.  In 
the  first  place  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld  attaches  his  own  name  to 
every  species  which  he  places  in  a genus  different  from  that 
to  which  its  real  author  had  assigned  it,  thus,  as  it  were, 
capturing  all  stray  species  and  taking  forcible  possession  of 
them.  This  fact  gives  us  some  insight  into  his  method  of 
working,  but  it  does  not  explain  by  any  means  all  the  notice- 
able peculiarities. 

Probably  the  printers  have  had  some  hand  in  the  remark- 
able transformation  of  Pachychalina  lohata  Pidley,”  into 
Ghalinissa  ohlata  Lendenfeld,”  as  in  the  case  of  several  other 
minor  errors  which  need  not  be  enumerated.  We  cannot, 
however,  thus  explain  the  nomenclature  of  the  author’s  Gerao- 
chalina  papillata  n.  sp.”  This  new  species  includes  the 
following,  as  given  by  its  founder : — 

Geraochalina  papillata  n.  sp. 

I.  Varietas  pergamentacea. 

Gladochalina  armigera  var.  pergamentacea  Ridley. 

Gladochalina  pergamentacea  Ridley. 

II.  Varietas  armigera. 

Gladochalina  armigera  O.  Schmidt. 

Gladochalina  armigera  Ridley, 

III.  Varietas  macropora. 

IV.  Varietas  intermedia. 

V,  Varietas  micropora. 


* Spong.  d.  Kiiste  v,  Algier,  Taf.  ii.  fig.  4. 


337 


Neio  System  Chalininse. 

Whatever  may  be  the  real  name  of  this  comprehensive 
species,  it  certainly  cannot  be  Ceraochalina  papillata 
n.  sp.  ” ! 

Again,  let  us  take  the  following  : — 


Ceraochalina  nuda  Lendenfeld. 

I.  Varietas  oxyus» 

Cladochalina  nuda  Ridley. 

II.  Varietas  oxystrongylus, 

Cladochalina  nuda^  var.  ahruptispicula  Ridley. 


This  is  beyond  comment. 

On  p.  813  ‘‘^Chalina  monilatal^idXkij  ” is  avowedly  described 
under  the  name  '"’‘Dactylochalina  australis  Lendenfeld,”  and  on 
p.  815  we  are  informed  that  ^^Chalina  oculata  Bowerbank  ” 
is  Unten  als  Euchalinopsis  oculata  var.  elegans  Lendenfeld, 
beschrieben  ” ; var.  elegans.,  however,  does  not  again  make 
its  appearance,  but  under  oculata  Lendenfeld,” 

we  find  Chalina  oculata,  Bowerbank,  given  as  a synonym. 

This  free-and-easy  system  of  nomenclature  is  doubtless 
very  convenient  for  one  engaged  in  the  description  of  genera 
and  species,  and  saves  a good  deal  of  time  and  trouble  ; but 
it  can  scarcely  be  recommended  as  being  well  adapted  to 
promote  our  zoolcgical  knowledge. 

The  nomenclature  of  sponges  is  already  in  a state  of  dire 
enough  confusion  and  does  not  require  to  be  made  any  more  in- 
volved. It  is  very  tempting  to  overthrow  the  work  of  pre- 
vious authors  and  make  a fresh  start  on  one’s  own  account  j 
but  it  can  scarcely  be  expected  that  such  a method  will  obtain 
the  approval  of  other  workers.  I do  not  wish  to  enter  into 
any  zoological  polemics,  but  as  a zoologist,  and  more  espe- 
cially as  a spongologist,  I feel  bound  to  enter  a protest 
against  such  a mode  of  procedure. 

At  the  same  time  I do  not  wish  in  the  slightest  degree  to 
underestimate  the  value  of  Dr.  von  Lendenfeld’s  important 
contribution  to  our  knowledge  of  the  Chalininas.  He  under- 
took and  has  completed  a most  difficult  and  laborious  task  ; 
and  I would  especially  call  attention  to  the  nine  beautiful 
photographic  plates  of  external  form  which  accompany  his 
memoir,  the  value  of  which  for  the  identification  of  species 
can  scarcely  be  overestimated. 

Ann.  ds  Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  VoL  xx.  24 


338 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Japanese  Sllpliid^. 


XLIV. — A List  of  the  Japanese  Sllpliidae. 

By  Geokge  Lewis,  F.L.S. 

The  following  is  a list  of  the  Japanese  Silphidas,  consisting 
of  twenty-three  species,  of  which  three  are  treated  of  as  new. 


Necrophorus  concolor,  Kraatz. 

japonicus,  Harold. 

maciilifrons,  Kraatz. 

moutivagus. 

4-punctatus,  Kraatz. 

latifasciatus. 

mortuorum,  Fahr. 

tenuipes. 

Ptomascopus  morio,  Kraatz. 

plagiatus,  MenHr.,  Motsch. 

\-maculatus,  Kraatz. 
Davidis,  Fairm. 
playiatipennis^  Lewis. 


Necrodes  littoralis,  Zmw. 

uigricornis,  Harold. 

Silpha  japonica,  Motsch. 

brunnicollis,  Kraatz. 

venatoria,  Harold. 

perforata,  Gehler. 

sylvatica,  Lewis. 

sinuata,  Fabr. 

rugosa,  Linn. 

tlioracica,  Linn. 

subrufa,  Lewis. 

nigropunctata,  Lewis. 

atratus,  Linn. 


The  Silphidas  have  a curious  habit,  common  enough  also 
with  other  insects,  and  well  known  to  every  one  who 
studies  them,  of  remaining  stationary  when  alarmed,  with 
outstretched  legs  and  with  the  head  and  thorax  bent  towards 
the  abdomen.  The  attitude  is  often  expressed  as  the 
feigning  of  death  ; ” but  what  the  beetles  really  do  in  assum- 
ing this  posture  is  to  bring  the  edges  of  the  hard  chitinous 
epidermis  together,  and  this  is  the  only  position  in  which  the 
edges  can  meet.  When  the  insects  are  active  and  the  head 
on  a plane  with  the  thorax  the  soft  membranous  parts  between 
the  hard  segments  are  exposed,  and  it  is  presumable  that  a 
wound  or  injury  to  these  frail  structures  would  be  very 
harmful,  if  not  mortal.  We  sometimes  find  a beetle  with 
part  of  its  chitinous  covering  broken  or  bruised  • but  it  is 
probable  that  unless  the  membranous  part  beneath  (for  it 
extends  under  it)  is  injured,  the  damage  done  to  the  insect  is 
not  by  any  means  immediately  fatal.  If,  as  suggested,  the 
piercing  or  lacerating  of  the  membranous  film  is  mortal,  there  is 
a manifest  object  in  the  animal  covering  it  when  disturbed. 
Dr.  Sharp,  in  an  interesting  paper  on  Llypocephalus  armatus, 
Desmarest  (C.  B.  ent.  Belg.  xxviii.),  has  already  written  on 
this  subject. 

The  stationary  posture  of  the  imago  is  similar  to  the  recum- 
bent attitude  of  the  insect  when  it  is  a pupa,  except  that  the 
legs  are  free.  When  the  beetles  “ feign  death  ” their  legs 
are  thrust  out  away  from  the  body,  and  this  action  closes  the 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Japanese  Silphidge.  339 

coxal  cavities  ; but  to  us  it  gives  an  appearance  of  great  help- 
lessness, as  the  insect  lies  on  its  back  or  side. 

What  the  special  enemies  of  Necrophorus  are,  or  what  the 
conditions  of  its  life  most  disadvantageous  to  it  may  be,  I 
cannot  say.  Acari  often  swarm  on  their  bodies,  but  they  do 
not  apparently  hurt  the  images,  although  we  may  well  con- 
ceive tliat  they  are  a source  of  intense  discomfort  to  them. 
Hasty  flight  is  apparently  of  less  importance  than  the  covering- 
up  of  the  membranous  surface  ; yet  after  a minute  or  so  the 
beetles  run  away  fast  enough.  Creopkilus  maooiUosus,  Linn., 
is  a common  English  species  which  feigns  death  ” before 
running,  and  the  large  larvas  of  Sphingidse,  with  retractile 
heads,  will  remain  stiff  on  their  food-plants,  although  they 
will  jerk  and  sway  their  heads  to  and  fro  on  the  arrival  of  an 
ichneumon.  They  will  not  crawl  when  first  alarmed. 

Another  benefit  accruing  from  the  closing  of  the  harder 
plates  over  the  thin  membranous  parts  is  that  when  the  insects 
are  hybernating  or  in  repose  desiccation  is  less,  and  the  vital 
capital  of  the  beetle  is  longer  retained.  It  would  thus  get 
less  hungry.  It  seems  also  that  the  chitinous  part  of  the 
epidermis  is  the  only  portion  of  it  which  is  exposed  to  the 
chemical  action  of  the  air  &c.  while  the  imago  is  yet  soft  after 
transformation ; and  this  doubtless  has  always  been  an 
important  incident  in  the  economic  history  of  a species. 


1.  Necrophorus  concolor^  Kraatz. 

Necrophorus  concolor,  Kraatz,  Deutsche  ent.  Zeitschr.  1877,  p.  100. 

This  species  is  abundant  in  South  Japan  and  has  been 
taken  in  Sado.  It  measures  30-36  millim.,  and  is  black, 
with  a yellow  club  to  the  antenna. 

2.  Necrophorus  japonicus^  Harold. 

Necrophorus  japonicus,  Harold,  Deutsche  ent.  Zeitschr.  1877,  p.  345. 

The  hind  tibisB  of  this  insect  are  incurved  in  the  male  and 
the  internal  spine  on  the  trochanter  is  long  and  conspicuous. 
The  largest  example  in  a series  of  fourteen  specimens 
measures  27  millim. 

Found  at  Nagasaki,  Hiogo,  and  Yokohama. 

3.  Necrophorus  maculifrons^  Kraatz. 

Necrophorus  maculifrons,  Kraatz,  Deutsche  ent.  Zeitschr.  1877,  p.  101 . 

Harold  [1.  c.  p.  346)  considered  this  species  to  be  the  same 
as  N.  nepalensis^  Hope  (Zool.  Misc.  1831,  p.  21)  ; but  this 

24* 


340 


]\lr.  G.  Lewis  on  Japanese  Silpliidje. 

determination  is  not  correct.  The  type  of  nepalensis  is  in 
the  British  Mirseum,  and  has  been  carefully  examined  and 
compared  by  Mr.  C.  O.  Waterhouse  and  myself  with  Japanese 
specimens  which  are  undoubtedly  Kraatz’s  N.  macuh'frons^  and 
it  is  certain  that  the  species  are  distinct. 

I have  taken  it  at  Nikko,  Hiogo,  and  Yokohama. 

4.  Necropliorus  montivagus^  n.  sp. 

Prapcedenti  similis,  sed  multo  miuor ; aiiteunarum  clava  partim 

nigra;  elytris  fasciis  duabus  rufis.  L.  11-14  mill. 

This  species  differs  from  N.  maculifrons^  Kraatz,  in  being 
much  smaller  ; the  antennas,  especially  the  basal  joint,  stouter, 
with  the  apical  joint  alone  red.  It  has  also  no  frontal  red 
spot,  and  the  red  fascige  of  the  elytra  in  most  specimens  are 
less  encroached  upon  by  the  black  denticulation  of  the  other 
part.  The  thorax  is  rounder  and  anteriorly  less  widened. 
The  trochanters,  like  those  of  N.  macuUfrons^  are  simply  bifid. 

I obtained  this  insect  first  at  Chiuzenji  in  June  1880,  and 
on  August  22,  1881,  I took  a series  of  twenty  near  the  water- 
fall there,  in  bottles  set  with  meat. 

5.  Necropliorus  A-punctatuSj  Kraatz. 

Necrophorus  A-puncfMus,  Kraatz,  Deutsche  ent.  Zeitschr.  1877,  p.  100. 

Kraatz  considered  this  a variety  of  N.  maculifrons ; but 
beyond  the  colour  there  are  other  characters  by  which  to 
separate  it.  The  hind  tibige  in  the  male  are  swollen  on  the 
external  surface,  and  the  thorax  is  more  rotundate.  In  the 
female  the  hind  tibige  are  like  those  of  the  male  of  N.  maculi- 
frons. 

I have  one  specimen  in  which  the  elytra  are  wholly  black, 
and  twelve  others  with  the  red  bands  as  described  by  Kraatz, 
each  having  two  isolated  black  spots. 

It  occurs  in  Central  and  South  Japan,  and  is  not  un- 
common. 


6.  Necropliorus  latifasciatus ^ sp.  n. 

Niger,  vix  nitidus  ; elytris  transversim  late  fasciatis,  fasciis  duabus 
rufis.  L.  14-16  mill. 

This  species  is  similar  in  outline  to  N.  A-punctatus^  Kraatz, 
but  differs  in  the  following  essential  details  : — The  head  is 
much  more  enlarged  behind  the  eyes,  the  thorax  is  dilated  in 
front  (as  in  N.  japonicus^  Harold),  the  elytra  are  more  densely 
punctured,  with  interstices  somewhat  coriaceous,  the  red  bands 
m*e  broad  and  only  touch  the  base  of  the  elyffron  under  the 


341 


Mr.  G.  Lewis  on  Japanese  Silpliidae. 

humeral  angle,  and  the  bands  are  not  interrupted  at  the  suture, 
the  eljtral  stria3  are  less  distinct,  and  the  hind  tibiae  of  the  male 
are  straight  and  not  swollen  externally.  In  N,  A-jmnctatus  the 
trochanter  is  simply  bifid,  but  in  N.  latifasciatus  the  internal 
spine  is  obtuse  and  hamate.  I have  four  examples  of  this 
species,  and  in  all  the  mesosternurn  is  thickly  clothed  with  a 
golden  pubescence.  Three  of  them  are  males,  and  one,  which 
1 think  is  of  the  other  sex,  has  the  trochanter  simply  bifid  ; but 
1 am  not  sure  about  this,  as  the  head  is  not  enlarged  behind 
the  eyes  and  the  clypeus  has  a small  triangular  red  membra- 
nous space,  which  may  be  a character  of  an  undeveloped 
male. 

Found  at  Sapporo  and  on  Mount  Niohozan. 


7.  Necrophorus  mortuorum^  Fabr. 

Necrophorus  mortuorum,  Fabr.  Ent.  Syst.  i.  p.  248. 

Three  examples  were  taken  at  Nikko  and  two  at  Sapporo. 
It  occurs  also  in  Europe,  Asia,  and  North  America. 

8.  Necrophorus  tenuipes^  sp.  n. 

N.  humatori  similis,  at  paulo  minor ; pedibus  gracilibus  ; antenna- 
rum  clava  nigra.  L.  15-19  mill. 

The  sculpture  of  this  species  is  very  similar  to  that  of  N 
humatorj  Fabr. ; but  the  club  of  the  antennm  is  black  and  more 
lax,  and  the  frontal  sulci  are  more  arched  at  the  sides  and 
much  less  widened  out  before  the  neck.  The  legs  and  antennae 
are  more  slender,  but  I see  no  other  differences. 

I saw  it  in  plenty  on  Mantaizan,  August  20th,  1881,  but 
most  of  the  specimens  were  drowned  in  a tub  containing 
rotten  fish  left  by  pilgrims,  and  only  three  good  ones  were 
secured. 


9.  Ptomascopus  morio^  Kraatz. 
Ptomascopus  morio,  Kraatz,  Deutsche  ent.  Zeitschr.  1877,  p.  104. 
Found  in  all  the  islands. 


10.  Ptomascopus  plagiatusj  Mendtr. 

Ptomascopus plagiatus,  M^netr.,  Motsch.,  Etud.  Ent.  1854,  p.  27. 

The  synonymy  of  this  species  is  first  given  in  the  ^ Ento- 
mologist,’ Oct.  1887.  It  is  not  unfrequent  near  Pekin,  and  1 
have  taken  it  at  Kiu  Kiang,  on  the  Yaiigtsze  Kiang.  1 have 
only  one  Japanese  specimen. 


342 


Mr.  A.  S.  Woodward  on  the 


11.  Necrodes  littoralis^  Linn. 

Kecrodes  littoralis,  Linn.  Fn.  Siiec.  p.  450. 

Is  not  common  in  Japan. 

12.  Necrodes  nigricornis^  Harold. 

Necrodes  nigricorms,  Harold,  Deutsche  Abhandl.  nat.  Ver.  Bremen, 
1875,  p.  286. 

This  is  one  of  the  commonest  of  the  Japanese  Coleoptera, 
and  occurs  both  inland  and  on  the  coast. 

The  descriptions  of  Silpha  sylvatica^  suhrufa^  and  nigro- 
punctata  are  given  in  the  ^ Entomologist,’  Oct.  ife?. 


[Note. — Eudcemonius,  supiA  p.  72,  must  be  changed  to 
Eutriplax^  as  the  first  name  has  been  used  in  Lepidoptera.] 


XLV. — On  the  so-called  Microdon  nuehalis,  Dixon j from 
the  Chalk  of  Sussex j a new  Species  of  Platax.  By  A. 
{SxMiTH  WOODWAED,  F.G.S.,  E.Z.S.,  of  the  British  Mu- 
seum (Natural  History). 

In  his  well-knowm  work  on  ^ The  Geology  and  Fossils  of 
Sussex  ’ (p.  369,  pi.  xxxii.  fig.  7)  Mr.  Frederic  Dixon  figured 
and  briefly  noticed  a small  deep-bodied  fish  from  the  Chalk 
of  Washington,  Sussex,  which  he  referred  to  the  Pycnodont 
Microdon.,  and  considered  to  represent  a new  species  of  that 
genus,  named  M.  nuehalis.  The  paragraph  and  figure  were 
reprinted,  without  comment,  in  the  revised  edition  of  the  work 
in  1878,  and,  so  far  as  I am  aware,  the  determination  has 
hitherto  been  accepted  as  correct. 

The  original  specimen,  however,  is  now  preserved,  with 
Mr.  Dixon’s  other  fossils,  in  the  British  Museum,  and  a 
recent  study  of  its  characters  has  shown  that  it  is  in  no 
respects  allied  to  the  Pycnodontidae,  but  rather  belongs  to  a 
truly  Teleostean  genus.  The  fossil  is  too  fragmentary  to 
allow  of  any  very  precise  determination,  but  sufficient  is  pre- 
served to  indicate  approximately  its  affinities ; and  as  it 
evidently  rej)resents  a family  hitherto  undetected  in  the 
Flnglish  Chalk,  I propose  briefly  to  enumerate  the  most 
important  of  its  structural  features. 


343 


so-called  Microdon  nuchalis;  Dixon. 

The  specimen  is  sliown  of  the  natural  size  in  Mr.  Dixon’s 
figure  already  quoted,  though  the  details  unfortunately  are 
but  slightly  marked.  It  comprises  a large  portion  of  the 
crushed  head,  the  pectoral  and  pelvic  arches,  the  abdominal 
portion  of  the  vertebral  column,  with  some  remains  of  dorsal 
interspinous  bones,  and  a fragment  of  the  caudal  region. 
None  of  the  sutures  between  the  bones  of  the  head  can  be 
distinguished,  but  part  of  the  snpraoccipital  is  conspicuous, 
from  its  being  extended  upwards  in  the  form  of  a strong, 
laterally  compressed,  triangular  crest.  The  facial  profile  is 
very  steep  and  the  orbit  is  relatively  large.  The  remains  of 
two  or  three  branchiostegal  rays  are  recognizable,  and  possibly 
also  the  bases  of  some  minute  hollow  teeth  in  the  jaws.  The 
vertebrm,  with  their  arches,  are  well  ossified,  and  there  are 
apparently  ten  in  the  abdominal  region,  while  all  but  six  of 
the  caudal  have  been  destroyed.  The  centra  are  much 
broken,  so  that  it  seems  impossible  to  determine  their  exact 
form  and  characters.  As  in  the  skull,  the  elements  of  the 
pectoral  arch  are  undistinguishable,  and  these  are  somewhat 
displaced  backwards,  both  the  so-called  pelvic  ” bones  and 
the  first  interhsemal  of  the  anal  fin  being  crushed  together 
with  them.  Of  the  pectoral  fins  no  fragments  remain ; but 
each  of  the  pelvic  fins  is  represented  by  a single  robust  spine, 
all  the  soft  rays,  if  ever  present,  having  disappeared.  The 
three  small  spines  in  advance  of  the  anal  fin  are  also  pre- 
served ; and  above  the  vertebral  column,  behind  the  supra- 
occipital  crest,  are  a number  of  large,  broad,  interspinous 
bones,  evidently  testifying  to  the  original  presence  of  a very 
high  dorsal  fin.  There  are  no  traces  of  scales,  which  must 
thus  have  been  either  very  delicate  or  absent. 

Such  being  the  only  characters  shown  by  the  fossil,  it  is 
obviously  impossible  to  determine  its  exact  position  in  the 
Teleostean  series  by  a reference  to  ordinary  systematic  diag- 
noses. A careful  comparison,  however,  with  known  types 
can  leave  no  doubt  that  the  Chalk  species  is  an  ally  of  the 
existing  Carangidge,  and  must  thus  be  placed  in  this  family 
or  among  the  less  differentiated  forms,  ancestral  to  the  Caran- 
gidse,  which  flourished  in  the  later  Mesozoic  seas.  So  far  as 
preserved,  indeed,  the  fossil  is  almost  identical  with  certain 
more  perfect  specimens  from  the  Upper  Chalk  of  Mount 
Lebanon,  which  have  been  referred,  with  much  probability  of 
correctness,  to  the  still-surviving  genus  Plaiax  *.  The  only 

* F.  J.  Pictet,  ‘ Poissons  Fossiles  du  Mont  Liban,’  1850,  p.  19,  pi,  ii. 
fig.  1 ; F.  J.  Pictet  and  A.  Humbert,  ‘ Nouv.  Recli.  Poiss.  Foss.  M.  Liban,’ 
1866,  p.  48,  pi.  iv.  figs.  1-6 ; J,  W.  Davis,  “On  the  Fossil  Fishes  of  the 
Chalk  of  Mount  Lebanon,”  Trans.  Roy.  Dublin  Soc.  [2]  vol.  iii.  (1887), 
p.  624,  pi.  XXV.  fig-.  4. 


344  Mr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  on  Reptiles  from  Cyprus, 

essential  differences  appear  to  be  due  to  imperfections  in 
preservation ; the  facial  profile  at  first  sight  seems  sharply 
bent  opposite  the  orbit,  but  this  appearance  is  really  due  to  a 
detached  bone-fragment ; the  difference  in  the  lower  jaw  is 
similarly  owing  to  breakage,  and  so  likewise  is  the  deceptive 
appearance  of  elongation  in  the  vertebral  centra.  The  fish 
must  thus  be  known  by  the  provisional  name  of  Platax 
nuchaliSy  until  the  discovery  of  more  satisfactory  specimens 
renders  it  possible  to  clearly  define  the  species. 

It  may  also  be  interesting  to  point  out,  in  connexion  with 
this  subject,  that  another  Cretaceous  fish,  truly  Teleostean  so 
far  as  can  be  judged  from  the  figure  and  description,  has  been 
doubtfully  referred  to  the  Pycnodont  Microdon,  This  is  a 
small  fossil  from  Mount  Lebanon,  made  known  by  Mr.  James 
W.  Davis  under  the  name  of  Microdon  ? pulchellus *  *. 


XLVI. — List  of  Reptile i and  Batrachians  from  Cyprus, 
By  G.  A.  Boulenger. 

At  the  request  of  Dr.  Gunther  I herewith  give  a list  of  the 
Keptiles  collected  by  Dr.  Guillemard  in  Cyprus  for  Lord 
Lilford,  and  presented  by  the  latter  to  the  British  Museum. 

All  the  species  enumerated  were  previously  known  to  occur 
in  Cyprus  f.  Fortunately  there  is  one  specimen  of  the  rare 
Aeanthodactylus  Schreiheri  in  the  collection.  The  species 
peculiar  to  the  island  are  marked  with  an  asterisk. 

Lizards. 

1.  Agama  stellioj  L. 

*2.  Aeanthodactylus  Schreiheri^  Blgr.  [A.  BosldanuSj 
Gtiir.,  A.  Savignyi^  Fttg.) 

*3.  Ophiops  Schlueterij  Bttg.  {0,  eleganSj  Gthr.). 

Two  female  specimens,  both  with  42  scales  round  the 
body.  Femoral  pores  13-14  and  14-14. 

* J.  W.  Davis,  loc.  cit.  p.  501,  pi,  xxiv.  fig.  3. 

+ Cf.  Gunther,  P.  Z.  S.  1879,  p.  741,  and  Bottger,  Ber.  Senck.  Ges. 
1879-80,  p.  132. 


On  the  Affinity  of  the  North- American  Lizard-Fauna,  345 

4.  Eumeces  Schneideri^  Daud. 

Five  specimens,  three  with  26,  two  with  24  scales  roancl 
the  middle  of  the  body. 

5.  Chalcides  ocellatuSy  Forsk. 

A single  specimen,  belonging  to  the  var.  A (B.M.  Cat. 
Liz.  iii.  p.  401) . 

6.  Chamcdeon  vulgaris^  Daud. 

Snakes. 

7.  Typhlops  vermicularisj  Merr. 

8.  Tropidonotus  natrix^  L. 

9.  Zamenis  atrovirens^  Shaw. 

10.  Zamenis  Ravergierij  Men. 

11.  Coelopeltis  lacertina,  Wagl. 

12.  Viper  a euphratica^  Mart. 

Feogs. 

13.  Rana  esculenta^  var.  ridibunda,  Pall. 

14.  Eyla  arhorea^  var.  Savignyi^  And. 


XLVII. — On  the  Affinity  of  the  North- American  Lizard- 
Fauna.  By  Gr.  A.  Boulenger. 

A RECENT  work  on  the  geographical  distribution  of  animals, 
by  Prof.  Angelo  Heilprin  (Intern.  Scientific  Series,  vol.  Iviii. 
1887),  contains  the  following  remark  (p.  317)  : — 

‘‘  M.  Boulenger  has  recently  attempted  to  show  (Ann.  & 
Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  August  1885)  that  the  North-  and  South- 
American  Lacertilian  faunas  are,  strictly  speaking,  one,  the 
Neogean,  a conclusion  which  is  not  borne  out  by  the  facts  of 
distribution.  The  misconception  arises  from  the  incorporation 
of  the  tract  lying  south  of  the  line  indicated  above  [a  line 
drawn  from  San  Francisco  to  Galveston,  in  Texas]  with  the 
North -American  faunal  region  proper,  while  in  reality  it  is  a 
transition-tract  more  nearly  Neotropical  in  character  than 
Nearctic.” 


346  On  the  Affinity  of  the  North- American  Lizard-Fauna. 

What  the  facts  are  that  do  not  bear  out  my  conclusion  the 
author  omits  to  state,  unless  they  be  the  presence  of  the  Old- 
World  genus  of  skinks,  Eumeces  ” (p.  316)  and  of  the  glass 
snake  {Ophisaurus).  With  the  latter  1 have  dealt  in  the 
essay  referred  to,  and  shown  that  the  Anguid^.,  of  which 
family  Ophisaurus  is  a member,  are  essentially  American, 
reaching  their  fullest  development  in  Central  America ; that 
they  are  well  represented  in  North  and  South  America,  and 
occur  in  two  genera  and  three  species  in  the  Palgearctic  region  ; 
and  that  if  the  affinity  between  Ophisaurus  and  Pseudopus 
is  great,  that  between  Anguis  and  the  South- American 
Ophiodes  is  scarcely  less.  The  idea  that  Eumeces  is  an  Old- 
W orld  genus  is  erroneous.  As  now  characterized  it  embraces 
thirty-one  species,  of  which  twenty-one  are  American  (only 
half  that  number  extending  north  of  Mr.  Heilprin’s  line), 
nine  Old-World,  and  one  of  unknown  habitat.  But,  far 
better  than  any  discussion,  the  following  list  of  the  few  Lacer- 
tilia  of  British  Columbia  (a  district  well  beyond  the  debat- 
able area  and  also  the  northernmost  point  reached  by  lizards 
in  North  America)  will  answer  Mr.  Heilprin’s  criticism,  in 
showing  that  even  so  far  north  that  part  of  the  fauna  is 
purely  Neogean. 


Lacertilia  of  British  Columbia 


Iguanidje 


ri.  Sceloporus  gratiosiis. 

J 2.  undulatus. 

j 3.  Phrynosoma  Douglassii. 
( 4.  cornutum. 


Axguid.^:  . . 5.  Gerrlionotm  ccerukus. 


SciNCiD^  . . 6.  Eumeces  Skiltonianus. 


All  four  genera  attain  their  greatest  development  south  of 
Mr.  Heilprin’s  line. 

A list  of  the  lizards  of  any  northern  district  of  the  United 
States  would  equally  well  support  my  view.  Indeed  I can 
only  repeat  my  statement  (/.  c.  p.  80),  that  the  North- 
American  lizards  constitute  no  essentially  distinct  fauna,  but 
are  merely  an  offshoot  of  that  of  Central  America. 


* Cf.  J.  K,  Lord,  Brit.  Columb.  ii.  pp.  302,  307,  and  308. 


Mr.  E.  A.  Smith  on  Volutharpa  Perryi. 


347 


XLVIII. — Notes  on  Volutharpa  Perryi. 

By  Edgar  A.  Smith. 

The  British  Museum  has  recently  obtained  two  specimens  of 
Volutharpa  Perryi^  collected  by  Mr.  H.  Pryer  at  the  Loo-Choo 
Islands.  Only  two  brief  notices  of  the  animal  of  this  species 
have  been  published,  by  TroscheP  and  Dunkerf.  The  latter’s 
account  reads  almost  like  a latin  translation  of  the  description 
of  F.  ampullacea  given  by  A.  Adams  |.  Troschel  more  par- 
ticularly describes  the  odontophore  and  notes  (erroneously  ?) 
the  absence  of  an  operculum.  From  an  examination  of  the 
two  specimens  at  hand  I have  drawn  up  the  following 
description. 

The  animal  (in  spirit)  is  of  a pale  orange  colour,  copiously 
mottled  with  black  on  the  head,  tentacles,  siphon,  and  upper 
part  of  the  body.  The  creeping-disk  is  similarly  coloured, 
but  the  lateral  edges  are  unspotted.  The  body  is  rather 
large,  narrowed  posteriorly,  and  somewhat  squarish  in  front, 
where  there  is  a free  edge,  distinct  from  the  foot-margin,  as  in 
Buccinum,  The  head,  tentacles,  and  the  position  of  the  eyes 
are  about  the  same  as  in  B.  undatum.  Tlie  odontophore, 
which  I have  examined,  does  not  quite  correspond  with  the 
figure  given  by  Troschel.  The  central  teeth  have  six  similar 
dentations,  but  the  lateral  plates  are  more  regular  than  those 
depicted  in  his  work  j those  on  one  side  constantly  have 
five  dentations,  those  on  the  other  six.  The  outside  tooth  is 
the  largest,  the  innermost  the  next  in  size,  the  rest  gradually 
diminishing,  so  that  the  fourth  on  the  one  plate  and  the  fifth 
on  the  other,  or,  in  other  words,  those  next  to  the  large  outer 
teeth,  are  the  smallest. 

The  most  remarkable  point  in  connexion  with  this  species 
is  the  minuteness  of  the  operculum,  which  has  only  a diam- 
eter of  IJ  millim.  It  is  oval,  very  thick  for  its  size,  and 
externally  appears  to  consist  of  four  or  five  concentric  layers. 
The  under  surface  is  excavated  and  irregular,  but  exhibits  to 
some  extent  a concentric  character  of  growth. 

Troschel  states  that  his  specimen  was  without  an  opercu- 
lum ; but  it  seems  to  me  quite  possible  that  he  may  either 
have  overlooked  it  on  account  of  its  minuteness,  or  it  may 
have  been  knocked  off,  as  is  the  case  in  one  of  the  two  speci- 
mens under  examination.  Its  former  presence,  however,  is 

* ‘ Das  Gebiss  der  Scbnecken,’  vol.  ii.  p.  72,  pi.  vi.  tig.  14. 
t Index  Mollusc.  Japon.  p.  3o. 
t Ann.  A Mag.  Nat.^Ilist.  1860,  vol.  vi.  p.  109. 


348  Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  Curculionidce. 

indicated  by  the  very  small  operculigerous  disk  on  the  upper 
surface  of  the  hind  part  of  the  foot. 

Dali  * has  shown  that  with  regard  to  V.  ampullacea^  an 
allied  form  from  the  Ochotsk  Sea,  &c.,  the  operculum  is 
indifferently  present  or  wanting.  It  may  therefore  be  the 
same  with  the  present  form. 

The  shell  of  this  species  differs  from  that  of  V,  ampullacea 
in  several  points.  It  is  usually  thinner,  has  a deeper  siphonal 
notchj  a more  acuminate  spire,  a non-canaliculate  suture,  and  a 
more  velvety  epidermis  ; and  adult  specimens  are  usually 
larger  than  any  examples  of  V,  ampullacea  that  I have  ever 
seen.  The  largest  specimen  in  the  Museum  is  53  millim. 
long,  whilst  the  finest  example  of  the  Ochotsk  species  has 
only  a length  of  46  The  record  of  this  species  at  Loo-Choo 
is  interesting,  as  showing  how  far  south  species  essentially  of 
boreal  type'may  be  expected  to  extend. 


XLIX. — Descriptions  of  somenew  Genera  and  Species  of  Gur~ 
cuhonidfB^  mostly  Asiatic, — Part  IV.  By  Francis  P. 
Pascoe,  F.L.S.  &c. 


Brachyderin.®. 
Dermatodes  mirandus. 

Otiorhynchinje. 

Episomus  gemmeus. 

uniformis. 

laticollis. 

Hyloehn.^. 

Hylobius  arrogans. 

desuetiis. 

pumilus. 

clathratus. 

Birodes,  n.  g. 

russatus. 

Molytin^. 
Euthycus  incisus. 


Tanyrhynchin^. 

Exsetoderes,  n.  g. 

scabripennis. 

Alcidin-e. 

Alcides  gallus. 

tetanic  us. 

censorins, 

vestitus. 

nitidus. 

geminatus. 

Oberthiirii. 

collaris. 

Baridine. 

Baris  caelestis. 

eburifera. 

Acj^tliopeiis  genuinus. 

funereus. 

Lystrus  lougimanus. 


American  Journ.  Conch,  vol.  vii.  p,  105. 


349 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  nexo  Carculionidce. 

Dermatodes  mirandus. 

D.  ovatus,  squamis  laete  viridibus,  aliis  maculatim  aureo-nitidis, 
tectiis ; rostro  capite  continuato ; antenuis  fimiculo  clavaque 
nigris.  Long.  5|  lin.  (rostr.  incl.). 

Hah,  Zanzibar. 

Ovate,  densely  covered  with  rich  glossy  green  scales,  with 
golden  scales  interspersed  j head  not  broader  than  the  rostrum 
and  without  the  groove  separating  them ; antennae  with  the  scape 
passing  behind  the  eye,  the  funicle  filiform,  black,  the  club 
also  black,  but  covered  with  a whitish  pubescence ; prothorax 
moderately  transverse,  broad  at  the  base,  the  sides  slightly 
rounded ; scutellum  small^  distinct ; elytra  convex,  gradually 
narrowing  towards  the  apex,  striate-punctate,  striae  very 
shallow ; corbels  of  the  posterior  tibi^  densely  covered  with 
whitish  hairs  ; claw-joint  elongate. 

A richly  coloured  species,  with  an  exceptionally  long 
scape ; the  length,  however,  varies  according  to  the  species ; 
in  some  it  does  not  or  scarcely  attains  the  eye,  D.  ccesicollis 
for  example ; in  others  it  impinges  more  or  less  on  it. 

Episomus  gemmeus, 

E.  oblongo-ovatus,  niger,  squamis  viridi-aureis  vestitus ; antennis 
furiiculo  tenuato,  clava  pyriforme  sed  apice  acuta ; capite  rostro- 
que  linea  angusta  lougitudinaliter  impresso.  Long.  6|  lin.  (rostr. 
inch). 

Hob.  Sumatra. 

Oblong,  ovate,  black,  clothed  above,  but  not  closely,  with 
golden-green  scales,  beneath,,  and  especially  the  femora,  with 
close-set,  mostly  paler  scales ; antenna3  with  a comparatively 
slender  funicle,  its  second  joint  elongate,  the  club  pyriform, 
with  the  apex  somewhat  produced  and  pointed ; prothorax 
with  slightly  impressed  transverse  grooves  at  the  sides,  and 
with  two  black  stripes  on  the  disk  ; elytra  punctured,  the 
scales  confined  to  the  punctures. 

The  species  of  Episomus  are  so  variable  in  coloration  that 
very  little  reliance  can  be  placed  on  it  to  differentiate  them  ; 
the  sculpture  also  is  not  very  definite.  The  specimen  here 
described  has  unusually  lustrous  scales,  a comparatively 
slender  funicle,  a club  tapering  at  the  base,  with  a somewhat 
produced  and  pointed  apex,  &c.  It  may  possibly  be  E.  gra- 
cilicornis^  very  shortly  described  by  Kitsema,  but  which  is 
said  by  Chevrolat  not  to  be  a true  Episomus. 

Episomus  uniformis. 

E.  ovatus,  omnino  griseo-squamosus ; antennis  funiculo  crasso, 


350  Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  GurcuUonidce, 

articulis  3“-6“  breyissimis,  septimo  elongato,  cylindrico,  nigro  ; 
rostro  quam  caput  ad  apicem  latiore  ; prothorace  flexuoso-sul- 
cato.  Long.  5|-7  lin. 

Hah.  Andaman. 

Ovate,  entirely  covered  with  brownish-grey  scales  ; an- 
tennm  rather  slender,  black,  the  third  to  the  sixth  joint 
very  short,  the  seventh  elongate,  cylindrical,  and  closely 
united  to  the  short  club ; rostrum  somewhat  broader  at  the 
apex  than  the  head ; prothorax  with  irregular,  flexuous, 
transverse  grooves  ; elytra  striate-punctate,  interstices  narrow, 
slightly  raised,  each  elytron  with  a black  spot  posteriorly  ; 
body  beneath  and  legs  closely  covered  with  small  pale  grey 
scales  and  a few  markedly  larger  ones  intermixed  on  the 
former,  the  legs  with  a few  scattered  setse. 

A uniformly  grey  or  brownish-grey  species,  with  the  third 
to  the  sixth  joint  of  the  funicle  markedly  short,  the  seventh 
elongate,  &c. 

Episomus  laticolUs. 

E.  ovatus,  obscure  griseo-squamosus ; prothorace  valde  fcransverso, 
utrinque  rotundato,  sulcis  tribus  impresso  ; elytris  striato-punc- 
tatis,  interstitiis  setigeris.  Long.  4 lin. 

Hah.  Pachebon. 

Ovate,  covered  with  dull  greyish  scales ; antenna  with  a 
short,  nearly  straight  scape ; funicle  moderately  long,  the 
seventh  joint  closely  united  to  the  short  ovate  club  ; head  and 
rostrum  broad,  with  a continuous  median  groove  and  a shal- 
lower one  on  each  side ; prothorax  very  transverse,  rounded 
at  the  sides,  slightly  pitted,  and  with  three  shallow  grooves 
towards  the  base ; elytra  striate-punctate,  the  interstices 
slightly  raised,  each  with  a row  of  pale  setse  ; body  beneath 
and  legs  with  greyish  scales  and  setse. 

Allied  to  E.  iconicuSj  in  which,  as  in  the  above,  the  scu- 
tellum  is  apparently  absent;  it  has,  however,  inter  alia^  a 
shorter  and  much  broader  prothorax ; the  upper  edge  of  the 
scape  is  nearly  straight. 

Hylohius  arrogans. 

H.  robustus,  fuscus,  opacus,  squamulis  setulisque  adspersus ; rostro 
incrassato,  grosse  punctato ; prothorace  rugoso-granulato,  basi 
latiore ; elytris  prothorace  multo  latioribus,  seriatim  punctatis, 
punctis  mediocribus,  quadratis ; apice  conjunctim  rotundato. 
Long.  8 lin. 

Hah.  {Sumatra. 

Kobust,  dull  brown,  with  a scattered  scaly  indumentum 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  CurcuUonidce.  351 

mixed  with  small  setije ; rostrum  stout,  with  four  raised  line  , 
the  outer  flexuous,  the  front  coarsely  punctured  ; antennae  with 
the  first  joint  of  the  funicle  twice  as  long  as  the  second  ; pro- 
thorax not  longer  than  broad,  rounded  at  the  sides,  but 
expanding  at  the  base,  the  disk  roughly  granulate  ; scutellum 
cordiform  ; elytra  very  broad  at  the  base,  gradually  narrower 
to  the  broadly  rounded  apex,  seriate-punctate,  punctures 
middle-sized,  quadrate ; body  beneath  with  scattered  punc- 
tures, each  bearing  a brownish-yellow  seta,  and  more  nume- 
rous at  the  sides  of  the  abdominal  segments ; legs  sparsely 
setulose  ,*  femora  strongly  toothed  ; fore  tibiaa  slightly  curved. 

The  groove  in  front  of  the  eye — one  of  the  characters  of 
Hylohius  according  to  Lacordaire — is  short  and  not  well 
limited,  and  the  posterior  callus  on  each  elytron  is  nearly 
obsolete.  This  species  may  be  placed  after  H,  crassirostris. 

Hylohius  desuetus. 

H.  rohiistus,  fuscus,  Bubnitidus,  eetulis  fulvidis  adspersus ; rostro 
tenuato  ; prothorace  granulis  conjunctis  setigeris  niunito  ; elytris 
striato-puuctatis,  interstitiis  parte  basali  granulatis.  Long.  6-7 
lin. 

Hah,  Siam,  Sarawak. 

Robust,  rather  glossy  brown,  with  numerous  small  fulvous 
setge ; rostrum  comparatively  slender,  with  three  principal 
grooves  marked  with  coarse  oblong  punctures ; antennae 
pitchy  ; prothorax  with  the  sides  nearly  parallel  posteriorly, 
the  disk  with  connected  granules  in  oblique  lines,  each  tipped 
with  a curved  seta ; scutellum  triangular  ; elytra  considerably 
broader  at  the  base  than  the  prothorax,  striate-punctate,  the 
punctures  oblong,  large,  approximate,  interstices  not  well 
marked,  those  on  the  basal  half  dotted  with  small  glossy 
granules,  each  tipped  with  a procumbent  seta ; femora  ob- 
tusely toothed. 

The  more  slender  rostrum  and  the  less  convex  elytra,  with 
their  interstices  granulate,  are  the  leading  differential  cha- 
racters of  this  species.  In  this  and  the  preceding  species 
there  is  a tendency  of  the  setulas  to  a closer  approximation  on 
the  elytra  behind  the  middle,  forming  a somewhat  indistinct 
band. 

• Hylohius  p um  Has . 

H.  oblongus,  fusco-ferrugineus,  nitidus ; antennis,  feraoribus  basi, 
tibiis  dimidio  apicali  tarsisque  rufulis ; rostro  incrassato,  grosse 
punctato ; feinoribus  dente  acuto  armatis.  Long.  3 lin. 

Hah.  Sarawak. 


352 


Air.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  CurcuUonidce, 


Oblong,  dark  ferruginous,  glossy,  antennse,  femora  at  the 
base,  apical  half  of  the  tibirn  and  tarsi  reddish  ; rostrum  stout, 
strongly  marked  throughout  with  oblong  punctures  ; antennas 
slender ; prothorax  without  ocular  lobes,  slightly  rounded  at 
tlie  sides,  the  disk  with  large,  irregular,  confluent  granules; 
scutellum  triangular;  elytra  somewhat  broader  posteriorly, 
flattish  above,  striate-punctate,  punctures  large,  approximate, 
the  interstices  flat ; second  abdominal  segment  as  long  as  the 
two  next  together ; femora  with  an  acute  tooth. 

A small  flattish  species,  differing  from  the  genuine  Hylohii 
in  having  no  ocular  lobes ; but  they  are  very  slight  in  IL 
jpajyalosusj  after  which  it  may  be  placed. 

Hylohius  clatliratus. 

H.  oblongus,  niger,  parum  nitidus,  sparse  setulosus ; rostro  sub- 
tenuato,  sex-sulcato,  sulcis  intermediis  basi  approximatis  ; pro- 
thorace  oblongo,  grosse  granulate ; elytris  punctis  quadratis 
magnis  iustructis,  apicibus  paulo  divaricatis.  Long.  6 lin. 

Hah.  India. 

Oblong,  black,  slightly  glossy,  with  small  pale  scattered 
setae,  more  condensed  posteriorly ; rostrum  rather  slender, 
coarsely  punctured,  with  six  irregular  grooves  in  front,  the 
two  intermediate  approximate  at  the  base  ; antennae  with  the 
two  basal  joints  of  the  funicle  equal ; prothorax  oblong,  a 
little  contracted  at  the  base,  coarsely  granulate ; elytra  sub- 
cylindrical,  the  apices  slightly  divaricate,  seriate-punctate, 
the  punctures  large,  quadrate,  the  alternate  interstices  promi- 
nent, the  intermediate  interstices  represented  here  and  there 
by  finely  raised  lines  ; body  beneath  sparsely  punctured ; 
femora  toothed  ; tibise  nearly  entire. 

A very  coarsely  sculptured  species  allied  to  H.  rusticus^ 
but,  inter  alia^  with  the  posterior  callus  on  each  elytron 
strongly  produced ; the  punctuation  of  the  elytra  is  also 
different. 


Dirodes. 

Hylohio  affinis.  Scrohes  valde  obliquae,  infra  rostrum  conniventes. 
Oculi  laterales,  transversi,  fortiter  granulati.  Abdomen  sutura 
prima  obsoleta.  Unyuiculi  coniiati. 

The  claws  being  united  at  the  base  separates  Lacordaire’S 
Pacholenides  ” (a  group  of  his  “ tribu  Hylobiides  ”)  from 
his  group  of  true  ^‘Hylobiides;’’  but  the  shorter  metasternum 
and  the  facies  seem  to  me  to  indicate  that  the  affinities  of  this 
genus  are  nevertheless  with  Hylohius  rather  than  with  either 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  Gurculionidce.  353 

of  the  two  genera  of  Pacholenid.es  ” enumerated  by  Lacor- 
daire. 


Dirodes  russatus. 

D.  subcylindricus,  rufo-brunneus,  sparse  setosulus  ; antennis  brevi- 
bus  ; femora  dentata ; tibise  anticsB  curvatae.  Long.  4^  lin. 

Hah.  Sumatra. 

Subcylindrical,  reddish  brown,  sparingly  setulose ; head 
convex  in  front ; rostrum  stout,  curved,  as  long  as  the  pro- 
thorax, thinly  punctured ; scrobes  comparatively  short,  con- 
nivent  beneath  ; antennae  short ; first  joint  of  the  funicle  sub- 
globose,  second  rather  longer,  the  rest  transverse,  gradually 
broadening  into  the  ovate  club ; prothorax  subtransverse, 
roughly  granulate,  ocular  lobes  feeble ; scutellum  raised ; 
elytra  nearly  cylindrical,  broader  than  the  prothorax,  the  base 
shortly  and  abruptly  sloping  forwards,  striate-punctate,  punc- 
tures oblong,  the  interstices  convex,  finely  granulate,  poste- 
rior callus  prominent ; prosternum  not  emarginate ; meta- 
sternum  short ; abdomen  with  the  first  suture  obliterated, 
the  conjoined  segments  very  large  and  convex ; femora  with 
an  acute  tooth  beneath ; fore  tibiae  short  and  curved  ; tarsi 
gradually  broader  to  the  third  joint,  which  is  strongly  lobed, 
fourth  joint  elongate,  its  claws  united  at  the  base. 

EufJiycus  incisus. 

E.  oblongus,  niger ; prothorace  utrinque  apicem  versus  linea  pro- 
funda impressa  instructo,  disco  fortiter  bicanaliculato ; elytris 
carinis  alte  elevatis  munitis.  Long.  6 lin. 

Hah.  India. 

Oblong,  black ; rostrum  rather  long,  stout,  with  numerous 
coarse,  closely-set  punctures;  antennae  ferruginous,  second 
joint  of  the  funicle  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  first ; club 
pubescent ; prothorax  longer  than  broad,  rugose,  having  on 
each  side  a deeply  incised  vertical  line  near  the  apex,  disk  with 
two  regular  longitudinal  grooves  or  canals;  no  scutellum ; elytra 
twice  as  long  as  the  prothorax,  broadly  rounded  at  the  apex, 
the  sutural  margin  raised  as  well  as  two  lines  on  each  elytron, 
which  unite  posteriorly  and  are  more  or  less  covered  with 
short,  yellowish,  erect  setse,  the  intervals  with  coarse  oblong 
punctures  ; legs  moderately  long ; femora  toothed  ; posterior 
tibise  elongate,  curved. 

In  size  and  outline  like  PUnthus  j)orcatus^  but  with  a 
peculiarly  sculptured  prothorax  &c.  I have  placed  it  with 
Eutliycus  rather  than  with  PUnthus^  on  account  of  the  oblique 
Ann.  & Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx.  25 


354 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  CurcuUonidce. 


scrobes  directed  to  the  lower  margin  of  the  eye.  The  type  is 
E.  niactlenius  (Ann.  Mus.  Civico  de  Genova,  ser.  2,  vol.  ii. 
p.  220,  tav.  i.  fig.  6). 


FXiETODERES. 

Caput  latum  ; rostrum  perbreve,  capite  angustius ; scrobes  ante  oculos 
desinentes.  Oculi  rotundati,  grosse  granulati ; scapus  antenna- 
rum  pone  oculum  extensus.  Prothorax  subtransversus,  lobis 
ocularibus  nullis.  Elytra  convexa,  prothoracis  basi  ibi  hand 
latiora.  Femora  mutica ; tihice  inermes ; tarsi  tenues,  articulo 
penultimo  hand  lobato.  Pectus  breve.  Episterna  metathoracioa 
elytris  caelata,  segmentum  basale  abdominis  vix  ampliatum. 

This  genus  wants  two  or  three  of  the  characters  assigned 
to  the  Tanyrhynchinse  by  Lacordaire,  notably  of  the  rostrum 
and  tarsi ; tlie  former  is  very  short  and  broad  and  the  latter 
are  nearly  filiform,  the  claw-joint  being  received  in  a cavity 
of  the  preceding. 


ExcBtoderes  scahripenms, 

E.  subellipticus,  tomento  pilisque  griseo-brunneis  omnino  tectus ; 
elytra  elongato-cordata,  lineis  elevatis  tuberculatis  munita. 
Long.  6 lin. 

Hah.  Capetown. 

Clothed  with  a uniformly  greyish  tomentum  and  paler 
approximate  hairs.  Head  broad  and  convex  in  front ; ros- 
trum much  shorter  and  marked  off  by  two  oblique,  slightly 
impressed  lines ; antennae  ferruginous,  pubescent ; funicle 
with  the  first  joint  nearly  as  long  as  the  two  next  together  ; 
prothorax  as  long  as  broad,  constricted  anteriorly,  the  sides 
then  rounded  and  covered  with  minute  granules,  each  tipped 
with  a recumbent  hair,  the  middle  with  a short  black  line; 
scutellum  not  apparent ; elytra  oblong-cordate,  each  with 
seven  more  or  less  elevated  tuberculate  lines ; tubercles 
small,  many  of  them  tipped  with  a hair  much  longer  than 
those  elsewhere ; tibiae  straight,  dilated  at  the  apex. 

Alcides  gallus. 

A.  oblongus,  nitide  rufo-castaneus ; rostro  elongate,  subtiliter  punc- 
tate ; prothorace  granulate,  in  medio  carinula  lineare  munito ; 
elytris  postice  gradatim  angustieribus,  striato-punctatis,  inter- 
stitiis  subtransversim  impressis.  Long.  4 lin. 

Hah.  Saylee. 

Oblong,  glossy  reddish  chestnut ; rostrum  slender,  nearly 
twice  as  long  as  the  prothorax,  minutely  punctured  ; antennae 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pciscoe  on  new  Ctirculionidte. 


355 


pitchy,  scape  rather  short,  second  joint  of  the  funicle  longer 
than  the  first ; prothorax  with  darker  irregular  granules,  the 
intervals  with  narrow  silaceous  scales,  a narrow,  raised, 
median  line  throughout ; scutellum  small,  black  j elytra  gra- 
dually narrower  from  the  base,  a little  depressed  behind  the 
scutellum,  striate-punctate,  punctures  nearly  contiguous,  the 
interstices  somewhat  transversely  impressed  ; body  beneath 
and  legs  sparsely  covered  with  minute  silaceous  scales ; fore 
tibiae  very  slightly  bisulcate. 

In  this  species  there  is  on  the  prothorax  a well-marked 
median  line  continuous  throughout ; the  depression  behind 
the  scutellum  on  the  elytra  is  more  circumscribed  than  on  the 
following  species. 


Alcides  tetanicus. 

A.  oblongus,  nitide  rufo-castaneus,  parce  silaeeo-setosulus ; rostro 
valido,  versus  apicem  latiore,  tenuiter  punctate  ; prothorace  granu- 
late, ad  apicem  cariuula  lineare  munite  ; elytris  pestice  gradatim 
angustieribus,  striate-punctatis,  interstitiis  subtiliter  punctatis. 
Leng.  6 lin. 

Hah.  Saylee. 

Oblong,  glossy  reddish  chestnut,  sparsely  covered  with 
small  silaceous  setae  ; rostrum  stout,  broader  at  the  apex, 
finely  punctured ; antennae  rather  short,  second  joint  of  the 
funicle  not  longer  than  the  first ; prothorax  slightly  convex, 
granulate,  a raised  line  at  the  apical  half;  scutellum  black  ; 
elytra  gradually  narrower  from  the  base,  the  anterior  part 
depressed,  linearly  punctured,  punctures  small,  round,  the 
interstices  broad,  with  a few  granules  at  the  base;  body 
beneath  sparsely  covered  with  minute  silaceous  scales  ; fore 
legs  of  moderate  length,  their  tibiae  very  slightly  bisinuate ; 
anterior  coxae  approximate. 

At  once  distinguished  from  the  preceding  by  its  stout  ros- 
trum ; the  fore  legs  are  comparatively  short,  the  body  at  the 
shoulders  is  of  considerable  breadth,  and  the  elytra  towards 
the  apex  are  much  more  markedly  narrowed. 

Alcides  censorius. 

A.  oblongus,  nigro-picous,  subtiliter  parce  griseo-piiosus  ; rostro 
elongato,  tenuato,  parte  basali  solo  remote  punctate ; funiculo 
articulo  secundo  breviusculo  ; prothorace  grauulato  ; elytris  striato- 
punctatis,  interstitiis  rude  granulatis.  Long.  6 lin. 

Hah.  Ceram. 

Oblong,  pitchy  black,  covered  with  a thin  greyish  pilosity  ; 
rostrum  elongate,  slender,  the  basal  part  only  distinctly  punc- 

25* 


356 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  Gurculionidce. 


tured  ; antennaB  black,  second  joint  of  the  funicle  shorter  than 
the  first ; prothorax  closely  granulate  ; scutellum  roundish  ; 
elytra  convex,  gradually  narrower  from  the  base,  the  anterior 
part  slightly  depressed,  striate-punctate,  punctures  coarse, 
approximate,  the  interstices  covered  with  irregular  granula- 
tions ; body  beneath  rather  closely  covered  with  small  whitish 
scales ; fore  legs  elongate  ; tibiae  slightly  bisinuate. 

It  is  only  under  a strong  lens  that  the  real  sculpture  of  the 
elytra  is  seen ; to  the  naked  eye  they  seem  minutely  punc- 
tured in  close  regular  lines.  So  far  as  the  facies  is  concerned 
this  species  may  follow  A.  decurvus. 

Alcides  vestitus. 

A.  cylindricus,  niger,  plerumque  dense  albido-pilosus,  setulis  inter- 
jectis ; rostro  tenuato,  basi  confertim  punctato ; prothorace 
granulate  ; elytris  modice  convexis,  lateribus  parallelis.  Long.  5 
lin. 

Hah,  Banda. 

Bather  narrowly  cylindrical,  black,  covered  with  large 
patches  of  a close-set  whitish  squamosity,  studded  with  hair- 
like setae ; rostrum  slender,  twice  as  long  as  the  prothorax, 
the  base  with  crowded  punctures  ; antennae  pitchy,  second 
joint  of  the  funicle  longer  than  the  first ; prothorax  nearly  as 
long  as  broad,  the  middle  of  the  disk  bare  and  closely  granu- 
late, the  sides  densely  covered  with  whitish  scales ; scutellum 
subquadrate ; elytra  moderately  convex,  parallel  at  the  sides, 
on  each  a bare  oblique  stripe  in  the  middle,  the  rest  with  a 
dense  covering  of  whitish  scales ; body  beneath  densely 
covered  with  minute  yellowish  scales  ; fore  tibiae  strongly 
bisinuate. 

The  close-set  whitish  or  yellowish-white  scales  or  squamo- 
sity, studded  with  hair-like  setae,  nearly  covering  the  whole 
upper  surface  of  this  species,  will  at  once  differentiate  it  from 
any  of  its  congeners.  In  the  above  four  species  the  femoral 
•tooth  is  very  distinctly  denticulate. 

Alcides  nitidus, 

A.  oblongus,  glaber,  nitide  chalybeatus,  supra  squamulis  albis  macu- 
latim  ornatus  ; rostro  elongato,  tenuato,  fere  recto,  subtilissime 
punctato ; prothorace  leviter  punctato ; elytris  punctis  parvis 
- seriatim  instructis.  Long.  4-5  lin. 

Hah.  Batchian,  Waigiou. 

Oblong,  smooth,  glossy  steel-blue,  more  or  less  spotted 
with  masses  of  white  scales ; rostrum  slender,  elongate,  nearly 
straight,  minutely  punctured ; antennse  pitchy,  funicle  elon- 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  neio  CurmlionidiE,  357 

gate,  the  two  basal  joints  equal  in  length  ; prothorax  with 
small  remote  punctures ; scutellum  roundish ; elytra  seriate- 
punctate,  punctures  small,  remote,  the  interstices  broad, 
flattish,  each  elytron  with  a white  spot  near  the  scutellum, 
three  or  four  behind  th^  middle,  or  connected  so  as  to  form  a 
band,  and  two  near  the  apex ; body  beneath  smooth,  the 
sterna  more  or  less  covered  with  close-set  whitish  scales ; legs 
slender;  anterior  tibise  very  slightly  bisulcate. 

One  of  my  specimens  has  the  three  intermediate  abdominal 
segments  margined  with  close-set  white  scales  and  an  addi- 
tional white  spot  near  the  base  of  each  elytron.  This  species 
is  somewhat  remarkable  in  having  the  rostrum  extremely 
minutely  punctured  at  the  base  as  well  as  beyond  to  the  apex. 

Alcides  geminatus. 

A.  oblongus,  fuscus,  lineis  griseis  e pilis  condensatis  ornatus  ; rostro 
piceo,  elongate,  tenuato,  apice  dilatato  ; prothorace  inaequaliter 
piinctato,  graniilis  parvis  intermixtis ; elytris  rude  striato-punc- 
tatis.  Long.  lin. 

Hah.  Java. 

Oblong,  dark  brown,  with  a few  lines  of  greydsh  hairs  ; 
rostrum  pitchy,  elongate,  slender,  much  broader  at  the  apex  ; 
antennae  ferruginous,  the  second  joint  of  the  funicle  shorter 
than  the  first ; prothorax  irregularly  punctured,  with  a few 
granules  between  the  punctures,  the  disk  with  two  narrow 
greyish  stripes  and  one  on  each  side  ; scutellum  roundish ; 
elytra  nearly  parallel  at  the  sides,  with  linear  punctured 
striae,  punctures  subquadrate,  the  interstices  rugose,  each 
elytron  with  an  elongate,  oblique,  slightly  flexuous  stripe 
proceeding  from  the  shoulder,  and  a shorter  oblique  apical  stripe 
directed  towards  the  suture ; body  beneath  with  scattered 
scales,  except  on  the  sterna ; anterior  femora  slender,  their 
tibiae  slightly  bisulcate. 

Very  near  A.  intrusus^  but  with  a slender  elongate  rostrum, 
and  more  slender  but  scarcely  longer  antennae,  and  the  pro- 
thorax with  two  lateral  instead  of  one  median  line  on  the 
disk  &c. 

Alcides  Oherthurii. 

A.  obovatus,  fuscus,  capite,  rostro  antennisque  piceis ; elytris  stria- 
tis,  striis  setulis  silaceis  repletis,  interstitiis  granulis  nitidis  plani- 
usculis  confertim  instructis.  Long.  4 lin. 

Hah.  India  *. 

* I owe  my  specimen  to  M.  Ren4  Obertliiir.  The  habitat  given  on 
his  ticket  is  “ Indes  Orientales,  Mts.  Kodeicanel.”  I cannot  tind  this 
name  in  Keith  Johnston’s  large  atlas,  I believe,  however,  that  they  are  in 
Southern  India. 


358 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pasooe  on  new  Ciirculionidce. 


Obovate,  brown ; head,  rostrum,  and  antennse  dark  pitchy 
brown  ; rostrum  stout,  nearly  straight,  a little  longer  than 
the  prothorax,  remotely  punctured  throughout ; second  joint 
of  the  funicle  considerably  shorter  than  the  first ; prothorax 
with  rather  large,  flattish,  and  occasionally  confluent  granules, 
the  interspaces  finely  setulose,  the  sides  with  close-set  scales, 
trifid  at  the  apex  ; elytra  gradually  broader  behind,  striate- 
punctate,  the  strias  filled  with  silaceous  hair-like  scales,  the 
interstices  with  large,  flattish,  approximate  granules  ; body 
beneath  covered  with  greyish  scales ; legs  comparatively 
short,  the  tooth  on  the  femora  not  denticulate. 

The  elytra  broader  behind  and  their  striae  filled  with 
silaceous  scales,  forming  well-defined  lines  alternating  with 
the  glossy  interstices,  will  at  once  differentiate  this  very 
marked  species.  The  scutellum  is  not  to  be  distinguished 
from  the  surrounding  parts. 


AJcides  collaris. 

A,  breviter  ovatus,  niger,  nitidus,  prothorace  rufo-castaneo  elytrisque 

albo-bifasciatis  ; femoribus  dente  parvo  integro  instructis.  Long, 
hn. 

Hah.  India. 

Shortly  ovate,  glossy  black,  the  prothorax  reddish  chestnut, 
and  the  elytra  with  two  white  bands  of  close-set  scales ; ros- 
trum stout,  shorter  than  the  prothorax,  gradually  broader 
towards  the  apex,  not  curved,  and  approximately  punctured 
throughout ; antennas  pitchy,  short,  stout,  first  joint  of  the 
funicle  twice  as  long  as  the  second  ; prothorax  somewhat 
globose,  with  large,  flattish,  crowded  granules,  each  with  a 
minute  white  scale  behind,  the  middle  with  a few  punctures ; 
scutellum  small  but  distinct ; elytra  slightly  narrower  from 
the  base,  with  large  subapproximate  punctures,  the  interspaces 
smooth,  a transverse  series  of  nearly  united  spots  at  the  base, 
and  just  behind  the  middle  a flexuous  band,  not  meeting  at 
the  suture  ; body  beneath  glossy  black,  with  patches  of  white 
scales ; legs  comparatively  short ; the  anterior  femora  armed 
with  a slender  spiniform  tooth,  their  tibiae  moderately  bi- 
sinuate. 

The  species  of  Alcides  here  described  have  bifid  claws  and 
elytra  not,  or  scarcely,  broader  than  the  prothorax  j the  latter 
more  or  less  transverse,  with  the  sides  behind  the  contracted 
apex  rounded,  except  at  the  base.  In  all  the  species  of  this 
large  genus  (1  have  about  140)  the  funicle  is  only  six-jointed, 
and  the  base  of  the  prothorax  is  deeply  bisinuate,  the  scutellar 
lobe  especially  advancing  considerably  between  the  elytra. 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  CurcuUonidije. 


359 


Baris  ccelestis, 

B.  elliptico-ovata,  Isete  caerulea  vel  violacea,  antennis  tarsisque 
nigris  ; rostro  modice  elongate,  basi  constricto  ; elytris  profunde 
striatis,  interstitiis  planatis,  uniseriatim  punctatis.  Long.  3 lin. 

Hah.  Delagoa  Bay. 

Elliptic-ovate,  clear  blue  or  violet,  antennae  and  tarsi  black ; 
head  finely  punctured ; rostrum  rather  elongate,  the  base 
compressed  and  coarsely  punctured,  beyond  glossy  black,  with 
finer  punctures ; prothorax  transverse,  slightly  concave, 
closely  and  coarsely  punctured ; scutellum  equilaterally  tri- 
angular, with  the  apex  towards  the  prothorax  ; elytra  nar- 
rowly striate-punctate,  the  striae  blackish,  with  greenish  specks 
between  the  punctures,  interstices  flat,  each  with  a row  of 
rather  marked  punctures  ; body  beneath  and  legs  punctured, 
each  puncture  bearing  a short  white  hair  j tarsi  with  tlie  three 
basal  joints  gradually  broader. 

This  species  belongs  to  Schonherr’s  first  ‘‘  stirps,’"’  i.  e. 
those  species  with  stout  antennae.  The  colour  varies  a little 
according  to  the  light.  The  form  of  the  scutellum  is  peculiar. 

Baris  eh  ur  if  era. 

B.  cylindrica,  atra,  opaca ; elytris  maculis  sex  albis  basalibus 
munitis ; rostro  fortiter  striato-punctato ; pedibus  ferrugiiieis. 
Long.  lin. 

Hah.  India? 

Cylindrical,  opaque  black,  elytra  with  six  spots  at  the  base, 
formed  of  tufts  of  white  or  cream-coloured  scales  ; rostrum 
stout,  not  longer  than  the  prothorax,  curved,  closely  punc- 
tured between  slightly  elevated  longitudinal  lines;  antennae 
ferruginous,  short,  stout,  the  funicle  gradually  thickening 
into  the  club ; prothorax  nearly  as  long  as  broad,  bisinuate  at 
the  base,  closely  punctured;  scutellum  small,  triangular; 
elytra  parallel  for  about  half  their  length,  then  gradually 
rounded  to  the  apex,  striate-punctate,  punctures  oblong  or 
shortly  linear,  interstices  slightly  raised  ; legs  dark  ferrugi- 
nous, with  sparse  greyish  scales. 

This  species  has  lately  occurred  in  hothouses  in  England, 
imported  with  orchids  from  India  or  the  East.  It  is  one  of  the 
smaller  kinds,  like  B.  morio^  but  peculiar  for  its  tufts  of  close- 
set  white  scales  on  the  elytra,  to  the  naked  eye  resembling 
little  ivory  points. 

Acythopeus  geniiinus. 

A.  ovatus,  niger,  opacus ; rostro  basi  baud  gibboso ; prothorace 


/ 


360  Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  on  new  Curculionidce. 

iitrinque  rotundato,  sat  fortiter  punctato,  pimctis  inter  se  sepa- 
ratis  ; elytris  interstitiis  subtiliter  granulatis.  Long.  2|  lin. 

Hah.  Malaisia. 

Ovate,  black,  opaque ; rostrum  not  gibbous  at  the  base, 
coarsely  punctured,  the  punetures  uniformly  separated ; an- 
tennas black,  the  club  ovate  ; prothorax  transverse,  rounded 
at  the  sides,  not  narrowed  at  the  base,  and  comparatively 
coarsely  punctured,  the  punctures  approximating  but  dis- 
tinctly separated ; scutellum  nearly  round ; elytra  narrowly 
striate,  the  interstices  flat  and  minutely  granulate,  the  granules 
few  and  in  a somewhat  irregular  line ; pygidium  very  short ; 
body  beneath  and  legs  sparingly  punctured,  each  puncture 
with  a short  silver  hair. 

Some  time  ago  I received  several  specimens  of  this  species 
from  G.  Saunders,  Esq.,  in  whose  conservatory  at  Tunbridge 
Wells  they  were  found  in  the  stems  of  certain  orchids  ; like 
its  congeners  its  habitat  is  probably  some  island  of  the  Malay 
Archipelago.  It  differs  from  A.  tristis  (Linn.  Soc.  Journ. 
xii.  p.  62,  pi.  iii.  fig.  2)  in  the  form  and  seulpture  of  the  pro- 
thorax, the  granulate  interstices  of  the  elytra,  &c.  Mr.  C. 
Waterhouse  has  deseribed  another  speeies  {A.  aterrimusy 
Ent.  Month.  Mag.  vol.  x.  p.  226)  closely  allied  to  both,  but 
differing  in  sculpture,  the  latter  having  the  rostrum  furrowed 
at  the  sides,  the  prothorax  with  glossy  granules  on  the  inter- 
spaces between  the  punctures,  &c. 

A cy  tfi  opeus  fu  nereus. 

A.  ovatus,  niger,  opacus  ; elytris  basi  singulatim  macula  parva  alba 

Dotatis ; rostro  basi  fortiter  gibboso ; oculis  infra  connexis ; 

elytris  interstitiis  transversim  sulcatis.  Long.  2|  lin. 

Hah.  Tondano. 

Ovate,  black,  opaque,  a small  white  spot  on  each  elytron 
at  the  base;  rostrum  compressed  and  strongly  gibbous  or 
raised  at  the  base,  and  roughly  granulate,  the  rest  smooth, 
glossy  black,  and  nearly  impunetate ; prothorax  moderately 
transverse,  closely  punctured ; scutellum  indistinct ; elytra 
narrowly  striate,  the  interstices  flat  and  transversely  sulcate  ; 
pygidium  short ; body  beneath  and  legs  studded  with  silvery 
hairs. 

In  facies  like  the  last,  but  at  once  differentiated  by  its 
gibbous  rostrum,  the  eyes  confluent  beneath,  sculpture  of 
rostrum  and  elytra,  &c.  The  transverse  grooves  on  the  inter- 
stices of  the  elytra  are  apparently  composed,  at  least  in  some 
places,  of  two  partially  connected  punctures. 


071  the  Phylogeny  and  Anatomy  of  the  Echmodermata,  361 


Lystrus  longimanus. 

L.  trapezoideus,  fusco-niger,  parum  nitidus  ; antennis  ferrugineis  ; 
rostro  dimidio  basali  lineis  elevatis  instructo  ; pedibus  anticis 
valde  elongatis,  tibiis  eorundem  fortiter  arcuatis.  Long.  2|  lin. 

Hah.  Sumatra. 

Trapezoidal,  brownish  black,  slightly  glossy,  antennae 
ferruginous ; rostrum  moderately  long,  basal  half  with  raised 
lines,  the  intervals  punctured  ; antennae  with  the  club  as  long 
as  the  funicle ; prothorax  rapidly  broader  to  the  base,  with 
close-set  granules  in  short  transverse  lines  ; scutellum  round'; 
elytra  narrowly  striate,  the  interstices  broad,  with  contiguous 
punctures ; body  beneath  densely  covered  with  pale  greyish 
scales ; intermediate  and  posterior  legs  very  short,  ferrugi- 
nous, the  tibiae  of  the  former  with  a tooth  on  the  outer  edge 
at  the  base  ; fore  legs  very  long,  their  tibiae  strongly  curved, 
their  tarsi  of  moderate  length. 

A broader  species  than  L.  Iatipen7iis  (Linn.  Soc.  Journ. 
xii.  p.  44,  pi.  iii.  fig.  1)  and  differently  sculptured.  It  is 
possible  that  the  remarkably  long  anterior  legs  may  be  a 
sexual  distinction,  at  least  to  a certain  extent. 


L. — On  the  Phylogeny  and  Anatomy  of  the  Echmodermata. 
By  Dr.  Otto  Hamann  *. 

1.  Origin  of  the  Echinodei'mata. 

If  we  set  before  us  the  question  to  what  group  of  the  Meta- 
zoa, with  reference  to  the  whole  of  their  peculiarities  of 
organization,  are  the  Echinodermata  most  nearly  related,  the 
answer  will  serve  at  the  same  time  to  throw  light  upon  their 
phylogenetic  origin.  I have  said  if  we  take  into  considera- 
tion “ the  whole  of  their  peculiarities  of  organization,”  and 
therefore  the  constitution  of  the  nervous  system,  the  body- 
cavity,  &c.,  and  would  thereby  indicate  that  I must  regard  as 
failures  all  the  attempts  which  look  only  to  a single  system 
of  organs,  such  as  has  lately  been  made  by  Kleinenberg,  who, 
by  taking  into  consideration  only  the  nervous  system,  has 
been  led  into  the  most  wonderful  speculations  as  to  the  origin 

• The  concluding  chapter  of  a memoir  on  the  Histology  of  the  Echino- 
dermata, translated  from  the  ^ Jenaische  Zeitschrift,’  Baud  xxi.  pp.  232- 
251, 


362  Dr.  O.  Hamann  on  the  Phytogeny 

of  the  i^nnelida  from  Medusse,  speculations  and  ideas  which 
can  hardly  find  confirmation  in  nature.  The  larval  forms  of 
the  Echinodermata,  the  formation  of  the  body-cavity,  the 
enterocoele,  the  origin  and  structure  of  the  nervous  system, 
will  chiefly  point  towards  worm -like  creatures,  and  indeed  to 
such  forms  as  possess  a typical  enterocoele  of  like  origin  and 
development j and  in  which  the  nervous  system  is  either  still 
situated  in  the  ectoderm,  as  in  the  Asterida,  or  arranged  in 
the  same  way  as  in  the  Echinida  and  Holothuriaa.  To  ascribe 
to  the  Echinodermata  a near  relationship  to  the  Coelenterata, 
as  has  been  done  by  Kleinenberg,  although  certainly  only  in 
a remark  en  passant  will  not  do,  for  the  agreement  in  the 
structure  of  the  nervous  system  alone  would  not  suffice  to 
balance  the  great  number  of  other  differences  of  structure,  as, 
for  example,  the  existence  of  a body-cavity  in  the  Echino- 
dermata. 

Among  the  groups  of  Vermes  the  Annelida,  with  their 
typical  enterocoele,  stand  nearest  to  the  Echinodermata,  as 
Hackel  has  long  since  shown  ; and,  in  fact,  this  notion  is 
most  particularly  well  supported,  especially  by  the  structure 
of  the  body-wall.  In  the  Asterida  there  is  in  each  arm  a 
dermal  muscular  tube,  consisting  of  a layer  of  annular  and  a 
layer  of  longitudinal  muscles.  In  the  Echinida  the  former 
exists  only  in  a rudimentary  form  (Ludwig),  while  in  the 
Ilolothurise  it  appears  to  be  confined  to  definite  zones. 

As  regards  the  structure  of  the  nervous  system,  it  is  as 
simple  as  is  conceivable  in  x\sterida,  consisting  of  epithelial 
sense-cells  and  nerve-fibres.  But  among  the  Vermes  also, 
and,  indeed,  among  the  more  highly  developed  of  them,  we 
find  forms  in  which  the  whole  nervous  system  persists  through- 
out life  in  the  ectoderm.  This  is  the  case  in  the  Archanne- 
lida  (Hatschek  and  Fraipont). 

There  is  consequently  no  reason  to  prevent  us  from  regard- 
ing the  Echinodermata,  although  not  as  Annelida,  yet  as 
descending  from  Vermes  provided  with  true  body-cavities,  in 
which  the  nervous  system  still  remained  in  the  lowest  stage 
of  development  and  in  which  a water-vascular  system  was 
probably  already  developed.  But  then  the  first  question  is, 
What  group  of  Echinodermata  is  to  be  regarded  as  the 
earliest,  and  are  the  different  divisions  deducible  from  each 
other  ? 

It  is  remarkable  that  the  majority  of  zoologists  and  geolo- 
gists regard  the  Crinoidea  (or  Cystidea)  as  those  which  have 
retained  all  organizational  characters  in  their  most  primitive 
condition. 

* Zeitechr.  fur  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xliv. 


363 


and  Anatomy  of  the  EcMnodermata. 

Crinoidea  and  Asteroidea  are  of  the  same  antiquity.  Botli 
groups  make  their  appearance  as  early  as  in  the  Silurian 
formation.  But  the  species  which  here  first  come  under  our 
notice  are  such  as  can  by  no  means  pass  as  primordial  forms. 
These  have  not  been  preserved  for  us.  This  becomes  intelli- 
gible if  we  consider  that  in  them  the  calcareous  skeleton,  and 
therefore  the  parts  best  adapted  for  preservation,  will  have 
been  still  but  scantily  developed,  and  that  in  general  all  the 
remains  of  Asterida  appear  to  be  very  badly  preserved,  so 
that  they  generally  occur  only  in  fragments.  Hence  we 
cannot  expect  that  palseontology  will  ever  elucidate  the 
phyletic  history  of  this  group.  This  opinion,  which  has  also 
been  expressed  by  Zittel  (Handb.  der  Pal.  i.  1,  p.  309),  has 
not  been  adopted  by  other  palaeontologists,  such  as  Neumayr*, 
but  they  have  established  a genealogy  of  the  Echinida  almost 
exclusively  upon  palaeontological  data.  Whether  this  genea- 
logy is  reconcilable  with  the  anatomical  data  is  a matter 
which  I will  briefly  discuss. 

According  to  Neumayr  the  Cystidea  are  to  be  regarded  as 
the  stock -group  of  the  Echinodermata,  therefore  a group 
which  others  have  united  with  the  Crinoidea,  and  from  them 
the  Crinoidea  are  supposed  to  have  branched  off.  This 
branching  off  is  no  further  demonstrable,  as  both  groups  make 
their  appearance  side  by  side  in  the  Lower  Silurian,  and 
earlier  remains  have  not  yet  been  found.  The  assumption 
that  the  Cystidea  are  the  most  ancient  Echinid  group  has 
therefore  not  even  a palgeontological  foundation.  Further, 
according  to  Neumayr,  the  Ophiuroasterida  have  branched 
oft*  from  the  Cystidea,  and  the  Echinida  in  another  direction. 
Other  naturalists  have  already  raised  the  question  whether,  if 
certain  forms  of  Cystidea,  such  as  Agelacrinus^  remind  us  of 
the  Asterida,  this  is  not  due  to  mere  accidental  external 
resemblances.  The  same  applies  no  doubt  to  the  resem- 
blances which  have  been  found  between  Cystidea  (such  as 
Mesites)  and  Echinida.  As  Hornes  saysf,  the  genetic  rela- 
tions here  are  still  very  doubtful. 

If  we  add  to  this  that  important  objections  have  been  raised 
against  the  homologization  of  the  basal  plates  of  the  Cri- 
noidal  calyx  with  the  apical  plates  of  the  Echinida  (H. 
Carpenter),  the  probability  of  the  derivation  of  the  Echinida 
from  the  Crinoidea  is  still  further  diminished. 

To  all  this  must  be  added,  and  this  gives  the  finishing 

* “ Morphologische  Studien  iiber  Echinodermeu,”  in  Sitzungsb.  d.  k. 
Akad.  AViss.  in  Wien,  IM.  Ixxxvi.  (1881 ). 

t ‘ Elemente  der  I'alauntologie/  1884,  p.  173. 


364  Dr.  O.  Hamann  on  ihe  Phyhgeny 

stroke,  that  anatomically  and  histologically  it  is  impossible 
to  accept  the  Crinoidea  as  the  stock-group  of  the  Echino- 
dermata.  Our  present  standpoint  can  only  be  that  on  the  one 
side  stand  the  Crinoidea  and  on  the  other  the  Asterida,  from 
which  the  Echinida  may  be  derived  without  any  difficulty, 
and  lastly  the  Holothurise.  While  the  last-mentioned  three 
groups  can  be  derived,  in  their  organization,  from  one 
another,  the  Crinoidea  stand  without  any  connexion. 

Quite  peculiar  and  present  in  no  [other]  group  are  the 
remarkable  calycine  pores,  through  which  the  body-cavity 
communicates  with  the  outer  world.  Above  all,  however, 
the  nervous  system  is  not  in  the  primitive  form  which  occurs 
in  the  Asterida.  This  (the  nervous  ring  and  ambulacral 
nerve-stems  radiating  from  it)  is  no  longer  situated  epithelially, 
but  subepithelially  (Ludwig).  The  most  important  part  of 
the  nervous  system  of  the  Crinoidea  is,  however,  placed 
dorsally,  in  the  centro-dorsal  plate  ; from  a central  organ 
fibrous  cords  are  given  off  into  each  arm,  and  from  these 
similar  cords  to  the  muscular  fasciculi  and  appendages  of  the 
arms,  as  already  described  by  W.  B.  Carpenter  in  1865.  A 
dorsal  nervous  system  so  constructed  does  not  occur  in  the 
Asterida  (Ophiuri),  Echinida,  or  Holothurise. 

We  have  also  to  consider  above  all  the  body-cavity  of  the 
Crinoidea,  which  is  probably  to  be  regarded  as  a schizo- 
coelar  cavity,  and  the  sexual  organs,  the  structure  of  which 
differs  from  that  of  those  of  the  other  groups. 

I think,  therefore,  that  the  Crinoidea  may  be  most  natu- 
rally regarded  as  a lateral  branch  of  the  Echinodermata, 
about  the  origin  of  which  we  are  still  in  doubt.  As  coming 
nearest  to  the  truth  we  may  perhaps  suppose  that  the  Cri- 
noidea and  the  Asterida  have  sprung  from  a common  root.  I 
regard  the  latter  as  the  stock-form  of  the  most  nearly  allied 
Echinodermata,  referring  especially  to  the  structure  and  ecto- 
dermal position  of  the  nervous  system.  How  I suppose  the 
Echinida  to  have  originated  from  them  will  be  shown  in  the 
following  pages. 

Consequently  I come  to  the  conclusion  that  those  naturalists, 
with  Hackel,  G.  O.  Sars,  and  Lange  at  their  head,  who 
place  the  Asterida  at  the  head  of  the  Echinodermata,  have 
hit  upon  the  right  course.  Palaeontology,  it  may  be  repeated, 
supports  neither  the  one  interpretation,  according  to  which 
the  Crinoidea  are  to  be  regarded  as  the  most  ancient  class  of 
the  Echinodermata,  most  nearly  approaching  the  stock-group 
(Claus),  nor  the  other  view,  just  maintained  by  me,  as  the 
two  groups  make  their  appearance  together  at  the  same  time 


and  Anatomy  of  the  EcMnodermata.  365 

in  the  Lower  Silurian.  The  morphological  data  alone  can 
be  appealed  to  here  for  the  decision  of  the  question. 

2.  The  Relationship  between  Asterida  and  Echinida, 

Having  described  the  organizational  characters  of  the  Echi- 
nida,  I may  attempt  in  what  follows  to  bring  together  the 
reasons  which  give  the  greatest  possible  probability  to  the 
proposition  that  the  Asterida  must  be  regarded  as  the  pri- 
mordial group  most  nearly  approaching  the  stock-form  of  the 
Echinodermata,  and  the  Echinida  to  be  derived  from  them, 
as  has  already  been  supposed  by  Hackel,  Gegenbaur,  and 
others. 

I know  very  well  that  with  many  this  assumption  passes 
as  an  established  proposition.  For  such  what  follows  is 
written  only  to  a limited  extent,  so  far  as  they,  unlike  myself, 
are  of  opinion  that  this  proposition  is  still  unproven.  I 
w^ould  also  further  show  that  it  is  only  possible  to  explain  the 
organizational  characters  of  the  Echinida  if  we  derive  them 
from  those  of  the  Asterida,  and  that  this  assumption  alone 
admits  of  an  unforced  explanation  of  their  structure. 

Pal80ontology  shows  us  that  the  Asterida  are  among  the 
most  ancient  of  organisms,  and  that  there  is  nothing  to  pre- 
vent the  Echinida,  which  are  already  represented  in  the, 
Lower  Silurian,  being  derived  from  them.  Of  course  in  this 
we  have  to  consider  only  the  regular  Sea-urchins,  but  not 
the  irregular  ones,  such  as  the  Spatangidse,  which  may  with 
great  certainty  be  regarded  as  later  formations.  Hence, 
when  in  what  follows  I speak  of  Echinida,  it  is  especially 
only  the  regular  Sea-urchins  that  I refer  to. 

In  deriving  the  Echinid-organism  from  that  of  the  Asterida, 
the  nervous  system  must  be  taken  into  consideration  in  the 
first  place.  In  the  Starfishes  the  nervous  system  originates 
in  the  ectoblast  *,  and  retains  its  position  in  the  ectoderm. 
This  applies  to  the  central  nervous  system,  the  cerebral  ring, 
and  five  (or  more)  ambulacral  nerve-trunks.  The  intestinal 
nervous  system  1 leave  on  one  side,  as  not  essential  in  our 
comparison. 

In  the  Echinida,  when  the  animal  is  mature,  the  nervous 
system  is  no  longer  situated  in  the  ectoderm  j it  has  come  to 
lie  in  the  mesoderm  ; and  in  them  we  find  it  connected  with 
the  epithelium  of  the  body  only  where  sense-organs  are 
present. 

But  are  the  elements  which  constitute  the  central  nervous 

* See  Tiudwig,  Asterina  yibhosa. 


366  Dr.  O.  Hamann  on  the  Phylogeny 

system  in  the  Echinida  the  same  as  those  of  the  Asterida,  or 
derivable  from  those  of  the  latter  group  ? To  decide  this 
question  we  may  refer  briefly  to  the  constitution  of  the  ner- 
vous system  of  the  Asterida.  The  cerebral  ring  and  the 
ambulacral  nerves  consist  of  nerve-fibres  intermixed  with 
ganglion- cells,  which  run  between  the  processes  of  the  un- 
usually elongated,  filiform,  epithelial  cells  of  the  ambulacral 
groove.  These  epithelial  cells  I have  named  supporting- 
cells,”  and  their  basal  processes  supporting-fibres  ; ” the 
latter  are  the  so-called  transverse  fibres  of  older  writers, 
which  run  perpendicular  to  the  nerve-fibres.  In  the  Echi- 
nida the  central  nervous  system  consists  of  the  following 
elements : — the  nerve-fibres  with  the  ganglion-cells,  and, 
applied  to  these,  cells  the  nature  of  which  may  be  a matter  of 
dispute.  This  coating  of  cells,  which  lies  peripherally  upon 
the  main  nerve-stems  and  the  central  ring,  is  regarded  by 
Eredericq  as  nervous — it  is  supposed  that  we  have  here  to  do 
with  ganglion-cells  which  lie  upon  the  cords  of  nerve-fibres 
in  the  same  way  as  is  the  case  in  many  Vermes,  for  ex- 
ample. 

Whether  these  cells  have  acquired  the  function  of  ganglion- 
cells  seems  doubtful  to  me.  Judging  from  their  origin  they 
are  epithelial  cells  which  have  come  to  lie  in  the  mesoderm 
together  with  the  nerve-fibres  originally  {in  the  ectohlast)  epi- 
thelinlly  situated  and  produced.  In  the  first  place  they  func- 
tion as  a covering  epithelium,  a protective  coat  for  the  fine 
nerve-fibres,  as  I have  already  shown  in  the  Holothuriag,  and 
as  seems  to  me  to  follow  pretty  certainly  from  a comparison 
with  the  Asterida. 

That  these  cells  form  a covering  epithelium,  a protective 
covering,  appears  further  from  their  basal  supporting -fibres^ 
which  traverse  the  nerve-fibres  perpendicularly.  These 
supporting-fibres  have,  liowever,  hitherto  escaped  the  notice 
of  naturalists  in  the  Echinida.  I believe  that  even  those 
who  are  inclined  to  interpret  the  covering-epithelium  as  of 
nervous  nature  can  no  longer,  after  the  discovery  of  the  sup- 
porting-fibres, uphold  this  opinion  to  its  full  extent.  But 
what  further  goes  against  the  nervous  nature  of  these  cells  is 
their  difference  in  form  and  size  from  the  true  nerve-cells  in 
the  main  trunks,  and  the  nerve-cells  which  form  a peripheral 
coating  at  the  point  of  bifurcation  of  the  main  nerve-cords. 

d^he  ganglion-cells  which  are  situated  in  the  main  trunks 
and  the  cerebral  ring  possess  an  oval  nucleus,  which  always 
stains  of  a lighter  colour  than  the  nucleus  of  the  covering- 
cells.  A nucleolus  is  usually  to  be  seen.  The  size  of  the 
ganglion-cells  is  different  from  that  of  the  covering-cells. 


367 


and  A natomy  of  the  EcMnodermata, 

The  latter  are  always  smaller  and  generally  possess  a basal 
cell-process,  a direct  continuation  of  the  cell-substance,  which 
shows  a different  refractive  power  from  the  nerve-fibres,  and 
therefore,  if  only  on  that  account,  has  nothing  to  do  with 
them,  and,  further,  is  much  stronger  and  has  a greater 
diameter. 

The  ganglion-cells,  as  they  occur  in  the  peripheral  parts 
of  the  nervous  system,  are  of  two  different  forms.  If  they 
lie  within  the  nerve-fibres,  the  nerves  of  the  skin  (I  am 
referring  to  nerve-cords),  they  have  the  same  form  as  in  the 
main  trunks.  Besides  this  kind  cells  occur  which  are  charac- 
terized by  their  size,  their  large  pale  nuclei,  and  their  con- 
stantly distinct  nucleoli.  Tliese  lie  peripherally  upon  the 
nerve-cords,  and  where  nerve-fibres  issue  from  the  nerve- 
cords,  for  example  to  run  to  the  muscular  fibres  (in  the  pedi- 
cellariie  the  ramifications  between  the  muse,  adductores,  in 
the  basal  annular  nerve  of  the  spines  of  Sphoer echinus^  Echinus, 
Centrostephanus,  &c.),  form  a coating  between  the  muscular 
fibres  embraced  by  the  nerve-fibres.  These  cells  measure 
about  0*07  millim.,  and  their  circular  nuclei  0*002-0*003 
millim.  That  they  differ  widely  from  the  cells  of  the 
covering-epithelium  there  can  be  no  doubt. 

If  I have  discussed  the  question  of  the  interpretation  of 
these  coating-cells  in  a detail  which  may  appear  superfluous 
to  many,  this  is  due  to  the  wish  to  render  my  description  as 
conclusive  as  possible. 

If  we  are  to  derive  the  Echinida  directly  from  the  Star- 
fishes, we  must  seek  in  them  for  organs  homologous  with  the 
tentacle  and  eye-spots.  As  is  well  known  there  are  upon  the 
intergenital  plates  (ocellar  plates)  in  many  Sea-urchins  pig- 
ment-spots which  it  has  been  supposed  might  be  interpreted 
as  eyes,  seeing  that  they  are  situated  in  spots  homologous 
with  the  ends  of  the  arms  of  Starfish.  As  I have  already 
shown,  we  have  to  do  here  by  no  means  with  structures 
resembling  the  eye-spots  of  Starfishes,  but  only  with  accumu- 
lations of  pigment  which  may  sometimes  be  present,  some- 
times absent.  But  that  we  may  in  this  case  with  some  justice 
speak  of  degenerations  of  the  eye-spots  appears  from  the 
presence  of  a tentacle,  although  a modified  one,  in  the  Echi- 
nida *.  The  tentacle  pierces  the  intergenital  plate,  and  thus 
comes  to  lie  partly  in  and  partly  upon  the  latter.  A water- 
vessel  (ambulacral)  and  a nerve-trunk  terminate  in  it  in  the 
same  way  as  in  the  {Starfishes.  Nay,  even  mobility  cannot 
be  wholly  denied  to  the  Echinidan  tentacle,  seeing  that  it,  or 

• See  Hamann,  Vorl.  Mitth.  zur  Morphol.  der  Echiniden,  No.  5,”  in 
Sitzungsb.  der  med.-naturw.  Gesellschaft  zvi  .Jena,  1880,  Heft  2. 


368  Dr.  O.  Hamann  on  the  Phytogeny 

at  least  its  terminal  portion  which  rests  upon  the  plate,  can 
very  well  be  inflated  by  the  water-vessel  which  terminates 
csecally  in  it,  and  in  this  way  may  be  pushed  forth,  though 
only  to  a limited  extent.  Perhaps  Sea-urchins  still  exist  in 
which  there  are  eye-spots  like  those  of  the  Starfishes,  and  in 
which  the  resemblance  of  the  tentacles  of  the  two  groups  will 
be  still  greater.  This,  however,  appears  to  be  doubtful, 
inasmuch  as,  where  true  organs  of  vision  are  at  present  known 
in  Sea-urchins,  these  have  been  found  upon  the  surface  of  the 
test,  where,  especially  when  present  in  great  number,  they 
must  be  of  essential  service  to  the  animals  *. 

Of  equal  importance  for  the  question  of  the  derivation  of 
the  Echinida  from  the  Asterida  is  a comparison  of  their  san- 
guiferous spaces^  i.  e.  the  whole  of  the  schizoccele  structures. 

In  the  Starfishes  there  is  in  the  body-wall  a system  of 
lacunae  and  hollow  spaces,  which  have  been  in  part  described 
as  perihaemal  spaces  (Ludwig).  All  these  lacunae  and  spaces 
are  gaps  in  the  connective  substance,  schizocoele-spaces,  as  I 
have  demonstrated  in  opposition  to  the  previous  supposition 
that  they  are  parts  of  the  enterocoele,  by  tracing  their  origin. 
In  the  ventral  wall  such  a schizocoele-space  runs  into  each 
arm.  We  find  them  again  in  the  Sea-urchins  in  each  ambu- 
lacrum, and  here  likewise  terminating  caecally,  in  this  case  by 
the  intergenital  plate,  in  the  former  (Starfishes)  by  the  ten- 
tacle. But  while  in  the  Starfishes  these  five  spaces  or  canals 
unite  in  the  centre  to  form  an  annular  canal,  which  is  con- 
nected through  the  tubular  canal  with  the  schizocoele-spaces 
in  the  dorsal  body-wall,  the  conditions  are  difierent  in  the 
Echinida,  seeing  that  in  them  a masticatory  apparatus  has 
been  developed  (probably  from  vertical  plates) , and  the  tubu- 
lar canal  occurs  only  as  a rudiment.  Moreover,  in  the  Sea- 
urchins  there  is  retained  only  a remnant  of  the  schizocoele- 
system  of  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  Starfishes,  in  the  form  of  the 
schizoccdar  anal  ring^  as  I have  already  shown  f,  from  which 
structures  lead  to  the  sexual  organs,  like  those  presented  by 
the  Starfishes.  That  all  these  phenomena  may  be  easily 
explained  by  the  origination  of  the  Sea-urchin  from  the  Star- 
fish is  perfectly  clear,  while  the  reverse  mode  of  origin  seems 
almost  inconceivable,  or,  at  any  rate,  is  less  probable. 

In  the  five  schizocoele-spaces  (longitudinal  canals)  of  the 
ventral  wall  (“  perihsemal  spaces  ” of  Ludwig)  of  the  Aste- 
rida connective  partitions  (septa)  have,  as  is  well  known,  been 
developed,  and  in  these  formation  of  unwalled  spaces  (the 
blood-lacunas)  has  taken  place. 

* See  Sarasin’s  statements,  Zool.  Auz.  1885. 

t See  also  my  “ Vorlaiifige  Mittlieihmgen,”  already  quoted. 


369 


and  Anatomy  of  the  Echinodermata, 

That  we  find  the  ventral  longitudinal  canals  of  the  Asterida 
again  in  the  Echinida  I have  already  shown. 

But  what  we  do  not  find  in  the  Echinida  (and  Spatangida) 
are  the  septa,  the  longitudinal  partitions  of  the  ventral  longi- 
tudinal canals  with  hollow  spaces  developed  in  them,  the  true 
blood-lacunse.  This  may  be  explained  in  the  following  way  : 
In  the  Asterida,  as  the  more  ancient  forms,  the  central  ner- 
vous system  remains  throughout  life  in  the  ectoderm,  where 
it  originated,  while  in  the  Echinida  at  a certain  time  it  sepa- 
rates from  the  ectoderm  and  moves  into  the  longitudinal  canals. 
In  the  Sea-urchins  the  longitudinal  canals  (^.  e.  the  canals 
indicated  as  perihsemal  spaces  in  the  Starfishes)  are  traversed 
throughout  their  whole  extent  by  the  five  ambulacral  or  radial 
nerve-trunks.  By  this  means  of  course  a development  of 
partitions  or  septa . is  rendered  impossible.  If  we  speak  of 
perihsemal  canals  in  the  Starfishes,  in  the  Sea-urchins  we 
must  call  them  perineural  canals. 

These  perineural  canals  have  no  connexion  at  all  with  tlie 
system  of  blood-lacunm.  The  lacunar  ring,  which  in  the 
Starfishes  runs  round  the  oesophagus,  has  in  the  Echinida 
come  to  be  situated  upon  the  lantern,  and  from  it  start  the 
lacunas  to  the  intestine  and  the  glands. 

In  schizocoele-formations  of  the  back  the  blood-lacunae  run, 
in  the  same  way  as  in  the  Asterida,  in  septiform  structures. 
Moreover  the  Asterida  and  Echinida  exhibit  similar  struc- 
tures in  the  blood-lacunae  running  to  the  sexual  organs. 

In  Starfishes  a schizocoele-space  runs  to  each  sexual  organ 
and  is  continued  in  lacunae  of  the  connective  substance  of  the 
wall  of  the  organ.  But  in  each  schizocoele-space  there  runs 
also  in  the  suspensory  band  a blood-vessel  (according  to 
Ludwig’s  designation),  which  is  connected  with  the  glandular 
organ.  I regard  these  canaliculi  also  as  conductive  lacunae 
for  the  glandular  organ.  The  cells  in  them  will  certainly 
have  taken  up  materials  from  the  sexual  organs  to  be  conveyed 
towards  the  glandular  organ.  That  excretory  materials  are 
found  in  the  lacunae  of  the  wall  of  the  sexual  organ  may  be 
easily  proved  by  sections.  Deposits  of  granules,  sometimes 
of  a brownish,  sometimes  of  a yellow  colour,  occur  every- 
where. Nay,  it  has  even  been  said  by  one  naturalist  that 
the  sexual  organs,  at  the  time  when  they  do  not  form  ova  or 
semen,  function  as  glands  ! 

In  the  Echinida  the  anatomical  character  is  the  same.  In 
them  also  schizocoele-spaces  pass  to  the  organs  and  enclose, 
the  peculiar  lacunse  situated  in  the  walls.  The  foundation  of 
the  sexual  organs  is  the  same  in  both  groups.  Nay,  the 
figures  which  show  the  sexual  organ  in  the  Echinida  still  in 

Ann.  d*  Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx.  26 


370 


Dr.  O.  Hamann  on  the  Phytogeny 

the  form  of  an  oval  vesicle  projecting  into  a vacant  space 
(schizocoele-space)  might  equally  well  be  drawn  from  a Star- 
fish. 

In  Asterida  a follicular  epithelium  could  be  demonstrated. 
In  Echinida  the  first  foundation  of  the  ovicell  from  epithelial 
cells  is  so  far  the  same  that  here  also  a commencement  of 
follicle-formation  is  made.  It  goes  no  further,  however,  and 
the  developed  Echinidan  ovum  possesses  a resistant  enve- 
lope, which,  however,  has  been  formed  from  the  ovicell  and 
not  from  a follicular  epithelium. 

An  apparently  great  difference  in  the  organism  of  the  Sea- 
urchin  is  constituted  by  the  presence  of  a special  masticatory 
apparatus,  the  lantern.  That  this  is  produced  by  alteration 
and  transformation  from  whorls  of  the  Starfish  seems  to  be 
probable.  But  that  no  Starfish  can  be  produced  from  a Sea- 
urchin  provided  with  a masticatory  apparatus  is  shown  with 
certainty,  in  my  opinion,  by  the  position  of  the  oral  blood- 
lacunar  ring  and  of  the  water- vascular  annular  canal.  The 
peculiar  positions  of  these  organs  in  Echinida  are  in  relation 
to  their  simpler  and  more  easily  intelligible  position  in  the 
Starfish  under  the  condition  of  the  chauged  position  of  the 
whorls. 

A further  important  agreement  is  shown  by  the  water- 
vascular  system.  The  stone-canal  of  the  Asterida  is  of  very 
complex  structure  and  forms  a smooth-walled  tube  only  in 
youth.  Later  on  spiral  convolutions  of  various  forms  appear 
in  the  lumen.  In  the  Echinida  the  canal  remains  a smooth 
tube  and  shows  no  organization  indicative  of  the  structures 
occurring  in  Starfishes./  This  retrogression,  as  I conceive  the 
simplicity  of  this  organ  in  the  Echinida  to  be,  is  closely  con- 
nected with  the  mode  of  life  of  these  animals.  Their  move- 
ment is  in  most  cases  limited  in  extent.  The  sucking-feet 
are  only  moderately  effective,  owing  to  the  long  spines,  and 
locomotion  takes  place  usually  with  the  aid  of  the  spines 
employed  as  stilts.  Through  this  a retrogression  of  the  lon- 
gitudinal canals  (ambulacra!  vessels)  of  the  aquiferous  vessels 
has  taken  place  ; the  ampullse  are  less  developed,  and  the 
valves  occurring  in  Asterida  have  disappeared.  In  their 
place  the  transversely-stretched  muscular  threads  provide  for 
the  closure  of  the  ampullae,  but  of  course  only  in  a very 
insufficient  manner.  Most  of  the  ambulacral  feet  are  there- 
fore but  little  developed,  and  this  applies  particularly  and  in 
a still  greater  degree  to  the  Spatangidae,  in  which  the  retro- 
gression has  gone  much  further. 

In  two  or  three  words  I must  refer  to  the  disappearance  of 
the  musculature  of  the  body-wall  in  the  Echinida.  In  the 


1 


and  Anatomy  of  the  EcMnodermata.  371 

Starfishes  I have  demonstrated  in  the  body-wall  of  each  arm 
an  annular  and  a longitudinal  muscular  layer,  such  as  exist 
in  the  same  way  in  the  Vermes.  In  the  Echinida  the  rays 
(the  arms)  are  amalgamated  with  the  body,  the  calcareous 
secretions  form  a skeleton  consisting  of  ten  pairs  of  plates, 
for  which  muscles  in  the  body-wall  have  become  unnecessary. 
If,  then,  we  assume  that  the  Holothurite  have  branched  off 
from  the  Echinida,  this  must  have  occurred  early,  that  is  to 
say  they  must  have  originated  from  forms  in  which  the 
musculature  had  not  yet  retrograded  nor  the  skeleton  been 
developed,  as  is  the  case  in  existing  Echinida.  According  to 
Ludwig’s  * discQvery  in  Spatangidse,  on  the  dorsal  surface 
between  the  rows  of  plates  situated  above  the  periproct  there 
are  muscular  fibres  at  the  point  where  they  meet  in  the  middle 
line.  This  musculature,  which  consists  of  short  (1  millim. 
long),  smooth,  muscular  fibres,  notched  at  their  extremities, 
is  to  be  regarded  as  the  remnant  of  the  annular  (and  longitu- 
dinal) musculature  of  the  body-wall,  such  as  is  shown  by  the 
Starfishes. 

3.  What  Structures  are  we  to  regard  as  Sanguiferous 
Spaces  in  the  EcMnodermata  ? 

The  older  naturalists  supposed  that  in  the  Asterida  the 
five  or  more  longitudinal  canals  running  in  the  ventral  sur- 
face of  the  arms  were  the  blood-vessels,  and  that  the  annular 
cavity  surrounding  the  oesophagus,  which  unites  these  five 
or  more  canals,  was  the  annular  vessel.  It  was  shown, 
however,  by  Lange  and  Teusch,  that  these  radial  or 
ambulacra!  longitudinal  canals  were  divided  in  their  whole 
length  by  a vertical  band,  and  that  this  band  in  its  whole 
extent  was  traversed  by  interstices  and  cavities.  In  the  latter 
they  recognized  the  true  blood-vessels,  or  rather  blood-lacunse. 
That  the  conditions  are  the  same  in  the  dorsal  body-wall, 
and  that  here  also  the  true  blood-lacunae  (the  anal  ring  of 
blood-lacunae  and  the  lacunae  leading  to  the  sexual  organs) 
lie  in  such  canals,  has  been  shown  by  Ludwig,  who  proposes 
the  name  of  perihoemal  canals  for  the  latter.  At  the  same 
time,  however,  that  naturalist  supposed  that  the  perihaemal 
canals  were  in  connexion  with  the  body- cavity,  the  entero- 
ccele.  I have  shown,  by  demonstrating  the  origin  of  these 
canals  as  also  of  the  ventral  blood-lacunas,  that  perihaemal 
cavities  as  well  as  blood-lacunae  of  the  septa  or  suspensory 
bands  are  schizocoele-formations  and  therefore  homologous 
structures.  This  applies  also  to  the  cavitary  system  dis- 

* “ Ueber  bewegliche  Schalenplatten  bei  Echinoideen,”  in  Zeitscbr. 
fiir  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xxix. 


26^ 


372 


Dr.  0.  Hamann  on  the  Phytogeny 

covered  by  Greeff  in  the  connective  substance  of  the  cutis  of 
the  dorsal  wall.  These  cavities  are  connected  with  the  peri- 
hgenial  spaces  and  the  so-called  tubular  canal. 

Taking  all  this  into  consideration  we  have  in  the  Asterida 
a series  of  schizocoele-structures  to  which  the  five  or  more 
ventral  radial  canals  (perihaemal  spaces)  belong,  and,  further, 
the  blood-lacunse  running  through  septa,  likewise  scliizocoele- 
cavities. 

What  do  we  find  of  these  two  systems  of  cavities  in  the 
Echinida? 

In  the  regular  Echinida  we  find  the  five  longitudinal 
canals,  in  which  the  five  ambulacral  or  radial  nerve-trunks 
have  come  to  lie.  Further,  we  find  a cavity  enveloping 
the  annular  nerve  at  one  of  its  surfaces,  a homologue  of 
the  annular  perihasmal  cavity  in  the  Asterida.  Besides 
these  we  have  to  note  an  anal  annular  schizoccele-cavity, 
with  cavities  which  run  to  the  sexual  organs.  These  are  the 
sole  remains  of  the  great  dorsal  canal-system  of  the  Asterida  ; 
in  their  wall,  i,  e.  in  the  wall  of  the  anal  schizoccele-cavity 
and  partly  projecting  into  it,  lies  the  anal  ring  of  blood- 
lacunas,  and,  in  the  cavities  running  to  the  sexual  organs, 
the  blood-lacunse.  Consequently  in  the  dorsal  part  of  the 
Echinida  the  same  conditions  exist  as  in  the  Asterida.  Here 
also  we  may  speak  of  perihaemal  cavities.  The  different 
character  of  the  ventral  surface  is  to  be  explained  by  the 
formation  of  the  masticatory  apparatus  and  by  displacement 
of  the  five  radial  nerve- trunks,  which  have  deserted  their 
epithelial  position  and  moved  into  the  schizocoele-cavities. 
The  septa  with  the  blood- lacunae  (in  the  longitudinal  canals), 
and  therefore  the  true  radial  blood-lacunae  of  the  Asterida, 
have  disappeared.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  a perioesophageal 
ring  of  blood-lacunae  has  become  developed  upon  the  lantern, 
and  from  this  the  blood-lacunae  run,  as  in  the  Asterida,  to  the 
gland,  intestine,  &c. 

In  the  Spatangida,  which  are  quite  certainly  to  be  derived 
from  the  Echinida,  these  conditions  are  as  follows  : — The 
masticatory  apparatus  has  disappeared,  and  with  it  the  peri- 
cesophageal  ring  of  blood-lacunae  situated  upon  it.  In  the 
five  longitudinal  canals  (perihaemal  canals)  which  open  into 
an  annular  canal  situated  around  the  oesophagus  lie  the 
(radial)  ambulacral  nerve-trunks  and  the  circumoral  nerve- 
ring as  in  the  regular  forms.  But  the  blood-lacunae  (dorsal 
and  ventral)  of  the  oesophagus  open  into  this  annular  schizo- 
coele-canal.  This,  consequently,  in  the  Spatangidae  is  to  be 
regarded  as  a blood-lacunar  ring,  and  the  five  longitudinal 
canals  given  off  from  it  as  the  five  ambulacral  blood-lacunae. 


373 


and  Anatomy  of  the  Echmodermata, 

Thus  in  the  Spatangida  there  has  occurred  a fusion  of  the 
cavitary  systems,  which  in  the  Asterida  are  separate.  In  the 
dorsal  part  the  blood-lacunse  run  in  the  wall  of  the  schizocoele- 
sinus,  as  I have  shown  for  the  first  time.  In  this,  therefore, 
these  forms  agree  with  the  regular  Echinida  and  the 
Asterida. 

Let  us  now  consider  the  Holothurigs.  In  Synapta  there  is 
a blood-lacunar  ring  of  very  feeble  construction  running  in 
the  wall  of  the  annular  water-vascular  canal.  From  this 
blood-lacunae  issue  to  the  tentacular  canals.  In  this  genus  no 
schizocoele-cavity  runs  through  the  five  ambulacra.  In  the 
foot-bearing  Holothuriae,  which  show  more  primitive  con- 
ditions, however,  we  again  find  the  five  radial  ambulacral 
schizocoele-cavities ; here  they  may  justly  be  denominated 
blood-lacunae. 

In  the  Crinoidea  we  find  radial  longitudinal  canals,  which, 
as  I propose  to  demonstrate  immediately,  are  likewise  schizo- 
coele-structures,  and  are,  certainly  with  justice,  described  as 
the  radial  blood-vessels  by  Ludwig.  GreefF  and  Ludwig 
declared  them  to  be  homologous  with  the  radial  longitudinal 
canals  (perihaemal  cavities  of  Ludwig)  in  the  Asterida.  Sub- 
sequently Ludwig  has  retracted  this  opinion,  because  he 
thinks  that  the  longitudinal  canals  of  the  Asterida  are  not 
themselves  blood-lacunac,  but  that  the  latter  are  situated  in 
the  septa,  so  that  the  blood-lacunsc  of  the  Asterida  and  Cri- 
noidea are  quite  different  structures.  The  foundation  of  this 
opinion  is  to  be  found  in  the  fact  that  Ludwig  regarded  the 
longitudinal  canals  as  enterocoele-structures.  When  Ludwig 
further  says  that  in  the  Crinoidea  no  perihsemal  cavities  have 
yet  come  into  development,  either  in  the  periphery  of  the  oral 
blood- vascular  ring  or  in  that  of  the  radial  blood-vessels,  we 
may  reply  as  follows  : — The  radial  blood-vessels  (so-called)  of 
the  Crinoidea  and  their  oral  blood-vascular  ring  are  nothing 
but  the  radial  longitudinal  canals  (perih^mal  cavities)  of  the 
Asterida  and  their  oral  annular  canal.  But  while  in  the 
Asterida  special  lacunae,  the  true  blood-lacunae,  have  been 
developed  in  septa,  the  septa  are  wanting  in  the  Crinoidea. 
The  blood  moves  in  the  longitudinal  canals,  as  is  partially  the 
case  in  Spatangida  and  Holothuriae. 

Further,  the  Crinoidea  also  possess  other  radial  schizocoele- 
canals  (homologous  with  the  dorsal  cavities  of  the  other 
Echinoderrnata),  and  in  these  (in  septa)  blood-lacunae  occur,  as 
will  hereafter  be  shown  in  detail. 

Summing  up  briefly  all  these  conditions,  it  appears  that  no 
decided  difference  exists  between  true  blood-lacunae,  situated 


374  Dr.  O.  Hamann  on  the  Phytogeny 

in  septa  which  are  extended  in  the  radial  schizocoele-cavities 
and  the  latter  themselves  ; both  structures  are  schizocoele- 
structures,  and  originate  as  spaces  and  cavities  in  the  con- 
nective substance.  To  this  must  be  added  that  the  young 
Asterias  of  perhaps  a centimetre  in  diameter  has  no  cavities 
in  its  septa  of  the  ventral  surface,  ^ but  that  in  this  case  the 
longitudinal  canals  (perili86mal  cavities)  must  rather  function 
as  sanguiferous  spaces.  In  future,  when  we  speak  ot  the 
blood-lacunar  system  in  the  Echinodermata  it  will  no  longer 
do  to  characterize  as  blood-vessels  one  set  of  structures  m one 
group  and  another  in  another,  but  it  will  have  to  be  shown 
how  sometimes  one  and  sometimes  another  part  of  the  schizo- 
coele-structures  conveys  the  true  blood-fluid  and  stands  con- 
nected with  the  intestinal  lacume. 

We  have  therefore  before  us  two  different  schizocoele-struc- 
tures,  two  contrary  systems,  at  first  (Asterida)  separated  from 
one  another,  but  which  may  afterwards  partially  communi- 
cate. The  following  table  gives  a summary  representation 
of  these  schizocoele-structures  : — 


Astetuda 
possess : — 

Five  or  more  radial  (ambu- 
lacral  ) longitudinal  canals 
(so-called  perihsemal  ca- 
nals) in  the  ventral  wall 
of  the  ai'ms  and  an  oral 
annular  canal. 

1 

Blood-lacunm  situated  m | 
the  septa  of  the  longitu-  ! 
dinal  canals  and  an  oral  | 
hlood-lacunar  ring.  1 

i 

Blood-lacunce  at  the  verti- 
cal pole  in  septa  of  the 
dorsal  schizocoele-cavities.  , 

EcniNiDA. 

Present  (as  neural  canals). 

Wanting ; perioesophageal  , 
lacunar  ring  upon  the 
lantern,  with  no  con-  j 
nexion  with  the  longitu-  l 
dinal  canals.  Intestinal  | 
lacimae  opening  into  it.  | 

Present. 

Spatangida. 

Present ; the  oral  annular 
canal  has  become  con- 
nected with  the  intesti- 
nal lacunae  ! 

Wanting ; blood-lacunar 
ring  delicient. 

Present. 

< 

H 

Q 

Present;  the  oral  annular 

i • 

W anting. 

1 

Present  (situated  partly  in  , 

O 

"A 

S 

o 

canal  connected  with  the 
intestinal  lacunae. 

i the  arms).  j 

1 

Present;  the  oral  annular 

I W anting. 

Wanting. 

ss 

canal  connected  with  the 

C « 

^ B 

intestinal  lacunae. 

i 

I 

i 

and  Anatomy  of  the  Echinodermata, 


375 


4.  Summary  of  Results^  with  a Description  of  the  Principal 

Conditions  of  the  Anatomical  Structure  of  the  Sea-urchins. 

^ In  giving  the  following  description  of  the  anatomical  and 
histological  structure  of  a Sea-urchin,  I indicate  only  the 
principal  results  which  seem  to  me  to  be  of  importance  for 
the  comprehension  of  the  Sea-urchin’s  body.  At  the  same 
time  I do  not  refer  at  all  to  the  skeletal  characters,  seeing 
that  these  are  already  sufficiently  known  and  investigated, 
especially  through  the  works  of  Lovdn  and  other  naturalists. 

In  the  Holothuriae,  which  are  destitute  of  any  spines  or 
similar  structures,  I have  been  able  to  describe  the  sense- 
organs  situated  in  the  skin.  In  the  Sea-urchins  these  are 
nearly  all  (with  the  exception  of  the  tentacles)  placed  upon 
stalked  organs,  the  pedicellarise.  By  this  means  an  efficiency 
is  secured  to  them  which  sense-organs  on  the  skin  could  not 
develop  on  account  of  the  frequently  very  long  spines. 

On  the  pedicellarias,  with  their  three-valved  forceps,  the 
mechanism  of  which  I have  described  in  detail,  supposed 
sense-organs  were  observed  by  Sladen  only  in  one  form,  the 
so-called  gemmiform  pedicel! arise  ; but  neither  that  naturalist 
nor  Kohler  succeeded  in  demonstrating  nerve-terminations. 

Exquisite  sense-organs  occur  in  all  pedicel! arise — gemmi- 
form, tridactyle,  and  trifoiiate.  Special  tactile  eminences, 
often  of  complex  structure,  occur  on  the  inner  surface  of  the 
valves  ; these  are  beset  with  rigid  setse.  Nerve-branches 
run  to  these  tactile  eminences.  In  general  three  nerve-cords, 
composed  of  the  finest  nerve-fibres  and  ganglion-cells,  were 
observed  ; these  pass  into  the  capitular  part,  and  while  each 
gives  off  numerous  lateral  branches  to  the  musculature,  sense- 
epithelium,  &c.,  they  could  be  traced  to  the  tip  of  each  valve. 
The  glandular  sacs  in  the  wall  of  the  pedicellariae  are  of  par- 
ticular importance  in  the  seizing  of  any  objects ; whether 
they  exert  a paralyzing  action  upon  smaller  animals,  such  as 
worms,  is  still  to  be  ascertained.  , 

Following  on  these  organs  come  the  glohiferi^  newly 
discovered  organs  which  serve  as  weapons.  They  occur  only 
in  a few  genera.  As  further  appendicular  organs  of  the  skin 
Lovdn’s  remarkable  sphceridia  are  to  be  mentioned.  At  their 
base  may  be  found  a nerve-ring  of  the  same  structure  as  that 
which  is  detected  on  the  spines.  From  this  basal  nerve-ring, 
which  shows  itself  externally  by  a thickened  'epithelium,  an 
epithelial  pad,  nerve-fibres  run  sometimes  to  the  musculature, 
sometimes  running  to  the  apex  of  the  spine  in  the  foi^r,  five, 
or  more  long  ciliary  bands.  Similar  nerve-structures  occur 


376  Dr.  O.  Haniami  on  the  Phylogeny 

between  tlie  sutural  lines  or  Semites  of  tlie  Spatangida ; only 
in  these  the  nerve-fibre  layer,  which  is  epithelial  in  position, 
is  more  strongly  developed  generally  in  the  whole  of  the 
dorsal  epithelium,  but  especially  in  that  of  these  sutural  lines. 

Nerve- terminations  are  observed  in  the  ambulacral  feet^ 
especially  in  the  peculiar  pencil-like  foot  of  the  Spatangida. 
The  complex  structure  which  occurs  in  the  sucking-plate  of 
the  foot  of  a regular  Sea-urchin  can  only  be  described  by 
reference  to  the  figures. 

In  the  epithelium j the  epidermis , which  covers  all  the  ex- 
ternal organs,  nerve-fibres  occur  everywhere.  They  are  all 
epithelial  in  position,  or  only  partially  so  ; in  the  latter  case 
they  run  subepithelially  in  the  layer  of  connective  substance, 
the  cutis.  The  body-wall  of  a Sea-urchin  is  composed,  as  is 
well  known,  of  the  outer  epithelium  and  the  cutis  with  the 
calcareous  plates  or  separate  calcareous  bodies,  as,  for  ex- 
ample, in  the  buccal  disk,  or  also  at  the  vertical  pole  (in 
Centrostephanus  longispinus).  In  the  body-wall,  and  indeed 
in  the  middle  of  the  paired,  so-called  ambulacral  plates,  run 
five  longitudinal  canals.  They  commence  at  the  vertical  pole 
beneath  the  five  intergenital  (ocellar)  plates,  and  run  to  the 
lantern,  the  masticatory  apparatus.  They  are  schizocoele- 
structures,  longitudinal  canals,  in  the  connective  layer.  Into 
them  have  been  shifted  the  five  ambulacral  (or  radial)  nerve- 
trunks,  w hich  in  the  Starfishes  are  still  situated  in  the  ecto- 
derm. These  nerve-trunks  terminate  on  the  one  hand  in  the 
intergenital  plates,  on  the  other  they  pass  into  the  lantern  and 
form  a nerve-ring  which,  on  one  side,  is  enveloped  by  a con- 
tinuation of  the  longitudinal  canals.  In  and  upon  the  inter- 
genital plates  there  is  a rudimentary  tentacle  without  any 
visual  spots.  The  nerve-trunks  consist  of  very  fine  nerve- 
fibres  and  ganglion-cells  and  of  a cellular  coat  which  is  in 
part  composed  of  supporting  cells.  This  epithelium  is  to  be 
regarded  as  homologous  w ith  the  epithelium  of  the  ambu- 
lacral grooves  of  the  Asterida,  not  only  the  nervous  mass 
itself,  but  the  wdiole  epithelium,  having  come  to  be  situated 
in  the  mesoderm,  as  in  the  Holothuria?. 

From  the  nerve-  or  central  ring  nerve-cords  are  given  off 
TO  the  oesophagus,  and  these  may  be  traced  throughout  the 
wmole  course  of  the  intestinal  tract.  Parallel  to  the  ambu- 
lacral nerve-trunks  run  the  five  ambulacral  water -vessels  \ 
they  terminate  caecally  in  the  intergenital  plates,  wPile  at 
the  masticatory  apparatus  they  ascend  upon  its  outer  surface 
and  enter  into  the  water-vascular  ring,  wdiich  lies  upon  the 
surface  pf  the  masticatory  apparatus  (the  lantern)  and  sur- 
rounds the  oesophagus.  From  this  w^ater- vascular  ring  the 


and  Anatomy  of  the  Echinodermata. 


377 


stone-canal  takes  its  origin,  ascends  perpendicularly  upwards, 
and  opens  outwards  through  the  pores  of  madreporic  plates. 
The  latter  possess  no  arrangement  by  which  they  can  be 
closed  ; they  are  rather  always  open  for  the  entrance  and 
exit  of  the  sea- water  on  the  one  hand,  and  of  the  fluid  con- 
tents of  the  water-vascular  system  on  the  other. 

The  sanguiferous  cavities  consist  of  the  following  parts  : — 
In  the  first  place  the  five  longitudinal  canals  and  the  annular 
space  enveloping  the  nerve-ring.  In  the  Echinida  these 
structures  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  true  blood-lacunas ; 
the  latter  originate  as  ventral  and  dorsal  intestinal  lacunae 
from  the  blood-lacunar  ring  which  lies  upon  the  surface  of 
the  lantern.  From  the  dorsal  intestinal  lacuna  branches 
ramify  which  run  to  the  glandular  organ  (the  so-called  heart 
of  previous  writers)  and  surround  it.  At  its  terminal  portion 
(it  extends  into  the  body-wall  and,  indeed,  into  the  schizocoele- 
sinus  of  the  anal  pole)  lacunae  of  the  anal  blood-lacunar  ring 
are  in  connexion  with  this  organ.  This  lacunar  ring  runs  in 
an  annular  schizocoele-sinus  surrounding  the  anus,  partly 
projecting  into  it_,  partly  in  its  wall ; from  it  blood-lacunas 
are  given  off  to  the  sexual  organs. 

Peculiar  organs  are  the  five  vesiculiform  lobate  structures 
situated  upon  the  surface  of  the  lantern,  and  previously 
described  as  Polian  vesicles.  From  the  water- vascular  ring  a 
canal  leads  into  them,  opening  into  their  cavity,  while  blood 
moves  in  the  connective  wall  in  lacunae  which  stand  in  direct 
communication  with  the  blood-lacunar  ring. 

In  the  Spatangida  there  are  present  the  five  longitudinal 
canals  and  the  oesophageal  sinus  communicating  with  them. 
The  true  blood-iacunar  ring  has,  however,  disappeared  with 
the  lantern,  and  both  the  dorsal  and  ventral  intestinal  lacunae 
open  into  this  oesophageal  sinus,  in  which  the  nerve-ring  is 
situated,  and  which  has  been  designated  the  blood-lacunar 
ring.  The  dorsal  lacuna,  however,  runs  beside  an  intestinal 
water-vessel,  which  latter  originates  from  the  annular  canal, 
which  likewise  concentrically  surrounds  the  buccal  aperture. 
This  water- vessel  and  the  intestinal  lacuna  communicate  with 
each  other  in  their  further  course,  and  run  along  the  gland 
until  the  true  stone-canal,  originating  from  the  madreporic 
plate,  enters  into  the  web  of  vessels  produced  by  the  amalga- 
mation. 

In  this  way  is  produced  a communication  between  the 
water- vascular  system  and  the  blood-lacunar  system,  and  thus 
between  cavities  of  entodermal  and  schizocoelar  origin,  such 
as  occurs  in  no  other  group  ot  Echinodermata.  That  this 


378  Mr.  J.  Scully  on  Mammals  from  Afghanistan. 

condition  is  secondary  may  be  asserted  most  decidedly,  as  the 
Spatangida  are  palacontologically  the  youngest  forms. 

A remarkable  organ  is  the  ovoid  gland,”  tlie  structure 
formerly  designated  the  heart.  So  far  as  one  is  justified  in 
judging  from  the  extant  results,  we  may  regard  it  as  an  organ 
in  which  materials  no  longer  available  for  the  body  are  depo- 
sited. Blood-lacunae  open  at  the  ends  into  it  or  surround  it, 
as  in  the  Echinida.  No  efferent  duct  has  yet  been  found  in 
any  group. 

The  origin  of  the  sexual  products  is  of  especial  interest ; 
they  consist  of  primordial  germ-cells  ( Urkeimzellen) ^ as  I have 
proposed  to  name  these  cells.  They  lie  in  the  dorsal  wall  in 
an  annular  genital  tube,  on  which  five  sacciform  diverticula 
are  formed,  into  which  the  primordial  germ-cells  pass.  These 
diverticula  form  the  first  foundations  of  the  sexual  tubes. 
From  the  primordial  germ-cells  the  ovicells  are  produced  by 
growth  &c. ; and  by  division  &c.  the  sperm- cells,  as  well  as 
the  whole  of  the  epithelium  which  afterwards  lines  the  sexual 
organs. 

In  mature  animals  these  sexual  tubes  are  atrophied.  How 
far  a similar  origin  of  the  sexual  products  from  such  primor- 
dial germ-cells  prevails  in  all  Echinodermata  I shall  show 
immediately  in  another  place  (Zeitschr.  fiir  wiss.  Zool. 
Bd.  xlvi.  Heft  1). 


LI. — On  the  Mammals  collected  hy  Captain  C.  E.  Yate^ 
G.S.Lj  of  the  Afghan  Boundary  Commission.  By  J. 
Scully *  *. 

Mr.  Wood- Mason  has  asked  me  to  contribute  a paper  on  the 
collection  of  mammals  and  birds  made  by  Captain  C.  E. 
Yate  in  Northern  Afghanistan,  and  presented  by  that  officer 
to  the  Indian  Museum ; the  following  notes  are  the  result. 
The  collection,  I understand,  was  made  after  the  departure  of 
the  naturalist  of  the  Commission,  so  it  may  possibly  include 
some  forms  not  secured  by  him,  and  doubtless  additional 
localities  will  now  be  made  known  for  many  of  the  species 
previously  obtained. 


* From  a separate  impression  from  the  ‘ Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society 
of  Bengal,  part  ii.  1887,  communicated  by  the  Author.  [The  section 
relating  to  the  Birds  has  not  been  reprinted,  as  it  consists,  almost  exclu- 
sively, of  a list  of  the  species  observed.  ] 


Mr.  J.  Scully  on  Mammals  from  Afghanistan.  379 

The  collection  contains  13  species  of  mammals  and 
110  species  of  birds,  those  comprised  in  the  first  class 
being  particularly  interesting.  I have  carefully  examined 
every  specimen  entered  in  the  following  list,  and  the 
identifications  are  as  accurate  as  I can  make  them  with 
the  rather  limited  means  of  effecting  comparisons.  The 
localities  and  dates  are  carefully  entered  by  Captain  Yate  on 
every  ticket. 

I have  to  express  my  thanks  to  Mr.  Wood-Mason  for 
giving  me  access  to  the  collections  under  his  charge  at  all 
sorts  of  unofficial  hours,  for  permitting  me  to  take  most  of 
Captain  Yate’s  collection  to  my  house  for  identification,  and 
for  procuring  for  me  from  many  quarters  sundry  works  for 
reference. 


MAMMALIA. 

1.  Erinaceus  albulus^  Stoliczka. 

This  hedgehog  agrees  well  with  typical  examples  of  the 
species  to  which  I. have  referred  it,  from  Yarkand.  The  fur 
on  the  whole  lower  surface  of  the  body  is  white,  the  head  and 
cheeks  are  pale  rufescent  fawn,  the  ears  pale  isabelline  behind 
and  white  in  front ; the  hands  and  feet  are  brown  above,  with 
a few  white  hairs  intermixed.  There  is  no  nude  area  on  the 
vertex ; the  spines  measure  0*8  to  0*9  inch  and  have  two 
dark  and  two  pale  bands,  the  tip  being  pale.  Length  of  ear 
in  front,  from  orifice,  1*45  ; fore  foot  0*85,  with  claws  1*02; 
hind  foot  1*4,  with  claws  1*53  ; tail  0*8.  Teeth  : half  the 

size  of  ; -•  has  two  fangs,  anterior  and  posterior,  two 
distinct  fangs,  three  fangs,  two  buccal  and  one  palatine. 
E.  albulus  seems  quite  distinct  from  E.  auritas,  with  which  I 
have  compared  it. 

1.  Maruchak,  Murghab,  Herat,  May  23. 

2.  Badghis,  Herat. 

2.  Fells  caudata  (Gray). 

A flat  skin,  without  skull.  Nose  to  insertion  of  tail  about 
29*5  inches,  tail  about  13,  hairs  at  tip  of  tail  0*7,  ear  from 
orifice  at  front  2*2,  longest  whisker  3*5,  palma  3*2,  planta 
1*4.  The  ears  are  pointed,  with  a small  tuft  of  hair  at  the 
apex  measuring  about  0*25.  The  general  colour  of  the  fur  is 
above  a pale  yellowish  grey,  with  dusky  streaks,  mainly 
along  the  centre  of  the  back  from  nape  to  root  of  tail.  Below, 
the  fur  is  creamy  white,  with  dusky  spots  showing  through 


380  Mr.  J.  Scully  on  Mammals  from  Afghanistan. 

here  and  there.  The  fur  is  soft  and  moderately  long,  grey  at 
the  base  all  over  the  body,  then  isabelline,  and,  where  dark 
markings  appear  on  the  surface,  the  tips  of  the  hairs  are 
blackish.  The  head  is  grizzled  grey,  darker  than  the  back, 
the  sides  of  the  nose  pale  fulvous,  the  cheeks  white.  The  ears 
are  pale  isabelline  behind,  brown  at  the  tips,  and  inside  the 
hairs  are  whitish.  The  limbs  are  pale  yellowish  grey  in 
front,  with  faint  dusky  markings  near  the  body  ; inner  side 
whitish,  except  the  plantar  and  palmar  surfaces,  which  are 
brownish  black.  Tail  above  on  proximal  half  fulvous  grey, 
with  dusky  dashes  resembling  those  of  the  back,  below  whiter 
and  almost  free  from  dark  markings  like  the  belly  ; rest  of  tail 
greyish  white,  with  four  black  rings  and  a black  tip  1 inch 
long.  This  specimen  is  closer  to  F.  caudata  than  to  any  other 
species  with  which  I am  acquainted ; but  from  want  of  speci- 
mens for  comparison  and  in  the  absence  of  the  skull  I cannot 
feel  certain  that  the  identification  is  correct. 

1.  Maimanah. 


3.  Canis  lupus ^ Linn. 

A flat  skin,  without  skull.  Nose  to  root  of  tail  37*5  inches; 
tail  12  ; hair  at  end  of  tail  2*5 ; ear  from  orifice  in  front  3’8. 
There  is  no  black  on  the  ears  or  the  hind  limbs;  the  fore 
limbs  have  a narrow  black  stripe  down  the  front,  ending 
about  6 inches  above  the  point  of  the  toes.  Down  the 
middle  line  of  the  back  and  along  the  upper  surface  of  the 
tail  the  hairs  are  mainly  black,  and  the  tip  of  the  tail  is  quite 
black. 

j.  Afghan  Turkestan. 


4.  Vulpes  montana^  Pearson. 

These  are  again  two  flat  skins,  without  skulls.  From  nose 
to  root  of  tail  they  measure  about  29  and  31  inches  ; tail  15*5 ; 
hairs  at  end  of  tail  2*5.  The  face  is  rufous,  with  the  usual 
dark  patch  below  the  eye  ; the  ears  are  wholly  black  behind, 
the  ordinary  dark  cross  on  the  shoulders  is  present,  and  the 
tail-tip  is  white.  One  slrin  has  the  greater  portion  of  the 
front  of  the  fore  limbs  black  ; in  the  other  this  part  is  rufous  ; 
in  both  specimens  the  underparts  are  grey.  In  the  larger 
animal,  probably  a male,  the  fur  is  much  longer  and  softer 
and  the  tail  more  bushy  than  in  the  other  ; and  the  claws, 
which  in  both  are  unusually  large,  curved,  and  sharp-pointed, 
are  more  powerful.  Both  these  skins  can  be  fairly  matched 


Mr.  J.  Scully  on  Mammals  from  Afghanistan.  381 

in  the  large  series  of  V.  montana  which  I collected  in  Gllgit, 
and  to  that  species  I accordingly  refer  them. 

1,2.  Afghan  Turkestan. 

5.  Spermophilus  hactrianus^  sp.  nov. 

Ear-conch  rudimentary,  soles  of  hind  feet  densely  haired, 
tail  short,  not  longer  than  hind  foot  j hair  on  body  harsh,  very 
short,  unicolorous. 

Head  and  body  (from  skin)  9*5  inches;  tail  T5,  with  hairs 
at  end  included  2*2 ; fore  foot  without  claws  T25  ; hind  foot 
without  claws  2*25.  On  the  head  and  whole  body  above  and 
below  the  hair  is  very  short,  harsh,  closely  adpressed,  and  of 
the  same  colour  throughout  from  base  to  tip.  Upper  parts 
nearly  uniform  pale  fawn,  the  head  slightly  darker  and  more 
brown,  and  the  rump  more  tinged  with  rufous  ; a pale  isabel- 
line  band  from  nostril  to  eye.  Tail  like  the  rump,  with  a 
black  subterminal  ring  and  pale  fulvous  tip.  Edges  of  lips, 
chin,  throat,  and  whole  lower  surface,  including  inner  aspect 
of  limbs,  creamy  white.  Outer  aspect  of  limbs  bright  ful- 
vous ; upper  surface  of  fore  and  hind  feet  pale  isabelline, 
below  to  root  of  digits  covered  with  creamy  white  hairs.  The 
outer  toe  has  a long  pencil  of  whitish  hair  on  its  under  sur- 
face which  exceeds  the  tip  of  the  claw  by  about  half  an  inch. 
The  vibrissae  are  long,  line,  and  mostly  brown,  and  a pencil 
of  long  glistening  white  hairs  grows  below  the  chin.  The 
claws  are  black,  with  pale  horny  tips.  There  are  three  pairs 
of  mammae.  The  skull  is  imperfect  behind,  and  its  total 
length  cannot  be  given  ; the  posterior  end  of  the  nasals 
extends  further  back  than  the  termination  of  the  premaxillae: — 


in. 

Greatest  breadth  of  zygoma 1-3 

Breadth  of  brain-case  behind  postorbital  processes  078 

Length  of  nasals 0’8 

Breadth  of  nasals  behind  0-2 

„ of  nasals  in  front 0-26 

Premolar  to  symphysis  of  premaxillae 0'6 

Posterior  margin  of  palate  to  incisors  0-98 

Breadth  of  palate  between  p™-  2 0*27 

Length  of  mandible,  condyle  to  symphysis 1*3 


From  the  characters  already  given  for  this  souslik  it  could 
not  be  referred  to  any  species  of  Spermophilus  belonging  to 
the  section  in  which  the  hind  feet  are  not  haired  below,  e.  g. 
S.  fulvuSj  S.  rufescens^  S.  erythrogenys^  brevicaudaj  S. 
mugosaricuSj  S.  concolorj  or  S.  m?isicus.  Of  the  section 
having  well-haired  soles  S.  Eversnianni  and  allies  are  also 


382  Mr.  J.  Scully  on  Mammals  from  Afghanistan. 

excluded  by  the  length  of  the  tail ; MiddendorfF  gives  the 
length  of  tail  in  S.  Eversmanni  as  4*2  inches,  with  terminal 
hairs  5‘5.  Of  the  short-tailed  subsection  S.  citellus^  8.  daurU 
cuSy  8.  guttatus^  8.  xanthoprymnus^  and  8.  mongolicus  are 
excluded  for  various  but  good  and  sufficient  reasons,  which  to 
enumerate  would  be  long.  The  only  likely  species  that 
remains  is  8.  leptodaetglus  of  Lichtenstein,  and  to  it  I was  at 
first  disposed  to  refer  the  specimen  collected  by  Captain  Yate. 
The  position  of  Lichtenstein’s  species  is,  in  the  first  place, 
involved  in  doubt ; it  was  distinctly  described  as  having  the 
hind  feet  haired  below  ; but,  according  to  Brandt  (Bull.  Acad. 
Sc.  St.  Petersburg,  ii.  p.  359),  Eversmann  proved  to  his 
satisfaction  that  8.  leptodactylus  was  the  same  species  as  8. 
falvuSy  which  has  the  soles  bare.  However  this  may  be,  I 
have  carefully  compared  Lichtenstein’s  detailed  description 
of  his  Citillus  leptodaetglus  Saugethiere,’  tab.  xxxii.)  with 
the  specimen  under  notice,  and  can  only  come  to  the  conclu- 
sion that  the  latter  is  perfectly  distinct,  even  if  the  question 
of  hair  on  the  soles  be  left  out  of  consideration.  In  describing 
this  species  as  new  I have  not  overlooked  Brandt’s  caution 
about  the  young  of  bare-soled  sousliks  having  sometimes  that 
part  tolerably  well  covered  with  hairs. 

1.  $ , Khamiab,  Afghan  Turkestan,  June  12. 

6.  GerhilluSj  sp. 

Head  and  body  about  5*4 ; ear  at  front  from  orifice  0*6 ; 
fore  foot  0*38,  with  claws  0*45  j hind  foot  1*2,  with  claws  1*3. 
Fur  long,  fine,  and  very  soft.  Bright  rufous-brown  or  fawn- 
colour  above,  many  of  the  hairs  black-tipped,  the  basal  parts 
of  the  hair  leaden  grey ; below  the  hairs  white  throughout 
their  length.  Ears  fairly  well  haired,  fawn-coloured  behind, 
with  a white  margin,  in  front  with  scanty  white  hairs  at  the 
margins;  whiskers  white.  Fore  limbs  white  above  and 
below,  the  palms  naked  ; hind  feet  isabelline  above,  with 
whitish  hairs  on  the  soles,  including  the  toes,  except  part  of 
the  hinder  portion  of  the  tarsus.  The  tail  is  imperfect ; but 
its  basal  part  for  about  2*5  inches  is  coloured  like  the  back 
above,  and  is  slightly  paler  below. 

The  upper  incisors  are  well  grooved,  the  enamel  folds  of 
the  upper  molars  are  completely  united  in  the  middle,  exactly 
as  in  G\  hurriance^  and  the  hinder  molar  has  not  a vestige  of 
any  posterior  talon — the  outline  of  the  crown  as  seen  from 
above  being  simply  a narrow  oval,  with  the  points  of  the 
oval  buccal  and  palatine.  The  following  are  the  principal 
measurements  of  the  skull : — 


Mr.  J.  Scully  on  Mammals  from  Afghanistan.  383 


in. 

Total  length 1’58 

Breadth  of  zygomatic  arch 0-85 

„ of  hrain-case  at  posterior  root  of  zygoma  . . O’ 69 

Length  of  palate  to  incisors  0’69 

„ of  nasals  0'6 

Mandible,  condyle  to  symphysis 0’78 


Although  the  upper  molars  agree  best  with  those  of 
G.  hurriancBj  this  specimen  is  quite  different  in  character  and 
colour  of  fur  and  in  shape  of  skull ; neither  can  it  be  referred 
to  G.  erythruruSj  with  which  I have  compared  it.  It  pos- 
sibly represents  a new  species ; but,  as  the  tail  is  imperfect, 
I do  not  propose  a name  for  it. 

1.  d,  Balkh,  Afghan  Turkestan,  July  4. 

7.  Mus  hactrianusy  Blyth. 

This  specimen  agrees  fairly  well  with  typical  examples  of 
M,  hactrianus  ; but  the  tail  is  shorter  than  the  head  and  body, 
though  this  is  not  of  importance  in  a skin.  In  comparing 
this  specimen,  I have  had  occasion  to  examine  many  speci- 
mens of  M.  'pachycercus^  Blanford,  from  Yarkand;  and  I 
may  note  that  that  species  is  quite  distinct  from  M.  hactrianus 
and  has  been  happily  named. 

1,  cf,  Chahar  Shamba,  Maimanah,  April  4. 

8.  Arvicola  Guentheri^  Danford  and  Alston. 

Head  and  body  4*4  inches  ; hind  foot  0*77 ; ear  at  front 
0*4.  The  external  form  and  colours  agree  well  with  the 
original  description  of  the  species  from  Asia  Minor  (P.  Z.  S. 
1880,  p.  62),  except  that  in  this  specimen  the  rudimentary 
thumb  of  the  fore  foot  has  a small  nail.  The  pattern  of  the 
molar  teeth  is  very  similar  to  that  of  A.  Guentherij  with  the 
following  exceptions : — 

In  this  specimen  has  not  the  rudimentary  fourth  angle 
on  the  inner  side  so  prominent ; it  is  barely  indicated.  On 
however,  this  posterior  inner  angle  is  distinct  and  must 
be  counted,  although  in  the  original  description  above  cited 
it  is  omitted.  ^ has  the  posterior  lobe  less  prolonged  back- 
wards, and  tends  less  to  form  an  angle  on  the  outside  than 
in  the  Asia-Minor  species.  too,  has  the  anterior  lobe 
more  compressed  laterally  in  the  present  specimen.  The 
following  table  exhibits  the  molar  pattern  according  to  the 
usual  mode  of  counting  : — 


384  Mr.  J. 

Scully  on 

Ma  m ma  Is  fro  in 

Afghanistan. 

m.  1 

Spaces. 
5 . 

External 

angles. 

3 

Internal 

angles. 

3 

m.  2 

4 . 

3 

3 

m.  3 

6 . 

3 . . .. 

4 

m.  1 

9 . 

6 

5 

m.  2 

5 . 

3 

3 

m.  3 

3 . 

2 

3 

1.  Afghan 

Turkestan. 

9.  Ellohius  intermedins^  sp.  nov. 

Head  and  body  (from  skins)  4*5  to  5 inches  ; tail  0’4  to 
0‘45;  hind  foot  0*8  to  0’9  ; fore  foot  0'55  to  0’67.  Colour 
above,  and  on  sides  of  head  below  the  zygomatic  projection, 
bright  pale  yellowish  red  (or  bright  rust-colour).  Head  dark 
brown.  Below  greyish  white  throughout.  Tail  pale  fulvous, 
the  terminal  hairs  at  tip  white.  Fore  and  hind  feet  whitish. 
Fur  short  (about  0*35  on  hinder  part  of  back),  very  soft  and 
fine ; dark  grey  or  leaden  at  the  base,  except  on  centre  of 
belly,  where  it  is  white  throughout  its  length.  The  briglit 
colour  of  the  upper  surface  being  due  to  the  short  pale- 
coloured  tips  of  the  hair,  any  abrasion  of  these  gives  the 
animal  a dark  leaden-grey  colour  above. 


Skull:— 

in.  millim. 

Breadth  across  hinder  part  of  zygomatic  arches  ....  1'05  27 

„ of  interorbital  constriction  0-21  5 ’5 

„ of  brain-pan  behind  posterior  termination  of 

zygoma 062  16 

Length  from  anterior  molar  to  incisors  0*54  14 

„ of  upper  molar  series 0-32  8 

„ of  palate  to  incisors  0-86  22*5 

Breadth  of  palate  between  anterior  molars  044  4 

Length  of  lower  jaw,  condyle  to  symphysis 1-05  27 

„ of  lower  molar  series 0-33  8*5 


The  nasals  are  shaped  somewhat  like  a wine-bottle  bent  in 
at  the  sides,  their  external  margins  being  nearly  straight 
behind,  then  convex,  then  strongly  concave,  and,  finally, 
convex  again  at  the  front  end  ; the  posterior  ends  are  pointed, 
not  truncated.  The  posterior  ends  of  the  premaxilla0  extend 
quite  S’ 5 millim.  behind  the  ends  of  the  nasals  and  the  same 
distance  beyond  the  origin  of  the  zygomatic  arch.  The 
zygomatic  arch  is  high  throughout ; the  maxillary  process 
does  not  reach  the  squamosal  along  the  lower  margin,  a square 
process  from  the  malar  interposing  itself  and  forming  the 
lower  edge  of  the  arch  for  a length  of  T5  millim. 


Mr.  J.  Scully  on  Mammals  fiom  A fghanistan,  385 

The  skull  differs  from  that  of  E.  fuscocapillus  in  having 
the  nasal  portion  shorter,  the  distance  from  anterior  root  of 
zygoma  to  symphysis  of  premaxillaries  being  15  millim.  in 
E.  fuscocapillus^  against  12  millim.  in  the  present  species. 
The  zygomatic  arch  is  quite  differently  shaped,  being  higher 
throughout,  and  the  malar  bone  forms  part  of  the  lower 
margin,  while  in  E,  fuscocapillus  the  maxillary  and  squa- 
mosal processes  meet  along  the  lower  margin,  so  as  to  exclude 
the  malar ; and  the  anterior  palatine  foramina  are  much 
smaller  and  narrower. 

From  E.  talpinus  the  skull  of  the  present  species  differs 
completely  in  the  shape  of  the  nasals  and  in  the  extension 
backwards  of  the  end  of  the  premaxillse.  The  shape  of  the 
zygoma  presents  even  a greater  divergence  than  from  E.  fas- 
cocapillus]  but  the  arrangement  of  the  bones  in  the  arch 
is  closely  similar  in  E.  talpinus  and  E.  intermedius.  The 
anterior  palatine  foramina  are  very  much  smaller  than  in 
E.  talpinus  ; and  there  are  other  differences  which  will  be 
apparent  on  studying  Mr.  Blanford’s  very  clear  account  of 
the  contrast  between  the  skulls  of  E.  fuscocapillus  and 
E.  talpinus  in  J.  A.  S.  B.  vol.  1.  pt.  2,  1884,  pp.  122,  123. 

Teeth.  The  incisors  are  very  long  and  pure  china-white. 
The  molar  pattern  is  as  follows : — 


External 

angles. 


^ 3 

^ 3 

^ 3 

tn.  1 4 

^ 3 

^ 3 


Internal 

angles. 

. 3 

. 2 
. 2 
. 6 
. 3 

. 3 


!!hi  and  ^ do  not  differ  from  the  corresponding  teeth  in 
E.  fuscocapillus  and  E talpinus  in  any  important  particular. 

3 differs  markedly  from  the  corresponding  tooth  in  E.  fusco- 
capillus ^ and  resembles  that  of  E.  talpinus  in  wanting  a pos- 
terior lobe  behind  the  hindmost  outer  angle ; both  the  internal 
angles  too  are  less  prominent  in  the  present  species,  the  last 
angle  being  much  rounded. 

In  —i  the  anterior  lobe  is  less  developed  than  in  E.fusco- 
capillus^  but  still  there  are  four  external  and  five  internal 
angles,  not  three  and  four  as  in  E.  talpinus. 

The  three  species  of  Ellohius  may  be  thus  contrasted  : — 


Ann.  c£-  Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx. 


27 


386  Mr.  J.  Scully  on  Mammals  from  Afghanistan. 


E.  talpinus. 

1.  Base  of  fur  almost  black. 

2.  Zygoma  low,  malar  in- 

terposed between  maxil- 
lary and  squamosal  pro- 
cesses in  lower  margin. 

S.  Nasals  convex  externally. 


4.  Premaxillae  terminate 
posteriorly  opposite  end 
of  nasals. 

6.  3 has  no  posterior  lobe 

behind  last  outer  angle. 

6.  ^ angles  3-4. 


E.  intermedins. 

1.  Base  of  fur  dark  or  leaden 

grey. 

2.  Zygoma  high  throughout, 

malar  interposed  be- 
tween maxillai’y  and 
squamosal  jjrocesses  in 
lower  margin. 

3.  Nasals  bottle-shaped,  or 

external  margin  alter- 
nately convex  and  con- 
cave. 

4.  PremaxilliB  prolonged  be- 

hind hind  end  of  nasals. 

5.  m.  3 has  no  posterior  lobe 

behind  last  outer  angle. 

6.  angles  4-5. 


E.  fuscocapilliis. 

1.  Base  of  fur  light  grey. 

2.  Zygoma  high  in  middle, 

maxillary  and  squa- 
mosal processes  alone 
form  lower  margin, 

3.  Nasals  bottle-shaped,  or 

external  margin  alter- 
nately convex  and  con- 
cave. 

4.  Premaxillse  prolonged  be- 

hind hind  end  of  nasals. 

5.  3 has  a prominent  pos- 
terior lobe  behind  last 
outer  angle. 

6.  m.  1 angles  4-5. 


For  the  comparison  of  the  three  specimens  collected  by 
Capt.  Yate,  I have  Mr.  Blanford'^s  very  full  description  of  a 
skin  and  skull  of  E.  fuscocapillus  (with  figure  of  skull  and 
teeth)  in  the  paper  before  cited,  and  three  skins  and  a skull 
of  the  same  species  in  the  Indian  Museum.  I have  no  speci- 
men of  E.  talpinus  for  comparison,  but  Mr.  Blanford  has  so 
clearly  and,  I am  sure,  accurately  given  the  differences  be- 
tween that  form  and  E.  fuscocapillus^  that  I have  no  hesitation 
in  deciding  that  Capt.  Yate’s  specimen  must  be  referred  to  a 
new  species.  The  only  known  locality  for  E.  fuscocapillus  is 
Quetta,  and  the  Russian  E.  talpinus  is  recorded  by  Severtzoflf 
from  Western  Turkestan  ; so  that  the  present  species  is  inter- 
mediate in  its  habitat,  as  well  as  in  its  distinctive  characters, 
between  the  two  better  known  species  of  the  genus.  Severt- 
zoff  calls  his  Turkestan  specimens  E.  talpinus ^ var.  rufescens, 
and  these  may  prove  to  belong  to  the  species  1 have  de- 
scribed. 

Capt.  Yate  notes  on  the  ticket  of  one  of  the  specimens, 

Eyes  scarcely  visible  ; caught  by  day.” 

1.  Bokun,  Murghab,  Herat,  May  10. 

2.  Kila  Wall,  ,,  ,,  May  14. 

3.  „ „ „ May  26. 


10.  Lagomys  rufescenSy  Gray. 

The  two  examples  collected  belonging  to  a well-marked  and 
w'ell-known  species  need  no  extended  notice ; they  agree  per- 
fectly with  specimens  collected  by  Blanford  in  Persia.  The 
species  was  originally  described  from  a specimen  obtained  in 
Afghanistan. 

1.  Shadian,  Afghan  Turkestan,  August  2. 

2.  „ „ „ August  6. 


Mr.  J.  Scully  on  Mammals  from  Afjhanistan.  3S7 


11.  Lepus  Lehmannij  SevertzofF. 

This  specimen  is  not  in  very  good  order,  and  I refer  it  rather 
doubtfully  to  the  species  described  by  SevertzofF  (see  Ann. 
& Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  187b,  vol.  xviii.,  The  Mammals  of  Tur- 
kestan ”) , with  which,  on  the  whole,  it  seems  to  agree  best.  So 
many  species  of  Asiatic  hares  have  been  described  which  differ 
only  in  minute  particulars  as  to  make  the  task  of  identifying 
a particular  specimen  difficult  and  uncertain  ; for  the  number 
of  nominal  species  probably  greatly  exceeds  the  constantly 
distinguishable  forms.  In  the  specimen  obtained  in  the  Hindu 
Kush  the  ears  measure,  from  orifice  in  front,  about  4’3  inches, 
at  back  4'8,  greatest  breadth  about  2‘7.  The  anterior  external 
part  of  the  ear  is  coloured  like  the  back  ; the  posterior  part 
being  pale  isabelline,  black  at  the  tip  and  partly  down  the 
posterior  margin. 

Tiie  general  colour  above  is  mixed  pale  fawn  and  black. 
The  chin  and  belly  are  white,  and  the  throat  and  breast 
pinkish  isabelline.  The  basal  part  of  the  fur  above,  and  where 
coloured  on  the  limbs  and  breast,  is  grey ; on  the  belly  the 
fur  is  white  throughout  its  length. 

The  preraaxillaries  end  behind  on  a level  with  the  nasals, 
the  latter  bones  having  the  posterior  end  sloping  inwards 
and  the  junction  of  their  outer  and  hinder  margins  slightly 
rounded. 

Tiie  mandible  from  condvle  to  symphysis  measures 
3*4  inches.  4 

1.  Hindu  Kush,  Afghan  Tu»i^tan. 

12.  Gazella  suhgutturosa^  Giildenst. 

Head  and  horns,  with  skin  of  head,  preserved.  Band  from 
between  horns  to  nostrils  rufescent  fawn.  A pale  isabelline 
band  outside  this  from  level  of  inner  canthus  of  eye  to  upper 
lip.  A dark  rufous-fawn  stripe  from  eye-pits  to  commissure 
of  lips.  The  ear  measures  about  5*25  inches  in  length  from 
orifice  to  tip  in  front.  The  horns  from  the  base  curve  out- 
wards, forwards,  then  backwards,  and  at  the  tips  they  curve 
inwards  and  forwards.  There  are  twenty  rings  on  each  horn, 
and  these  end  about  2*5  inches  from  the  tips.  The  horns 
measure  14' 7 inches  in  lengtli  along  the  curve  in  front,  the 
distance  of  the  tips  apart  is  6*9,  the  greatest  distance  apart 
7*5,  and  the  girth  at  the  base  about  4*5. 

1.  d' , Badghis,  Herat. 


388  Mr.  J.  Scully  on  Mammals  from  A fghanistan, 


13.  Cervus  cashmirianusj  Falconer. 

This  is  a cast  left  antler  of  an  elaphine  stas^,  about  which 
Capt.  Yate  gives  the  following  information  : — This  was  a 
horn  from  the  banks  of  the  Oxus,  near  Balkh,  and  will  help 
to  determine  the  identity  of  the  deer  found  in  the  jungles 
along  that  river.”  The  antler  is  not  perfect,  as  the  beam  is 
broken  above  the  royal,  so  that  the  form  of  the  crown  cannot 
be  ascertained  ; the  following  are  the  measurements  : — 

in. 

Length  from  burr  to  broken  end  of  beam  along  curve 


inside  17’8 

of  brow  tine,  about 4'0 

of  bez  tine,  about 7'0 

of  royal  tine  along  curve,  about 7 ‘7 

of  beam  above  upper  angle  of  royal  6’9 


Viewed  in  front,  the  beam  is  nearly  straight  (though  of 
course  inclined  outwards)  as  far  as  the  royal,  where  it  begins 
to  curve  inwards.  Viewed  from  the  outer  side,  it  curves 
slightly  back  from  the  bez  and  forwards  to  the  origin  of  the 
royal ; above  the  royal  it  curves  gently  back,  and  then  for- 
wards and  inwards.  The  brow  tine  is  straight  and  directed 
somewhat  upwards  : the  much  lonsrer  bez  is  directed  outwards 
and  upwards,  and  towards  its  tip  it  has  a slight  curve  inwards  ; 
the  royal  is  directed  first  outwards,  then  it  curves  at  about 
3 inches  from  the  beam  st'^igly  upwards  and  inwards,  the 
point  being  well  inside  tli^^e  of  the  broken  end  of  the  beam. 
Without  measurement  tliT^^z  looks  longer  than  the  royal, 
and  the  middles  of  the  and  brow  tines,  measured  along 
the  middle  line  of  the  l^am,  are  2*5  inches  apart,  or  from 
upper  margin  of  brow  to  lower  margin  of  bez  at  junction  with 
beam  about  1*7  inches. 

It  is  quite  clear,  I think,  that  this  antler  agrees  better  with 
that  of  C.  cashmirianus  than  with  that  of  any  other  deer  to 
which  it  could  be  referred.  It  is  quite  distinct  from  G.  maraly 
as  figured  by  Sclater  in  Trans.  Zool.  Soc.  vol.  vii.  I may 
mention  that  Mr.  Wood-Mason,  who  examined  this  horn 
before  I saw  it,  came  to  the  conclusion  that  it  must  be  referred 
to  C.  cashmirianus,  (3f  course  the  evidence  of  such  a frag- 
ment is  not  conclusive  proof  that  the  stag  of  the  Oxus  basin 
is  really  identical  with  the  Kashmir  species  ; complete  speci- 
mens are  necessary  for  the  settlement  of  that  point. 

1.  Banks  of  Oxus,  near  Balkh,  Afghan  Turkestan. 


Miscellaneous. 


389 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

On  the  Affi,nities  of  the  so-called  Torpedo  (Cyclobatis,  Egerton)  from 

the  Cretaceous  of  Mount  Lebanon.  By  A.  Smith  Woodwakd, 
E.G.S.,  E.Z.S. 

In  1844,  Sir  Philip  Egerton  read  a paper  before  the  Geological 
Society  of  London,  describing  a small  Selachian  from  the  chalk  of 
Mount  Lebanon,  under  the  name  of  Cyclobatis  oligodactylus ; six 
years  later  Prof.  E.  J.  Pictet  figured  a second  specimen,  showing 
further  anatomical  details  ; and  quite  recently  Mr.  James  W.  Davis 
has  published  some  notes  on  the  genus,  adding  a new  species,  C. 
major.  Eollowing  Egerton’s  original  determination,  the  fish  seems 
to  have  been  universally  regarded  up  to  the  present  time  as  referable 
to  the  Torpedinidae,  partly  on  account  of  its  rounded  shape,  and 
partly  on  account  of  the  supposed  absence  of  dermal  defences.  The 
fine  series  of  specimens  now  in  the  British  Museum,  however,  ap- 
pears to  demonstrate  conclusively  that  these  generally  accepted  views 
as  to  affinities  of  Cyclobatis  have  no  sure  foundation  in  fact.  That 
the  genus  is  truly  referable  to  the  Trygonidae  seems  evident  from 
the  following  considerations  : — (1)  The  pectoral  fins  are  uninter- 
ruptedly continued  to  the  end  of  the  snout,  and  were  thus  probably 
confluent  in  front.  (2)  The  pelvic  arch  is  placed  far  forwards,  and 
the  rays  of  the  pelvic  fins  scarcely  extend  posteriorly  beyond  the 
extremity  of  the  pectorals.  (3)  There  are  no  traces  of  median  fins. 
(4)  The  skin  is  armed  with  spinous  tubercles.  The  fact  last  named 
has  not  been  noted  before  ; but  on  the  dorsal  aspect  of  the  fish  there 
is  a longitudinal  median  row  of  large  spinous  tubercles,  and  the  re- 
mainder of  the  body  and  fins  is  covered  with  innumerable  prickles. 
In  one  small  fossil  the  tail  has  the  appearance  of  being  completely 
encased  in  rows  of  the  large  tubercles.  There  is  thus  no  evidence, 
as  yet,  of  the  existence  of  ‘ electric  rays  ’ of  an  earlier  date  than 
those  made  known  by  V olta  and  Baron  de  Zigno  from  the  Eocene  of 
Monte  Bolca,  near  Verona,  in  Northern  Italy. — Abstract.^  Section  (7, 
British  Association,  Manchester,  1887. 

Zygcena  dissimilis,  Murray. 

Gentlemen, — In  the  ‘ Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History  ’ for 
October  is  a paper  by  Mr.  Murray,  of  the  Kurrachee  Museum,  who 
in  describing  a hammer-headed  shark  which  he  supposed  to  be  new, 
observed  upon  it  not  being  delineated  in  my  ‘ Fishes  of  India.’ 
The  reason  seems  to  be  that  the  species  is  the  Zygcena  molcarran 
of  Riippell,  figured  in  Taf.  17.  fig.  3,  ‘ Neue  Wirbelthiere  der  Fauna 
Abyssinien,’  1835,  and  who  fully  described  the  fish.  I did  not 
obtain  it  in  India  when  there,  neither  did  it  exist  in  any  of  the 
local  museums,  which  was  my  reason  for  not  inserting  it.  Also 
Lamna  Guentheri  of  the  same  author  from  the  same  locality,  described 
in  your  journal,  (5)  vol.  xiii.  p.  349  (1884),  is  figured  and  described 
in  my  work  as  Carcharias  tricuspidatus,  p.  713,  pi.  186.  fig.  1. 

Cheltenham,  Oct.  24,  1887.  Francis  Day. 


390 


Miscellaneous, 


On  the  Sexual  Generation  of  Chermes  abietis,  Linn. 

By  Dr.  E.  Blochmann. 

1 was  led  by  the  preparation  of  my  lecture  “ Ueber  ausgewahlte 
Kapitel  aus  der  Fortptlanzungs-  und  Entwicklungsgeschichte  der 
Thiere  ” to  attend  in  more  detail  to  the  cyclical  development  of  the 
Aphides,  and  in  this  way  I became  aware  of  many  still  existing 
gaps  in  oiir  knowledge.  One  such  hiatus  is  to  be  found  in  the 
history  of  the  reproduction  of  the  genus  Chermes,  seeing  that, 
notwithstanding  the  efforts  of  various  distinguished  observers,  it  was 
still  undecided  whether  a sexual  generation  does  or  does  not  occur 
in  its  cycle  of  development.  As  the  galls  of  Chermes  are  very 
abundant  at  many  places  here  in  Heidelberg,  and  especially  on  the 
so-called  “ Himmelsleiter,”  I took  occasion  during  my  walks  to 
observe  their  development,  in  order  to  detect  the  sexual  animals, 
the  existence  of  which  I fully  expected  to  find  from  the  great 
similarity  of  the  course  of  development  in  Chermes  and  Phylloxera. 
In  this  I soon  succeeded,  and  I would  not  omit  giving  a short 
commuinication  here,  especially  because  at  the  moment  I am  not  in 
a position  to  furnish  a detailed  description  with  figures. 

For  the  most  detailed  observations  upon  the  life-history  of  the 
Bark-lice  we  are  indebted  chiefly  to  Eatzeburg*  and  Leuckartf. 
What  is  known  from  them  is  as  follows: — In  the  autumn  we  find 
at  the  bases  of  buds  of  the  fir  small  wingless  animals  covered  with 
grey  wool,  which  have  buried  their  long  proboscis  deeply  in  the 
tissues,  and  in  this  position  live  through  the  winter.  In  the  spring 
they  grow  considerably,  with  several  changes  of  skin,  the  sexual 
organs  especially  becoming  developed.  The  investigation  of  the 
latter  shows  that  the  animals  are  all  unfertilized  females.  They 
now  begin  to  lay  a great  number  (up  to  about  ^00)  of  peduncu- 
lated eggs,  which  remain  lying  under  the  mother,  enveloped  in  dense 
white  wool.  These  soon  become  developed  into  female  larvae,  which 
crawl  between  the  leaves  of  the  expanding  bud.  These  are  already 
deformed  at  the  base  of  the  bud  by  the  sucking  of  the  mother,  and 
become  still  more  so  now  by  the  united  efforts  of  the  brood,  so  that 
the  well-known  pineapple-like  galls  are  produced.  I may  state 
here  that  of  the  two  species,  which  are  usually  distinguished  by  the 
formation  of  their  galls,  the  one  which  makes  the  smaller  galls 
{Chermes  coccineus,  Eatz.=  C.  strobilohius,  Kalt.)  has  served  for  my 
investigations. 

In  the  galls  the  young  animals  increase  in  size,  with  several 
changes  of  skin,  and  develop  wung-sheaths.  At  the  beginning  or 
middle  of  June  the  different  chambers  of  the  gall  open,  the  nymphs 
crawl  out  upon  the  leaves  of  the  nearest  twigs,  and  then  change 
their  skin  for  the  last  time.  After  this  moult  they  appear  as  winged 
insects,  which,  in  fine  weather  quit  the  twig  and  settle  themselves 

* Die  Forstinsekten,  Bd.  iii.  pp.  195-205  (1844). 

t “ Die  Fortptlan/.ung  der  Kiudenlause,”  in  Arch,  fiir  Naturg.  1859, 
pp.  208-231. 


Miscellaneous. 


391 


here  and  there,  usually  not  far  from  the  gall  out  of  which  they  crept 
forth.  Anatomical  examination  shows  that  these  animals  also  are 
all  females,  but  that  they  differ  in  the  structure  of  the  ovary,  by  a 
much  smaller  number  of  egg- tubes,  from  the  hybernating  generation, 
which  remained  wingless.  Eatzeburg  believed  that  he  observed  a 
few  males  among  these  winged  animals ; but  this  was  certainly  due 
to  an  error,  as,  indeed,  Leuckart  has  remarked.  (Nevertheless 
0.  Taschenberg  still  reproduces  Eatzeburg’s  figure  with  the  erro- 
neous description — see  ‘Die  Verwandlungeii  der  Thiere’  (1882), 
p.  224.) 

These  winged  females  settle  themselves  almost  exclusively  on  the 
underside  of  older  leaves,  cover  themselves  again  with  a light  woolly 
secretion,  and  lay  a small  number  (I  usually  observed  8-12)  of  eggs, 
which,  in  dying,  they  cover  with  their  roof-like  wings.  From  these, 
consequently  also  unfertilized  eggs,  small  yellowish  creatures  are 
developed,  which,  according  to  the  opinions  hitherto  prevalent, 
should  become  developed  into  the  wingless  female  generation, 
hybernating  at  the  base  of  the  buds.  This  course  of  development 
was  regarded  as  certain  by  Leuckart  in  his  memoir  above  cited  ; 
while  subsequently  from  the  analogy  of  the  conditions  of  repro- 
duction in  the  true  Aphides,  he  regarded  the  existence  of  a sexual 
generation  as  possible,  especially  as  Claus  had  informed  him  that  he 
had  once  examined  male  fir-lice. 

The  supposition  that  the  progeny  of  the  winged  females  was  the 
hybernating  generation  producing  the  galls  in  spring  (which, 
however,  no  one  had  directly  traced)  was  erroneous,  for,  in  point  of 
fact,  their  descendants  are  the  sexual  animals  t*  The  newly- 
hatched  animals  remain  for  some  time  under  the  body  of  their 
mother,  where  they  moult  once ; then  they  disperse  themselves  and 
creep  briskly  about  on  the  bark  of  the  twigs.  Examination  with 
the  lens  shows  a difference  among  them.  As  already  stated,  they 
are  in  general  of  a yellowish  colour.  Some,  however,  strike  one  by 
the  brownish  extremity  of  the  abdomen  and  also  by  their  greater 
activity.  These  are  the  males.  Anatomical  examination  shows  in 
them  two  testes  of  considerable  size,  with  mature  and  rather  large 
spermatozoa,  and  a rather  long  penis  beset  with  short  booklets.  Tn 
the  more  sluggish  females  the  end  of  the  abdomen  is  not  of  darker 
colour.  The  sexual  organs,  as  in  the  sexual  generation  of  Phyl-‘ 
loxera,  consist  of  a single  egg-tube,  which,  in  the  specimens  exam- 
ined, contains  a single  large  ovum,  which  being  not  yet  furnished 
with  a chorion  and  vitelline  membrane,  is  consequently  not  quite 
mature.  On  the  oviduct  are  seated  two  lubricating  glands  and  a 
large  receptaculum  seminis,  which  1 have  always  found  tightly  packed 
with  spermatozoa.  It  is  further  remarkable  that  both  sexes  possess 

* ^‘Die  Fortpflanzung  der  Blatt-  und  Eindenlause,”  in  Blomeyer,  A., 
Mitth.  der  landw.  Inst.  d.  Univ.  Leipzig,  Heft  i.  (1875)  p.  136. 

f Whether  the  eggs  deposited  by  the  winged  animals  are  to  be  recog- 
nized, as  in  Phylloxera,  by  their  size  as  male  and  female  I cannot  say,  as  I 
have  omitted  attending  specially  to  this  point. 


392 


Miscellaneous. 


a well-developed  proboscis  and  intestine,  and  therefore  are  certainly 
fitted  for  the  reception  of  food. 

While  the  males  run  briskly  about  in  all  directions  upon  the 
twigs,  the  females  wander  slowly  but  uninterruptedly  downwards, 
that  is  towards  the  trunk.  Of  course,  during  this  ju’ogress  they  are 
met  with  by  the  rambling  males,  and  I had  frequent  opportunities 
of  observing  them  hi  copula.  The  fertilized  females  then  crawl 
away,  and  thus  it  happens  that  one  usually  finds  many  more  males 
than  females.  The  latter  creep  upon  the  somewhat  thicker  branches 
into  the  fissures  of  the  bark,  and  especially  under  the  appendages  at 
the  base  of  the  leaves,  the  so-called  “ Stollen,”  and  here  deposit  their 
eggs.  The  females  are  easily  found  here,  living  or  dead,  along  with 
the  eggs.  The  latter  are  about  0‘5  millim.  in  length  and  0-22 
millim.  in  thickness,  enveloped  in  a little  whitish  wool.  Usually 
two  or  three  eggs  lie  together,  and  I regard  it  as  not  impossible  that 
they  are  deposited  by  one  female,  as  the  latter  might  no  doubt  take 
nourishment,  and  so,  after  depositing  the  first  egg,  bring  a second 
or  even  a third  to  maturity.  I could  detect  the  dead  females  and 
their  eggs  not  only  upon  the  twigs  but  also  under  scales  of  bark  on 
the  trunk  itself.  However,  the  firs  on  which  I made  these  observa- 
tions are  still  young  trees,  about  5-6  metres  in  height. 

I observed  the  flying  parthenogenetic  females  on  the  19th  of 
June.  As  many  galls  were  then  emptied,  males  and  females  were 
already  present.  I found  the  fertilized  eggs  deposited  under  the 
bark  on  the  2nd  of  July,  and  in  all  that  came  under  observation 
the  blastoderm  was  already  developed.  In  this  condition  they 
remained  until  now  (July  23  according  to  observations  made 
concurrently  upon  twigs  in  the  open  and  preserved  in  glasses  in  the 
house.  We  may  assume  with  certainty  that  from  these  eggs  pro- 
ceeds the  wingless  hybernating  generation  which  we  find  in  October 
at  the  bottom  of  the  buds. 

Hence  we  now  perfectly  know  the  developmental  cycle  of  Chermes. 
It  may  be  summarized  as  follows : — 

1.  A hybernating,  wingless,  parthenogenetic  generation  ; 

2.  A winged  parthenogenetic  generation  ; 

3.  A generation  of  male  and  female  wingless  animals,  from  the 

fecundated  eggs  of  which  the  first  generation  is  again 
produced. 

The  whole  course  of  development  thus  closely  approaches  that  of 
Phylloxera,  the  only  difiPerence  being  that  in  Chermes  the  wingless 
females  proceeding  from  the  fecundated  eggs  directly  produce  the 
winged  generation,  while  in  Phylloxera  a greater  number  of  wing- 
less generations  intervenes  between  them. — Biologisches  Centralhlatt, 
September  15,  1887,  Band  vii.  pp.  417-420. 

* The  eggs  remained  in  the  same  stage  of  development  until  August  14 
(when  the  proof  was  corrected). 


TO  THE  READER. 


In  this  year  of  Jubilees  I have  no  small  satisfaction  in 
calling  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  present  Number 
closes  the  hundredth  volume  and  the  fiftieth  year  of  the 
existence  of  the  ^Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History.’ 
Fifty  years  ago,  fresh  from  the  teachings  of  Ehrenberg 
and  profoundly  influenced  by  the  spirit  of  scientific  research 
which  then,  as  now,  prevailed  in  Germany,  I suggested  to 
Mr.  Richard  Taylor  the  establishment  of  a journal  in  which, 
while  its  pages  were  freely  open  to  the  original  contributions 
of  English  naturalists,  special  attention  should  be  paid  to  the 
researches  of  continental  observers ; and  the  result  was  the 
starting  of  the  ^ Annals  of  Natural  History,’  with  which, 
subsequently,  the  well-known  ^ Magazine  of  Natural  History  ’ 
of  Loudon  and  Charlesworth  was  amalgamated.  The  hope 
that  such  an  undertaking,  venturesome  as  it  appeared,  might 
prove  a success  was  not  disappointed — the  ^ Annals  ’ immedi- 
ately met  with  cordial  support  on  the  part  of  the  most  zealous 
students  of  nature  in  this  country,  and  from  its  very  commence- 
ment to  the  present  day  its  pages  have  been  enriched  by 
valuable  contributions  from  our  most  eminent  naturalists. 
Consequently  we  can  now  look  back  upon  a series  of  important 
original  papers  on  various  branches  of  Natural  History  which 
have  made  their  appearance  in  the  ^ Annals,’  while  at  the 
same  time  the  communication  of  the  results  of  the  researches 
of  continental  naturalists  has  never  been  lost  sight  of ; and 
the  Editors  feel  that  they  have  done  good  service  in  bringing 
under  the  notice  of  their  fellow-workers  in  this  country  many 


11 


most  important  contributions  published  abroad.  Under  these 
circumstances  I hope  that  I shall  not  be  considered  to  be 
actuated  by  vanity  in  claiming  that  the  Journal  which  I 
helped  to  set  on  foot  fifty  years  ago,  and  the  superintendence 
of  which  has  been  under  my  charge  ever  since,  has  in  no 
small  degree  aided  in  the  marked  progress  made  by  Natural- 
History  studies  in  this  country  during  the  last  half-century. 

It  may  have  been  remarked,  perhaps,  that  since  the  publi- 
cation of  the  late  Charles  Darwin’s  ^ Origin  of  Species  ’ and 
other  works,  which  have  produced  a greater  effect  upon 
human  thought,  not  only  in  Natural  History,  but  in  the  most 
varied  departments,  than  any  thing  published  since  the  days 
of  Newton  and  Linnaeus,  the  Editors  of  the  ^Annals’  have 
taken  a position  towards  the  new  doctrine  either  opposed,  or, 
at  least,  more  or  less  agnostic,”  to  use  the  phrase  by  which 
Mr.  Darwin  himself  characterized  his  position  with  regard  to 
religious  matters.  This,  however,  has  been  without  prejudice 
to  a sincere  admiration  of  the  character  and  attainments  of 
the  man  whose  work  in  the  most  various  departments  of 
Natural  History  always  showed  a depth  and  solidity  which, 
perhaps,  in  many  minds  were  too  much  thrown  into  the  shade 
by  the  brilliancy  of  his  theoretical  results.  It  must  be  recol- 
lected that  some  of  the  best  systematic  work  done  in  this 
country  during  the  last  fifty  years  came  from  the  same  hand 
which  has  changed  the  whole  face  of  Natural  History, 
and  that  in  his  younger  days  his  first  introduction  to  Natural 
History  consisted  in  colleeting  Insects  and  Plants,  the  inci- 
dents and  pleasures  connected  with  which  seem  to  have  been 
most  vividly  retained  in  his  mind  nearly  to  the  end  of  his 
days.  This  lesson  may  be  taken  to  heart  by  those  who  are 
too  much  inclined  to  start  from  the  other  end. 

To  return  to  the  point  from  which  we  started.  With  the 
next  number  a Sixth  Series  will  commence,  and  I trust  tliat 
the  ^ Annals  ’ may  still  receive  the  same  kind  support  which 


Ill 


has  always  hitherto  been  accorded  to  it,  and,  further,  that  I 
may  personally  continue  to  enjoy  the  same  friendship  with 
the  numerous  contributors  which  it  has  been  my  good  fortune 
to  experience  throughout  the  long  course  of  the  Journal’s 
existence. 

In  conclusion,  I must  not  fail  to  state  how  much  I have 
been  indebted  to  my  Co-Editors,  and  especially  to  my  dear 
friends  the  late  Prof.  Arthur  Henfrey  and  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray, 
and  to  my  present  colleagues.  Dr.  Giinther  and  W.  S.  Dallas — 
to  the  latter  especially,  who  had  taken  a most  active  part  in 
superintending  the  publication  for  many  years  before  his 
name  appeared  on  the  Titlepage. 


WILLIAM  FRANCIS. 


THE  ANNALS 


AND 

MAGAZINE  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

[FIFTH  SERIES.] 


No.  120.  DECEMBER  1887. 


LII. — On  Orthoceras  [Endoceras]  duplex,”  Wahlenherg 

et  auctt.j  with  Descriptions  of  three  new  Species  of  Endo- 
ceras the  Ordovician  of  Sweden  and  Russia  contained 
in  the  British  Museum  [Natural  History).  By  Arthur 
H.  Foord,  F.G.S. 

There  are  a great  many  specimens  of  Endoceras  in  the 
British  Museum  from  Sweden,  Northern  Germany,  and 
Russia,  bearing  upon  their  labels  the  well-known  name  of 
Orthocer as  duplex  f Wahlenberg.  But  on  referring  to  the 
original  description  of  that  species  *,  which  is  unaccompanied 
by  any  figures,  one  finds  that  it  is  insufficient  for  purposes 
of  strict  identification,  and,  in  point  of  fact,  many  diverse 
forms  of  Endoceras  have  consequently  been  united  under 
Wahlenberg’s  appellation.  The  essential  part  of  his  descrip- 
tion is  contained  in  the  following  passage,  translated  from 
the  Latin  original : — 

Orthoceratites  duplex  or  giganteus  is  found  in  Westro- 
gothia,  and  there  only  complete  and  well  developed,  particu- 
larly in  Mount  Kinnekulle.  The  diameter  is  mostly  a hand’s 
breadth,  and  sometimes  as  much  as  five  Parisian  inches,  a 
size  of  the  tube  surpassing  that  of  any  other  univalved  many- 

* Nova  Acta  Reg.  Soc.  Sclent  Upsaliensis,  1821,  vol.  viii.  p.  86, 
Ann.  <j&  Mag,  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx,  28 


Mr.  A.  H.  Foord  on  Ortlioceras 


chamBered  testaceous  animal  which  I have  seen  alive  or 
dead.  Its  form  is  rather  cylindrical  than  conical,  and  in 
addition  to  its  great  breadth  it  has  a length  of  six  feet  and 
more,  so  that  we  are  convinced  that  it  surpasses  in  magnitude 
all  Ammonites  hitherto  discovered,  and  that  it  is  thus  the 
largest  of  all  univalved  testaeeous  animals.  Its  siphuncle  is 
mostly  situated  quite  on  the  margin  or  on  the  circumference 
of  the  shell,  and  not  quite  hidden  by  the  joints  of  the  external 
shell ; occupying  about  a third  part  of  the  entire  shell.  On 
account  of  its  situation  on  the  margin,  the  segmental  par- 
titions [septa]  of  the  shell  form  very  oblique  rings  on  the 
surface  of  the  siphuncle,  and  at  the  same  time  run  outwards 
over  its  face,  whence  it  results  that  the  siphuncle  seems  as  it 
were  to  consist  of  hoods  or  wrappers,  set  or  inserted  upon  one 
another,  as  if  it  sent  out  processes.  The  outer  wall  of  the 
siphuncle  is  entire  and  free  from  perforations,  showing  no- 
point  of  communication  between  the  cavity  of  the  siphuncle 
and  the  chambers  of  the  exterior  shell. 

The  author  then  proceeds  to  describe  the  smaller  Orthoeeras 
lodged  in  the  siphuncle  of  Orihoceras  duplew^^  from  wliich 
circumstance  the  specific  name  originated.  It  need  hardly  be 
said  that  the  included  Ortlioceras  was  introduced  by  accident 
into  the  capacious  siphuncle  of  the  larger  one  Judging 
by  Wahlenberg’s  description,  which  is  almost  confirmed  by 
his  reference  to  one  of  Klein’s  figures  Descriptiones  Tubu- 
lorum  Marinorum,’  1731,  tab.  vi.  figs,  1,  2),  his  species  was 
most  probably  Endoceras  trochleare. 

It  appears  that  Wahlenberg’s  views  regarding  the  im- 
prisoned specimen  were  not  shared  in  by  some  of  his  scientific 
brethren,  for  he  observes  with  much  naivete  that  many 
people  interested  in  natural  phenomena  have  regarded  this 
internal  Ortlioceratites  as  a different  species,  on  account  of  its 
annular  form  j and  the  inhabitants  of  Mount  Kinnekulle  well 
distinguish  it  from  the  common  Ortkocercutites  under  the  name 

Svecico  skrufstenar”  [Swedish  screw-stone],  a by  no  means 
inapt  sobriquet  for  Endoceras  trochleare. 

Selecting  from  Wahlenberg’s  description  of  ^^Orthoceras 
duplex  ” those  parts  of  it  which  are  essential  to  a specific 
diagnosis,  they  are  found  to  consist  of  two  only,  viz.  the  form 
of  the  shell,  which  is  said  to  be  “ rather  cylindrical  than 

* This  is  of  course  no  uncommon  thing.  Barrande  gives  numerous 
figures  of  Endoceras  and  Ortlioceras  into  whose  siphuncles  young  or 
smaller  shells  belonging  to  those  genera  have  been  introduced  after  the 
death  of  the  animal  and  the  partial  destruction  of  its  shell.  (See  Syst. 
Sil.  de  la  Boheme,  vol.  ii.  pi.  ccccxxxviii.  figs.  9,  11 ; also  Pal.  of  New 
York,  by  James  Hall,  vol.  i.  1847,  pi.  xlviii.  fig.  3.) 


395 


[Emlooeras]  duplex,”  Wahlenherg  et  auctt. 

conical,”  and  the  proportionate  size  of  the  siphuncle,  occu- 
pying about  a third  part  of  the  entire  shell.”  These  two 
characters  would  obviously  not  be  sufficient  for  specific  dis- 
tinction, and  the  vagueness  of  the  original  description  has 
given  rise  to  a number  of  widely  differing  forms  being  placed 
under  one  specific  name,  according  to  the  interpretation,  gene- 
rally a very  liberal  one,  that  each  author  has  put  upon  the 
description.  To  make  confusion  worse  confounded  another  of 
Wahlenberg’s  species — Orthoceras  commune'^'' — has  become 
entangled  in  the  nomenclature  of  “(9.  duplex^  According 
to  the  original  description  of  the  former  (Nov.  Act.  loc.  cit. 
p.  85)  0.  commune  is  not  an  Endoceras^  but  an  Orthoceras^ 
for  the  siphuncle  is  described  as  of  moderate  thickness, 
“ equal  to  nearly  a tenth  part  of  tlie  diameter  of  the  whole 
shell,  taken  transversely,”  and  is  for  the  most  part  situated 
midway  between  the  axis  and  the  circumference  of  the  shell.” 
Hisinger  *,  who  was  the  first  to  give  figures  of  fossils  under 
Wahlenberg’s  names  duplex''''  and  commune^''  adds  very 
little  to  our  knowledge  of  those  forms,  and  to  his  brief  de- 
scription of  the  former  he  appends  the  words  an  species 
distincta?”  a somewhat  significant  phrase,  which  seems  to 
suggest  the  difficulty  he  experienced  in  identifying  Wahlen- 
berg’s species. 

Having  thus  failed  in  obtaining  the  required  information 
from  the  books,  I explained  my  difficulties  to  Dr.  Lindstrom, 
and  he,  with  no  less  kindness  than  promptitude,  caused 
inquiries  to  be  made  for  me  as  to  whether  Wahlenberg’s 
types  of  “0.  duplex''''  and  “D.  commune''''  still  existed  in  the 
museum  at  Upsala,  where  some  of  his  types  are  preserved. 
But  they  could  not  be  found,  so  that  there  is  now  no  possi- 
bility of  identifying  Wahlenberg’s  species.  Dr,  Lindstrom 
informed  me,  moreover,  that  he  had  searched  in  vain  in 
the  Hisinger  Collection”  of  the  Royal  Museum,  Stockholm, 
for  the  original  specimens  of  ^^0.  duplex  ” and  “0.  commune  ” 
figured  by  Hisinger  in  the  ^Lethsea  Svecica.’ 

Under  these  circumstances  it  is  desirable,  as  Dr.  Lind- 
strom has  suggested  to  me,  that  Wahlenberg’s  names  should 
be  relinquished,  and  new  ones  imposed  upon  all  Swedish  and 
Russian  Endocerata  which  have  hitherto  fallen  under  them. 
This  task  has  been  already  partly  accomplished  by  such  able 
palaeontologists  as  Dewitz  and  Schroder  in  Germany  and 
Holm  in  Sweden,  and,  so  far  as  I am  aware,  there  remain 
now  very  few  forms  requiring  emendation.  The  collection  of 
Swedish  specimens  of  Endoceras  in  the  British  Museum  has 


* ‘ Letliaea  Svecica,’  18.37,  p.  28. 


28* 


396 


Mr.  A.  H.  Foord  on  Ortlioceras 


♦ 

been  greatly  enriched  within  the  last  few  years  through  the 
munificence  of  the  late  Mr.  J.  E.  Lee,  of  Torquay,  and  it  is 
principally  upon  this  new  material  that  the  following  descrip- 
tions are  based.  I have  named  the  first  species  after  the 
illustrious  Swedish  naturalist  Wahlenberg. 


Endoceras  WaMenhergi^  sp.  nov. 

1732.  Species  vi.  Orthoceratites  siphone  ad  peripheriam  posito  crassioriy 
&c.,  Breynius,  Dissertatio  pliysica  de  Polythalamiis,  p.  34,  tab.  iv. 
fig-s.  4-6. 

1759.  Orthocerati  recti.  ...  in  Dahlia  reperti.  De  rariori  quadam 
Orthoceratitis  Specie,  in  Snecica  reperta,  tractatiis,  &c.,  Nicholas  de 
Himsel,  Phil.  Trans,  vol.  1.  pt.  2,  p.  692,  tab.  xxiii.  %.  A. 

? 1775.  Orthoceratites y Walch  and  Knorr,  Monumens  des  Catastrophes 
de  la  Terre,  tom.  iii.  snppl.  p.  140,  tab.  iv  e.  fig.  1. 

1837.  Orthoceratites  duplex,  Hisinger,  Lethaea  Svecica,  p.  28,  tab.  ix. 

fig.  1. 

? 1855.  Orthocet'as  duplex,  Barrande,  in  Leonhard  and  Bronn^s  Neues 
Jahrb.  p.  264,  Taf.  iii.  figs.  11,  11^. 

1857.  Orthoceras  commune,  Boll,  Archiv  fiir  dieNaturknnde  von  Mek- 
lenburgj  p.  12,  Taf.  ii.  figs.  4,  a,  h (not  of  Hisinger). 

? 1861.  Orthoceras  duplex,  Boemer,  Fossile  Fauna  von  Sadewitz,  p.  60, 
pi.  vii.  figs.  2,  a,  b. 

1866.  Endoceras  { Orthoc.')  duplex,  Barrande,  Syst.  Sil.  de  la  Boheme, 
vol.  ii.  Texte  iii.  1874,  pp.  709,  713,  pi.  ccxxxiii.  fig.  9,  pi.  ccccxxviii» 
figs.  9-12. 

F 1869.  Orthoceras  duplex  {giganteum),  Karsten,  Die  Verstein.  des 
Uebergaugsgebirges  in  den  Gerollen  der  Herzogthiimer  Schleswig 
und  Holstein,  pi  49,  tab.  xvii.  fig.  6,  a,  b. 

P 1875.  Orthoceras  duplex,  Mallada,  Bol.  Com.  Mapa  Geol.  Espaha, 
tomo  ii.  p.  24, 

1876.  Orthoceras  duplex,  Boemer,  Lethaea  Geognostica,  Theil  i.  Leth. 
Palaeoz.  Atlas,  Taf.  vi.  fig.  2,  a,  b. 

1880.  Orthoceras  duplex,  Angelin-Lindstrom,  Fragm.  Silurica,  p.  1, 
tab.  iii.  figs.  9-11. 

1881.  Endoceras  duplex,  Schroder,  Schriften  der  physikalisch-okono- 
mischen  Gesellsch.  zu  Konigsberg,  Jahrg.  xxii.  Abth.  i.  p.  82,  Taf.  iii. 
figs.  1,  A,  Bi 

1882.  Endoceras  cf.  duplex,  Barrois,  Terr,  anciens  des  Asturies  et  de  la 
Galice,  p.  187,  pi.  iv.  figs.  7,  a,  h,  c. 

1885.  Orthoceras  {Endoceras')  duplex,  Boemer,  Lethsea  erratica,  in 
Dames  and  Kayser’s  Palaontologische  Abhandl.  Band  ii.  Heft  5, 
p.  38,  Tafi  ii.  figs.  2,  a,  b. 

Sp.  char.  Shell  straight,  very  long.  Tapering  rather 

slowly  at  the  rate  of  about  1 in  12,  taking  the  average 
measurement  of  three  adult  specimens.  Section  circular. 

Body-chamber  unknown.  Septa  moderately  distant,  that  is, 
about  8 lines  apart  at  a diameter  of  2^  inches,  decreasing  to 
a distance  of  3 lines  at  a diameter  of  8 lines.  The  distance 
of  the  septa  varies  considerably  in  different  specimens,  and 
even  in  different  parts  of  the  same  individual.  Thus  in  one 


Endoceras  Jf  alilenher<ji.—a,  portion  of  the  septate  part  of  the  shell  (nearly 
one  third  of  it),  with  some  of  the  smooth  inner  shell-layer  remainioff 
natural  spe  {s,  siplmncle)  ; h,  portion  of  the  test  of  another  specimen! 
natural  size  ; c,  part  of  section  from  fragment  of  a large  specimen 
showing  siphuncle  (s)  and  sheath  natural  size;  e?,  section  and 
siphimcle  of  young  individual,  natural  size  ,*  e,  diagram  to  show 
average  rate  ol  tapering  of  the  species. 


[EndocerasJ  Wahlenberg  et  auctt.  397 

measured^  the  septa  are  6 lines  apart  at  a place  where  the 
diameter  is  16  lines,  while  they  are  only  4 lines  distant  where 

Fig.  1. 


398 


Mr.  A.  H.  Foord  on  Ortlioceras 


the  diameter  has  increased  to  19  lines.  But  on  the  whole  the 
septa  increase  their  distance  as  the  individual  advances  in 
age.  Siphuncle  proportionately  larger  in  the  young  than  in 
the  adult,  as  is  frequently  the  case  in  the  testaceous  Cepha- 
lopods  j that  is  to  say,  it  attains  to  nearly  half  the  diameter  in 
the  young  shell  (fig.  1,  c?),  while  in  the  adult  it  measures  only 
about  one  third  of  the  diameter  (fig.  1,  c).  Test  consisting 
apparently  of  two  layers,  the  inner  one  being  perfectly  smooth 
and  polished,  whilst  the  outer,  the  surface  of  which  is  rarely 
preserved,  is  ornamented  with  transverse,  irregular,  slightly 
oblique  riblets  (fig.  1 , &) . 

Remarks.  The  Orthoceras  commune'"'  of  Boll  (not  Hi- 
singer),  which  I believe  to  be  identical  with  Endoceras 
Wahlenhergiy  is  described  by  that  author  as  having  the  shell 
in  well-preserved  examples  marked  with  obscure  lines  of 
growth,  and  in  badly  preserved  ones  these  are  so  eroded  that 
their  sculpture  can  scarcely  be  recognized  ; ” the  latter  is 
unfortunately  the  condition  of  most  of  the  specimens  in  the 
National  Collection. 

It  has  been  a matter  of  great  difficulty  to  me  to  select  out 
of  the  numerous  and  divergent  forms  described  and  figured 
under  the  name  of  Orthoceras  duplex  ” those  whose 
characters  harmonized  sufficiently  with  the  species  I have 
now  instituted,  to  justify  their  incorporation  with  it.  The 
descriptions  of  “0.  duplex"  have  often  been  based  upon 
imperfect  fragments,  consisting  of  casts,  or  even  of  sections 
only,  of  a few  of  the  chambers,  in  which  the  distinguishing 
characters  are  necessarily  reduced  to  a minimum.  In  some 
instances  the  siphuncle  only  has  been  figured. 

In  such  circumstances  I cannot  vouch  for  the  accuracy  of 
all  the  references  given  above.  The  dubious  ones  are  indi- 
cated by  a note  of  interrogation. 

Amongst  the  specimens  of  E.  Wahlenhergi  from  Westro- 
gothia  two  attain  a considerable  size,  the  longest  measuring 
1 foot  7i  inches,  the  diameter  at  the  larger  end  being  2\ 
inches  and  at  the  smaller  end  10  lines.  The  other  measures 

1 foot  5 inches  in  length,  with  a diameter  of  2 inches  and  8 
lines  at  the  larger  extremity  and  14  lines  at  the  smaller, 
where  it  is  broken,  the  chambers  being  here  filled  with 
coarsely  crystalline  calcite  (fig.  1,  a).  A marble  slab  from 
Sweden  contains  a section  of  an  Endoceras  in  which  a portion 
of  the  body-chamber  is  preserved.  This  individual  measures 

2 feet  7i  inches  in  length  and  increases  very  slowly  in  diam- 
eter, measuring  only  1 line  at  the  apical  and  1 inch  at  tlie 
basal  extremity.  On  tlie  whole  it  would  seem  to  belong  to  a 


[Endoceras]  duplex,”  Wahlenherg  et  aucit.  399 

more  slender  and  slowly  tapering  species  tkan  E.  Wahlen- 
hergi. 

It  is  difficult  to  conceive  how  shells  of  such  great  length 
and  thinness  of  texture  could  have  been  preserved  from  frac* 
ture  even  during  the  lifetime  of  the  animal.  Professor 
Whitfield,  of  New  York,  who  has  had  exceptional  opportu- 
nities of  studying  the  shells  of  Endoceras  in  the  rich  deposits 
of  the  Trenton  Limestone,  as  well  as  in  the  splendid  collec- 
tions preserved  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
affirms  that  he  finds  them  nearly  always  in  a fragmentary 
condition,  the  earlier  parts  having  been  broken  away  or 
otherwise  destroyed ; ” and  he  supposes  that  the  slieaths 
formed  within  the  siphuncle  served  to  protect  that  part  of  the 
body  of  the  animal  which  extended  back  into  it  in  a long 
finger-like  projection,”  The  sheaths,  he  adds,  were  not 
only  formed  in  case  of  accidents  already  having  taken 
place,  but  were  probably  often  formed  to  guard  against  future 
troubles ; consequently  we  sometimes  find  them  crowded 
together,  so  as  to  leave  not  more  than  an  inch  or  so  between 
them,  and  the  intervening  space  filled  with  coarsely  crystal- 
line calc-spar,  showing  that  the  one  below  had  not  been 
injured  so  as  to  admit  the  access  of  foreign  matter,  which  is 
always  sure  to  be  the  case  where  injury  has  occurred  to  the 
individual  sheath  below  the  cavity  so  filled.” 

With  reference  to  the  number  and  disposition  of  the  sheaths 
Professor  Whitfield  observes  that  in  the  American  species  he 
can  find  no  regularity  whatever  in  the  distances  at  which 
they  occur  even  in  the  same  individual.  They  often  occur 
quite  close  together,  sometimes  three  or  four  of  them  being 
ensheathed  within  each  other ; and  others  again  will  have 
from  10  to  20  inches  between  them ; and  I have  seen 
examples  of  the  shell  from  2 to  4 feet  long  without  a trace 
of  a sheath  ” *. 

This  species  resembles  in  some  respects,  as  in  the  distance 
of  the  septa,  and  the  proportionate  size  of  the  siphuncle, 
Endoceras  helemnitifbrme^  Holm  (Palaont.  Abhandl.  1885, 
Bd.  3,  Heft  i.  p.  5) ; but  in  the  latter  the  septa  are  said  to  be 
equally  distant  from  the  very  commencement  of  the  shell, 
which  is  not  the  case  with  the  present  species,  in  which  the 
septa  are  much  closer  together  in  the  apical  portion  of  the 
shell  than  they  are  at  later  stages  of  its  growth. 

The  rare  preservation  of  the  apical  end  of  these  long  and 
finely  pointed  shells  will  always  make  any  characters  founded 
upon  the  form  of  the  apex  but  seldom  available  for  purposes 

* Bull.  American  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  no.  1,  New  York,  Dec.  23,  1881, 

p.  20. 


400 


Mr.  A.  H.  Foord  07i  “ Ortlioceras 


of  specific  distinction ; and  even  when  the  apex  is  fortunately 
preserved,  as  in  Holm’s  species,  I hold  that  such  structures, 
connected  as  they  admittedly  are  with  embryonic  development, 
have  too  wide  an  import  to  be  employed  in  such  a way. 

Horizon.  Or^/^ocem5-Limestone  ( = Arenig*). 

Localities.  Uitby,  near  Lake  Siljan,  and  Kinnekulle  Hill 
(Westrogothia),  Sweden  ; lieval  (Esthonia),  Russia. 


Orthoceras  kinnehulleyise,  sp.  nov. 

Sp.  char.  Shell  elongate,  tapering  at  the  rate  of  1 in  9. 
Cylindrical  in  cross-section.  The  septa  direct,  distant  about 
J the  diameter,  strongly  arched,  their  convexity  about  f that 
of  their  diameter.  Siphuncle  a little  eccentric,  about  3 lines 
in  diameter  where  the  shell  has  a diameter  of  21  lines.  Test 
ornamented  with  regular,  direct,  flattened,  transverse  riblets, 
divided  by  narrow  interspaces.  Body-chamber  unknown. 

Remarks.  The  most  characteristic  feature  in  the  present 
species  is  the  sculpture  of  the  test,  which  is  beautifully  pre- 
served on  most  of  the  specimens  that  have  come  before  me. 
The  figure  (2,  h)  will  enable  the  reader  to  realize  the  sculpture 
of  the  shell  much  better  than  a verbal  description  can  do.  It 
is  necessary,  however,  to  state  that  the  riblets  vary  in  width, 
so  that  in  some  places  nearly  five  of  them  are  contained  in 
the  space  of  1 line,  while  in  others,  especially  at  the  larger 
extremity  of  the  shell,  only  about  two  and  a half  are  required 
to  fill  that  space.  Ordinarily  about  four  to  four  and  a half 
are  contained  in  one  line.  These  measurements  include  the 
interspaces.  It  will  be  understood  from  this  that  the  orna- 
mentation of  the  test  is  visible  to  the  naked  eye. 

The  dimensions  of  the  largest  specimen  in  the  national 
collection  (fig.  2)  are  as  follows: — length  11  inches,  greatest 
diameter  2 inches,  least  diameter  1 inch.  Septa  about  inch 
apart,  but  becoming  a little  closer  near  the  smaller  extremity 
of  the  shell. 

The  very  characteristic  ornamentation  of  this  species  sepa- 
rates it  from  all  other  Ordovician  species  known  to  me. 

Horizon.  Or Limestone  ( = Arenig). 

Localities.  K innekulle  Hill  (Westrogothia),  and  Oeland, 
Sweden. 

* See  a valuable  paper  by  Prof.  F.  Scbiiiidt,  of  St.  Petersburg,  On 
the  Silurian  (and  Cambrian)  Strata  of  the  Baltic  Provinces  of  Russia,  as 
compared  with  those  of  Scandinavia  and  the  British  Isles,”  in  Quart. 
Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xxxviii.  p.  ol4  (1882)  ; also  J.  E.  Marr,  ‘On  the 
Classification  of  the  Cambrian  and  Silurian  Rocks,’  pp.  74  and  82 
(1883). 


[Endoceras]  duplex/’  Wahlenherg  et  auctt,  401 


Orthoceras  kinnekuUense. — fragment  of  the  septate  part  of  the  shell 
(about  one  half  of  it),  with  some  of  the  test  remaining,  natural  size 
(s,  siphuncle) ; h,  portion  of  the  test,  greatly  enlarged ; c,  outline  of 
the  entire  specimen  reduced  one  half;  d,  outline  of  section,  restored 
from  another  specimen,  showing  siphuncle  at 

Orthoceras  revalense^  sp.  nov. 

Sp.  char.  Shell  straight.  Section  elliptical,  the  ratio  of 


402 


On  Orthoceras  [Endoceras]  duplex.” 


the  diameters  being  as  24  : 19.  Very  uniformly  tapering  at 
the  rate  of  1 in  6.  Septa  direet,  undulating ; distant  about 
^ the  diameter.  Siphuncle  eccentric,  cylindrical,  its  diameter 
about  ^ the  longer  diameter  of  the  shell.  Body-chamber  and 
test  unknown. 

Remarhs.  The  distinguishing  feature  of  this  species  (fig.  3) 
is  its  relatively  high  rate  of  tapering. 

Horizon.  Or^/^ocems-Limestone  (=  Arenig-Llanvirn). 

Locality.  Keval  (Esthoniaj,  Russia. 


Fig.  3. 


Orthoceras  revahnse. — a,  part  of  a specimen,  the  whole  of  which  measures 
inches  («,  siphuncle)  ; h,  section,  showing  siphuncle  at  s.  Natu- 
ral size. 


Frof.  F.  J.  Bell  on  a new  Species  q/’Evecliinus.  403 


LIII. — Bescri])iion  of  a neio  Spwcies  o/Evechinus. 

Bj  F.  Jeffrey  Bell,  jVLA. 

[Plate  XVIL  figs.  7 & 8J 

There  has  for  some  time  been  known!  to  me  a form  of  the 
genus  Emchinus  which  did  not  appear  to  be  the  same  as  E, 
chloroticus ; as,  however,  the  two  specimens  in  the  collection 
of  the  British  Museum  are  of  small  size,  and  as  the  habitat 
is  unknown,  I have  for  several  years  delayed  publishing  the 
description  in  the  hope  that  fresh  material  would  come  to 
hand.  I now  reverse  the  policy,  in  the  hope  that  by  directing 
attention  to  this  undescribed  form  further  information  will  be 
supplied  by  those  who  may  possibly  have  examples  of  it 
under  their  care,  or  in  their  possession. 

Evechinus  7'aritubercidatus, 

This  species  may  be  distinguished  from  E,  chloroticus  by 
the  following  characters  : — the  primary  tubercles  are  less 
numerous  and  less  closely  packed,  there  is  a great  reduction 
in  the  number  of  tubercles  found  in  the  interambulacral  areas, 
the  actinostome,  abactinal  area,  and  anal  area  are  propor- 
tionately larger,  and  the  poriferous  zone  is  narrower. 

Test  discoidal,  rather  flattened,  blackish  brown,  the  promi- 
nent primary  tubercles  of  the  ambulacral  areas  faintly  greenish. 
Madreporic  plate  large ; two  oculars  touch  the  anal  border ; 
one  large  and  distinct  tubercle  on  the  ordinary  genital  plates 
and  a few  small  tubercles  on  the  oculars.  Actinal  cuts  dis- 
tinct but  not  deep  ; actinostome  rather  large. 

The  primary  tubercles  of  the  ambulacral  area,  which  are 
largest  at  the  ambitus,  diminish  in  size  more  rapidly  below 
than  above  this  line.  In  a test  of  rather  more  than  forty 
millim.  in  width  about  fourteen  may  be  counted  in  each  row  ; 
the  tubercle  stands  rather  towards  the  ambulacral  edge  of  the 
plate  and  has  a circlet  of  miliaries  around  its  base  ; between 
the  two  rows  of  primary  tubercles  we  find  at  and  below  the 
ambitus  two  row^s  of  secondary  tubercles,  one  on  either  side 
of  the  middle  line  ; above  the  ambitus  these  rows  rapidly 
become  obscure.  On  the  outer  side  of  the  primary  tubercles 
we  find  an  irregular  row  of  small  tubercles,  which  are  largest 
just  below  the  ambitus  and  quite  lost  halfway  up  the  abac- 
tinal side  of  the  test  j of  these  one  on  each  plate  is  distinctly 
larger  than  the  rest. 

In  the  interambulacral  areas,  on  the  actinal  face  of  the  test, 
we  find  two  rows  of  ordinary  primary  tubercles,  rather  closely 


404  Prof.  F.  J.  Bell  on  a new  Species  ^Evecliiiius. 

packed  and  gradually  and  regularly  increasing  in  size  as  they 
pass  from  the  actinostome  to  the  ambitus,  where  they  are  not, 
however,  as  large  as  the  primary  tubercles  of  the  ambulacral 
area ; between  these  there  is  a single  row  of  secondary 
tubercles.  Above  the  ambitus  the  primaries  rapidly  become 
smaller  or  completely  disappear,  and  as  much  as  half  the 
abactinal  surface  of  the  test  may  be  completely  devoid  of 
primary  tubercles,  when  the  plates  are  covered  only  by  small 
tubercles,  not  very  regularly  arranged. 

The  auricles  are  strong,  the  foramen  small,  and  the  con- 
necting-ridge low.  The  buccal  apparatus  is  injured,  but  the 
radius  would  appear  to  have  a shallow  rounded  notch. 

The  spines  are  of  moderate  length,  greenish  in  colour 
except  at  their  tip,  which  is  yellowish  ; a specimen  com- 
pletely covered  with  spines  would  probably  have  very  much 
the  same  appearance  as  E.  chloroticus  (though  as  compared 
with  most  dried  specimens  the  spines  are  of  a darker  green), 
but  might  be  distinguished  from  it  by  the  greater  number  of 
short  and  the  smaller  number  of  long  spines. 

The  following  table  gives  the  more  important  measure- 
ments ; — 


1 Absolute  diam, 
1 in  millim. 

Percentage  yalue  of 

a 

o 

N 

%-<■ 

o 

Longest  spine. 

Number  of  pri- 
mary tubercles. 

Height. 

Actino- 

stome. 

Abactinal 
1 area. 

Anal  area. 

42 

45 

oO 

46  6 , 

38 

37-7 

19 

18-8 

OO 

cb.  . 

1 

2-6 

2-6 

11-6 

14 

14 

As  E.  chloroticus  grows  to  a considerable  size,  it  is  of 
importance  to  consider  whether  the  differences  indicated  in 
the  above  description  are  not  those  of  age ; the  differences  in 
the  proportional  size  of  the  actinal  and  abactinal  areas  would 
possibly  be  less  if  we  had  larger  specimens  of  E,  rarituher- 
culatus  ; but  the  character  which  leaps  to  tlie  eyes  ” is  the 
smaller  number  of  primary  tubercles.  Fortunately  we  have 
already  from  M.  Alex.  Agassiz  (Rev.  Ech.  p.  503)  some 
information  as  to  the  youthful  characters  of  E.  chloroticus^ 
and  he  tells  us  that  in  specimens  18  millim.  in  diameter,  or 
only  two  fifths  the  size  of  one  of  ours,  there  were  already 
fourteen  coronal  plates,  which  is,  I presume,  equivalent  to 


Mr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  on  Cophophrjne  sikkimensis.  405 

saying  that  there  are  fourteen  primary  tubercles.  Nor  can 
the  great  difference  between  the  species  in  the  number  of  the 
secondary  tubercles  be  looked  upon  as  any  thing  else  than  a 
mark  of  specific  distinction.  A specimen  of  E.  cJiloroticus  of 
the  same  size  as  the  larger  of  the  two  specimens  of  E.  rari- 
tuherculatus  has  the  poriferous  zone  at  the  ambitus  3 millim. 
wide. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XVII.  Fms.  7,  8. 

Fig.  7.  Test  of  Evechiniis  7'arituberculatus,  seen  from  above,  nat,  size. 

Fig.  8.  Area  marked  a in  fig,  7,  magnified  2^  times,  to  show  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  tubercles. 


LIV. — On  a rare  Himalayan  Toad.,  Cophophryne  sikkim- 
ensis, Blytli,  By  G.  A.  Boulenger. 

Mr.  W.  T.  Blanford  has  just  presented  to  the  British 
Museum  three  specimens  (a  male,  a female,  and  a young)  of 
a very  rare  Batrachian  described  by  Blyth  in  1854  under  the 
name  of  Bomhinator  sikkimensis.  The  two  original  speci- 
mens were  obtained  in  Sikkim  by  Captain  Sherwill  and  are 
preserved  in  the  Calcutta  Museum.  A third  specimen, 
received  by  the  same  institution,  and  noticed  by  Anderson  in 
1871,  was  procured  on  the  Sengalula  range,  Darjeeling,  at 
an  altitude  of  12,000  feet.  The  three  specimens  now  added 
to  the  British- Museum  collection  were  collected  by  Mr.  Blan- 
ford at  Byutan,  foot  of  Yakla  Pass,  Sikkim,  at  an  altitude  of 
13,000  feet. 

I know  of  no  other  preserved  specimens.  The  late  F. 
Stoliczka  stated  *,  it  is  true,  that  he  obtained  a few  speci- 
mens around  Darjeeling  at  an  elevation  of  about  7000  feet. 
But  on  comparing  his  description  with  the  material  now  to 
hand,  I come  to  the  conclusion  that  he  mistook  the  young 
Bufo  himalayanus  for  the  B.  sikkimensis.  The  reference  to 
Stoliczka’s  Bufo  sikkimensis  and  to  the  abstract  I have  given 
of  it  in  the  ^ Catalogue  of  Batrachians  ’ (p.  305)  should  there- 
fore be  transferred  to  the  synonymy  of  Bufo  himalayanus^ 
Gthr. 

Now  as  to  the  systematic  position  of  this  Batrachian. 
Theobald  recognized  it  as  belonging  to  the  family  Bufonidge, 
and  created  for  it  a new  genus,  which  he  named  Scutigerj 
assuming  apparently  the  nuptial  excrescences  of  the  male  to 
be  a permanent  character ; in  addition  to  the  latter  character 

* Proc.  As.  Soc.  Beng.  1872,  p.  112, 


406  Mr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  on  Cophophiyne  sikkimensls. 

lie  notices  tlie  following  as  generic  : — A hidden  tympanum 
and  obsolete  eustacliian  tubes,  free  toes,  and  the  tongue  parted 
behind.”  In  the  opinion  of  Anderson  the  genus  Scutiger  is 
untenable,  and  Bomhinator  sikkimensis  is  referred  to  Bufo^ 
from  which  it  only  differs  in  its  free  toes  and  in  its  slightly 
notched  tongue,”  An  examination  of  the  pupil  and  of  the 
skeleton  reveals,  however,  important  differential  characters, 
and  I have  no  hesitation  in  accepting  the  generic  separation, 
although  under  a new  name,  that  of  Scutiger  being  (I  might 
say  fortunately)  preoccupied  [Scutigera^  Latreille,  Myriopoda, 
1802).  Besides,  I do  not  consider  that  genus  as  by  any 
means  closely  allied  to  Bufo^  but  as  a connecting  form 
between  the  Bufonidse,  to  which  it  must  be  referred  on 
account  of  the  absence  of  teeth,  and  the  Pelobatidge,  the  East- 
Indian  forms  of  which  it  approaches  in  the  very  strongly 
dilated  transverse  processes  of  the  sacral  vertebra,  which 
bears  but  a single  condyle  for  articulation  wdth  the  coccyx 
(there  are  two  in  all  Bufonidas),  and  the  structure  of  the 
sternal  apparatus,  which  is  precisely  that  of  Leptohrachmmy 
XenopJirySj  and  Megalophrys.  In  some  of  the  external 
characters  also  (pupil,  tongue,  toes)  it  bears  resemblance  to 
these  three  genera. 

COPHOPHRYNE. 

Scutiger  (non  Latr.),  Theobald,  Cat.  Kept.  As.  Soc.  Mas.  1808,  p.  83. 

Pupil  vertical.  Vomerine  teeth  none.  Tongue  elliptic, 
free  and  very  slightly  nicked  behind.  'No  tympanum ; 
eustachian  tubes  extremely  small,  scarcely  perceptible. 
Fingers  free,  toes  nearly  free,  the  tips  not  dilated.  Outer 
metatarsals  united.  A cartilaginous  omosternum  ; sternum 
wdth  a slender  bony  style.  Sacral  vertebra  with  very  strongly 
dilated  diapophyses,  and  one  condyle  for  articulation  with 
coccyx. 

Cophopliryne  sikkimensis, 

Bomhinator  sikkimensis,  Blyth,  Journ.  As.  Soc.  Beng.  xxiii.  1854, 
p.  300. 

Scutiger  sikkimensis,  Theob.  1.  c. 

Btifo  sikkimensis,  Anders.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1871,  p.  204. 

Head  moderate ; snout  short,  rounded,  with  indistinct 
canthus  rostralis  ; interorbital  space  a little  narrower  than  the 
upper  eyelid.  Fingers  and  toes  blunt,  without  subarticular 
tubercles ; first  and  second  fingers  equal ; an  indistinct  rudi- 
ment of  web  between  the  toes  ; a large,  elliptic,  very  feebly 
prominent  inner  metatarsal  tubercle ; no  tarsal  fold.  The 
tibio-tarsal  articulation  reaches  the  shoulder  or  the  angle  of 
the  mouth.  Upper  parts  with  large  porous  warts,  wdiich  may 


On  Reptiles  and  BatracMans  from  near  Muscat.  407 

form  irregular  longitudinal  series  on  the  back ; a narrow 
parotoid  gland,  ill-defined  above,  extends  obliquely  from  the 
eye  to  the  extremity  of  the  jaws ' lower  parts  perfectly 
smooth.  Olive-brown  above,  the  warts  darker  and  dotted 
with  lighter  ; a light  triangular  spot  on  the  forehead,  the  base 
between  the  eyes,  the  apex  touching  the  lip  ; loreal  regions 
dark  ; limbs  with  dark  marblings.  Male  without  vocal  sacs. 
My  specimen  does  not  show  the  copulatory  asperities,  which, 
judging  from  the  descriptions,  must  be  much  like  those  of 
Rana  Liehigii. 

From  snout  to  vent  50  millim. 


LV. — A List  of  the  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  obtained  near 
Muscat^  Arabia^  and  presented  to  the  British  Museum  by 
Surgeon-Major  A.  S,  G.  Jayokar.  By  G.  A.  Boulenger. 

The  following  list  is  based  upon  two  collections  formed  at 
Muscat  by  Mr.  Jayakar ; the  first  was  received  in  December 
1885,  the  second  in  November  1887.  The  herpetological 
fauna  of  the  west  coast  of  the  Persian  Gulf  being  very  imper- 
fectly known,  these  collections  are  of  particular  interest. 

EEPTILIA. 

Chelonia. 

1.  Testudo  stellata^  Schweigg, 

2.  Chelone  virgata^  Schweigg. 

Lacertilia. 

3.  Cercumodactylus  Dorice^  Blanf, 

4.  Alsophylax  tuberculatuSj  Blanf. 

5.  Hemidactylus  Coctcei^  D.  & B. 

6.  Agama  sinaita^  Heyd. 

7.  Agama  isolepis^  Blgr. 

8.  Uromastix  spinipesy  Daud. 

9.  Varanus  griseuSy  Daud. 

10.  Lacerta  Jayakariy  Blgr. 

Four  specimens  have  been  received  since  the  publication  of 
this  species  (Cat.  Liz.  iii.  p.  40,  pi.  ii.).  They  agree  so  well 
with  the  description  I have  given  that  it  is  sufficient  to  record  the 
following  notes  on  the  number  of  scales  and  femoral  pores  : — ■ 


408  On  Reptiles  and  BatracMans  from  near  Muscat. 


Dorsal  scales  across  the  middle  of 

6. 

Ugv.cS. 

$• 

the  body  

85 

86 

93 

86 

Transyerse  series  of  yentrals 

28 

28 

29 

29 

Femoral  pores,  on  each  side 

29 

27 

25 

25 

11.  Scincus  muscatensisj  Murray. 
12.  Chalcides  ocellaJuSj  Forsk. 


Ophidia. 

L3.  Zamenis  veniriinaculatus^  Gray. 

14.  Zamenis  diadema^  Scbleg. 

15.  Lytorliynclius  diadema,  D.  & B. 

16.  Psammopliis  T^eitliiiy  Gthr. 

17.  Dipsas  ohtusa,  Reuss. 

18.  Hydrophis  rohusta^  Git\\Y. 

19.  Hydropliis  Elliottij  Gthr. 

20.  Hydropliis  cyanocincta^  Baud. 

21.  Hydropliis  Jayahari^  sp.  n. 

Head  rather  small,  snout  moderate.  Body  of  moderate 
length,  slender  anteriorly.  A single  postocular ; suture 
between  the  prefrontals  extremely  short,  not  one  fourth  the 
length  of  that  between  the  nasals ; frontal  more  than  twice 
as  broad  as  the  supraocular,  hexagonal,  the  lateral  sides 
shortest,  not  half  as  long  as  the  posterior,  which  are  the 
longest  • suture  between  the  parietals  as  long  as  the  frontal ; 
a single,  large,  anterior  temporal ; two  pairs  of  chin-shields, 
in  contact  mesially,  posterior  pair  largest.  Scales  juxtaposed, 
dorsals  obtusely  keeled;  27  scales  round  the  neck,  37  round 
the  body.  Ventral  shields  thrice  as  broad  as  the  adjoining 
scales  on  the  neck,  hardly  twice  as  broad  as  those  on  the  body, 
260  in  number.  Four  prgeanal  shields,  outer  largest.  Uni- 
form plumbeous  above  ; upper  lip,  sides,  and  lower  parts  white. 

Total  length  640  millim.;  tail  75;  diameter  of  neck  11  ; 
greatest  vertical  diameter  of  body  32. 

A single  specimen. 

22.  Enhydrina  hengalensisj  Gray. 

23.  Echis  carinata^  Schn. 

24.  Echis  colorataj  Gthr. 

BATRACHIA. 

25.  Bufo  Andersoniij  Blgi\ 


Mr.  E.  A.  Smith  on  Argonauta  Bottgeri. 


409 


LVI. — Notes  on  Argonauta  Bottgeri. 

By  Edgar  A.  Smith. 

[Plate  XVIL  figs.  1-6.] 

The  shell  of  this  species  was  described  and  figured  by 
Maltzan  in  the  ^Journal  de  Conchyliologie/  1881,  p.  163, 
pi.  vi.  fig.  7.  He  does  not  state  whence  his  specimens  came. 
In  the  British  Museum  there  are  two  examples  forming  part 
of  the  Cumingian  collection  marked  Australia”  and  three 
from  Masbate,  Philippines.”  Two  specimens  from  the  Mau- 
ritius were  obtained  from  Mr.  Robillard,  one  from  the  China 
Seas  has  lately  been  acquired,  and  two  others  have  recently 
been  presented  by  J.  F.  Keene,  Esq.,  who  captured  them 
near  the  Chagos  Islands  in  the  midst  of  the  Indian  Ocean. 

The  distinguishing  features  of  this  species  are  the  nume- 
rous ribs  and  tubercles,  the  total  absence  of  auricular  expan- 
sions at  the  sides,  its  constantly  small  size,  and  the  fine 
granulation  (a  feature  not  remarked  upon  by  Maltzan),  which 
more  or  less  covers  the  whole  surface,  producing  a dull  non- 
glossy appearance.  These  granules  are  particularly  dense  on 
each  side  near  the  axis. 

The  tubercles  upon  the  keels,  which,  as  in  all  species  of 
Argonauta  with  the  exception  of  A.  argo^  alternate  in  the 
two  series,  vary  to  some  extent  both  in  prominence  and 
number.  In  figure  1 (a  eopy  of  Maltzan’s  figure)  the  tuber- 
cles are  numerous  and  moderately  prominent ; in  figure  3 they 
are  as  numerous  but  less  feebly  developed,  and  figure  2 repre- 
sents the  opposite  extreme,  in  which  the  tubercles  are  fewer, 
distant,  and  striking. 

The  following  table,  ineluding  the  series  of  specimens 
in  the  Museum  and  that  represented  by  von  Maltzan,  will 
indieate  the  variation  in  the  number  of  the  tubercles  : — 

Greatest  diam-  N umber 
eter  in  of 

millim.  tubercles. 


From  Masbate,  Philippines  40  33 

Maltzan’s  specimen 36  28 

From  Australia  33  24 

From  Masbate 33  22 

From  Australia  33  21 

From  China  Seas 30  18 

From  Mauritius  28  17 

Near  Chagos  Islands  28  14 

From  Mauritius  27  16 

From  Masbate 24  16 


Ann.  & Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Vol.  xx. 


29 


410  Mr.  E.  A.  Smith  on  Argonauta  Bottgeri. 

The  animals  obtained  by  Mr.  Keene  are  in  a somewhat 
poor  state  of  preservation,  and  therefore  admit  only  of  partial 
description.  The  body  appears  to  be  rather  more  than  twice 
as  long  as  broad,  of  about  equal  breadth  throughout,  but 
somewhat  narrowed  at  the  posterior  dorsal  extremity.  It  is 
of  a dirty  buff  tint,  ornamented  with  numerous  dots,  spots, 
and  rings  of  a purple-black  colour,  which  is  much  darker  on 
the  dorsal  than  on  the  ventral  surface.  The  arms  are  also 
marked  with  scattered  minute  dots  and  rings.  The  dorsal 
pair  are  a trifle  the  thickest  and  longest,  the  third  pair  almost 
if  not  quite  as  long,  and  the  second  and  fourth  pairs  shortest. 

No  idea  of  the  expansions  of  the  dorsal  arm,  which  serves 
for  the  retention  of  the  shell,  can  be  obtained,  owing  to  the 
condition  of  the  specimens ; it  is  evident,  however,  that 
scarcely  any  interbrachial  web  exists  at  the  base  of  any  of 
the  arms. 

The  beak  is  strong  and  coal-black.  The  lower  mandible 
is  but  very  little  produced  or  beaked ; the  upper  one  is  a 
trifle  smaller  and  narrower,  but  not  acutely  pointed.  The 
suckers  on  all  the  arms  are  raised  on  thick  peduncles,  which 
are  not  contracted  at  the  base,  and  those  towards  the  base  are 
the  largest,  the  rest  gradually  decreasing  in  size  towards  the 
extremities.  On  what  is  left  of  the  third  pair  of  arms  there  are 
seventy-two,  alternating  in  two  series  of  thirty-six ; but  this 
number  is  not  likely  to  be  constant. 

The  teeth,  as  usual,  are  in  seven  rows  ; the  median  tooth  is 
broad  at  the  base  and  tricuspid,  the  central  cusp  being  acu- 
minated and  very  much  longer  than  the  lateral  cusps  ; the 
next  or  first  lateral  tooth  has  a broad  base,  occupying  about 
half  the  total  length,  is  then  narrowed  and  pointed ; the 
two  outer  laterals  are  larger  than  the  rest  and  somewhat 
curved  and  tapering,  the  outermost  being  rather  narrower 
at  the  base  than  the  other. 

The  ova  contained  in  one  of  the  shells  are  very  numerous, 
probably  some  hundreds  in  number,  of  a yellowish-white 
colour,  and  occupy  about  half  the  shell.  They  are  con- 
nected into  one  mass  by  extremely  fine  hair-like  filaments. 
They  are  not  all  of  exactly  the  same  size,  but  average  almost 
1 millimetre  in  diameter. 

The  shell  of  this  species  must  not  be  confounded  with  the 
young  stages  of  A,  Mans ; the  more  numerous  ribs  and 
tubercles  and  the  rougher  granular  surface  will  separate  it. 
The  animal  also  has  a different  radula  and  other  distin- 
guishing characters.  The  teeth  of  a specimen  of  A.  Mans 
which  I have  examined  closely  resemble  those  of  A.  argo 
(vide  d’Orbigny  and  Ferussac,  Hist.  nat.  Cephalop.  pi.  i. 


Prof.  F.  J.  Bell  on  Amphiura  Chiajii,  Forbes.  411 

fig.  9),  the  median  tooth  being  simple  and  spine-like,  and  not 
tricuspid,  as  in  Bdttgeri. 

Maltzan  compares  his  shell  with  A.  Owenii  of  Adams  and 
lieeve ; but  that  unsatisfactory  form  I am  inclined  to  locate, 
as  has  been  done  by  von  Martens  (Ann.  & Mag.  Nat.  Hist. 
1867,  vol.  XX.  p.  105),  with  the  varieties  of  A.  Mans. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XVII.  Figs.  1-6. 

Figs.  1,  2,  3.  Lateral  view  of  three  specimens  of  the  shell  of  Argonauta 
Bdttgeri.,  showing  variation  in  the  number  and  prominence  of 
the  tubercles. 

Fig.  4.  The  lower  mandible  of  the  beak. 

Fig.  5.  The  upper  mandible. 

Fig.  6.  A single  row  of  teeth  of  the  odontophore. 


LVII. — Note  on  the  Variations  of  Amphiura  Chiajii,  Forbes. 
By  F.  Jeffrey  Bell,  M.A. 

Dr.  John  Murray,  F.R.S.E.,  while  dredging  off  the  west 
coast  of  Scotland,  collected  a large  number  of  examples  of 
Amphiura  Ghiajii.,  which  he  has  been  so  good  as  to  present 
to  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum.  An  examination  of 
these  and  a comparison  of  them  with  the  accounts  given  by 
preceding  writers  reveal  a wide  range  of  variation.  As  the 
variations  of  described  species  are  now  recognized  as  being 
much  more  important  and  interesting  than  the  descriptions  of 
new  forms,  I make  no  apology  for  directing  attention  to  this 
Ophiurid. 

The  first  point  to  which  attention  may  be  directed  is  the 
length  of  the  arms.  Mr.  Norman,  in  his  well-known  paper 
on  British  Echinoderrns  *,  gives  as  one  of  the  characters  of 
the  species,  Arms  extremely  long  and  very  slender,”  or 
uses  an  expression  which  is  verbally  similar  to  that  which  he 
applies  to  the  eminently  long-armed  A.  Jiliformis.  Among 
the  specimens  collected  by  Mr.  Murray  there  are  none  which 
justify  the  use  of  the  adverb  extremely on  the  other  hand, 
Forbes’s  remark  that  the  length  of  the  arms  varies  in  different 
specimens  is  certainly  confirmed  by  the  numerous  specimens 
collected  ofip  the  west  coast  of  Scotland. 

The  arms  of  young  forms  are  perhaps  proportionately 

* ^ Annals/  [3]  xv.  p.  107. 

29* 


412  Prof.  F.  J.  Bell  on  Amphiura  Chiajii,  Forbes. 

longer  than  those  of  older  specimens ; thus  the  length  of  the 
arms  was  about  five  times  the  diameter  of  the  disk  in  a speci- 
men whose  disk-diameter  was  5 millim.,  and  four  times  that 
of  the  disk  when  the  disk-diameter  was  8 millim.  ; on  the 
other  hand,  a specimen  whose  disk-diameter  was  9 millim. 
had  an  arm  nearly  70  millim.  long,  but  this.,  lohich  was  the 
only  complete  arm  on  the  specimen.,  was  for  the  greater  part 
restored. 

The  process  of  restoration,  indeed,  may  be  observed  in 
almost  every  specimen,  and  an  examination  of  one  will  enable 
us  to  estimate  the  value  of  the  character,  which,  in  his  “Key” 
to  the  species  of  Amphiura^ , Mr.  Lyman  gives  as  a distin- 
guishing characteristic  of  A.  Chiajii — “ a notch  in  outer  side 
of  under  arm- plates.” 

If  we  take  an  arm  which,  by  the  darker  colour  of  its  proxi- 
mal and  the  lighter  colour  of  its  distal  portion,  indicates  that 
it  is  a ray  which  has  undergone  repair,  we  shall  find  a marked 
difference  between  the  under  arm-plates  of  the  old  and  the  new 
joints.  The  former  will  be  seen  to  have  three  sides  very 
nearly  even,  as  even,  at  any  rate,  as  plates  that  were  notched 
at  an  earlier  stage  may  be  expected  to  have  them  ; but  the 
latter  will  be  found  to  be  constricted  from  side  to  side  and  to 
be  more  or  less  emarginulated  along  their  distal  edge. 

The  extent  to  which  these  notches  at  the  edges  of  the  plates 
become  filled  up  depends  first  of  all  on  age,  and  secondly,  no 
doubt,  on  the  amount  of  carbonate  of  Hme  which  the  individual 
Amphiura  is  able  to  appropriate  to  the  strengthening  of  its 
delicate  skeleton. 

Forbes’s  remark  that  the  lower  plates  are  longitudinally 
sulcated  is,  so  far  as  my  experience  goes,  a character  that 
is  so  constant  that  it  should  not  be  omitted  in  any  definition 
of  the  genus. 

The  comparative  length  of  the  arms  and  the  extent  of 
calcification  of  the  under  arm-plates  are  not  the  only  points  in 
which  examples  differ.  Specimens  collected  at  one  spot  and 
preserved  in  the  same  manner  differ  in  the  form  of  the  disk, 
which  may  be  nearly  circular  or  may  be  more  or  less  deeply 
incised  or  angulated  in  the  interradial  areas.  The  extent  to 
which  the  apical  and  the  central  plates  are  obvious  is  another 
point  in  which,  as  a rule,  young  differ  from  old  specimens ; 
as  may  be  supposed,  it  is  in  the  former  that  these  significant 
plates  are  best  marked.  Another  character  which  presents 
differences,  and  generally,  though  not  always,  differences  with 
age,  is  the  general  coloration  of  the  body ; if  we  take  a speci- 

* ‘ Challenger  ’ Keport  on  Opliiurids,  p.  123. 


Mr.  Gr.  A.  Boulenger  on  a new  Snake  from  Afghanistan,  413 

men  which  has  undergone  repair  of  the  arms  we  find  that  the 
restored  portions  are  of  a much  lighter  colour  than  the  rest  of 
the  animal. 

As  to  the  cause  of  the  considerable  variations  here  noted  I 
can  offer  no  suggestion : though  Dr.  Murray  dredged  in 
various  lochs,  and  noted  certain  differences  in  the  fauna,  I 
have  not  yet  any  evidence  that  the  variations  of  A.  Chiagii 
have  any  obvious  relation  to  difference  of  locality  ; specimens 
taken  at  one  spot  differ  greatly  among  themselves. 


LVIII. — Description  of  a new  Snake  from  Afghanistan. 

By  G.  A.  Boulenger. 

Lytorhynchus  Ridgewayi. 

Head  small,  distinct  from  neck ; snout  pointed,  strongly 
projecting.  Kostral  very  large,  four-sided  ; the  lower  side 
longer  than  the  upper,  deeply  concave ; the  lateral  sides 
angularly  emarginate,  concave,  with  a trace  of  a short  longi- 
tudinal cleft ; the  posterior  angle  wedged  in  between  the  pair 
of  frontonasals,  which  form  a short  suture.  A single  prss- 
frontal,  twice  and  a half  as  broad  as  long  : frontal  large, 
pentagonal,  a little  longer  than  broad,  its  straight  anterior 
border  twice  as  long  as  the  greatest  width  of  the  supraoculars  ; 
parietals  slightly  longer  than  the  frontal ; nostril  very  indis- 
tinct, but,  by  pressing,  fluid  is  expelled  from  the  upper  half 
of  the  oblique  suture  between  the  two  nasals  ; of  the  latter 
shields  the  anterior  is  more  than  twice  as  large  as  the  second ; 
a small  loreal ; three  prseoculars,  upper  largest  and  in  con- 
tact with  the  frontal  ; a subocular  ; two  or  three  postoculars  ; 
seven  upper  labials,  none  in  contact  with  the  eye,  three  poste- 
rior largest ; two  anterior  temporals,  upper  smallest ; three  or 
four  temporals  in  contact  with  the  parietal.  Six  infralabials 
on  each  side  in  contact  with  the  cliin-shields,  the  posterior 
pair  of  which  is  the  smallest  and  separated  by  two  pairs  of 
scales.  Nineteen  rows  of  scales.  Ventralsl74;  anal  divided 
in  one  specimen,  single  in  the  other ; subcaudals  46  pairs. 
Upper  surfaces  pale  buff,  with  brown,  black-edged,  symme- 
trical markings  ; an  anchor-shaped  marking  on  the  head,  the 
crescentic  portion  extending  from  one  angle  of  the  mouth  to 
the  other,  passing  through  the  eye  and  crossing  the  frontal 
and  prsefrontal ; the  longitudinal  branch  expands  in  a large 


414  Mr.  A.  G.  Butler  on  new  Hyponomeutidae. 

spot  on  the  middle  of  the  parietals,  and  bifurcates  on  the 
nape  ; large  transverse  spots  disposed  at  regular  intervals  on 
the  body  and  tail,  and  alternating  with  smaller  ones  on  the 
flanks  ; lower  parts  uniform  white. 

Total  length  425  millim.;  tail  70. 

Two  specimens  from  Chin-Kilak,  Afghanistan,  collected  by 
Dr.  Aitchison,  on  the  Afghan  Boundary  Commission. 

Named  after  Sir  J.  W.  Ridgeway. 

Unless  this  species  be  made  the  type  of  a new  genus,  on 
account  of  the  coalesced  pra3frontals,  it  is  difficult  to  decide 
wdiether  to  refer  it  to  LytorJiynchus  or  to  Acontiophis.  But  I 
am  satisfied  that  both  genera  should  be  united,  as  they  agree 
in  every  important  point,  and  particularly  in  the  dentition, 
the  structure  of  the  nostril,  and  the  (vertical)  shape  of  the 
pupil.  The  synonymy  of  the  genus  Lytorliynchus ^ as  under- 
stood by  me,  is  as  follows  : — 

Lytorhynchus,  Peters,  Mon.  Berl.  Ac.  1862,  p.  272. 

Chatachlein,  Jan,  Elenco,  p.  45,  1863. 

Acontiophis,  Giinth.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1875,  p.  232. 

Catachlama,  Blanf.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1881,  p.  678. 


LIX. — Descriptions  of  two  new  Species  of  Hyponomeutidas 
from  the  Solomon  Islands.  By  A.  G.  Butlek,  F.L.S., 
'F.Z.S.,  &c. 

The  two  following  species  of  moths  formed  part  of  Mr. 
Woodford’s  recent  consignment. 

Corinea  reXj  sp.  n. 

Allied  to  G.  aurata^  but  the  primaries,  basi-abdominal  half 
of  secondaries,  and  body  of  a bright  coppery  metallic  golden 
colour,  the  external  sixth  of  primaries  brilliant  purplish  black, 
the  apical  half  of  secondaries  smoky  greyish,  with  a cupreous 
lustre  in  certain  lights ; costa  silvery  white  : head,  pectus, 
and  legs  chocolate-brown,  spotted  with  white : primaries 
below  largely  suffused  with  brown,  which,  however,  changes 
tt)  golden  in  certain  lights.  Expanse  of  wings  26  millim. 
Alu. 


Corinea  Maihewi^  sp.  n. 

Allied  to  C,  hasalis  of  Vollenhoven  (Tijd.  voor  Ent.  vol.  ii. 
pi.  ix.  fig.  5,  1863)  ; it  differs  as  follows  : — basal  half  only  of 


Mr.  W.  L.  Distant  on  new  Cicadida3. 


415 


all  the  wings  golden  ochreous,  outer  half  greyish  choeolate, 
glossed  with  purple  ; the  silvery  white  spots  on  primaries 
quite  different,  the  first  rather  small,  towards  base  of  dorsal 
margin,  the  second  obliquely  in  front  of  it  within  the  cell, 
the  third  forming  a transverse  band  (not  invariably  reaching 
the  costa)  before  the  middle  ; the  fourth  transverse,  quadrate, 
beyond  the  cell ; the  fifth  quadrate,  bifid,  costal,  subapical ; 
the  sixth  large,  broad,  its  inner  edge  slightly  arched,  its  outer 
edge  angulated,  and  its  base  on  dorsal  margin  near  external 
angle;  the  seventh  oval,  small,  subapical,  halfway  between 
the  last  two  spots  and  the  outer  margin  ; a few  other  white 
dots  are  scattered  along  the  costa  and  between  the  outer  spots  : 
head  white,  antennge  brown,  collar  spotted  with  white  behind  ; 
palpi  with  brownish  terminal  joint ; legs  white,  anterior  pair 
brownish  in  front ; pectus  white,  with  two  brown  spots  on 
each  side,  venter  white,  basal  half  of  anal  valves  golden 
ochreous,  outer  half  smoky  brown : wings  below  pale,  as  if 
washed  out.  Expanse  of  wings  33  millim. 

? . Malayta  ( Woodford) . 

This  species  was  also  collected  by  Mr.  Gervase  Mathew 
and  is  now  in  Lord  Walsingham’s  collection,  on  which 
account  I should  have  preferred  for  his  lordship  to  describe 
the  species  ; but  for  various  reasons  he  thought  it  better  that 
I should  complete  the  series  of  descriptions  of  Mr.  Woodford’s 
Lepidoptera,  which  I had  begun. 


LX. — Descriptions  of  two  new  Species  q/’ Cicadidae. 

By  W.  L.  Distant. 

Cryptotyrnpana  sinensis^  n.  sp. 

S . Head  ochraceous ; front  with  the  margins  (but  not 
meeting  at  apex)  broadly  castaneous  ; eyes  olivaceous  ; ocelli 
reddish  ochraceous,  with  their  surrounding  area  castaneous. 
Pronotum  castaneous,  the  margins  and  a central  fascia,  which 
is  much  widened  and  ampliated  at  base,  ochraceous.  Meso- 
notum  ochraceous,  with  two  large  obconical  castaneous  spots 
near  each  lateral  margin  and  two  large,  central,  very  obscure 
obconical  spots,  which  are  only  visible  by  their  slightly  darker 
margins ; basal  cruciform  elevation  pale  olivaceous.  Abdo- 
men above  ochraceous,  the  posterior  segmental  margins  cas- 
taneous. Body  beneath  and  legs  ochraceous ; face  with  the 


416 


Mr.  W.  L.  Distant  on  new  Cicadidge. 


lateral  carinaB  castaneous  ; apices  of  the  tibiae  and  tarsi  cas- 
taneous.  Tegmina  pale  hyaline,  the  venation  ochraceous, 
the  costal  membrane  pale  greenish,  and  the  basal  third  of 
the  tegminal  area  tinged  with  pale  ochraceous.  Wings  pale 
hyaline,  the  venation  ochraceous,  and  the  base  narrowly 
tinged  with  pale  ochraceous. 

The  face  is  tumid,  the  lateral  carinae  robust  and  slightly 
waved ; the  rostrum  extends  to  the  intermediate  cox^e  ; the 
opercula  are  somewhat  short,  with  their  lateral  margins 
slightly  concave  and  their  posterior  margins  oblique ; they 
overlap  at  the  centre  and  their  apices  extend  to  the  second 
abdominal  segment. 

Long.  excl.  tegm.,  ^ 40  millim.,  exp.  tegm.  118  millim. 

Hah.  Shantung,  North  China. 


Cryptotymj)ana  insularis^  n.  sp. 

Head,  pronotum,  and  mesonotum  dark  olivaceous;  eyes 
ochraceous,  front  with  some  basal  black  carinae  on  each  side 
of  lateral  margin  ; ocelli  shining  ochraceous.  Pronotum  with 
a pale  central  longitudinal  impression  with  some  short  trans- 
verse carinae  at  base,  and  with  two  oblique  linear  incisions  on 
each  lateral  half.  Mesonotum  with  two  dark  central  obconical 
spots  stairting  from  anterior  margin,  and  on  each  side  of  these 
spots  is  a smaller  and  more  obscure  spot ; a dark  castaneous 
spot  in  front  of  the  basal  cruciform  elevation,  which  is  pale 
olivaceous.  Abdomen  above  dark  shining  brownish  oliva- 
ceous, the  segments  more  or  less  clothed  with  pale  pilosity. 
Body  beneath  olivaceous ; face  with  a central,  longitudinal^ 
levigate,  ochraceous  fascia,  which  is  somewhat  obliterated 
near  centre ; rostrum  pitchy  and  almost  reaching  the  posterior 
coxae  ; abdomen  beneath  brownish  ochraceous  ; legs  with  the 
anterior  femora  dark  ochraceous,  their  apices  and  the  anterior 
tibiae  and  tarsi  pitchy  ; intermediate  and  posterior  femora 
brownish,  the  trochanters  pitchy,  the  tibiae  ochraceous,  their 
apices  and  the  tarsi  pitchy,  the  posterior  tarsi  with  a central 
ochraceous  annulation.  Tegmina  pale  hyaline,  with  a very 
slight  fuscous  tinge  ; venation  and  the  costal  membrane  oliva- 
ceous, the  first  more  brownish  on  basal  half,  and  the  trans- 
verse veins  at  the  apices  of  the  two  upper  ulnar  areas  iirfus- 
cated.  Wings  resembling  tegmina,  both  narrowly  very  dark 
fuscous  at  bases. 

The  body  is  short  and  broad,  giving  the  species  much  the 
appearance  of  the  American  genus  Fidicina.  The  opercula 
slightly  overlap  at  the  centre,  and  are  obtusely  and  broadly 


417 


Dr.  W.  Micliaelsen  on  the  Enchytrseidge. 

angulated  at  the  apices,  which  do  not  pass  the  broad  basal  seg- 
ment of  the  abdomen.  Anterior  femora  armed  beneath  with 
two  strong  spines,  one  near  base  and  one  near  apex. 

Long.  excl.  tegm.,  ^ 36  millim.,  exp.  tegm.  115  millim. 
Hah.  Andaman  Islands,  Port  Blair  [Meldola). 


LXI. — Studies  on  the  Enchytrseidae. 

By  Dr.  W.  Michaelsen *  *. 

[Plate  XVIIL] 

As  regards  the  systematic  arrangement  of  the  family  Enchy- 
trseidae  we  have  before  us  two  different  modes  of  treatment: — 
1.  Clapar^de’s  old  division  into  the  genera  EnchytrcBus, 
Henle,  and  Pachydrilus^  Clap.f,  to  which  the  genera  Ana- 
choetaj  Vejdovsky,  Distichopus^  Leidy,  and  Buchholzia^  aut., 
were  subsequently  added  ; and  2.  The  newer  classification  by 
Eisen  into  the  three  genera  Mesenchytrceus^  ArchienchytrceuSj 
and  Neoenchytrceus  J. 

Eisen  founds  his  classification  in  the  first  place  upon  the 
form  of  the  cerebrum,  having  previously  amalgamated  the 
genera  Enchytroeus  and  Pachydrilus.  In  justification  of  this 
amalgamation  he  says  : — It  is  evident,  as  Batzel  and  others 
have  shown,  that  the  colour  of  the  blood  is  hardly  a character 
of  sufficient  value  to  permit  us  to  found  on  it  the  distinction 
of  genera ; ” and  he  adds,  It  may  also  be  remembered  that 
one  of  Clapar^de’s  species,  Pachydrilus  lacteus,  has  white 
blood,  and  that  not  all  red-blooded  live  in  water.”  The  con- 
clusion deduced  from  this  statement  would  be  justified  if  the 
colour  of  the  blood  and  residence  in  water  were  actually  the 
only  points  in  which  the  Pachydrili  differ  from  the  other 
Enchytrseidae.  But  this  is  not  the  case.  There  are  other 
essential  characters  by  which  the  red-blooded  Enchytraeidae 
are  characterized  as  a perfectly  natural  group  which  may 

* Translated  by  W.  S.  Dallas,  F.L.S.,  from  a separate  copy,  for- 
warded by  the  Author,  of  his  paper  entitled  ‘‘ Enchytrseiden-Studien,’’ 
published  in  the  ‘ Archiv  fiir  mikroskopische  Anatomie,’  Band  xxx. 
pp.  36G-378  (1887).  The  numbers  attached  to  the  Author’s  notes  have 
been  retained  in  parentheses  in  all  cases  where  the  titles  of  w^orks 
or  memoirs  are  given.  This  will  facilitate  reference  throughout  the 
paper. 

t (1)  Claparede,  ^Rech.  Auat.  sur  les  Ann^lides,  Turbellaries,  Opalines 
et  Gregarines  ’ (Geneva,  18G1). 

X (2)  Eisen,  “ On  the  Oligochseta  collected  during  the  Swedish  Expe- 
ditions to  the  Arctic  Regions,  in  the  years  1870,  1875,  and  187G,”  in 
Kongl.  vSvensk.  Vet.-Akad.  llaudl.  Bd.  xv.  1877  (Stockholm,  1877-70). 


418 


Dr.  W.  Michaelsen  on  the  Encliytraeida?. 

claim  generic  rank.  They  have  S-shaped  setge  and  are  desti- 
tute of  the  salivary  glands.  As  the  first  thing,  therefore,  I 
show  that  the  genus  PachydriluSy  Clap.,  must  be  maintained. 

Not  to  be  unjust  towards  Eisen,  I must  state  that  the 
incompleteness  of  Claparhde’s  generic  diagnoses  and  the  incon- 
sistencies of  which  that  author  was  guilty  in  the  arrangement 
of  his  species  in  the  respective  genera  could  not  but  cause  the 
soundness  of  the  latter  to  appear  doubtful,  especially  to  a 
naturalist  who  had  only  preserved  materials  to  work  upon, 
and  could  not  by  his  own  investigations  learn  the  coincidence 
of  the  principal  character  indicated  by  Claparhde,  the  colour 
of  the  blood,  with  other  essential  peculiarities.  The  reproach 
of  inconsistency  relates  to  the  position  of  Claparhde’s  Pachy- 
drilus  which,  indeed,  plays  an  important  part  in  Eisen’s 

statement.  This  Enchytrgsan  does  not  belong  at  all  to  the 
genus  Pachydrilus^  as  appears  from  Claparede’s  own  state- 
ments. It  possesses  colourless  blood  and  “ Les  aiguilles  sont 
parfaitement  rectilignes,  h I’exception  de  I’extrdinite  interne, 
qui  est  recourbee  de  manihre  a former  un  petit  crochet”  (1, 
p.  17).  With  Pachydritus  proximusj  Czern.*,  Enchytrceus 
Mdbii^  aut.f,  and  E.  spiculus^  Leuck.|,  it  forms  a group  of 
Enchytrcei  which  could  be  arranged  with  the  Pachy drill  only 
on  account  of  their  marine  habitat.  The  circumstance  that 
they  possess  no  dorsal  pores  is  not  of  consequence,  for  many 
other  species  of  Enchytrteus  want  these  without  their  position 
being  thereby  rendered  doubtful. 

The  question  now  arises  whether  Eisen’s  system  is  to  be 
completely  rejected,  or  whether  it  may  not  be  combined  with 

* (3)  Czerniavslc}',  “ Materialia  a.  zoograph,  pontic.  comparat. : Fasc.  iii. 
Vermes,”  in  Bull.  Soc.  Imp.  Nat.  Mosc.  1880,  no.  2. 

t (4)  Michaelsen,  ‘ Ueber  Enchytrceus  Mbhii  und  and.  Enchytrceeni 
Kiel,  1886. 

X (5)  Frey  und  Leuckart,  ^ Beitrage  zur  Kenntuiss  der  wirbellosen 
Thiere.’  (Some  time  since  m}^  father  sent  me  from  Cuxhaveu  three 
living  specimens  of  a whitish  Enchytraeid,  about  10  millim.  in  length, 
which  is  undoubtedly  identical  with  E.  spiculus,  Leuck.  They  possess 
delicate  straight  setae,  only  a little  bent  at  the  inner  extremity, 
standing  in  tufts  of  4-6  (on  the  anterior  segments  often  even  7-8)  to- 
gether. The  cerebrum  is  posteriorly  deeply  emarginate,  with  the  lateral 
margins  converging  in  front,  and  it  is  rather  longer  than  broad.  The 
seminal  funnels  are  broad,  barrel-shaped,  with  the  margins  everted. 
A mature  ovum  exceeds  the  others  considerably  in  size  and  occupies 
nearly  the  whole  of  the  body-cavity  in  the  twelfth  segment.  These 
worms,  therefore,  probably  lay  only  one  egg  in  each  cocoon,  unlike  the 
other  marine  Enchytraeidae  with  which  I am  acquainted  (see  4,  pp.  8- 
9).  The  seminal  pouches  consist  of  a simple,  thin-walled,  pyriform 
principal  part  and  a rather  short,  simple,  straight,  efferent  duct.  The 
worms  were  found  below  Cuxhaven  outside  the  dyke,  upon  the  ground 
overflowed  by  the  sea  at  flood-tide.) 


419 


Dr.  W.  Michaelsen  on  the  Enchytrseidse. 

Clapar^de’s.  In  order  to  decide  upon  this  point  I have  sub- 
jected Eisen’s  genera  to  a thorough  revision,  in  which  it  was 
no  small  advantage  to  me  that  I was  able  personally  to  inves- 
tigate most  of  the  species  worked  at  by  Eisen,  and  to  com- 
pare them  with  the  Enchytraeidae  of  our  fauna.  I take  this 
opportunity  of  offering  my  best  thanks  to  M.  Gustav  Eisen 
and  to  Prof.  Sven  Loven,  by  whose  kind  intervention  I was 
enabled  to  make  these  investigations  upon  the  valuable  arctic 
materials. 

I arrived  at  the  following  result.  Eisen’s  chief  principle 
of  classification,  the  more  or  less  advanced  fusion  of  the  two 
halves  of  the  cerebrum,  when  applied  in  too  one-sided  a 
fashion,  leads  to  the  establishment  of  unnatural  genera.  As 
such  I must  characterize  the  genera  Archienchytrceus  and 
NeoenchytrcEuSj  which  are  separated  from  each  other  only  by 
the  form  of  the  cerebrum.  As  evidence  of  the  insufficiency  of 
this  principle  of  classification  I may  cite  tlie  two  species  of 
the  genus  Buchholziay  which  will  be  treated  in  detail  further 
on  ; their  near  relationship  must  strike  every  one  who  com- 
pares them.  But  according  to  the  form  of  the  cerebrum  B, 
appendiculata^  Buchh.,  must  be  referred  to  Mesenchytrceus, 
while  B.fallax^  aut.,  possesses  the  cerebrum  of  an  Archien- 
chytrceus. It  would,  however,  be  wrong  to  deny  that  the 
form  of  the  eerebrum  is  of  essential  importance  in  some  respects. 
In  the  second  line  we  must  assign  it  a certain  significance  in 
many  Enchytrgeid-groups.  Thu-s  the  two  known  species  of 
the  perfectly  natural  genus  Anachceta^  possess  an 

almost  exactly  similar  Neoenchytrceus-Q,^xchx\\m.  In  those 
Enchytrcci  also  which  group  themselves  around  E.  hegemon^ 
Vejd.*,  and  which  are  distinguished  by  the  constant  presence 
of  dorsal  pores,  by  the  unequal  length  of  the  setae  in  the  same 
tuft,  and  by  the  occurrence  of  lateral  sacs  on  the  receptaculum 
seminiSj  the  Neoenchytrceus-CQY^Yum.  predominates.  {E,  lohi- 
fer^  Vejd.,  alone,  according  to  that  author,  possesses  a poste- 
riorly emarginate  cerebrum  f*) 

Further,  those  Pachy drill  of  which  we  know  the  form  of 
the  cerebrum,  with  the  exception  of  P.  fossor^  Yejd.  {loc.  cit. 
pi.  xiii.  fig.  9),  possess  a cerebrum  deeply  emarginate  at  the 
posterior  margin.  Lastly,  I might  in  this  place  cite  a fourth 
natural  group  of  Enchyteidae  in  which  a definite  form  of 
cerebrum  is  characteristic ; but  it  first  of  all  needs  to  be 

* E.  hegemon,  E.  galha,  E.  Ley  digit,  E.  lobifer,  E.  Perrieri,  Vejd.,  and 
E.  tenuis,  aut. 

t (7)  Vejdovsky,  “ Beitr.  z.  vergl.  Morphol.  d.  Anneliden : I,  Mouo- 
graphie  der  Erichytrcfciden  ” (Prague,  1870},  pi.  ix.  tig.  3. 


420  Dr.  W.  Michaelsen  on  the  Enchytra^idae. 

j^roved  that  the  group  is  a natural  one.  T refer  here  to  the 
genus  Mesenchytrceus^  Eisen,  which  occupies  a special  position 
in  Eisen'^s  system,  inasmuch  as  it  is  not  founded,  like  the  other 
two,  solely  upon  the  form  of  the  cerebrum.  In  what  follows 
I indicate  the  results  of  my  comparative  investigations  upon 
Eisen’s  and  the  German  Mesenchytrcei.  To  this  I shall 
append  a description  of  the  genus  Buchholzia^  so  as  then  to 
pass  to  the  establishment  of  a system  of  the  Enchytra^idac 
such  as,  in  my  opinion,  gives  the  best  expression  to  the  rela- 
tionships existing  in  this  family. 


Genus  Mesexchytr^us,  Eisen  (2) . 

EncJiytrceus  {Mesenchytrceus) , Vejd.^ 

PacJiydrilus  {MesenchytrcBus),  aut.  (4). 

The  Mesenchytrcei  are  Enchytrseidse  with  strongly  sig- 
moidally-curved setm  (PL  XVIII.  fig.  1,  a),  without  dorsal 
pores  or  salivary  glands.  They  possess  a large,  distinctly 
recognizable  cephalic  pore,  which  is  situated  at  the  apex  of  the 
head-lobe  or  close  to  it,  as  has  been  described  by  me  in  M, 
Beumeri  (4,  p.  19,  and  6,  fig.  14).  In  this  way  they  are  essen- 
tially distinguished  from  the  Pachy drill ^ in  which  the  cephalic 
pore  is  sm*all,  and  placed  in  the  dorsal  median  line  between  the 
head- lobe  and  the  cephalic  ring.  Eisen  unfortunately  has 
stated  nothing  about  head-pores  ; but  by  means  of  serial  sec- 
tions I have  been  able  to  make  out  with  certainty  that  in  this 
respect  M.  primcevus  and  M.  falciformis  exactly  agree  with 
M.  Beumeri.  Of  three  specimens  of  M.  mirahilis  which  were 
at  my  disposal,  the  cephalic  extremity  had  unfortunately  been 
cut  away  behind  the  zone  in  two  of  tliein,  while  the  third 
showed  a slight  injury  to  the  head-lobe.  Nevertheless  I 
believe  that  in  this  last  specimen  I recognized  a cephalic  pore 
near  the  anterior  margin  of  the  head-lobe,  but  I cannot  assert 
positively  that  I was  not  deceived  by  an  artiticial  production. 
The  Mesenchytrcei  (judging  from  our  native  species)  possess 
colourless  blood  and  a cardiac  body,  like  that  of  many  Poly- 
ch^ta,  such  as  TerehelLides  Strbraii  and  Pectinaria  belgica 
Firmly  attached  to  the  inside  of  the  wall  of  the  vessel  in 
the  ventral  median  line,  this  traverses  the  whole  of  the  dorsal 
vessel.  It  consists  of  cells  of  various  sizes  with  distinct  cell- 
walls  and  nuclei  and  a fine  protoplasmic  granulation.  In  M. 

* (8)  Vejdovsky,  ‘System,  uud  Morphol.  der  Oligoclimten/  Prao-ue, 
1884. 

t (9)  Michaelsen,  “ Ueber  Chyliisgefasssystem  bei  Euchytr£eideu,”  in 
Arch,  liir  mikr.  Anat.  Band  xxviii.  (Bonn,  1880),  p.  301,  hgs.  10  and  11. 


421 


Dr.  W.  Micliaelsen  on  the  Enchytrffiida3. 

mirahilis  (fig.  3 h)  and  M,  primoevus  it  is  thick,  with  irregu- 
lar and  often  strong  dilatations,  and  is  multicellular  in  trans- 
verse section.  In  M.  falciformis^  M.  Beumeri  (fig.  1 e),  and 
M.  flavidas  it  is  thinner,  nearly  smooth,  with  only  slight 
dilatations,  and  exhibits  only  a few  cells  in  transverse  section. 
I have  found  a similar  cardiac  body  in  no  other  Enchytraaid. 
It  must  probably  be  regarded  as  an  ingrowth  of  the  intestinal 
epithelium  into  the  dorsal  vessel,  and  therefore  as  homologous 
with  certain  organs  in  other  Enchytrasidse,  such  as  the  intes- 
tinal diverticulum  of  the  Buchholzice. 

The  cerebrum  of  the  Mesenchytrcei  (figs.  1 c and  2 h)  is 
straightly  truncated  or  only  slightly  concave  behind.  In 
front  it  is  more  or  less  deeply  emarginate,  and  upon  the 
anterior  branches,  which  pass  over  into  the  commissures,  the 
coating  of  ganglion-cells  extends  far  forwards,  even  to  the  spot 
where  the  cephalic  nerves  branch  off.  Two  pairs  of  muscles 
are  attached  to  the  cerebrum,  one  on  the  upper  surface  (figs. 
1 c and  2 om),  the  other  below  (figs.  1 c and  2 um).  At 
the  posterior  angles,  and  leaving  these  between  them,  they 
go  off  from  the  brain  obliquely  backwards,  nearly  parallel  to 
each  other.  The  segmental  organs  also  exhibit  an  exceed- 
ingly characteristic  development  (see  figs.  1 t/,  2 c,  and  3 a). 
They  consist  of  a minute,  funnel-shaped,  anteseptale,  and  a 
large,  remarkably  irregular  postseptale,  usually  furnished  with 
lobate  or  capitate  excrescences.  A relatively  wide  vibratile 
canal  traverses  the  anteseptale  in  a straight  line ; but  in  the 
postseptale  it  is  so  much  twisted  and  so  closely  entwined 
that  here  the  enveloping  cell-substance  is  reduced  nearly  to  a 
minimum.  The  irregular  excrescences  of  the  segmental 
organs  have  nearly  the  appearance  of  hernioidal  diverticula 
of  the  vibratile  canal.  In  Eisen’s  figures  this  characteristic 
course  of  the  vibratile  canal  is  not  to  be  recognized;  but  in 
this  respect  his  species  do  not  differ  from  the  German  ones. 
From  fig.  3 a,  which  is  the  exact  representation  of  a tangen- 
tial section  through  a segmental  organ  of  M.  mirahilis,  it  will 
be  seen  that  Eisen  (2,  tig.  25)  has  represented  the  vibratile 
canal  as  much  too  spacious,  so  that  these  peculiar  structural 
conditions  have  not  been  expressed.  This  applies  also  to  the 
figures  of  the  segmental  organs  of  M.  primcevus  and  M.  falci- 
formis  (2,  figs.  24  and  26). 

Finally,  the  sexual  organs  of  the  Mesenchytrcei  Siho  exhibit 
peculiarities.  The  seminal  ducts  are  short,  at  the  utmost 
eight  times  as  long  as  the  seminal  funnel.  The  spermatozoa 
and  ova  fall  into  the  body-cavity  before  they  have  reached 
maturity,  but  they  do  not  then  float  freely  about  in  it.  For 
their  reception  more  or  less  deep,  tubular,  or  sacciform  poste- 


422 


Dr.  W.  Michaelsen  on  the  Enchytrseidse. 

rior  inversions  (spermatozoa-sacs  and  ovisacs)  are  formed  by 
the  dissepiments  xi./xii.  (for  the  spermatozoa)  and  xii./xiii. 
(for  the  ova).  M.  Beumeri  possesses  two  spermatozoa-sacs, 
which  extend,  to  the  right  and  left  of  the  intestine,  as  far  as 
the  posterior  wall  of  segment  xil.  In  M,  mirahilis  I found 
only  one,  which,  however,  perforates  the  following  dissepi- 
ments, and  extends  into  segment  xxvi.  Within  the  seg- 
ments it  is  dilated  ; the  dissepiments  produce  narrow  constric- 
tions upon  it.  A median  ovisac  stretches  below  the  intestine 
in  M.  jiavidus  into  segment  XVII.,  in  M.  Beumeri  and  M, 
falciformis  into  segment  XIX.,  and  in  M.  mirahilis  even  into 
XXIX.  The  length  of  the  sac  may,  however,  be  different  in 
different  individuals  of  the  species.  I have  given  the  extremes 
noted  by  me.  In  M.  mirahilis  the  ovisac  also  shows  dilata- 
tions and  constrictions.  In  M,  Beumeri  and  M,  Jiavidus  it  is 
of  uniform  thickness  throughout.  The  function  of  oviducts 
is  performed  by  two  symmetrical  funnel-shaped  inversions  of 
the  dissepiment  xii./xiii.,  which  open  outwards  by  trans- 
verse slits  in  the  ventral  line  of  setae,  in  front  of  the  tufts  of 
setae  of  segment  xiii.  As  probably  in  all  Enchytraeidae,  with 
the  exception  of  the  genus  Anachoeta^  the  seminal 

ducts  in  the  Mesenchytreei  are  united  and  communicate  with 
the  intestine.  This  I have  been  able  to  ascertain  positively 
in  M.  falciformis^  M.  Beumeri ^ and  M.  Jiavidus, 

From  all  this  it  appears  clearly  enough  that  the  genus 
MesenchytreeuSj  Eisen,  is  a natural  one.  As  a second  point, 
therefore,  I find  that  it  must  be  received  into  the  system. 
Although  the  name  Mesenchytreeus  was  chosen  only  in  oppo- 
sition to  Archienchytreeus  and  NeoenchytreeuSy  I will  never- 
theless retain  it  without  adopting  the  latter,  as  the  genus 
Mesenchytreeus  of  Eisen’s  classification  exactly  coincides  with 
this  genus  as  defined  by  me. 

I have  detected  two  species  in  the  German  region,  namely 
M,  Beumeri  and  M.  Jiavidus, 

Mesenchytreeus  Beumeri j aut.  (4). 

Pachydrilus  (^Mesenchytreeus)  Beumeri,  aut.  (4). 

I have  elsewhere  given  an  accurate  description  of  this 
worm  (4,  pp.  44-46).  I therefore  confine  myself  to  eluci- 
dating what  was  there  stated  with  figures  (PI.  XVIII.  fig.  1). 

As  localities  I can  cite  the  marshes  of  the  Elbestrand 
below  Flottbeck,  near  Hamburg,  the  Borstler  Beck  on  the 
Baxtehud  road  behind  Harburg,  and  the  Eppendorfer  Moor, 
near  Hamburg.  It  lives  chiefly  under  moss  and  bark  on 
rotten  black  tree-stumps. 


Dr.  W.  Michaelsen  on  the  Enchytrasidse. 


423 


Mesenchytrceus  flavidus,  nov.  spec., 

is  a rather  dry-skinned  worm  of  a yellowish  colour,  about 
12  millim.  in  length.  Its  seta3  are  like  those  of  M.  Beumeri 
(fig.  1 a) , and  there  are  as  many  as  five  in  a tuft.  The 
lymph- corpuscles  I have  been  able  to  observe  only  in  pre- 
served specimens.  They  are  small  and  appear  to  be  irre- 
gularly elongate-oval.  The  head-pore  is  situated  at  the  apex 
of  the  head-lobe.  The  cerebrum  (fig.  2 h)  is  slightly  concave 
behind,  deeply  emarginate  in  front,  with  parallel  lateral 
margins,  and  somewhat  longer  than  broad.  The  segmental 
organs  (fig.  2 c)  are  of  irregular  form,  witli  the  peculiarities 
above  described  as  characteristic  of  the  Mesenehytrcei.  The 
blood  is  colourless ; the  dorsal  vessel  originates  in  segment 
XIII.  The  seminal  ducts  (fig.  2 d)  consist  of  a barrel-shaped 
seminal  funnel  with  an  everted  margin  and  a short  seminal 
canal,  which  is  at  the  utmost  five  times  as  long  as  the  funnel. 
The  seminal  canal  leads  into  the  wider  pole  of  a pyriform 
penis  and  opens  outwards  through  its  narrower  pole.  The 
aperture  is  beset  with  small,  lobiform,  prostate  glands.  The 
oviducts  are  narrow  and  rather  short.  The  seminal  sacs 
(fig.  2 a)  possess  a simple  efferent  duct,  furnished  at  its  aper- 
ture with  a slight  bulbous  dilatation,  and  a simple  pyriform 
main  portion,  which  communicates  with  the  intestine  at  its 
apex.  The  cingulum,  as  in  M.  Beumeri^  occupies  the  posterior 
half  of  segment  xi.  and  the  whole  of  segments  xii.  and  xiii. 

M.  flavidus  lives  in  yellow  rotten  tree-stumps  in  the 
BorstJer  Jager,  near  Hamburg,  and  under  moss  in  woods 
near  Witten  a.  d.  Ruhr  in  Westphalia. 


Genus  Buchholzia,  aut.  (9). 

The  peculiar  circumstance  that  in  the  long-known  species, 
first  described  by  Buchholz  * as  Enchytrceus  appendiculatus^ 
a displacement  of  the  sexual  parts  has  taken  place,  induced 
me,  as  it  coincided  with  other  essential  peculiarities,  to  sepa- 
rate this  Enchytrgeid  from  the  genus  Enchytrceus^  and  to 
establish  for  it  a distinct  genus,  to  which  I gave  the  name  of 
Buchholzia,  Investigations  upon  a species  recently  disco- 
vered by  me,  which  comes  so  near  to  B.  appendiculata  that 
it  cannot  be  separated  from  it  by  generic  limits,  compel  me, 
however,  to  remove  the  definitions  relating  to  the  peculiarities 
of  the  sexual  organs  from  the  diagnosis  of  the  genus.  The  new 

* (10)  Buchholz,  “ Beitriige  zur  Anatomic  der  Gattung  Enckytroiusi^ 
in  Schriften  d.  physikal.-dkon.  Gesellsch.  z.  Konigsberg,  1802. 


424  Dr.  W.  Micliaelsen  on  the  Enchytrseidse. 

species  (wliicli  I name  fallax)  shows  the  arrangement  of 
the  sexual  organs  which  is  normal  in  the  Enchytrgeidas.  But 
even  leaving  out  of  consideration  the  definitions  in  question 
as  given  in  the  diagnosis  formerly  published,  the  genus 
Buchholzia  must  be  sustained. 

The  Buchholzice  belong  to  the  section  of  the  Enchytrasidse 
with  sigmoidally-curved  setae.  They  possess  no  dorsal 
pores,  but  have  a head-pore,  which  is  situated  between  the 
head-lobe  and  the  cephalic  ring.  The  lymph-corpuscles  are 
present  in  both  the  known  species  in  two  forms  (fig.  4^), 
namely  small,  limpid,  navicelliform,  and  without  a recogniz- 
able nucleus,  and  larger,  finely  granulated,  flat-ovate,  with  a 
distinct  nucleus.  They  are  the  only  Enchytrasidae  provided 
with  sigmoidally-curved  setae  which  possess  salivary  glands. 
These  are  very  much  reduced,  stumpy,  or  at  the  utmost 
but  little  lobed,  and  they  open  laterally  into  the  oesophagus, 
not  close  behind  the  pharynx,  but  further  back,  in  segment  IV. 
The  blood  is  colourless.  The  dorsal  vessel  originates  in 
segment  vii.  from  the  intestinal  blood-sinus,  upon  a diver- 
ticulum produced  by  growth  of  the  intestinal  epithelium. 
The  seminal  ducts  are  long.  The  oviducts  (judging  of  the 
whole  genus  from  observations  on  B.  fallax)  are  as  I have 
found  them  in  the  other  Enchytraeidae.  The  seminal  sacs 
communicate  with  the  intestine. 


Buchholzia  appendiculata^  Buchholz. 

Enchytrceus  appendiculatus,  Bucliliolz  (10). 

Bnchytrceus  {MesencJiytrceus)  appendiculatus,  Vejd.  (7  and  8). 

Enchytrceus  (^3Iesenchytrceus?)  appendiculatus,  aut.  (4). 

Buchholzia  appendiculata,  aut.  (9). 

The  accurate  descriptions  which  have  been  given  of  this 
interesting  worm  by  the  above- cited  authors  render  any 
repetition  of  them  here  unnecessary. 

I found  this  species  in  flower-pots  and  in  garden-mould 
at  Borgfelde,  near  Hamburg. 

Buchholzia  fallax,  nov.  spec., 

is  a slender  worm,  about  10  millim.  in  length,  of  a white 
colour  with  a slight  brownish  tinge.  The  setae  (fig.  4 a)  are 
strongly  sigmoidally  curved,  and  there  are  usually  four  or 
five,  rarely  six,  in  each  tuft.  The  setae  of  the  same  bundle 
are  of  difterent  length,  and  so  arranged  that  a ventral  bundle 
and  the  corresponding  superjacent  lateral  one  turn  the  longer 
setae  towards  eacli  other.  Head-pore  as  above  described. 


425 


Dr.  W.  Micliaelsen  on  the  Enchytrseidse. 

Lyrnph-corpuscles  as  shown  in  fig.  4 h.  The  salivary  glands 
are  still  more  reduced  than  those  of  B,  appendiculata,  stumpy, 
about  six  times  as  long  as  broad.  The  intestinal  diverticulum 
(fig.  4 c)  differs  only  in  unimportant  points  from  that  of  B. 
oppendiculata  (see  9,  pp.  299,  300,  figs.  7-9) . I describe 
it  below.  The  very  narrow  oesophagus  at  its  passage  into 
the  wide  stomachal  part  is  somewhat  invaginated  in  the  latter, 
so  that  dorsally  a broad  pouch  of  no  great  depth  is  produced. 
From  the  bottomof  this  pouch  proceed  thin,  sparingly  branched, 
caecal  tubes  (1  believe  I have  seen  more  than  two  of  them), 
which  are  brought  together  into  a rounded  convolution.  The 
thickness  of  the  tubes  is  not  so  uniform  as  in  B.  appendicu- 
lataj  nor  are  they  so  closely  squeezed  together  as  in  that 
■w'orm.  The  membrane  of  the  intestinal  blood-sinus  passes 
on  to  the  intestinal  diverticulum,  surrounds  it,  and  is  con- 
tinued forward  directly  into  the  wall  of  the  dorsal  vessel.  In 
B.  fallax  the  intestinal  diverticulum  is  firmly  attached  to  the 
oesophagus,  and  even  half  embraces  it.  A median  longitu- 
dinal constriction,  such  as  occurs  in  B.  appendiculata^  is 
entirely  deficient.  The  cerebrum  of  our  worm  is  emarginate 
before  and  behind,  much  longer  than  broad,  with  the  lateral 
margins  anteriorly  convergent  (fig.  4 c?).  d^he  segmental 
organs  consist  of  a small  stumpy  anteseptale  and  a flat,  irre- 
gularly oval  postseptale,  with  a rather  short  efferent  duct. 

The  sexual  organs  show  the  arrangement  normal  in  the 
Enchytrajidae.  The  seminal  funnels  are  irregularly  cylin- 
drical, excentrically  perforated,  about  three  times  as  long  as 
broad,  with  a widely  everted  margin.  The  seminal  canals 
are  long,  and  regularly  packed  together,  very  much  in  the 
way  that  ships’  cables  are  laid  together.  The  oviducts  are 
like  those  of  other  Enchytraaidae.  The  seminal  pouches  are 
very  elegant  (fig.  4e).  The  efferent  duct  is  simple,  rather 
long,  with  two  pyriform  glands  at  the  orifice.  The  main 
portion  is  reversed-pyriform  (with  the  broad  pole  turned 
towards  the  aperture),  and  communicates  at  the  apex  with 
the  intestine.  By  depression  and  subsequent  overgrowth 
there  is  produced  in  the  wall  of  the  main  portion  an  annular 
canal,  which  is  connected  with  the  actual  lumen  of  the  part 
only  by  narrow  fissures.  This  canal  is  destined  for  the  recep- 
tion of  the  semen  ; it  is  homologous  with  the  side-pouches  of 
the  seminal  sacs  of  Enchytrceus  hegemon  and  other  Enchy- 
trseidse.  I have  never  found  semen  in  the  actual  lumen  of  the 
main  portion. 

I will  further  mention  that  in  one  animal  I found  a con- 
necting duct  between  two  consecutive  segmental  organs,  an 
abnormity  such  as  Yejdovsky  describes  (8)  in  an  Anachceta 

Ann.  (&  Mag.  N.  Hist.  Scr.  5.  VoL  xx.  30 


426  Dr.  W.  Michaelsen  on  the  Enchytrseidae. 

hohemica.  The  anteseptale  of  the  second  segmental  organ 
was  much  elongated,  and  passed  anteriorly  into  the  postsep- 
tale  of  the  first  one.  The  canal  traversing  the  uniting  piece 
showed  active  vibration.  I will  also  describe  another  abnor- 
mity of  pretty  frequent  occurrence.  In  some  animals  I found 
in  segment  YI.,  in  another  in  VII.  and  VIII.,  and  in  others 
again  in  IX.,  in  the  ventral  median  line,  verruciform  hypo- 
dermal  growths,  which,  both  in  optical  longitudinal  section 
and  in  transverse  sections,  had  exactly  the  aspect  of  imperfo- 
rate penes  ; even  a central  pit-like  depression  of  the  cuticle 
was  recognizable.  Their  not  being  paired,  indeed,  was 
opposed  to  tlie  notion  that  these  growths  were  rudimentary 
penes  ; but  if  it  should  be  proved  that  this  supposition  was 
nevertheless  justified,  there  would  be  an  interesting  relation 
between  the  abnormal  position  of  the  sexual  organs  in 
B.  appendiculata  and  these  at  present  enigmatic  organs. 

B.  fallax  lives  in  rich,  well-manured  soil  at  Steinwarder, 
near  Hamburg. 

Classification  of  the  Enchytrmidae. 

A.  Setae  sigmoidally  curved. 

* Head-pore  large,  at  the  apex  of  the  head-lohe  or  near  it.  Salivaiy 
glands  not  present.  Blood  colourless  ; dorsal  vessel  with  a cardiac 
body.  Seminal  ducts  short,  not  more  than  eight  times  the  length 

of  the  seminal  funnel Genus  Mesenchytrcsns,  Eisen. 

t Head-pore  small,  between  the  cephalic  ring  and  the  head-lobe. 
Seminal  ducts  long. 

rt.  No  salivary  glands.  Blood  yellow  or  red.  Dorsal  vessel  with  no 

cardiac  body Genus  Fachydrilus,  Clap. 

h.  Short  sahvary  glands  opening  into  the  oesophagus.  The  dorsal 
vessel  originates  upon  an  intestinal  diverticulum  in  segment  vii. 

Genus  Buchhohia,  Mich. 

B.  Setae  straight,  with  only  a slight  curvature  at  the  inner  extremity. 
Head-pore  small,  between  the  cephalic  ring  and  the  head-lobe.  Blood 

colourless.  Dorsal  vessel  with  no  cardiac  body.  Salivary  glands 
usually  strongly  developed.  Seminal  ducts  long. 

Genus  Enchytrcsus,  Henle. 

C.  Setae  aborted. 

Head-pore  large,  at  the  apex  of  the  head-lobe.  Blood  colourless. 
Dorsal  vessel  without  cardiac  body.  An  unpaired  salivary  gland 
lies  on  the  intestine.  Seminal  ducts  long,  more  or  less  regularly 
contorted,  like  a screw.  Seminal  sacs  large,  projecting  freely  into 
the  body-cavity,  not  united  with  the  intestine. 

Genus  Anachceta,  Vejd. 

I may  be  allowed  to  add  to  this  systematic  summary  a few 
words  of  explanation.  This  combination  of  the  two  published 
systems  was  derived  directly  from  the  results  of  the  preceding 
discussions.  It  differs  very  considerably  from  Vejdovsky’s 
(8)  former  combination.  Vejdovsky  places  the  genus  Pachy- 


427 


Dr.  W.  Michaelsen  on  the  Enchytraeidse. 

drilus  side  by  side  with  the  genus  Enchytrceus^  and  then 
divides  the  latter,  in  accordance  with  Eisen’s  principle  of 
division,  into  the  three  subgenera  MesenchytrceuSj  Archienchy- 
trceus^  and  Neoenchytrceus.  (He,  however,  retains  for  the 
different  species  the  name  of  the  principal  genus  Enchytrceus.) 
Against  this  combination  we  have  the  circumstance  that  the 
true  Mesenchytrcei  (at  that  time  only  Eisen’s  three  species), 
as  being  Enchytraeidm  without  salivary  glands,  and  with  sig- 
moidally curved  setae,  cannot  be  arranged  under  the  genus 
Enchytrceus  ; they  come  much  nearer  to  the  Pachydrili.  As, 
further,  the  fourth  species  which  Vej do vsky  has  placed  in  this 
subgenus,  namely  Enchytrceus  [Buchholzia^  aut.)  appendicu- 
latus^  Buchh.,  in  my  opinion  is  to  be  separated  from  the  genus 
Enchytrceus y Vejdovsky’s  subgenus  of  the  species  of  Enchy- 
trceus with  the  cerebrum  straightly  truncated  behind  must 
altogether  fall.  I might,  certainly,  have  divided  the  genus 
Enchytrceus  of  my  system  into  the  subgenera  Archienchytrceus 
and  Neoenchytrceus y but  I do  not  think  that  this  would  have 
produced  a natural  grouping.  The  genus  Enchytrceus  for  the 
present  remains  a collective  genus.  I have  not  yet  thoroughly 
worked  through  the  species  of  this  genus,  and  I am  therefore 
still  without  the  insight  necessary  to  enable  me  at  present  to 
state  by  what-  principles  of  division  their  breaking  up  into 
natural  groups  may  best  be  effected.  I believe,  however,  that 
by  the  changes  which  I have  made  in  the  classification,  I 
have  made  a step  in  the  right  direction,  on  the  road  which 
will  lead  us  to  a satisfactory,  natural  classification  of  the 
interesting  family  of  the  Enchytrseidge. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XVIIL 

Fiy.  ].  Mesenchytrceus  Beumeri,  aut.  a.  Bundle  of  setae,  b.  Lymph- 
corpuscles.  c.  Cerebrum,  seen  from  above ; c,  commissure  ; k.n, 
cephalic  nerve ; om,  upper,  mn,  lower  pair  of  cerebral  muscles. 
d.  Segmental  organ,  e.  Transverse  section  of  the  dorsal  vessel 
with  the  cardiac  body.  f.  Seminal  sac. 

Fiy.  2.  Mesenchytrceus  Jlavidus,  aut.  a.  Seminal  sac.  b.  Cerebrum 
(references  as  in  fig.  Ic).  c.  Segmental  organ,  d.  SemineJ 
duct. 

Fiy.  3.  Mesenchytrceus  7niriibilis,  Eisen.  a.  Tangential  section  through  a 
lobe  of  the  segmental  organ,  b.  Transverse  section  through  the 
dorsal  vessel,  with  the  cardiac  body. 

Fiy.  4.  Buchhulzia  fallax,  aut.  a.  Bundle  of  sette.  b.  Lymph-corpuscles. 

c.  Transverse  section  through  the  oesophagus,  with  the  diverti- 
culum (corresponding  to  the  author’s  figure  (9j,  fig.  8).  d.  Cere- 
brum (references  as  in  fig.  Ic).  e.  Seminal  sac. 


428 


Dr.  R.  von  Lendenfeld  on  the  Chalininse. 


LXII. — Mr,  Bendy  on  the  Chalininae. 

By  R.  VON  Lendenfeld. 

My  friend  Mr.  A.  Dendy  has  recently  published  a paper 
entitled  “ The  New  System  of  Chalininss,  with  some  Brief 
Observations  upon  Zoological  Nomenclature”  (Ann.  & Mag. 
Nat.  Hist.  November  1887,  p.  326).  Every  reader  of  it  will 
probably  have  been  as  surprised  as  I was  to  find  that  this 
paper  is  simply  a review  of  an  account  of  the  Australian 
Chalininse  recently  published  by  me  Zoologische  Jahr- 
biicher,’  vol.  ii.  1887),  as  my  name  does  not  occur  in  the  title. 

Mr.  Dendy  draws  attention  to  some  mistakes  in  my  paper, 
for  which  I am  much  obliged,  as  his  review  will  in  this  way 
partly  serve  as  a list  of  errata  to  my  original  essay,  and  thus 
add  to  its  utility.  I hope  that  he  has  pretty  well  exhausted 
the  mistakes  contained  in  it,  as  it  produces  the  impression 
that  he  looked  for  them  with  much  trouble  and  as  logomachy 
is  evidently  not  among  Mr.  Dendy’s  faults. 

A number  of  his  statements,  although  made  in  a very  con- 
fident, dogmatic  style,  are  highly  controversial,  and  I should 
be  glad  to  make  a few  remarks  upon  these  parts  of  Mr. 
Dendy’s  review. 

Concerning  the  canal-system  Mr.  Dendy  raises  a doubt  as 
to  the  correctness  of  my  drawing,  because  I do  not  describe 
in  the  text  every  detail  contained  in  the  drawing.  These 
details  are  not  essential,  and  I omitted  to  describe  them  (1) 
because  they  are  by  no  means  common  to  all  Chalinids,  and 
(2)  because  they  are  in  the  drawing.  I hope  he  will  reexamine 
the  type  to  which  the  drawing  relates,  which  is  under  his  care 
at  the  British  Museum,  to  settle  this  doubt  of  his. 

As  to  the  apparent  inconsistency  involved  in  placing  the 
Gelliodinae  and  Ridley’s  Toxochalina  in  the  Chalininae,  and 
therefore  in  the  family  Homorrhaphidae,  I can  only  say  that 
such  inconsistencies  are  unavoidable  and  are  met  with  also  in  the 
families  Heterorrhaphidae  and  Desmacidonidae  as  established — 
and,  I think,  with  good  reason,  for  it  would  be  a mistake  to 
attach  too  much  importance  to  the  shape  of  the  spicules — by 
Ridley  and  Dendy  (Report  on  the  ‘ Challenger  ’ Monaxo- 
nida).  The  Heterorrhaphidae  are  characterized  as  possessing 
differentiated  microsclera,  and  yet  Ridley  and  Dendy  have 
(/.  c.  p.  32)  placed  Rhizochalina  in  that  family,  although 
there  are  no  differentiated  microsclera  in  this  genus.  The 
Desmacidonidae  are  characterized  by  the  possession  of  chelae, 
and  yet  Ridley  and  Dendy  place  sponges  in  this  family  which 


Dr.  R.  von  LendenfelcI  on  the  Chalininae.  429 

have  no  chelae.  In  their  Report  the  following  are  described 
as  forms  of  Desmacidonidae  without  chelae : Echinoclathria 
iglabra^  AgelaSj  and  Echinodictyiim.  As  the  authors  no  doubt 
knew  very  well,  there  are  a number  of  such  besides  those 
three  contained  in  the  ^ Challenger  ’ collection.  No  doubt 
these  are  true  Desmacidonidae.  ^ 

To  make  these  important  exceptions  appear  less  conspi- 
cuous Ridley  and  Dendy  say  {I,  c.  p.  62)  in  a little  footnote — 
nothing  is  said  about  any  exceptions  in  the  diagnosis  of  the 
genus — that  they  have  included  one  or  tivo  species  without 
chelae,  on  the  supposition  that  they  have  had  them,  and  sub- 
sequently lost  them,”  in  the  family  Desmacidonidae.  This 
method  of  shelving  one  species  and  tivo  genera  described, 
besides  many  more  not  in  the  ‘ Challenger  ’ collection,  which 
appear  inconvenient  to  a preconceived  idea  as  one  or  two  ” 
species,  gives  us,”  to  use  Mr.  Deiidy’s  own  words  (p.  336), 
some  insight  into  his  method  of  working.” 

The  inconsistency  is  in  all  cases  apparent,  but  it  is  no 
fault  of  the  authors.  The  method  of  arranging  organisms  in 
families,  genera,  species,  &c.  is,  as  carried  out  by  us,  unnatural, 
and  the  faults  which  result  from  it  must  be  ascribed  to  the 
method  employed,  and  not  to  the  biologists  who  use  it. 

1 do  not  see  why  the  Homorrhaphidae  should  not  comprise 
sponges  with  differentiated  microsclera,  as  the  other  two 
tamilies  comprise  forms  without  them.  The  arrangement  is, 
ill  consequence  of  this  want  of  precision,  open  to  objection  ; 
but  it  was  not  I who  established  it,  but  Ridley  and  Dendy. 
The  precision  of  the  other  families  would  not  be  increased  if 
the  sponges  referred  to  were  removed  from  this  family. 

It  is  all  very  well  to  say  that  the  amount  of  spongin  has 
only  very  little  systematic  significance,  and  that  this  has  been 
“ demonstrated  again  and  again.”  I also  agree  with  Mr.  Dendy 
that  the  amount  of  spongin  has  no  great  significance ; but  it 
must  be  borne  in  mind  that  F.  E.  Schulze  Challenger  ’ 
Report  on  the  Hexactinellida,  p 497)  attaches  a good  deal  of 
importance  to  it ; and  Schulze  probably  knows  more  about 
sponges,  and  certainly  has  a much  more  matured  judgment, 
than  my  friend  Mr.  Dendy  and  myself  put  together.  It  gives 
me  the  impression  that  Mr.  Dendy  has  allowed  himself  to  be 
carried  away  by  his  own  strong  convictions,  and  he  inveighs 
against  my  arrangement — which,  like  all  similar  arrange- 
ments, is  a subjective  idea,  and  doubtless  faulty  and  bad — 
with  a force  worthy  of  a better  cause. 

Mr.  Dendy  attacks*  my  method  of  nomenclature  most 
unmercifully.  He  persistently  closes  his  eyes,  however,  to 
the  logical  principle  which  I maintain  in  it,  and  thinks  it 


430 


Dr.  E-.  von  Lendenfeld  on  the  Chalininge. 


sufficient  to  show  that  my  nomenclature  is,  according  to  the 
method  to  which  he  has  accustomed  himself,  untenable  and 
peculiar.  This  is  certainly  the  case  ; but  it  could  equally  well 
be  shown  that  the  method  employed  by  Mr.  Dendy  is  illogical, 
unreasonable,  and  bad.  I do  not  find  that  the  logical  correct- 
ness of  my  system  is  questioned,  but  Mr.  Dendy  takes  it 
upon  himself  to  say  that  it  cannot  be  right.  The  principles 
on  which  I name  the  species  &c.  are  very  different  from  the 
method  employed  by  him ; and  to  enable  the  reader  to  form  a 
judgment  on  the  method  of  nomenclature  employed  by  me,  I 
give  an  abstract  of  it  here. 

If  a species  is  described  and  I redescribe  it  without  altering 
its  limits  and  definition,  and  without  placing  it  in  another 
genus,  I attach  to  it  the  author’s  name,  because  I retain  his 
species. 

If  a species  is  retained  by  me  in  its  original  scope,  bat 
placed  in  another  genus,  I retain  the  specific  name  and  replace 
the  name  of  the  original  author  by  my  own,  because  the  name 
under  which  I describe  it  is  different  from  that  used  by  the 
original  author.  F.  E.  Schulze  (‘  Challenger  ’ Report  on  the 
Hexactinellida)  gives  in  such  cases  the  name  of  the  original 
author  in  brackets,  and  sometimes  adds  another,  as,  for 
instance,  in  the  case  of  Farrea  occa  (Bowerbank),  Carter 
(P-277). 

If  I retain  a previously  described  species  but  alter  its  scope, 
I retain  the  old  name,  unless  it  is  objectionable,  and  affix  my 
name  to  it,  because  it  is  in  this  sense  a new  species. 

If  a species  has  been  described  under  various  specific 
names  I take  the  oldest  of  those  which  apply  to  the  species 
in  my  sense,  and  not  to  the  oldest  of  all  irrespective  of  this. 

If  I combine  a number  of  different  sponges  previously 
described  to  form  one  species,  I give  it  a new  name,  because 
none  of  the  previous  names  applies  to  the  species  in  my  sense, 
which  is  new. 

If  sponges  belonging  to  different  species  have  been  de- 
scribed as  one  and  the  same  species  (this  does  not  occur  often), 
I of  course  establish  new  species  for  the  parts  thereof. 

If  I raise  varieties  to  the  rank  of  species,  I retain  the  name 
of  the  variety  if  suitable  and  attach  my  name  to  it,  because 
as  a species  it  is  new. 

If  I distribute  a number  of  sponges  previously  described 
among  varieties  of  one  species,  I of  course  give  these  as 
synonyms  of  the  varieties,  and  establish  a new  name  for  the 
species,  under  which  the  old  names  do  not  appear  as  syn- 
onyms. 

I hold  strong  opinions  on  this  point,  and  am  radically 


Dr.  R.  von  Lendenfeld  on  the  Chalininse,  431 

averse  to  the  certainly  illogical,  although  perhaps  easy, 
way  of  naming  things  in  vogue  among  many  naturalists, 
including  Mr.  Dendy.  I do,  however,  by  no  means  imagine 
that  I have  established  this  rational  system  of  nomencla- 
ture, as  I will  call  it.  It  was  established  long  ago,  and  has 
been  most  carefully  utilized  for  practical  work  by  Hackel  in 
his  ‘ System  der  Medusen.’  I do  not  think  that  any  differ- 
ence at  all  exists  between  Hackel’s  method  and  mine,  and  I 
am  further  not  aware  that  I have  made  any  mistakes  in 
the  nomenclature  either  in  my  paper  on  the  Chalinids  or 
elsewhere. 

It  seems  to  me  as  if  Mr.  Dendy  wished  to  veil  his  real 
attack  on  the  principle  involved  by  the  feigned  polemic 
against  my  Chalinid  nomenclature.  Well,  I suppose  every- 
thing is  fair  in  love  and  in  war ! But  somehow  I do  not  like 
this  perversion  of  the  real  issue. 

To  show  the  fallacies  of  the  system  of  nomenclature  advo- 
cated and  employed  by  Mr.  Dendy  one  need  only  look  in  the 
Report  on  the  ^ Challenger  ’ Monaxonida  by  Ridley  and 
Dendy.  The  volume  opens  at  page  117.  There  a species  is 
described  as  lophon  Pattersoni^  Bowerbank.  On  the  fol- 
lowing page  a variety  Patter sonV'‘  is  mentioned.  A com- 
parison of  Bowerbank’s  original  diagnosis  shows  that  his 
species  Halichondria  Pattersoni  is  nearly  identical  with  the 
variety  Pattersoni,  The  species  lophon  Pattersoni  as  estab- 
lished by  Ridley  and  Dendy  differs  entirely  from  Bower- 
bankas  sponge,  and  it  is  simply  untrue  that  the  species 
described  by  Ridley  and  Dendy  as  lophon  Pattersoni  is 
synonymous  with  Halichondria  Pattersoni^  or  was  ever  esta- 
blished or  conceived  by  Bowerbank.  The  species  has  been 
established  by  Ridley  and  Dendy,  and  their  names  should  be 
attached  to  the  specific  name.  Halichondria  Pattersoni^ 
Bowerbank,  should  be  given  as  a synonym  of  the  variety, 
lophon  Pattersoni^  var.  Pattersoni  (sic!). 

As  none  of  the  previously  described  species  coincide  with 
the  lophon  Pattersoni  of  Ridley  and  Dendy,  a new  specific 
name  ought  to  have  been  given.  Any  one  of  the  old  names 
would  give  a wrong  idea,  and  it  would  be  illogical  to  use  it, 
as  it  is  obviously  illogical  to  replace  the  whole  by  a part. 

Such  tamperings  with  the  laws  of  thought  have  already 
brought  our  science  into  the  contempt  of  mathematicians  and 
philosophers.  Logic  must  be  sternly  established.  I regret 
that  my  friend  Mr.  Dendy  and  I hold  such  diametrically 
opposite  views ; and  I can  only  answer  to  his  statement 
(p.  337)  Whatever  may  be  the  real  name  of  this  compre- 
hensive species,  it  certainly  cannot  be  ^ Ceraochalina  yapiil- 


432  Mr.  H.  Grose  Smith  on  new  Butterflies  from  Borneo. 

lata^  n.  sp.I’  ” that  this  name  is  perfectly  logical  and  must  be 
upheld ; and,  further,  concerning  Ridley  and  Dendy^s  lophon 
Pattersonij  that  whatever  may  be  the  real  name  of  this  com- 
prehensive species,  it  certainly  cannot  be  lojphon  Patter- 
soniy  Bowerbank  ” ! 

Mr.  Dendy  cites  the  name  of  another  of  my  species,  and 
criticizes  it  as  beyond  comment.”  I regret  that  my  mental 
faculties  are  so  feeble  that  I cannot  see  even  the  slightest 
objection  to  it ! 

Mr.  Dendy  enters  a protest  against  the  free-and-easy 
system  of  nomenclature  ” used  by  me.  It  is  not  necessary 
to  waste  any  words  on  such  a phrase ; but  I must  enter  a' 
protest  against  the  cramped  and  illogical,  although  easier, 
method  employed  by  Mr.  Dendy. 

I have  been  able  to  meet  all  Mr.  Dendy ’s  objections  in  the 
same  objective  and  friendly  manner  in  which  no  doubt  they 
were  meant,  however  forcible  Mr.  Dendy’s  language  may  be. 

There  is,  however,  one  assertion  which  1 am  sorry  to  say 
cannot  be  viewed  in  this  light.  Mr.  Dendy  says  (p.  336) 
that  by  my  method  I was  as  it  were  capturing  all  stray 
species  and  taking  forcible  possession  of  them.”  Trusting 
that  Mr.  Dendy  will  regret  the  wording  of  that  passage,  I 
feel  that  it  is  incumbent  on  me  to  express  my  thanks  to  him 
for  exposing  the  mistakes  contained  in  my  paper,  and  for 
showing  me  on  what  points  a clearer  expression  of  my  views 
was  desirable. 


LXIII. — Descriptions  of  six  new  Species  of  Butterflies  captured 
hy  Mr.  John  Whitehead  at  Kina  Balu  Mountaiuy  North 
Borneoy  in  the  Collection  of  Mr.  H,  Grose  Smith,  By  H. 
Gkose  Smith. 


Papilio  acheron. 

Male. — Upperside.  Both  wings  bluish  black,  slightly  suf- 
fused with  purple  ; margins  between  the  nervures  narrowly 
white ; the  posterior  wings  slightly  irrorated  with  grey  in  the 
anal  area. 

Underside.  Both  wings  with  markings  as  in  my  P.  Forhesi^ 
except  that  the  grey  rays  between  the  nervules  on  the 
anterior  wings  are  less  marked,  the  ochraceous  band  on  the 
posterior  wings  does  not  extend  beyond  the  upper  median 
nervule,  and  the  three  blue  spots  near  the  exterior  margin 
between  the  costal  nervure  and  the  discoidal  nervule  are  less 


Mr.  H.  Grose  Smith  on  neio  Butterfiies  from  Borneo.  433 

distinct ; the  white  spots  on  the  margins  between  the  nervules 
are  much  narrower. 

Expanse  of  wings  4 inches. 

Nearest  to  P.  ForhesL 

Papilio  stratiotes. 

Male. — Upperside.  White,  tinged  at  the  base  with  pale 
greenish  yellow.  Anterior  wings  with  the  costal  margin  and 
cell  crossed  by  four  black  fascise ; the  basal  fascia  narrow, 
the  second,  third,  and  fourth  wedge-shaped,  the  fourth 
extending  beyond  the  discocellular  nervules ; beyond  the 
fourth  fascia  is  a semitransparent  space  divided  by  the  dis- 
coidal  nervules,  which  are  black  ; apex  broadly  black,  centred 
with  another  transparent  space,  divided  by  the  black  nervules. 
Posterior  wings  with  exterior  margins  narrowly  black  and 
three  black  lunate  spots  near  the  anal  angle  ; anal  area  grey, 
a large  bright,  quadrangular,  carmine  spot  at  the  anal  angle, 
bordered  on  the  upperside  with  black  and  on  the  inside  on 
the  inner  margin  with  a white  linear  spot.  Tails  narrow  and 
black,  with  white  margins. 

Underside.  Anterior  wings  as  above,  tinged  at  the  base 
with  yellowish  brown.  Posterior  wings  ochraceous,  crossed 
at  the  middle  and  near  the  base  by  two  black  bands,  slightly 
convergent  towards  the  anal  angle  and  extending  as  far  as 
the  greyish-black  space  above  the  anal  carmine  spot ; the 
exterior  margin  and  anal  area  broadly  black,  irrorated  to- 
wards the  anal  angle  with  grey,  the  carmine  spot  as  above, 
the  discocellular  and  median  nervules  black;  two  small 
black  spots  below  the  former. 

Expanse  of  wings  3|  inches. 

This  insect  appears  to  be  intermediate  between  P.  antiphatesy 
Cramer,  and  P.  ageteSy  Westwood  ; in  shape  and  markings  of 
tlie  upperside  it  approaches  P.  agetesy  on  the  underside  it 
bears  a superficial  resemblance  to  P.  antipJiates. 


Papilio  procles. 

Near  to  P.  hathycleSy  Zink.,  but  differs  from  it  in  the  follow- 
ing respects  : — Anterior  wings  : upperside,  four  spots  only  in 
the  cell,  the  second  and  third  being  almost  obsolete  ; the  three 
lowest  spots  of  the  discal  row  of  spots  confluent  and  broader 
than  in  P.  hathycles.  On  the  posterior  wings  the  three  discal 
spots  are  larger  and  confluent,  instead  of  being  distinct,  and 
the  wings  are  more  deeply  emarginate.  On  the  underside  of 
posterior  wings  the  large  silvery  patch  is  not  traversed  near 


434  Mr.  H.  Grose  Smith  on  new  Butter  flies  from  Borneo. 

the  centre  by  a concave  brown  fascia,  as  in  P.  bathycles^  but  in 
lieu  of  it  there  is  a short,  narrow,  brown  fascia  from  the  costa 
nearly  as  far  as  the  subcostal  nervure,  almost  divided  on  the 
costal  nervure  by  a small  orange-red  spot,  and  there  is  a small 
triangular  silvery  spot  next  the  cell  between  the  upper  and 
second  discocellular  nervules.  The  dark  brown  area  in 
which  the  series  of  orange-red  spots  towards  the  anal  angle  is 
situated  is  broader  than  in  P.  bathycles^  and  the  submarginal 
row  of  spots  is  further  from  the  margin. 

Expanse  of  wings  2^  indies. 

Papilio  macaristus. 

Near  to  P.  inacareuSj  Godart,  but  differs  from  it  in  the  fol- 
lowing respects  : — Anterior  wings  : upperside,  in  place  of  the 
double  row  of  three  spots  and  three  short  bars  in  the  space  be- 
tween the  end  of  the  cell  and  the  upper  part  of  the  submarginal 
row  of  spots,  there  are  three  elongated  streaks,  slightly  clavate  at 
the  ends  nearest  the  cell.  On  the  posterior  wings  the  streaks 
in  the  area  between  the  cell  and  the  exterior  margin  are  very 
short  and  narrow.  Underneath,  all  the  streaks  on  the  posterior 
wings  are  very  indistinct,  some  being  almost  obsolete, 
while  in  P,  macareiis  they  are  quite  as  large  and  distinct  as  on 
the  upperside ; the  body  is  black,  with  a narrow  grey  stripe 
on  each  side.  Two  specimens  of  P.  macareus  in  my  collection 
from  Sumatra  have  bright  brown  bodies,  and  two  others  from 
Uarjeeling  have  black  bodies  broadly  striped  with  grey. 

1 should  have  been  disposed  to  look  upon  this  insect  as  a 
variety  only  of  P.  macareus  if  there  had  not  been  in  the  collec- 
tion a uniform  series  of  it  from  the  same  locality. 

Expanse  of  wings  3^  inches. 

Appias  W I I iteh eadi. 

Male.  Above,  approximates  to  A.  pandionCy  Hubn.,  but  on 
the  anterior  wings  the  apical  area  is  more  extensively  black, 
and  in  place  of  the  large  subquadrate  black  spot  at  the  end  of 
the  cell  of  A.  pandione^  wlnAi  is  contiguous  with  the  greyish- 
black  costal  area,  there  is  a small  black  spot  quite  distinct. 
The  second  submarginal  white  spot  in  the  middle  of  the  apical 
area  is  almost  obsolete.  On  the  posterior  wdngs  the  black 
margin  is  double  the  width  of  that  of  A.  pandione,  extending 
over  the  exterior  third  of  the  wings.  Below,  it  differs  from 
A.  pandione  on  the  anterior  wings  in  the  spot  at  the  end  of 
the  cell  being  very  small  and  distinct,  and  the  apex  being 
})inkish  grey.  On  the  posterior  wings  the  basal  third  is  light 


435 


On  the  Sexual  Products  in  Spongilla. 

ochraceous,  very  slightly  irrorated  with  grey  towards  the  base  ; 
the  remainder  of  the  wings  pinkish  grey,  crossed  with  an  in- 
distinct irregular  dark  band,  bordered  externally  towards  the 
apex  with  pale  pinkish  grey  ; the  spot  at  the  end  of  the  cell  is 
bright  ochraceous. 

Expanse  of  wings  2f  inches. 

Ragadia  annulata. 

Upperside,  Both  wings  stramineous,  with  the  band,  costal 
margin  of  anterior  wings,  and  exterior  margin  of  both  wings 
broadly  ashy  brown,  crossed  near  the  apex  as  far  as  the  first 
median  nervule  by  an  ashy-brown  bar ; beyond  that  nervule 
the  bar  is  discontinued  on  the  upperside,  but  it  shows  through 
from  the  underside,  where  it  is  prolonged  across  both  wings 
to  the  inner  margin. 

Underside.  Anterior  wings  crossed  by  three  ashy-brown 
bands,  the  submarginal  band  having  eight  ocelli ; costal  and 
outer  margins  ashy  brown.  Posterior  wings  with  three 
bands,  the  middle  band  concave  and  the  outer  one  with  six 
ocelli,  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  being  the  largest.  All 
the  ocelli  are  black,  with  silver  pupils,  the  iris  ochraceous, 
the  second  and  third  on  the  posterior  wing  enclosed  in  one 
iris. 

Expanse  of  wings  inch. 


LXIV. — On  the  Development  of  the  Sexual  Products  in 
Spongilla.  By  Karl  Fiedler 

Since  Lieberkiihn  f in  1856  discovered  both  spermatozoa  and 
ova  in  Spongilla^  and  thus  for  the  first  time  demonstrated  the 
presence  of  these  important  structures  in  the  sponges,  the 
history  of  their  production  has  been  treated  of  in  a long 
series  of  spongological  memoirs.  The  further  develop- 
ment of  the  freshwater  sponge  has  also  been  of  late  years 
repeatedly  made  the  subject  ^of  investigation.  The  results 


* Translated  from  a separate  copy  from  the  ‘ Zoologischer  Anzeiger,’ 
110.  266,  1887,  communicated  by  the  Author. 

t N.  Lieberkiihn,  “Beitriige  zur  Entwicklurigsgeschichte  der  Spon- 
gillen,”  in  Muller's  Arcliiv  fur  Anat.  und  Physiol.  1856,  p.  17,  and  also 
“Zusatze  zur  Eiitwicklungsgescliichte  der  Spungillen,”  ibid.  p.  501. 


436  Karl  Fiedler  on  the  Development  of  the 

obtained  by  the  two  most  recent  observers,  Ganin  * * * § and 
Goettef , however,  do  not  agree  in  many  points. 

Therefore,  as  my  honoured  master  Prof.  F.  E.  Schulze 
recommended  me  to  make  a fresh  investigation,  I entered 
upon  it  willingly,  in  the  hope,  if  possible,  of  contributing 
something  to  the  clearing  up  of  the  affair.  The  chief  part  of 
the  work  was  executed  during  the  summer  term  of  the 
present  year  in  the  Zoological  Institute  of  the  University  of 
Berlin,  and  I would  in  this  place  express  my  most  sincere 
thanks  to  Prof.  Schulze  for  his  assistance  therein.  As 
material  I had  at  my  disposal  Spongilla  fiuviatilis^  which 
abounds  in  the  Spree.  A detailed  statement  of  my  results  I 
hope  to  be  able  to  publish  shortly ; here  I shall  only  briefly 
indicate  what  relates  to  the  formation  of  the  ovum  and  semen. 

In  the  first  place,  in  opposition  to  Goette’s  notion  I must 
maintain  the  unicellularity  of  the  ovum  of  Spongilla.  Goette’s 
own  figures  furnish  no  absolute  proof  of  his  view,  according 
to  which  from  the  primordial  ovum  there  proceed  several  cells, 
one  of  which  grows  to  a large  size,  while  of  the  others  some 
take  part  in  the  formation  of  the  follicle,  and  the  rest  become 
amalgamated  again  with  the  large  cell.  Thus  only  is  the 
foundation  of  the  ovum  completed.”  In  the  ovicell  I have 
always  found  distinct  cell-limits,  and,  what  appears  to  be 
conclusive,  only  a single  nucleus.  I lay  the  more  stress  upon 
the  latter  circumstance,  because  I have  succeeded,  by  double- 
staining,  in  clearly  distinguishing  the  nuclear  and  vitelline 
formations.  In  single-stainings  a confusion  in  this  respect  is 
almost  inevitable,  and  Goette  may  in  this  way  have  been  led 
astray.  The  method  of  double-staining  with  picro-carmine 
and  bleu  de  Lyon,  introduced  by  Maurice  and  Schulgin  | and 
recently  advocated  by  Blochmann§,  gives,  after  a short 
washing  of  the  sections  with  a little  ammoniacal  alcohol,  a 
fine  red  coloration  of  the  nuclei  and  a brilliant  blue  coloration 
of  even  the  smallest  particles  of  the  vitellus. 

Thus  also  it  appeared  that  in  the  ovum  the  large  round 
vitelline  globules  do  not,  as  Goette  thinks,  make  their  appear- 

* M.  Ganin,  “Zur  Entwicklung  der  Spongilla  Jluviatilis”  in  Zool. 
Anz.  i.  1878,  pp.  195-199,  and  ‘ Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  des  Banes  und 
der  Entwicklung  der  Schwanmie  ’ (in  Russian),  Warsaw. 

t A.  Goette,  “ Untersuchuugen  zur  Entwickiungsgescliichte  von  Spon- 
gilla Jluviatilis,"  in  ‘ Abhandl.  zur  Entwickiungsgescliichte  der  Thiere,’ 
Ileft  3 (Hamburg  and  Leipzig,  1886). 

X Maurice  and  Schulgin,  “ Embry og^nie  de  V Amouroucium  proliferum," 
in  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Zool.  s4r.  6,  tome  xvii.  p.  6 (1884). 

§ E.  Blochmann,  “ Ueber  die  Reifung  der  Eier  bei  Ameisen  und 
Wespen,”  Festschr.  zur  Feier  des  500  jahr.  Bestehens  d.  Ruperto-Carola, 
issued  by  the  Naturh.  Ver.  zu  Heidelberg,  1886,  p.  118. 


437 


Sexual  Products  in  Spongilla. 

ance  at  first,  but  that  they  are  preceded  by  all  possible  stages 
of  smaller  vitelline  elements*  A regular  arrangement,  such 
as  that  the  vitelline  globules  increase  in  size  from  the  peri- 
phery to  the  centre,  is  not,  however,  to  be  observed. 

The  follicle-cells  I regard  simply  as  parenchyma-cells 
pressed  against  each  other  by  the  pressure  of  the  growing 
ovum,  and  so  flattened  against  each  other.  Some  of  them  I 
would  characterize  as  specific  nutritive  cells,  taking  this  notion 
more  in  the  sense  adopted  by  F.  E.  Schulze,  Keller,  &c., 
than  by  Goette.  Thus  in  preparation  with  Flemming’s 
chrom-osmium-acetic  acid  mixture,  besides  the  vitelline 
granules  of  the  ovum,  many  of  the  cells  surrounding  the  ovum 
undergo  an  intense  blackening  of  their  contents.  The  num- 
ber of  cells  of  this  kind  which  also  occur  isolated  in  the  rest 
of  the  sponge-body  constantly  increases  up  to  a certain  time 
exactly  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  ovicells.  Frequently 
they  penetrate  with  their  amoeboid  processes  between  the 
ordinary  follicle-cells  and  towards  the  ovum  itself,  but  without 
uniting  with  the  latter.  They  do  not  contain  ready-made 
vitellus,  as  the  above-mentioned  blue  staining  material  does 
not  produce  in  them  the  same  reaction  as  in  the  ovum.  On 
the  other  hand,  they  prepare  in  their  bodies  a material  which 
is  to  be  regarded  as  a fore-stage  of  the  vitellus,  and  which  is 
given  ofif  to  the  ovum  by  the  process  of  diffusion.  Even 
after  the  first  segmentations  we  notice  a distinct  diminution 
in  the  number  of  such  blackened  cells,  and  the  ordinary 
follicle-cells  also  become  fainter,  if  I may  so  express  myself. 
Finally,  the  products  of  segmentation  are  surrounded  only  by 
a very  delicate  follicular  membrane,  which  certainly  has  no 
longer  any  actively  nutritive  function.  But  even  if,  at  first, 
several  cells  contribute  to  the  nourishment  of  the  ovum,  the 
latter,  as  Korschelt*^  aptly  remarks  in  a similar  case,  ^Moes 
not,  by  the  inception  of  secretion-products  of  other  cells,  lose 
its  own  cell-nature  any  more  than  an  Amcxba  loses  its  uni- 
cellularity  by  the  inception  of  food.  The  characteristic  is  the 
living  capacity  of  assimilation  of  both  towards  the  nutritive 
material  offered  to  them.” 

We  have  to  distinguish  from  the  nutritive  cells  above 
described  certain  amoeooid  wandering  cells  of  another  kind, 
the  bodies  of  which  are  filled,  not  with  irregular  granulations, 
but  quite  uniformly  with  particles  of  considerable  size ; only 
occasionally  a perfectly  hyaline  marginal  zone  occurs.  These 

* E.  Korschelt,  “ Ueber  die  Entstehung  und  Bedeutung  der  verschied- 
enen  Zellenelemente  des  Insectenovariums,”  in  Zeitschr.  fiir  wiss.  Zool. 
Bd.  xliii.  p.  690  (1886). 


438 


M.  Karl  Fiedler  on  the  Development  of  the 

correspond  to  the  cells  described  by  Polejaeff*  in  his  ^ Chal- 
lenger ’ Calcarea,  to  which  he  ascribes  nutritive  functions,” 
and,  indeed,  in  tlie  sense  of  reception  of  nourishment.”  In 
Spongilla  they  were  first  observed  by  Weltner  (of  Berlin) 
and  subsequently,  but  independently,  by  myself.  They  are 
also  diffused  through  the  whole  sponge-body,  but  are  parti- 
cularly abundant  beneath  and  even  between  the  cells  of  the 
cuticle,  and  here  again  often  in  the  vicinity  of  the  inhalant 
apertures.  Their  regularly  granulated  plasma  then  contains 
further  more  intensely  coloured  particles  of  irregular  form. 
If  the  latter,  as  seems  most  probable,  are  incepted  nutritive 
constituents,  this  would  be  in  agreement  with  the  above-cited 
notion  of  Polejaeff,  and  would  also  explain  von  Lendenfeld’sf 
statements  with  regard  to  the  inception  of  nourishment 
through  the  external  surface  of  the  sponges,  without  the 
ectodermal  cells  needing  to  take  part  in  the  operation.  As 
Weltner  proposes  to  make  further  communications  upon  the 
peculiarities  of  these  cells,  I shall  confine  myself  to  these  indi- 
cations. Only  I may  say  further  that  the  ovicells  are  not  to 
be  referred  to  these  uniformly  granulated  cells,  but  to  the 
wandering  cells  of  the  ordinary  kind. 

The  growing  ovum,  which,  in  earlier  stages,  sometimes 
shows  a remarkable  radiation  of  the  plasma,  now  becomes 
gradually  more  and  more  filled  with  vitelline  granules.  The 
nucleus,  however,  never  entirely  disappears.  But  while  at 
first  it  always  occupies  the  middle  of  the  ovum,  we  find  it  now 
most  frequently  removed  close  to  the  surface.  In  both  cases 
it  is  surrounded  by  a circle  of  plasma  comparatively  poor  in 
vitelline  material.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  remark- 
able change  of  position  in  the  nucleus  is  connected  with  the 
elimination  of  the  so-called  direction-corpuscles.  In  fact  I 
repeatedly  observed  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  nucleus  two 
considerably  smaller  but  no  less  vividly  coloured  cliromatin- 
particles,  which  are  probably  to  be  characterized  as  the  abcon- 
stricted  direction-corpuscles.  Thus  this  important  process, 
recently  interpreted  with  so  much  genius  by  Weismann  J,  is 
rendered  probable  even  for  the  lowest  group  of  the  Metazoa. 
Unfortunately  I did  not  succeed  in  tracing,  on  the  one  hand 
the  formation  of  the  direction  spindles,  or  on  the  other  the 
process  of  fertilization.  It  is  clear,  however,  that  the  nucleus 

* N.  Polejaeff,  “Report  on  the  Calcarea  dredged  bj  H.M.S.  ‘Chal- 
lenger,’ ” in  Report,  vol.  vhi.  p.  6 (1883). 

t R.  von  Lendenfeld,  “Neue  Coelenteraten  derSiidsee,  II.  Neue  Aply- 
sinidse,”  in  Zeitschr.  fiir  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xxxvii.  p.  234  (1883). 

+ A.  Weismann,  “Ueber  die  Zahl  der  Richtungskorper  und  iiher  ihre 
Bedeiitung  fiir  die  Vererbung,”  Jena,  1887. 


Sexual  Products  in  Spongilla.  439 

of  the  mature  ovum  is  smaller  and  poorer  in  chromatin  than 
that  of  the  immature  ovum.  Even  in  the  former,' however, 
it  never  becomes  a perfectly  homogeneous  vesicle  (Goette) ; 
it  always  contains  a distinct  nucleolus,  in  a nuclear  space 
which  is  certainly  large  and  clear. 

Similar  nuclei  may  be  detected  by  means  of  double-stain- 
ing in  all  segmentation-spheres.  Even  in  rather  thick 
sections  of  the  younger  stages  they  shine  out  red  from  the 
blue  vitelline  masses.  In  older  stages  they  are  the  more 
easily  visible,  because  they  are  surrounded  only  by  a single 
layer  of  vitelline  globules.  Finally,  not  only  the  number 
but  also  the  size  of  the  vitelline  elements  diminishes  still 
more  by  disintegration.  But  I must  decidedly  deny  any  new 
formation  of  nuclei  by  direct  transformation  of  vitelline 
globules.  The  cell-nuclei  of  the  young  Spongilla  are  rather 
derived  in  uninterrupted  sequence  from  the  nucleus  of  tlie 
fecundated  ovum,  and  here  also,  as  Ganin  indeed  conjectured, 
the  principle  applies  : — Omnis  nucleus  e nucleo.” 

Although,  in  the  course  of  the  process  of  segmentation,  I 
was  unable  to  observe  any  karyokinetic  figures  (no  doubt  in 
consequence  of  the  quantity  of  vitellus  in  the  ova),  they 
forced  themselves  upon  me  in  the  greatest  abundance  and 
multiplicity  during  the  spermatogenesis.  The  extraordinary 
minuteness  of  the  object  certainly  added  considerably  to  the 
difficulty  of  the  investigation ; nevertheless,  besides  the  com- 
monest coil-form,  representatives  of  the  star-,  spindle-,  and 
barrel-forms  could  be  recognized.  Without  going  further  into 
details,  I may  remark  that  the  sperm-formation  takes  place 
in  accordanee  with  the  second  type  established  by  Polejaeff* 
for  the  sponges.  I can  therefore  confirm  the  short  statement 
made  by  F.  E.  Schulze  t in  his  classical  Investigations  upon 
the  Structure  and  Development  of  the  Sponges,”  according  to 
which  Spongilla  approaches  Halisarca  as  regards  these  pecu- 
liarities. There  is  therefore  no  formation  of  a special  covering- 
cell or  of  a primordial  seminal  cell.  On  the  contrary,  a cell 
distinguished  by  its  particularly  large,  strongly  colourable 
nucleus,  being  converted  into  the  sperm-mother-cell,  divides 
repeatedly  and,  indeed,  always  with  formation  of  filaments, 
while  surrounding  parenchyma-cells  close  together  to  form  a 
follicle,  as  in  the  case  of  the  ovum.  The  follicle  is,  how- 

* N.  PolejaefF,  “ Ueher  das  Sperma  und  die  Spermatogenese  bei 
Sycandra  raphanusi^  in  Sitzb.  der  Akad.  Wiss.  in  Wien,  Bd.  Ixxxvi. 
p.  276  (1882). 

t F.  E.  Schulze,  “ Untersuchungen  iiber  den  Ban  und  die  Entwicklung 
der  Spongien,  II.  Die  Gattung  Halisarca,^'  in  Zeitschr.  fiir  wiss,  Zool, 
Bd.  xxxviii.  (1877). 


440  On  two  new  Central- African  Mammalia. 

ever,  not  so  strongly  made  as  in  the  latter,  and  if  its  cells 
furnish  nutritive  material  to  the  sperm-cells,  their  importance 
is  probably  only  that  of  an  intermediate  station.  After  the 
last  division  the  coil-form  of  the  nucleus  passes  into  a per- 
fectly dense  chromatin-globule.  This  becomes  the  head  of 
the  spermatozoon,  and  the  scanty  clear  protoplasm  which 
surrounds  it  is  drawn  out  into  the  filament.  Sometimes 
within  the  same  follicle  the  development  of  the  spermatozoa 
goes  on  at  different  rates,  so  that,  for  example,  one  half  of 
it  appears  filled  with  mature  spermatozoa,  the  tails  of  which 
are  all  directed  towards  the  centre,  while  the  other  half  still 
shows  different  stages  of  division. 

The  development  of  the  ova,  as  of  the  spermatozoa  of 
Spongillay  consequently  approaches  in  a most  satisfactory 
manner  to  the  processes  repeatedly  observed  in  higher  animals, 
although  many  peculiarities  cannot  be  denied. 


LXV. — Diagnoses  of  two  new  Central- African  Mammalia. 
By  Oldfield  Thomas. 

The  two  following  new  species  occur  in  the  collection  recently 
sent  to  the  Natural-History  Museum  by  Emin  Pasha. 


Dendrohyrax  Emini^  sp.  n. 

Allied  to  and  of  about  the  size  of  D.  arloreus^  Sm., 
but,  instead  of  greyish  brown,  uniformly  pale  yellowish  white 
all  over  above  and  below,  very  much  the  colour  of  the  centre 
of  the  belly  of  D.  arhoreus. 

Hah.  Tingasi,  Monbuttu,  Central  Africa. 

Anomalurus  pusillus^  sp.  n. 

Allied  to  and  coloured  above  like  A.  Beecrofti^  Fraser,  but 
differing  markedly  by  its  much  smaller  size  (hind  foot  42 
millim.,  molar  series  9*5  millim.  long)  and  by  its  greyish-white 
instead  of  rufous  underside. 

Hah.  Bellima  and  Tingasi,  Monbuttu. 


Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain, 


441 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  LEARNED  SOCIETIES. 

ROYAL  INSTITUTION  OP  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

Friday,  May  13,  1887. — Henry  Pollock,  Esq.,  Treasurer  and 
Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 

Some  Electrical  Fishes.  By  Professor  J.  S.  Burdon  Sai^derson, 
M.D.,  LL.D.,  F.R.S. 

The  lecture  was  divided  into  three  parts,  in  the  first  of  which  a 
general  description  was  given  of  the  three  most  important  electrical 
fish,  viz.  the  torpedo,  or  electrical  ray,  the  electrical  eel  of  the  rivers 
and  lakes  of  South  America,  and  the  Malapterurus  of  the  Nile  and 
Senegal.  In  the  second  part  the  lecturer  discussed  the  anatomical 
character  and  morphological  significance  of  the  electrical  organ  in 
the  torpedo,  and  in  the  third  its  mode  of  action,  with  special  reference 
to  the  recent  investigations  of  Mr.  Francis  Gotch,  Assistant  in  the 
Physiological  Department  at  Oxford.  Tlie  description  given  of  the 
structure  of  the  organ  was  also  founded  on  new  investigations  by 
Prof.  Ewart,  of  Edinburgh,  who  had  been  good  enough  to  prepare 
drawings  on  glass,  suitable  for  projection  on  the  screen,  of  his 
microscopical  preparations.  The  first  of  these  drawings  showed  a 
section  of  the  already  active  electrical  organ  of  a torpedo  just  born. 
It  was  seen  to  consist  of  a great  number  of  tubular  columns  which 
extended  from  the  upper  (dorsal)  to  the  lower  (ventral)  surface  of 
the  flattened  body  of  the  animal,  which  were  as  closely  packed 
together  as  the  cells  of  a honeycomb,  each  column  being  divided 
into  very  narrow  compartments  by  nearly  horizontal  partitions  of 
extremely  fine  membrane.  It  was  next  pointed  out  that,  although 
the  whole  organ  is  made  up  in  the  common  torpedo  of  as  many  as 
500  such  columns  (in  some  species  many  more),  each  column  is  in 
structure  and  in  function  an  electrical  organ  of  itself ; and  not  only 
so,  but  that  each  of  the  fine  membranous  partitions  or  plates  is  an 
electromotive  structure  of  which,  notwithstanding  its  almost  incon- 
ceivable tenuity,  the  two  opposite  surfaces  are,  when  in  activity,  in 
different  electrical  states  ; so  that,  in  consequence  of  their  pile-like 
arrangement  and  their  all  acting  in  the  same  direction,  the  electro- 
motive force  excited  by  the  whole  column  is,  as  in  a voltaic  battery, 
equal  to  the  sum  of  the  forces  exerted  by  the  many  hundreds  of 
plates  of  which  it  is  composed. 

It  having  thus  been  made  evident  that  everything  depended  on 
the  plates,  the  lecturer  proceeded  to  explain  their  minute  structure, 
for  the  investigation  of  which  it  was  of  course  necessary  to  employ 
much  higher  powers.  The  microscopical  drawings  which  were 
thrown  on  the  screen  showed  that  each  of  the  fine  membranes  which 
had  been  described  consists  of  two  different  structures.  Its  upper 
surface  presents  a layer  of  apparently  homogeneous  material  in  which 
Ann.  & Mag.  N.  Hist.  Ser.  5.  Fol.  xx.  31 


442  Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain. 

nuclei  are  distributed  at  intervals.  This  may  be  called  the  proto- 
plasmic lamina.  The  under  or  ventral  layer  might  be  called  the 
nerve-lamina,  for  it  is  made  up  of  the  arborizations  of  the  innu- 
merable nervous  filaments  which  spread  themselves  over  the  proto- 
plasmic lamina  on  its  nnder  surface.  As  these  filaments  branch 
repeatedly  as  they  approach  their  destination,  their  ultimate  endings 
are  among  the  smallest  objects  which  can  be  distinguished  under 
tlie  microscope. 

The  electrical  organ  offers  to  the  physiologist  one  of  the  most 
striking  examples  of  that  adaptation  of  structure  to  function  which 
is  universal  among  living  beings.  A single  column  of  the  organ  of 
the  torpedo  resembles  in  a very  remarkable  degree  a voltaic  pile,  of 
which  the  plates  are  the  elements,  but  it  is  a resemblance  with  a 
difference.  The  difference  lies  in  this,  that  the  organ  is  only  a 
battery  when  it  is  waked  into  activity  by  a stimulus.  This  waking 
up  or  (to  use  the  ordinary  language  of  physiology)  excitation  is 
derived  from  the  animal’s  brain,  which  for  the  purpose  has  added  to 
it  a special  electric  lobe  on  each  side,  from  which  the  enormous 
nerves,  which  arc  so  richly  supplied  to  the  electrical  organ,  emanate. 
The  use  of  this  lobe  is  obviously  not  to  produce  electricity  itself, 
but,  at  the  will  of  the  animal,  to  set  free  the  energy  of  the  organ, 
i.  e.  of  each  of  the  many  thousand  plates  of  which  it  consists.  Thus, 
of  the  two  laminae  of  each  plate,  the  nervous  and  the  protoplasmic, 
each  represents  a distinct  function — the  protoplasmic  that  of  pro- 
ducing the  required  electromotive  effect,  the  nervous  that  of  receiving 
from  the  brain  and  communicating  to  the  protoplasm  the  impulse  by 
which  it  is  discharged. 

In  a former  lecture  it  had  been  shown  that  all  the  ordinary 
physiological  changes  which  occur  at  every  moment  of  our  existence 
in  what  Bichat  called  the  organs  of  animal  life,  particularly  in  our 
nerves  and  muscles,  are  accompanied  by  electrical  changes,  and  that 
although  it  is  not  yet  possible  to  give  any  physical  explanation  of 
these  changes,  rapid  progress  is  now  being  made  in  determining  the 
laws  of  their  association  with  the  other  physical  concomitants  of 
muscular  and  nervous  action.  As  it  is  practically  much  more 
important  to  understand  the  physiology  of  muscle  and  nerve  than 
that  of  the  electrical  organs  of  a few  fish,  the  latter  has  been  com- 
paratively insufficiently  studied.  The  purpose  of  the  experiments 
made  at  Arcachon  is  to  bring  the  phenomena  of  the  electrical 
discharge  or  shock  of  the  torpedo  and  the  physiology  of  its  organ  into 
line  with  the  already  very  accurately  investigated  phenomena  of 
nerve  and  muscle.  With  reference  to  these  last,  certain  very  defi- 
nite laws  have  been  established,  of  which,  perhaps,  the  most  funda- 
mental is  that,  when  functionally  at  rest,  these  structures  exhibit 
no  electromotive  action.  The  structure  must  have  been  previously 
acted  upon  by  some  external  agency  capable  of  exciting  it.  Another 
established  fact  is  that  the  effect  is  of  limited  duration,  and  that  for 
its  development  a certain  time  must  elapse,  which  under  similar 
conditions  is  always  the  same  for  the  same  structure.  A third  is 


443 


Geological  Society, 

that  all  kinds  of  excitants  act  in  the  same  way,  the  effects  differing 
in  intensity,  not  in  direction.  In  all  these  respects,  and  in  others 
of  less  importance,  the  electrical  plate  agrees  with  muscle  and 
nerve.  Inasmuch,  therefore,  as  we  have  met  with  a structure  of 
which  the  development  of  electrical  action  is  the  exclusive  function, 
there  seems  to  be  good  reason  for  the  hope  that  by  its  investigation 
a nearer  approach  may  be  made  than  has  hitherto  been  possible  to 
the  central  question — that  of  the  reason  why  in  all  animal  struc- 
tures the  transition  from  the  inactive  to  the  active  state  is,  so  far  as 
our  present  knowledge  teaches,  always  accompanied  by  electrical 
change. 

The  question  why  certain  fish  are  endowed  with  so  singular  a 
means  of  offence  and  defence,  which  others  allied  to  them  zoologi- 
cally do  not  possess,  and,  above  all,  why  some  fish  have  electrical 
organs  so  small  as  to  be  useless,  is  as  difficult  to  answer  now  as 
when  Mr.  Darwin  wrote  the  * Origin  of  Species.’  The  facts  relating 
to  the  development  of  the  organ,  which  teach  us  to  regard  it  as,  in 
some  sense,  a modified  muscle,  might  suggest  that  the  transition 
from  muscle  to  organ  was  a gradual  one,  determined  by  external 
conditions.  But  we  are  prevented  from  accepting  any  such  sugges- 
tion by  the  consideration  that  an  electrical  organ  only  becomes 
advantageous  to  its  possessor  when  it  has  acquired  sufficient  size  to 
be  used  in  the  capture  of  prey,  and  that  in  all  previous  stages  of 
transition  it  must  be  useless.  Natural  selection  could  not  therefore 
determine  the  development  of  the  electrical  organ  by  modification 
of  muscle.  It  is  more  reasonable  to  imagine  that  all  fish,  or  at  any 
rate  certain  families  of  fish,  possess  an  undeveloped  element  of 
structure,  of  which  the  electrical  organ  is  the  manifestation.  So 
that  what  we  have  to  account  for  is  not  its  presence  in  some  excep- 
tional cases,  but  its  absence  in  the  great  majority. 

The  existence  of  such  a tendency  as  this  hypothesis  supposes 
would  render  it  possible  for  natural  selection  to  operate  efficiently 
in  bringing  about  the  observed  result. 


GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

November  9,  1887. — Prof.  J.  W.  Judd,  F.R.S., 

President,  in  the  Chair. 

The  following  communication  was  read : — 

“ Note  on  the  so-called  ‘ Soapstone  ’ of  Fiji.”  By  Henry  B. 
Brady,  F.R.S. 

The  Suva  deposit,  which  has  a composition  very  similar  to  that 
of  the  volcanic  muds  at  present  forming  around  oceanic  islands  in 
the  Pacific,  is  friable  and  easily  disintegrated.  The  colour  ranges 
from  nearly  white  to  dark  grey,  the  mass  being  usually  speckled 

31* 


444 


Miscellaneous. 


with  minerals  of  a darker  hue.  Under  the  microscope  the  rock 
presents  the  character  of  a fine  siliceous  mud  with  crystals  of  augite 
&c.,  tc  gether  with  the  sparsely  scattered  tests  of  Eoraminifera.  The 
approximate  chemical  composition  of  typical  specimens  is: — Silica, 
50  per  cent. ; alumina,  18  per  cent. ; lime  and  magnesia,  from  5 to  6 
per  cent.  ; ferric  oxide,  from  3 to  8 per  cent. ; water,  16  per  cent., 
with  a small  proportion  of  alkalies,  chiefly  potash,  and  but  small  trace 
of  carbonates. 

The  Author’s  attention  was  chiefly  directed  to  the  common  grey 
friable  rock,  which  may  be  softened  in  water  and  washed  on  a 
sieve,  the  residue  consisting  mainly  of  Uoraminifera  with  a few 
Ostracoda.  Of  three  specimens  examined,  1 is  a light-grey  rock  from 
close  to  the  sea-level ; 2,  of  a lighter  colour,  from  about  100  feet 
elevation  ; 3 is  nearly  white  and  somewhat  harder,  and  was  derived 
from  an  intermediate  point.  So  far  as  the  JVJicrozoa  are  concerned, 
the  first  two  present  no  differences  which  might  not  be  observed  in 
dredgings  from  the  recent  sea-bottom,  taken  at  similar  depths  a little 
distance  apart.  The  third  appears  to  have  been  deposited  in  some- 
what deeper  water.  There  is  a marked  scarcity  of  arenaceous 
Foraminifera. 

Then  followed  notes  on  the  rarer  and  more  interesting  species, 
together  with  a list  of  the  92  species  of  Foraminifera  found.  Of 
these,  87  are  forms  still  living  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Pacific 
islands.  Two  of  the  remaining  5 are  new  to  science,  and  the  rest 
extremely  rare.  The  Author  concluded  that  these  deposits  are  of 
Post-Tertiary  age,  formed  at  depths  of  from  150  to  200  fathoms  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  a volcanic  region.  The  following  new  or  little- 
known  species  were  selected  for  illustration  : — ElU]DSoidina  ellip- 
soideSy  var.  ohlonga,  Seguenza  ; Haplophragmium  rugosuniy  D’Orb. ; 
EJirenhergina  hicornis,  sp.  nov.  ; Sphceroidina  ornata,  sp.  nov. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

JEga  creyiulatciy  Liitken.  By  J.  Duncan  Matthews,  F.P.S.E. 

The  capture  off  the  Scottish  coast  of  a Crustacean  hitherto  unre- 
corded from  British  waters  seems  of  sufficient  interest  for  publi- 
cation. 

The  specimen  was  a parasitic  Isopod,  and  was  procured  by  Mr. 
Murray,  Fishery  Officer,  Stonehaven,  and  by  him  forwarded  to  the 
scientific  department  of  the  Fishery  Board  for  Scotland.  Sent  to 
the  Eev.  Dr.  Norman  for  identification,  it  was  described  by  him  as 
a specimen  of  Miga  crenidatcty  Liitken,  “ a Greenland  form  not 
previously  found  in  our  seas.” 

This  JEga  was  taken  in  October  1886  from  a large  shark  caught 
entangled  on  lines  about  8 miles  off  Stonehaven.  . Unfortunately 


Miscellaneous, 


445 


the  exact  identity  of  the  shark  was  not  ascertained,  but  it  was 
described  as  the  blue  shark,  though  possibly  it  may  have  been  the 
Greenland  shark,  of  which  specimens  are  sometimes  got  on  this 
coast. 

The  parasite  was  in  fine  condition  and  the  only  one  procured. 
It  measured  54  millim.  in  length  and  21  millim.  across  the  ventral 
surface. 

Sebastes  norvegicus.  By  J.  Dtjncan  Matthews,  F.B.S.E. 

Partly  from  the  interest  attaching  to  a somewhat  uncommon  fish, 
hut  more  particularly  in  order  to  describe  some  variations  from  pre- 
viously recorded  examples,  I wish  to  record  here  the  capture  of  some 
specimens  of  Sebastes  norvegicus.  Three  specimens  which  I examined 
(out  of  a total  take  of  six)  were  caught  in  February  of  this  year 
and  forwarded  to  me  at  the  Fishery  Board  for  Scotland  by  Mr. 
Murray,  Fishery  Officer,  Stonehaven.  One  of  the  specimens 
measured  378  millim.  in  length,  115  millim.  in  depth  at  back  of 
operculum,  and  weighed  2 lbs.  1|  oz.  ; a second  was  350  millim. 
long,  and  weighed  1 lb.  10  oz. ; the  third  was  only  220  millim.  in 
length.  They  were  all  of  a bright  crimson-red  colour.  The  largest 
of  the  six  taken  (and  which  was  not  sent  to  the  Laboratory)  measured 
458  millim.  long.  The  three  specimens  above  recorded  make  six 
specimens  received  by  the  Fishery  Board  within  the  last  four  years 
— all  from  the  east  coast  of  Scotland. 

Mr.  Murray’s  account  of  the  locality  where  these  six  fish  were 
caught  is  interesting,  as  confirming  the  statement  of  Couch,  Day, 
&c.,  that  they  frequent  deep  water.  He  says  that  they  were 
caught  16  miles  off  Stonehaven,  where  the  general  depth  is  30 
fathoms  with  gravel  bottom.  There  are,  however,  off  that  coast 
numerous  deep  pits  or  holes,  said  to  be  from  60  to  100  fathoms  in 
depth.  The  Sebastes  were  all  caught  with  herring-bait  on  part  of 
a small  line,  which  had  been  hanging  across  one  of  these  pits — said 
to  be  70  fathoms  deep.  Eels  were  caught  on  the  rocky  bottom  on 
each  side  of  the  pit,  and  these  Sebastes  were  caught  on  the  line  sus- 
pended across. 

The  following  note  of  the  fin-rays,  as  found  on  these  three  speci- 
mens, and  other  three  also  examined  by  me,  shows  a rather  striking 
variation  from  the  record  by  Yarrell,  Couch,  Giinther,  and  Day. 
These  authorities  all  give  15  spines  in  the  dorsal  fin,  and  7 to  9 
soft  rays  in  the  anal  fin,  while  in  the  six  examples  examined  by  me 
only  one  (figured  as  a Serranus  in  the  Annual  lieport  for  1883)  has 
15  dorsal  spines,  the  others  having  only  12.  Five  of  the  six  have 
only  6 soft  anal  rays,  including  a last  ray  which,  springing 
close  to  the  penultimate,  looks  somewhat  like  part  of  it.  The 
variation  from  Gunther’s  and  Day’s  record  of  the  number  of  ver- 
tebrae, in  one  examined  in  this  respect,  is  also  worthy  of  note. 

Each  had  seven  branchiostegal  rays,  and  in  other  respects  these 
specimens  were  identical  with  those  previously  recorded. 


446 


Miscellaneous. 


Yarrell  D 15-f-15  P 19  V 1-f-o  A 3+8  C 14 

Couch  D 15+13  P 17  V 1+5  A 3+7  C 15 

Gunther D ..  . . A ^9  . . Vert,  12/19 

Day  D^  P 20  V 1/5  A^A  C 13  Vert.  12/19 


From  Shetland,  1883  . . . . D 15+13  P 19  V 1+5  A 3+7  C 15 

0 f From  Berwick,  22  i.  85  . . D 12+12  P 20  V 1+5  A 3+6  C 16 

1 1 I From  „ 19  T.  85  . . D 12+13  P | "l’**  | V 1+5  A 3+6  C 14  Vert.  25 

1 I •<  From  Stonehaven,  14  ii.  87.  D 12+14  P 20  V 1 + 5 A 3+6  C 14 

1 1 From  „ „ D 12+13  P | ! V 1+5  A 3+6  C 15 

J-  LFrom  „ „ D 12+13  P 19  V 1+6  A 3+6  C 16 


The  following  measurements  were  taken  (along  a median  longi- 
tudinal line)  from  the  largest  Stonehaven  specimen  ; — 


millim. 

Diameter  of  eye  3)0 

Length  from  tip  of  premaxiUse  to  centre  of  eye  40 

„ ,,  „ to  posterior  end  of  closed  maxillae  51 

to  root  of  pectoral  fin  105 


Depth  through  centre  of  eye 
„ at  root  of  first  dorsal  spine . 
„ ,,  ,,  anal  ^ ,, 

„ (least)  at  root  of  tail 


pelvic  fin 

1st  spine  of  dorsal  fin 
1st  soft  ray  of  „ 
last  _ „ ‘ 

1st  spine  of  anal  fin 
1st  soft  ray  of  „ 
last  „ 

outer  caudal  ray  , 
to  tip  of  caudal  central  rays  . 


114 

93 

221 

281 

210 

226 

257 

315 

378 

73 

110 

98 

34 


One  of  the  three  Stonehaven  specimens  had  6 spines  on  the  pre- 
operculum  instead  of  the  usual  5,  the  extra  one  being  small,  and 
situated  close  to  the  most  ventral  of  the  series. 


On  a new  Genus  of  Phosphorescent  Lumbricidae,  and  on  the  Type- 
species  of  that  Genus,  Pbotodrilus  phosphorous,  Duy'es.  By  M. 
A.  Giard. 

The  existence  of  the  photogenic  function  among  certain  Lum- 
brieidae  has  often  been  pointed  out ; but  very  rarely  have  the  parts 
which  present  this  peculiarity  been  described  in  a sufficient  manner, 
and  the  conditions  under  which  the  phosphorescence  is  produced  are 
still  imperfectly  known.  During  the  months  of  August  and  Sep- 
tember I observed,  at  Wimereux,  in  the  paths  of  a garden  at  some 
distance  from  the  sea,  a luminous  earthworm,  which  appears  to  me 
to  belong  to  a new  genus  of  the  group  of  “ Lumbriciens  postclitel- 


Miscellaneous, 


447 


liens”  of  Perrier,  nearly  allied  to  Flutellas^  and  more  nearly  still  to 
Pontodrilus.  To  obtain  a fairy  spectacle  it  was  sufficient,  in  the 
evening,  especially  when  the  weather  was  damp,  to  kick  or  scrape 
the  gravel  on  the  walks  ; a multitude  of  luminous  specks,  of  a fine 
opalesceiit  green,  were  at  once  lighted  up.  These  specks  were  of 
unequal  dimensions : the  largest  produced  a light  as  bright  as  that 
of  our  glow-worms,  and  visible  even  in  a room  lighted  by  a good 
lamj).  When  one  of  these  specks  was  taken  and  rubbed  between 
the  hands,  both  palms  were  soon  rendered  luminous.  In  the  vicinity 
of  each  phosphorescent  speck,  or  of  each  luminous  streak,  a small 
earthworm  was  found,  which,  more  often  than  not,  showed  no 
injury,  in  spite  of  the  rather  rough  treatment  emj)]oyed  to  dis- 
cover it. 

Photodrilus  jjhosp7ioreiish.SiS  a length  of  from  45  to  50  millimetres, 
with  a width  of  1*5  millimetre  (2  millimetres  in  the  clitellian  region). 
It  has  about  110  segments.  Its  colour  is  of  a rosy  grey,  orange  at 
the  cingulum.  The  skin  is  sufficiently  transparent  to  allow  the 
internal  organs  and  an  abundant  vascular  system  to  be  seen.  The 
setae  are  short  and  bent ; but,  instead  of  being  in  pairs  as  in  most  of 
the  Lumbricidae,  they  are  distant  from  one  another  as  in  the  Ponto- 
drili.  They  form,  accordingly,  eight  nearly  parallel  longitudinal 
rows ; the  two  lower  ventral  rows  are  very  near  together  in  the 
anteclitellian  part,  and  the  space  which  separates  them  scarcely 
exceeds  the  width  of  the  nervous  chain. 

The  cephalic  lobe  is  rounded,  and  does  not  encroach  upon  the  buccal 
segment.  Between  segments  8 and  9 (the  seventh  and  eighth  setigerous 
segments),  on  the  lines  of  the  lower  ventral  setoe,  may  be  seen  the 
orifices  of  the  single  pair  of  copulatory  pouches.  This  is  homologous 
with  the  second  pair  in  Pontodrilus.  The  cingulum  begins  towards 
the  superior  third  of  the  thirteenth  segment,  and  occupies  the 
fourteenth,  fifteenth,  sixteenth,  and  seventeenth  segments ; this  last 
is  very  much  shorter  than  the  preceding  ones.  The  fourteenth  seg- 
ment contains  the  female  genital  apertures  on  the  lines  of  the  lower 
ventral  setas  and  a little  above  these  setae.  The  male  genital  orifices 
are  on  the  eighteenth  segment.  The  segmental  organs  only  exist 
below  the  fourteenth  segment,  and  open  externally  at  the  upper 
limit  of  each  segment  outside  the  lines  of  the  superior  ventral  setae. 

The  digestive  tube  commences  with  an  exsertile  part  (proboscis), 
which  the  animal  evaginates  and  draws  back  alternately,  rather 
slowly,  when  it  is  subjected  to  the  action  of  chloroform.  In  these 
backward  and  forward  movements,  on  the  lower  surface  of  the 
buccal  segment,  a tuft  of  long  transparent  filaments  may  be  seen  to 
project,  sometimes  finely  striated  transversely  and  of  an  extreme 
slenderness.  These  setiform  elements,  which  are  much  longer  than 
the  cephalic  lobe  and  very  flexible,  have  not,  to  my  knowledge,  been 
noticed  in  any  Lumbrician.  Must  they  be  regarded  as  homologous 
with  the  cylindrical  bacilli  described  by  Perrier  in  the  interior  of 
the  hypodermis  of  the  Pontod.rili‘1  or  are  they  really  muscular  fibres 
ruptured  and  dissociated  by  the  reagent  ? 


448 


Miscellaneous, 


The  ovoid  pharyngeal  swelling  extends  from  the  third  to  the  fifth 
segment ; it  is  followed  by  a straight  oesophagus,  which,  in  seg- 
ments 10,  11,  12,  and  13,  presents  four  dilatations,  taking  the  place 
of  the  gizzard.  The  intestine,  properly  so-called,  commences  at  the 
fourteenth  segment.  In  the  anterior  region  (segments  5 to  9)  the 
oesophagus  is  covered  laterally  and  dorsally  by  voluminous  glands, 
which  decrease  posteriorly ; the  smallest  is  situated  in  the  ninth 
segment.  I regard  these  as  homologous  with  the  septal  glands 
discovered  by  Yejdovsky  in  the  Enchytraeidae.  jS’otwithstanding  the 
place  which  they  occupy  against  the  intestine,  these  organs  are  not 
digestive  glands  ; they  open  on  the  outside  of  the  back,  and  I think 
that  it  is  to  their  secretion  that  the  luminous  property  of  the  Plioto- 
drilus  must  be  attributed.  The  dissepiments  do  not  always  corre- 
spond exactly  with  the  limit  of  two  consecutive  segments.  Thus 
the  ninth  septum  is  not  situated  between  the  ninth  and  the  tenth 
segments,  but  it  is  attached  to  the  intestinal  wall,  towards  the 
middle  of  the  tenth ; in  the  same  manner  the  tenth,  eleventh,  and 
twelfth  septa  start  from  a lateral  insertion  situated  a little  below  the 
lower  limit  of  the  tenth,  eleventh,  and  twelfth  segments,  and  sur- 
round the  intestine  towards  the  middle  of  the  eleventh,  twelfth, 
and  thirteenth  segments.  The  same  fact  has  been  remarked  by 
Horst  in  Moniligaster  Hoiitenii. 

The  circulatory  apparatus  differs  little  from  that  of  the  Pontodrili. 
The  lateral  hearts  are  situated  in  segments  10,  11,  and  12.  The 
ventral  vessel  is  divided,  towards  the  middle  of  the  8th  segment, 
into  two  lateral  ventral  branches,  which,  at  first  very  widely  sepa- 
rated, converge  in  segments  5 and  4,  and  are  then  directed  laterally 
into  segments  2 and  1,  to  form  a fine  vascular  plexus  in  the 
cephalic  lobe. 

There  are  two  pairs  of  testes.  They  are  large,  very  vascular 
glands,  which  occupy  the  upper  part  of  segments  11  aud  12.  The 
ovaries  are  situated  in  the  thirteenth  segment.  The  animals  which 
we  have  studied  not  being  at  the  period  of  sexual  ’activity,  the  male 
genital  apertures  were  not  very  distinct.  The  apertures  of  the  ovi- 
ducts were  to  be  seen  very  clearly  on  the  lower  surface  of  the 
fourteenth  segment,  in  the  form  of  two  little  fissures,  slightly 
oblique  from  without  inwards.  The  copulatory  pouches,  situated 
in  the  ninth  segment,  have  a small  accessory  sac,  as  in  the  Pon- 
iodrili. 

In  certain  individuals,  in  the  twelfth  and  sometimes  in  the  thir- 
teenth and  eighteenth  segment,  besides  the  eight  ordinary  setee,  two 
complementary  setse  may  be  seen,  situated  lower  down  than  the 
others  and  placed  outside  the  lower  ventral  rows  ; sometimes  one  of 
these  setae  is  replaced  by  a bundle  of  four  setae,  and  that  sometimes 
to  the  right,  sometimes  to  the  left.  Horst  seems  to  have  met  with 
similar  tetrachetal  bundles  in  the  Rhinodrilus  Zenkatei,  Are  these 
penial  setae  in  retrogression  ? 

The  short  description  which  Duges  has  given  of  his  Limihricus 
phosphor eus*  may  apply  to  the  Photodrilus.  Duges  found  this 
species  in  the  tan  of  a hothouse  iu  the  Jardin  des  Plantes  at 
* Ami.  des  8c.  Nat.  2®  serie,  t.  viii.  p.  24  (1837). 


Miscellaneous. 


449 


Montpellier.  At  Wimereux  the  Photodrilvs  is  only  to  be  met  with 
in  the  paths  running  along  the  beds  filled  with  soil  from  the  hot- 
houses of  an  horticulturist  at  Boulogne.  It  is  probable  therefore 
that  we  have  to  do  with  an  exotic  species  which  has  accommodated 
itself  very  well  to  the  maritime  climate  of  the  Boulonnais. — ComiAcs 
Rendus.  November  7,  1887,  p.872. 

Note  on  a neiv  Species  of  Cercopithecus  from  Kaffa,  in  Centred 
Africa.  By  Dr.  Eneico  H.  Giglioli. 

The  Eoyal  Museum  of  Florence  has  lately  received  from  Dr.  Leo- 
poldo  Traversi  some  important  collections,  among  which  occurs  a 
monkey  evidently  belonging  to  a still  undescribed  species.  It  is  an 
adult  female,  and  comes  from  Kaffa ; Dr.  Traversi  has  sent  the  skin 
and  the  skeleton. 

This  monkey  belongs  to  SchlegeTs  group  vi.  of  Cercopithecus 
(Monogr.  des  Singes,  p.  82,  Leyden,  1876),  which  includes  species 
with  the  hair  black,  “ annulated  with  greyish  or  reddish  white  upon 
the  upper  part  of  the  body,  the  cheeks,  and  the  basal  part  of  the 
tail,”  and  in  which  Schlegel  has  placed  two  species,  namely  C.  leu- 
campyx.,  Fischer,  and  C.  neglectus,  Schlegel.  The  former  lives  in 
Angola,  has  the  forehead  white,  and  received  from  Gray  the  name 
of  C.  Pluto  (P.  Z.  S.  1848,  p.  57).  The  second  inhabits  the  region 
of  the  White  Nile,  and  was  regarded  by  Gray  (Cat.  Monkeys, 
Lemurs,  &c.  B.  M.  p.  22,  1870)  as  the  true  G.  leucampyx,  but 
differs  therefrom,  as  noted  by  Schlegel  {op.  cit.  p.  70),  by  having 
the  anterior  margin  of  the  thighs  and  a band  across  the  hips  white. 

The  species  here  described  differs  clearly  from  the  two  above 
cited  by  the  deficiency  of  the  white  bands  across  the  forehead,  upon 
the  anterior  margin  of  the  thighs,  and  across  the  hips.  On  the  other 
hand  it  has  the  anterior  part  of  the  neck,  the  sparse  hairs  of  the 
upper  lip,  and  the  longer  and  more  abundant  hairs  of  the  chin  of  a 
yellowish  white.  The  greyish  annulations,  with  a greenish  tinge 
in  some  parts,  are  to  be  noted  upon  the  hairs  of  the  forehead,  the 
long  hairs  of  the  cheeks,  the  hairs  which  adorn  the  outer  margins 
of  the  ears,  on  all  the  lower  part  of  the  back,  and  on  the  basal  third 
of  the  tail.  The  crown  of  the  head,  the  nape,  the  upper  part  of  the 
back,  the  limbs,  and  the  terminal  portion  of  the  tail  have  the  hair 
of  an  intense  black  colour,  which  changes  to  a fuliginous  brown  on 
the  breast,  the  abdomen,  and  the  inner  parts  of  the  thighs  and  legs. 
The  naked  skin  of  the  face  was  evidently  of  an  azure-blue  colour  in 
the  living  animal.  The  hairs  are  scarce  towards  the  extremity  of 
the  tail  and  on  the  fingers. 

The  dimensions  are  as  follows : — Total  length  (from  the  vertex 
to  the  end  of  the  tail)  0'880  m. ; tail  0*390  m. ; arm  (from  the 
axilla  to  the  end  of  the  middle  finger)  0*170  m.  ; leg  (from  the 
groin  to  the  extremity  of  the  toes)  0*270  m.  The  bones  show  no 
differential  characters. 

The  author  proposes  to  name  this  species  Cercopithecus  Boutour- 
7mu,  after  the  Count  Augusto  Boutourlinc,  of  Florence. — Zool’f- 
yischer  Anzei(jci\  No.  261,  8eptembcr  26,  1887,  p.  5<)i). 


450 


Miscellaneous. 


On  the  Formation  of  the  Calcareous  Corpuscles  in  Holoihuria. 

By  M.  Edgakd  Hekotjard. 

In  studying  the  calcareous  corpuscles  in  the  Dendrochirotae,  of 
which  a considerable  number  of  species  are  found  at  Banyuls  and  at 
Roscoflf,  I have  been  led  to  discover  their  mode  of  formation ; and, 
though  these  elements  present  in  each  species  a form  so  peculiar 
that  it  serves  as  a criterion  in  their  determination,  I have  found 
that  the  original  form  of  the  corpuscle  is  everywhere  the  same  in 
these  animals. 

A calcareous  corpuscle  has,  in  fact,  as  the  basis  of  its  formation, 
a group  of  hexagonal  prismatic  cells,  arranged  in  a single  layer,  in 
a pavement-like  form. 

Eour  adjacent  cells,  and  in  the  first  place  their  walls  of  contact, 
serve  as  a centre  of  attraction  for  the  calcareous  molecules.  Thus, 
at  first,  we  get  a corpuscle  in  the  form  of  an  X.  The  calcareous 
matter  afterwards  reaches  the  other  lateral  walls  of  these  four  cells ; 
but  the  bases  of  the  latter  always  remain  free  from  any  deposit. 
The  centre  of  each  cell  is  occupied  by  the  nucleus,  and  the  presence 
of  this,  preventing  the  calcareous  deposit  from  spreading,  explains 
the  existence  of  holes  in  their  structures.  The  calcareous  deposit 
being  more  abundant  along  the  edges  of  the  hexagonal  cells  is  the 
cause  of  the  existence  of  the  projections  which  occur  on  the  surface 
of  the  corpuscles. 

I shall  call  these  four  cells  the  four  fundamental  cells  of  the  cor- 
puscle, and  give  the  iiame  of  fundamental  calcareous  corpuscle  to 
that  which  originates  by  the  calcification  of  the  lateral  walls  of 
these  four  cells.  As  a type  of  this  fundamental  corpuscle  may  be 
cited  the  normal  corpuscle  of  Colochirus  Lacazii. 

Because  the  mode  of  formation  is  subjected  to  the  same  law,  it 
does  not  follow  that  the  fundamental  calcareous  corpuscle  is  identical 
in  all  species.  The  size,  relative  or  absolute,  of  the  hexagonal  cells, 
the  form  and  dimensions  of  the  projections  from  the  surface  of  the 
corpuscle  are,  in  fact,  matters  which  are  fixed  for  each  species,  but 
vary  in  difterent  species. 

When  once  a fundamental  calcareous  corpuscle  is  formed,  a calcifi- 
cation analogous  to  that  above  described  gains  the  neighbouring 
hexagonal  cells  one  after  the  other.  According  to  the  species  this 
calcification  either  equally  affects  all  the  cells  which  surround  this 
corpuscle,  or  only  some  of  them.  Thus  we  get  corpuscles  repre- 
senting sometimes  discs,  sometimes  laminse,  and  more  or  less  elon- 
gated and  contorted. 

In  general,  among  the  holes  in  the  more  complex  calcareous  cor- 
puscles, we  may  distinguish  four,  which,  by  their  size  and  their 
lozenge-shaped  arrangement,  strike  one  at  once.  They  are  precisely 
those  of  the  fundamental  calcareous  corpuscle. 

To  sum  up,  in  the  Dendrochirotse  : — (1)  The  calcareous  corpuscles 
have  as  their  basis  of  formation  a plane  of  hexagonal  cells;  (2)  only 
four  adjacent  cells  are  concerned  in  the  commencement  of  the  for- 
mation of  every  corpuscle,  and  thus  furnish  the  fundamental  calca- 
reous corpuscle ; (3)  the  apertures  in  the  corpuscles  are  caused  by 
the  presence  of  the  nuclei  of  the  hexagonal  cells  ; (4)  the  projections 
of  the  surface  of  the  corpuscles  are  formed  along  the  edges  of  the 
hexagonal  cells. — Comptes  llendus,  November  7,  1887,  p.  875. 


451 


INDEX  TO  VOL.  XX. 


Acythopeus,  new  species  of,  359. 

^Ediodes,  new  species  of,  117. 

^ga  crenulata,  note  on,  444. 

AgatLia,  new  species  of,  243. 

Alcides,  new  species  of,  354. 

AlgoB,  Ceylonese,  in  the  British  Mu- 
seum, Catalogue  of,  21. 

Amhlypodia,  new  species  of,  268. 

Ambulyx,  new  species  of,  271. 

Amoebse,  on  multiplication  in,  316. 

Amphiura  Chiajii,  on  the  variations 
of,  411. 

squamata,  on  a Copepod  para- 
sitic upon,  148, 

Anisodes,  new  species  of.  245. 

Auniella,  new  species  of,  50. 

Anomalurus,  new  species  of,  440. 

Apis  mellifica,  on  the  races  of,  143. 

Aporrhipis,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  18. 

Appeudicularians,  on  swarms  of, 

102. 

Appias,  new  species  of,  265,  434. 

Argonauta  Bottgeri,  notes  on,  409. 

Aristosuchus  pusillus,  on,  135, 

Aulax,  new  species  of,  250. 

Axinella  Bonnani,  remarks  on,  158. 

Baris,  new  species  of,  359. 

Barsenis,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  17. 

Batrachia,  new,  50,  95,  295,  312, 
344,  407. 

Batrachospermum,  new  species  of, 
41. 

Beddard,  F.  E.,  on  a new  type  of 
compound  e}^e,  233. 

Bee,  on  the  races  of  the  honey-,  143. 

BeU,  Prof.  F.  J.,  on  a new  species  of 
Nucleolites,  with  remarks  on  the 
subdivisions  of  the  genus,  125  ; on 
the  generic  name  Muelleria,  148  ; 
on  the  habitat  of  Peripatus  Leuck- 


arti,  252  ; on  a new  species  of  Eve- 
chinus,  403 ; on  the  variations  of 
Amphiura  Chiajii,  411. 

Bergendal,  Br.  B.,  notes  on  IheLand- 
Plauariae,  44. 

Bernard,  F.,  on  the  structure  of  the 
branchia  of  the  proso branchiate 
Gasteropods,  247. 

Beryx,  new  species  of,  237. 

Bipalia,  notes  on,  44. 

Bird,  on  a sacrum,  apparently  indi- 
cating a new  type  of,  137. 

Blochmann,  Br,  F,,  on  the  sexual 
generation  of  Chernies  abietis,  390. 

Blood -corpuscles  of  the  Cyclosto- 
niata,  on  the,  231. 

Bohmig,  Br.  L.,  on  the  sense-organs 
of  the  Turbellaria,  308. 

Bonnier,  J.,  on  the  phylogeny  of  the 
Bopyrinse,  76. 

Books,  new : — Balfour’s  ‘ Agricul- 
tural Pests  of  India,’  74. 

Bopyrinae,  on  the  phytogeny  of  the, 
76. 

Bothrideres,  new  species  of,  9. 

Botys,  new  species  of,  123. 

Boulenger,  G,  A.,  on  new  Reptiles 
and  Batrachians,  50,  95,  152,  295, 
407,  413 ; list  of  Lizards  and  Ba- 
trachians from  Cyprus,  344;  on 
the  affinity  of  the  North-American 
lizard-fauna,  345;  on  Cophophryiie 
sikkimensis,  405. 

Brady,  PI.  B.,  on  the  so-called  “ soap- 
stone ” of  Fiji,  443. 

Branchia,  on  the  structure  of  the,  of 
the  prosobranchiate  Gasteropods, 
247. 

Brodie,  Rev.  P.  B.,  on  the  mode  of 
occurrence  of  fishes  in  the  Keuper 
of  Warwick  and  Nottingham,  139. 

Bryozoa,  on  Australian,  81,  181,253; 


452 


I X D E X. 


on  tertiary  Cyclostomatous,  from 
New  Zealand,  139. 

Buchliolzia,  new  species  of,  424, 

Bufo,  new  species  of,  52. 

quadriporcatus,  remarks  on, 

314. 

Butler,  A.  G.,  on  new  Lepidoptera 
from  the  Solomon  Islands,  114, 
240,  414  ; on  anew  genus  of  Chal- 
cosiid  moths  allied  to  Pedoptila, 
180. 

Byssal  organ  of  the  Lamellibran- 
chiata,  on  the,  318. 

Cacosternum,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  51. 

Cancerilla  tubulata,  notes  on,  148. 

Carchares,  characters  of  l.he  new 
genus,  12. 

Cediocera,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  20. 

Cephalopoda,  on  the  salivary  glands 
in  the,  251. 

Cercopithecus,  new  species  of,  449. 

Chaetopterus,  on  the  organization  of, 
146. 

Chalcidoptera,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  119. 

Chalininae,  on  the  new  system  of, 
326  ; on  the  classification  and  no- 
menclature of,  428. 

Chariotheca,  new  species  of,  17. 

Chermes  abietis,  on  the  sexual  gene- 
ration of,  390. 

Chilodon,  new  species  of,  105. 

Chondrosteus  acipenseroides,  on,  134. 

Cicadidae,  new  species  of,  226,  415. 

Clada,  characters  of  the  new  genus, 

9. 

Cladorhiza,  new  species  of,  279. 

Clione  borealis,  on  the  occurrence  of, 
103. 

Coelenterate,  on  a new,  203. 

Coleoptera,  new,  8,  53,  165,  338, 
348. 

Copepod,  on  a,  parasitic  upon  Am- 
phiura  squamata,  148. 

Cophophryne  sikkimensis,  on,  405. 

Corinea,  new  species  of,  414. 

Oosmopsaltria,  new  species  of,  229. 

Cossyphus,  new  species  of,  13. 

Cotochena,  new  species  of,  122. 

Cribrilina,  new  species  of,  187. 

Cryptotympana,  new  species  of,  415. 

Ctimene,  new  species  of,  241. 

Gurculionidae,  on  new  Asiatic,  348. 

Cyclobatis,  on  the  affinities  of,  from 


the  Cretaceous  of  Mount  Lebanon, 
389. 

Cyclostomata,  on  the  blood-cor- 
puscles of  the,  231. 

Cyrtotriplax,  new  species  of,  62. 

Cyrtotyche,  new  species  of,  14. 

Dacue,  new  species  of,  56. 

Davis,  J.  W.,  on  Chondrosteus  aci- 
peuseroides,  134. 

Day,  F.,  on  the  Zygaena  dissimilis  cf 
Murray,  389. 

Decetia,  new  species  of,  242. 

Delias,  new  species  of,  266. 

Dendrohyrax,  new  species  of,  440. 

Dendroides,  new  species  of,  174. 

Dendy,  A.,  on  the  sponge-fauna  of 
Madras,  153 ; on  a new  species  of 
Cladorhiza,  279;  on  the  new  sys- 
tem of  Chalininae,  326. 

Dermatodes,  new  species  of,  349. 

Desmia  aegimiusalis,  new  variety  of, 
117. 

Dinosaurian  remains,  note  on  some, 
141. 

Diplopoda,  on  the  classification  of 
the,  283. 

Dirodes,  characters  of  the  new  genus, 
352. 

Distant,  W.  L.,  on  new  species  of 
Cicadidae,  226, 415  ; on  Sphingidae 
from  the  Malay  peninsula,  and  on 
anew  species  of  Ambulyx,  270. 

Diurus,  new  species  of,  19. 

Donald,  Miss  J.,  on  some  Carboni- 
ferous species  of  Murchisonia,  140. 

Doryagus,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  12. 

Draco,  new  species  of,  95. 

Duncan,  Prof.  P.  M.,  on  the  Echi- 
noidea  from  the  Australian  ter- 
tiaries,  140. 

Dutilleul,  G-,  on  the  anatomy  of  the 
Rhynchobdellean  Hirudinea,  150. 

Echinodermata,  on  the  true  nature  of 
the  madreporic  system  ” of,  321 ; 
on  the  phylogeny  and  anatomy  of 
the,  361. 

Echinoidea  from  the  Australian  ter- 
tiaries,  on  the,  140. 

Fillers,  Prof.  E.,  on  Polyparium  am- 
bulans,  273. 

Ellobius,  new  species  of,  384. 

Enchytraeidae,  on  the,  417. 

Endoceras,  new  species  of,  393. 

Episomus,  new  species  of,  349. 

Eremias,  new  species  of,  51. 


INDEX. 


453 


Erotylidae,  on  new,  from  Japan,  63. 

Ettingsliausen,  Dr.  C.  Baron  v.,  on 
the  Tertiary  flora  of  Australia, 
142. 

Eudaemonius,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  72. 

Eugeusis,  new  species  of,  10. 

Eupagurus  Bernhardus,  on  parasitic 
castration  in,  78. 

Euphloeus,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  15. 

Euplotes,  new  species  of,  113. 

Euschema,  new  species  of,  240. 

Euthycus,  new  species  of,  353. 

Eutriplax,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  72,  342. 

Evechinus,  new  species  of,  403. 

Exaetoderes,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  354. 

Eye,  on  a new  type  of  compound, 
233. 

Fiedler,  K.,  on  the  development  of 
the  sexual  products  in  Spougilla, 
435. 

Fins,  on  the  colour  of  pelvic,  300. 

Fishes,  on  the  significance  of  the  yolk 
in  the  eggs  of  osseous,  1 ; on  Aus- 
tralian, of  the  genus  Beryx,  237  ; 
on  post-larval  food-,  303 ; on  some 
electrical,  441. 

Flora,  on  the  Tertiary,  of  Australia, 
142. 

Flustra,  new  species  of,  93. 

Foord,  A.  H.,  on  Orthoceras  [Endo- 
ceras]  duplex,  393. 

Frogs,  on  new  South-Anierican,  295, 

Gall-fly,  on  a new,  250. 

Gasteropods,  on  the  structure  of  the 
branchia  of  the  prosobranchiate, 
247. 

Gebia  stellata,  on  parasitic  castration 
in,  78, 

Geological  Society,  proceedings  of 
the,  134,  443. 

Gerbillus,  on  a species  of,  382. 

Giard,  A.,  on  the  phylogeny  of  the 
Bopyrinae,  76  ; on  parasitic  castra- 
tion in  Eupagurus  Bernhardus  and 
in  Gebia  stellata,  78  ; on  a Cope- 
pod  parasitic  upon  Amphiura 
squamata,  148  ; on  a new  genus  of 
phosphorescent  Lumbricidae,  and 
on  the  type-species,  Photodrilus 
phosphoreus,  440. 

Giglioli,  Dr.  E.  II.,  on  a new  species 
of  Cercopithecus,  449. 


Glossiphonia,  on  the  anatomy  of, 
150. 

Glyphodes,  new  species  of,  118. 

Groom,  T.  T.,  on  some  new  features 
in  Pelanechinus  corallinus,  143. 

Gunther,  Dr.  A.,  note  on  the  Hapuku 
of  New  Zealand,  236  ; on  Austra- 
lian fishes  of  the  genus  Beryx, 
237 ; on  Batrachians  from  Perak, 
312. 

Halichondria  panicea,  new  variety  of, 
157. 

Halymenia,  new  species  of,  23. 

Hamann,  Dr.  O,,  on  the  anatomy 
and  phylogeny  of  the  Echinoder- 
mata,  361. 

Hapuku,  note  on  the,  of  New  Zea- 
land, 236. 

Haritala,  new  species  of,  122. 

Hartog,  Prof.  M.  M.,  on  the  madre- 
poric  system  ” of  Echinodermata, 
with  remarks  on  nephridia,  321. 

Helicarion,  new  species  of,  131. 

Helix,  new  species  of,  132. 

Herouard,  E.,  on  the  formation  of  the 
calcareous  corpuscles  in  the  Holo- 
thuria,  450. 

Heterocnephes,  new  species  of,  118. 

Heterosuchus  valdensis,  on,  136. 

Hircinia,  new  species  of,  163. 

Hirudinea,  on  the  anatomy  of  the 
Rhynchobdellean,  150. 

Histrio,  new  species  of,  113. 

Holman,  Miss  L.  E.,  on  multiplica- 
tion in  Amoebae,  316. 

Holosticha,  new  species  of,  108. 

Holothuria,  on  the  formation  of  the 
calcareous  corpuscles  in,  450. 

Homoptera,  new,  226,  415. 

Hulke,  J.  W.,  on  some  Dinosaurian 
remains,  141. 

Huxley,  Prof.  T.  H.,  on  Hyperoda- 
pedon  Gordon!,  137. 

Hyla,  new  species  of,  53,  298. 

Hylobius,  new  species  of,  350. 

Hyperodapedon  Gordon!,  observa- 
tions on,  137. 

Hypochaeris  radicata,  L.,  on  a new 
gall-fly  infesting,  250. 

Hypononieutidae,  new  species  of, 
414.  ' 

Imraedia,  new  species  of,  15. 

Infusoria,  on  new  hypotrichous,  from 
American  fresh  waters,  104. 

lotrochota  baculifera,  new  varietv 
of,  158. 


454  ■ 


INDEX. 


Isopoda,  on  the  structure  of  the  eye 
in  certain,  233. 

Ixahis,  new  species  of,  97. 

Joubin,  L.,  on  the  salivary  glands  in 
the  Cephalopoda,  251. 

KielFer,  J.  J.,  on  Aulax  hypochasridis, 
250. 

KorotnefF,  Dr.  A.,  on  Polyparium 
amhulans,  203. 

Labrus,  on  a post-larval,  300. 

].,afFiiie,  M.  J.-,  on  the  organization  of 
Chaetopterus,  146. 

Lamellibranchiata,  on  the  byssal 
organ  of  the,  3lk 

Lendenfeld,  Dr.  R.  von,  on  the  Chali- 
ninae,  428. 

Lepidoptera,  new,  114, 129, 180,  240, 
265,  270,  414,  432. 

Lepralia,  new  species  of,  194. 

Leptopoma,  new  species  of,  133. 

Leptopsaltria,  new  species  of,  228. 

Lett,  Rev.  H.  W.,  on  the  races  of  the 
honey-bee,  143. 

Lewis,  G.,  on  Japanese  Erotylidae, 
53;  on  Japanese  Pyi'Ochroidae,165; 
on  Japanese  Silphidae,  338. 

Liparis  Montagui,  on  the  post-larval 
condition  of,  302. 

Litonotus,  new  species  of,  104. 

Litorhynchus,  new  species  of,  413. 

Lizards,  list  of,  from  Cyprus,  344. 

Lizard -fauna,  on  the  affinity  of  the 
North- American,  345. 

Loxodes,  new  species  of,  106. 

Lumbricidae,  on  a new  genus  of  phos- 
phorescent, 446. 

Lyssidia,  new  species  of,  241. 

Lystrus,  new  species  of,  361. 

M/Intosh,  Prof.,  on  the  occurrence  of 
peculiar  gelatinous  bodies,  97 ; on 
Syncoryne  decipiens,  99;  on  the 
commensahstic  habits  of  the  larval 
forms  of  Peachia,  101 ; on  the 
presence  of  swarms  of  Appendicu- 
larians,  102  ; on  the  occurrence  of 
Clione  borealis,  103;  on  a post- 
larval  Labrus,  with  remarks  on  the 
colour  of  pelvic  fins,  300 ; on  the 
post-larval  condition  of  Liparis 
Montagui,  302 ; on  a peculiar  Tele- 
ostean  yolk-sac,  302 ; on  post-larval 
food-fishes,  303. 

Mammalia,  new,  269,  378,  440. 

Matthews,  J.  D.,  on  .^ga  creniilata, 
444  ; on  Sebastes  norvegicus,  445. 

Melitaea,  new  species  of,  130. 


Mesenchytraeus,  new  species  of  ,423. 

Messaras,  new  species  of,  267. 

Metaporia,  new  species  of,  129. 

Michaelseu,  Dr.  AV.,  on  the  Enchy- 
traeidae,  417. 

Microdon  nuchalis,  on  the  so-called, 
342. 

Micropora,  new  species  of,  185. 

Microsca,  new  species  of,  116. 

Microsternus,  new  species  of,  57. 

Mollusca,  new,  130. 

Mucronella  Elleri,  new  variety  of, 
194. 

Muelleria,  on  the  generic  name, 
148. 

Muller,  Dr.  W.,  on  the  scent-organs 
in  Phryganidae,  305. 

Murchisonia,  on  some  Carboniferous 
species  of,  140. 

Murray,  G.,  on  Ceylonese  Algae  in 
the  "British  Museum,  21. 

Murray,  J.  A.,  on  a new  species  of 
Zygaena,  304. 

]\[us,  new  species  of,  269. 

Nanina,  new  species  of,  131. 

Necrophorus,  new  species  of,  340. 

Neotriplax,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  60. 

Nephridi a,  remarks  on,  321. 

Newton,  E.  J.,  on  the  remains  of 
fishes  from  the  Keuper  of  Warwick 
and  Nottingham,  139. 

Nosophora,  new  species  of,  120. 

Nucleoli  tes,  on  ths  genus,  with  de- 
scriptions of  new  species,  125. 

Ochodontia,  new  species  of,  245. 

Omiodes,  new  species  of,  121. 

Omosaurus,  new  species  of,  141. 

Onychodromopsis,  characters  of  the 
new  genus,  107. 

Ophthalmodes,  new  species  of,  242. 

Ornithodesmus  cluniculus,  on  the 
sacrum  of,  137. 

Ornithopsis,  new  species  of,  141. 

Ornithorhynchus  paradoxus,  on  a 
newly-excluded  young  of  the, 
249. 

Orthoceras  duplex,  on,  393 ; new 
species  of,  402. 

Owen,  Sir  R.,  on  a newly-excluded 
young  of  the  Ornithorhynchus 
paradoxus,  249. 

Oxytricha,  new  species  of,  110. 

Paduca,  new  species  of,  266. 

Paludicola,  new  species  of,  296. 

Papilio,  new  species  of,  432. 


INDEX. 


455 


Parasitic  castration,  on,  in  tlie  deca- 
pod Crustacea,  78, 

Pascoe,  F.  P,,  on  new  genera  and 
species  of  Coleoptera,  8 ; on  new 
Asiatic  Ourculionidae,  348. 

Patricosaurus  merocratus,  on,  136. 

Peachia,  on  the  coinmensalistic 
habits  of  the  larval  forms  of,  101. 

Pelanechinus  coralliniis,  on  some  new 
features  in,  143. 

Peripatus  Leuckarti,  on  the  habitat 
of,  252. 

Phakellia,  new  species  of,  159, 

Pharambara,  new  species  of,  117. 

I’hotodrilus,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  446. 

Phrvoanidae,  on  the  sceut-organs  in, 
305. 

Phrvnella  pulchra,  remarks  on,  313. 

Pimplema,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  16. 

Idfiuariae,  notes  on  the  land-,  44. 

Platax,  on  a new  species  of,  342. 

Pleonectusa,  new  species  of,  124, 

Pocock,  P.  I.,  on  a new  geiius  and 
species  of  Pol}^zonid8e,  222 ; on 
the  classification  of  the  Diplopoda, 
283. 

Poecilopsaltria,  new  species  of,  226. 

Polvparium  ambulans,  on,  203),  273. 

Polypedates,  new  species  of,  315. 

Polyprion  prognathus,  remarks  on, 
236. 

Polyzoa,  notes  on  some,  from  the 
Lias,  142. 

Polyzonidse,  on  a new  genus  and 
species  of,  222. 

Pomponia,  new  species  of,  230. 

Porina,  new  species  of,  1 90. 

Prince,  E,  E.,  on  the  significance  of 
the  yolk  in  the  eggs  of  osseous 
fishes,  1. 

Pseudodesmus,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  222. 

Pyralis,  new  species  of,  115. 

Pyrochroa,  new  species  of,  169. 

Rana,  new  species  of,  96. 

Raspailia,  new  species  of,  160. 

Regadia,  new  species  of,  436. 

Reichel,  L.,  on  the  byssal  organ  of 
the  Lamellibranchiata,  318. 

Remodes,  new  species  of,  247. 

Renania,  characters  of  the  new  ge- 
nus, 60. 

Reptiles,  new,  50,  95,  413  j on  some. 


from  Sumatra,  152 ; from  near 
Muscat,  407. 

Rhynchopora,  new  species  of,  195. 

Royal  Institution,  proceedings  of  the, 
441. 

Salivary  glands,  on  the,  in  the  Cepha- 
lopoda, 251 . 

Sanderson,  Prof.  J.  S.  B.,  on  some 
electrical  fishes,  441. 

Satelia,  characters  of  the  new  genus, 
73. 

Scent-organs  in  Phrvganidae,  on  the, 
305. 

Schizoporella,  new  species  of,  193. 

Schizotus,  new  species  of,  172. 

Sciurus,  new  species  of,  127. 

Scully,  J.,  on  the  mammals  collected 
in  Northern  Afghanistan,  378. 

Sebastes  norvegicus,  note  on,  445. 

Seeley,  Prof.  H.  G.,  on  Aristosuchus 
pusillus,  135 ; on  Heterosuchus 
valdensis,  136 ; on  Patricosaurus 
merocratus,  136;  on  a sacrum, 
apparently  indicating  a new  type 
of  bird,  137. 

Selasia,  new  species  of,  11. 

Semionotus,  new  species  of,  175, 
320. 

Semioptila,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  180. 

Serolis,  on  the  structure  of  the  eye  in, 
234. 

Shells,  on  new  species  of  land-,  130. 

Silphidm,  on  Japanese,  338. 

Smith,  E.  A.,  on  new  species  of  land- 
shells,  130;  on  Volutharpa  Perry i, 
347 ; on  Argonauta  Bottgeri, 
409. 

Smith,  H.  G.,  on  new  species  of 
Lepidoptera,  129,  265, 432. 

Spermophiliis,  new  species  of,  381. 

Sphingidae  from  the  Malay  peninsula, 
on,  270. 

Spilobotys,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  123. 

Sponge-fauna  of  Madras,  on  the, 
153. 

Spongilla,  on  the  development  of  the 
sexual  products  in,  435. 

Stericta,  new  species  of,  115. 

Stokes,  Dr.  A.  C.,  on  new  freshwater 
Infusoria,  104. 

Strophidia,  new  species  of,  246. 

Suberites,  new  species  of,  154. 

Syncoryne  decipiens,  on,  99. 


456 


I N"  D E X. 


Tachysoma,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  108. 

Thomas,  O.,  on  new  squirrels,  127 ; 
on  a new  rat,  269 ; on  new  Cen- 
tral-African  Mammalia,  440. 

Thompson,  Prof.  D’A.  W.,  on  the 
hlood-corpuscles  of  the  Oyclosto- 
mata,  231. 

Triplax,  new  species  of,  69. 

Tropidonotus,  new  species  of,  96 ; on 
ovo-viviparous  generation  in,  320. 

Turhellaria,  on  the  sense-organs  of 
the,  308. 

Uranodoxa,  characters  of  the  new 
genus,  244. 

Volutharpa  Perryi,  notes  on,  347. 


Walford,  E.  A.,  on  some  Polyzoa 
from  the  Lias,  142. 

Waters,  A.  W.,  on  Australian  Bryo- 
* zoa,  81,  181,  253 ; on  tertiary 
cyclostomatous  Bryozoa  from  New 
Zealand,  139. 

Woodward,  A.  S.,  on  a new  species 
of  Semionotus,  175,  320 ; on  the 
so-called  Microdon  nuchalis,  342  ; 
on  the  affinities  of  Cyclohatis, 
389. 

A'oung,  H.  C.,  on  ovo-viviparous 
generation  in  Tropidonotus,  320. 

Yphthima,  new  species  of,  267. 

Zanclopteryx,  new  species  of,  246. 

Zygaena,  new  species  of,  304,  389. 


END  OF  THE  TWENTIKTH  VOLUME. 


PUINTKD  BY  TAYLOR  AND  FRANCIS, 
•IE I)  UON  COURT,  FLEET  STREET. 


Arui.&.May..Nat.HL<!t.  S.  5.  Vvl.2fl.  PI  . JVIt. 


M intern  TVns 


/